Add a new API ieee80211_beacon_get_template, which doesn't
affect DTIM counter and should be used if the device generates beacon
frames, and new beacon template is needed. In addition set the offsets
to TIM IE for MESH interface.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change the type of NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON and
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP to be NLA_BINARY which allows
userspace to use beacons and probe responses with
multiple CSA counters.
This isn't breaking the API since userspace can
continue to use nla_put_u16 for this attributes, which
is equivalent to a single element u16 array.
In addition advertise max number of supported CSA counters.
This is needed when using CSA and eCSA IEs together.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX which holds an array
of offsets to the CSA counters which should be updated
when sending a management frames with NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
This API should be used by the drivers that wish to keep the
CSA counter updated in probe responses, but do not implement
probe response offloading and so, do not use
ieee80211_proberesp_get function.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Missing a colon on definition use is a bit odd so
change the macro for the 32 bit case to declare an
__attribute__((unused)) and __deprecated variable.
The __deprecated attribute will cause gcc to emit
an error if the variable is actually used.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_local_port_range is already per netns, so should ip_local_reserved_ports
be. And since it is none by default we don't actually need it when we don't
enable CONFIG_SYSCTL.
By the way, rename inet_is_reserved_local_port() to inet_is_local_reserved_port()
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using mark-based routing, sockets returned from accept()
may need to be marked differently depending on the incoming
connection request.
This is the case, for example, if different socket marks identify
different networks: a listening socket may want to accept
connections from all networks, but each connection should be
marked with the network that the request came in on, so that
subsequent packets are sent on the correct network.
This patch adds a sysctl to mark TCP sockets based on the fwmark
of the incoming SYN packet. If enabled, and an unmarked socket
receives a SYN, then the SYN packet's fwmark is written to the
connection's inet_request_sock, and later written back to the
accepted socket when the connection is established. If the
socket already has a nonzero mark, then the behaviour is the same
as it is today, i.e., the listening socket's fwmark is used.
Black-box tested using user-mode linux:
- IPv4/IPv6 SYN+ACK, FIN, etc. packets are routed based on the
mark of the incoming SYN packet.
- The socket returned by accept() is marked with the mark of the
incoming SYN packet.
- Tested with syncookies=1 and syncookies=2.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel-originated IP packets that have no user socket associated
with them (e.g., ICMP errors and echo replies, TCP RSTs, etc.)
are emitted with a mark of zero. Add a sysctl to make them have
the same mark as the packet they are replying to.
This allows an administrator that wishes to do so to use
mark-based routing, firewalling, etc. for these replies by
marking the original packets inbound.
Tested using user-mode linux:
- ICMP/ICMPv6 echo replies and errors.
- TCP RST packets (IPv4 and IPv6).
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid large code duplication in IPv6, we need to first simplify
the complicate SYN-ACK sending code in tcp_v4_conn_request().
To use tcp_v4(6)_send_synack() to send all SYN-ACKs, we need to
initialize the mini socket's receive window before trying to
create the child socket and/or building the SYN-ACK packet. So we move
that initialization from tcp_make_synack() to tcp_v4_conn_request()
as a new function tcp_openreq_init_req_rwin().
After this refactoring the SYN-ACK sending code is simpler and easier
to implement Fast Open for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lee <longinus00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consolidate various cookie checking and generation code to simplify
the fast open processing. The main goal is to reduce code duplication
in tcp_v4_conn_request() for IPv6 support.
Removes two experimental sysctl flags TFO_SERVER_ALWAYS and
TFO_SERVER_COOKIE_NOT_CHKD used primarily for developmental debugging
purposes.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lee <longinus00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move common TFO functions that will be used by both v4 and v6
to tcp_fastopen.c. Create a helper tcp_fastopen_queue_check().
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Lee <longinus00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At the moment, the ath9k/ath10k DFS module only supports detecting ETSI
radar patterns.
Add a bitmap in the interface combinations, indicating which DFS regions
are supported by the detector. If unset, support for all regions is
assumed.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As suggested by several people, rename local_df to ignore_df,
since it means "ignore df bit if it is set".
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/altera/altera_sgdma.c
net/netlink/af_netlink.c
net/sched/cls_api.c
net/sched/sch_api.c
The netlink conflict dealt with moving to netlink_capable() and
netlink_ns_capable() in the 'net' tree vs. supporting 'tc' operations
in non-init namespaces. These were simple transformations from
netlink_capable to netlink_ns_capable.
The Altera driver conflict was simply code removal overlapping some
void pointer cast cleanups in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to store local TX power level for connection
when reply for HCI_Read_Transmit_Power_Level is received.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-05-08
This one is all from Johannes:
"Here are a few small fixes for the current cycle: radiotap TX flags were
wrong (fix by Bob), Chun-Yeow fixes an SMPS issue with mesh interfaces,
Eliad fixes a locking bug and a cfg80211 state problem and finally
Henning sent me a fix for IBSS rate information."
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole
stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being
up while the hardware is down etc.
Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a
lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having
the whole stack get messed up.
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Similarly, when CONFIG_SYSCTL is not set, ping_group_range should still
work, just that no one can change it. Therefore we should move it out of
sysctl_net_ipv4.c. And, it should not share the same seqlock with
ip_local_port_range.
BTW, rename it to ->ping_group_range instead.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Reported-by: Stefan de Konink <stefan@konink.de>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_SYSCTL is not set, ip_local_port_range should still work,
just that no one can change it. Therefore we should move it out of sysctl_inet.c.
Also, rename it to ->ip_local_ports instead.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Reported-by: Stefan de Konink <stefan@konink.de>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to store RSSI for connection when reply for
HCI_Read_RSSI is received.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When trying to generate documentation, at least xmldocs, we get the
following warning:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:461): No description found for parameter 'nl80211_iftype'
Fix it by adding the iftype argument name to the
cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() function declaration.
Reported-and-tested-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit 8f0ea0fe3a (snmp: reduce percpu needs by 50%)
reduced snmp array size to 1, so technically it doesn't have to be
an array any more. What's more, after the following commit:
commit 933393f58f
Date: Thu Dec 22 11:58:51 2011 -0600
percpu: Remove irqsafe_cpu_xxx variants
We simply say that regular this_cpu use must be safe regardless of
preemption and interrupt state. That has no material change for x86
and s390 implementations of this_cpu operations. However, arches that
do not provide their own implementation for this_cpu operations will
now get code generated that disables interrupts instead of preemption.
probably no arch wants to have SNMP_ARRAY_SZ == 2. At least after
almost 3 years, no one complains.
So, just convert the array to a single pointer and remove snmp_mib_init()
and snmp_mib_free() as well.
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The quoted text and figure are from RFC 6040 ("Tunnelling of Explicit
Congestion Notification").
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This exports a new cfg80211_stop_iface() function.
This is intended for driver internal interface
combination management and channel switching.
Due to locking issues (it re-enters driver) the
call is asynchronous and uses cfg80211 event
list/worker.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It was possible for tx queues to be stuck stopped
if AP CSA finalization failed. In that case
neither stop_ap nor do_stop woke the queues up.
This means it was impossible to perform tx at all
until driver was reloaded or a successful CSA was
performed later.
It was possible to solve this in a simpler manner
however this is more robust and future proof
(having multi-vif CSA in mind).
New sdata->csa_block_tx is introduced to keep
track of which interfaces requested tx to be
blocked for CSA. This is required because mac80211
stops all tx queues for that purpose. This means
queues must be awoken only when last tx-blocking
CSA interface is finished.
It is still possible to have tx queues stopped
after CSA failure but as soon as offending
interfaces are stopped from userspace (stop_ap or
ifdown) tx queues are woken up properly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enabling CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP has shown that some rfcomm functions
acquiring spinlocks call sleeping locks further in the chain. Converting
the offending spinlocks into mutexes makes sleeping safe.
Signed-off-by: Libor Pechacek <lpechacek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Call skb_checksum_init instead of private functions.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call skb_checksum_init instead of private functions.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
csum_add is really nothing more then add-with-carry which
can be implemented efficiently in some architectures.
Allow architecture to define this protected by HAVE_ARCH_CSUM_ADD.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-05-02
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.16 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"In this round we have a large number of small features and
improvements from people too numerous to list here. The only really
bit thing is Michał and Luca's CSA work (including changing how
interface combination verification is done)."
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"Here goes some patches for the -next release. There is nothing
really special for this pull request, just a bunch of refactors,
fixes and clean ups."
For the ath10k/ath6kl bits, Kalle says:
"For ath6kl Kalle fixed a bunch of checkpatch warnings.
In ath10k we had more changes, major ones being:
* fix memory allocation failures after a firmware crash (Michal)
* some rework of DFS configuration to enable it correctly in all cases
(Michal)
* add a new firmware crash option to make it possible to crash 10.1
firmware for testing purposes (Marek P)
* fix RTS/CTS protection in certain cases (Marek K)
* fix wrong RSSI and rate reporting in some cases (Janusz)
* fix firmware stats reporting (Chun, Ben & Bartosz)"
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I have here a bunch of unrelated things. I disabled support for
-7.ucode which means that I can removed a lot of code. Eliad has
a brand new feature: we reduce the Tx power when the link allows -
this reduces our power consumption. The regular changes in power and
scan area. One interesting thing though is the patches from Johannes,
we have now GRO which allows to increase our throughput in TCP Rx. The
main advantage is that it reduces the number of TCP Acks - these TCP
Acks are completely useless when we are using A-MPDU since the first
packet of the A-MPDU generates a TCP Ack which is made obsolete by
the next packets."
Along with that, there are a variety of updates to b43, mwifiex,
rtl8180 and wil6210 drivers and a handful of other updates here
and there.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now the core vsock module is the owner of the proto family. This
means there's nothing preventing the transport module from unloading if
there are open sockets, which results in a panic. Fix that by allowing
the transport to be the owner, which will refcount it properly.
Includes version bump to 1.0.1.0-k
Passes checkpatch this time, I swear...
Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy King <acking@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose a new tdls flag for the public ieee80211_sta struct.
This can be used in some rate control decisions.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add locked-version for cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped.
This is used for some users that might want to
call it when rtnl is already locked.
Fixes: d43c6b6 ("mac80211: reschedule sched scan after HW restart")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.14+)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit e114a710aa ("tcp: fix cwnd limited checking to improve
congestion control") obsoleted in_flight parameter from
tcp_is_cwnd_limited() and its callers.
This patch does the removal as promised.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Yuchung discovered tcp_is_cwnd_limited() was returning false in
slow start phase even if the application filled the socket write queue.
All congestion modules take into account tcp_is_cwnd_limited()
before increasing cwnd, so this behavior limits slow start from
probing the bandwidth at full speed.
The problem is that even if write queue is full (aka we are _not_
application limited), cwnd can be under utilized if TSO should auto
defer or TCP Small queues decided to hold packets.
So the in_flight can be kept to smaller value, and we can get to the
point tcp_is_cwnd_limited() returns false.
With TCP Small Queues and FQ/pacing, this issue is more visible.
We fix this by having tcp_cwnd_validate(), which is supposed to track
such things, take into account unsent_segs, the number of segs that we
are not sending at the moment due to TSO or TSQ, but intend to send
real soon. Then when we are cwnd-limited, remember this fact while we
are processing the window of ACKs that comes back.
For example, suppose we have a brand new connection with cwnd=10; we
are in slow start, and we send a flight of 9 packets. By the time we
have received ACKs for all 9 packets we want our cwnd to be 18.
We implement this by setting tp->lsnd_pending to 9, and
considering ourselves to be cwnd-limited while cwnd is less than
twice tp->lsnd_pending (2*9 -> 18).
This makes tcp_is_cwnd_limited() more understandable, by removing
the GSO/TSO kludge, that tried to work around the issue.
Note the in_flight parameter can be removed in a followup cleanup
patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This replaces 6 identical code snippets with a call to a new
static inline function.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DSA drivers have a trick which consists in allocating "priv_size" more
bytes to account for the DSA driver private context. Add a helper
function to access that private context instead of open-coding it in
drivers with (void *)(ds + 1).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce copy-past a bit by adding a common helper.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This extends NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL to allow dynamic channel bandwidth
changes in AP mode (including P2P GO) during a lifetime of the BSS. This
can be used to implement, e.g., HT 20/40 MHz co-existence rules on the
2.4 GHz band.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When actions are attached to a filter, they are a part of the filter
itself, so when changing a filter we should allow to overwrite the actions
inside as well.
In my specific case, when I tried to _append_ a new action to an existing
filter which already has an action, I got EEXIST since kernel refused
to overwrite the existing one in kernel.
This patch checks if we are changing the filter checking NLM_F_CREATE flag
(Sigh, filters don't use NLM_F_REPLACE...) and then passes the boolean down
to actions. This fixes the problem above.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since there are frequency bands (e.g. 5.9GHz) allowing channels
with only 10 or 5 MHz bandwidth, this patch adds attributes that
allow keeping track about this information.
When channel attributes are reported to user-space, make sure to
not break old tools, i.e. if the 'split wiphy dump' is enabled,
report the extra attributes (if present) describing the bandwidth
restrictions. If the 'split wiphy dump' is not enabled,
completely omit those channels that have flags set to either
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ or IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ.
Add the check for new bandwidth restriction flags in
cfg80211_chandef_usable() to comply with the restrictions.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some chips can encrypt managment frames in HW, but
require generated IV in the frame. Add a key flag
that allows us to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
[use BIT(0) to fill that spot, fix indentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch splits cfg80211_check_combinations()
into an iterator function and a simple iteration
user.
This makes it possible for drivers to asses how
many channels can use given iftype setup. This in
turn can be used for future
multi-interface/multi-channel channel switching.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch allows to switch the netns when packet is encapsulated or
decapsulated.
The vxlan socket is openned into the i/o netns, ie into the netns where
encapsulated packets are received. The socket lookup is done into this netns to
find the corresponding vxlan tunnel. After decapsulation, the packet is
injecting into the corresponding interface which may stand to another netns.
When one of the two netns is removed, the tunnel is destroyed.
Configuration example:
ip netns add netns1
ip netns exec netns1 ip link set lo up
ip link add vxlan10 type vxlan id 10 group 239.0.0.10 dev eth0 dstport 0
ip link set vxlan10 netns netns1
ip netns exec netns1 ip addr add 192.168.0.249/24 broadcast 192.168.0.255 dev vxlan10
ip netns exec netns1 ip link set vxlan10 up
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_net_capable - The common case, operations that are safe in a network namespace.
sk_capable - Operations that are not known to be safe in a network namespace
sk_ns_capable - The general case for special cases.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johannes noted this is not needed, all of the fragment
accessors don't need CONFIG_NET_NS. This goes test compiled with
CONFIG_BT_6LOWPAN=y and a disabled CONFIG_NET_NS.
CC: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Cc: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-zigbee-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be useful to create network family dedicated META expression
as for NFPROTO_BRIDGE for instance.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit f1370cc4 "xfrm: Remove useless secid field from xfrm_audit." changed
"struct xfrm_audit" to have either
{ audit_get_loginuid(current) / audit_get_sessionid(current) } or
{ INVALID_UID / -1 } pair.
This means that we can represent "struct xfrm_audit" as "bool".
This patch replaces "struct xfrm_audit" argument with "bool".
Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
It seems to me that commit ab5f5e8b "[XFRM]: xfrm audit calls" is doing
something strange at xfrm_audit_helper_usrinfo().
If secid != 0 && security_secid_to_secctx(secid) != 0, the caller calls
audit_log_task_context() which basically does
secid != 0 && security_secid_to_secctx(secid) == 0 case
except that secid is obtained from current thread's context.
Oh, what happens if secid passed to xfrm_audit_helper_usrinfo() was
obtained from other thread's context? It might audit current thread's
context rather than other thread's context if security_secid_to_secctx()
in xfrm_audit_helper_usrinfo() failed for some reason.
Then, are all the caller of xfrm_audit_helper_usrinfo() passing either
secid obtained from current thread's context or secid == 0?
It seems to me that they are.
If I didn't miss something, we don't need to pass secid to
xfrm_audit_helper_usrinfo() because audit_log_task_context() will
obtain secid from current thread's context.
Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add RF tech and framing macros for the ISO/IEC 14443-B Protocol.
Cc: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
load_session allows a CLF to restore the gate <-> pipe table from some
proprietary location.
The main advantage to add this function is to reduce the memory wear by
running pipe creation (and storing) only once.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Make tcp_cwnd_application_limited() static and move it from tcp_input.c to
tcp_output.c
Signed-off-by: Weiping Pan <wpan@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't rely on driver files or other headers having this file included.
CC: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Cc: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-zigbee-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will simplify the new reassembly backport
with no code changes being required.
CC: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Cc: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-zigbee-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, it is possible to create an SCTP socket, then switch
auth_enable via sysctl setting to 1 and crash the system on connect:
Oops[#1]:
CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper Not tainted 3.14.1-mipsgit-20140415 #1
task: ffffffff8056ce80 ti: ffffffff8055c000 task.ti: ffffffff8055c000
[...]
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8043c4e8>] sctp_auth_asoc_set_default_hmac+0x68/0x80
[<ffffffff8042b300>] sctp_process_init+0x5e0/0x8a4
[<ffffffff8042188c>] sctp_sf_do_5_1B_init+0x234/0x34c
[<ffffffff804228c8>] sctp_do_sm+0xb4/0x1e8
[<ffffffff80425a08>] sctp_endpoint_bh_rcv+0x1c4/0x214
[<ffffffff8043af68>] sctp_rcv+0x588/0x630
[<ffffffff8043e8e8>] sctp6_rcv+0x10/0x24
[<ffffffff803acb50>] ip6_input+0x2c0/0x440
[<ffffffff8030fc00>] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x4a8/0x564
[<ffffffff80310650>] process_backlog+0xb4/0x18c
[<ffffffff80313cbc>] net_rx_action+0x12c/0x210
[<ffffffff80034254>] __do_softirq+0x17c/0x2ac
[<ffffffff800345e0>] irq_exit+0x54/0xb0
[<ffffffff800075a4>] ret_from_irq+0x0/0x4
[<ffffffff800090ec>] rm7k_wait_irqoff+0x24/0x48
[<ffffffff8005e388>] cpu_startup_entry+0xc0/0x148
[<ffffffff805a88b0>] start_kernel+0x37c/0x398
Code: dd0900b8 000330f8 0126302d <dcc60000> 50c0fff1 0047182a a48306a0
03e00008 00000000
---[ end trace b530b0551467f2fd ]---
Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception in interrupt
What happens while auth_enable=0 in that case is, that
ep->auth_hmacs is initialized to NULL in sctp_auth_init_hmacs()
when endpoint is being created.
After that point, if an admin switches over to auth_enable=1,
the machine can crash due to NULL pointer dereference during
reception of an INIT chunk. When we enter sctp_process_init()
via sctp_sf_do_5_1B_init() in order to respond to an INIT chunk,
the INIT verification succeeds and while we walk and process
all INIT params via sctp_process_param() we find that
net->sctp.auth_enable is set, therefore do not fall through,
but invoke sctp_auth_asoc_set_default_hmac() instead, and thus,
dereference what we have set to NULL during endpoint
initialization phase.
The fix is to make auth_enable immutable by caching its value
during endpoint initialization, so that its original value is
being carried along until destruction. The bug seems to originate
from the very first days.
Fix in joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Reported-by: Joshua Kinard <kumba@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Tested-by: Joshua Kinard <kumba@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As suggested by Julian:
Simply, flowi4_iif must not contain 0, it does not
look logical to ignore all ip rules with specified iif.
because in fib_rule_match() we do:
if (rule->iifindex && (rule->iifindex != fl->flowi_iif))
goto out;
flowi4_iif should be LOOPBACK_IFINDEX by default.
We need to move LOOPBACK_IFINDEX to include/net/flow.h:
1) It is mostly used by flowi_iif
2) Fix the following compile error if we use it in flow.h
by the patches latter:
In file included from include/linux/netfilter.h:277:0,
from include/net/netns/netfilter.h:5,
from include/net/net_namespace.h:21,
from include/linux/netdevice.h:43,
from include/linux/icmpv6.h:12,
from include/linux/ipv6.h:61,
from include/net/ipv6.h:16,
from include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h:27,
from include/linux/nfs_fs.h:30,
from init/do_mounts.c:32:
include/net/flow.h: In function ‘flowi4_init_output’:
include/net/flow.h:84:32: error: ‘LOOPBACK_IFINDEX’ undeclared (first use in this function)
Cc: Eric Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the dst->output() path for ipv4, the code assumes the skb it has to
transmit is attached to an inet socket, specifically via
ip_mc_output() : The sk_mc_loop() test triggers a WARN_ON() when the
provider of the packet is an AF_PACKET socket.
The dst->output() method gets an additional 'struct sock *sk'
parameter. This needs a cascade of changes so that this parameter can
be propagated from vxlan to final consumer.
Fixes: 8f646c922d ("vxlan: keep original skb ownership")
Reported-by: lucien xin <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_queue_xmit() assumes the skb it has to transmit is attached to an
inet socket. Commit 31c70d5956 ("l2tp: keep original skb ownership")
changed l2tp to not change skb ownership and thus broke this assumption.
One fix is to add a new 'struct sock *sk' parameter to ip_queue_xmit(),
so that we do not assume skb->sk points to the socket used by l2tp
tunnel.
Fixes: 31c70d5956 ("l2tp: keep original skb ownership")
Reported-by: Zhan Jianyu <nasa4836@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Zhan Jianyu <nasa4836@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains three Netfilter fixes for your net tree,
they are:
* Fix missing generation sequence initialization which results in a splat
if lockdep is enabled, it was introduced in the recent works to improve
nf_conntrack scalability, from Andrey Vagin.
* Don't flush the GRE keymap list in nf_conntrack when the pptp helper is
disabled otherwise this crashes due to a double release, from Andrey
Vagin.
* Fix nf_tables cmp fast in big endian, from Patrick McHardy.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Francois reported that setting big mtu on loopback device could prevent
tcp sessions making progress.
We do not support (yet ?) IPv6 Jumbograms and cook corrupted packets.
We must limit the IPv6 MTU to (65535 + 40) bytes in theory.
Tested:
ifconfig lo mtu 70000
netperf -H ::1
Before patch : Throughput : 0.05 Mbits
After patch : Throughput : 35484 Mbits
Reported-by: Francois WELLENREITER <f.wellenreiter@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nft_cmp_fast is used for equality comparisions of size <= 4. For
comparisions of size < 4 byte a mask is calculated that is applied to
both the data from userspace (during initialization) and the register
value (during runtime). Both values are stored using (in effect) memcpy
to a memory area that is then interpreted as u32 by nft_cmp_fast.
This works fine on little endian since smaller types have the same base
address, however on big endian this is not true and the smaller types
are interpreted as a big number with trailing zero bytes.
The mask therefore must not include the lower bytes, but the higher bytes
on big endian. Add a helper function that does a cpu_to_le32 to switch
the bytes on big endian. Since we're dealing with a mask of just consequitive
bits, this works out fine.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull yet more networking updates from David Miller:
1) Various fixes to the new Redpine Signals wireless driver, from
Fariya Fatima.
2) L2TP PPP connect code takes PMTU from the wrong socket, fix from
Dmitry Petukhov.
3) UFO and TSO packets differ in whether they include the protocol
header in gso_size, account for that in skb_gso_transport_seglen().
From Florian Westphal.
4) If VLAN untagging fails, we double free the SKB in the bridging
output path. From Toshiaki Makita.
5) Several call sites of sk->sk_data_ready() were referencing an SKB
just added to the socket receive queue in order to calculate the
second argument via skb->len. This is dangerous because the moment
the skb is added to the receive queue it can be consumed in another
context and freed up.
It turns out also that none of the sk->sk_data_ready()
implementations even care about this second argument.
So just kill it off and thus fix all these use-after-free bugs as a
side effect.
6) Fix inverted test in tcp_v6_send_response(), from Lorenzo Colitti.
7) pktgen needs to do locking properly for LLTX devices, from Daniel
Borkmann.
8) xen-netfront driver initializes TX array entries in RX loop :-) From
Vincenzo Maffione.
9) After refactoring, some tunnel drivers allow a tunnel to be
configured on top itself. Fix from Nicolas Dichtel.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (46 commits)
vti: don't allow to add the same tunnel twice
gre: don't allow to add the same tunnel twice
drivers: net: xen-netfront: fix array initialization bug
pktgen: be friendly to LLTX devices
r8152: check RTL8152_UNPLUG
net: sun4i-emac: add promiscuous support
net/apne: replace IS_ERR and PTR_ERR with PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO
net: ipv6: Fix oif in TCP SYN+ACK route lookup.
drivers: net: cpsw: enable interrupts after napi enable and clearing previous interrupts
drivers: net: cpsw: discard all packets received when interface is down
net: Fix use after free by removing length arg from sk_data_ready callbacks.
Drivers: net: hyperv: Address UDP checksum issues
Drivers: net: hyperv: Negotiate suitable ndis version for offload support
Drivers: net: hyperv: Allocate memory for all possible per-pecket information
bridge: Fix double free and memory leak around br_allowed_ingress
bonding: Remove debug_fs files when module init fails
i40evf: program RSS LUT correctly
i40evf: remove open-coded skb_cow_head
ixgb: remove open-coded skb_cow_head
igbvf: remove open-coded skb_cow_head
...
particularly with a focus on RDMA.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.14 (GNU/Linux)
Comment: GPGTools - http://gpgtools.org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=yzy/
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus-3.15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs
Pull 9p changes from Eric Van Hensbergen:
"A bunch of updates and cleanup within the transport layer,
particularly with a focus on RDMA"
* tag 'for-linus-3.15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
9pnet_rdma: check token type before int conversion
9pnet: trans_fd : allocate struct p9_trans_fd and struct p9_conn together.
9pnet: p9_client->conn field is unused. Remove it.
9P: Get rid of REQ_STATUS_FLSH
9pnet_rdma: add cancelled()
9pnet_rdma: update request status during send
9P: Add cancelled() to the transport functions.
net: Mark function as static in 9p/client.c
9P: Add memory barriers to protect request fields over cb/rpc threads handoff
Several spots in the kernel perform a sequence like:
skb_queue_tail(&sk->s_receive_queue, skb);
sk->sk_data_ready(sk, skb->len);
But at the moment we place the SKB onto the socket receive queue it
can be consumed and freed up. So this skb->len access is potentially
to freed up memory.
Furthermore, the skb->len can be modified by the consumer so it is
possible that the value isn't accurate.
And finally, no actual implementation of this callback actually uses
the length argument. And since nobody actually cared about it's
value, lots of call sites pass arbitrary values in such as '0' and
even '1'.
So just remove the length argument from the callback, that way there
is no confusion whatsoever and all of these use-after-free cases get
fixed as a side effect.
Based upon a patch by Eric Dumazet and his suggestion to audit this
issue tree-wide.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The channels with 5/10MHz bandwidth are not HT. We have to
reflect this in conf_is_ht() function which returns whether the
particular channel is HT or not.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit a2f73b6c5d ("cfg80211: move regulatory flags to their own variable")
renamed WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY to REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG, but missed to
update one comment.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With single-channel drivers, we need to be able to change a running
chanctx if we want to use chanctx reservation. Not all drivers may be
able to do this, so add a flag that indicates support for it.
Changing a running chanctx can also be used as an optimization in
multi-channel drivers when the context needs to be reserved for future
usage.
Introduce IEEE80211_CHANCTX_RESERVED chanctx mode to mark a channel as
reserved so nobody else can use it (since we know it's going to
change). In the future, we may allow several vifs to use the same
reservation as long as they plan to use the chanctx on the same
future channel.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the counting part of the interface combination check from
cfg80211 to mac80211.
This is needed to simplify locking when the driver has to perform a
combination check by itself (eg. with channel-switch).
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some interface types don't require DFS (such as STATION, P2P_CLIENT
etc). In order to centralize these decisions, make
cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() take the iftype into consideration.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Separate the code that counts the interface types and channels from
the code that check the interface combinations. The new function that
checks for combinations is exported so it can be called by the
drivers.
This is done in preparation for moving the interface combinations
checks out of cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow GO operation on a channel marked with IEEE80211_CHAN_GO_CONCURRENT
iff there is an active station interface that is associated to
an AP operating on the same channel in the 2 GHz band or the same UNII band
(in the 5 GHz band). This relaxation is not allowed if the channel is
marked with IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR.
Note that this is a permissive approach to the FCC definitions,
that require a clear assessment that the device operating the AP is
an authorized master, i.e., with radar detection and DFS capabilities.
It is assumed that such restrictions are enforced by user space.
Furthermore, it is assumed, that if the conditions that allowed for
the operation of the GO on such a channel change, i.e., the station
interface disconnected from the AP, it is the responsibility of user
space to evacuate the GO from the channel.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The FCC are clarifying some soft configuration requirements,
which among other include the following:
1. Indoor operation, where a device can use channels requiring indoor
operation, subject to that it can guarantee indoor operation,
i.e., the device is connected to AC Power or the device is under
the control of a local master that is acting as an AP and is
connected to AC Power.
2. Concurrent GO operation, where devices may instantiate a P2P GO
while they are under the guidance of an authorized master. For example,
on a channel on which a BSS is connected to an authorized master, i.e.,
with DFS and radar detection capability in the UNII band.
See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
Add support for advertising Indoor-only and GO-Concurrent channel
properties.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow the low level driver to make decision based
on the vif such as queues etc...
Since the vif might be NULL, we can't add it to the tracing
functions.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[fix staging rtl8821ae driver]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When dynamically creating interfaces from userspace, e.g. for P2P usage,
such interfaces are usually owned by the process that created them, i.e.
wpa_supplicant. Should wpa_supplicant crash, such interfaces will often
cease operating properly and cause problems on restarting the process.
To avoid this problem, introduce an ownership concept for interfaces. If
an interface is owned by a netlink socket, then it will be destroyed if
the netlink socket is closed for any reason, including if the process it
belongs to crashed. This gives us a race-free way to get rid of any such
interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull more networking updates from David Miller:
1) If a VXLAN interface is created with no groups, we can crash on
reception of packets. Fix from Mike Rapoport.
2) Missing includes in CPTS driver, from Alexei Starovoitov.
3) Fix string validations in isdnloop driver, from YOSHIFUJI Hideaki
and Dan Carpenter.
4) Missing irq.h include in bnxw2x, enic, and qlcnic drivers. From
Josh Boyer.
5) AF_PACKET transmit doesn't statistically count TX drops, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Byte-Queue-Limit enabled drivers aren't handled properly in
AF_PACKET transmit path, also from Daniel Borkmann.
Same problem exists in pktgen, and Daniel fixed it there too.
7) Fix resource leaks in driver probe error paths of new sxgbe driver,
from Francois Romieu.
8) Truesize of SKBs can gradually get more and more corrupted in NAPI
packet recycling path, fix from Eric Dumazet.
9) Fix uniprocessor netfilter build, from Florian Westphal. In the
longer term we should perhaps try to find a way for ARRAY_SIZE() to
work even with zero sized array elements.
10) Fix crash in netfilter conntrack extensions due to mis-estimation of
required extension space. From Andrey Vagin.
11) Since we commit table rule updates before trying to copy the
counters back to userspace (it's the last action we perform), we
really can't signal the user copy with an error as we are beyond the
point from which we can unwind everything. This causes all kinds of
use after free crashes and other mysterious behavior.
From Thomas Graf.
12) Restore previous behvaior of div/mod by zero in BPF filter
processing. From Daniel Borkmann.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (38 commits)
net: sctp: wake up all assocs if sndbuf policy is per socket
isdnloop: several buffer overflows
netdev: remove potentially harmful checks
pktgen: fix xmit test for BQL enabled devices
net/at91_ether: avoid NULL pointer dereference
tipc: Let tipc_release() return 0
at86rf230: fix MAX_CSMA_RETRIES parameter
mac802154: fix duplicate #include headers
sxgbe: fix duplicate #include headers
net: filter: be more defensive on div/mod by X==0
netfilter: Can't fail and free after table replacement
xen-netback: Trivial format string fix
net: bcmgenet: Remove unnecessary version.h inclusion
net: smc911x: Remove unused local variable
bonding: Inactive slaves should keep inactive flag's value
netfilter: nf_tables: fix wrong format in request_module()
netfilter: nf_tables: set names cannot be larger than 15 bytes
netfilter: nf_conntrack: reserve two bytes for nf_ct_ext->len
netfilter: Add {ipt,ip6t}_osf aliases for xt_osf
netfilter: x_tables: allow to use cgroup match for LOCAL_IN nf hooks
...
"len" contains sizeof(nf_ct_ext) and size of extensions. In a worst
case it can contain all extensions. Bellow you can find sizes for all
types of extensions. Their sum is definitely bigger than 256.
nf_ct_ext_types[0]->len = 24
nf_ct_ext_types[1]->len = 32
nf_ct_ext_types[2]->len = 24
nf_ct_ext_types[3]->len = 32
nf_ct_ext_types[4]->len = 152
nf_ct_ext_types[5]->len = 2
nf_ct_ext_types[6]->len = 16
nf_ct_ext_types[7]->len = 8
I have seen "len" up to 280 and my host has crashes w/o this patch.
The right way to fix this problem is reducing the size of the ecache
extension (4) and Florian is going to do this, but these changes will
be quite large to be appropriate for a stable tree.
Fixes: 5b423f6a40 (netfilter: nf_conntrack: fix racy timer handling with reliable)
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
"A lot updates for cgroup:
- The biggest one is cgroup's conversion to kernfs. cgroup took
after the long abandoned vfs-entangled sysfs implementation and
made it even more convoluted over time. cgroup's internal objects
were fused with vfs objects which also brought in vfs locking and
object lifetime rules. Naturally, there are places where vfs rules
don't fit and nasty hacks, such as credential switching or lock
dance interleaving inode mutex and cgroup_mutex with object serial
number comparison thrown in to decide whether the operation is
actually necessary, needed to be employed.
After conversion to kernfs, internal object lifetime and locking
rules are mostly isolated from vfs interactions allowing shedding
of several nasty hacks and overall simplification. This will also
allow implmentation of operations which may affect multiple cgroups
which weren't possible before as it would have required nesting
i_mutexes.
- Various simplifications including dropping of module support,
easier cgroup name/path handling, simplified cgroup file type
handling and task_cg_lists optimization.
- Prepatory changes for the planned unified hierarchy, which is still
a patchset away from being actually operational. The dummy
hierarchy is updated to serve as the default unified hierarchy.
Controllers which aren't claimed by other hierarchies are
associated with it, which BTW was what the dummy hierarchy was for
anyway.
- Various fixes from Li and others. This pull request includes some
patches to add missing slab.h to various subsystems. This was
triggered xattr.h include removal from cgroup.h. cgroup.h
indirectly got included a lot of files which brought in xattr.h
which brought in slab.h.
There are several merge commits - one to pull in kernfs updates
necessary for converting cgroup (already in upstream through
driver-core), others for interfering changes in the fixes branch"
* 'for-3.15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (74 commits)
cgroup: remove useless argument from cgroup_exit()
cgroup: fix spurious lockdep warning in cgroup_exit()
cgroup: Use RCU_INIT_POINTER(x, NULL) in cgroup.c
cgroup: break kernfs active_ref protection in cgroup directory operations
cgroup: fix cgroup_taskset walking order
cgroup: implement CFTYPE_ONLY_ON_DFL
cgroup: make cgrp_dfl_root mountable
cgroup: drop const from @buffer of cftype->write_string()
cgroup: rename cgroup_dummy_root and related names
cgroup: move ->subsys_mask from cgroupfs_root to cgroup
cgroup: treat cgroup_dummy_root as an equivalent hierarchy during rebinding
cgroup: remove NULL checks from [pr_cont_]cgroup_{name|path}()
cgroup: use cgroup_setup_root() to initialize cgroup_dummy_root
cgroup: reorganize cgroup bootstrapping
cgroup: relocate setting of CGRP_DEAD
cpuset: use rcu_read_lock() to protect task_cs()
cgroup_freezer: document freezer_fork() subtleties
cgroup: update cgroup_transfer_tasks() to either succeed or fail
cgroup: drop task_lock() protection around task->cgroups
cgroup: update how a newly forked task gets associated with css_set
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Here is my initial pull request for the networking subsystem during
this merge window:
1) Support for ESN in AH (RFC 4302) from Fan Du.
2) Add full kernel doc for ethtool command structures, from Ben
Hutchings.
3) Add BCM7xxx PHY driver, from Florian Fainelli.
4) Export computed TCP rate information in netlink socket dumps, from
Eric Dumazet.
5) Allow IPSEC SA to be dumped partially using a filter, from Nicolas
Dichtel.
6) Convert many drivers to pci_enable_msix_range(), from Alexander
Gordeev.
7) Record SKB timestamps more efficiently, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Switch to microsecond resolution for TCP round trip times, also
from Eric Dumazet.
9) Clean up and fix 6lowpan fragmentation handling by making use of
the existing inet_frag api for it's implementation.
10) Add TX grant mapping to xen-netback driver, from Zoltan Kiss.
11) Auto size SKB lengths when composing netlink messages based upon
past message sizes used, from Eric Dumazet.
12) qdisc dumps can take a long time, add a cond_resched(), From Eric
Dumazet.
13) Sanitize netpoll core and drivers wrt. SKB handling semantics.
Get rid of never-used-in-tree netpoll RX handling. From Eric W
Biederman.
14) Support inter-address-family and namespace changing in VTI tunnel
driver(s). From Steffen Klassert.
15) Add Altera TSE driver, from Vince Bridgers.
16) Optimizing csum_replace2() so that it doesn't adjust the checksum
by checksumming the entire header, from Eric Dumazet.
17) Expand BPF internal implementation for faster interpreting, more
direct translations into JIT'd code, and much cleaner uses of BPF
filtering in non-socket ocntexts. From Daniel Borkmann and Alexei
Starovoitov"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1976 commits)
netpoll: Use skb_irq_freeable to make zap_completion_queue safe.
net: Add a test to see if a skb is freeable in irq context
qlcnic: Fix build failure due to undefined reference to `vxlan_get_rx_port'
net: ptp: move PTP classifier in its own file
net: sxgbe: make "core_ops" static
net: sxgbe: fix logical vs bitwise operation
net: sxgbe: sxgbe_mdio_register() frees the bus
Call efx_set_channels() before efx->type->dimension_resources()
xen-netback: disable rogue vif in kthread context
net/mlx4: Set proper build dependancy with vxlan
be2net: fix build dependency on VxLAN
mac802154: make csma/cca parameters per-wpan
mac802154: allow only one WPAN to be up at any given time
net: filter: minor: fix kdoc in __sk_run_filter
netlink: don't compare the nul-termination in nla_strcmp
can: c_can: Avoid led toggling for every packet.
can: c_can: Simplify TX interrupt cleanup
can: c_can: Store dlc private
can: c_can: Reduce register access
can: c_can: Make the code readable
...
The current set selection simply choses the first set type that provides
the requested features, which always results in the rbtree being chosen
by virtue of being the first set in the list.
What we actually want to do is choose the implementation that can provide
the requested features and is optimal from either a performance or memory
perspective depending on the characteristics of the elements and the
preferences specified by the user.
The elements are not known when creating a set. Even if we would provide
them for anonymous (literal) sets, we'd still have standalone sets where
the elements are not known in advance. We therefore need an abstract
description of the data charcteristics.
The kernel already knows the size of the key, this patch starts by
introducing a nested set description which so far contains only the maximum
amount of elements. Based on this the set implementations are changed to
provide an estimate of the required amount of memory and the lookup
complexity class.
The set ops have a new callback ->estimate() that is invoked during set
selection. It receives a structure containing the attributes known to the
kernel and is supposed to populate a struct nft_set_estimate with the
complexity class and, in case the size is known, the complete amount of
memory required, or the amount of memory required per element otherwise.
Based on the policy specified by the user (performance/memory, defaulting
to performance) the kernel will then select the best suited implementation.
Even if the set implementation would allow to add more than the specified
maximum amount of elements, they are enforced since new implementations
might not be able to add more than maximum based on which they were
selected.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit 9b2777d608 (ieee802154: add TX power control to wpan_phy)
and following erroneously added CSMA and CCA parameters for 802.15.4
devices as PHY parameters, while they are actually MAC parameters and
can differ for any two WPAN instances. Since it is now sensible to have
multiple WPAN devices with differing CSMA/CCA parameters, make these
parameters MAC parameters instead.
Signed-off-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-03-31
Please accept this one last round of general wireless updates for
the 3.15 merge window!
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"Here follow another set of patches to 3.15. This is mostly a bug fix
pull request with the exception of one commit from Marcel which adds
tracking to the current configured LE scan type parameter."
Beyond that, notable bits include some final refactoring of rtl8180
and the addition of the rtl8187se driver, fixes for a number of
problems identified by Dan Carpenter and his static analysis tools,
and a handful of other bits here and there.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the whole rt6_need_strict as static inline into ip6_route.h,
so that it can be reused
Signed-off-by: Wang Yufen <wangyufen@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch basically does two things, i) removes the extern keyword
from the include/linux/filter.h file to be more consistent with the
rest of Joe's changes, and ii) moves filter accounting into the filter
core framework.
Filter accounting mainly done through sk_filter_{un,}charge() take
care of the case when sockets are being cloned through sk_clone_lock()
so that removal of the filter on one socket won't result in eviction
as it's still referenced by the other.
These functions actually belong to net/core/filter.c and not
include/net/sock.h as we want to keep all that in a central place.
It's also not in fast-path so uninlining them is fine and even allows
us to get rd of sk_filter_release_rcu()'s EXPORT_SYMBOL and a forward
declaration.
Joint work with Alexei Starovoitov.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.c
The mvneta.c conflict is a case of overlapping changes,
a conversion to devm_ioremap_resource() vs. a conversion
to netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
addrconf_join_solict and addrconf_join_anycast may cause actions which
need rtnl locked, especially on first address creation.
A new DAD state is introduced which defers processing of the initial
DAD processing into a workqueue.
To get rtnl lock we need to push the code paths which depend on those
calls up to workqueues, specifically addrconf_verify and the DAD
processing.
(v2)
addrconf_dad_failure needs to be queued up to the workqueue, too. This
patch introduces a new DAD state and stop the DAD processing in the
workqueue (this is because of the possible ipv6_del_addr processing
which removes the solicited multicast address from the device).
addrconf_verify_lock is removed, too. After the transition it is not
needed any more.
As we are not processing in bottom half anymore we need to be a bit more
careful about disabling bottom half out when we lock spin_locks which are also
used in bh.
Relevant backtrace:
[ 541.030090] RTNL: assertion failed at net/core/dev.c (4496)
[ 541.031143] CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Tainted: G O 3.10.33-1-amd64-vyatta #1
[ 541.031145] Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2007
[ 541.031146] ffffffff8148a9f0 000000000000002f ffffffff813c98c1 ffff88007c4451f8
[ 541.031148] 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 ffffffff813d3540 ffff88007fc03d18
[ 541.031150] 0000880000000006 ffff88007c445000 ffffffffa0194160 0000000000000000
[ 541.031152] Call Trace:
[ 541.031153] <IRQ> [<ffffffff8148a9f0>] ? dump_stack+0xd/0x17
[ 541.031180] [<ffffffff813c98c1>] ? __dev_set_promiscuity+0x101/0x180
[ 541.031183] [<ffffffff813d3540>] ? __hw_addr_create_ex+0x60/0xc0
[ 541.031185] [<ffffffff813cfe1a>] ? __dev_set_rx_mode+0xaa/0xc0
[ 541.031189] [<ffffffff813d3a81>] ? __dev_mc_add+0x61/0x90
[ 541.031198] [<ffffffffa01dcf9c>] ? igmp6_group_added+0xfc/0x1a0 [ipv6]
[ 541.031208] [<ffffffff8111237b>] ? kmem_cache_alloc+0xcb/0xd0
[ 541.031212] [<ffffffffa01ddcd7>] ? ipv6_dev_mc_inc+0x267/0x300 [ipv6]
[ 541.031216] [<ffffffffa01c2fae>] ? addrconf_join_solict+0x2e/0x40 [ipv6]
[ 541.031219] [<ffffffffa01ba2e9>] ? ipv6_dev_ac_inc+0x159/0x1f0 [ipv6]
[ 541.031223] [<ffffffffa01c0772>] ? addrconf_join_anycast+0x92/0xa0 [ipv6]
[ 541.031226] [<ffffffffa01c311e>] ? __ipv6_ifa_notify+0x11e/0x1e0 [ipv6]
[ 541.031229] [<ffffffffa01c3213>] ? ipv6_ifa_notify+0x33/0x50 [ipv6]
[ 541.031233] [<ffffffffa01c36c8>] ? addrconf_dad_completed+0x28/0x100 [ipv6]
[ 541.031241] [<ffffffff81075c1d>] ? task_cputime+0x2d/0x50
[ 541.031244] [<ffffffffa01c38d6>] ? addrconf_dad_timer+0x136/0x150 [ipv6]
[ 541.031247] [<ffffffffa01c37a0>] ? addrconf_dad_completed+0x100/0x100 [ipv6]
[ 541.031255] [<ffffffff8105313a>] ? call_timer_fn.isra.22+0x2a/0x90
[ 541.031258] [<ffffffffa01c37a0>] ? addrconf_dad_completed+0x100/0x100 [ipv6]
Hunks and backtrace stolen from a patch by Stephen Hemminger.
Reported-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be consistent, lets use msec for this timeout as well.
Note: This define value is a minimum scan time taken from BT Core spec 4.0,
Vol 3, Part C, chapter 9.2.6
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With this patch it is possible to control discovery interleaved
timeout value from debugfs.
It is for fine tuning of this timeout.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Keep msec instead of jiffies in this define. This is needed by following
patch where we want this timeout to be exposed in debugfs.
Note: Value of this timeout comes from recommendation in BT Core Spec.4.0,
Vol 3, Part C, chapter 13.2.1.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If an IPv6 host route with metrics exists, an attempt to add a
new route for the same target with different metrics fails but
rewrites the metrics anyway:
12sp0:~ # ip route add fec0::1 dev eth0 rto_min 1000
12sp0:~ # ip -6 route show
fe80::/64 dev eth0 proto kernel metric 256
fec0::1 dev eth0 metric 1024 rto_min lock 1s
12sp0:~ # ip route add fec0::1 dev eth0 rto_min 1500
RTNETLINK answers: File exists
12sp0:~ # ip -6 route show
fe80::/64 dev eth0 proto kernel metric 256
fec0::1 dev eth0 metric 1024 rto_min lock 1.5s
This is caused by all IPv6 host routes using the metrics in
their inetpeer (or the shared default). This also holds for the
new route created in ip6_route_add() which shares the metrics
with the already existing route and thus ip6_route_add()
rewrites the metrics even if the new route ends up not being
used at all.
Another problem is that old metrics in inetpeer can reappear
unexpectedly for a new route, e.g.
12sp0:~ # ip route add fec0::1 dev eth0 rto_min 1000
12sp0:~ # ip route del fec0::1
12sp0:~ # ip route add fec0::1 dev eth0
12sp0:~ # ip route change fec0::1 dev eth0 hoplimit 10
12sp0:~ # ip -6 route show
fe80::/64 dev eth0 proto kernel metric 256
fec0::1 dev eth0 metric 1024 hoplimit 10 rto_min lock 1s
Resolve the first problem by moving the setting of metrics down
into fib6_add_rt2node() to the point we are sure we are
inserting the new route into the tree. Second problem is
addressed by introducing new flag DST_METRICS_FORCE_OVERWRITE
which is set for a new host route in ip6_route_add() and makes
ipv6_cow_metrics() always overwrite the metrics in inetpeer
(even if they are not "new"); it is reset after that.
v5: use a flag in _metrics member rather than one in flags
v4: fix a typo making a condition always true (thanks to Hannes
Frederic Sowa)
v3: rewritten based on David Miller's idea to move setting the
metrics (and allocation in non-host case) down to the point we
already know the route is to be inserted. Also rebased to
net-next as it is quite late in the cycle.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The packet hash can be considered a property of the packet, not just
on RX path.
This patch changes name of rxhash and l4_rxhash skbuff fields to be
hash and l4_hash respectively. This includes changing uses of the
field in the code which don't call the access functions.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Especially in crowded environments it can become frequent that we have
to send out whatever pending event there is stored. Since user space
has its own filtering of small RSSI changes sending a 0 value will
essentially force user space to wake up the higher layers (e.g. over
D-Bus) even though the RSSI didn't actually change more than the
threshold value.
This patch adds storing also of the RSSI for pending advertising reports
so that we report an as accurate RSSI as possible when we have to send
out the stored information to user space.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The line was incorrectly split between the variable type and its name.
This patch fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To avoid too many events being sent to user space and to help parsing of
all available remote device data it makes sense for us to wait for the
scan response and send a single merged Device Found event to user space.
This patch adds a few new variables to hci_dev to track the last
received ADV_IND/ADV_SCAN_IND, i.e. those which will cause a SCAN_REQ to
be send in the case of active scanning. When the SCAN_RSP is received
the pending data is passed together with the SCAN_RSP to the
mgmt_device_found function which takes care of merging them into a
single Device Found event.
We also need a bit of extra logic to handle situations where we don't
receive a SCAN_RSP after caching some data. In such a scenario we simply
have to send out the pending data as it is and then operate on the new
report as if there was no pending data.
We also need to send out any pending data when scanning stops as
well as ensure that the storage is empty at the start of a new active
scanning session. These both cases are covered by the update to the
hci_cc_le_set_scan_enable function in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're in peripheral mode (HCI_ADVERTISING flag is set) the most
natural mapping of connect() is to perform directed advertising to the
peer device.
This patch does the necessary changes to enable directed advertising and
keeps the hci_conn state as BT_CONNECT in a similar way as is done for
central or BR/EDR connection initiation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In preparation for being able to merge ADV_IND/ADV_SCAN_IND and SCAN_RSP
together into a single device found event add a second parameter to the
mgmt_device_found function. For now all callers pass NULL as this
parameters since we don't yet have storing of the last received
advertising report.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/micrel-ks8851.txt
net/core/netpoll.c
The net/core/netpoll.c conflict is a bug fix in 'net' happening
to code which is completely removed in 'net-next'.
In micrel-ks8851.txt we simply have overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please pull this batch of wireless updates intended for 3.15!
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"This has a whole bunch of bugfixes for things that went into -next
previously as well as some other bugfixes I didn't want to rush into
3.14 at this point. The rest of it is some cleanups and a few small
features, the biggest of which is probably Janusz's regulatory DFS CAC
time code."
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"One more pull request to 3.15. This is mostly and bug fix pull request, it
contains several fixes and clean up all over the tree, plus some small new
features."
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"This is the NFC pull request for 3.15. With this one we have:
- Support for ISO 15693 a.k.a. NFC vicinity a.k.a. Type 5 tags. ISO
15693 are long range (1 - 2 meters) vicinity tags/cards. The kernel
now supports those through the NFC netlink and digital APIs.
- Support for TI's trf7970a chipset. This chipset relies on the NFC
digital layer and the driver currently supports type 2, 4A and 5 tags.
- Support for NXP's pn544 secure firmare download. The pn544 C3 chipsets
relies on a different firmware download protocal than the C2 one. We
now support both and use the right one depending on the version we
detect at runtime.
- Support for 4A tags from the NFC digital layer.
- A bunch of cleanups and minor fixes from Axel Lin and Thierry Escande."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"We were sending a host command while the mutex wasn't held. This
led to hard-to-catch races."
And...
"I have a fix for a "merge damage" which is not really a merge
damage: it enables scheduled scan which has been disabled in
wireless.git. Since you merged wireless.git into wireless-next.git,
this can now be fixed in wireless-next.git.
Besides this, Alex made a workaround for a hardware bug. This fix
allows us to consume less power in S3. Arik and Eliad continue to
work on D0i3 which is a run-time power saving feature. Eliad also
contributes a few bits to the rate scaling logic to which Eyal adds his
own contribution. Avri dives deep in the power code - newer firmware
will allow to enable power save in newer scenarios. Johannes made a few
clean-ups. I have the regular amount of BT Coex boring stuff. I disable
uAPSD since we identified firmware bugs that cause packet loss. One
thing that do stand out is the udev event that we now send when the
FW asserts. I hope it will allow us to debug the FW more easily."
Also included is one last iwlwifi pull for a build breakage fix...
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"Michal now did some optimisations and was able to improve throughput by
100 Mbps on our MIPS based AP135 platform. Chun-Yeow added some
workarounds to be able to better use ad-hoc mode. Ben improved log
messages and added support for MSDU chaining. And, as usual, also some
smaller fixes."
Beyond that...
Andrea Merello continues his rtl8180 refactoring, in preparation for
a long-awaited rtl8187 driver. We get a new driver (rsi) for the
RS9113 chip, from Fariya Fatima. And, of course, we get the usual
round of updates for ath9k, brcmfmac, mwifiex, wil6210, etc. as well.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This request state is mostly useless, and properly implementing it
for RDMA would require an extra lock to be taken in handle_recv()
and in rdma_cancel() to avoid this race:
handle_recv() rdma_cancel()
. .
. if req->state == SENT
req->state = RCVD .
. req->state = FLSH
So just get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Derr <simon.derr@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
And move transport-specific code out of net/9p/client.c
Signed-off-by: Simon Derr <simon.derr@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
We need barriers to guarantee this pattern works as intended:
[w] req->rc, 1 [r] req->status, 1
wmb rmb
[w] req->status, 1 [r] req->rc
Where the wmb ensures that rc gets written before status,
and the rmb ensures that if you observe status == 1, rc is the new value.
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
ip_rt_dump do nothing after IPv4 route caches removal, so we can remove it.
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When changing one 16bit value by another in IP header, we can adjust
the IP checksum by doing a simple operation described in RFC 1624, as
reminded by David.
csum_partial() is a complex function on x86_64, not really suited for
small number of checksummed bytes.
I spotted csum_partial() being in the top 20 most consuming functions
(more than 1 %) in a GRO workload, which was rather unexpected.
The caller was inet_gro_complete() doing a csum_replace2() when
building the new IP header for the GRO packet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The LE scan type paramter defines if active scanning or passive scanning
is in use. Track the currently set value so it can be used for decision
making from other pieces in the core.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
While it is true that getnstimeofday() uses about 40 cycles if TSC
is available, it can use 1600 cycles if hpet is the clocksource.
Switch to get_jiffies_64(), as this is more than enough, and
go back to 60 seconds periods.
Fixes: 8c27bd75f0 ("tcp: syncookies: reduce cookie lifetime to 128 seconds")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The passkey_notify and user_confirm functions in mgmt.c were expecting
different endianess for the passkey, leading to a big endian bug and
sparse warning in recently added SMP code. This patch converts both
functions to expect host endianess and do the conversion to little
endian only when assigning to the mgmt event struct.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add a bit in rx_status.vht_flags to let the low level driver
notify mac80211 about a beamformed packet. Propagate this
to the radiotap header.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On 2.4Ghz band, the channels overlap since the delta
between different channels is 5Mhz while the width of the
receiver is 20Mhz (at least).
This means that we can hear beacons or probe responses from
adjacent channels. These frames will have a significant
lower RSSI which will feed all kinds of logic with inaccurate
data. An obvious example is the roaming algorithm that will
think our AP is getting weak and will try to move to another
AP.
In order to avoid this, update the signal only if the frame
has been heard on the same channel as the one advertised by
the AP in its DS / HT IEs.
We refrain from updating the values only if the AP is
already in the BSS list so that we will still have a valid
(but inaccurate) value if the AP was heard on an adjacent
channel only.
To achieve this, stop taking the channel from DS / HT IEs
in mac80211. The DS / HT IEs is taken into account to
discard the frame if it was received on a disabled channel.
This can happen due to the same phenomenon: the frame is
sent on channel 12, but heard on channel 11 while channel
12 can be disabled on certain devices. Since this check
is done in cfg80211, stop even checking this in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[remove unused rx_freq variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers might want to have private data in addition
to all other ieee80211_tx_info.status fields.
The current ieee80211_tx_info.rate_driver_data overlaps
with some of the non-rate data (e.g. ampdu_ack_len), so
it might not be good enough.
Since we already know how much free bytes remained,
simply use this size to define (void *) array.
While on it, change ack_signal type from int to the more
explicit s32 type.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
One patch to rename a newly introduced struct. The rest is
the rework of the IPsec virtual tunnel interface for ipv6 to
support inter address family tunneling and namespace crossing.
1) Rename the newly introduced struct xfrm_filter to avoid a
conflict with iproute2. From Nicolas Dichtel.
2) Introduce xfrm_input_afinfo to access the address family
dependent tunnel callback functions properly.
3) Add and use a IPsec protocol multiplexer for ipv6.
4) Remove dst_entry caching. vti can lookup multiple different
dst entries, dependent of the configured xfrm states. Therefore
it does not make to cache a dst_entry.
5) Remove caching of flow informations. vti6 does not use the the
tunnel endpoint addresses to do route and xfrm lookups.
6) Update the vti6 to use its own receive hook.
7) Remove the now unused xfrm_tunnel_notifier. This was used from vti
and is replaced by the IPsec protocol multiplexer hooks.
8) Support inter address family tunneling for vti6.
9) Check if the tunnel endpoints of the xfrm state and the vti interface
are matching and return an error otherwise.
10) Enable namespace crossing for vti devices.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next,
most relevantly they are:
* cleanup to remove double semicolon from stephen hemminger.
* calm down sparse warning in xt_ipcomp, from Fan Du.
* nf_ct_labels support for nf_tables, from Florian Westphal.
* new macros to simplify rcu dereferences in the scope of nfnetlink
and nf_tables, from Patrick McHardy.
* Accept queue and drop (including reason for drop) to verdict
parsing in nf_tables, also from Patrick.
* Remove unused random seed initialization in nfnetlink_log, from
Florian Westphal.
* Allow to attach user-specific information to nf_tables rules, useful
to attach user comments to rule, from me.
* Return errors in ipset according to the manpage documentation, from
Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Fix coccinelle warnings related to incorrect bool type usage for ipset,
from Fengguang Wu.
* Add hash:ip,mark set type to ipset, from Vytas Dauksa.
* Fix message for each spotted by ipset for each netns that is created,
from Ilia Mirkin.
* Add forceadd option to ipset, which evicts a random entry from the set
if it becomes full, from Josh Hunt.
* Minor IPVS cleanups and fixes from Andi Kleen and Tingwei Liu.
* Improve conntrack scalability by removing a central spinlock, original
work from Eric Dumazet. Jesper Dangaard Brouer took them over to address
remaining issues. Several patches to prepare this change come in first
place.
* Rework nft_hash to resolve bugs (leaking chain, missing rcu synchronization
on element removal, etc. from Patrick McHardy.
* Restore context in the rule deletion path, as we now release rule objects
synchronously, from Patrick McHardy. This gets back event notification for
anonymous sets.
* Fix NAT family validation in nft_nat, also from Patrick.
* Improve scalability of xt_connlimit by using an array of spinlocks and
by introducing a rb-tree of hashtables for faster lookup of accounted
objects per network. This patch was preceded by several patches and
refactorizations to accomodate this change including the use of kmem_cache,
from Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the NFC pull request for 3.15. With this one we have:
- Support for ISO 15693 a.k.a. NFC vicinity a.k.a. Type 5 tags. ISO
15693 are long range (1 - 2 meters) vicinity tags/cards. The kernel
now supports those through the NFC netlink and digital APIs.
- Support for TI's trf7970a chipset. This chipset relies on the NFC
digital layer and the driver currently supports type 2, 4A and 5 tags.
- Support for NXP's pn544 secure firmare download. The pn544 C3 chipsets
relies on a different firmware download protocal than the C2 one. We
now support both and use the right one depending on the version we
detect at runtime.
- Support for 4A tags from the NFC digital layer.
- A bunch of cleanups and minor fixes from Axel Lin and Thierry Escande.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=xikL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.15-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> says:
"NFC: 3.15: First pull request
This is the NFC pull request for 3.15. With this one we have:
- Support for ISO 15693 a.k.a. NFC vicinity a.k.a. Type 5 tags. ISO
15693 are long range (1 - 2 meters) vicinity tags/cards. The kernel
now supports those through the NFC netlink and digital APIs.
- Support for TI's trf7970a chipset. This chipset relies on the NFC
digital layer and the driver currently supports type 2, 4A and 5 tags.
- Support for NXP's pn544 secure firmare download. The pn544 C3 chipsets
relies on a different firmware download protocal than the C2 one. We
now support both and use the right one depending on the version we
detect at runtime.
- Support for 4A tags from the NFC digital layer.
- A bunch of cleanups and minor fixes from Axel Lin and Thierry Escande."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
Both the r8152 and netback conflicts were simple overlapping
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fragmentation and reassembly information for 6lowpan is independent from
the 802.15.4 stack and used only by the 6lowpan reassembly process. Move
the ieee802154_frag_info struct to a private are, it needn't be in the
802.15.4 skb control block.
Signed-off-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change all internal uses of ieee802154_addr_sa to ieee802154_addr,
except for those instances that communicate directly with userspace.
Signed-off-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the operations on 802.15.4 header structs introduced in a previous
patch to create and parse all headers in the mac802154 stack. This patch
reduces code duplication between different parts of the mac802154 stack
that needed information from headers, and also fixes a few bugs that
seem to have gone unnoticed until now:
* 802.15.4 dgram sockets would return a slightly incorrect value for
the SIOCINQ ioctl
* mac802154 would not drop frames with the "security enabled" bit set,
even though it does not support security, in violation of the
standard
Signed-off-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides a set of structures to represent 802.15.4 MAC
headers, and a set of operations to push/pull/peek these structs from
skbs. We cannot simply pointer-cast the skb MAC header pointer to these
structs, because 802.15.4 headers are wildly variable - depending on the
first three bytes, virtually all other fields of the header may be
present or not, and be present with different lengths.
The new header creation/parsing routines also support 802.15.4 security
headers, which are currently not supported by the mac802154
implementation of the protocol.
Signed-off-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable sparse warnings about endianness, replace the remaining fields
regarding network operations without explicit endianness annotations
with such that are annotated, and propagate this through the entire
stack.
Uses of ieee802154_addr_sa are not changed yet, this patch is only
concerned with all other fields (such as address filters, operation
parameters and the likes).
Signed-off-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a replacement ieee802154_addr struct with proper endianness on
fields. Short address fields are stored as __le16 as on the network,
extended (EUI64) addresses are __le64 as opposed to the u8[8] format
used previously. This disconnect with the netdev address, which is
stored as big-endian u8[8], is intentional.
Signed-off-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct as currently defined uses host byte order for some fields,
and most big endian/EUI display byte order for other fields. Inside the
stack, endianness should ideally match network byte order where possible
to minimize the number of byteswaps done in critical paths, but this
patch does not address this; it is only preparatory.
Signed-off-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was used from vti and is replaced by the IPsec protocol
multiplexer hooks. It is now unused, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch adds an IPsec protocol multiplexer for ipv6. With
this it is possible to add alternative protocol handlers, as
needed for IPsec virtual tunnel interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
IPv6 can be build as a module, so we need mechanism to access
the address family dependent callback functions properly.
Therefore we introduce xfrm_input_afinfo, similar to that
what we have for the address family dependent part of
policies and states.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We leak an active timer, the hotcpu notifier and all allocated
resources when we exit a namespace. Fix this by introducing a
flow_cache_fini() function where we release the resources before
we exit.
Fixes: ca925cf153 ("flowcache: Make flow cache name space aware")
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <moorray3@wp.pl>
Tested-by: Jakub Kicinski <moorray3@wp.pl>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not legal to create multiple kmem_cache having the same name.
flowcache can use a single kmem_cache, no need for a per netns
one.
Fixes: ca925cf153 ("flowcache: Make flow cache name space aware")
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <moorray3@wp.pl>
Tested-by: Jakub Kicinski <moorray3@wp.pl>
Tested-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the latest draft specification from
the NFC-V committee, ISO/IEC 15693 tags will be
referred to as "Type 5" tags and not "Type V"
tags anymore. Make the code reflect the new
terminology.
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
We do not need to switch the net_ns if the target net_ns the same
as the current one, so here we add a pre-check of net_ns to avoid
this as David suggested.
Signed-off-by: Gu Zheng <guz.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case the pairable option has been disabled, the pairing procedure
does not create keys for bonding. This means that these generated keys
should not be stored persistently.
For LTK and CSRK this is important to tell userspace to not store these
new keys. They will be available for the lifetime of the device, but
after the next power cycle they should not be used anymore.
Inform userspace to actually store the keys persistently only if both
sides request bonding.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The connection signature resolving key (CSRK) is used for attribute
protocol signed write procedures. This change generates a new local
key during pairing and requests the peer key as well.
Newly generated key and received key will be provided to userspace
using the New Signature Resolving Key management event.
The Master CSRK can be used for verification of remote signed write
PDUs and the Slave CSRK can be used for sending signed write PDUs
to the remote device.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In order to fix set destruction notifications and get rid of unnecessary
members in private data structures, pass the context to expressions'
destructor functions again.
In order to do so, replace various members in the nft_rule_trans structure
by the full context.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_conntrack_lock is a monolithic lock and suffers from huge contention
on current generation servers (8 or more core/threads).
Perf locking congestion is clear on base kernel:
- 72.56% ksoftirqd/6 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] _raw_spin_lock_bh
- _raw_spin_lock_bh
+ 25.33% init_conntrack
+ 24.86% nf_ct_delete_from_lists
+ 24.62% __nf_conntrack_confirm
+ 24.38% destroy_conntrack
+ 0.70% tcp_packet
+ 2.21% ksoftirqd/6 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] fib_table_lookup
+ 1.15% ksoftirqd/6 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __slab_free
+ 0.77% ksoftirqd/6 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] inet_getpeer
+ 0.70% ksoftirqd/6 [nf_conntrack] [k] nf_ct_delete
+ 0.55% ksoftirqd/6 [ip_tables] [k] ipt_do_table
This patch change conntrack locking and provides a huge performance
improvement. SYN-flood attack tested on a 24-core E5-2695v2(ES) with
10Gbit/s ixgbe (with tool trafgen):
Base kernel: 810.405 new conntrack/sec
After patch: 2.233.876 new conntrack/sec
Notice other floods attack (SYN+ACK or ACK) can easily be deflected using:
# iptables -A INPUT -m state --state INVALID -j DROP
# sysctl -w net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_tcp_loose=0
Use an array of hashed spinlocks to protect insertions/deletions of
conntracks into the hash table. 1024 spinlocks seem to give good
results, at minimal cost (4KB memory). Due to lockdep max depth,
1024 becomes 8 if CONFIG_LOCKDEP=y
The hash resize is a bit tricky, because we need to take all locks in
the array. A seqcount_t is used to synchronize the hash table users
with the resizing process.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Netfilter expectations are protected with the same lock as conntrack
entries (nf_conntrack_lock). This patch split out expectations locking
to use it's own lock (nf_conntrack_expect_lock).
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
One spinlock per cpu to protect dying/unconfirmed/template special lists.
(These lists are now per cpu, a bit like the untracked ct)
Add a @cpu field to nf_conn, to make sure we hold the appropriate
spinlock at removal time.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Changes while reading through the netfilter code.
Added hint about how conntrack nf_conn refcnt is accessed.
And renamed repl_hash to reply_hash for readability
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
iproute2 already defines a structure with that name, let's use another one to
avoid any conflict.
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This header is used by bluetooth and ieee802154 branch. This patch
move this header to the include/net directory to avoid a use of a
relative path in include.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The original documentation was very unclear.
The code fix is presumably related to the formerly unclear
documentation: SOCK_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE has no effect on
__sock_recv_timestamp's behavior, so calling __sock_recv_ts_and_drops
from sock_recv_ts_and_drops if only SOCK_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE is
set is pointless. This should have no user-observable effect.
Signed-off-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Can be invoked from non-BH context.
Based upon a patch by Eric Dumazet.
Fixes: f19c29e3e3 ("tcp: snmp stats for Fast Open, SYN rtx, and data pkts")
Reported-by: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e688a60480 ("net: introduce DST_NOPEER dst flag") introduced
DST_NOPEER because because of crashes in ipv6_select_ident called from
udp6_ufo_fragment.
Since commit 916e4cf46d ("ipv6: reuse ip6_frag_id from
ip6_ufo_append_data") we don't call ipv6_select_ident any more from
ip6_ufo_append_data, thus this flag lost its purpose and can be removed.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/recv.c
drivers/net/wireless/mwifiex/pcie.c
net/ipv6/sit.c
The SIT driver conflict consists of a bug fix being done by hand
in 'net' (missing u64_stats_init()) whilst in 'net-next' a helper
was created (netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats()) which takes care of this.
The two wireless conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch drops the current way of 6lowpan fragmentation on receiving
side and replace it with a implementation which use the inet_frag api.
The old fragmentation handling has some race conditions and isn't
rfc4944 compatible. Also adding support to match fragments on
destination address, source address, tag value and datagram_size
which is missing in the current implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds necessary ieee802154 6lowpan namespace to provide the
inet_frag information. This is a initial support for handling 6lowpan
fragmentation with the inet_frag api.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a 6lowpan fragmentation struct into cb of skb which
is necessary to hold fragmentation information.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The stop_scan_complete function was used as an intermediate step before
doing the actual connection creation. Since we're using hci_request
there's no reason to have this extra function around, i.e. we can simply
put both HCI commands into the same request.
The single task that the intermediate function had, i.e. indicating
discovery as stopped is now taken care of by a new
HCI_LE_SCAN_INTERRUPTED flag which allows us to do the discovery state
update when the stop scan command completes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
LE connection attempts do not have a controller side timeout in the same
way as BR/EDR has (in form of the page timeout). Since we always do
scanning before initiating connections the attempts are always expected
to succeed in some reasonable time.
This patch adds a timer which forces a cancellation of the connection
attempt within 20 seconds if it has not been successful by then. This
way we e.g. ensure that mgmt_pair_device times out eventually and gives
an error response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds defines for the initiator filter policy parameter values
of the HCI_LE_Create_Connection command. They will be used in a
subsequent patch to check whether we should have a timeout for the
connection attempt or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For SMP we need the local and remote addresses (and their types) that
were used to establish the connection. These may be different from the
Identity Addresses or even the current RPA. To guarantee that we have
this information available and it is correct track these values
separately from the very beginning of the connection.
For outgoing connections we set the values as soon as we get a
successful command status for HCI_LE_Create_Connection (for which the
patch adds a command status handler function) and for incoming
connections as soon as we get a LE Connection Complete HCI event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The random numbers in Bluetooth Low Energy are 64-bit numbers and should
also be little endian since the HCI specification is little endian.
Change the whole Low Energy pairing to use __le64 instead of a byte
array.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If some of the cleanup commands caused by mgmt_set_powered(off) never
complete we should still force the adapter to be powered down. This is
rather easy to do since hdev->power_off is already a delayed work
struct. This patch schedules this delayed work if at least one HCI
command was sent by the cleanup procedure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current LE white list entries require storing in the HCI controller
structure. So provide a storage and access functions for it. In addition
export the current list via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Add the definitions for clearing the LE white list, adding entries to
the LE white list and removing entries from the LE white list.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_blacklist_clear function is not used outside of hci_core.c and
can be made static.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Avoid the following sparse __CHECK_ENDIAN__ warnings:
include/net/addrconf.h:318:25: warning: restricted __be64 degrades to integer
include/net/addrconf.h:318:70: warning: restricted __be64 degrades to integer
include/net/addrconf.h:330:25: warning: restricted __be64 degrades to integer
include/net/addrconf.h:330:70: warning: restricted __be64 degrades to integer
include/net/addrconf.h:347:25: warning: restricted __be64 degrades to integer
include/net/addrconf.h:348:26: warning: restricted __be64 degrades to integer
include/net/addrconf.h:349:18: warning: restricted __be64 degrades to integer
The warnings are false but they make it harder to spot real
bugs.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
This is the rework of the IPsec virtual tunnel interface
for ipv4 to support inter address family tunneling and
namespace crossing. The only change to the last RFC version
is a compile fix for an odd configuration where CONFIG_XFRM
is set but CONFIG_INET is not set.
1) Add and use a IPsec protocol multiplexer.
2) Add xfrm_tunnel_skb_cb to the skb common buffer
to store a receive callback there.
3) Make vti work with i_key set by not including the i_key
when comupting the hash for the tunnel lookup in case of
vti tunnels.
4) Update ip_vti to use it's own receive hook.
5) Remove xfrm_tunnel_notifier, this is replaced by the IPsec
protocol multiplexer.
6) We need to be protocol family indepenent, so use the on xfrm_lookup
returned dst_entry instead of the ipv4 rtable in vti_tunnel_xmit().
7) Add support for inter address family tunneling.
8) Check if the tunnel endpoints of the xfrm state and the vti interface
are matching and return an error otherwise.
8) Enable namespace crossing tor vti devices.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Build fix for ip_vti when NET_IP_TUNNEL is not set.
We need this set to have ip_tunnel_get_stats64()
available.
2) Fix a NULL pointer dereference on sub policy usage.
We try to access a xfrm_state from the wrong array.
3) Take xfrm_state_lock in xfrm_migrate_state_find(),
we need it to traverse through the state lists.
4) Clone states properly on migration, otherwise we crash
when we migrate a state with aead algorithm attached.
5) Fix unlink race when between thread context and timer
when policies are deleted.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of places needing the local Identity Address are starting to
grow so it's better to have a single place for the logic of determining
it. This patch adds a convenience function for getting the Identity
Address and updates the two current places needing this to use it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To know the real source address for incoming connections (needed e.g.
for SMP) we should store the own_address_type parameter that was used
for the last HCI_LE_Write_Advertising_Parameters command. This patch
adds a proper command complete handler for the command and stores the
address type in a new adv_addr_type variable in the hci_dev struct.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This allows us to store user comment strings, but it could be also
used to store any kind of information that the user application needs
to link to the rule.
Scratch 8 bits for the new ulen field that indicates the length the
user data area. 4 bits from the handle (so it's 42 bits long, according
to Patrick, it would last 139 years with 1000 new rules per second)
and 4 bits from dlen (so the expression data area is 4K, which seems
sufficient by now even considering the compatibility layer).
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patches creates the public hci_req_add_le_passive_scan helper so
it can be re-used outside hci_core.c in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We should only accept connection parameters from identity addresses
(public or random static). Thus, we should check the address type
in hci_conn_params_add().
Additionally, since the IRK is removed during unpair, we should also
remove the connection parameters from that device.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces the LE auto connection options: HCI_AUTO_CONN_
ALWAYS and HCI_AUTO_CONN_LINK_LOSS. Their working mechanism are
described as follows:
The HCI_AUTO_CONN_ALWAYS option configures the kernel to always re-
establish the connection, no matter the reason the connection was
terminated. This feature is required by some LE profiles such as
HID over GATT, Health Thermometer and Blood Pressure. These profiles
require the host autonomously connect to the device as soon as it
enters in connectable mode (start advertising) so the device is able
to delivery notifications or indications.
The BT_AUTO_CONN_LINK_LOSS option configures the kernel to re-
establish the connection in case the connection was terminated due
to a link loss. This feature is required by the majority of LE
profiles such as Proximity, Find Me, Cycling Speed and Cadence and
Time.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces the LE auto connection infrastructure which
will be used to implement the LE auto connection options.
In summary, the auto connection mechanism works as follows: Once the
first pending LE connection is created, the background scanning is
started. When the target device is found in range, the kernel
autonomously starts the connection attempt. If connection is
established successfully, that pending LE connection is deleted and
the background is stopped.
To achieve that, this patch introduces the hci_update_background_scan()
which controls the background scanning state. This function starts or
stops the background scanning based on the hdev->pend_le_conns list. If
there is no pending LE connection, the background scanning is stopped.
Otherwise, we start the background scanning.
Then, every time a pending LE connection is added we call hci_update_
background_scan() so the background scanning is started (in case it is
not already running). Likewise, every time a pending LE connection is
deleted we call hci_update_background_scan() so the background scanning
is stopped (in case this was the last pending LE connection) or it is
started again (in case we have more pending LE connections). Finally,
we also call hci_update_background_scan() in hci_le_conn_failed() so
the background scan is restarted in case the connection establishment
fails. This way the background scanning keeps running until all pending
LE connection are established.
At this point, resolvable addresses are not support by this
infrastructure. The proper support is added in upcoming patches.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces the hdev->pend_le_conn list which holds the
device addresses the kernel should autonomously connect. It also
introduces some helper functions to manipulate the list.
The list and helper functions will be used by the next patch which
implements the LE auto connection infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
hci_connect() is a very simple and useless wrapper of hci_connect_acl
and hci_connect_le functions. Addtionally, all places where hci_connect
is called the link type value is passed explicitly. This way, we can
safely delete hci_connect, declare hci_connect_acl and hci_connect_le
in hci_core.h and call them directly.
No functionality is changed by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some LE controllers don't support scanning and creating a connection
at the same time. So we should always stop scanning in order to
establish the connection.
Since we may prematurely stop the discovery procedure in favor of
the connection establishment, we should also cancel hdev->le_scan_
disable delayed work and set the discovery state to DISCOVERY_STOPPED.
This change does a small improvement since it is not mandatory the
user stops scanning before connecting anymore. Moreover, this change
is required by upcoming LE auto connection mechanism in order to work
properly with controllers that don't support background scanning and
connection establishment at the same time.
In future, we might want to do a small optimization by checking if
controller is able to scan and connect at the same time. For now,
we want the simplest approach so we always stop scanning (even if
the controller is able to carry out both operations).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the "hci_" prefix to le_conn_failed() helper and
declares it in hci_core.h so it can be reused in hci_event.c.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves stop LE scanning duplicate code to one single
place and reuses it. This will avoid more duplicate code in
upcoming patches.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Upcoming congestion controls for TCP require usec resolution for RTT
estimations. Millisecond resolution is simply not enough these days.
FQ/pacing in DC environments also require this change for finer control
and removal of bimodal behavior due to the current hack in
tcp_update_pacing_rate() for 'small rtt'
TCP_CONG_RTT_STAMP is no longer needed.
As Julian Anastasov pointed out, we need to keep user compatibility :
tcp_metrics used to export RTT and RTTVAR in msec resolution,
so we added RTT_US and RTTVAR_US. An iproute2 patch is needed
to use the new attributes if provided by the kernel.
In this example ss command displays a srtt of 32 usecs (10Gbit link)
lpk51:~# ./ss -i dst lpk52
Netid State Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address:Port Peer
Address:Port
tcp ESTAB 0 1 10.246.11.51:42959
10.246.11.52:64614
cubic wscale:6,6 rto:201 rtt:0.032/0.001 ato:40 mss:1448
cwnd:10 send
3620.0Mbps pacing_rate 7240.0Mbps unacked:1 rcv_rtt:993 rcv_space:29559
Updated iproute2 ip command displays :
lpk51:~# ./ip tcp_metrics | grep 10.246.11.52
10.246.11.52 age 561.914sec cwnd 10 rtt 274us rttvar 213us source
10.246.11.51
Old binary displays :
lpk51:~# ip tcp_metrics | grep 10.246.11.52
10.246.11.52 age 561.914sec cwnd 10 rtt 250us rttvar 125us source
10.246.11.51
With help from Julian Anastasov, Stephen Hemminger and Yuchung Cheng
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Larry Brakmo <brakmo@google.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This option has the same semantic as IP_PMTUDISC_OMIT for IPv4 which
got recently introduced. It doesn't honor the path mtu discovered by the
host but in contrary to IPV6_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE allows the generation of
fragments if the packet size exceeds the MTU of the outgoing interface
MTU.
Fixes: 93b36cf342 ("ipv6: support IPV6_PMTU_INTERFACE on sockets")
Cc: Florian Weimer <fweimer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IP_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE has a design error: because it does not allow the
generation of fragments if the interface mtu is exceeded, it is very
hard to make use of this option in already deployed name server software
for which I introduced this option.
This patch adds yet another new IP_MTU_DISCOVER option to not honor any
path mtu information and not accepting new icmp notifications destined for
the socket this option is enabled on. But we allow outgoing fragmentation
in case the packet size exceeds the outgoing interface mtu.
As such this new option can be used as a drop-in replacement for
IP_PMTUDISC_DONT, which is currently in use by most name server software
making the adoption of this option very smooth and easy.
The original advantage of IP_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE is still maintained:
ignoring incoming path MTU updates and not honoring discovered path MTUs
in the output path.
Fixes: 482fc6094a ("ipv4: introduce new IP_MTU_DISCOVER mode IP_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE")
Cc: Florian Weimer <fweimer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Send Channel Availability Check time as a parameter
of start_radar_detection() callback.
Get CAC time from regulatory database.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduce DFS CAC time as a regd param, configured per REG_RULE and
set per channel in cfg80211. DFS CAC time is close connected with
regulatory database configuration. Instead of using hardcoded values,
get DFS CAC time form regulatory database. Pass DFS CAC time to user
mode (mainly for iw reg get, iw list, iw info). Allow setting DFS CAC
time via CRDA. Add support for internal regulatory database.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[rewrap commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This was used from vti and is replaced by the IPsec protocol
multiplexer hooks. It is now unused, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
IPsec vti_rcv needs to remind the tunnel pointer to
check it later at the vti_rcv_cb callback. So add
this pointer to the IPsec common buffer, initialize
it and check it to avoid transport state matching of
a tunneled packet.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch add an IPsec protocol multiplexer. With this
it is possible to add alternative protocol handlers as
needed for IPsec virtual tunnel interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Introduce skb_to_sgvec_nomark function to add further data to the sg list
without calling sg_unmark_end first. Needed to add extended sequence
number informations. From Fan Du.
2) Add IPsec extended sequence numbers support to the Authentication Header
protocol for ipv4 and ipv6. From Fan Du.
3) Make the IPsec flowcache namespace aware, from Fan Du.
4) Avoid creating temporary SA for every packet when no key manager is
registered. From Horia Geanta.
5) Support filtering of SA dumps to show only the SAs that match a
given filter. From Nicolas Dichtel.
6) Remove caching of xfrm_policy_sk_bundles. The cached socket policy bundles
are never used, instead we create a new cache entry whenever xfrm_lookup()
is called on a socket policy. Most protocols cache the used routes to the
socket, so this caching is not needed.
7) Fix a forgotten SADB_X_EXT_FILTER length check in pfkey, from Nicolas
Dichtel.
8) Cleanup error handling of xfrm_state_clone.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once mgmt_set_powered(off) starts doing disconnections we'll need to
care about any disconnections in mgmt.c and not just those with the
MGMT_CONNECTED flag set. Therefore, move the check into mgmt.c from
hci_event.c.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll soon need to make decisions on toggling the HCI_ADVERTISING flag
based on pending mgmt_set_powered commands. Therefore, move the handling
from hci_event.c into mgmt.c.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a convenience function to return the number of
connections in the conn_hash list. This will be useful once we update
the power off procedure to disconnect any open connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The RPA needs to be stored to know which is the current one. Otherwise
it is impossible to ensure that always the correct RPA can be programmed
into the controller when it is needed.
Current code checks if the address in the controller is a RPA, but that
can potentially lead to using a RPA that can not be resolved with the
IRK that has been distributed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When running active scanning during LE discovery, do not reveal the own
identity to the peer devices. In case LE privacy has been enabled, then
a resolvable private address is used. If the LE privacy option is off,
then use an unresolvable private address.
The public address or static random address is never used in active
scanning anymore. This ensures that scan request are send using a
random address.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Now that the identity address type is always looked up for all
successful connections, the hdev->own_addr_type variable has become
completely unnecessary. Simply remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a convenience function for updating the local random
address which is needed before advertising, scanning and initiating LE
connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a timer for updating the local RPA periodically. The
default timeout is set to 15 minutes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds basic mgmt defines for enabling privacy. This includes a
new setting flag as well as the Set Privacy command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This code adds a HCI_PRIVACY flag to track whether Privacy support is
enabled (meaning we have a local IRK) and makes sure the IRK is
distributed during SMP key distribution in case this flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes two bugs in fastopen :
1) The tcp_sendmsg(..., @size) argument was ignored.
Code was relying on user not fooling the kernel with iovec mismatches
2) When MTU is about 64KB, tcp_send_syn_data() attempts order-5
allocations, which are likely to fail when memory gets fragmented.
Fixes: 783237e8da ("net-tcp: Fast Open client - sending SYN-data")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Tested-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ieee80211_iface_limit and the ieee80211_iface_combination
structures to docbook. Reformat the examples of combinations
slightly, so it looks a bit better on docbook.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
docbook (or one of its friends) gets confused with semi-colons in the
argument descriptions, causing it to think that the semi-colon is
marking a new section in the description of addr_mask in wiphy struct.
Prevent this by using hyphens instead of semi-colons in the mask
example.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For testing purposes it is useful to provide an option to change the
advertising channel map. So add a debugfs option to allow this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Bug introduced by commit 7d442fab0a ("ipv4: Cache dst in tunnels").
Because sit code does not call ip_tunnel_init(), the dst_cache was not
initialized.
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to solve races with sched_scan_stop, it is necessary
for the driver to be able to return an error to propagate that
to cfg80211 so it doesn't send an event.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to userspace assumptions, the sched_scan_stop operation must
be synchronous, i.e. once it returns a new scheduled scan must be
able to start immediately. Document this in the API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We loose a lot of information of the original state if we
clone it with xfrm_state_clone(). In particular, there is
no crypto algorithm attached if the original state uses
an aead algorithm. This patch add the missing information
to the clone state.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
While framing the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame, the driver needs to
know if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable and thus shall construct
the VHT/HT operation / WMM parameter elements accordingly. Supplicant
determines if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable based on the
presence of the respective IEs in the received TDLS Setup Response frame.
The host driver should not need to parse the received TDLS Response
frame and thus, should be able to rely on the supplicant to indicate
the capability of the peer through additional flags while transmitting
the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame through tdls_mgmt operations.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt Undekari <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For Bluetooth controllers with LE support, track the value of the
currently configured random address. It is important to know what
the current random address is to avoid unneeded attempts to set
a new address. This will become important when introducing the
LE privacy support in the future.
In addition expose the current configured random address via
debugfs for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The own_address_type debugfs option does not providing enough
flexibity for interacting with the upcoming LE privacy support.
What really is needed is an option to force using the static address
compared to the public address. The new force_static_address debugfs
option does exactly that. In addition it is also only available when
the controller does actually have a public address. For single mode
LE only controllers this option will not be available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In case we decide in udp6_sendmsg to send the packet down the ipv4
udp_sendmsg path because the destination is either of family AF_INET or
the destination is an ipv4 mapped ipv6 address, we don't honor the
maybe specified ipv4 mapped ipv6 address in IPV6_PKTINFO.
We simply can check for this option in ip_cmsg_send because no calls to
ipv6 module functions are needed to do so.
Reported-by: Gert Doering <gert@space.net>
Cc: Tore Anderson <tore@fud.no>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the necessary helper function to send the New IRK mgmt
event and makes sure that the function is called at when SMP key
distribution has completed. The event is sent before the New LTK event
so user space knows which remote device to associate with the keys.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the SMP Long Term Key notification over mgmt from the
hci_add_ltk function to smp.c when both sides have completed their key
distribution. This way we are also able to update the identity address
into the mgmt_new_ltk event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It's simpler (one less if-statement) to just evaluate the appropriate
value for store_hint in the mgmt_new_ltk function than to pass a boolean
parameter to the function. Furthermore, this simplifies moving the mgmt
event emission out from hci_add_ltk in subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The SMP code will need to postpone the mgmt event emission for the IRK
and LTKs. To avoid extra lookups at the end of the key distribution
simply return the added value from the add_ltk and add_irk functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fix spelling typo in Documentation/DocBook.
It is because .html and .xml files are generated by make htmldocs,
I have to fix a typo within the source files.
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This also adds NF_CT_LABELS_MAX_SIZE so it can be re-used
as BUILD_BUG_ON in nft_ct.
At this time, nft doesn't yet support writing to the label area;
when this changes the label->words handling needs to be moved
out of xt_connlabel.c into nf_conntrack_labels.c.
Also removes a useless run-time check: words cannot grow beyond
4 (32 bit) or 2 (64bit) since xt_connlabel enforces a maximum of
128 labels.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently cache socket policy bundles at xfrm_policy_sk_bundles.
These cached bundles are never used. Instead we create and cache
a new one whenever xfrm_lookup() is called on a socket policy.
Most protocols cache the used routes to the socket, so let's
remove the unused caching of socket policy bundles in xfrm.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/bonding/bond_3ad.h
drivers/net/bonding/bond_main.c
Two minor conflicts in bonding, both of which were overlapping
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only place this is used outside rtnetlink.c is veth. So provide
wrapper function for this usage.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we initiate pairing through mgmt_pair_device the code has so far
been waiting for a successful HCI Encrypt Change event in order to
respond to the mgmt command. However, putting privacy into the play we
actually want the key distribution to be complete before replying so
that we can include the Identity Address in the mgmt response.
This patch updates the various hci_conn callbacks for LE in mgmt.c to
only respond in the case of failure, and adds a new mgmt_smp_complete
function that the SMP code will call once key distribution has been
completed.
Since the smp_chan_destroy function that's used to indicate completion
and clean up the SMP context can be called from various places,
including outside of smp.c, the easiest way to track failure vs success
is a new flag that we set once key distribution has been successfully
completed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we receive a remote identity address during SMP key distribution we
should ensure that any associated L2CAP channel instances get their
address information correspondingly updated (so that e.g. doing
getpeername on associated sockets returns the correct address).
This patch adds a new L2CAP core function l2cap_conn_update_id_addr()
which is used to iterate through all L2CAP channels associated with a
connection and update their address information.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are many situations where we need to check if an LE address is an
RPA and if so try to look up the IRK for it. To simplify such cases this
patch adds a convenience function for the job.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When mgmt_unpair_device is called we should also remove any associated
IRKs. This patch adds a hci_remove_irk convenience function and ensures
that it's called when mgmt_unpair_device is called.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are many functions that never fail but still declare an integer
return value for no reason. This patch converts these functions to use a
void return value to avoid any confusion of whether they can fail or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When removing Long Term Keys we should also be checking that the given
address type (public vs random) matches. This patch updates the
hci_remove_ltk function to take an extra parameter and uses it for
address type matching.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch implements the Load IRKs command for the management
interface. The command is used to load the kernel with the initial set
of IRKs. It also sets a HCI_RPA_RESOLVING flag to indicate that we can
start requesting devices to distribute their IRK to us.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When implementing support for Resolvable Private Addresses (RPAs) we'll
need to in several places be able to identify such addresses. This patch
adds a simple convenience function to do the identification of the
address type.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the initial IRK storage and management functions to the
HCI core. This includes storing a list of IRKs per HCI device and the
ability to add, remove and lookup entries in that list.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Previously the crypto context has only been available for LE SMP
sessions, but now that we'll need to perform operations also during
discovery it makes sense to have this context part of the hci_dev
struct. Later, the context can be removed from the SMP context.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Introduce new netlink attributes for SET_PHY_ATTRS:
* CSMA minimal backoff exponent
* CSMA maximal backoff exponent
* CSMA retry limit
* frame retransmission limit
The CSMA attributes shall correspond to minBE, maxBE and maxCSMABackoffs of
802.15.4, respectively. The frame retransmission shall correspond to
maxFrameRetries of 802.15.4, unless given as -1: then the old behaviour
of the stack shall apply. For RF2xy, the old behaviour is to not do
channel sensing at all and simply send *right now*, which is not
intended behaviour for most applications and actually prohibited for
some channel/page combinations.
For all values except frame retransmission limit, the defaults of
802.15.4 apply. Frame retransmission limits are set to -1 to indicate
backward-compatible behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since three of the four clear channel assesment modes make use of energy
detection, provide an API to set the energy detection threshold.
Driver support for this is available in at86rf230 for the RF212 chips.
Since for these chips the minimal energy detection threshold depends on
page and channel used, add a field to struct at86rf230_local that stores
the minimal threshold. Actual ED thresholds are configured as offsets
from this value.
For RF212, setting the ED threshold will not work before a channel/page
has been set due to the dependency of energy detection in the chip and
the actual channel/page selected.
Signed-off-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The standard describes four modes of clear channel assesment: "energy
above threshold", "carrier found", and the logical and/or of these two.
Support for CCA mode setting is included in the at86rf230 driver,
predicated for RF212 chips.
Signed-off-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Listen-before-talk is an alternative to CSMA in uncoordinated networks
and prescribed by european regulations if one wants to have a device
with radio duty cycles above 10% (or less in some bands). Add a phy
property to enable/disable LBT in the phy, including support in the
at86rf230 driver for RF212 chips.
Signed-off-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the current u8 transmit_power in wpan_phy with s8 transmit_power.
The u8 field contained the actual tx power and a tolerance field,
which no physical radio every used. Adjust sysfs entries to keep
compatibility with userspace, give tolerances of +-1dB statically there.
This patch only adds support for this in the at86rf230 driver and the
RF212 chip. Configuration calculation for RF212 is also somewhat basic,
but does the job - the RF212 datasheet gives a large table with
suggested values for combinations of TX power and page/channel, if this
does not work well, we might have to copy the whole table.
Signed-off-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this patch is to allow userland to dump only a part of SA by
specifying a filter during the dump.
The kernel is in charge to filter SA, this avoids to generate useless netlink
traffic (it save also some cpu cycles). This is particularly useful when there
is a big number of SA set on the system.
Note that I removed the union in struct xfrm_state_walk to fix a problem on arm.
struct netlink_callback->args is defined as a array of 6 long and the first long
is used in xfrm code to flag the cb as initialized. Hence, we must have:
sizeof(struct xfrm_state_walk) <= sizeof(long) * 5.
With the union, it was false on arm (sizeof(struct xfrm_state_walk) was
sizeof(long) * 7), due to the padding.
In fact, whatever the arch is, this union seems useless, there will be always
padding after it. Removing it will not increase the size of this struct (and
reduce it on arm).
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Implementation of (a)rwnd calculation might lead to severe performance issues
and associations completely stalling. These problems are described and solution
is proposed which improves lksctp's robustness in congestion state.
1) Sudden drop of a_rwnd and incomplete window recovery afterwards
Data accounted in sctp_assoc_rwnd_decrease takes only payload size (sctp data),
but size of sk_buff, which is blamed against receiver buffer, is not accounted
in rwnd. Theoretically, this should not be the problem as actual size of buffer
is double the amount requested on the socket (SO_RECVBUF). Problem here is
that this will have bad scaling for data which is less then sizeof sk_buff.
E.g. in 4G (LTE) networks, link interfacing radio side will have a large portion
of traffic of this size (less then 100B).
An example of sudden drop and incomplete window recovery is given below. Node B
exhibits problematic behavior. Node A initiates association and B is configured
to advertise rwnd of 10000. A sends messages of size 43B (size of typical sctp
message in 4G (LTE) network). On B data is left in buffer by not reading socket
in userspace.
Lets examine when we will hit pressure state and declare rwnd to be 0 for
scenario with above stated parameters (rwnd == 10000, chunk size == 43, each
chunk is sent in separate sctp packet)
Logic is implemented in sctp_assoc_rwnd_decrease:
socket_buffer (see below) is maximum size which can be held in socket buffer
(sk_rcvbuf). current_alloced is amount of data currently allocated (rx_count)
A simple expression is given for which it will be examined after how many
packets for above stated parameters we enter pressure state:
We start by condition which has to be met in order to enter pressure state:
socket_buffer < currently_alloced;
currently_alloced is represented as size of sctp packets received so far and not
yet delivered to userspace. x is the number of chunks/packets (since there is no
bundling, and each chunk is delivered in separate packet, we can observe each
chunk also as sctp packet, and what is important here, having its own sk_buff):
socket_buffer < x*each_sctp_packet;
each_sctp_packet is sctp chunk size + sizeof(struct sk_buff). socket_buffer is
twice the amount of initially requested size of socket buffer, which is in case
of sctp, twice the a_rwnd requested:
2*rwnd < x*(payload+sizeof(struc sk_buff));
sizeof(struct sk_buff) is 190 (3.13.0-rc4+). Above is stated that rwnd is 10000
and each payload size is 43
20000 < x(43+190);
x > 20000/233;
x ~> 84;
After ~84 messages, pressure state is entered and 0 rwnd is advertised while
received 84*43B ~= 3612B sctp data. This is why external observer notices sudden
drop from 6474 to 0, as it will be now shown in example:
IP A.34340 > B.12345: sctp (1) [INIT] [init tag: 1875509148] [rwnd: 81920] [OS: 10] [MIS: 65535] [init TSN: 1096057017]
IP B.12345 > A.34340: sctp (1) [INIT ACK] [init tag: 3198966556] [rwnd: 10000] [OS: 10] [MIS: 10] [init TSN: 902132839]
IP A.34340 > B.12345: sctp (1) [COOKIE ECHO]
IP B.12345 > A.34340: sctp (1) [COOKIE ACK]
IP A.34340 > B.12345: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 1096057017] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 0] [PPID 0x18]
IP B.12345 > A.34340: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 1096057017] [a_rwnd 9957] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
IP A.34340 > B.12345: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 1096057018] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 1] [PPID 0x18]
IP B.12345 > A.34340: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 1096057018] [a_rwnd 9957] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
IP A.34340 > B.12345: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 1096057019] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 2] [PPID 0x18]
IP B.12345 > A.34340: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 1096057019] [a_rwnd 9914] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
<...>
IP A.34340 > B.12345: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 1096057098] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 81] [PPID 0x18]
IP B.12345 > A.34340: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 1096057098] [a_rwnd 6517] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
IP A.34340 > B.12345: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 1096057099] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 82] [PPID 0x18]
IP B.12345 > A.34340: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 1096057099] [a_rwnd 6474] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
IP A.34340 > B.12345: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 1096057100] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 83] [PPID 0x18]
--> Sudden drop
IP B.12345 > A.34340: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 1096057100] [a_rwnd 0] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
At this point, rwnd_press stores current rwnd value so it can be later restored
in sctp_assoc_rwnd_increase. This however doesn't happen as condition to start
slowly increasing rwnd until rwnd_press is returned to rwnd is never met. This
condition is not met since rwnd, after it hit 0, must first reach rwnd_press by
adding amount which is read from userspace. Let us observe values in above
example. Initial a_rwnd is 10000, pressure was hit when rwnd was ~6500 and the
amount of actual sctp data currently waiting to be delivered to userspace
is ~3500. When userspace starts to read, sctp_assoc_rwnd_increase will be blamed
only for sctp data, which is ~3500. Condition is never met, and when userspace
reads all data, rwnd stays on 3569.
IP B.12345 > A.34340: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 1096057100] [a_rwnd 1505] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
IP B.12345 > A.34340: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 1096057100] [a_rwnd 3010] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
IP A.34340 > B.12345: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 1096057101] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 84] [PPID 0x18]
IP B.12345 > A.34340: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 1096057101] [a_rwnd 3569] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
--> At this point userspace read everything, rwnd recovered only to 3569
IP A.34340 > B.12345: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 1096057102] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 85] [PPID 0x18]
IP B.12345 > A.34340: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 1096057102] [a_rwnd 3569] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
Reproduction is straight forward, it is enough for sender to send packets of
size less then sizeof(struct sk_buff) and receiver keeping them in its buffers.
2) Minute size window for associations sharing the same socket buffer
In case multiple associations share the same socket, and same socket buffer
(sctp.rcvbuf_policy == 0), different scenarios exist in which congestion on one
of the associations can permanently drop rwnd of other association(s).
Situation will be typically observed as one association suddenly having rwnd
dropped to size of last packet received and never recovering beyond that point.
Different scenarios will lead to it, but all have in common that one of the
associations (let it be association from 1)) nearly depleted socket buffer, and
the other association blames socket buffer just for the amount enough to start
the pressure. This association will enter pressure state, set rwnd_press and
announce 0 rwnd.
When data is read by userspace, similar situation as in 1) will occur, rwnd will
increase just for the size read by userspace but rwnd_press will be high enough
so that association doesn't have enough credit to reach rwnd_press and restore
to previous state. This case is special case of 1), being worse as there is, in
the worst case, only one packet in buffer for which size rwnd will be increased.
Consequence is association which has very low maximum rwnd ('minute size', in
our case down to 43B - size of packet which caused pressure) and as such
unusable.
Scenario happened in the field and labs frequently after congestion state (link
breaks, different probabilities of packet drop, packet reordering) and with
scenario 1) preceding. Here is given a deterministic scenario for reproduction:
>From node A establish two associations on the same socket, with rcvbuf_policy
being set to share one common buffer (sctp.rcvbuf_policy == 0). On association 1
repeat scenario from 1), that is, bring it down to 0 and restore up. Observe
scenario 1). Use small payload size (here we use 43). Once rwnd is 'recovered',
bring it down close to 0, as in just one more packet would close it. This has as
a consequence that association number 2 is able to receive (at least) one more
packet which will bring it in pressure state. E.g. if association 2 had rwnd of
10000, packet received was 43, and we enter at this point into pressure,
rwnd_press will have 9957. Once payload is delivered to userspace, rwnd will
increase for 43, but conditions to restore rwnd to original state, just as in
1), will never be satisfied.
--> Association 1, between A.y and B.12345
IP A.55915 > B.12345: sctp (1) [INIT] [init tag: 836880897] [rwnd: 10000] [OS: 10] [MIS: 65535] [init TSN: 4032536569]
IP B.12345 > A.55915: sctp (1) [INIT ACK] [init tag: 2873310749] [rwnd: 81920] [OS: 10] [MIS: 10] [init TSN: 3799315613]
IP A.55915 > B.12345: sctp (1) [COOKIE ECHO]
IP B.12345 > A.55915: sctp (1) [COOKIE ACK]
--> Association 2, between A.z and B.12346
IP A.55915 > B.12346: sctp (1) [INIT] [init tag: 534798321] [rwnd: 10000] [OS: 10] [MIS: 65535] [init TSN: 2099285173]
IP B.12346 > A.55915: sctp (1) [INIT ACK] [init tag: 516668823] [rwnd: 81920] [OS: 10] [MIS: 10] [init TSN: 3676403240]
IP A.55915 > B.12346: sctp (1) [COOKIE ECHO]
IP B.12346 > A.55915: sctp (1) [COOKIE ACK]
--> Deplete socket buffer by sending messages of size 43B over association 1
IP B.12345 > A.55915: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3799315613] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 0] [PPID 0x18]
IP A.55915 > B.12345: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3799315613] [a_rwnd 9957] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
<...>
IP A.55915 > B.12345: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3799315696] [a_rwnd 6388] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
IP B.12345 > A.55915: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3799315697] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 84] [PPID 0x18]
IP A.55915 > B.12345: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3799315697] [a_rwnd 6345] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
--> Sudden drop on 1
IP B.12345 > A.55915: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3799315698] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 85] [PPID 0x18]
IP A.55915 > B.12345: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3799315698] [a_rwnd 0] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
--> Here userspace read, rwnd 'recovered' to 3698, now deplete again using
association 1 so there is place in buffer for only one more packet
IP B.12345 > A.55915: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3799315799] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 186] [PPID 0x18]
IP A.55915 > B.12345: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3799315799] [a_rwnd 86] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
IP B.12345 > A.55915: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3799315800] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 187] [PPID 0x18]
IP A.55915 > B.12345: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3799315800] [a_rwnd 43] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
--> Socket buffer is almost depleted, but there is space for one more packet,
send them over association 2, size 43B
IP B.12346 > A.55915: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3676403240] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 0] [PPID 0x18]
IP A.55915 > B.12346: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3676403240] [a_rwnd 0] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
--> Immediate drop
IP A.60995 > B.12346: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 387491510] [a_rwnd 0] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
--> Read everything from the socket, both association recover up to maximum rwnd
they are capable of reaching, note that association 1 recovered up to 3698,
and association 2 recovered only to 43
IP A.55915 > B.12345: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3799315800] [a_rwnd 1548] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
IP A.55915 > B.12345: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3799315800] [a_rwnd 3053] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
IP B.12345 > A.55915: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3799315801] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 188] [PPID 0x18]
IP A.55915 > B.12345: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3799315801] [a_rwnd 3698] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
IP B.12346 > A.55915: sctp (1) [DATA] (B)(E) [TSN: 3676403241] [SID: 0] [SSEQ 1] [PPID 0x18]
IP A.55915 > B.12346: sctp (1) [SACK] [cum ack 3676403241] [a_rwnd 43] [#gap acks 0] [#dup tsns 0]
A careful reader might wonder why it is necessary to reproduce 1) prior
reproduction of 2). It is simply easier to observe when to send packet over
association 2 which will push association into the pressure state.
Proposed solution:
Both problems share the same root cause, and that is improper scaling of socket
buffer with rwnd. Solution in which sizeof(sk_buff) is taken into concern while
calculating rwnd is not possible due to fact that there is no linear
relationship between amount of data blamed in increase/decrease with IP packet
in which payload arrived. Even in case such solution would be followed,
complexity of the code would increase. Due to nature of current rwnd handling,
slow increase (in sctp_assoc_rwnd_increase) of rwnd after pressure state is
entered is rationale, but it gives false representation to the sender of current
buffer space. Furthermore, it implements additional congestion control mechanism
which is defined on implementation, and not on standard basis.
Proposed solution simplifies whole algorithm having on mind definition from rfc:
o Receiver Window (rwnd): This gives the sender an indication of the space
available in the receiver's inbound buffer.
Core of the proposed solution is given with these lines:
sctp_assoc_rwnd_update:
if ((asoc->base.sk->sk_rcvbuf - rx_count) > 0)
asoc->rwnd = (asoc->base.sk->sk_rcvbuf - rx_count) >> 1;
else
asoc->rwnd = 0;
We advertise to sender (half of) actual space we have. Half is in the braces
depending whether you would like to observe size of socket buffer as SO_RECVBUF
or twice the amount, i.e. size is the one visible from userspace, that is,
from kernelspace.
In this way sender is given with good approximation of our buffer space,
regardless of the buffer policy - we always advertise what we have. Proposed
solution fixes described problems and removes necessity for rwnd restoration
algorithm. Finally, as proposed solution is simplification, some lines of code,
along with some bytes in struct sctp_association are saved.
Version 2 of the patch addressed comments from Vlad. Name of the function is set
to be more descriptive, and two parts of code are changed, in one removing the
superfluous call to sctp_assoc_rwnd_update since call would not result in update
of rwnd, and the other being reordering of the code in a way that call to
sctp_assoc_rwnd_update updates rwnd. Version 3 corrected change introduced in v2
in a way that existing function is not reordered/copied in line, but it is
correctly called. Thanks Vlad for suggesting.
Signed-off-by: Matija Glavinic Pecotic <matija.glavinic-pecotic.ext@nsn.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@nsn.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for ATS request and response handling for type 4A tag
activation.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Add the header definitions required by upcoming
patches that add support for ISO/IEC 15693.
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The tty driver api design prefers no-fail writes if the driver
write_room() method has previously indicated space is available
to accept writes. Since this is trivially possible for the
RFCOMM tty driver, do so.
Introduce rfcomm_dlc_send_noerror(), which queues but does not
schedule the krfcomm thread if the dlc is not yet connected
(and thus does not error based on the connection state).
The mtu size test is also unnecessary since the caller already
chunks the written data into mtu size.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Only one session/channel combination may be in use at any one
time. However, the failure does not occur until the tty is
opened (in rfcomm_dlc_open()).
Because these settings are actually bound at rfcomm device
creation (via RFCOMMCREATEDEV ioctl), validate and fail before
creating the rfcomm tty device.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When RFCOMM_RELEASE_ONHUP is set, the rfcomm tty driver 'takes over'
the initial rfcomm_dev reference created by the RFCOMMCREATEDEV ioctl.
The assumption is that the rfcomm tty driver will release the
rfcomm_dev reference when the tty is freed (in rfcomm_tty_cleanup()).
However, if the tty is never opened, the 'take over' never occurs,
so when RFCOMMRELEASEDEV ioctl is called, the reference is not
released.
Track the state of the reference 'take over' so that the release
is guaranteed by either the RFCOMMRELEASEDEV ioctl or the rfcomm tty
driver.
Note that the synchronous hangup in rfcomm_release_dev() ensures
that rfcomm_tty_install() cannot race with the RFCOMMRELEASEDEV ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
No logic prevents an rfcomm_dev from being released multiple
times. For example, if the rfcomm_dev ref count is large due
to pending tx, then multiple RFCOMMRELEASEDEV ioctls may
mistakenly release the rfcomm_dev too many times. Note that
concurrent ioctls are not required to create this condition.
Introduce RFCOMM_DEV_RELEASED status bit which guarantees the
rfcomm_dev can only be released once.
NB: Since the flags are exported to userspace, introduce the status
field to track state for which userspace should not be aware.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Tested-By: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the LE L2CAP Connection Oriented Channel support has undergone a
decent amount of testing we can make it officially supported. This patch
removes the enable_lecoc module parameter which was previously needed to
enable support for LE L2CAP CoC.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Commit 684bad1107 "tcp: use PRR to reduce cwin in CWR state" removed all
calls to min_cwnd, so we can safely remove it.
Also, remove tcp_reno_min_cwnd because it was only used for min_cwnd.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Fomichev <stfomichev@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no way the driver can pre-build the radiotap header,
so remove the comment stating that it can.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds to hdev the connection parameters list (hdev->le_
conn_params). The elements from this list (struct hci_conn_params)
contains the connection parameters (for now, minimum and maximum
connection interval) that should be used during the connection
establishment.
Moreover, this patch adds helper functions to manipulate hdev->le_
conn_params list. Some of these functions are also declared in
hci_core.h since they will be used outside hci_core.c in upcoming
patches.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The LTK key types available right now are unauthenticated and
authenticated ones. Provide two simple constants for it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The struct smp_ltk does not need to be packed and so remove __packed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The field is not a boolean, it is actually a field for a key type. So
name it properly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When encryption for LE links has been enabled, it will always be use
AES-CCM encryption. In case of BR/EDR Secure Connections, the link
will also use AES-CCM encryption. In both cases track the AES-CCM
status in the connection flags.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Originally allowing the use of debug keys was done via the Load Link
Keys management command. However this is BR/EDR specific and to be
flexible and allow extending this to LE as well, make this an independent
command.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller has been enabled to allow usage of debug keys, then
clearly identify that in the current settings information.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch groups the list_head fields from struct hci_dev together
and removes empty lines between them.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch creates two new fields in struct hci_conn to save the
minimum and maximum connection interval values used to establish
the connection this object represents.
This change is required in order to know what parameters the
connection is currently using.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If LTK distribution happens in both directions we will have two LTKs for
the same remote device: one which is used when we're connecting as
master and another when we're connecting as slave. When looking up LTKs
from the locally stored list we shouldn't blindly return the first match
but also consider which type of key is in question. If we do not do this
we may end up selecting an incorrect encryption key for a connection.
This patch fixes the issue by always specifying to the LTK lookup
functions whether we're looking for a master or a slave key.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no reason why A2MP should need or deserve its on channel type.
Instead we should be able to group all fixed CID users under a single
channel type and reuse as much code as possible for them. Where CID
specific exceptions are needed the chan-scid value can be used.
This patch renames the current A2MP channel type to a generic one and
thereby paves the way to allow converting ATT and SMP (and any future
fixed channel protocols) to use the new channel type.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a queue for incoming L2CAP data that's received before
l2cap_connect_cfm is called and processes the data once
l2cap_connect_cfm is called. This way we ensure that we have e.g. all
remote features before processing L2CAP signaling data (which is very
important for making the correct security decisions).
The processing of the pending rx data needs to be done through
queue_work since unlike l2cap_recv_acldata, l2cap_connect_cfm is called
with the hci_dev lock held which could cause potential deadlocks.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For debugging purposes of Secure Connection Only support a simple
debugfs entry is used to indicate if this mode is active or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the introduction of security level 4, the RFCOMM sockets need to
be made aware of this new level. This change ensures that the pairing
requirements are set correctly for these connections.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the introduction of security level 4, the L2CAP sockets need to
be made aware of this new level. This change ensures that the pairing
requirements are set correctly for these connections.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The security level 4 is a new strong security requirement that is based
around 128-bit equivalent strength for link and encryption keys required
using FIPS approved algorithms. Which means that E0, SAFER+ and P-192
are not allowed. Only connections created with P-256 resulting from
using Secure Connections support are allowed.
This security level needs to be enforced when Secure Connection Only
mode is enabled for a controller or a service requires FIPS compliant
strong security. Currently it is not possible to enable either of
these two cases. This patch just puts in the foundation for being
able to handle security level 4 in the future.
It should be noted that devices or services with security level 4
requirement can only communicate using Bluetooth 4.1 controllers
with support for Secure Connections. There is no backward compatibilty
if used with older hardware.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It is important to know if Secure Connections support has been enabled
for a given remote device. The information is provided in the remote
host features page. So track this information and provide a simple
helper function to extract the status.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The current management interface only allows to provide the remote
OOB input of P-192 data. This extends the command to also accept
P-256 data as well. To make this backwards compatible, the userspace
can decide to only provide P-192 data or the combined P-192 and P-256
data. It is also allowed to leave the P-192 data empty if userspace
only has the remote P-256 data.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Add function to allow adding P-192 and P-256 data to the internal
storage. This also fixes a few coding style issues from the previous
helper functions for the out-of-band credentials storage.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When Secure Connections has been enabled it is possible to provide P-192
and/or P-256 data during the pairing process. The internal out-of-band
credentials storage has been extended to also hold P-256 data.
Initially the P-256 data will be empty and with Secure Connections enabled
no P-256 data will be provided. This is according to the specification
since it might be possible that the remote side did not provide either
of the out-of-band credentials.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Bluetooth 4.1 specification with Secure Connections support has
just been released and controllers with this feature are still in
an early stage.
A handful of controllers have already support for it, but they do
not always identify this feature correctly. This debugfs entry
allows to tell the kernel that the controller can be treated as
it would fully support Secure Connections.
Using debugfs to force Secure Connections support of course does
not make this feature magically appear in all controllers. This
is a debug functionality for early adopters. Once the majority
of controllers matures this quirk will be removed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For Secure Connections support and the usage of out-of-band pairing,
it is needed to read the P-256 hash and randomizer or P-192 hash and
randomizer. This change will read P-192 data when Secure Connections
is disabled and P-192 and P-256 data when it is enabled.
The difference is between using HCI Read Local OOB Data and using the
new HCI Read Local OOB Extended Data command. The first one has been
introduced with Bluetooth 2.1 and returns only the P-192 data.
< HCI Command: Read Local OOB Data (0x03|0x0057) plen 0
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 36
Read Local OOB Data (0x03|0x0057) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
Hash C from P-192: 975a59baa1c4eee391477cb410b23e6d
Randomizer R with P-192: 9ee63b7dec411d3b467c5ae446df7f7d
The second command has been introduced with Bluetooth 4.1 and will
return P-192 and P-256 data.
< HCI Command: Read Local OOB Extended Data (0x03|0x007d) plen 0
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 68
Read Local OOB Extended Data (0x03|0x007d) ncmd 1
Status: Success (0x00)
Hash C from P-192: 6489731804b156fa6355efb8124a1389
Randomizer R with P-192: 4781d5352fb215b2958222b3937b6026
Hash C from P-256: 69ef8a928b9d07fc149e630e74ecb991
Randomizer R with P-256: 4781d5352fb215b2958222b3937b6026
The change for the management interface is transparent and no change
is required for existing userspace. The Secure Connections feature
needs to be manually enabled. When it is disabled, then userspace
only gets the P-192 returned and with Secure Connections enabled,
userspace gets P-192 and P-256 in an extended structure.
It is also acceptable to just ignore the P-256 data since it is not
required to support them. The pairing with out-of-band credentials
will still succeed. However then of course no Secure Connection will
b established.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The support for Secure Connections need to be explicitly enabled by
userspace. This is required since only userspace that can handle the
new link key types should enable support for Secure Connections.
This command handling is similar to how Secure Simple Pairing enabling
is done. It also tracks the case when Secure Connections support is
enabled via raw HCI commands. This makes sure that the host features
page is updated as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The MGMT_SETTING_SECURE_CONN setting is used to track the support and
status for Secure Connections from the management interface. For HCI
based tracking HCI_SC_ENABLED flag is used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the introduction of Secure Connections, the list of link key types
got extended by P-256 versions of authenticated and unauthenticated
link keys.
To avoid any confusion the previous authenticated and unauthenticated
link key types got ammended with a P912 postfix. And the two new keys
have a P256 postfix now. Existing code using the previous definitions
has been adjusted.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Secure Connections feature introduces the support for P-256 strength
pairings (compared to P-192 with Secure Simple Pairing). This however
means that for out-of-band pairing the hash and randomizer needs to be
differentiated. Two new commands are introduced to handle the possible
combinations of P-192 and P-256. This add the HCI command definition
for both.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Secure Connections feature is optional and host stacks have to
manually enable it. This add the HCI command definiton for reading
and writing this setting.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The support for Secure Connections introduces two new controller
features and one new host feature.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In the case when KMs have no listeners, km_query() will fail and
temporary SAs are garbage collected immediately after their allocation.
This causes strain on memory allocation, leading even to OOM since
temporary SA alloc/free cycle is performed for every packet
and garbage collection does not keep up the pace.
The sane thing to do is to make sure we have audience before
temporary SA allocation.
Signed-off-by: Horia Geanta <horia.geanta@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When an action is bonnd to a filter, there is no point to
remove it outside. Currently we just silently decrease the refcnt,
we should reject this explicitly with EPERM.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For bindcnt and refcnt etc., they are common for all actions,
not need to repeat such operations for their own, they can be unified
now. Actions just need to do its specific cleanup if needed.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we can totally hide it from modules. tcf_hash_*() API's
will operate on struct tc_action, modules don't need to care about
the details.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NAPI was originally added to mac80211 a long time ago (by John in
commit 4e6cbfd09c in July 2010), but then removed years later
(by Stanislaw in commit 30c97120c6 in February 2013). No driver
ever used it, so that was fine.
Now I'm adding support for NAPI to our driver, so add some code
to mac80211 again to support NAPI. John was originally wrapping
some (but not nearly all NAPI-related functions), but that doesn't
scale very well with the number of functions that are there, some
of which are even only inlines. Thus, instead of doing that, let
the drivers manage the NAPI struct, except for napi_add() which is
needed so mac80211 knows how to call napi_gro_receive().
Also remove some no longer needed definitions that were left when
NAPI support was removed.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Inserting a entry into flowcache, or flushing flowcache should be based
on per net scope. The reason to do so is flushing operation from fat
netns crammed with flow entries will also making the slim netns with only
a few flow cache entries go away in original implementation.
Since flowcache is tightly coupled with IPsec, so it would be easier to
put flow cache global parameters into xfrm namespace part. And one last
thing needs to do is bumping flow cache genid, and flush flow cache should
also be made in per net style.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In case of beacon_loss with IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR
device, mac80211 probes the ap (and disconnects on timeout)
but ignores the ack.
If we already got an ack, there's no reason to continue
disconnecting. this can help devices that supports
IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR only partially (e.g. take
care of keep alives, but does not probe the ap.
In case the device wants to disconnect without probing,
it can just call ieee80211_connection_loss.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move prototype declaration of function to header file
include/net/net_namespace.h from net/ipx/af_ipx.c because they are used
by more than one file.
This eliminates the following warning in net/ipx/sysctl_net_ipx.c:
net/ipx/sysctl_net_ipx.c:33:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘ipx_register_sysctl’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
net/ipx/sysctl_net_ipx.c:38:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘ipx_unregister_sysctl’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Rashika Kheria <rashika.kheria@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move prototype declarations of function to header file
include/net/datalink.h from net/ipx/af_ipx.c because they are used by
more than one file.
This eliminates the following warning in net/ipx/pe2.c:
net/ipx/pe2.c:20:24: warning: no previous prototype for ‘make_EII_client’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
net/ipx/pe2.c:32:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘destroy_EII_client’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Rashika Kheria <rashika.kheria@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move prototype declaration of functions to header file include/net/ipx.h
from net/ipx/af_ipx.c because they are used by more than one file.
This eliminates the following warning in
net/ipx/ipx_route.c:33:19: warning: no previous prototype for ‘ipxrtr_lookup’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
net/ipx/ipx_route.c:52:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘ipxrtr_add_route’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
net/ipx/ipx_route.c:94:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘ipxrtr_del_routes’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
net/ipx/ipx_route.c:149:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘ipxrtr_route_skb’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
net/ipx/ipx_route.c:171:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘ipxrtr_route_packet’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
net/ipx/ipx_route.c:261:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘ipxrtr_ioctl’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Rashika Kheria <rashika.kheria@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move prototype definition of function to header file include/net/ipx.h
from net/ipx/ipx_route.c because they are used by more than one file.
This eliminates the following warning from net/ipx/af_ipx.c:
net/ipx/af_ipx.c:193:23: warning: no previous prototype for ‘ipxitf_find_using_net’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
net/ipx/af_ipx.c:577:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘ipxitf_send’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
net/ipx/af_ipx.c:1219:8: warning: no previous prototype for ‘ipx_cksum’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Rashika Kheria <rashika.kheria@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move prototype declaration of functions to header file include/net/dn.h
from net/decnet/af_decnet.c because they are used by more than one file.
This eliminates the following warning in net/decnet/af_decnet.c:
net/decnet/sysctl_net_decnet.c:354:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘dn_register_sysctl’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
net/decnet/sysctl_net_decnet.c:359:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘dn_unregister_sysctl’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Rashika Kheria <rashika.kheria@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move prototype declaration of functions to header file include/net/dn_route.h
from net/decnet/af_decnet.c because it is used by more than one file.
This eliminates the following warning in net/decnet/dn_route.c:
net/decnet/dn_route.c:629:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘dn_route_rcv’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Rashika Kheria <rashika.kheria@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/nftables/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes, mostly nftables
fixes, most relevantly they are:
* Fix a crash in the h323 conntrack NAT helper due to expectation list
corruption, from Alexey Dobriyan.
* A couple of RCU race fixes for conntrack, one manifests by hitting BUG_ON
in nf_nat_setup_info() and the destroy path, patches from Andrey Vagin and
me.
* Dump direction attribute in nft_ct only if it is set, from Arturo
Borrero.
* Fix IPVS bug in its own connection tracking system that may lead to
copying only 4 bytes of the IPv6 address when initializing the
ip_vs_conn object, from Michal Kubecek.
* Fix -EBUSY errors in nftables when deleting the rules, chain and tables
in a row due mixture of asynchronous and synchronous object releasing,
from me.
* Three fixes for the nf_tables set infrastructure when using intervals and
mappings, from me.
* Four patches to fixing the nf_tables log, reject and ct expressions from
the new inet table, from Patrick McHardy.
* Fix memory overrun in the map that is used to dynamically allocate names
from anonymous sets, also from Patrick.
* Fix a potential oops if you dump a set with NFPROTO_UNSPEC and a table
name, from Patrick McHardy.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cgroup_subsys is a bit messier than it needs to be.
* The name of a subsys can be different from its internal identifier
defined in cgroup_subsys.h. Most subsystems use the matching name
but three - cpu, memory and perf_event - use different ones.
* cgroup_subsys_id enums are postfixed with _subsys_id and each
cgroup_subsys is postfixed with _subsys. cgroup.h is widely
included throughout various subsystems, it doesn't and shouldn't
have claim on such generic names which don't have any qualifier
indicating that they belong to cgroup.
* cgroup_subsys->subsys_id should always equal the matching
cgroup_subsys_id enum; however, we require each controller to
initialize it and then BUG if they don't match, which is a bit
silly.
This patch cleans up cgroup_subsys names and initialization by doing
the followings.
* cgroup_subsys_id enums are now postfixed with _cgrp_id, and each
cgroup_subsys with _cgrp_subsys.
* With the above, renaming subsys identifiers to match the userland
visible names doesn't cause any naming conflicts. All non-matching
identifiers are renamed to match the official names.
cpu_cgroup -> cpu
mem_cgroup -> memory
perf -> perf_event
* controllers no longer need to initialize ->subsys_id and ->name.
They're generated in cgroup core and set automatically during boot.
* Redundant cgroup_subsys declarations removed.
* While updating BUG_ON()s in cgroup_init_early(), convert them to
WARN()s. BUGging that early during boot is stupid - the kernel
can't print anything, even through serial console and the trap
handler doesn't even link stack frame properly for back-tracing.
This patch doesn't introduce any behavior changes.
v2: Rebased on top of fe1217c4f3 ("net: net_cls: move cgroupfs
classid handling into core").
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Aristeu Rozanski <aris@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Balbir Singh <bsingharora@gmail.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
net_prio is the only cgroup which is allowed to be built as a module.
The savings from allowing one controller to be built as a module are
tiny especially given that cgroup module support itself adds quite a
bit of complexity.
Given that none of other controllers has much chance of being made a
module and that we're unlikely to add new modular controllers, the
added complexity is simply not justifiable.
As a first step to drop cgroup module support, this patch changes the
config option to bool from tristate and drops module related code from
it.
Also, while an earlier commit fe1217c4f3 ("net: net_cls: move
cgroupfs classid handling into core") dropped module support from
net_cls cgroup, it retained a call to cgroup_load_subsys(), which is
noop for built-in controllers. Drop it along with
init_netclassid_cgroup().
v2: Removed modular version of task_netprioidx() in
include/net/netprio_cgroup.h as suggested by Li Zefan.
v3: Rebased on top of fe1217c4f3 ("net: net_cls: move cgroupfs
classid handling into core"). net_cls cgroup part is mostly
dropped except for removal of init_netclassid_cgroup().
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
We may lost race if we flush the rule-set (which happens asynchronously
via call_rcu) and we try to remove the table (that userspace assumes
to be empty).
Fix this by recovering synchronous rule and chain deletion. This was
introduced time ago before we had no batch support, and synchronous
rule deletion performance was not good. Now that we have the batch
support, we can just postpone the purge of old rule in a second step
in the commit phase. All object deletions are synchronous after this
patch.
As a side effect, we save memory as we don't need rcu_head per rule
anymore.
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Reported-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a reject module for NFPROTO_INET. It does nothing but dispatch
to the AF-specific modules based on the hook family.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently the nft_reject module depends on symbols from ipv6. This is
wrong since no generic module should force IPv6 support to be loaded.
Split up the module into AF-specific and a generic part.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This capabilities weren't propagated to the radiotap header.
We don't set here the VHT_KNOWN / MCS_HAVE flag because not
all the low level drivers will know how to properly flag
the frames, hence the low level driver will be in charge
of setting IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FEC,
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_STBC and / or
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_STBC according to its
capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_rx_status.flags is full. Define a new vht_flag
variable to be able to set more VHT related flags and make
room in flags.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> [ath10k]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The purpose of this housekeeping is to make some room for
VHT flags. The radiotap vendor fields weren't in use.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For the reject module, we need to add AF-specific implementations to
get rid of incorrect module dependencies. Try to load an AF-specific
module first and fall back to generic modules.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
With this patch, the conntrack refcount is initially set to zero and
it is bumped once it is added to any of the list, so we fulfill
Eric's golden rule which is that all released objects always have a
refcount that equals zero.
Andrey Vagin reports that nf_conntrack_free can't be called for a
conntrack with non-zero ref-counter, because it can race with
nf_conntrack_find_get().
A conntrack slab is created with SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU. Non-zero
ref-counter says that this conntrack is used. So when we release
a conntrack with non-zero counter, we break this assumption.
CPU1 CPU2
____nf_conntrack_find()
nf_ct_put()
destroy_conntrack()
...
init_conntrack
__nf_conntrack_alloc (set use = 1)
atomic_inc_not_zero(&ct->use) (use = 2)
if (!l4proto->new(ct, skb, dataoff, timeouts))
nf_conntrack_free(ct); (use = 2 !!!)
...
__nf_conntrack_alloc (set use = 1)
if (!nf_ct_key_equal(h, tuple, zone))
nf_ct_put(ct); (use = 0)
destroy_conntrack()
/* continue to work with CT */
After applying the path "[PATCH] netfilter: nf_conntrack: fix RCU
race in nf_conntrack_find_get" another bug was triggered in
destroy_conntrack():
<4>[67096.759334] ------------[ cut here ]------------
<2>[67096.759353] kernel BUG at net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c:211!
...
<4>[67096.759837] Pid: 498649, comm: atdd veid: 666 Tainted: G C --------------- 2.6.32-042stab084.18 #1 042stab084_18 /DQ45CB
<4>[67096.759932] RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa03d99ac>] [<ffffffffa03d99ac>] destroy_conntrack+0x15c/0x190 [nf_conntrack]
<4>[67096.760255] Call Trace:
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff814844a7>] nf_conntrack_destroy+0x17/0x30
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffffa03d9bb5>] nf_conntrack_find_get+0x85/0x130 [nf_conntrack]
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffffa03d9fb2>] nf_conntrack_in+0x352/0xb60 [nf_conntrack]
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffffa048c771>] ipv4_conntrack_local+0x51/0x60 [nf_conntrack_ipv4]
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff81484419>] nf_iterate+0x69/0xb0
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff814b5b00>] ? dst_output+0x0/0x20
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff814845d4>] nf_hook_slow+0x74/0x110
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff814b5b00>] ? dst_output+0x0/0x20
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff814b66d5>] raw_sendmsg+0x775/0x910
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff8104c5a8>] ? flush_tlb_others_ipi+0x128/0x130
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff8100bc4e>] ? apic_timer_interrupt+0xe/0x20
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff8100bc4e>] ? apic_timer_interrupt+0xe/0x20
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff814c136a>] inet_sendmsg+0x4a/0xb0
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff81444e93>] ? sock_sendmsg+0x13/0x140
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff81444f97>] sock_sendmsg+0x117/0x140
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff8102e299>] ? native_smp_send_reschedule+0x49/0x60
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff81519beb>] ? _spin_unlock_bh+0x1b/0x20
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff8109d930>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x40
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff814960f0>] ? do_ip_setsockopt+0x90/0xd80
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff8100bc4e>] ? apic_timer_interrupt+0xe/0x20
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff8100bc4e>] ? apic_timer_interrupt+0xe/0x20
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff814457c9>] sys_sendto+0x139/0x190
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff810efa77>] ? audit_syscall_entry+0x1d7/0x200
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff810ef7c5>] ? __audit_syscall_exit+0x265/0x290
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff81474daf>] compat_sys_socketcall+0x13f/0x210
<4>[67096.760255] [<ffffffff8104dea3>] ia32_sysret+0x0/0x5
I have reused the original title for the RFC patch that Andrey posted and
most of the original patch description.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Andrew Vagin <avagin@parallels.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reported-by: Andrew Vagin <avagin@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Vagin <avagin@parallels.com>
MII management bus clock is derived from the MAC clock by dividing it by
MIIMODER register CLKDIV field value. This value may need to be set up
in case it is undefined or its default value is too high (and
communication with PHY is too slow) or too low (and communication with
PHY is impossible). The value of CLKDIV is not specified directly, but
is derived from the MAC clock for the default MII management bus frequency
of 2.5MHz. The MAC clock may be specified in the platform data, or in
the 'clocks' device tree attribute.
Signed-off-by: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was possible to break interface combinations in
the following way:
combo 1: iftype = AP, num_ifaces = 2, num_chans = 2,
combo 2: iftype = AP, num_ifaces = 1, num_chans = 1, radar = HT20
With the above interface combinations it was
possible to:
step 1. start AP on DFS channel by matching combo 2
step 2. start AP on non-DFS channel by matching combo 1
This was possible beacuse (step 2) did not consider
if other interfaces require radar detection.
The patch changes how cfg80211 tracks channels -
instead of channel itself now a complete chandef
is stored.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When receiving an IBSS_JOINED event select the BSS object
based on the {bssid, channel} couple rather than the bssid
only.
With the current approach if another cell having the same
BSSID (but using a different channel) exists then cfg80211
picks up the wrong BSS object.
The result is a mismatching channel configuration between
cfg80211 and the driver, that can lead to any sort of
problem.
The issue can be triggered by having an IBSS sitting on
given channel and then asking the driver to create a new
cell using the same BSSID but with a different frequency.
By passing the channel to cfg80211_get_bss() we can solve
this ambiguity and retrieve/create the correct BSS object.
All the users of cfg80211_ibss_joined() have been changed
accordingly.
Moreover WARN when cfg80211_ibss_joined() gets a NULL
channel as argument and remove a bogus call of the same
function in ath6kl (it does not make sense to call
cfg80211_ibss_joined() with a zero BSSID on ibss-leave).
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@iki.fi>
Cc: libertas-dev@lists.infradead.org
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
[minor code cleanup in ath6kl]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The scheduled scan matchsets were intended to be a list of filters,
with the found BSS having to pass at least one of them to be passed
to the host. When the RSSI attribute was added, however, this was
broken and currently wpa_supplicant adds that attribute in its own
matchset; however, it doesn't intend that to mean that anything
that passes the RSSI filter should be passed to the host, instead
it wants it to mean that everything needs to also have higher RSSI.
This is semantically problematic because we have a list of filters
like [ SSID1, SSID2, SSID3, RSSI ] with no real indication which
one should be OR'ed and which one AND'ed.
To fix this, move the RSSI filter attribute into each matchset. As
we need to stay backward compatible, treat a matchset with only the
RSSI attribute as a "default RSSI filter" for all other matchsets,
but only if there are other matchsets (an RSSI-only matchset by
itself is still desirable.)
To make driver implementation easier, keep a global min_rssi_thold
for the entire request as well. The only affected driver is ath6kl.
I found this when I looked into the code after Raja Mani submitted
a patch fixing the n_match_sets calculation to disregard the RSSI,
but that patch didn't address the semantic issue.
Reported-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's not a single rate control algorithm actually in
a separate module where the module refcount would be
required. Similarly, there's no specific rate control
module.
Therefore, all the module handling code in rate control
is really just dead code, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change the code to allow making all the rate control ops
const, nothing ever needs to change them. Also change all
drivers to make use of this and mark the ops const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow to force SGI, LGI.
Mainly for test purpose.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This required liberally sprinkling 'const' over brcmfmac
and mwifiex but seems like a useful thing to do since the
pointer can't really be written.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Addition of the frequency hints showed up couple of places in cfg80211
where pointers could be marked const and a shared function could be used
to fetch a valid channel.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
[fix mwifiex]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows drivers to advertise the maximum number of associated
stations they support in AP mode (including P2P GO). User space
applications can use this for cleaner way of handling the limit (e.g.,
hostapd rejecting IEEE 802.11 authentication without manual
configuration of the limit) or to figure out what type of use cases can
be executed with multiple devices before trying and failing.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This clarifies the expected driver behavior on the older
NL80211_ATTR_MAC and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ attributes and adds a new
set of similar attributes with _HINT postfix to enable use of a
recommendation of the initial BSS to choose. This can be helpful for
some drivers that can avoid an additional full scan on connection
request if the information is provided to them (user space tools like
wpa_supplicant already has that information available based on earlier
scans).
In addition, this can be used to get more expected behavior for cases
where a specific BSS should be picked first based on operations like
Interworking network selection or WPS. These cases were already easily
addressed with drivers that leave BSS selection to user space, but there
was no convenient way to do this with drivers that take care of BSS
selection internally without using the NL80211_ATTR_MAC which is not
really desired since it is needed for other purposes to force the
association to remain with the same BSS.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
[add const, fix policy]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A beacon should never have a Channel Switch Announcement information
element with a count of 0, because a count of 1 means switch just
before the next beacon. So, if a count of 0 was valid in a beacon, it
would have been transmitted in the next channel already, which is
useless. A CSA count equal to zero is only meaningful in action
frames or probe_responses.
Fix the ieee80211_csa_is_complete() and ieee80211_update_csa()
functions accordingly.
With a CSA count of 0, we won't transmit any CSA beacons, because the
switch will happen before the next TBTT. To avoid extra work and
potential confusion in the drivers, complete the CSA immediately,
instead of waiting for the driver to call ieee80211_csa_finish().
To keep things simpler, we also switch immediately when the CSA count
is 1, while in theory we should delay the switch until just before the
next TBTT.
Additionally, move the ieee80211_csa_finish() function to cfg.c,
where it makes more sense.
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) BPF debugger and asm tool by Daniel Borkmann.
2) Speed up create/bind in AF_PACKET, also from Daniel Borkmann.
3) Correct reciprocal_divide and update users, from Hannes Frederic
Sowa and Daniel Borkmann.
4) Currently we only have a "set" operation for the hw timestamp socket
ioctl, add a "get" operation to match. From Ben Hutchings.
5) Add better trace events for debugging driver datapath problems, also
from Ben Hutchings.
6) Implement auto corking in TCP, from Eric Dumazet. Basically, if we
have a small send and a previous packet is already in the qdisc or
device queue, defer until TX completion or we get more data.
7) Allow userspace to manage ipv6 temporary addresses, from Jiri Pirko.
8) Add a qdisc bypass option for AF_PACKET sockets, from Daniel
Borkmann.
9) Share IP header compression code between Bluetooth and IEEE802154
layers, from Jukka Rissanen.
10) Fix ipv6 router reachability probing, from Jiri Benc.
11) Allow packets to be captured on macvtap devices, from Vlad Yasevich.
12) Support tunneling in GRO layer, from Jerry Chu.
13) Allow bonding to be configured fully using netlink, from Scott
Feldman.
14) Allow AF_PACKET users to obtain the VLAN TPID, just like they can
already get the TCI. From Atzm Watanabe.
15) New "Heavy Hitter" qdisc, from Terry Lam.
16) Significantly improve the IPSEC support in pktgen, from Fan Du.
17) Allow ipv4 tunnels to cache routes, just like sockets. From Tom
Herbert.
18) Add Proportional Integral Enhanced packet scheduler, from Vijay
Subramanian.
19) Allow openvswitch to mmap'd netlink, from Thomas Graf.
20) Key TCP metrics blobs also by source address, not just destination
address. From Christoph Paasch.
21) Support 10G in generic phylib. From Andy Fleming.
22) Try to short-circuit GRO flow compares using device provided RX
hash, if provided. From Tom Herbert.
The wireless and netfilter folks have been busy little bees too.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (2064 commits)
net/cxgb4: Fix referencing freed adapter
ipv6: reallocate addrconf router for ipv6 address when lo device up
fib_frontend: fix possible NULL pointer dereference
rtnetlink: remove IFLA_BOND_SLAVE definition
rtnetlink: remove check for fill_slave_info in rtnl_have_link_slave_info
qlcnic: update version to 5.3.55
qlcnic: Enhance logic to calculate msix vectors.
qlcnic: Refactor interrupt coalescing code for all adapters.
qlcnic: Update poll controller code path
qlcnic: Interrupt code cleanup
qlcnic: Enhance Tx timeout debugging.
qlcnic: Use bool for rx_mac_learn.
bonding: fix u64 division
rtnetlink: add missing IFLA_BOND_AD_INFO_UNSPEC
sfc: Use the correct maximum TX DMA ring size for SFC9100
Add Shradha Shah as the sfc driver maintainer.
net/vxlan: Share RX skb de-marking and checksum checks with ovs
tulip: cleanup by using ARRAY_SIZE()
ip_tunnel: clear IPCB in ip_tunnel_xmit() in case dst_link_failure() is called
net/cxgb4: Don't retrieve stats during recovery
...
Pull audit update from Eric Paris:
"Again we stayed pretty well contained inside the audit system.
Venturing out was fixing a couple of function prototypes which were
inconsistent (didn't hurt anything, but we used the same value as an
int, uint, u32, and I think even a long in a couple of places).
We also made a couple of minor changes to when a couple of LSMs called
the audit system. We hoped to add aarch64 audit support this go
round, but it wasn't ready.
I'm disappearing on vacation on Thursday. I should have internet
access, but it'll be spotty. If anything goes wrong please be sure to
cc rgb@redhat.com. He'll make fixing things his top priority"
* git://git.infradead.org/users/eparis/audit: (50 commits)
audit: whitespace fix in kernel-parameters.txt
audit: fix location of __net_initdata for audit_net_ops
audit: remove pr_info for every network namespace
audit: Modify a set of system calls in audit class definitions
audit: Convert int limit uses to u32
audit: Use more current logging style
audit: Use hex_byte_pack_upper
audit: correct a type mismatch in audit_syscall_exit()
audit: reorder AUDIT_TTY_SET arguments
audit: rework AUDIT_TTY_SET to only grab spin_lock once
audit: remove needless switch in AUDIT_SET
audit: use define's for audit version
audit: documentation of audit= kernel parameter
audit: wait_for_auditd rework for readability
audit: update MAINTAINERS
audit: log task info on feature change
audit: fix incorrect set of audit_sock
audit: print error message when fail to create audit socket
audit: fix dangling keywords in audit_log_set_loginuid() output
audit: log on errors from filter user rules
...
Recent patch
bonding: add netlink attributes to slave link dev (1d3ee88ae0)
Introduced yet another device specific way to access slave information
over rtnetlink. There is one already there for bridge.
This patch introduces generic way to do this, for getting and setting
info as well by extending link_ops. Later on, this new interface will
be used for bridge ports as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change allows to consider an anycast address valid as source address
when given via an IPV6_PKTINFO or IPV6_2292PKTINFO ancillary data item.
So, when sending a datagram with ancillary data, the unicast and anycast
addresses are handled in the same way.
- Adds ipv6_chk_acast_addr_src() to check if an anycast address is link-local
on given interface or is global.
- Uses it in ip6_datagram_send_ctl().
Signed-off-by: Francois-Xavier Le Bail <fx.lebail@yahoo.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jakub Zawadzki noticed that some divisions by reciprocal_divide()
were not correct [1][2], which he could also show with BPF code
after divisions are transformed into reciprocal_value() for runtime
invariance which can be passed to reciprocal_divide() later on;
reverse in BPF dump ended up with a different, off-by-one K in
some situations.
This has been fixed by Eric Dumazet in commit aee636c480
("bpf: do not use reciprocal divide"). This follow-up patch
improves reciprocal_value() and reciprocal_divide() to work in
all cases by using Granlund and Montgomery method, so that also
future use is safe and without any non-obvious side-effects.
Known problems with the old implementation were that division by 1
always returned 0 and some off-by-ones when the dividend and divisor
where very large. This seemed to not be problematic with its
current users, as far as we can tell. Eric Dumazet checked for
the slab usage, we cannot surely say so in the case of flex_array.
Still, in order to fix that, we propose an extension from the
original implementation from commit 6a2d7a955d resp. [3][4],
by using the algorithm proposed in "Division by Invariant Integers
Using Multiplication" [5], Torbjörn Granlund and Peter L.
Montgomery, that is, pseudocode for q = n/d where q, n, d is in
u32 universe:
1) Initialization:
int l = ceil(log_2 d)
uword m' = floor((1<<32)*((1<<l)-d)/d)+1
int sh_1 = min(l,1)
int sh_2 = max(l-1,0)
2) For q = n/d, all uword:
uword t = (n*m')>>32
q = (t+((n-t)>>sh_1))>>sh_2
The assembler implementation from Agner Fog [6] also helped a lot
while implementing. We have tested the implementation on x86_64,
ppc64, i686, s390x; on x86_64/haswell we're still half the latency
compared to normal divide.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
[1] http://www.wireshark.org/~darkjames/reciprocal-buggy.c
[2] http://www.wireshark.org/~darkjames/set-and-dump-filter-k-bug.c
[3] https://gmplib.org/~tege/division-paper.pdf
[4] http://homepage.cs.uiowa.edu/~jones/bcd/divide.html
[5] http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=10.1.1.1.2556
[6] http://www.agner.org/optimize/asmlib.zip
Reported-by: Jakub Zawadzki <darkjames-ws@darkjames.pl>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Austin S Hemmelgarn <ahferroin7@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Cc: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com>
Cc: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Jakub Zawadzki <darkjames-ws@darkjames.pl>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As David Laight suggests, we shouldn't necessarily call this
reciprocal_divide() when users didn't requested a reciprocal_value();
lets keep the basic idea and call it reciprocal_scale(). More
background information on this topic can be found in [1].
Joint work with Hannes Frederic Sowa.
[1] http://homepage.cs.uiowa.edu/~jones/bcd/divide.html
Suggested-by: David Laight <david.laight@aculab.com>
Cc: Jakub Zawadzki <darkjames-ws@darkjames.pl>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redefined bh_[un]lock_sock to sctp_bh[un]lock_sock for user
space friendly code which we haven't use in years, so removing them.
Signed-off-by: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redefined {lock|release}_sock to sctp_{lock|release}_sock for user space friendly
code which we haven't use in years, so removing them.
Signed-off-by: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redefined read_[un]lock to sctp_read_[un]lock for user space
friendly code which we haven't use in years, and the macros
we never used, so removing them.
Signed-off-by: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redefined write_[un]lock to sctp_write_[un]lock for user space
friendly code which we haven't use in years, so removing them.
Signed-off-by: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redefined spin_[un]lock to sctp_spin_[un]lock for user space friendly
code which we haven't use in years, so removing them.
Signed-off-by: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redefined local_bh_{disable|enable} to sctp_local_bh_{disable|enable}
for user space friendly code which we haven't use in years, so removing them.
Signed-off-by: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redefined spin_[un]lock_irqstore to sctp_spin_[un]lock_irqrestore for user
space friendly code which we haven't use in years, so removing them.
Signed-off-by: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add GRO handlers for protocols that do UDP encapsulation, with the intent of
being able to coalesce packets which encapsulate packets belonging to
the same TCP session.
For GRO purposes, the destination UDP port takes the role of the ether type
field in the ethernet header or the next protocol in the IP header.
The UDP GRO handler will only attempt to coalesce packets whose destination
port is registered to have gro handler.
Use a mark on the skb GRO CB data to disallow (flush) running the udp gro receive
code twice on a packet. This solves the problem of udp encapsulated packets whose
inner VM packet is udp and happen to carry a port which has registered offloads.
Signed-off-by: Shlomo Pongratz <shlomop@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some ipv6 protocols cannot handle ipv4 addresses, so we must not allow
connecting and binding to them. sendmsg logic does already check msg->name
for this but must trust already connected sockets which could be set up
for connection to ipv4 address family.
Per-socket flag ipv6only is of no use here, as it is under users control
by setsockopt.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we will not expose struct tcf_common to modules.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every action ops has a pointer to hash info, so we don't need to
hard-code it in each module.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull scheduler changes from Ingo Molnar:
- Add the initial implementation of SCHED_DEADLINE support: a real-time
scheduling policy where tasks that meet their deadlines and
periodically execute their instances in less than their runtime quota
see real-time scheduling and won't miss any of their deadlines.
Tasks that go over their quota get delayed (Available to privileged
users for now)
- Clean up and fix preempt_enable_no_resched() abuse all around the
tree
- Do sched_clock() performance optimizations on x86 and elsewhere
- Fix and improve auto-NUMA balancing
- Fix and clean up the idle loop
- Apply various cleanups and fixes
* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (60 commits)
sched: Fix __sched_setscheduler() nice test
sched: Move SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK into attr::sched_flags
sched: Fix up attr::sched_priority warning
sched: Fix up scheduler syscall LTP fails
sched: Preserve the nice level over sched_setscheduler() and sched_setparam() calls
sched/core: Fix htmldocs warnings
sched/deadline: No need to check p if dl_se is valid
sched/deadline: Remove unused variables
sched/deadline: Fix sparse static warnings
m68k: Fix build warning in mac_via.h
sched, thermal: Clean up preempt_enable_no_resched() abuse
sched, net: Fixup busy_loop_us_clock()
sched, net: Clean up preempt_enable_no_resched() abuse
sched/preempt: Fix up missed PREEMPT_NEED_RESCHED folding
sched/preempt, locking: Rework local_bh_{dis,en}able()
sched/clock, x86: Avoid a runtime condition in native_sched_clock()
sched/clock: Fix up clear_sched_clock_stable()
sched/clock, x86: Use a static_key for sched_clock_stable
sched/clock: Remove local_irq_disable() from the clocks
sched/clock, x86: Rewrite cyc2ns() to avoid the need to disable IRQs
...
It is not actually implemented.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently don't report IPV6_RECVPKTINFO in cmsg access ancillary data
for IPv4 datagrams on IPv6 sockets.
This patch splits the ip6_datagram_recv_ctl into two functions, one
which handles both protocol families, AF_INET and AF_INET6, while the
ip6_datagram_recv_specific_ctl only handles IPv6 cmsg data.
ip6_datagram_recv_*_ctl never reported back any errors, so we can make
them return void. Also provide a helper for protocols which don't offer dual
personality to further use ip6_datagram_recv_ctl, which is exported to
modules.
I needed to shuffle the code for ping around a bit to make it easier to
implement dual personality for ping ipv6 sockets in future.
Reported-by: Gert Doering <gert@space.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the introduction of IPV6_FL_F_REFLECT, there is no guarantee of
flow label unicity. This patch introduces a new sysctl to protect the old
behaviour, enable by default.
Changelog of V3:
* rename ip6_flowlabel_consistency to flowlabel_consistency
* use net_info_ratelimited()
* checkpatch cleanups
Signed-off-by: Florent Fourcot <florent.fourcot@enst-bretagne.fr>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This information is already available via IPV6_FLOWINFO
of IPV6_2292PKTOPTIONS, and them a filtering to get the flow label
information. But it is probably logical and easier for users to add this
here, and to control both sent/received flow label values with the
IPV6_FLOWLABEL_MGR option.
Signed-off-by: Florent Fourcot <florent.fourcot@enst-bretagne.fr>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_main.c
net/ipv4/tcp_metrics.c
Overlapping changes between the "don't create two tcp metrics objects
with the same key" race fix in net and the addition of the destination
address in the lookup key in net-next.
Minor overlapping changes in bnx2x driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch :
1) Remove a dst leak if DST_NOCACHE was set on dst
Fix this by holding a reference only if dst really cached.
2) Remove a lockdep warning in __tunnel_dst_set()
This was reported by Cong Wang.
3) Remove usage of a spinlock where xchg() is enough
4) Remove some spurious inline keywords.
Let compiler decide for us.
Fixes: 7d442fab0a ("ipv4: Cache dst in tunnels")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 1ec047eb47 ("ipv6: introduce per-interface counter for
dad-completed ipv6 addresses") I build the detection of the first
operational link-local address much to complex. Additionally this code
now has a race condition.
Replace it with a much simpler variant, which just scans the address
list when duplicate address detection completes, to check if this is
the first valid link local address and send RS and MLD reports then.
Fixes: 1ec047eb47 ("ipv6: introduce per-interface counter for dad-completed ipv6 addresses")
Reported-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is following the commit b903d324be (ipv6: tcp: fix TCLASS
value in ACK messages sent from TIME_WAIT).
For the same reason than tclass, we have to store the flow label in the
inet_timewait_sock to provide consistency of flow label on the last ACK.
Signed-off-by: Florent Fourcot <florent.fourcot@enst-bretagne.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ndo_neigh_setup is called, the bitfield used by NEIGH_VAR_SET is
not initialized yet. This might cause confusion for the people who use
NEIGH_VAR_SET in ndo_neigh_setup. So rather introduce NEIGH_VAR_INIT for
usage in ndo_neigh_setup.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two places defined IPV6_TCLASS_SHIFT, so we should move it into ipv6.h,
and use this macro as possible. And define ip6_tclass helper to return
tclass
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change move anycast_src_echo_reply sysctl with other ipv6 sysctls.
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Francois-Xavier Le Bail <fx.lebail@yahoo.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the net_random and net_srandom macros and replaces
them with direct calls to the prandom ones. As new commits only seem to
use prandom_u32 there is no use to keep them around.
This change makes it easier to grep for users of prandom_u32.
Signed-off-by: Aruna-Hewapathirane <aruna.hewapathirane@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We still need this notifier even when we don't config
PROC_FS.
It should be rare to have a kernel without PROC_FS,
so just for completeness.
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/xfrm/xfrm_policy.c
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
This pull request has a merge conflict between commits be7928d20b
("net: xfrm: xfrm_policy: fix inline not at beginning of declaration") and
da7c224b1b ("net: xfrm: xfrm_policy: silence compiler warning") from
the net-next tree and commit 2f3ea9a95c ("xfrm: checkpatch erros with
inline keyword position") from the ipsec-next tree.
The version from net-next can be used, like it is done in linux-next.
1) Checkpatch cleanups, from Weilong Chen.
2) Fix lockdep complaints when pktgen is used with IPsec,
from Fan Du.
3) Update pktgen to allow any combination of IPsec transport/tunnel mode
and AH/ESP/IPcomp type, from Fan Du.
4) Make pktgen_dst_metrics static, Fengguang Wu.
5) Compile fix for pktgen when CONFIG_XFRM is not set,
from Fan Du.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now the sessionid value in the kernel is a combination of u32,
int, and unsigned int. Just use unsigned int throughout.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Guy Briggs <rgb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not necessary at all.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcf_match_indev() is called in fast path, it is not wise to
search for a netdev by ifindex and then compare by its name,
just compare the ifindex.
Also, dev->name could be changed by user-space, therefore
the match would be always fail, but dev->ifindex could
be consistent.
BTW, this will also save some bytes from the core struct of u32.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be needed by the next patch.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to store the index separatedly
since tcf_hashinfo is allocated statically too.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG can be used during early init with
the goal of overriding the wiphy's default regulatory settings
in case the alpha2 of the device is not known. In the case that
the alpha2 becomes known lets avoid having drivers having to
clear the REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG flag by doing it for them
when regulatory_hint() is used.
Cc: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It includes:
* A new NFC driver for Marvell's 8897, and a few NCI fixes and
improvements needed to support this chipset.
* An LLCP fix for how we were setting the default MIU on a p2p link. If
there is no explicit MIU extension announced at connection time, we
must use the default one and not the one announced at LLCP link
establishement time.
* A pn544 EEPROM config update. Some of the currently EEPROM configured
values are overwriting the firmware ones while other should not be set
by the driver itself.
* Some NFC digital stack fixes and improvements. Asynchronous functions
are better documented, RF technologies and CRC functions are set upon
PSL_REQ reception, and a few minor bugs are fixed.
* Minor and miscelaneous pn533, mei_phy and port100 fixes.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.15 (GNU/Linux)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=ydBy
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.14-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> says:
"This is the first NFC pull request for 3.14
It includes:
* A new NFC driver for Marvell's 8897, and a few NCI fixes and
improvements needed to support this chipset.
* An LLCP fix for how we were setting the default MIU on a p2p link. If
there is no explicit MIU extension announced at connection time, we
must use the default one and not the one announced at LLCP link
establishement time.
* A pn544 EEPROM config update. Some of the currently EEPROM configured
values are overwriting the firmware ones while other should not be set
by the driver itself.
* Some NFC digital stack fixes and improvements. Asynchronous functions
are better documented, RF technologies and CRC functions are set upon
PSL_REQ reception, and a few minor bugs are fixed.
* Minor and miscelaneous pn533, mei_phy and port100 fixes."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This new ip_no_pmtu_disc mode only allowes fragmentation-needed errors
to be honored by protocols which do more stringent validation on the
ICMP's packet payload. This knob is useful for people who e.g. want to
run an unmodified DNS server in a namespace where they need to use pmtu
for TCP connections (as they are used for zone transfers or fallback
for requests) but don't want to use possibly spoofed UDP pmtu information.
Currently the whitelisted protocols are TCP, SCTP and DCCP as they check
if the returned packet is in the window or if the association is valid.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Florian Weimer <fweimer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While forwarding we should not use the protocol path mtu to calculate
the mtu for a forwarded packet but instead use the interface mtu.
We mark forwarded skbs in ip_forward with IPSKB_FORWARDED, which was
introduced for multicast forwarding. But as it does not conflict with
our usage in unicast code path it is perfect for reuse.
I moved the functions ip_sk_accept_pmtu, ip_sk_use_pmtu and ip_skb_dst_mtu
along with the new ip_dst_mtu_maybe_forward to net/ip.h to fix circular
dependencies because of IPSKB_FORWARDED.
Because someone might have written a software which does probe
destinations manually and expects the kernel to honour those path mtus
I introduced a new per-namespace "ip_forward_use_pmtu" knob so someone
can disable this new behaviour. We also still use mtus which are locked on a
route for forwarding.
The reason for this change is, that path mtus information can be injected
into the kernel via e.g. icmp_err protocol handler without verification
of local sockets. As such, this could cause the IPv4 forwarding path to
wrongfully emit fragmentation needed notifications or start to fragment
packets along a path.
Tunnel and ipsec output paths clear IPCB again, thus IPSKB_FORWARDED
won't be set and further fragmentation logic will use the path mtu to
determine the fragmentation size. They also recheck packet size with
help of path mtu discovery and report appropriate errors.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only valid use of preempt_enable_no_resched() is if the very next
line is schedule() or if we know preemption cannot actually be enabled
by that statement due to known more preempt_count 'refs'.
This busy_poll stuff looks to be completely and utterly broken,
sched_clock() can return utter garbage with interrupts enabled (rare
but still) and it can drift unbounded between CPUs.
This means that if you get preempted/migrated and your new CPU is
years behind on the previous CPU we get to busy spin for a _very_ long
time.
There is a _REASON_ sched_clock() warns about preemptability -
papering over it with a preempt_disable()/preempt_enable_no_resched()
is just terminal brain damage on so many levels.
Replace sched_clock() usage with local_clock() which has a bounded
drift between CPUs (<2 jiffies).
There is a further problem with the entire busy wait poll thing in
that the spin time is additive to the syscall timeout, not inclusive.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: rui.zhang@intel.com
Cc: jacob.jun.pan@linux.intel.com
Cc: Mike Galbraith <bitbucket@online.de>
Cc: hpa@zytor.com
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Cc: lenb@kernel.org
Cc: rjw@rjwysocki.net
Cc: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20131119151338.GF3694@twins.programming.kicks-ass.net
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
If a uAPSD service period ends with an MMPDU, we currently just
send that MMPDU, but it obviously won't get the EOSP bit set as
it doesn't have a QoS header. This contradicts the standard, so
add a QoS-nulldata frame after the MMPDU to properly terminate
the service period with a frame that has EOSP set.
Also fix a bug wrt. the TID for the MMPDU, it shouldn't be set
to 0 unconditionally but use the actual TID that was assigned.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We don't encode argument types into function names and since besides
nft_do_chain() there are only AF-specific versions, there is no risk
of confusion.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Minor nf_chain_type cleanups:
- reorder struct to plug a hoe
- rename struct module member to "owner" for consistency
- rename nf_hookfn array to "hooks" for consistency
- reorder initializers for better readability
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The chain type module reference handling makes no sense at all: we take
a reference immediately when the module is registered, preventing the
module from ever being unloaded.
Fix by taking a reference when we're actually creating a chain of the
chain type and release the reference when destroying the chain.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a utility function to get the number of channels supported by
the device, and update the places in the code that need this data.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
[replace another occurrence in libertas, fix kernel-doc, fix bugs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For L3-proto independant rules we need to get at the L4 protocol value
directly. Add it to the nft_pktinfo struct and use the meta expression
to retrieve it.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds a new table family and a new filter chain that you can
use to attach IPv4 and IPv6 rules. This should help to simplify
rule-set maintainance in dual-stack setups.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add support to register chains to multiple hooks for different address
families for mixed IPv4/IPv6 tables.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Multi-family tables need the AF from the hook ops. Add a pointer to the
hook ops and replace usage of the hooknum member in struct nft_pktinfo.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This value is no longer used by mac80211, and practically no
driver ever set it to a correct value anyway, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This change allows to follow a recommandation of RFC4942.
- Add "anycast_src_echo_reply" sysctl to control the use of anycast addresses
as source addresses for ICMPv6 echo reply. This sysctl is false by default
to preserve existing behavior.
- Add inline check ipv6_anycast_destination().
- Use them in icmpv6_echo_reply().
Reference:
RFC4942 - IPv6 Transition/Coexistence Security Considerations
(http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4942#section-2.1.6)
2.1.6. Anycast Traffic Identification and Security
[...]
To avoid exposing knowledge about the internal structure of the
network, it is recommended that anycast servers now take advantage of
the ability to return responses with the anycast address as the
source address if possible.
Signed-off-by: Francois-Xavier Le Bail <fx.lebail@yahoo.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GRO/GSO layers can be enabled on a node, even if said
node is only forwarding packets.
This patch permits GSO (and upcoming GRO) support for GRE
encapsulated packets, even if the host has no GRE tunnel setup.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jesse Gross says:
====================
[GIT net-next] Open vSwitch
Open vSwitch changes for net-next/3.14. Highlights are:
* Performance improvements in the mechanism to get packets to userspace
using memory mapped netlink and skb zero copy where appropriate.
* Per-cpu flow stats in situations where flows are likely to be shared
across CPUs. Standard flow stats are used in other situations to save
memory and allocation time.
* A handful of code cleanups and rationalization.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This API can be used by drivers to send their custom
configuration using SET_CONFIG NCI command to the device.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some drivers require special configuration while initializing.
This patch adds setup handler for this custom configuration.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Allocates a new sk_buff large enough to cover the specified payload
plus required Netlink headers. Will check receiving socket for
memory mapped i/o capability and use it if enabled. Will fall back
to non-mapped skb if message size exceeds the frame size of the ring.
Signed-of-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_sriov_pf.c
net/ipv6/ip6_tunnel.c
net/ipv6/ip6_vti.c
ipv6 tunnel statistic bug fixes conflicting with consolidation into
generic sw per-cpu net stats.
qlogic conflict between queue counting bug fix and the addition
of multiple MAC address support.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says: <pablo@netfilter.org>
====================
nftables updates for net-next
The following patchset contains nftables updates for your net-next tree,
they are:
* Add set operation to the meta expression by means of the select_ops()
infrastructure, this allows us to set the packet mark among other things.
From Arturo Borrero Gonzalez.
* Fix wrong format in sscanf in nf_tables_set_alloc_name(), from Daniel
Borkmann.
* Add new queue expression to nf_tables. These comes with two previous patches
to prepare this new feature, one to add mask in nf_tables_core to
evaluate the queue verdict appropriately and another to refactor common
code with xt_NFQUEUE, from Eric Leblond.
* Do not hide nftables from Kconfig if nfnetlink is not enabled, also from
Eric Leblond.
* Add the reject expression to nf_tables, this adds the missing TCP RST
support. It comes with an initial patch to refactor common code with
xt_NFQUEUE, again from Eric Leblond.
* Remove an unused variable assignment in nf_tables_dump_set(), from Michal
Nazarewicz.
* Remove the nft_meta_target code, now that Arturo added the set operation
to the meta expression, from me.
* Add help information for nf_tables to Kconfig, also from me.
* Allow to dump all sets by specifying NFPROTO_UNSPEC, similar feature is
available to other nf_tables objects, requested by Arturo, from me.
* Expose the table usage counter, so we can know how many chains are using
this table without dumping the list of chains, from Tomasz Bursztyka.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next tree,
they are:
* Add full port randomization support. Some crazy researchers found a way
to reconstruct the secure ephemeral ports that are allocated in random mode
by sending off-path bursts of UDP packets to overrun the socket buffer of
the DNS resolver to trigger retransmissions, then if the timing for the
DNS resolution done by a client is larger than usual, then they conclude
that the port that received the burst of UDP packets is the one that was
opened. It seems a bit aggressive method to me but it seems to work for
them. As a result, Daniel Borkmann and Hannes Frederic Sowa came up with a
new NAT mode to fully randomize ports using prandom.
* Add a new classifier to x_tables based on the socket net_cls set via
cgroups. These includes two patches to prepare the field as requested by
Zefan Li. Also from Daniel Borkmann.
* Use prandom instead of get_random_bytes in several locations of the
netfilter code, from Florian Westphal.
* Allow to use the CTA_MARK_MASK in ctnetlink when mangling the conntrack
mark, also from Florian Westphal.
* Fix compilation warning due to unused variable in IPVS, from Geert
Uytterhoeven.
* Add support for UID/GID via nfnetlink_queue, from Valentina Giusti.
* Add IPComp extension to x_tables, from Fan Du.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They are same, so unify them as one, pcpu_sw_netstats.
Define pcpu_sw_netstat in netdevice.h, remove pcpu_tstats
from if_tunnel and remove br_cpu_netstats from br_private.h
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some controller pretend they support the Delete Stored Link Key command,
but in reality they really don't support it.
< HCI Command: Delete Stored Link Key (0x03|0x0012) plen 7
bdaddr 00:00:00:00:00:00 all 1
> HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 4
Delete Stored Link Key (0x03|0x0012) ncmd 1
status 0x11 deleted 0
Error: Unsupported Feature or Parameter Value
Not correctly supporting this command causes the controller setup to
fail and will make a device not work. However sending the command for
controller that handle stored link keys is important. This quirk
allows a driver to disable the command if it knows that this command
handling is broken.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The llc_sap_list_lock does not need to be global, only acquired
in core.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Namespace related cleaning
* make cred_to_ucred static
* remove unused sock_rmalloc function
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
percpu route cache eliminates share of dst refcnt between CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid doing a route lookup on every packet being tunneled.
In ip_tunnel.c cache the route returned from ip_route_output if
the tunnel is "connected" so that all the rouitng parameters are
taken from tunnel parms for a packet. Specifically, not NBMA tunnel
and tos is from tunnel parms (not inner packet).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While we're at it and introduced CGROUP_NET_CLASSID, lets also make
NETPRIO_CGROUP more consistent with the rest of cgroups and rename it
into CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_PRIO so that for networking, we now have
CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_{PRIO,CLASSID}. This not only makes the CONFIG
option consistent among networking cgroups, but also among cgroups
CONFIG conventions in general as the vast majority has a prefix of
CONFIG_CGROUP_<SUBSYS>.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Zefan Li <lizefan@huawei.com>
Cc: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Zefan Li requested [1] to perform the following cleanup/refactoring:
- Split cgroupfs classid handling into net core to better express a
possible more generic use.
- Disable module support for cgroupfs bits as the majority of other
cgroupfs subsystems do not have that, and seems to be not wished
from cgroup side. Zefan probably might want to follow-up for netprio
later on.
- By this, code can be further reduced which previously took care of
functionality built when compiled as module.
cgroupfs bits are being placed under net/core/netclassid_cgroup.c, so
that we are consistent with {netclassid,netprio}_cgroup naming that is
under net/core/ as suggested by Zefan.
No change in functionality, but only code refactoring that is being
done here.
[1] http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/304825/
Suggested-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Zefan Li <lizefan@huawei.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The following code is not used in current upstream code.
Some of this seems to be old hooks, other might be used by some
out of tree module (which I don't care about breaking), and
the need_ipv4_conntrack was used by old NAT code but no longer
called.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Introduce xfrm_state_lookup_byspi to find user specified by custom
from "pgset spi xxx". Using this scheme, any flow regardless its
saddr/daddr could be transform by SA specified with configurable
spi.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The SCTP outqueue structure maintains a data chunks
that are pending transmission, the list of chunks that
are pending a retransmission and a length of data in
flight. It also tries to keep the emtpy state so that
it can performe shutdown sequence or notify user.
The problem is that the empy state is inconsistently
tracked. It is possible to completely drain the queue
without sending anything when using PR-SCTP. In this
case, the empty state will not be correctly state as
report by Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>. This
can cause an association to be perminantly stuck in the
SHUTDOWN_PENDING state.
Additionally, SCTP is incredibly inefficient when setting
the empty state. Even though all the data is availaible
in the outqueue structure, we ignore it and walk a list
of trasnports.
In the end, we can completely remove the extra empty
state and figure out if the queue is empty by looking
at 3 things: length of pending data, length of in-flight
data, and exisiting of retransmit data. All of these
are already in the strucutre.
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Tested-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to export functions only used in one file.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
since the prune parameter for fib6_clean_all always is 0, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Running 'make namespacecheck' shows:
net/ipv6/route.o
ipv6_route_table_template
rt6_bind_peer
net/ipv6/icmp.o
icmpv6_route_lookup
ipv6_icmp_table_template
This addresses some of those warnings by:
* make icmpv6_route_lookup static
* move inline's out of ip6_route.h since only used into route.c
* move rt6_bind_peer into route.c
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function __rtnl_af_register is never called outside this
code, and the return value is always 0.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function llc_conn_ac_inc_vr_by_1() evaluates via macro
PDU_GET_NEXT_Vr() into ...
llc_sk(sk)->vR = ++llc_sk(sk)->vR & 0xffffffffffffff7f
... but the order in which the side effects take place is
undefined because there is no intervening sequence point.
As llc_sk(sk)->vR is written in llc_sk(sk)->vR (assignment
left-hand side) and written in ++llc_sk(sk)->vR & 0xffffffffffffff7f
this might possibly yield undefined behavior.
The final value of llc_sk(sk)->vR is ambiguous, because,
depending on the order of expression evaluation, the
increment may occur before, after, or interleaved with
the assignment. In C, evaluating such an expression yields
undefined behavior.
Since we're doing the increment via PDU_GET_NEXT_Vr() macro
and the only place it is being used is from
llc_conn_ac_inc_vr_by_1(), in order to increment vR by 1
with a follow-up optimized modulo, rewrite the expression
into ((vR + 1) & CONST) in order to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In file included from net/socket.c:99:0:
include/net/sock.h: In function ‘sock_rps_record_flow’:
include/net/sock.h:849:30: error: ‘const struct sock’ has no member named ‘sk_rxhash’
include/net/sock.h: In function ‘sock_rps_reset_flow’:
include/net/sock.h:854:29: error: ‘const struct sock’ has no member named ‘sk_rxhash’
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhi Yong Wu <wuzhy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds sock_rps_record_flow_hash and sock_rps_reset_flow_hash
which take a hash value as an argument and sets the sock_flow_table
accordingly. This allows the table to be populated in cases where flow
is being tracked outside of a sock structure.
sock_rps_record_flow and sock_rps_reset_flow call this function
where the hash is taken from sk_rxhash.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhi Yong Wu <wuzhy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch prepares the addition of TCP reset support in
the nft_reject module by moving reusable code into a header
file.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@regit.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The following are only used in one file:
tcp_connect_init
tcp_set_rto
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't export ping_table or ping_v4_sendmsg. Both are only used
inside ping code.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inetpeer_invalidate_family defined but never used
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't export arp_invalidate, only used in arp.c
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new header file include/net/Space.h which contains
prototype declaration of sbni_probe().
Include the new header file in drivers/net/Space.c and
drivers/net/wan/sbni.c because they use this function.
This eliminates the following warning in wan/sbni.c:
drivers/net/wan/sbni.c:224:12: warning: no previous prototype for ‘sbni_probe’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Rashika Kheria <rashika.kheria@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2013-12-19
1) Use the user supplied policy index instead of a generated one
if present. From Fan Du.
2) Make xfrm migration namespace aware. From Fan Du.
3) Make the xfrm state and policy locks namespace aware. From Fan Du.
4) Remove ancient sleeping when the SA is in acquire state,
we now queue packets to the policy instead. This replaces the
sleeping code.
5) Remove FLOWI_FLAG_CAN_SLEEP. This was used to notify xfrm about the
posibility to sleep. The sleeping code is gone, so remove it.
6) Check user specified spi for IPComp. Thr spi for IPcomp is only
16 bit wide, so check for a valid value. From Fan Du.
7) Export verify_userspi_info to check for valid user supplied spi ranges
with pfkey and netlink. From Fan Du.
8) RFC3173 states that if the total size of a compressed payload and the IPComp
header is not smaller than the size of the original payload, the IP datagram
must be sent in the original non-compressed form. These packets are dropped
by the inbound policy check because they are not transformed. Document the need
to set 'level use' for IPcomp to receive such packets anyway. From Fan Du.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows QoS mapping from external networks to be implemented as
defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 10.24.9. APs can use this to advertise
DSCP ranges and exceptions for mapping frames to a specific UP over
Wi-Fi.
The payload of the QoS Map Set element (IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97)
is sent to the driver through the new NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP attribute to
configure the local behavior either on the AP (based on local
configuration) or on a station (based on information received from the
AP).
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In addition to vendor-specific commands, also support vendor-specific
events. These must be registered with cfg80211 before they can be used.
They're also advertised in nl80211 in the wiphy information so that
userspace knows can be expected. The events themselves are sent on a
new multicast group called "vendor".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IPV6_PMTU_INTERFACE is the same as IPV6_PMTU_PROBE for ipv6. Add it
nontheless for symmetry with IPv4 sockets. Also drop incoming MTU
information if this mode is enabled.
The additional bit in ipv6_pinfo just eats in the padding behind the
bitfield. There are no changes to the layout of the struct at all.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The other field in ipv4_config, log_martians, was converted to a
per-interface setting, so we can just remove the whole structure.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c
drivers/net/macvtap.c
Both minor merge hassles, simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't need to maintain our own singly linked list code.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't need to maintain our own singly linked list code.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So that we don't need to play with singly linked list,
and since the code is not on hot path, we can use spinlock
instead of rwlock.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks weird to store the lock out of the struct but
still points to a static variable. Just move them into the struct.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These information can be saved in tcf_exts, and this will
simplify the code.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently actions are chained by a singly linked list,
therefore it is a bit hard to add and remove a specific
entry. Convert it to struct list_head so that in the
latter patch we can remove an action without finding
its head.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not used.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In several places 'skb->rxhash = 0' is being done to clear the
rxhash value in an skb. This does not clear l4_rxhash which could
still be set so that the rxhash wouldn't be recalculated on subsequent
call to skb_get_rxhash. This patch adds an explict function to clear
all the rxhash related information in the skb properly.
skb_clear_hash_if_not_l4 clears the rxhash only if it is not marked as
l4_rxhash.
Fixed up places where 'skb->rxhash = 0' was being called.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While investigating performance problems on small RPC workloads,
I noticed linux TCP stack was always splitting the last TSO skb
into two parts (skbs). One being a multiple of MSS, and a small one
with the Push flag. This split is done even if TCP_NODELAY is set,
or if no small packet is in flight.
Example with request/response of 4K/4K
IP A > B: . ack 68432 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6524593 6525001>
IP A > B: . 65537:68433(2896) ack 69632 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6524593 6525001>
IP A > B: P 68433:69633(1200) ack 69632 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6524593 6525001>
IP B > A: . ack 68433 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6525001 6524593>
IP B > A: . 69632:72528(2896) ack 69633 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6525001 6524593>
IP B > A: P 72528:73728(1200) ack 69633 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6525001 6524593>
IP A > B: . ack 72528 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6524593 6525001>
IP A > B: . 69633:72529(2896) ack 73728 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6524593 6525001>
IP A > B: P 72529:73729(1200) ack 73728 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6524593 6525001>
We can avoid this split by including the Nagle tests at the right place.
Note : If some NIC had trouble sending TSO packets with a partial
last segment, we would have hit the problem in GRO/forwarding workload already.
tcp_minshall_update() is moved to tcp_output.c and is updated as we might
feed a TSO packet with a partial last segment.
This patch tremendously improves performance, as the traffic now looks
like :
IP A > B: . ack 98304 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834277 6834685>
IP A > B: P 94209:98305(4096) ack 98304 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834277 6834685>
IP B > A: . ack 98305 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834686 6834277>
IP B > A: P 98304:102400(4096) ack 98305 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834686 6834277>
IP A > B: . ack 102400 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834279 6834686>
IP A > B: P 98305:102401(4096) ack 102400 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834279 6834686>
IP B > A: . ack 102401 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834687 6834279>
IP B > A: P 102400:106496(4096) ack 102401 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834687 6834279>
IP A > B: . ack 106496 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834280 6834687>
IP A > B: P 102401:106497(4096) ack 106496 win 2783 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834280 6834687>
IP B > A: . ack 106497 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834688 6834280>
IP B > A: P 106496:110592(4096) ack 106497 win 2768 <nop,nop,timestamp 6834688 6834280>
Before :
lpq83:~# nstat >/dev/null;perf stat ./super_netperf 200 -t TCP_RR -H lpq84 -l 20 -- -r 4K,4K
280774
Performance counter stats for './super_netperf 200 -t TCP_RR -H lpq84 -l 20 -- -r 4K,4K':
205719.049006 task-clock # 9.278 CPUs utilized
8,449,968 context-switches # 0.041 M/sec
1,935,997 CPU-migrations # 0.009 M/sec
160,541 page-faults # 0.780 K/sec
548,478,722,290 cycles # 2.666 GHz [83.20%]
455,240,670,857 stalled-cycles-frontend # 83.00% frontend cycles idle [83.48%]
272,881,454,275 stalled-cycles-backend # 49.75% backend cycles idle [66.73%]
166,091,460,030 instructions # 0.30 insns per cycle
# 2.74 stalled cycles per insn [83.39%]
29,150,229,399 branches # 141.699 M/sec [83.30%]
1,943,814,026 branch-misses # 6.67% of all branches [83.32%]
22.173517844 seconds time elapsed
lpq83:~# nstat | egrep "IpOutRequests|IpExtOutOctets"
IpOutRequests 16851063 0.0
IpExtOutOctets 23878580777 0.0
After patch :
lpq83:~# nstat >/dev/null;perf stat ./super_netperf 200 -t TCP_RR -H lpq84 -l 20 -- -r 4K,4K
280877
Performance counter stats for './super_netperf 200 -t TCP_RR -H lpq84 -l 20 -- -r 4K,4K':
107496.071918 task-clock # 4.847 CPUs utilized
5,635,458 context-switches # 0.052 M/sec
1,374,707 CPU-migrations # 0.013 M/sec
160,920 page-faults # 0.001 M/sec
281,500,010,924 cycles # 2.619 GHz [83.28%]
228,865,069,307 stalled-cycles-frontend # 81.30% frontend cycles idle [83.38%]
142,462,742,658 stalled-cycles-backend # 50.61% backend cycles idle [66.81%]
95,227,712,566 instructions # 0.34 insns per cycle
# 2.40 stalled cycles per insn [83.43%]
16,209,868,171 branches # 150.795 M/sec [83.20%]
874,252,952 branch-misses # 5.39% of all branches [83.37%]
22.175821286 seconds time elapsed
lpq83:~# nstat | egrep "IpOutRequests|IpExtOutOctets"
IpOutRequests 11239428 0.0
IpExtOutOctets 23595191035 0.0
Indeed, the occupancy of tx skbs (IpExtOutOctets/IpOutRequests) is higher :
2099 instead of 1417, thus helping GRO to be more efficient when using FQ packet
scheduler.
Many thanks to Neal for review and ideas.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please pull this batch of updates for the 3.14 stream...
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"This is the first batch of patches intended for 3.14. There is
nothing big here. Most of the code are refactors, clean up, small
fixes, plus some new device id support."
And...
"More patches to 3.14. Here we have the support for Low Energy
Connection Oriented Channels (LE CoC). Basically, as the name says,
this adds supports for connection oriented channels in the same way
we already have them for BR/EDR connections so profiles/protocols
that work on top of BR/EDR can now work on LE plus a plenty of new
possibilities for LE."
For the ath10k bits, Kalle says:
"Janusz and Marek implemented DFS support to ath10k, but the code is
not enabled yet due to missing cfg80211/mac80211 patches (it will be
enabled in the next pull request). Michal did some device reset fixes
and made it possible for ath10k to share an interrupt with another
device. And lots of smaller fixes from different people."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I have here a big rework of the rate control by Eyal. This is obviously
the biggest part of this batch.
I also have enhancement of protection flags by Avri and a few bits for
WoWLAN by Eliad and Luca. Johannes cleans up the debugfs plus a few
fixes. I provided a few things for Bluetooth coexistence.
Besides this we have an implementation for low priority scan."
Along with all that, there are big batches of updates to mwifiex and
ath9k, Jeff Kirsher's FSF address fix patches, and a handful of other
bits here and there.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Members of 'struct association' are not in appropriate order to
reuse compiler added padding on 64bit architectures. In this patch
we reorder those struct members and help reduce the size of the
structure from 2776 bytes to 2720 bytes on 64 bit architectures.
Signed-off-by: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add VHT MCS/NSS set support for nl80211_set_tx_bitrate_mask().
This should be used mainly for test purpose, to check
different MCS/NSS VHT combinations.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to check against valid IPcomp spi range, export verify_userspi_info
for both pfkey and netlink interface.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Can be used to add extra IEs (such as P2P NoA) without having to
reallocate the buffer.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station
references that are cleared when the station is removed from the
driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before
removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that
the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once
after the station is removed from the driver.
Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to
the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected
station pointers before the RCU synchronisation.
This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing
the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid
RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns.
The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the
drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but
that would defeat the purpose.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reorder struct netns_ct so that atomic_t "count" changes don't
slowdown users of read mostly fields.
This is based on Eric Dumazet's proposed patch:
"netfilter: conntrack: remove the central spinlock"
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/268758/focus=47306
The tricky part of cache-aligning this structure, that it is getting
inlined in struct net (include/net/net_namespace.h), thus changes to
other netns_xxx structures affects our alignment.
Eric's original patch contained an ambiguity on 32-bit regarding
alignment in struct net. This patch also takes 32-bit into account,
and in case of changed (struct net) alignment sysctl_xxx entries have
been ordered according to how often they are accessed.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
RFC 4191 states in 3.5:
When a host avoids using any non-reachable router X and instead sends
a data packet to another router Y, and the host would have used
router X if router X were reachable, then the host SHOULD probe each
such router X's reachability by sending a single Neighbor
Solicitation to that router's address. A host MUST NOT probe a
router's reachability in the absence of useful traffic that the host
would have sent to the router if it were reachable. In any case,
these probes MUST be rate-limited to no more than one per minute per
router.
Currently, when the neighbour corresponding to a router falls into
NUD_FAILED, it's never considered again. Introduce a new rt6_nud_state
value, RT6_NUD_FAIL_PROBE, which suggests the route should not be used but
should be probed with a single NS. The probe is ratelimited by the existing
code. To better distinguish meanings of the failure values, rename
RT6_NUD_FAIL_SOFT to RT6_NUD_FAIL_DO_RR.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is initial version of
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-6lo-btle-00
By default the 6LoWPAN support is not activated and user
needs to tweak /sys/kernel/debug/bluetooth/hci0/6lowpan
file.
The kernel needs IPv6 support before 6LoWPAN is usable.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently, sctp associations latch a sockets autoclose value to an association
at association init time, subject to capping constraints from the max_autoclose
sysctl value. This leads to an odd situation where an application may set a
socket level autoclose timeout, but sliently sctp will limit the autoclose
timeout to something less than that.
Fix this by modifying the autoclose setsockopt function to check the limit, cap
it and warn the user via syslog that the timeout is capped. This will allow
getsockopt to return valid autoclose timeout values that reflect what subsequent
associations actually use.
While were at it, also elimintate the assoc->autoclose variable, it duplicates
whats in the timeout array, which leads to multiple sources for the same
information, that may differ (as the former isn't subject to any capping). This
gives us the timeout information in a canonical place and saves some space in
the association structure as well.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: Wang Weidong <wangweidong1@huawei.com>
CC: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't needlessly recompute 'opt[opt_iter + 1]' as we already have it
stored in 'tag_len'.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And use it if possible.
Signed-off-by: Florent Fourcot <florent.fourcot@enst-bretagne.fr>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Florent Fourcot <florent.fourcot@enst-bretagne.fr>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the behaviour similar to ipv4. This will allow user to set sysctl
default neigh param values and these values will be respected even by
devices registered before (that ones what do not have address set yet).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously inet devices were only constructed when addresses are added.
Therefore the default neigh parms values they get are the ones at the
time of these operations.
Now that we're creating inet devices earlier, this changes the behaviour
of default neigh parms values in an incompatible way (see bug #8519).
This patch creates a compromise by setting the default values at the
same point as before but only for those that have not been explicitly
set by the user since the inet device's creation.
Introduced by:
commit 8030f54499
Author: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Date: Thu Feb 22 01:53:47 2007 +0900
[IPV4] devinet: Register inetdev earlier.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be needed later on to provide better management of default values.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts the neigh param members to an array. This allows easier
manipulation which will be needed later on to provide better management of
default values.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge 'net' into 'net-next' to get the AF_PACKET bug fix that
Daniel's direct transmit changes depend upon.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 6da7c8fcbc ("qdisc: allow setting default queuing discipline")
added the ability to change default qdisc from pfifo_fast to say fq
But as most modern ethernet devices are multiqueue, we cant really
see all the statistics from "tc -s qdisc show", as the default root
qdisc is mq.
This patch adds the calls to qdisc_list_add() to mq and mqprio
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the LMP feature constants for connectionless slave broadcast
and use them for capability testing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch prepares the addition of nft_queue module by moving
reusable code into a header file.
This patch also converts NFQUEUE to use prandom_u32 to initialize
the random jhash seed as suggested by Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@regit.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
There is no more space in u8 ifa_flags. So do what davem suffested and
add another netlink attr called IFA_FLAGS for carry more flags.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Haller <thaller@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.14 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"I have various improvements/cleanups/fixes all over, but the shortlog
shows that Luis's regulatory work and mesh work from the cozybit folks
are the biggest ones, along with the CSA fixes."
Along with that, we have big batches of updates to brcmfmac, rtlwifi,
and ath9k. There are updates to wcn36xx, rt2x00, and a handful of
others as well.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the introduction of TCP Small Queues, TSO auto sizing, and TCP
pacing, we can implement Automatic Corking in the kernel, to help
applications doing small write()/sendmsg() to TCP sockets.
Idea is to change tcp_push() to check if the current skb payload is
under skb optimal size (a multiple of MSS bytes)
If under 'size_goal', and at least one packet is still in Qdisc or
NIC TX queues, set the TCP Small Queue Throttled bit, so that the push
will be delayed up to TX completion time.
This delay might allow the application to coalesce more bytes
in the skb in following write()/sendmsg()/sendfile() system calls.
The exact duration of the delay is depending on the dynamics
of the system, and might be zero if no packet for this flow
is actually held in Qdisc or NIC TX ring.
Using FQ/pacing is a way to increase the probability of
autocorking being triggered.
Add a new sysctl (/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_autocorking) to control
this feature and default it to 1 (enabled)
Add a new SNMP counter : nstat -a | grep TcpExtTCPAutoCorking
This counter is incremented every time we detected skb was under used
and its flush was deferred.
Tested:
Interesting effects when using line buffered commands under ssh.
Excellent performance results in term of cpu usage and total throughput.
lpq83:~# echo 1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_autocorking
lpq83:~# perf stat ./super_netperf 4 -t TCP_STREAM -H lpq84 -- -m 128
9410.39
Performance counter stats for './super_netperf 4 -t TCP_STREAM -H lpq84 -- -m 128':
35209.439626 task-clock # 2.901 CPUs utilized
2,294 context-switches # 0.065 K/sec
101 CPU-migrations # 0.003 K/sec
4,079 page-faults # 0.116 K/sec
97,923,241,298 cycles # 2.781 GHz [83.31%]
51,832,908,236 stalled-cycles-frontend # 52.93% frontend cycles idle [83.30%]
25,697,986,603 stalled-cycles-backend # 26.24% backend cycles idle [66.70%]
102,225,978,536 instructions # 1.04 insns per cycle
# 0.51 stalled cycles per insn [83.38%]
18,657,696,819 branches # 529.906 M/sec [83.29%]
91,679,646 branch-misses # 0.49% of all branches [83.40%]
12.136204899 seconds time elapsed
lpq83:~# echo 0 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_autocorking
lpq83:~# perf stat ./super_netperf 4 -t TCP_STREAM -H lpq84 -- -m 128
6624.89
Performance counter stats for './super_netperf 4 -t TCP_STREAM -H lpq84 -- -m 128':
40045.864494 task-clock # 3.301 CPUs utilized
171 context-switches # 0.004 K/sec
53 CPU-migrations # 0.001 K/sec
4,080 page-faults # 0.102 K/sec
111,340,458,645 cycles # 2.780 GHz [83.34%]
61,778,039,277 stalled-cycles-frontend # 55.49% frontend cycles idle [83.31%]
29,295,522,759 stalled-cycles-backend # 26.31% backend cycles idle [66.67%]
108,654,349,355 instructions # 0.98 insns per cycle
# 0.57 stalled cycles per insn [83.34%]
19,552,170,748 branches # 488.244 M/sec [83.34%]
157,875,417 branch-misses # 0.81% of all branches [83.34%]
12.130267788 seconds time elapsed
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several files refer to an old address for the Free Software Foundation
in the file header comment. Resolve by replacing the address with
the URL <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/> so that we do not have to keep
updating the header comments anytime the address changes.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several files refer to an old address for the Free Software Foundation
in the file header comment. Resolve by replacing the address with
the URL <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/> so that we do not have to keep
updating the header comments anytime the address changes.
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FLOWI_FLAG_CAN_SLEEP was used to notify xfrm about the posibility
to sleep until the needed states are resolved. This code is gone,
so FLOWI_FLAG_CAN_SLEEP is not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
We now queue packets to the policy if the states are not yet resolved,
this replaces the ancient sleeping code. Also the sleeping can cause
indefinite task hangs if the needed state does not get resolved.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
By semantics, xfrm layer is fully name space aware,
so will the locks, e.g. xfrm_state/pocliy_lock.
Ensure exclusive access into state/policy link list
for different name space with one global lock is not
right in terms of semantics aspect at first place,
as they are indeed mutually independent with each
other, but also more seriously causes scalability
problem.
One practical scenario is on a Open Network Stack,
more than hundreds of lxc tenants acts as routers
within one host, a global xfrm_state/policy_lock
becomes the bottleneck. But onces those locks are
decoupled in a per-namespace fashion, locks contend
is just with in specific name space scope, without
causing additional SPD/SAD access delay for other
name space.
Also this patch improve scalability while as without
changing original xfrm behavior.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
because the home agent could surely be run on a different
net namespace other than init_net. The original behavior
could lead into inconsistent of key info.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
kill memcg_tcp_enter_memory_pressure. The only function of
memcg_tcp_enter_memory_pressure was to reduce deal with the
unnecessary abstraction that was tcp_memcontrol. Now that struct
tcp_memcontrol is gone remove this unnecessary function, the
unnecessary function pointer, and modify sk_enter_memory_pressure to
set this field directly, just as sk_leave_memory_pressure cleas this
field directly.
This fixes a small bug I intruduced when killing struct tcp_memcontrol
that caused memcg_tcp_enter_memory_pressure to never be called and
thus failed to ever set cg_proto->memory_pressure.
Remove the cg_proto enter_memory_pressure function as it now serves
no useful purpose.
Don't test cg_proto->memory_presser in sk_leave_memory_pressure before
clearing it. The test was originally there to ensure that the pointer
was non-NULL. Now that cg_proto is not a pointer the pointer does not
matter.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code to detect fragments in checksum_setup() was missing for IPv4 and
too eager for IPv6. (It transpires that Windows seems to send IPv6 packets
with a fragment header even if they are not a fragment - i.e. offset is zero,
and M bit is not set).
This patch also incorporates a fix to callers of maybe_pull_tail() where
skb->network_header was being erroneously added to the length argument.
Signed-off-by: Paul Durrant <paul.durrant@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Kiss <zoltan.kiss@citrix.com>
Cc: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename NL80211_TXRATE_MCS to NL80211_TXRATE_HT and also
rename mcs to ht_mcs in struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The values in l2cap_chan that are used for actually transmitting data
only need to be initialized right after we've received an L2CAP Connect
Request or just before we send one. The only thing that we need to
initialize though bind() and connect() is the chan->mode value. This way
all other initializations can be done in the l2cap_le_flowctl_init
function (which now becomes private to l2cap_core.c) and the
l2cap_le_flowctl_start function can be completely removed.
Also, since the l2cap_sock_init function initializes the imtu and omtu
to adequate values these do not need to be part of l2cap_le_flowctl_init.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
LE CoC used differend CIC ranges than BR/EDR L2CAP. The start of the
range is the same (0x0040) but the range ends at 0x007f (unlike BR/EDR
where it goes all the way to 0xffff).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Unlike BR/EDR, for LE when we're in the BT_CONNECT state we may or may
not have already have sent the Connect Request. This means that we need
some extra tracking of the request. This patch adds an extra channel
flag to prevent the request from being sent a second time.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Setting the BT_SK_SUSPEND socket flag from the L2CAP core is causing a
dependency on the socket. So instead of doing that, use a channel
callback into the socket handling to suspend.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds new socket options for LE sockets since the existing
L2CAP_OPTIONS socket option is not usable for LE. For now, the new
socket options also require LE CoC support to be explicitly enabled to
leave some playroom in case something needs to be changed in a backwards
incompatible way.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds tracking of L2CAP connection oriented channel local and
remote credits to struct l2cap_chan and ensures that connect requests
and responses contain the right values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The LE connection oriented channels have their own mode with its own
data transfer rules. In order to implement this properly we need to
distinguish L2CAP channels operating in this mode from other modes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the necessary boiler plate code to handle receiving
L2CAP connect requests over LE and respond to them with a proper connect
response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the necessary defines and structs for LE connection
oriented channels.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Along with the L2CAP Connection Oriented Channels features it is now
allowed to use both custom fixed CIDs as well as PSM based (connection
oriented connections). Since the support for this (with the subsequent
patches) is still on an experimental stage, add a module parameter to
enable it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add support for vendor-specific commands to nl80211. This is
intended to be used for really vendor-specific functionality
that can't be implemented in a generic fashion for any reason.
It's *NOT* intended to be used for any normal/generic feature
or any optimisations that could be implemented across drivers.
Currently, only vendor commands (with replies) are supported,
no dump operations or vendor-specific notifications.
Also add a function wdev_to_ieee80211_vif() to mac80211 which
is needed for mac80211-based drivers wanting to implement any
vendor commands.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This attribute is needed for setting Operating Mode Notification
in AP mode from User Space. This functionality is required when
User Space received Assoc Request contains Operation Mode
Notification element.
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
[fix typos, nl80211 documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 488b366a45.
The code isn't used by anyone, and the Intel driver isn't planning
to use it either right now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel switch notification should be sent under the
wdev/sdata-lock, preferably in the same moment as the channel change
happens, to avoid races by other callers (e.g. start/stop_ap).
This also adds the previously missing sdata_lock protection in
csa_finalize_work.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change cfg80211 and mac80211 to use cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params
struct to aggregate parameters for mgmt_tx functions.
This makes the functions' signatures less clumsy and allows
less painful parameters extension.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
[fix all other drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently retransmitted DATA chunks could also be used for
RTT measurements since there are no flag to identify whether
the transmitted DATA chunk is a new one or a retransmitted one.
This problem is introduced by commit ae19c5486 ("sctp: remove
'resent' bit from the chunk") which inappropriately removed the
'resent' bit completely, instead of doing this, we should set
the resent bit only for the retransmitted DATA chunks.
Signed-off-by: Xufeng Zhang <xufeng.zhang@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
u8 was used in some other places, just stick to the enum,
this forces us to express the values that are expected.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new field to ieee80211_chanctx_conf to indicate
the min required channel configuration.
Tuning to a narrower channel might help reducing
the noise level and saving some power.
The min required channel definition is the max of
all min required channel definitions of the interfaces
bound to this channel context.
In AP mode, use 20MHz when there are no connected station.
When a new station is added/removed, calculate the new max
bandwidth supported by any of the stations (e.g. 80MHz when
80MHz and 40MHz stations are connected).
In other cases, simply use bss_conf.chandef as the
min required chandef.
Notify drivers about changes to this field by calling
drv_change_chanctx with a new CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH notification.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Certain vendors may want to disable the processing of
country IEs so that they can continue using the regulatory
domain the driver or user has set. Currently there is no
way to stop the core from processing country IEs, so add
support to the core to ignore country IE hints.
Cc: Mihir Shete <smihir@qti.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Henri Bahini <hbahini@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Tushnim Bhattacharyya <tushnimb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
802.11 cards may have different country IE parsing behavioural
preferences and vendors may want to support these. These preferences
were managed by the REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG and the REGULATORY_STRICT_REG
flags and their combination. Instead of using this existing notation,
split out the country IE behavioural preferences as a new flag. This
will allow us to add more customizations easily and make the code more
maintainable.
Cc: Mihir Shete <smihir@qti.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Henri Bahini <hbahini@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Tushnim Bhattacharyya <tushnimb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[fix up conflicts]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds generic cipher scheme support to mac80211, such schemes
are fully under control by the driver. On hw registration drivers
may specify additional HW ciphers with a scheme how these ciphers
have to be handled by mac80211 TX/RR. A cipher scheme specifies a
cipher suite value, a size of the security header to be added to
or stripped from frames and how the PN is to be verified on RX.
Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To report channel width correctly we have
to send correct channel parameters from
mac80211 when calling cfg80211_cac_event().
This is required in case of using channel width
higher than 20MHz and we have to set correct
dfs channel state after CAC (NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() implies WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY
but we never enforced it, do that now and warn if the driver
didn't set it. All drivers should be following this today already.
Having WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY does not however mean you will
use wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() though, you may have your own
_orig value set up tools / helpers. The intel drivers are examples
of this type of driver.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These two flags are used for the same purpose, just
combine them into a no-ir flag to annotate no initiating
radiation is allowed.
Old userspace sending either flag will have it treated as
the no-ir flag. To be considerate to older userspace we
also send both the no-ir flag and the old no-ibss flags.
Newer userspace will have to be aware of older kernels.
Update all places in the tree using these flags with the
following semantic patch:
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR)
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR)
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
Along with some hand-optimisations in documentation, to
remove duplicates and to fix some indentation.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[do all the driver updates in one go]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit bceaa90240 ("inet: prevent leakage
of uninitialized memory to user in recv syscalls") conditionally updated
addr_len if the msg_name is written to. The recv_error and rxpmtu
functions relied on the recvmsg functions to set up addr_len before.
As this does not happen any more we have to pass addr_len to those
functions as well and set it to the size of the corresponding sockaddr
length.
This broke traceroute and such.
Fixes: bceaa90240 ("inet: prevent leakage of uninitialized memory to user in recv syscalls")
Reported-by: Brad Spengler <spender@grsecurity.net>
Reported-by: Tom Labanowski
Cc: mpb <mpb.mail@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix another really stupid bug - I introduced genl_set_err()
precisely to be able to adjust the group and reject invalid
ones, but then forgot to do so.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unfortunately, I introduced a tremendously stupid bug into
genlmsg_multicast() when doing all those multicast group
changes: it adjusts the group number, but then passes it
to genlmsg_multicast_netns() which does that again.
Somehow, my tests failed to catch this, so add a warning
into genlmsg_multicast_netns() and remove the offending
group ID adjustment.
Also add a warning to the similar code in other functions
so people who misuse them are more loudly warned.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Mostly these are fixes for fallout due to merge window changes, as
well as cures for problems that have been with us for a much longer
period of time"
1) Johannes Berg noticed two major deficiencies in our genetlink
registration. Some genetlink protocols we passing in constant
counts for their ops array rather than something like
ARRAY_SIZE(ops) or similar. Also, some genetlink protocols were
using fixed IDs for their multicast groups.
We have to retain these fixed IDs to keep existing userland tools
working, but reserve them so that other multicast groups used by
other protocols can not possibly conflict.
In dealing with these two problems, we actually now use less state
management for genetlink operations and multicast groups.
2) When configuring interface hardware timestamping, fix several
drivers that simply do not validate that the hwtstamp_config value
is one the driver actually supports. From Ben Hutchings.
3) Invalid memory references in mwifiex driver, from Amitkumar Karwar.
4) In dev_forward_skb(), set the skb->protocol in the right order
relative to skb_scrub_packet(). From Alexei Starovoitov.
5) Bridge erroneously fails to use the proper wrapper functions to make
calls to netdev_ops->ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid. Fix from Toshiaki
Makita.
6) When detaching a bridge port, make sure to flush all VLAN IDs to
prevent them from leaking, also from Toshiaki Makita.
7) Put in a compromise for TCP Small Queues so that deep queued devices
that delay TX reclaim non-trivially don't have such a performance
decrease. One particularly problematic area is 802.11 AMPDU in
wireless. From Eric Dumazet.
8) Fix crashes in tcp_fastopen_cache_get(), we can see NULL socket dsts
here. Fix from Eric Dumzaet, reported by Dave Jones.
9) Fix use after free in ipv6 SIT driver, from Willem de Bruijn.
10) When computing mergeable buffer sizes, virtio-net fails to take the
virtio-net header into account. From Michael Dalton.
11) Fix seqlock deadlock in ip4_datagram_connect() wrt. statistic
bumping, this one has been with us for a while. From Eric Dumazet.
12) Fix NULL deref in the new TIPC fragmentation handling, from Erik
Hugne.
13) 6lowpan bit used for traffic classification was wrong, from Jukka
Rissanen.
14) macvlan has the same issue as normal vlans did wrt. propagating LRO
disabling down to the real device, fix it the same way. From Michal
Kubecek.
15) CPSW driver needs to soft reset all slaves during suspend, from
Daniel Mack.
16) Fix small frame pacing in FQ packet scheduler, from Eric Dumazet.
17) The xen-netfront RX buffer refill timer isn't properly scheduled on
partial RX allocation success, from Ma JieYue.
18) When ipv6 ping protocol support was added, the AF_INET6 protocol
initialization cleanup path on failure was borked a little. Fix
from Vlad Yasevich.
19) If a socket disconnects during a read/recvmsg/recvfrom/etc that
blocks we can do the wrong thing with the msg_name we write back to
userspace. From Hannes Frederic Sowa. There is another fix in the
works from Hannes which will prevent future problems of this nature.
20) Fix route leak in VTI tunnel transmit, from Fan Du.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (106 commits)
genetlink: make multicast groups const, prevent abuse
genetlink: pass family to functions using groups
genetlink: add and use genl_set_err()
genetlink: remove family pointer from genl_multicast_group
genetlink: remove genl_unregister_mc_group()
hsr: don't call genl_unregister_mc_group()
quota/genetlink: use proper genetlink multicast APIs
drop_monitor/genetlink: use proper genetlink multicast APIs
genetlink: only pass array to genl_register_family_with_ops()
tcp: don't update snd_nxt, when a socket is switched from repair mode
atm: idt77252: fix dev refcnt leak
xfrm: Release dst if this dst is improper for vti tunnel
netlink: fix documentation typo in netlink_set_err()
be2net: Delete secondary unicast MAC addresses during be_close
be2net: Fix unconditional enabling of Rx interface options
net, virtio_net: replace the magic value
ping: prevent NULL pointer dereference on write to msg_name
bnx2x: Prevent "timeout waiting for state X"
bnx2x: prevent CFC attention
bnx2x: Prevent panic during DMAE timeout
...
Register generic netlink multicast groups as an array with
the family and give them contiguous group IDs. Then instead
of passing the global group ID to the various functions that
send messages, pass the ID relative to the family - for most
families that's just 0 because the only have one group.
This avoids the list_head and ID in each group, adding a new
field for the mcast group ID offset to the family.
At the same time, this allows us to prevent abusing groups
again like the quota and dropmon code did, since we can now
check that a family only uses a group it owns.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This doesn't really change anything, but prepares for the
next patch that will change the APIs to pass the group ID
within the family, rather than the global group ID.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a static inline to generic netlink to wrap netlink_set_err()
to make it easier to use here - use it in openvswitch (the only
generic netlink user of netlink_set_err()).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no reason to have the family pointer there since it
can just be passed internally where needed, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are no users of this API remaining, and we'll soon
change group registration to be static (like ops are now)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As suggested by David Miller, make genl_register_family_with_ops()
a macro and pass only the array, evaluating ARRAY_SIZE() in the
macro, this is a little safer.
The openvswitch has some indirection, assing ops/n_ops directly in
that code. This might ultimately just assign the pointers in the
family initializations, saving the struct genl_family_and_ops and
code (once mcast groups are handled differently.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that the ops assignment is just two variables rather than a
long list iteration etc., there's no reason to separately export
__genl_register_family() and __genl_register_family_with_ops().
Unify the two functions into __genl_register_family() and make
genl_register_family_with_ops() call it after assigning the ops.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull trivial tree updates from Jiri Kosina:
"Usual earth-shaking, news-breaking, rocket science pile from
trivial.git"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (23 commits)
doc: usb: Fix typo in Documentation/usb/gadget_configs.txt
doc: add missing files to timers/00-INDEX
timekeeping: Fix some trivial typos in comments
mm: Fix some trivial typos in comments
irq: Fix some trivial typos in comments
NUMA: fix typos in Kconfig help text
mm: update 00-INDEX
doc: Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt fix typo
DRM: comment: `halve' -> `half'
Docs: Kconfig: `devlopers' -> `developers'
doc: typo on word accounting in kprobes.c in mutliple architectures
treewide: fix "usefull" typo
treewide: fix "distingush" typo
mm/Kconfig: Grammar s/an/a/
kexec: Typo s/the/then/
Documentation/kvm: Update cpuid documentation for steal time and pv eoi
treewide: Fix common typo in "identify"
__page_to_pfn: Fix typo in comment
Correct some typos for word frequency
clk: fixed-factor: Fix a trivial typo
...
To save some space in the struct on 32-bit systems,
make the flags a u8 (only 4 bits are used) and also
move them to the end of the struct.
This has no impact on 64-bit systems as alignment of
the struct in an array uses up the space anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow making the ops array const by not modifying the ops
flags on registration but rather only when ops are sent
out in the family information.
No users are updated yet except for the pre_doit/post_doit
calls in wireless (the only ones that exist now.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a linked list, use an array. This reduces
the data size needed by the users of genetlink, for example
in wireless (net/wireless/nl80211.c) on 64-bit it frees up
over 1K of data space.
Remove the attempted sending of CTRL_CMD_NEWOPS ctrl event
since genl_ctrl_event(CTRL_CMD_NEWOPS, ...) only returns
-EINVAL anyway, therefore no such event could ever be sent.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
genl_register_ops() is still needed for internal registration,
but is no longer available to users of the API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pushing original fragments through causes several problems. For example
for matching, frags may not be matched correctly. Take following
example:
<example>
On HOSTA do:
ip6tables -I INPUT -p icmpv6 -j DROP
ip6tables -I INPUT -p icmpv6 -m icmp6 --icmpv6-type 128 -j ACCEPT
and on HOSTB you do:
ping6 HOSTA -s2000 (MTU is 1500)
Incoming echo requests will be filtered out on HOSTA. This issue does
not occur with smaller packets than MTU (where fragmentation does not happen)
</example>
As was discussed previously, the only correct solution seems to be to use
reassembled skb instead of separete frags. Doing this has positive side
effects in reducing sk_buff by one pointer (nfct_reasm) and also the reams
dances in ipvs and conntrack can be removed.
Future plan is to remove net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_conntrack_reasm.c
entirely and use code in net/ipv6/reassembly.c instead.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is already possible to set/put/renew a label
with IPV6_FLOWLABEL_MGR and setsockopt. This patch
add the possibility to get information about this
label (current value, time before expiration, etc).
It helps application to take decision for a renew
or a release of the label.
v2:
* Add spin_lock to prevent race condition
* return -ENOENT if no result found
* check if flr_action is GET
v3:
* move the spin_lock to protect only the
relevant code
Signed-off-by: Florent Fourcot <florent.fourcot@enst-bretagne.fr>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function has usage beside IPsec so move it to the core skbuff code.
While doing so, give it some documentation and change its return type to
'unsigned char *' to be in line with skb_put().
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <mathias.krause@secunet.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just an unnecessary semicolon that should be removed...
Whitespace neatening of macro too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sockets marked with IP_PMTUDISC_INTERFACE won't do path mtu discovery,
their sockets won't accept and install new path mtu information and they
will always use the interface mtu for outgoing packets. It is guaranteed
that the packet is not fragmented locally. But we won't set the DF-Flag
on the outgoing frames.
Florian Weimer had the idea to use this flag to ensure DNS servers are
never generating outgoing fragments. They may well be fragmented on the
path, but the server never stores or usees path mtu values, which could
well be forged in an attack.
(The root of the problem with path MTU discovery is that there is
no reliable way to authenticate ICMP Fragmentation Needed But DF Set
messages because they are sent from intermediate routers with their
source addresses, and the IMCP payload will not always contain sufficient
information to identify a flow.)
Recent research in the DNS community showed that it is possible to
implement an attack where DNS cache poisoning is feasible by spoofing
fragments. This work was done by Amir Herzberg and Haya Shulman:
<https://sites.google.com/site/hayashulman/files/fragmentation-poisoning.pdf>
This issue was previously discussed among the DNS community, e.g.
<http://www.ietf.org/mail-archive/web/dnsext/current/msg01204.html>,
without leading to fixes.
This patch depends on the patch "ipv4: fix DO and PROBE pmtu mode
regarding local fragmentation with UFO/CORK" for the enforcement of the
non-fragmentable checks. If other users than ip_append_page/data should
use this semantic too, we have to add a new flag to IPCB(skb)->flags to
suppress local fragmentation and check for this in ip_finish_output.
Many thanks to Florian Weimer for the idea and feedback while implementing
this patch.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: Florian Weimer <fweimer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please accept the following pull request intended for the 3.13 tree...
I had intended to pass most of these to you as much as two weeks ago.
Unfortunately, I failed to account for the effects of bad Internet
connections and my own fatique/laziness while traveling. On the bright
side, at least these have been baking in linux-next for some time!
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"This time I have two fixes for P2P (which requires not using CCK rates)
and a workaround for APs with broken WMM information."
For the iwlwifi bits, Johannes says:
"I have a few fixes for warnings/issues: one from Alex, fixing scan
timings, one from Emmanuel fixing a WARN_ON in the DVM driver, one from
Stanislaw removing a trigger-happy WARN_ON in the MVM driver and a
change from myself to try to recover when the device isn't processing
commands quickly."
And:
"For this round, I have a lot of changes:
* power management improvements
* BT coexistence improvements/updates
* new device support
* VHT support
* IBSS support (though due to a small bug it requires new firmware)
* various other fixes/improvements."
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"More patches for 3.12, busy times for Bluetooth. More than a 100 commits since
the last pull. The bulk of work comes from Johan and Marcel, they are doing
fixes and improvements all over the Bluetooth subsystem, as the diffstat can
show."
For the ath10k and ath6kl bits, Kalle says:
"Bartosz added support to ath10k for our 10.x AP firmware branch, which
gives us AP specific features and fixes. We still support the main
firmware branch as well just like before, ath10k detects runtime what
firmware is used. Unfortunately the firmware interface in 10.x branch is
somewhat different so there was quite a lot of changes in ath10k for
this.
Michal and Sujith did some performance improvements in ath10k. Vladimir
fixed a compiler warning and Fengguang removed an extra semicolon."
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"It's a fairly big one, with the following highlights:
- NFC digital layer implementation: Most NFC chipsets implement the NFC
digital layer in firmware, but others have more basic functionalities
and expect the host to implement the digital layer. This layer sits
below the NFC core.
- Sony's port100 support: This is "soft" NFC USB dongle that expects the
digital layer to be implemented on the host. This is the first user of
our NFC digital stack implementation.
- Secure element API: We now provide a netlink API for enabling,
disabling and discovering NFC attached (embedded or UICC ones) secure
elements. With some userspace help, this allows us to support NFC
payments.
Only the pn544 driver currently supports that API.
- NCI SPI fixes and improvements: In order to support NCI devices over
SPI, we fixed and improved our NCI/SPI implementation. The currently
most deployed NFC NCI chipset, Broadcom's bcm2079x, supports that mode
and we're planning to use our NCI/SPI framework to implement a
driver for it.
- pn533 fragmentation support in target mode: This was the only missing
feature from our pn533 impementation. We now support fragmentation in
both Tx and Rx modes, in target mode."
On top of all that, brcmfmac and rt2x00 both get the usual flurry
of updates. A few other drivers get hit here or there as well.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As described in commit 5a581b367 (jiffies: Avoid undefined
behavior from signed overflow), according to the C standard
3.4.3p3, overflow of a signed integer results in undefined
behavior.
To fix this, do as the above commit, and do an unsigned
subtraction, and interpreting the result as a signed
two's-complement number. This is based on the theory from
RFC 1982 and is nicely described in wikipedia here:
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Serial_number_arithmetic#General_Solution
A side-note, I have seen practical issues with the previous logic
when dealing with 16-bit, on a 64-bit machine (gcc version
4.4.5). This were 32-bit, which I have not observed issues with.
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <netoptimizer@brouer.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Slow start now increases cwnd by 1 if an ACK acknowledges some packets,
regardless the number of packets. Consequently slow start performance
is highly dependent on the degree of the stretch ACKs caused by
receiver or network ACK compression mechanisms (e.g., delayed-ACK,
GRO, etc). But slow start algorithm is to send twice the amount of
packets of packets left so it should process a stretch ACK of degree
N as if N ACKs of degree 1, then exits when cwnd exceeds ssthresh. A
follow up patch will use the remainder of the N (if greater than 1)
to adjust cwnd in the congestion avoidance phase.
In addition this patch retires the experimental limited slow start
(LSS) feature. LSS has multiple drawbacks but questionable benefit. The
fractional cwnd increase in LSS requires a loop in slow start even
though it's rarely used. Configuring such an increase step via a global
sysctl on different BDPS seems hard. Finally and most importantly the
slow start overshoot concern is now better covered by the Hybrid slow
start (hystart) enabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
This is another batch containing Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next
tree, they are:
* Six patches to make the ipt_CLUSTERIP target support netnamespace,
from Gao feng.
* Two cleanups for the nf_conntrack_acct infrastructure, introducing
a new structure to encapsulate conntrack counters, from Holger
Eitzenberger.
* Fix missing verdict in SCTP support for IPVS, from Daniel Borkmann.
* Skip checksum recalculation in SCTP support for IPVS, also from
Daniel Borkmann.
* Fix behavioural change in xt_socket after IP early demux, from
Florian Westphal.
* Fix bogus large memory allocation in the bitmap port set type in ipset,
from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Fix possible compilation issues in the hash netnet set type in ipset,
also from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Define constants to identify netlink callback data in ipset dumps,
again from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Use sock_gen_put() in xt_socket to replace xt_socket_put_sk,
from Eric Dumazet.
* Improvements for the SH scheduler in IPVS, from Alexander Frolkin.
* Remove extra delay due to unneeded rcu barrier in IPVS net namespace
cleanup path, from Julian Anastasov.
* Save some cycles in ip6t_REJECT by skipping checksum validation in
packets leaving from our stack, from Stanislav Fomichev.
* Fix IPVS_CMD_ATTR_MAX definition in IPVS, larger that required, from
Julian Anastasov.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a build warning in skb_checksum() by wrapping the
csum_partial() usage in skb_checksum(). The problem is that on a few
architectures, csum_partial is used with prefix asmlinkage whereas
on most architectures it's not. So fix this up generically as we did
with csum_block_add_ext() to match the signature. Introduced by
2817a336d4 ("net: skb_checksum: allow custom update/combine for
walking skb").
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be.h
drivers/net/netconsole.c
net/bridge/br_private.h
Three mostly trivial conflicts.
The net/bridge/br_private.h conflict was a function signature (argument
addition) change overlapping with the extern removals from Joe Perches.
In drivers/net/netconsole.c we had one change adjusting a printk message
whilst another changed "printk(KERN_INFO" into "pr_info(".
Lastly, the emulex change was a new inline function addition overlapping
with Joe Perches's extern removals.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes an outstanding bug found through IPVS, where SCTP packets
with skb->data_len > 0 (non-linearized) and empty frag_list, but data
accumulated in frags[] member, are forwarded with incorrect checksum
letting SCTP initial handshake fail on some systems. Linearizing each
SCTP skb in IPVS to prevent that would not be a good solution as
this leads to an additional and unnecessary performance penalty on
the load-balancer itself for no good reason (as we actually only want
to update the checksum, and can do that in a different/better way
presented here).
The actual problem is elsewhere, namely, that SCTP's checksumming
in sctp_compute_cksum() does not take frags[] into account like
skb_checksum() does. So while we are fixing this up, we better reuse
the existing code that we have anyway in __skb_checksum() and use it
for walking through the data doing checksumming. This will not only
fix this issue, but also consolidates some SCTP code with core
sk_buff code, bringing it closer together and removing respectively
avoiding reimplementation of skb_checksum() for no good reason.
As crc32c() can use hardware implementation within the crypto layer,
we leave that intact (it wraps around / falls back to e.g. slice-by-8
algorithm in __crc32c_le() otherwise); plus use the __crc32c_le_combine()
combinator for crc32c blocks.
Also, we remove all other SCTP checksumming code, so that we only
have to use sctp_compute_cksum() from now on; for doing that, we need
to transform SCTP checkumming in output path slightly, and can leave
the rest intact.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, skb_checksum walks over 1) linearized, 2) frags[], and
3) frag_list data and calculats the one's complement, a 32 bit
result suitable for feeding into itself or csum_tcpudp_magic(),
but unsuitable for SCTP as we're calculating CRC32c there.
Hence, in order to not re-implement the very same function in
SCTP (and maybe other protocols) over and over again, use an
update() + combine() callback internally to allow for walking
over the skb with different algorithms.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Encapsulate counters for both directions into nf_conn_acct. During
that process also consistently name pointers to the extend 'acct',
not 'counters'. This patch is a cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
net/xfrm/xfrm_policy.c
Minor merge conflict in xfrm_policy.c, consisting of overlapping
changes which were trivial to resolve.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the burden from the NIC drivers to check if the
vxlan driver is enabled in the kernel and also makes available
the vxlan headrooms to them.
Signed-off-by: Joseph Gasparakis <joseph.gasparakis@intel.com>
Tested-by: Kavindya Deegala <kavindya.s.deegala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
struct esp_data consists of a single pointer, vanishing the need for it
to be a structure. Fold the pointer into 'data' direcly, removing one
level of pointer indirection.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <mathias.krause@secunet.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The padlen member of struct esp_data is always zero. Get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <mathias.krause@secunet.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The code for privacy extentions is very mature, and making it
configurable only gives marginal memory/code savings in exchange
for obfuscation and hard to read code via CPP ifdef'ery.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This can be used by a driver to prepare skbs for transmission, which were
obtained via functions such as ieee80211_probereq_get or
ieee80211_nullfunc_get.
This is useful for drivers that want to send those frames directly, but
need rate control information to be prepared first.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers can now use this to parse the regulatory request and
be more verbose when needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Document the IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES flag.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To use DFS in IBSS mode, userspace is required to react to radar events.
It can inform nl80211 that it is capable of doing so by adding a
NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS attribute when joining the IBSS.
This attribute is supplied to let the kernelspace know that the
userspace application can and will handle radar events, e.g. by
intiating channel switches to a valid channel. DFS channels may
only be used if this attribute is supplied and the driver supports
it. Driver support will be checked even if a channel without DFS
will be initially joined, as a DFS channel may be chosen later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[fix attribute name in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On receiving a packet too big icmp error we update the expire value by
calling rt6_update_expires. This function uses dst_set_expires which is
implemented that it can only reduce the expiration value of the dst entry.
If we insert new routing non-expiry information into the ipv6 fib where
we already have a matching rt6_info we only clear the RTF_EXPIRES flag
in rt6i_flags and leave the dst.expires value as is.
When new mtu information arrives for that cached dst_entry we again
call dst_set_expires. This time it won't update the dst.expire value
because we left the dst.expire value intact from the last update. So
dst_set_expires won't touch dst.expires.
Fix this by resetting dst.expires when clearing the RTF_EXPIRE flag.
dst_set_expires checks for a zero expiration and updates the
dst.expires.
In the past this (not updating dst.expires) was necessary because
dst.expire was placed in a union with the dst_entry *from reference
and rt6_clean_expires did assign NULL to it. This split happend in
ecd9883724 ("ipv6: fix race condition
regarding dst->expires and dst->from").
Reported-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Reported-by: Valentijn Sessink <valentyn@blub.net>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Valentijn Sessink <valentyn@blub.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All fragmentation hash secrets now get initialized by their
corresponding hash function with net_get_random_once. Thus we can
eliminate the initial seeding.
Also provide a comment that hash secret seeding happens at the first
call to the corresponding hashing function.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the fragmentation hash secret initialization for IPv6 like the
previous patch did for IPv4.
Because the netfilter logic reuses the hash secret we have to split it
first. Thus introduce a new nf_hash_frag function which takes care to
seed the hash secret.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
include/net/dst.h
Trivial merge conflicts, both were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2e685cad57 (tcp_memcontrol: Kill struct tcp_memcontrol) falsly modified
the access to memory_pressure of sk->sk_prot->memory_pressure. The patch
did modify the memory_pressure-field of struct cg_proto, but not the one
of struct proto.
So, the access to sk_prot->memory_pressure should not be changed.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
What sk_reset_txq() does is just calls function sk_tx_queue_reset(),
and sk_reset_txq() is used only in sock.h, by dst_negative_advice().
Let dst_negative_advice() calls sk_tx_queue_reset() directly so we
can remove unneeded sk_reset_txq().
Signed-off-by: ZHAO Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This has no other impact than a cosmetic one.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the pointers in struct cg_proto with actual data fields and kill
struct tcp_memcontrol as it is not fully redundant.
This removes a confusing, unnecessary layer of abstraction.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code that is implemented is per memory cgroup not per netns, and
having per netns bits is just confusing. Remove the per netns bits to
make it easier to see what is really going on.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code is broken and does not constrain sysctl_tcp_mem as
tcp_update_limit does. With the result that it allows the cgroup tcp
memory limits to be bypassed.
The semantics are broken as the settings are not per netns and are in a
per netns table, and instead looks at current.
Since the code is broken in both design and implementation and does not
implement the functionality for which it was written remove it.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is never called. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure rt6i_gateway contains nexthop information in
all routes returned from lookup or when routes are directly
attached to skb for generated ICMP packets.
The effect of this patch should be a faster version of
rt6_nexthop() and the consideration of local addresses as
nexthop.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In v3.9 6fd6ce2056 ("ipv6: Do not depend on rt->n in
ip6_finish_output2()." changed the behaviour of ip6_finish_output2()
such that the recently introduced rt6_nexthop() is used
instead of an assigned neighbor.
As rt6_nexthop() prefers rt6i_gateway only for gatewayed
routes this causes a problem for users like IPVS, xt_TEE and
RAW(hdrincl) if they want to use different address for routing
compared to the destination address.
Another case is when redirect can create RTF_DYNAMIC
route without RTF_GATEWAY flag, we ignore the rt6i_gateway
in rt6_nexthop().
Fix the above problems by considering the rt6i_gateway if
present, so that traffic routed to address on local subnet is
not wrongly diverted to the destination address.
Thanks to Simon Horman and Phil Oester for spotting the
problematic commit.
Thanks to Hannes Frederic Sowa for his review and help in testing.
Reported-by: Phil Oester <kernel@linuxace.com>
Reported-by: Mark Brooks <mark@loadbalancer.org>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no access to chan->sk in L2CAP core now. This change marks the
end of the task of splitting L2CAP between Core and Socket, thus sk is now
gone from struct l2cap_chan.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Adding the channel to the skb private data makes possible to us know which
channel the skb we have came from.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Changed key initialization of tcp_fastopen cookies to net_get_random_once.
If the user sets a custom key net_get_random_once must be called at
least once to ensure we don't overwrite the user provided key when the
first cookie is generated later on.
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initialize the ehash and ipv6_hash_secrets with net_get_random_once.
Each compilation unit gets its own secret now:
ipv4/inet_hashtables.o
ipv4/udp.o
ipv6/inet6_hashtables.o
ipv6/udp.o
rds/connection.o
The functions still get inlined into the hashing functions. In the fast
path we have at most two (needed in ipv6) if (unlikely(...)).
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits the secret key for syncookies for ipv4 and ipv6 and
initializes them with net_get_random_once. This change was the reason I
did this series. I think the initialization of the syncookie_secret is
way to early.
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits the inet6_ehashfn into separate ones in
ipv6/inet6_hashtables.o and ipv6/udp.o to ease the introduction of
seperate secrets keys later.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This duplicates a bit of code but let's us easily introduce
separate secret keys later. The separate compilation units are
ipv4/inet_hashtabbles.o, ipv4/udp.o and rds/connection.o.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes gre_handle_offloads() more generic
and rename it to iptunnel_handle_offloads()
This will be used to add GSO/TSO support to IPIP tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NETLABEL is disabled, the cipso_v4_validate() function could loop
forever in the main loop if opt[opt_iter +1] == 0, this will causing a kernel
crash in an SMP system, since the CPU executing this function will
stall /not respond to IPIs.
This problem can be reproduced by running the IP Stack Integrity Checker
(http://isic.sourceforge.net) using the following command on a Linux machine
connected to DUT:
"icmpsic -s rand -d <DUT IP address> -r 123456"
wait (1-2 min)
Signed-off-by: Seif Mazareeb <seif@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Device Under Test (DUT) mode is useful for doing certification
testing and so expose this as debugfs option.
This mode is actually special since you can only enter it. Restoring
normal operation means that a HCI Reset is required. The current mode
value gets tracked as a new device flag and when disabling it, the
correct command to reset the controller is sent.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For testing purposes expose the default LE connection interval values
via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Enabling and disabling SSP debug mode is useful for development. This
adds a debugfs entry that allows to configure the SSP debug mode.
On purpose this has been implemented as debugfs entry and not a public
API since it is really only useful during testing and development.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The conn->interval parameter of HCI connections is not used at all
and so just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The own address type is based on the fact if the controller has
a public address or not. This means that this detail can be just
configured once during setup phase.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Drivers can now use this to parse the regulatory request and
be more verbose when needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's a fairly big one, with the following highlights:
- NFC digital layer implementation: Most NFC chipsets implement the NFC
digital layer in firmware, but others have more basic functionalities
and expect the host to implement the digital layer. This layer sits
below the NFC core.
- Sony's port100 support: This is "soft" NFC USB dongle that expects the
digital layer to be implemented on the host. This is the first user of
our NFC digital stack implementation.
- Secure element API: We now provide a netlink API for enabling,
disabling and discovering NFC attached (embedded or UICC ones) secure
elements. With some userspace help, this allows us to support NFC
payments.
Only the pn544 driver currently supports that API.
- NCI SPI fixes and improvements: In order to support NCI devices over
SPI, we fixed and improved our NCI/SPI implementation. The currently
most deployed NFC NCI chipset, Broadcom's bcm2079x, supports that mode
and we're planning to use our NCI/SPI framework to implement a
driver for it.
- pn533 fragmentation support in target mode: This was the only missing
feature from our pn533 impementation. We now support fragmentation in
both Tx and Rx modes, in target mode.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.14 (GNU/Linux)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=K1A5
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.13-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> says:
"This is the first NFC pull request for the 3.13 kernel.
It's a fairly big one, with the following highlights:
- NFC digital layer implementation: Most NFC chipsets implement the NFC
digital layer in firmware, but others have more basic functionalities
and expect the host to implement the digital layer. This layer sits
below the NFC core.
- Sony's port100 support: This is "soft" NFC USB dongle that expects the
digital layer to be implemented on the host. This is the first user of
our NFC digital stack implementation.
- Secure element API: We now provide a netlink API for enabling,
disabling and discovering NFC attached (embedded or UICC ones) secure
elements. With some userspace help, this allows us to support NFC
payments.
Only the pn544 driver currently supports that API.
- NCI SPI fixes and improvements: In order to support NCI devices over
SPI, we fixed and improved our NCI/SPI implementation. The currently
most deployed NFC NCI chipset, Broadcom's bcm2079x, supports that mode
and we're planning to use our NCI/SPI framework to implement a
driver for it.
- pn533 fragmentation support in target mode: This was the only missing
feature from our pn533 impementation. We now support fragmentation in
both Tx and Rx modes, in target mode."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Don't use a wildcard SA if a more precise one is in acquire state,
from Fan Du.
2) Simplify the SA lookup when using wildcard source. We need to check
only the destination in this case, from Fan Du.
3) Add a receive path hook for IPsec virtual tunnel interfaces
to xfrm6_mode_tunnel.
4) Add support for IPsec virtual tunnel interfaces to ipv6.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename tcp_tso_segment() to tcp_gso_segment(), to better reflect
what is going on, and ease grep games.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device_add handling can be done directly in hci_register_dev and
device_remove within hci_unregister_dev.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The device blacklist is not taking care of the address type. Actually
store the address type in the list entries and also use them when
looking up addresses in the table.
This is actually a serious bug. When adding a LE public address to
the blacklist, then it would be blocking a device on BR/EDR. And this
is not the expected behavior.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This is a batch of updates intended for the 3.13 stream...
The biggest item of interest in here is wcn36xx, the new mac80211
driver for Qualcomm WCN3660/WCN3680 hardware.
Regarding the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"We have an assortment of cleanups and new features, of which the
biggest one is probably the channel-switch support in IBSS. Nothing
else really stands out much."
On top of that, the ath9k and rt2x00 get a lot of update action from
Felix Fietkau and Gabor Juhos, respectively. There are a handful of
updates to other drivers here and there as well.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Half of the rt_cache_stat fields are no longer used after IP
route cache removal, lets shrink this per cpu area.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix (a few hundred) build errors due to missing semi-colon when
KMEMCHECK is enabled:
include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h:139:2: error: expected ',', ';' or '}' before 'int'
include/net/inet_timewait_sock.h:148:28: error: 'const struct inet_timewait_sock' has no member named 'tw_death_node'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst->xfrm is conditionally defined. Provide accessor funtion that
is always available.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
netfilter updates: nf_tables pull request
The following patchset contains the current original nf_tables tree
condensed in 17 patches. I have organized them by chronogical order
since the original nf_tables code was released in 2009 and by
dependencies between the different patches.
The patches are:
1) Adapt all existing hooks in the tree to pass hook ops to the
hook callback function, required by nf_tables, from Patrick McHardy.
2) Move alloc_null_binding to nf_nat_core, as it is now also needed by
nf_tables and ip_tables, original patch from Patrick McHardy but
required major changes to adapt it to the current tree that I made.
3) Add nf_tables core, including the netlink API, the packet filtering
engine, expressions and built-in tables, from Patrick McHardy. This
patch includes accumulated fixes since 2009 and minor enhancements.
The patch description contains a list of references to the original
patches for the record. For those that are not familiar to the
original work, see [1], [2] and [3].
4) Add netlink set API, this replaces the original set infrastructure
to introduce a netlink API to add/delete sets and to add/delete
set elements. This includes two set types: the hash and the rb-tree
sets (used for interval based matching). The main difference with
ipset is that this infrastructure is data type agnostic. Patch from
Patrick McHardy.
5) Allow expression operation overload, this API change allows us to
provide define expression subtypes depending on the configuration
that is received from user-space via Netlink. It is used by follow
up patches to provide optimized versions of the payload and cmp
expressions and the x_tables compatibility layer, from Patrick
McHardy.
6) Add optimized data comparison operation, it requires the previous
patch, from Patrick McHardy.
7) Add optimized payload implementation, it requires patch 5, from
Patrick McHardy.
8) Convert built-in tables to chain types. Each chain type have special
semantics (filter, route and nat) that are used by userspace to
configure the chain behaviour. The main chain regarding iptables
is that tables become containers of chain, with no specific semantics.
However, you may still configure your tables and chains to retain
iptables like semantics, patch from me.
9) Add compatibility layer for x_tables. This patch adds support to
use all existing x_tables extensions from nf_tables, this is used
to provide a userspace utility that accepts iptables syntax but
used internally the nf_tables kernel core. This patch includes
missing features in the nf_tables core such as the per-chain
stats, default chain policy and number of chain references, which
are required by the iptables compatibility userspace tool. Patch
from me.
10) Fix transport protocol matching, this fix is a side effect of the
x_tables compatibility layer, which now provides a pointer to the
transport header, from me.
11) Add support for dormant tables, this feature allows you to disable
all chains and rules that are contained in one table, from me.
12) Add IPv6 NAT support. At the time nf_tables was made, there was no
NAT IPv6 support yet, from Tomasz Bursztyka.
13) Complete net namespace support. This patch register the protocol
family per net namespace, so tables (thus, other objects contained
in tables such as sets, chains and rules) are only visible from the
corresponding net namespace, from me.
14) Add the insert operation to the nf_tables netlink API, this requires
adding a new position attribute that allow us to locate where in the
ruleset a rule needs to be inserted, from Eric Leblond.
15) Add rule batching support, including atomic rule-set updates by
using rule-set generations. This patch includes a change to nfnetlink
to include two new control messages to indicate the beginning and
the end of a batch. The end message is interpreted as the commit
message, if it's missing, then the rule-set updates contained in the
batch are aborted, from me.
16) Add trace support to the nf_tables packet filtering core, from me.
17) Add ARP filtering support, original patch from Patrick McHardy, but
adapted to fit into the chain type infrastructure. This was recovered
to be used by nft userspace tool and our compatibility arptables
userspace tool.
There is still work to do to fully replace x_tables [4] [5] but that can
be done incrementally by extending our netlink API. Moreover, looking at
netfilter-devel and the amount of contributions to nf_tables we've been
getting, I think it would be good to have it mainstream to avoid accumulating
large patchsets skip continuous rebases.
I tried to provide a reasonable patchset, we have more than 100 accumulated
patches in the original nf_tables tree, so I collapsed many of the small
fixes to the main patch we had since 2009 and provide a small batch for
review to netdev, while trying to retain part of the history.
For those who didn't give a try to nf_tables yet, there's a quick howto
available from Eric Leblond that describes how to get things working [6].
Comments/reviews welcome.
Thanks!
[1] http://lwn.net/Articles/324251/
[2] http://workshop.netfilter.org/2013/wiki/images/e/ee/Nftables-osd-2013-developer.pdf
[3] http://lwn.net/Articles/564095/
[4] http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/map-pending-work.txt
[4] http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/nftables-todo.txt
[5] https://home.regit.org/netfilter-en/nftables-quick-howto/
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes a comment mentioning IRQF_DISABLED,
which is deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Michael Opdenacker <michael.opdenacker@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to use a timer since the entire Bluetooth subsystem
runs using workqueues these days.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the entire Bluetooth subsystem runs in workqueues these days there
is no need to use a timer for deferring work.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This seems to be a left-over. The module parameter enable_hs has
been removed, but its extern declaration is still present. It is
not needed anymore, so just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The constants for advertising event types have been defined twice. So
remove one copy of it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
On controller power on and when enabling LE functionality,
make sure that also the scan response data is correctly set.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The scan response data needs to be stored in HCI device and so
add a buffer for it and also ensure to clear it when resetting
the controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_new_ltk() function is not used and
so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_read_local_oob_data_reply_complete() function
is not used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_set_local_name_complete() function is
not used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_set_class_of_dev_complete() function is
not used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_ssp_enable_complete() function is not
used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_auth_enable_complete() function is not
used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_auth_failed() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_pin_code_neg_reply_complete() function is
not used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_pin_code_reply_complete() function is not
used and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The return value of mgmt_pin_code_request() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The wait_ack code has a heavy dependency on the socket data structures
and, as of now, it won't be worthless change it to use non-socket
structures as the only user of such feature is a socket.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to remove all direct access of struct sock from L2CAP core.
This change is pretty simple and just add a new L2CAP channel callback to
do the work in the L2CAP socket side.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As part of the work to remove struct sock from l2cap_core.c and make it
more generic we remove in this commit the direct access to sk->sk_sndtimeo
member. This objective of this change is purely remove sk usage from
l2cap_core.c
Now we have a new l2cap ops to get the current value of sk->sndtimeo. A
l2cap_chan_no_get_sndtimeo was added for users of L2CAP that doesn't need
to set a timeout.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of creating an new function pointer to report errors we are just
reusing state_change for that and there is a simple reason for this, one
place in the l2cap_core.c code needs, in a locked sk, set both the sk_state
and sk_err. If we create two different functions for this we would need to
release the lock between the two operation putting the socket in non
desired state.
The change is transparent to the l2cap_core.c code, user that only needs
to set the state won't need any modification.
This is another step of an ongoing work to make l2cap_core.c totally
independent from l2cap's struct sock.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the discoverable timeout triggers and limited discoverable mode
was used, then the class of device needs to be updated to remove
the limited discoverable bit.
To keep the class of device logic in a central place, expose a new
function mgmt_discoverable_timeout that can be called from the
timeout callback. In case the class of device value needs updating,
it will add the HCI command to the transaction.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The eir_get_length() function is only used from hci_event.c and so
instead of having a public function move it to the location where
it is used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The eir_append_data() function is only used from mgmt.c and so
instead of having a public function move it to the location where
it is used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_new_link_key() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch just adds the HCI command structure for configuring the
current IAC LAP setting. The length of the command is variable and
supports more than two IAC. However since there is only general
discoverable and limited discoverable modes, this can be limited
to two possible IACs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_write_scan_failed() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_connectable() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_discoverable() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Add a new flag that can be set when in limited discoverable mode. This
flag will cause the limited discoverable bit in the class of device
value to bet set.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Magically updating the advertising data when some random command enables
advertising in the controller is not really a good idea. It also caused
a bit of complicated code with the exported hci_udpate_ad function that
is shared from many places.
This patch consolidates the advertising data update into the management
core. It also makes sure that when powering on with LE enabled or later
on enabling LE the controller has a good default for advertising data.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
commit 578bc3ef1e ("ipvs: reorganize dest trash") added
rcu_barrier() on cleanup to wait dest users and schedulers
like LBLC and LBLCR to put their last dest reference.
Using rcu_barrier with many namespaces is problematic.
Trying to fix it by freeing dest with kfree_rcu is not
a solution, RCU callbacks can run in parallel and execution
order is random.
Fix it by creating new function ip_vs_dest_put_and_free()
which is heavier than ip_vs_dest_put(). We will use it just
for schedulers like LBLC, LBLCR that can delay their dest
release.
By default, dests reference is above 0 if they are present in
service and it is 0 when deleted but still in trash list.
Change the dest trash code to use ip_vs_dest_put_and_free(),
so that refcnt -1 can be used for freeing. As result,
such checks remain in slow path and the rcu_barrier() from
netns cleanup can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Read the current IAC LAP values when initializing the controller. The
values are not used, but it is good to have them in the trace files
for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When initializing a controller make sure to read out the number of
supported IAC and store its result. This value is needed to determine
if limited discoverable for BR/EDR can be configured or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds support for tracing the packet travel through
the ruleset, in a similar fashion to x_tables.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds a batch support to nfnetlink. Basically, it adds
two new control messages:
* NFNL_MSG_BATCH_BEGIN, that indicates the beginning of a batch,
the nfgenmsg->res_id indicates the nfnetlink subsystem ID.
* NFNL_MSG_BATCH_END, that results in the invocation of the
ss->commit callback function. If not specified or an error
ocurred in the batch, the ss->abort function is invoked
instead.
The end message represents the commit operation in nftables, the
lack of end message results in an abort. This patch also adds the
.call_batch function that is only called from the batch receival
path.
This patch adds atomic rule updates and dumps based on
bitmask generations. This allows to atomically commit a set of
rule-set updates incrementally without altering the internal
state of existing nf_tables expressions/matches/targets.
The idea consists of using a generation cursor of 1 bit and
a bitmask of 2 bits per rule. Assuming the gencursor is 0,
then the genmask (expressed as a bitmask) can be interpreted
as:
00 active in the present, will be active in the next generation.
01 inactive in the present, will be active in the next generation.
10 active in the present, will be deleted in the next generation.
^
gencursor
Once you invoke the transition to the next generation, the global
gencursor is updated:
00 active in the present, will be active in the next generation.
01 active in the present, needs to zero its future, it becomes 00.
10 inactive in the present, delete now.
^
gencursor
If a dump is in progress and nf_tables enters a new generation,
the dump will stop and return -EBUSY to let userspace know that
it has to retry again. In order to invalidate dumps, a global
genctr counter is increased everytime nf_tables enters a new
generation.
This new operation can be used from the user-space utility
that controls the firewall, eg.
nft -f restore
The rule updates contained in `file' will be applied atomically.
cat file
-----
add filter INPUT ip saddr 1.1.1.1 counter accept #1
del filter INPUT ip daddr 2.2.2.2 counter drop #2
-EOF-
Note that the rule 1 will be inactive until the transition to the
next generation, the rule 2 will be evicted in the next generation.
There is a penalty during the rule update due to the branch
misprediction in the packet matching framework. But that should be
quickly resolved once the iteration over the commit list that
contain rules that require updates is finished.
Event notification happens once the rule-set update has been
committed. So we skip notifications is case the rule-set update
is aborted, which can happen in case that the rule-set is tested
to apply correctly.
This patch squashed the following patches from Pablo:
* nf_tables: atomic rule updates and dumps
* nf_tables: get rid of per rule list_head for commits
* nf_tables: use per netns commit list
* nfnetlink: add batch support and use it from nf_tables
* nf_tables: all rule updates are transactional
* nf_tables: attach replacement rule after stale one
* nf_tables: do not allow deletion/replacement of stale rules
* nf_tables: remove unused NFTA_RULE_FLAGS
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Register family per netnamespace to ensure that sets are
only visible in its approapriate namespace.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the x_tables compatibility layer. This allows you
to use existing x_tables matches and targets from nf_tables.
This compatibility later allows us to use existing matches/targets
for features that are still missing in nf_tables. We can progressively
replace them with native nf_tables extensions. It also provides the
userspace compatibility software that allows you to express the
rule-set using the iptables syntax but using the nf_tables kernel
components.
In order to get this compatibility layer working, I've done the
following things:
* add NFNL_SUBSYS_NFT_COMPAT: this new nfnetlink subsystem is used
to query the x_tables match/target revision, so we don't need to
use the native x_table getsockopt interface.
* emulate xt structures: this required extending the struct nft_pktinfo
to include the fragment offset, which is already obtained from
ip[6]_tables and that is used by some matches/targets.
* add support for default policy to base chains, required to emulate
x_tables.
* add NFTA_CHAIN_USE attribute to obtain the number of references to
chains, required by x_tables emulation.
* add chain packet/byte counters using per-cpu.
* support 32-64 bits compat.
For historical reasons, this patch includes the following patches
that were posted in the netfilter-devel mailing list.
From Pablo Neira Ayuso:
* nf_tables: add default policy to base chains
* netfilter: nf_tables: add NFTA_CHAIN_USE attribute
* nf_tables: nft_compat: private data of target and matches in contiguous area
* nf_tables: validate hooks for compat match/target
* nf_tables: nft_compat: release cached matches/targets
* nf_tables: x_tables support as a compile time option
* nf_tables: fix alias for xtables over nftables module
* nf_tables: add packet and byte counters per chain
* nf_tables: fix per-chain counter stats if no counters are passed
* nf_tables: don't bump chain stats
* nf_tables: add protocol and flags for xtables over nf_tables
* nf_tables: add ip[6]t_entry emulation
* nf_tables: move specific layer 3 compat code to nf_tables_ipv[4|6]
* nf_tables: support 32bits-64bits x_tables compat
* nf_tables: fix compilation if CONFIG_COMPAT is disabled
From Patrick McHardy:
* nf_tables: move policy to struct nft_base_chain
* nf_tables: send notifications for base chain policy changes
From Alexander Primak:
* nf_tables: remove the duplicate NF_INET_LOCAL_OUT
From Nicolas Dichtel:
* nf_tables: fix compilation when nf-netlink is a module
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch converts built-in tables/chains to chain types that
allows you to deploy customized table and chain configurations from
userspace.
After this patch, you have to specify the chain type when
creating a new chain:
add chain ip filter output { type filter hook input priority 0; }
^^^^ ------
The existing chain types after this patch are: filter, route and
nat. Note that tables are just containers of chains with no specific
semantics, which is a significant change with regards to iptables.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add an optimized payload expression implementation for small (up to 4 bytes)
aligned data loads from the linear packet area.
This patch also includes original Patrick McHardy's entitled (nf_tables:
inline nft_payload_fast_eval() into main evaluation loop).
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add an optimized version of nft_data_cmp() that only handles values of to
4 bytes length.
This patch includes original Patrick McHardy's patch entitled (nf_tables:
inline nft_cmp_fast_eval() into main evaluation loop).
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Split the expression ops into two parts and support overloading of
the runtime expression ops based on the requested function through
a ->select_ops() callback.
This can be used to provide optimized implementations, for instance
for loading small aligned amounts of data from the packet or inlining
frequently used operations into the main evaluation loop.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the new netlink API for maintaining nf_tables sets
independently of the ruleset. The API supports the following operations:
- creation of sets
- deletion of sets
- querying of specific sets
- dumping of all sets
- addition of set elements
- removal of set elements
- dumping of all set elements
Sets are identified by name, each table defines an individual namespace.
The name of a set may be allocated automatically, this is mostly useful
in combination with the NFT_SET_ANONYMOUS flag, which destroys a set
automatically once the last reference has been released.
Sets can be marked constant, meaning they're not allowed to change while
linked to a rule. This allows to perform lockless operation for set
types that would otherwise require locking.
Additionally, if the implementation supports it, sets can (as before) be
used as maps, associating a data value with each key (or range), by
specifying the NFT_SET_MAP flag and can be used for interval queries by
specifying the NFT_SET_INTERVAL flag.
Set elements are added and removed incrementally. All element operations
support batching, reducing netlink message and set lookup overhead.
The old "set" and "hash" expressions are replaced by a generic "lookup"
expression, which binds to the specified set. Userspace is not aware
of the actual set implementation used by the kernel anymore, all
configuration options are generic.
Currently the implementation selection logic is largely missing and the
kernel will simply use the first registered implementation supporting the
requested operation. Eventually, the plan is to have userspace supply a
description of the data characteristics and select the implementation
based on expected performance and memory use.
This patch includes the new 'lookup' expression to look up for element
matching in the set.
This patch includes kernel-doc descriptions for this set API and it
also includes the following fixes.
From Patrick McHardy:
* netfilter: nf_tables: fix set element data type in dumps
* netfilter: nf_tables: fix indentation of struct nft_set_elem comments
* netfilter: nf_tables: fix oops in nft_validate_data_load()
* netfilter: nf_tables: fix oops while listing sets of built-in tables
* netfilter: nf_tables: destroy anonymous sets immediately if binding fails
* netfilter: nf_tables: propagate context to set iter callback
* netfilter: nf_tables: add loop detection
From Pablo Neira Ayuso:
* netfilter: nf_tables: allow to dump all existing sets
* netfilter: nf_tables: fix wrong type for flags variable in newelem
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds nftables which is the intended successor of iptables.
This packet filtering framework reuses the existing netfilter hooks,
the connection tracking system, the NAT subsystem, the transparent
proxying engine, the logging infrastructure and the userspace packet
queueing facilities.
In a nutshell, nftables provides a pseudo-state machine with 4 general
purpose registers of 128 bits and 1 specific purpose register to store
verdicts. This pseudo-machine comes with an extensible instruction set,
a.k.a. "expressions" in the nftables jargon. The expressions included
in this patch provide the basic functionality, they are:
* bitwise: to perform bitwise operations.
* byteorder: to change from host/network endianess.
* cmp: to compare data with the content of the registers.
* counter: to enable counters on rules.
* ct: to store conntrack keys into register.
* exthdr: to match IPv6 extension headers.
* immediate: to load data into registers.
* limit: to limit matching based on packet rate.
* log: to log packets.
* meta: to match metainformation that usually comes with the skbuff.
* nat: to perform Network Address Translation.
* payload: to fetch data from the packet payload and store it into
registers.
* reject (IPv4 only): to explicitly close connection, eg. TCP RST.
Using this instruction-set, the userspace utility 'nft' can transform
the rules expressed in human-readable text representation (using a
new syntax, inspired by tcpdump) to nftables bytecode.
nftables also inherits the table, chain and rule objects from
iptables, but in a more configurable way, and it also includes the
original datatype-agnostic set infrastructure with mapping support.
This set infrastructure is enhanced in the follow up patch (netfilter:
nf_tables: add netlink set API).
This patch includes the following components:
* the netlink API: net/netfilter/nf_tables_api.c and
include/uapi/netfilter/nf_tables.h
* the packet filter core: net/netfilter/nf_tables_core.c
* the expressions (described above): net/netfilter/nft_*.c
* the filter tables: arp, IPv4, IPv6 and bridge:
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_tables_ipv4.c
net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_tables_ipv6.c
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_tables_arp.c
net/bridge/netfilter/nf_tables_bridge.c
* the NAT table (IPv4 only):
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_table_nat_ipv4.c
* the route table (similar to mangle):
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_table_route_ipv4.c
net/ipv6/netfilter/nf_table_route_ipv6.c
* internal definitions under:
include/net/netfilter/nf_tables.h
include/net/netfilter/nf_tables_core.h
* It also includes an skeleton expression:
net/netfilter/nft_expr_template.c
and the preliminary implementation of the meta target
net/netfilter/nft_meta_target.c
It also includes a change in struct nf_hook_ops to add a new
pointer to store private data to the hook, that is used to store
the rule list per chain.
This patch is based on the patch from Patrick McHardy, plus merged
accumulated cleanups, fixes and small enhancements to the nftables
code that has been done since 2009, which are:
From Patrick McHardy:
* nf_tables: adjust netlink handler function signatures
* nf_tables: only retry table lookup after successful table module load
* nf_tables: fix event notification echo and avoid unnecessary messages
* nft_ct: add l3proto support
* nf_tables: pass expression context to nft_validate_data_load()
* nf_tables: remove redundant definition
* nft_ct: fix maxattr initialization
* nf_tables: fix invalid event type in nf_tables_getrule()
* nf_tables: simplify nft_data_init() usage
* nf_tables: build in more core modules
* nf_tables: fix double lookup expression unregistation
* nf_tables: move expression initialization to nf_tables_core.c
* nf_tables: build in payload module
* nf_tables: use NFPROTO constants
* nf_tables: rename pid variables to portid
* nf_tables: save 48 bits per rule
* nf_tables: introduce chain rename
* nf_tables: check for duplicate names on chain rename
* nf_tables: remove ability to specify handles for new rules
* nf_tables: return error for rule change request
* nf_tables: return error for NLM_F_REPLACE without rule handle
* nf_tables: include NLM_F_APPEND/NLM_F_REPLACE flags in rule notification
* nf_tables: fix NLM_F_MULTI usage in netlink notifications
* nf_tables: include NLM_F_APPEND in rule dumps
From Pablo Neira Ayuso:
* nf_tables: fix stack overflow in nf_tables_newrule
* nf_tables: nft_ct: fix compilation warning
* nf_tables: nft_ct: fix crash with invalid packets
* nft_log: group and qthreshold are 2^16
* nf_tables: nft_meta: fix socket uid,gid handling
* nft_counter: allow to restore counters
* nf_tables: fix module autoload
* nf_tables: allow to remove all rules placed in one chain
* nf_tables: use 64-bits rule handle instead of 16-bits
* nf_tables: fix chain after rule deletion
* nf_tables: improve deletion performance
* nf_tables: add missing code in route chain type
* nf_tables: rise maximum number of expressions from 12 to 128
* nf_tables: don't delete table if in use
* nf_tables: fix basechain release
From Tomasz Bursztyka:
* nf_tables: Add support for changing users chain's name
* nf_tables: Change chain's name to be fixed sized
* nf_tables: Add support for replacing a rule by another one
* nf_tables: Update uapi nftables netlink header documentation
From Florian Westphal:
* nft_log: group is u16, snaplen u32
From Phil Oester:
* nf_tables: operational limit match
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Correct common misspelling of "identify" as "indentify" throughout
the kernel
Signed-off-by: Maxime Jayat <maxime@artisandeveloppeur.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Clearing the BT_SK_SUSPEND socket flag from the L2CAP core is causing
a dependency on the socket. So intead of doing that, use a channel
callback into the socket handling to resume.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP core should not look into the socket flags to figure out the
setting of defer setup. So introduce a L2CAP channel flag that mirrors
the socket flag.
Since the defer setup option is only set in one place this becomes a
really easy thing to do.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Similar to nat_decode_session, alloc_null_binding is needed for both
ip_tables and nf_tables, so move it to nf_nat_core.c. This change
is required by nf_tables.
This is an adapted version of the original patch from Patrick McHardy.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The L2CAP connectionless channels use SOCK_DGRAM and recvmsg() and need
to receive the remote BD_ADDR and PSM information via msg_name from
the recvmsg() system call.
So in case the L2CAP socket is for connectionless channels, provide
a msg_name callback that can update the data. Also store the remote
BD_ADDR and PSM in the skb so it can be extracted later on.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This allows to add a per socket msg_name callback that can be used
for updating the msg_name information for recvmsg() system calls.
This feature is used by another patch to support address information
on L2CAP connectionless channels.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Every socket protocol now stores its own address information. So
just remove the generic src and dst fields since they are no longer
needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The address information of RFCOMM sockets should be stored in its
own socket structure. Trying to generalize them is not helpful since
different transports have different address types.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The address information of SCO sockets should be stored in its own
socket structure. Trying to generalize them is not helpful since
different transports have different address types.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of storing a pointer to the addresses for the HCI device
and HCI connection, use them directly. With the recent changes
to address tracking of HCI connections, this becomes simple.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP sockets can use BR/EDR public, LE public and LE random
addresses for various combinations of source and destination
devices. So make sure that getsockname(), getpeername() and
accept() return the correct address type.
For this the address type of the source and destination is stored
with the L2CAP channel information. The stored address type is
not the one specific for the HCI protocol. It is the address
type used for the L2CAP sockets and the management interface.
The underlying HCI connections store the HCI address type. If
needed, it gets converted to the socket address type.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the effort of abstracting the L2CAP socket from the underlying
L2CAP channel it is important to store the source and destination
address information directly in the L2CAP channel structure.
Direct access to the HCI connection address information is not
possible since they might not be avaiable at L2CAP channel
creation time. The address information will be updated when
the underlying BR/EDR or LE connection status changes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The source addressed was based on the public address of the HCI device,
but with LE connections this not always the case. For example single
mode LE-only controllers would use a static random address. And this
address is configured by userspace.
To not complicate the lookup of what kind of address is in use, store
the correct source address for each HCI connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When establishing LE connections, it is possible to use a public
address (if available) or a random address. The type of address
is only known when creating connections, so make sure it is
stored in hci_conn structure.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The bdaddr_to_le() function tries to convert the internal address
type to one that matches the HCI address type for LE. It does not
handle any address types not used by LE and in the end just make
the code a lot harder to read.
So instead of just hiding behind a magic function, just convert
the internal address type where it needs to be converted. And it
turns out that these are only two cases anyway. One when creating
new LE connections and the other when loading the long term keys.
In both cases this makes it more clear on what it going on.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The l2cap_conn->src and l2cap_conn->dst pointers are no longer in use
and so just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The implementation actually supports the L2CAP connectionless data
channel. So set it as supported in the fixed channels bitmask.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The PSM 0x0021 is dedicated to the 3D profile and has permission to
use security mode 4 level 0 for L2CAP connectionless unicast data
transfers.
When establishing a L2CAP connectionless channel on PSM 0x0021, it
will no longer force Secure Simple Pairing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The scan interval and window parameters are used for LE passive
background scanning and connection establishment. This allows
userspace to change the values.
These two values should be kept in sync with whatever is used for
the scan parameters service on remote devices. And it puts the
controlling daemon (for example bluetoothd) in charge of setting
the values.
Main use case would be to switch between two sets of values. One
for foreground applications and one for background applications.
At this moment, the values are only used for manual connection
establishment, but soon that should be extended to background
scanning and automatic connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The scan interval and window for LE passive scanning and connection
establishment should be configurable on a per controller basis. So
introduce a setting that later on will allow modifying it.
This setting does not affect LE active scanning during device
discovery phase. As long as that phase uses interleaved discovery,
it will continuously scan.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of masking hdev inside the skb->dev parameter, hand it
directly to the driver as a parameter to hdev->send. This makes
the driver interface more clear and simpler.
This patch fixes all drivers to accept and handle the new parameter
of hdev->send callback. Special care has been taken for bpa10x
and btusb drivers that require having skb->dev set to hdev for
the URB transmit complete handlers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The information of the peer's supported channels and supported operating
classes are required for the driver to perform TDLS off channel
operations. This commit enhances the function nl80211_(new)set_station
to pass this information of the peer to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <c_duttus@qti.qualcomm.com>
[return errors for malformed tuples]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To avoid casting skb->dev into hdev, just let the drivers provide
the hdev directly when calling hci_recv_frame() function.
This patch also fixes up all drivers to provide the hdev.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The smp.h header file is only used internally by the bluetooth.ko
module and is not a public API. So make it local to the core
Bluetooth module.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The a2mp.h header file is only used internally by the bluetooth.ko
module and is not a public API. So make it local to the core
Bluetooth module.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The amp.h header file is only used internally by the bluetooth.ko
module and is not a public API. So make it local to the core
Bluetooth module.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Since there is no use of hdev->ioctl by any Bluetooth driver since
ever, so just lets remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In commit 634fb979e8 ("inet: includes a sock_common in request_sock")
I forgot that the two ports in sock_common do not have same byte order :
skc_dport is __be16 (network order), but skc_num is __u16 (host order)
So sparse complains because ir_loc_port (mapped into skc_num) is
considered as __u16 while it should be __be16
Let rename ir_loc_port to ireq->ir_num (analogy with inet->inet_num),
and perform appropriate htons/ntohs conversions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP listener refactoring, part 5 :
We want to be able to insert request sockets (SYN_RECV) into main
ehash table instead of the per listener hash table to allow RCU
lookups and remove listener lock contention.
This patch includes the needed struct sock_common in front
of struct request_sock
This means there is no more inet6_request_sock IPv6 specific
structure.
Following inet_request_sock fields were renamed as they became
macros to reference fields from struct sock_common.
Prefix ir_ was chosen to avoid name collisions.
loc_port -> ir_loc_port
loc_addr -> ir_loc_addr
rmt_addr -> ir_rmt_addr
rmt_port -> ir_rmt_port
iif -> ir_iif
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CONFIG_IPV6=n is still a valid choice ;)
It appears we can remove dead code.
Reported-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP listener refactoring, part 4 :
To speed up inet lookups, we moved IPv4 addresses from inet to struct
sock_common
Now is time to do the same for IPv6, because it permits us to have fast
lookups for all kind of sockets, including upcoming SYN_RECV.
Getting IPv6 addresses in TCP lookups currently requires two extra cache
lines, plus a dereference (and memory stall).
inet6_sk(sk) does the dereference of inet_sk(__sk)->pinet6
This patch is way bigger than its IPv4 counter part, because for IPv4,
we could add aliases (inet_daddr, inet_rcv_saddr), while on IPv6,
it's not doable easily.
inet6_sk(sk)->daddr becomes sk->sk_v6_daddr
inet6_sk(sk)->rcv_saddr becomes sk->sk_v6_rcv_saddr
And timewait socket also have tw->tw_v6_daddr & tw->tw_v6_rcv_saddr
at the same offset.
We get rid of INET6_TW_MATCH() as INET6_MATCH() is now the generic
macro.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP listener refactoring, part 3 :
Our goal is to hash SYN_RECV sockets into main ehash for fast lookup,
and parallel SYN processing.
Current inet_ehash_bucket contains two chains, one for ESTABLISH (and
friend states) sockets, another for TIME_WAIT sockets only.
As the hash table is sized to get at most one socket per bucket, it
makes little sense to have separate twchain, as it makes the lookup
slightly more complicated, and doubles hash table memory usage.
If we make sure all socket types have the lookup keys at the same
offsets, we can use a generic and faster lookup. It turns out TIME_WAIT
and ESTABLISHED sockets already have common lookup fields for IPv4.
[ INET_TW_MATCH() is no longer needed ]
I'll provide a follow-up to factorize IPv6 lookup as well, to remove
INET6_TW_MATCH()
This way, SYN_RECV pseudo sockets will be supported the same.
A new sock_gen_put() helper is added, doing either a sock_put() or
inet_twsk_put() [ and will support SYN_RECV later ].
Note this helper should only be called in real slow path, when rcu
lookup found a socket that was moved to another identity (freed/reused
immediately), but could eventually be used in other contexts, like
sock_edemux()
Before patch :
dmesg | grep "TCP established"
TCP established hash table entries: 524288 (order: 11, 8388608 bytes)
After patch :
TCP established hash table entries: 524288 (order: 10, 4194304 bytes)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
include/linux/netdevice.h
net/core/sock.c
Trivial merge issues.
Removal of "extern" for functions declaration in netdevice.h
at the same time "const" was added to an argument.
Two parallel line additions in net/core/sock.c
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The since the removal of the routing cache computing
fib_compute_spec_dst() does a fib_table lookup for each UDP multicast
packet received. This has introduced a performance regression for some
UDP workloads.
This change skips populating the packet info for sockets that do not have
IP_PKTINFO set.
Benchmark results from a netperf UDP_RR test:
Before 89789.68 transactions/s
After 90587.62 transactions/s
Benchmark results from a fio 1 byte UDP multicast pingpong test
(Multicast one way unicast response):
Before 12.63us RTT
After 12.48us RTT
Signed-off-by: Shawn Bohrer <sbohrer@rgmadvisors.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The removal of the routing cache introduced a performance regression for
some UDP workloads since a dst lookup must be done for each packet.
This change caches the dst per socket in a similar manner to what we do
for TCP by implementing early_demux.
For UDP multicast we can only cache the dst if there is only one
receiving socket on the host. Since caching only works when there is
one receiving socket we do the multicast socket lookup using RCU.
For UDP unicast we only demux sockets with an exact match in order to
not break forwarding setups. Additionally since the hash chains may be
long we only check the first socket to see if it is a match and not
waste extra time searching the whole chain when we might not find an
exact match.
Benchmark results from a netperf UDP_RR test:
Before 87961.22 transactions/s
After 89789.68 transactions/s
Benchmark results from a fio 1 byte UDP multicast pingpong test
(Multicast one way unicast response):
Before 12.97us RTT
After 12.63us RTT
Signed-off-by: Shawn Bohrer <sbohrer@rgmadvisors.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_bus.h
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8188ee/phy.h
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8192ce/phy.h
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8192de/phy.h
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/phy.h
Just some minor conflicts between the wireless-next changes
and Joe Perches's "extern" removal from function prototypes
in header files.
John W. Linville says:
====================
Regarding the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"The big work here is from Marcel and Johan. They did a lot of work
in the L2CAP, HCI and MGMT layers. The most important ones are the
addition of a new MGMT command to enable/disable LE advertisement
and the introduction of the HCI user channel to allow applications
to get directly and exclusive access to Bluetooth devices."
As to the ath10k bits, Kalle says:
"Bartosz dropped support for qca98xx hw1.0 hardware from ath10k, it's
just too much to support it. Michal added support for the new firmware
interface. Marek fixed WEP in AP and IBSS mode. Rest of the changes are
minor fixes or cleanups."
And also:
"Major changes are:
* throughput improvements including aligning the RX frames correctly and
optimising HTT layer (Michal)
* remove qca98xx hw1.0 support (Bartosz)
* add support for firmware version 999.999.0.636 (Michal)
* firmware htt statistics support (Kalle)
* fix WEP in AP and IBSS mode (Marek)
* fix a mutex unlock balance in debugfs file (Shafi)
And of course there's a lot of smaller fixes and cleanup."
For the wl12xx bits, Luca says:
"Here are some patches intended for 3.13. Eliad is upstreaming a bunch
of patches that have been pending in the internal tree. Mostly bugfixes
and other small improvements."
Along with that...
Arend and friends bring us a batch of brcmfmac updates, Larry Finger
offers some rtlwifi refactoring, and Sujith sends the usual batch of
ath9k updates. As usual, there are a number of other small updates
from a variety of players as well.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When initializing an AMP controller, read its current known location
data so that it can be analyzed later on.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_discovering() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_remote_name() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_device_found() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_device_disconnected() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_device_connected() function is not used
and so just change it to return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_connect_failed() function is not used
so change it to just return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_disconnect_failed() function is not used
so change it to just return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of mgmt_set_powered_failed() function is never used
and so make the function just return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value from mgmt_index_added() and mgmt_index_removed()
functions is never used. So do not pretend that returning an error
would actually be handled and just make both functions return void.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The helper function mgmt_valid_hdev() is more obfuscating the code
then it makes it easier to read. So intead of this helper, use the
direct check for BR/EDR device type.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The mgmt_new_settings() function was only needed to handle the
error case when re-enabling advertising failed. Since that is
now handled internally inside the management core, this function
is not needed anymore. So just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the all LE connections have been disconneted, then it is up to
the host to re-enable advertising at that point. To ensure that the
correct advertising parameters are used, force the usage of the
common helper to enable advertising.
The change just moves the manual enabling of advertising from the
event handler into the management core so that the helper can
be actually shared.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Add the basic HCI structure for building the LE advertising parameters
command.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_amp_capable() function has only a single user inside the L2CAP
core. Instead of exporting the function, place it next to its user.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The AMP controller status constants need to be actually used to avoid
crypted hardcoded numbers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The special AMP controller id 0 is reserved for the BR/EDR controller
that has the main link. It is a fixed value and so use a constant for
this throughout the code to make it more visible when the handling is
for the BR/EDR channel or when it is for the AMP channel.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There are two defined HCI device types. One is for BR/EDR controllers
and the other is for AMP controllers. The HCI device type is not the
same as the AMP controller type. It just happens that currently the
defined types match, but that is not guaranteed.
Split the usage of AMP controller type into its own domain so that
it is possible to separate between BR/EDR controllers, 802.11 AMP
controllers and any other AMP technology that might be defined in
the future.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Add the constants for BR/EDR and 802.11 AMP controller types.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The list of controllers can be counted ahead of time and inline
inside the AMP discover handling. There is no need to export such
a function at all.
In addition just count the AMP controller and only allocated space
for a single mandatory BR/EDR controller. No need to allocate more
space than needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
A function is needed so that the HCI event processing can ask the mgmt
code to emit a new settings event. This is necessary e.g. when the event
processing does updates to mgmt related states without any dependency of
actual mgmt commands.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This flag is used to indicate whether we want to have advertising
enabled or not, so give it a more suitable name.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
While working on tcp listener refactoring, I found that it
would really make things easier if sock_common could include
the IPv6 addresses needed in the lookups, instead of doing
very complex games to get their values (depending on sock
being SYN_RECV, ESTABLISHED, TIME_WAIT)
For this to happen, I need to be sure that tcp6_timewait_sock
and tcp_timewait_sock consume same number of cache lines.
This is possible if we only use 32bits for tw_ttd, as we remove
one 32bit hole in inet_timewait_sock
inet_tw_time_stamp() is defined and used, even if its current
implementation looks like tcp_time_stamp : We might need finer
resolution for tcp_time_stamp in the future.
Before patch : sizeof(struct tcp6_timewait_sock) = 0xc8
After patch : sizeof(struct tcp6_timewait_sock) = 0xc0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Factor out the code that extracts the ports from skb_flow_dissect and
add a new function skb_flow_get_ports which can be re-used.
Suggested-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP listener refactoring, part 2 :
We can use a generic lookup, sockets being in whatever state, if
we are sure all relevant fields are at the same place in all socket
types (ESTABLISH, TIME_WAIT, SYN_RECV)
This patch removes these macros :
inet_addrpair, inet_addrpair, tw_addrpair, tw_portpair
And adds :
sk_portpair, sk_addrpair, sk_daddr, sk_rcv_saddr
Then, INET_TW_MATCH() is really the same than INET_MATCH()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Slave Page Response Timeout event indicates to the Host that a
slave page response timeout has occurred in the BR/EDR Controller.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 110
"7.7.72 Slave Page Response Timeout Event [New Section]
...
Note: this event will be generated if the slave BR/EDR Controller
responds to a page but does not receive the master FHS packet
(see Baseband, Section 8.3.3) within pagerespTO.
Event Parameters: NONE"
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Synchronization Train Complete event indicates that the Start
Synchronization Train command has completed.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 103
"7.7.67 Synchronization Train Complete Event [New Section]
...
Event Parameters:
Status 0x00 Start Synchronization Train command completed
successfully.
0x01-0xFF Start Synchronization Train command failed.
See Part D, Error Codes, for error codes and
descriptions."
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Start_Synchronization_Train command controls the Synchronization
Train functionality in the BR/EDR Controller.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 86
"7.1.51 Start Synchronization Train Command [New Section]
...
If connectionless slave broadcast mode is not enabled, the Command
Disallowed (0x0C) error code shall be returned. After receiving this
command and returning a Command Status event, the Baseband starts
attempting to send synchronization train packets containing information
related to the enabled Connectionless Slave Broadcast packet timing.
Note: The AFH_Channel_Map used in the synchronization train packets is
configured by the Set_AFH_Channel_Classification command and the local
channel classification in the BR/EDR Controller.
The synchronization train packets will be sent using the parameters
specified by the latest Write_Synchronization_Train_Parameters command.
The Synchronization Train will continue until synchronization_trainTO
slots (as specified in the last Write_Synchronization_Train command)
have passed or until the Host disables the Connectionless Slave Broadcast
logical transport."
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
he Set_Connectionless_Slave_Broadcast command controls the
Connectionless Slave Broadcast functionality in the BR/EDR
Controller.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 78
"7.1.49 Set Connectionless Slave Broadcast Command [New Section]
...
The LT_ADDR indicated in the Set_Connectionless_Slave_Broadcast shall be
pre-allocated using the HCI_Set_Reserved_LT_ADDR command. If the
LT_ADDR has not been reserved, the Unknown Connection Identifier (0x02)
error code shall be returned. If the controller is unable to reserve
sufficient bandwidth for the requested activity, the Connection Rejected
Due to Limited Resources (0x0D) error code shall be returned.
The LPO_Allowed parameter informs the BR/EDR Controller whether it is
allowed to sleep.
The Packet_Type parameter specifies which packet types are allowed. The
Host shall either enable BR packet types only, or shall enable EDR and DM1
packet types only.
The Interval_Min and Interval_Max parameters specify the range from which
the BR/EDR Controller must select the Connectionless Slave Broadcast
Interval. The selected Interval is returned."
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Write_Synchronization_Train_Parameters command configures
the Synchronization Train functionality in the BR/EDR Controller.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 97
"7.3.90 Write Synchronization Train Parameters Command [New Section]
...
Note: The AFH_Channel_Map used in the Synchronization Train packets is
configured by the Set_AFH_Channel_Classification command and the local
channel classification in the BR/EDR Controller.
Interval_Min and Interval_Max specify the allowed range of
Sync_Train_Interval. Refer to [Vol. 2], Part B, section 2.7.2 for
a detailed description of Sync_Train_Interval. The BR/EDR Controller shall
select an interval from this range and return it in Sync_Train_Interval.
If the Controller is unable to select a value from this range, it shall
return the Invalid HCI Command Parameters (0x12) error code.
Once started (via the Start_Synchronization_Train Command) the
Synchronization Train will continue until synchronization_trainTO slots have
passed or Connectionless Slave Broadcast has been disabled."
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Set_Connectionless_Slave_Broadcast_Data command provides the
ability for the Host to set Connectionless Slave Broadcast data in
the BR/EDR Controller.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 93
"7.3.88 Set Connectionless Slave Broadcast Data Command [New Section]
...
If connectionless slave broadcast mode is disabled, this data shall be
kept by the BR/EDR Controller and used once connectionless slave broadcast
mode is enabled. If connectionless slave broadcast mode is enabled,
and this command is successful, this data will be sent starting with
the next Connectionless Slave Broadcast instant.
The Data_Length field may be zero, in which case no data needs to be
provided.
The Host may fragment the data using the Fragment field in the command. If
the combined length of the fragments exceeds the capacity of the largest
allowed packet size specified in the Set Connectionless Slave Broadcast
command, all fragments associated with the data being assembled shall be
discarded and the Invalid HCI Command Parameters error (0x12) shall be
returned."
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Delete_Reserved_LT_ADDR command requests that the BR/EDR
Controller cancel the reservation for a specific LT_ADDR reserved for the
purposes of Connectionless Slave Broadcast.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 92
"7.3.87 Delete Reserved LT_ADDR Command [New Section]
...
If the LT_ADDR indicated in the LT_ADDR parameter is not reserved by the
BR/EDR Controller, it shall return the Unknown Connection Identifier (0x02)
error code.
If connectionless slave broadcast mode is still active, then the Controller
shall return the Command Disallowed (0x0C) error code."
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Set_Reserved_LT_ADDR command allows the host to request that the
BR/EDR Controller reserve a specific LT_ADDR for Connectionless Slave
Broadcast.
The Core Spec Addendum 4 adds this command in part B Connectionless
Slave Broadcast.
Bluetooth Core Specification Addendum 4 - Page 90
"7.3.86 Set Reserved LT_ADDR Command [New Section]
...
If the LT_ADDR indicated in the LT_ADDR parameter is already in use by the
BR/EDR Controller, it shall return the ACL Connection Already Exists (0x0B)
error code. If the LT_ADDR indicated in the LT_ADDR parameter is out of
range, the controller shall return the Invalid HCI Command Parameters (0x12)
error code. If the command succeeds, then the reserved LT_ADDR shall be
used when issuing subsequent Set Connectionless Slave Broadcast Data and
Set Connectionless Slave Broadcast commands.
To ensure that the reserved LT_ADDR is not already allocated, it is
recommended that this command be issued at some point after HCI_Reset is
issued but before page scanning is enabled or paging is initiated."
Signed-off-by: Dohyun Pyun <dh79.pyun@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: C S Bhargava <cs.bhargava@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Limit the current implementation to a single channel context used by
a single vif, thereby avoiding multi-vif/channel complexities.
Reuse the main function from AP CSA code, but move a portion out in
order to fit the STA scenario.
Add a new mac80211 HW flag so we don't break devices that don't support
channel switch with channel-contexts. The new behavior will be opt-in.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On dual-mode BR/EDR/LE and LE only controllers it is possible
to configure a random address. There are two types or random
addresses, one is static and the other private. Since the
random private addresses require special privacy feature to
be supported, the configuration of these two are kept separate.
This command allows for setting the static random address. It is
only supported on controllers with LE support. The static random
address is suppose to be valid for the lifetime of the controller
or at least until the next power cycle. To ensure such behavior,
setting of the address is limited to when the controller is
powered off.
The special BDADDR_ANY address (00:00:00:00:00:00) can be used to
disable the static address. This is also the default value.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch introduces a new mgmt command for enabling/disabling BR/EDR
functionality. This can be convenient when one wants to make a dual-mode
controller behave like a single-mode one. The command is only available
for dual-mode controllers and requires that LE is enabled before using
it. The BR/EDR setting can be enabled at any point, however disabling it
requires the controller to be powered off (otherwise a "rejected"
response will be sent).
Disabling the BR/EDR setting will automatically disable all other BR/EDR
related settings.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To allow treating dual-mode (BR/EDR/LE) controllers as single-mode ones
(LE-only) we want to introduce a new HCI_BREDR_ENABLED flag to track
whether BR/EDR is enabled or not (previously we simply looked at the
feature bit with lmp_bredr_enabled).
This patch add the new flag and updates the relevant places to test
against it instead of using lmp_bredr_enabled. The flag is by default
enabled when registering an adapter and only cleared if necessary once
the local features have been read during the HCI init procedure.
We cannot completely block BR/EDR usage in case user space uses raw HCI
sockets but the patch tries to block this in places where possible, such
as the various BR/EDR specific ioctls.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Hiding the Bluetooth high speed support behind a module parameter is
not really useful. This can be enabled and disabled at runtime via
the management interface. This also has the advantage that this can
now be changed per controller and not just global.
This patch removes the module parameter and exposes the high speed
setting of the management interface to all controllers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The BDADDR_LOCAL is a relict from userspace and has never been used
within the kernel. So remove that constant and replace it with a new
BDADDR_NONE that is similar to HCI_DEV_NONE with all bits set.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be.h
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_bus.h
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_synproxy.h
include/net/secure_seq.h
The conflicts are of two varieties:
1) Conflicts with Joe Perches's 'extern' removal from header file
function declarations. Usually it's an argument signature change
or a function being added/removed. The resolutions are trivial.
2) Some overlapping changes in qmi_wwan.c and be.h, one commit adds
a new value, another changes an existing value. That sort of
thing.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net
tree, they are:
* Fix BUG_ON splat due to malformed TCP packets seen by synproxy, from
Patrick McHardy.
* Fix possible weight overflow in lblc and lblcr schedulers due to
32-bits arithmetics, from Simon Kirby.
* Fix possible memory access race in the lblc and lblcr schedulers,
introduced when it was converted to use RCU, two patches from
Julian Anastasov.
* Fix hard dependency on CPU 0 when reading per-cpu stats in the
rate estimator, from Julian Anastasov.
* Fix race that may lead to object use after release, when invoking
ipvsadm -C && ipvsadm -R, introduced when adding RCU, from Julian
Anastasov.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices may not be able to report A-MSDUs in
single buffers. Drivers for such devices were
forced to re-assemble A-MSDUs which would then
be eventually disassembled by mac80211. This could
lead to CPU cache thrashing and poor performance.
Since A-MSDU has a single sequence number all
subframes share it. This was in conflict with
retransmission/duplication recovery
(IEEE802.11-2012: 9.3.2.10).
Patch introduces a new flag that is meant to be
set for all individually reported A-MSDU subframes
except the last one. This ensures the
last_seq_ctrl is updated after the last subframe
is processed. If an A-MSDU is actually a duplicate
transmission all reported subframes will be
properly discarded.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[johannes: add braces that were missing even before]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be useful for drivers if they have any failure cases
when joining an IBSS. Also move setting the queue parameters
to before this new call, in case the new driver op needs them
already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Warning(include/net/sock.h:411): No description found for parameter
'sk_max_pacing_rate'
Lets please "make htmldocs" and kbuild bot.
Reported-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Move sysctl_local_ports from a global variable into struct netns_ipv4.
- Modify inet_get_local_port_range to take a struct net, and update all
of the callers.
- Move the initialization of sysctl_local_ports into
sysctl_net_ipv4.c:ipv4_sysctl_init_net from inet_connection_sock.c
v2:
- Ensure indentation used tabs
- Fixed ip.h so it applies cleanly to todays net-next
v3:
- Compile fixes of strange callers of inet_get_local_port_range.
This patch now successfully passes an allmodconfig build.
Removed manual inlining of inet_get_local_port_range in ipv4_local_port_range
Originally-by: Samya <samya@twitter.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
include/net/xfrm.h
Simple conflict between Joe Perches "extern" removal for function
declarations in header files and the changes in Steffen's tree.
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
Two patches that are left from the last development cycle.
Manual merging of include/net/xfrm.h is needed. The conflict
can be solved as it is currently done in linux-next.
1) We announce the creation of temporary acquire state via an asyc event,
so the deletion should be annunced too. From Nicolas Dichtel.
2) The VTI tunnels do not real tunning, they just provide a routable
IPsec tunnel interface. So introduce and use xfrm_tunnel_notifier
instead of xfrm_tunnel for xfrm tunnel mode callback. From Fan Du.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of RCU api makes vxlan code easier to understand. It also
fixes bug due to missing ACCESS_ONCE() on sk_user_data dereference.
In rare case without ACCESS_ONCE() compiler might omit vs on
sk_user_data dereference.
Compiler can use vs as alias for sk->sk_user_data, resulting in
multiple sk_user_data dereference in rcu read context which
could change.
CC: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP packets hitting the SYN proxy through the SYNPROXY target are not
validated by TCP conntrack. When th->doff is below 5, an underflow happens
when calculating the options length, causing skb_header_pointer() to
return NULL and triggering the BUG_ON().
Handle this case gracefully by checking for NULL instead of using BUG_ON().
Reported-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Tested-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
As mentioned in commit afe4fd0624 ("pkt_sched: fq: Fair Queue packet
scheduler"), this patch adds a new socket option.
SO_MAX_PACING_RATE offers the application the ability to cap the
rate computed by transport layer. Value is in bytes per second.
u32 val = 1000000;
setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_MAX_PACING_RATE, &val, sizeof(val));
To be effectively paced, a flow must use FQ packet scheduler.
Note that a packet scheduler takes into account the headers for its
computations. The effective payload rate depends on MSS and retransmits
if any.
I chose to make this pacing rate a SOL_SOCKET option instead of a
TCP one because this can be used by other protocols.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Steinar H. Gunderson <sesse@google.com>
Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If IP_TOS or IP_TTL are specified as ancillary data, then sendmsg() sends out
packets with the specified TTL or TOS overriding the socket values specified
with the traditional setsockopt().
The struct inet_cork stores the values of TOS, TTL and priority that are
passed through the struct ipcm_cookie. If there are user-specified TOS
(tos != -1) or TTL (ttl != 0) in the struct ipcm_cookie, these values are
used to override the per-socket values. In case of TOS also the priority
is changed accordingly.
Two helper functions get_rttos and get_rtconn_flags are defined to take
into account the presence of a user specified TOS value when computing
RT_TOS and RT_CONN_FLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Fusco <ffusco@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables the IP_TTL and IP_TOS values passed from userspace to
be stored in the ipcm_cookie struct. Three fields are added to the struct:
- the TTL, expressed as __u8.
The allowed values are in the [1-255].
A value of 0 means that the TTL is not specified.
- the TOS, expressed as __s16.
The allowed values are in the range [0,255].
A value of -1 means that the TOS is not specified.
- the priority, expressed as a char and computed when
handling the ancillary data.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Fusco <ffusco@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A host might need net_secret[] and never open a single socket.
Problem added in commit aebda156a5
("net: defer net_secret[] initialization")
Based on prior patch from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
Reported-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@strressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is currently serialization network namespaces exiting and
network devices exiting as the final part of netdev_run_todo does not
happen under the rtnl_lock. This is compounded by the fact that the
only list of devices unregistering in netdev_run_todo is local to the
netdev_run_todo.
This lack of serialization in extreme cases results in network devices
unregistering in netdev_run_todo after the loopback device of their
network namespace has been freed (making dst_ifdown unsafe), and after
the their network namespace has exited (making the NETDEV_UNREGISTER,
and NETDEV_UNREGISTER_FINAL callbacks unsafe).
Add the missing serialization by a per network namespace count of how
many network devices are unregistering and having a wait queue that is
woken up whenever the count is decreased. The count and wait queue
allow default_device_exit_batch to wait until all of the unregistration
activity for a network namespace has finished before proceeding to
unregister the loopback device and then allowing the network namespace
to exit.
Only a single global wait queue is used because there is a single global
lock, and there is a single waiter, per network namespace wait queues
would be a waste of resources.
The per network namespace count of unregistering devices gives a
progress guarantee because the number of network devices unregistering
in an exiting network namespace must ultimately drop to zero (assuming
network device unregistration completes).
The basic logic remains the same as in v1. This patch is now half
comment and half rtnl_lock_unregistering an expanded version of
wait_event performs no extra work in the common case where no network
devices are unregistering when we get to default_device_exit_batch.
Reported-by: Francesco Ruggeri <fruggeri@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a router is doing DNAT for 6to4/6rd packets the latest
anti-spoofing commit 218774dc ("ipv6: add anti-spoofing checks for
6to4 and 6rd") will drop them because the IPv6 address embedded does
not match the IPv4 destination. This patch will allow them to pass by
testing if we have an address that matches on 6to4/6rd interface. I
have been hit by this problem using Fedora and IPV6TO4_IPV4ADDR.
Also, log the dropped packets (with rate limit).
Signed-off-by: Catalin(ux) M. BOIE <catab@embedromix.ro>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dumping routes on a system with lots rt6_infos in the fibs causes up to
11-order allocations in seq_file (which fail). While we could switch
there to vmalloc we could just implement the streaming interface for
/proc/net/ipv6_route. This patch switches /proc/net/ipv6_route from
single_open_net to seq_open_net.
loff_t *pos tracks dst entries.
Also kill never used struct rt6_proc_arg and now unused function
fib6_clean_all_ro.
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be used later by the IBSS CSA implementation of mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If it is needed to disconnect multiple virtual interfaces after
(WoWLAN-) suspend, the most obvious approach would be to iterate
all interfaces by calling ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces()
and then call ieee80211_resume_disconnect() for each one. This
is what the iwlmvm driver does.
Unfortunately, this causes a locking dependency from mac80211's
iflist_mtx to the key_mtx. This is problematic as the former is
intentionally never held while calling any driver operation to
allow drivers to iterate with their own locks held. The key_mtx
is held while installing a key into the driver though, so this
new lock dependency means drivers implementing the logic above
can no longer hold their own lock while iterating.
To fix this, add a new ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl()
function that iterates while the RTNL is already held. This is
true during suspend/resume, so that then the locking dependency
isn't introduced.
While at it, also refactor the various interface iterators and
keep only a single implementation called by the various cases.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new mgmt command for enabling and disabling
LE advertising. The command depends on the LE setting being enabled
first and will return a "rejected" response otherwise. The patch also
adds safeguards so that there will ever only be one set_le or
set_advertising command pending per adapter.
The response handling and new_settings event sending is done in an
asynchronous request callback, meaning raw HCI access from user space to
enable advertising (e.g. hciconfig leadv) will not trigger the
new_settings event. This is intentional since trying to support mixed
raw HCI and mgmt access would mean adding extra state tracking or new
helper functions, essentially negating the benefit of using the
asynchronous request framework. The HCI_LE_ENABLED and HCI_LE_PERIPHERAL
flags however are updated correctly even with raw HCI access so this
will not completely break subsequent access over mgmt.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds a new mgmt setting for LE advertising and hooks up the
necessary places in the mgmt code to operate on the HCI_LE_PERIPHERAL
flag (which corresponds to this setting). This patch does not yet add
any new command for enabling the setting - that is left for a subsequent
patch.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch updates the code to use an asynchronous request for handling
the enabling and disabling of LE support. This refactoring is necessary
as a preparation for adding advertising support, since when LE is
disabled we should also disable advertising, and the cleanest way to do
this is to perform the two respective HCI commands in the same
asynchronous request.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The NFC Forum NCI specification defines both a hardware and software
protocol when using a SPI physical transport to connect an NFC NCI
Chipset. The hardware requirement is that, after having raised the chip
select line, the SPI driver must wait for an INT line from the NFC
chipset to raise before it sends the data. The chip select must be
raised first though, because this is the signal that the NFC chipset
will detect to wake up and then raise its INT line. If the INT line
doesn't raise in a timely fashion, the SPI driver should abort
operation.
When data is transferred from Device host (DH) to NFC Controller (NFCC),
the signaling sequence is the following:
Data Transfer from DH to NFCC
• 1-Master asserts SPI_CSN
• 2-Slave asserts SPI_INT
• 3-Master sends NCI-over-SPI protocol header and payload data
• 4-Slave deasserts SPI_INT
• 5-Master deasserts SPI_CSN
When data must be transferred from NFCC to DH, things are a little bit
different.
Data Transfer from NFCC to DH
• 1-Slave asserts SPI_INT -> NFC chipset irq handler called -> process
reading from SPI
• 2-Master asserts SPI_CSN
• 3-Master send 2-octet NCI-over-SPI protocol header
• 4-Slave sends 2-octet NCI-over-SPI protocol payload length
• 5-Slave sends NCI-over-SPI protocol payload
• 6-Master deasserts SPI_CSN
In this case, SPI driver should function normally as it does today. Note
that the INT line can and will be lowered anytime between beginning of
step 3 and end of step 5. A low INT is therefore valid after chip select
has been raised.
This would be easily implemented in a single driver. Unfortunately, we
don't write the SPI driver and I had to imagine some workaround trick to
get the SPI and NFC drivers to work in a synchronized fashion. The trick
is the following:
- send an empty spi message: this will raise the chip select line, and
send nothing. We expect the /CS line will stay arisen because we asked
for it in the spi_transfer cs_change field
- wait for a completion, that will be completed by the NFC driver IRQ
handler when it knows we are in the process of sending data (NFC spec
says that we use SPI in a half duplex mode, so we are either sending or
receiving).
- when completed, proceed with the normal data send.
This has been tested and verified to work very consistently on a Nexus
10 (spi-s3c64xx driver). It may not work the same with other spi
drivers.
The previously defined nci_spi_ops{} whose intended purpose were to
address this problem are not used anymore and therefore totally removed.
The nci_spi_send() takes a new optional write_handshake_completion
completion pointer. If non NULL, the nci spi layer will run the above
trick when sending data to the NFC Chip. If NULL, the data is sent
normally all at once and it is then the NFC driver responsibility to
know what it's doing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Previously, nci_spi_recv_frame() would directly transmit incoming frames
to the NCI Core. However, it turns out that some NFC NCI Chips will add
additional proprietary headers that must be handled/removed before NCI
Core gets a chance to handle the frame. With this modification, the chip
phy or driver are now responsible to transmit incoming frames to NCI
Core after proper treatment, and NCI SPI becomes a driver helper instead
of sitting between the NFC driver and NCI Core.
As a general rule in NFC, *_recv_frame() APIs are used to deliver an
incoming frame to an upper layer. To better suit the actual purpose of
nci_spi_recv_frame(), and go along with its nci_spi_send()
counterpart, the function is renamed to nci_spi_read()
The skb is returned as the function result
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In order to send and receive ISO7816 APDUs to and from NFC embedded
secure elements, we define a specific netlink command.
On a typical SE use case, host applications will send very few APDUs
(Less than 10) per transaction. This is why we decided to go for a
simple netlink API. Defining another NFC socket protocol for such low
traffic would have been overengineered.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
SENS_RES has no specific endiannes attached to it, the kernel ABI is the
following one: Byte 2 (As described by the NFC Forum Digital spec) is
the u16 most significant byte.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This adds support for NFC-A technology at 106 kbits/s. The stack can
detect tags of type 1 and 2. There is no support for collision
detection. Tags can be read and written by using a user space
application or a daemon like neard.
The flow of polling operations for NFC-A detection is as follow:
1 - The digital stack sends the SENS_REQ command to the NFC device.
2 - The NFC device receives a SENS_RES response from a peer device and
passes it to the digital stack.
3 - If the SENS_RES response identifies a type 1 tag, detection ends.
NFC core is notified through nfc_targets_found().
4 - Otherwise, the digital stack sets the cascade level of NFCID1 to
CL1 and sends the SDD_REQ command.
5 - The digital stack selects SEL_CMD and SEL_PAR according to the
cascade level and sends the SDD_REQ command.
4 - The digital stack receives a SDD_RES response for the cascade level
passed in the SDD_REQ command.
5 - The digital stack analyses (part of) NFCID1 and verify BCC.
6 - The digital stack sends the SEL_REQ command with the NFCID1
received in the SDD_RES.
6 - The peer device replies with a SEL_RES response
7 - Detection ends if NFCID1 is complete. NFC core notified of new
target by nfc_targets_found().
8 - If NFCID1 is not complete, the cascade level is incremented (up
to and including CL3) and the execution continues at step 5 to
get the remaining bytes of NFCID1.
Once target detection is done, type 1 and 2 tag commands must be
handled by a user space application (i.e neard) through the NFC core.
Responses for type 1 tag are returned directly to user space via NFC
core.
Responses of type 2 commands are handled differently. The digital stack
doesn't analyse the type of commands sent through im_transceive() and
must differentiate valid responses from error ones.
The response process flow is as follow:
1 - If the response length is 16 bytes, it is a valid response of a
READ command. the packet is returned to the NFC core through the
callback passed to im_transceive(). Processing stops.
2 - If the response is 1 byte long and is a ACK byte (0x0A), it is a
valid response of a WRITE command for example. First packet byte
is set to 0 for no-error and passed back to the NFC core.
Processing stops.
3 - Any other response is treated as an error and -EIO error code is
returned to the NFC core through the response callback.
Moreover, since the driver can't differentiate success response from a
NACK response, the digital stack has to handle CRC calculation.
Thus, this patch also adds support for CRC calculation. If the driver
doesn't handle it, the digital stack will calculate CRC and will add it
to sent frames. CRC will also be checked and removed from received
frames. Pointers to the correct CRC calculation functions are stored in
the digital stack device structure when a target is detected. This
avoids the need to check the current target type for every call to
im_transceive() and for every response received from a peer device.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This implements the mechanism used to send commands to the driver in
initiator mode through in_send_cmd().
Commands are serialized and sent to the driver by using a work item
on the system workqueue. Responses are handled asynchronously by
another work item. Once the digital stack receives the response through
the command_complete callback, the next command is sent to the driver.
This also implements the polling mechanism. It's handled by a work item
cycling on all supported protocols. The start poll command for a given
protocol is sent to the driver using the mechanism described above.
The process continues until a peer is discovered or stop_poll is
called. This patch implements the poll function for NFC-A that sends a
SENS_REQ command and waits for the SENS_RES response.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This is the initial commit of the NFC Digital Protocol stack
implementation.
It offers an interface for devices that don't have an embedded NFC
Digital protocol stack. The driver instantiates the digital stack by
calling nfc_digital_allocate_device(). Within the nfc_digital_ops
structure, the driver specifies a set of function pointers for driver
operations. These functions must be implemented by the driver and are:
in_configure_hw:
Hardware configuration for RF technology and communication framing in
initiator mode. This is a synchronous function.
in_send_cmd:
Initiator mode data exchange using RF technology and framing previously
set with in_configure_hw. The peer response is returned through
callback cb. If an io error occurs or the peer didn't reply within the
specified timeout (ms), the error code is passed back through the resp
pointer. This is an asynchronous function.
tg_configure_hw:
Hardware configuration for RF technology and communication framing in
target mode. This is a synchronous function.
tg_send_cmd:
Target mode data exchange using RF technology and framing previously
set with tg_configure_hw. The peer next command is returned through
callback cb. If an io error occurs or the peer didn't reply within the
specified timeout (ms), the error code is passed back through the resp
pointer. This is an asynchronous function.
tg_listen:
Put the device in listen mode waiting for data from the peer device.
This is an asynchronous function.
tg_listen_mdaa:
If supported, put the device in automatic listen mode with mode
detection and automatic anti-collision. In this mode, the device
automatically detects the RF technology and executes the
anti-collision detection using the command responses specified in
mdaa_params. The mdaa_params structure contains SENS_RES, NFCID1, and
SEL_RES for 106A RF tech. NFCID2 and system code (sc) for 212F and
424F. The driver returns the NFC-DEP ATR_REQ command through cb. The
digital stack deducts the RF tech by analyzing the SoD of the frame
containing the ATR_REQ command. This is an asynchronous function.
switch_rf:
Turns device radio on or off. The stack does not call explicitly
switch_rf to turn the radio on. A call to in|tg_configure_hw must turn
the device radio on.
abort_cmd:
Discard the last sent command.
Then the driver registers itself against the digital stack by using
nfc_digital_register_device() which in turn registers the digital stack
against the NFC core layer. The digital stack implements common NFC
operations like dev_up(), dev_down(), start_poll(), stop_poll(), etc.
This patch is only a skeleton and NFC operations are just stubs.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NCI SPI layer should not manage the nci dev, this is the job of the nci
chipset driver. This layer should be limited to frame/deframe nci
packets, and optionnaly check integrity (crc) and manage the ack/nak
protocol.
The NCI SPI must not be mixed up with an NCI dev. spi_[dev|device] are
therefore renamed to a simple spi for more clarity.
The header and crc sizes are moved to nci.h so that drivers can use
them to reserve space in outgoing skbs.
nci_spi_send() is exported to be accessible by drivers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
struct nfc_phy_ops is not an HCI structure only, it can also be used by
NCI or direct NFC Core drivers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
An hci dev is an hdev. An nci dev is an ndev. Calling an nci spi dev an
ndev is misleading since it's not the same thing. The nci dev contained
in the nci spi dev is also named inconsistently.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Use a more standard kernel style macro logging name.
Standardize the spacing of the "NFC: " prefix.
Add \n to uses, remove from macro.
Fix the defective uses that already had a \n.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Use the generic kernel function instead of a home-grown
one that does the same thing.
Add \n to uses not at the macro. Don't add \n where
the nfc_dev_dbg macro mistakenly had them already.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This will be needed by all NFC driver implementing the SE ops.
Signed-off-by: Arron Wang <arron.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
We currently accept cookies that were created less than 4 minutes ago
(ie, cookies with counter delta 0-3). Combined with the 8 mss table
values, this yields 32 possible values (out of 2**32) that will be valid.
Reducing the lifetime to < 2 minutes halves the guessing chance while
still providing a large enough period.
While at it, get rid of jiffies value -- they overflow too quickly on
32 bit platforms.
getnstimeofday is used to create a counter that increments every 64s.
perf shows getnstimeofday cost is negible compared to sha_transform;
normal tcp initial sequence number generation uses getnstimeofday, too.
Reported-by: Jakob Lell <jakob@jakoblell.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MRP doesn't implement the periodictimer in 802.1Q, so it never retries
if packets get lost. I ran into this problem when MRP sent a MVRP
JoinIn before the interface was fully up. The JoinIn was lost, MRP
didn't retry, and MVRP registration failed.
Tested against Juniper QFabric switches
Signed-off-by: Noel Burton-Krahn <noel@burton-krahn.com>
Acked-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an extra u64 rate parameter to psched_ratecfg_precompute()
so that some qdisc can opt-in for 64bit rates in the future,
to overcome the ~34 Gbits limit.
psched_ratecfg_getrate() reports a legacy structure to
tc utility, so if actual rate is above the 32bit rate field,
cap it to the 34Gbit limit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If local fragmentation is allowed, then ip_select_ident() and
ip_select_ident_more() need to generate unique IDs to ensure
correct defragmentation on the peer.
For example, if IPsec (tunnel mode) has to encrypt large skbs
that have local_df bit set, then all IP fragments that belonged
to different ESP datagrams would have used the same identificator.
If one of these IP fragments would get lost or reordered, then
peer could possibly stitch together wrong IP fragments that did
not belong to the same datagram. This would lead to a packet loss
or data corruption.
Signed-off-by: Ansis Atteka <aatteka@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For those controller that support the HCI_Set_Event_Mask_Page_2 command
we should include it in the init sequence. This patch implements sending
of the command and enables the events in it based on supported features
(currently only CSB is checked).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds support for reading the synchronization train parameters
for controllers that support the feature. Since the feature is
detectable through the local features page 2, which is retreived only in
stage 3 of the HCI init sequence, there is no other option than to add a
fourth stage to the init sequence.
For now the patch doesn't yet add storing of the parameters, but it is
nevertheless convenient to have around to see what kind of parameters
various controllers use by default (analyzable e.g. with the btmon user
space tool).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In the case of blocking sockets we should not proceed with sendmsg() if
the socket has the BT_SK_SUSPEND flag set. So far the code was only
ensuring that POLLOUT doesn't get set for non-blocking sockets using
poll() but there was no code in place to ensure that blocking sockets do
the right thing when writing to them.
This patch adds a new bt_sock_wait_ready helper function to sleep in the
sendmsg call if the BT_SK_SUSPEND flag is set, and wake up as soon as it
is unset. It also updates the L2CAP and RFCOMM sendmsg callbacks to take
advantage of this new helper function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
commit 578bc3ef1e ("ipvs: reorganize dest trash") added
IP_VS_DEST_STATE_REMOVING flag and RCU callback named
ip_vs_dest_wait_readers() to keep dests and services after
removal for at least a RCU grace period. But we have the
following corner cases:
- we can not reuse the same dest if its service is removed
while IP_VS_DEST_STATE_REMOVING is still set because another dest
removal in the first grace period can not extend this period.
It can happen when ipvsadm -C && ipvsadm -R is used.
- dest->svc can be replaced but ip_vs_in_stats() and
ip_vs_out_stats() have no explicit read memory barriers
when accessing dest->svc. It can happen that dest->svc
was just freed (replaced) while we use it to update
the stats.
We solve the problems as follows:
- IP_VS_DEST_STATE_REMOVING is removed and we ensure a fixed
idle period for the dest (IP_VS_DEST_TRASH_PERIOD). idle_start
will remember when for first time after deletion we noticed
dest->refcnt=0. Later, the connections can grab a reference
while in RCU grace period but if refcnt becomes 0 we can
safely free the dest and its svc.
- dest->svc becomes RCU pointer. As result, we add explicit
RCU locking in ip_vs_in_stats() and ip_vs_out_stats().
- __ip_vs_unbind_svc is renamed to __ip_vs_svc_put(), it
now can free the service immediately or after a RCU grace
period. dest->svc is not set to NULL anymore.
As result, unlinked dests and their services are
freed always after IP_VS_DEST_TRASH_PERIOD period, unused
services are freed after a RCU grace period.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Schedulers such as lblc and lblcr require the weight to be as high as the
maximum number of active connections. In commit b552f7e3a9
("ipvs: unify the formula to estimate the overhead of processing
connections"), the consideration of inactconns and activeconns was cleaned
up to always count activeconns as 256 times more important than inactconns.
In cases where 3000 or more connections are expected, a weight of 3000 *
256 * 3000 connections overflows the 32-bit signed result used to determine
if rescheduling is required.
On amd64, this merely changes the multiply and comparison instructions to
64-bit. On x86, a 64-bit result is already present from imull, so only
a few more comparison instructions are emitted.
Signed-off-by: Simon Kirby <sim@hostway.ca>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The struct for HCI_Set_Event_Mask is never used. Instead a local 8-byte
array is used for sending this command. Therefore, remove the
unnecessary struct definition.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This makes it more convenient to check for rfkill (no need to check for
dev->rfkill before calling rfkill_blocked()) and also avoids potential
races if the RFKILL state needs to be checked from within the rfkill
callback.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for you net tree,
mostly targeted to ipset, they are:
* Fix ICMPv6 NAT due to wrong comparison, code instead of type, from
Phil Oester.
* Fix RCU race in conntrack extensions release path, from Michal Kubecek.
* Fix missing inversion in the userspace ipset test command match if
the nomatch option is specified, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Skip layer 4 protocol matching in ipset in case of IPv6 fragments,
also from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Fix sequence adjustment in nfnetlink_queue due to using the netlink
skb instead of the network skb, from Gao feng.
* Make sure we cannot swap of sets with different layer 3 family in
ipset, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Fix possible bogus matching in ipset if hash sets with net elements
are used, from Oliver Smith.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introcuces a new HCI socket channel that allows user
applications to take control over a specific HCI device. The application
gains exclusive access to this device and forces the kernel to stay away
and not manage it. In case of the management interface it will actually
hide the device.
Such operation is useful for security testing tools that need to operate
underneath the Bluetooth stack and need full control over a device. The
advantage here is that the kernel still provides the service of hardware
abstraction and HCI level access. The use of Bluetooth drivers for
hardware access also means that sniffing tools like btmon or hcidump
are still working and the whole set of transaction can be traced with
existing tools.
With the new channel it is possible to send HCI commands, ACL and SCO
data packets and receive HCI events, ACL and SCO packets from the
device. The format follows the well established H:4 protocol.
The new HCI user channel can only be established when a device has been
through its setup routine and is currently powered down. This is
enforced to not cause any problems with current operations. In addition
only one user channel per HCI device is allowed. It is exclusive access
for one user application. Access to this channel is limited to process
with CAP_NET_RAW capability.
Using this new facility does not require any external library or special
ioctl or socket filters. Just create the socket and bind it. After that
the file descriptor is ready to speak H:4 protocol.
struct sockaddr_hci addr;
int fd;
fd = socket(AF_BLUETOOTH, SOCK_RAW, BTPROTO_HCI);
memset(&addr, 0, sizeof(addr));
addr.hci_family = AF_BLUETOOTH;
addr.hci_dev = 0;
addr.hci_channel = HCI_CHANNEL_USER;
bind(fd, (struct sockaddr *) &addr, sizeof(addr));
The example shows on how to create a user channel for hci0 device. Error
handling has been left out of the example. However with the limitations
mentioned above it is advised to handle errors. Binding of the user
cahnnel socket can fail for various reasons. Specifically if the device
is currently activated by BlueZ or if the access permissions are not
present.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch introduces a new user channel flag that allows to give full
control of a HCI device to a user application. The kernel will stay away
from the device and does not allow any further modifications of the
device states.
The existing raw flag is not used since it has a bit of unclear meaning
due to its legacy. Using a new flag makes the code clearer.
A device with the user channel flag set can still be enumerate using the
legacy API, but it does not longer enumerate using the new management
interface used by BlueZ 5 and beyond. This is intentional to not confuse
users of modern systems.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Commit 68b80f11 (netfilter: nf_nat: fix RCU races) introduced
RCU protection for freeing extension data when reallocation
moves them to a new location. We need the same protection when
freeing them in nf_ct_ext_free() in order to prevent a
use-after-free by other threads referencing a NAT extension data
via bysource list.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Brown paper bag fix in HTB scheduler, class options set incorrectly
due to a typoe. Fix from Vimalkumar.
2) It's possible for the ipv6 FIB garbage collector to run before all
the necessary datastructure are setup during init, defer the
notifier registry to avoid this problem. Fix from Michal Kubecek.
3) New i40e ethernet driver from the Intel folks.
4) Add new qmi wwan device IDs, from Bjørn Mork.
5) Doorbell lock in bnx2x driver is not initialized properly in some
configurations, fix from Ariel Elior.
6) Revert an ipv6 packet option padding change that broke standardized
ipv6 implementation test suites. From Jiri Pirko.
7) Fix synchronization of ARP information in bonding layer, from
Nikolay Aleksandrov.
8) Fix missing error return resulting in illegal memory accesses in
openvswitch, from Daniel Borkmann.
9) SCTP doesn't signal poll events properly due to mistaken operator
precedence, fix also from Daniel Borkmann.
10) __netdev_pick_tx() passes wrong index to sk_tx_queue_set() which
essentially disables caching of TX queue in sockets :-/ Fix from
Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (29 commits)
net_sched: htb: fix a typo in htb_change_class()
net: qmi_wwan: add new Qualcomm devices
ipv6: don't call fib6_run_gc() until routing is ready
net: tilegx driver: avoid compiler warning
fib6_rules: fix indentation
irda: vlsi_ir: Remove casting the return value which is a void pointer
irda: donauboe: Remove casting the return value which is a void pointer
net: fix multiqueue selection
net: sctp: fix smatch warning in sctp_send_asconf_del_ip
net: sctp: fix bug in sctp_poll for SOCK_SELECT_ERR_QUEUE
net: fib: fib6_add: fix potential NULL pointer dereference
net: ovs: flow: fix potential illegal memory access in __parse_flow_nlattrs
bcm63xx_enet: remove deprecated IRQF_DISABLED
net: korina: remove deprecated IRQF_DISABLED
macvlan: Move skb_clone check closer to call
qlcnic: Fix warning reported by kbuild test robot.
bonding: fix bond_arp_rcv setting and arp validate desync state
bonding: fix store_arp_validate race with mode change
ipv6/exthdrs: accept tlv which includes only padding
bnx2x: avoid atomic allocations during initialization
...
When loading the ipv6 module, ndisc_init() is called before
ip6_route_init(). As the former registers a handler calling
fib6_run_gc(), this opens a window to run the garbage collector
before necessary data structures are initialized. If a network
device is initialized in this window, adding MAC address to it
triggers a NETDEV_CHANGEADDR event, leading to a crash in
fib6_clean_all().
Take the event handler registration out of ndisc_init() into a
separate function ndisc_late_init() and move it after
ip6_route_init().
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first fixes namespace issues which causes a kernel
NULL pointer dereference, the second fixes uevent
handling to work better with udev, and the third
switches some code to use srlcpy instead of strncpy
in order to be safer.
All changes have been baking in for-next for at least
2 weeks.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
Comment: GPGTools - http://gpgtools.org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=YbFT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus-3.12-merge' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs
Pull 9p updates from Eric Van Hensbergen:
"Minor 9p fixes and tweaks for 3.12 merge window
The first fixes namespace issues which causes a kernel NULL pointer
dereference, the second fixes uevent handling to work better with
udev, and the third switches some code to use srlcpy instead of
strncpy in order to be safer.
All changes have been baking in for-next for at least 2 weeks"
* tag 'for-linus-3.12-merge' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
fs/9p: avoid accessing utsname after namespace has been torn down
9p: send uevent after adding/removing mount_tag attribute
fs: 9p: use strlcpy instead of strncpy
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
"Noteworthy changes this time around:
1) Multicast rejoin support for team driver, from Jiri Pirko.
2) Centralize and simplify TCP RTT measurement handling in order to
reduce the impact of bad RTO seeding from SYN/ACKs. Also, when
both timestamps and local RTT measurements are available prefer
the later because there are broken middleware devices which
scramble the timestamp.
From Yuchung Cheng.
3) Add TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT socket option to limit the amount of kernel
memory consumed to queue up unsend user data. From Eric Dumazet.
4) Add a "physical port ID" abstraction for network devices, from
Jiri Pirko.
5) Add a "suppress" operation to influence fib_rules lookups, from
Stefan Tomanek.
6) Add a networking development FAQ, from Paul Gortmaker.
7) Extend the information provided by tcp_probe and add ipv6 support,
from Daniel Borkmann.
8) Use RCU locking more extensively in openvswitch data paths, from
Pravin B Shelar.
9) Add SCTP support to openvswitch, from Joe Stringer.
10) Add EF10 chip support to SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.
11) Add new SYNPROXY netfilter target, from Patrick McHardy.
12) Compute a rate approximation for sending in TCP sockets, and use
this to more intelligently coalesce TSO frames. Furthermore, add
a new packet scheduler which takes advantage of this estimate when
available. From Eric Dumazet.
13) Allow AF_PACKET fanouts with random selection, from Daniel
Borkmann.
14) Add ipv6 support to vxlan driver, from Cong Wang"
Resolved conflicts as per discussion.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1218 commits)
openvswitch: Fix alignment of struct sw_flow_key.
netfilter: Fix build errors with xt_socket.c
tcp: Add missing braces to do_tcp_setsockopt
caif: Add missing braces to multiline if in cfctrl_linkup_request
bnx2x: Add missing braces in bnx2x:bnx2x_link_initialize
vxlan: Fix kernel panic on device delete.
net: mvneta: implement ->ndo_do_ioctl() to support PHY ioctls
net: mvneta: properly disable HW PHY polling and ensure adjust_link() works
icplus: Use netif_running to determine device state
ethernet/arc/arc_emac: Fix huge delays in large file copies
tuntap: orphan frags before trying to set tx timestamp
tuntap: purge socket error queue on detach
qlcnic: use standard NAPI weights
ipv6:introduce function to find route for redirect
bnx2x: VF RSS support - VF side
bnx2x: VF RSS support - PF side
vxlan: Notify drivers for listening UDP port changes
net: usbnet: update addr_assign_type if appropriate
driver/net: enic: update enic maintainers and driver
driver/net: enic: Exposing symbols for Cisco's low latency driver
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_platform.c
net/bridge/br_multicast.c
net/ipv6/sit.c
The conflicts were minor:
1) sit.c changes overlap with change to ip_tunnel_xmit() signature.
2) br_multicast.c had an overlap between computing max_delay using
msecs_to_jiffies and turning MLDV2_MRC() into an inline function
with a name using lowercase instead of uppercase letters.
3) stmmac had two overlapping changes, one which conditionally allocated
and hooked up a dma_cfg based upon the presence of the pbl OF property,
and another one handling store-and-forward DMA made. The latter of
which should not go into the new of_find_property() basic block.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds two more ndo ops: ndo_add_rx_vxlan_port() and
ndo_del_rx_vxlan_port().
Drivers can get notifications through the above functions about changes
of the UDP listening port of VXLAN. Also, when physical ports come up,
now they can call vxlan_get_rx_port() in order to obtain the port number(s)
of the existing VXLAN interface in case they already up before them.
This information about the listening UDP port would be used for VXLAN
related offloads.
A big thank you to John Fastabend (john.r.fastabend@intel.com) for his
input and his suggestions on this patch set.
CC: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Joseph Gasparakis <joseph.gasparakis@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of MLDV2_MRC and use our new macros for mantisse and
exponent to calculate Maximum Response Delay out of the Maximum
Response Code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i) RFC3810, 9.2. Query Interval [QI] says:
The Query Interval variable denotes the interval between General
Queries sent by the Querier. Default value: 125 seconds. [...]
ii) RFC3810, 9.3. Query Response Interval [QRI] says:
The Maximum Response Delay used to calculate the Maximum Response
Code inserted into the periodic General Queries. Default value:
10000 (10 seconds) [...] The number of seconds represented by the
[Query Response Interval] must be less than the [Query Interval].
iii) RFC3810, 9.12. Older Version Querier Present Timeout [OVQPT] says:
The Older Version Querier Present Timeout is the time-out for
transitioning a host back to MLDv2 Host Compatibility Mode. When an
MLDv1 query is received, MLDv2 hosts set their Older Version Querier
Present Timer to [Older Version Querier Present Timeout].
This value MUST be ([Robustness Variable] times (the [Query Interval]
in the last Query received)) plus ([Query Response Interval]).
Hence, on *default* the timeout results in:
[RV] = 2, [QI] = 125sec, [QRI] = 10sec
[OVQPT] = [RV] * [QI] + [QRI] = 260sec
Having that said, we currently calculate [OVQPT] (here given as 'switchback'
variable) as ...
switchback = (idev->mc_qrv + 1) * max_delay
RFC3810, 9.12. says "the [Query Interval] in the last Query received". In
section "9.14. Configuring timers", it is said:
This section is meant to provide advice to network administrators on
how to tune these settings to their network. Ambitious router
implementations might tune these settings dynamically based upon
changing characteristics of the network. [...]
iv) RFC38010, 9.14.2. Query Interval:
The overall level of periodic MLD traffic is inversely proportional
to the Query Interval. A longer Query Interval results in a lower
overall level of MLD traffic. The value of the Query Interval MUST
be equal to or greater than the Maximum Response Delay used to
calculate the Maximum Response Code inserted in General Query
messages.
I assume that was why switchback is calculated as is (3 * max_delay), although
this setting seems to be meant for routers only to configure their [QI]
interval for non-default intervals. So usage here like this is clearly wrong.
Concluding, the current behaviour in IPv6's multicast code is not conform
to the RFC as switch back is calculated wrongly. That is, it has a too small
value, so MLDv2 hosts switch back again to MLDv2 way too early, i.e. ~30secs
instead of ~260secs on default.
Hence, introduce necessary helper functions and fix this up properly as it
should be.
Introduced in 06da92283 ("[IPV6]: Add MLDv2 support."). Credits to Hannes
Frederic Sowa who also had a hand in this as well. Also thanks to Hangbin Liu
who did initial testing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_rcv_established() returns only one value namely 0. We change the return
value to void (as suggested by David Miller).
After commit 0c24604b (tcp: implement RFC 5961 4.2), we no longer send RSTs in
response to SYNs. We can remove the check and processing on the return value of
tcp_rcv_established().
We also fix jtcp_rcv_established() in tcp_probe.c to match that of
tcp_rcv_established().
Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this patch is to harmonize cleanup done on a skbuff on rx path.
Before this patch, behaviors were different depending of the tunnel type.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this patch is to harmonize cleanup done on a skbuff on xmit path.
Before this patch, behaviors were different depending of the tunnel type.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This argument is not used, let's remove it.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This argument is not used, let's remove it.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the llc_<foo> static inlines to the
equivalents from etherdevice.h and remove
the llc_<foo> static inline functions.
llc_mac_null -> is_zero_ether_addr
llc_mac_multicast -> is_multicast_ether_addr
llc_mac_match -> ether_addr_equal
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please accept this batch of updates intended for the 3.12 stream.
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says this:
"This time I have various improvements all over the place: IBSS, mesh,
testmode, AP client powersave handling, one of the rare rfkill patches
and some code cleanup."
Also for mac80211:
"And I also have some more changes for -next, just a few small fixes and
improvements, nothing really stands out."
And for iwlwifi:
"This time I have some powersave work (notably uAPSD support), CQM
offloads, support for a new firmware API and various code cleanups."
Regarding the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"Patches to 3.12, here we have:
* implementation of a proper tty_port for RFCOMM devices, this fixes some
issues people were seeing lately in the kernel.
* Add voice_setting option for SCO, it is used for SCO Codec selection
* bugfixes, small improvements and clean ups"
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"With this one we have:
- A few pn533 improvements and minor fixes. Testing our pn533 driver
against Google's NCI stack triggered a few issues that we fixed now.
We also added Tx fragmentation support to this driver.
- More NFC secure element handling. We added a GET_SE netlink command
for getting all the discovered secure elements, and we defined 2
additional secure element netlink event (transaction and connectivity).
We also fixed a couple of typos and copy-paste bugs from the secure
element handling code.
- Firmware download support for the pn544 driver. This chipset can enter a
special mode where it's waiting for firmware blobs to replace the
already flashed one. We now support that mode."
With repect to the ath tree, Kalle says:
"New features in ath10k are rx/tx checsumming in hw and survey scan
implemented by Michal. Also he made fixes to different areas of the
driver, most notable being fixing the case when using two streams and
reducing the number of interface combinations to avoid firmware crashes.
Bartosz did a clean related to how we handle SoC power save in PCI
layer.
For ath6kl Mohammed and Vasanth sent each a patch to fix two infrequent
crashes."
I also pulled the wireless tree into wireless-next to support a
request from Johannes. On top of all that, there are the usual
sort of driver updates. The mwifiex, brcmfmac, brcmsmac, ath9k,
and rt2x00 drivers all get some attention, as does the bcma bus and
a few other random bits here and there.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
"A lot of activities on the cgroup front. Most changes aren't visible
to userland at all at this point and are laying foundation for the
planned unified hierarchy.
- The biggest change is decoupling the lifetime management of css
(cgroup_subsys_state) from that of cgroup's. Because controllers
(cpu, memory, block and so on) will need to be dynamically enabled
and disabled, css which is the association point between a cgroup
and a controller may come and go dynamically across the lifetime of
a cgroup. Till now, css's were created when the associated cgroup
was created and stayed till the cgroup got destroyed.
Assumptions around this tight coupling permeated through cgroup
core and controllers. These assumptions are gradually removed,
which consists bulk of patches, and css destruction path is
completely decoupled from cgroup destruction path. Note that
decoupling of creation path is relatively easy on top of these
changes and the patchset is pending for the next window.
- cgroup has its own event mechanism cgroup.event_control, which is
only used by memcg. It is overly complex trying to achieve high
flexibility whose benefits seem dubious at best. Going forward,
new events will simply generate file modified event and the
existing mechanism is being made specific to memcg. This pull
request contains prepatory patches for such change.
- Various fixes and cleanups"
Fixed up conflict in kernel/cgroup.c as per Tejun.
* 'for-3.12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (69 commits)
cgroup: fix cgroup_css() invocation in css_from_id()
cgroup: make cgroup_write_event_control() use css_from_dir() instead of __d_cgrp()
cgroup: make cgroup_event hold onto cgroup_subsys_state instead of cgroup
cgroup: implement CFTYPE_NO_PREFIX
cgroup: make cgroup_css() take cgroup_subsys * instead and allow NULL subsys
cgroup: rename cgroup_css_from_dir() to css_from_dir() and update its syntax
cgroup: fix cgroup_write_event_control()
cgroup: fix subsystem file accesses on the root cgroup
cgroup: change cgroup_from_id() to css_from_id()
cgroup: use css_get() in cgroup_create() to check CSS_ROOT
cpuset: remove an unncessary forward declaration
cgroup: RCU protect each cgroup_subsys_state release
cgroup: move subsys file removal to kill_css()
cgroup: factor out kill_css()
cgroup: decouple cgroup_subsys_state destruction from cgroup destruction
cgroup: replace cgroup->css_kill_cnt with ->nr_css
cgroup: bounce cgroup_subsys_state ref kill confirmation to a work item
cgroup: move cgroup->subsys[] assignment to online_css()
cgroup: reorganize css init / exit paths
cgroup: add __rcu modifier to cgroup->subsys[]
...
Fengguang reported:
net/built-in.o: In function `in6_dev_finish_destroy':
(.text+0x4ca7d): undefined reference to `snmp_mib_free'
this is due to snmp_mib_free() is defined when CONFIG_INET is enabled,
but in6_dev_finish_destroy() is now moved to core kernel.
I think snmp_mib_free() is small enough to be inlined, so just make it
static inline.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the IPv6 version of "arp_reduce", ndisc_send_na()
will be needed.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
route short circuit only has IPv4 part, this patch adds
the IPv6 part. nd_tbl will be needed.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds IPv6 support to vxlan device, as the new version
RFC already mentions it:
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-mahalingam-dutt-dcops-vxlan-03
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case IPv6 is compiled as a module, introduce a stub
for ipv6_sock_mc_join and ipv6_sock_mc_drop etc.. It will be used
by vxlan module. Suggested by Ben.
This is an ugly but easy solution for now.
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be used by vxlan, and may not be inlined.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes warnings introduced by the qdisc default patch.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default, the pfifo_fast queue discipline has been used by default
for all devices. But we have better choices now.
This patch allow setting the default queueing discipline with sysctl.
This allows easy use of better queueing disciplines on all devices
without having to use tc qdisc scripts. It is intended to allow
an easy path for distributions to make fq_codel or sfq the default
qdisc.
This patch also makes pfifo_fast more of a first class qdisc, since
it is now possible to manually override the default and explicitly
use pfifo_fast. The behavior for systems who do not use the sysctl
is unchanged, they still get pfifo_fast
Also removes leftover random # in sysctl net core.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
This pull request fixes some issues that arise when 6in4 or 4in6 tunnels
are used in combination with IPsec, all from Hannes Frederic Sowa and a
null pointer dereference when queueing packets to the policy hold queue.
1) We might access the local error handler of the wrong address family if
6in4 or 4in6 tunnel is protected by ipsec. Fix this by addind a pointer
to the correct local_error to xfrm_state_afinet.
2) Add a helper function to always refer to the correct interpretation
of skb->sk.
3) Call skb_reset_inner_headers to record the position of the inner headers
when adding a new one in various ipv6 tunnels. This is needed to identify
the addresses where to send back errors in the xfrm layer.
4) Dereference inner ipv6 header if encapsulated to always call the
right error handler.
5) Choose protocol family by skb protocol to not call the wrong
xfrm{4,6}_local_error handler in case an ipv6 sockets is used
in ipv4 mode.
6) Partly revert "xfrm: introduce helper for safe determination of mtu"
because this introduced pmtu discovery problems.
7) Set skb->protocol on tcp, raw and ip6_append_data genereated skbs.
We need this to get the correct mtu informations in xfrm.
8) Fix null pointer dereference in xdst_queue_output.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After hearing many people over past years complaining against TSO being
bursty or even buggy, we are proud to present automatic sizing of TSO
packets.
One part of the problem is that tcp_tso_should_defer() uses an heuristic
relying on upcoming ACKS instead of a timer, but more generally, having
big TSO packets makes little sense for low rates, as it tends to create
micro bursts on the network, and general consensus is to reduce the
buffering amount.
This patch introduces a per socket sk_pacing_rate, that approximates
the current sending rate, and allows us to size the TSO packets so
that we try to send one packet every ms.
This field could be set by other transports.
Patch has no impact for high speed flows, where having large TSO packets
makes sense to reach line rate.
For other flows, this helps better packet scheduling and ACK clocking.
This patch increases performance of TCP flows in lossy environments.
A new sysctl (tcp_min_tso_segs) is added, to specify the
minimal size of a TSO packet (default being 2).
A follow-up patch will provide a new packet scheduler (FQ), using
sk_pacing_rate as an input to perform optional per flow pacing.
This explains why we chose to set sk_pacing_rate to twice the current
rate, allowing 'slow start' ramp up.
sk_pacing_rate = 2 * cwnd * mss / srtt
v2: Neal Cardwell reported a suspect deferring of last two segments on
initial write of 10 MSS, I had to change tcp_tso_should_defer() to take
into account tp->xmit_size_goal_segs
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce cacheline usage from 2 to 1 cacheline for sctp_globals structure. By
reordering elements, we can close gaps and simply achieve the following:
Current situation:
/* size: 80, cachelines: 2, members: 10 */
/* sum members: 57, holes: 4, sum holes: 16 */
/* padding: 7 */
/* last cacheline: 16 bytes */
Afterwards:
/* size: 64, cachelines: 1, members: 10 */
/* padding: 7 */
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a cpu_relaxt to sk_busy_loop.
Julie Cummings reported performance issues when hyperthreading is on.
Arjan van de Ven observed that we should have a cpu_relax() in the
busy poll loop.
Reported-by: Julie Cummings <julie.a.cummings@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netlink dump operations take module as parameter to hold
reference for entire netlink dump duration.
Currently it holds ref only on genl module which is not correct
when we use ops registered to genl from another module.
Following patch adds module pointer to genl_ops so that netlink
can hold ref count on it.
CC: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some thoughts on IPv4 VTI implementation:
The connection between VTI receiving part and xfrm tunnel mode input process
is hardly a "xfrm_tunnel", xfrm_tunnel is used in places where, e.g ipip/sit
and xfrm4_tunnel, acts like a true "tunnel" device.
In addition, IMHO, VTI doesn't need vti_err to do something meaningful, as all
VTI needs is just a notifier to be called whenever xfrm_input ingress a packet
to update statistics.
A IPsec protected packet is first handled by protocol handlers, e.g AH/ESP,
to check packet authentication or encryption rightness. PMTU update is taken
care of in this stage by protocol error handler.
Then the packet is rearranged properly depending on whether it's transport
mode or tunnel mode packed by mode "input" handler. The VTI handler code
takes effects in this stage in tunnel mode only. So it neither need propagate
PMTU, as it has already been done if necessary, nor the VTI handler is
qualified as a xfrm_tunnel.
So this patch introduces xfrm_tunnel_notifier and meanwhile wipe out vti_err
code.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Saurabh Mohan <saurabh.mohan@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Jesse Gross says:
====================
A number of significant new features and optimizations for net-next/3.12.
Highlights are:
* "Megaflows", an optimization that allows userspace to specify which
flow fields were used to compute the results of the flow lookup.
This allows for a major reduction in flow setups (the major
performance bottleneck in Open vSwitch) without reducing flexibility.
* Converting netlink dump operations to use RCU, allowing for
additional parallelism in userspace.
* Matching and modifying SCTP protocol fields.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extract the local TCP stack independant parts of tcp_v6_init_sequence()
and cookie_v6_check() and export them for use by the upcoming IPv6 SYNPROXY
target.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add a SYNPROXY for netfilter. The code is split into two parts, the synproxy
core with common functions and an address family specific target.
The SYNPROXY receives the connection request from the client, responds with
a SYN/ACK containing a SYN cookie and announcing a zero window and checks
whether the final ACK from the client contains a valid cookie.
It then establishes a connection to the original destination and, if
successful, sends a window update to the client with the window size
announced by the server.
Support for timestamps, SACK, window scaling and MSS options can be
statically configured as target parameters if the features of the server
are known. If timestamps are used, the timestamp value sent back to
the client in the SYN/ACK will be different from the real timestamp of
the server. In order to now break PAWS, the timestamps are translated in
the direction server->client.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Tested-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Extract the local TCP stack independant parts of tcp_v4_init_sequence()
and cookie_v4_check() and export them for use by the upcoming SYNPROXY
target.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Split out sequence number adjustments from NAT and move them to the conntrack
core to make them usable for SYN proxying. The sequence number adjustment
information is moved to a seperate extend. The extend is added to new
conntracks when a NAT mapping is set up for a connection using a helper.
As a side effect, this saves 24 bytes per connection with NAT in the common
case that a connection does not have a helper assigned.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Tested-by: Martin Topholm <mph@one.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/trans.c
include/linux/inetdevice.h
The inetdevice.h conflict involves moving the IPV4_DEVCONF values
into a UAPI header, overlapping additions of some new entries.
The iwlwifi conflict is a context overlap.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During trinity fuzzing in a kvmtool guest, I stumbled across the
following:
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000004
PC is at v9fs_file_do_lock+0xc8/0x1a0
LR is at v9fs_file_do_lock+0x48/0x1a0
[<c01e2ed0>] (v9fs_file_do_lock+0xc8/0x1a0) from [<c0119154>] (locks_remove_flock+0x8c/0x124)
[<c0119154>] (locks_remove_flock+0x8c/0x124) from [<c00d9bf0>] (__fput+0x58/0x1e4)
[<c00d9bf0>] (__fput+0x58/0x1e4) from [<c0044340>] (task_work_run+0xac/0xe8)
[<c0044340>] (task_work_run+0xac/0xe8) from [<c002e36c>] (do_exit+0x6bc/0x8d8)
[<c002e36c>] (do_exit+0x6bc/0x8d8) from [<c002e674>] (do_group_exit+0x3c/0xb0)
[<c002e674>] (do_group_exit+0x3c/0xb0) from [<c002e6f8>] (__wake_up_parent+0x0/0x18)
I believe this is due to an attempt to access utsname()->nodename, after
exit_task_namespaces() has been called, leaving current->nsproxy->uts_ns
as NULL and causing the above dereference.
A similar issue was fixed for lockd in 9a1b6bf818 ("LOCKD: Don't call
utsname()->nodename from nlmclnt_setlockargs"), so this patch attempts
something similar for 9pfs.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
In commit 0ea9d5e3e0 ("xfrm: introduce
helper for safe determination of mtu") I switched the determination of
ipv4 mtus from dst_mtu to ip_skb_dst_mtu. This was an error because in
case of IP_PMTUDISC_PROBE we fall back to the interface mtu, which is
never correct for ipv4 ipsec.
This patch partly reverts 0ea9d5e3e0
("xfrm: introduce helper for safe determination of mtu").
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Add flags intended to report various auxiliary information
and introduce the NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED flag to report
that the frame was already answered by the device.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[REPLIED->ANSWERED, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
rfc 4861 says the Redirected Header option is optional, so
the kernel should not drop the Redirect Message that has no
Redirected Header option. In this patch, the function
ip6_redirect_no_header() is introduced to deal with that
condition.
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <duanj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Some constifications, from Mathias Krause.
2) Catch bugs if a hold timer is still active when xfrm_policy_destroy()
is called, from Fan Du.
3) Remove a redundant address family checking, from Fan Du.
4) Make xfrm_state timer monotonic to be independent of system clock changes,
from Fan Du.
5) Remove an outdated comment on returning -EREMOTE in the xfrm_lookup(),
from Rami Rosen.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When initiating a transparent eSCO connection, make use of T2 settings
at first try. T2 is the recommended settings from HFP 1.6 WideBand
Speech. Upon connection failure, try T1 settings.
When CVSD is requested and eSCO is supported, try to establish eSCO
connection using S3 settings. If it fails, fallback in sequence to S2,
S1, D1, D0 settings.
To know which setting should be used, conn->attempt is used. It
indicates the currently ongoing SCO connection attempt and can be used
as the index for the fallback settings table.
These setting and the fallback order are described in Bluetooth HFP 1.6
specification p. 101.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch defines constants and macro for transparent data LMP
features. It refers to Bluetooth Core V4.0 specification, Part C, Chap
3.3 which defines LMP feature mask.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to establish a transparent SCO connection, the correct settings
must be specified in the Setup Synchronous Connection request. For that,
a setting field is added to ACL connection data to set up the desired
parameters. The patch also removes usage of hdev->voice_setting in CVSD
connection and makes use of T2 parameters for transparent data.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch defines constants for SCO airmode from SCO voice setting. It
refers to Bluetooth Core V4.0 specification, Part E, Chap 6.12 which
describe SCO voice setting format.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch extends the current Bluetooth socket options with BT_VOICE.
This is intended to choose voice data type at runtime. It only applies
to SCO sockets. Incoming connections shall be setup during deferred
setup. Outgoing connections shall be setup before connect(). The desired
setting is stored in the SCO socket info. This patch declares needed
members, modifies getsockopt() and setsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
hci_connect is a super function for connecting hci protocols. But the
voice_setting parameter (introduced in subsequent patches) is only
needed by SCO and security requirements are not needed for SCO channels.
Thus, it makes sense to have a separate function for SCO.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
brcm80211 cannot handle sending frames with CCK rates as part of an
A-MPDU session. Other drivers may have issues too. Set the flag in all
drivers that have been tested with CCK rates.
This fixes a reported brcmsmac regression introduced in
commit ef47a5e4f1
"mac80211/minstrel_ht: fix cck rate sampling"
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10
Reported-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c
The conflict had to do with overlapping changes dealing with
fixing the use of an "s32" to hold the value returned by
NAT_OFFSET().
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following batch contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next tree.
More specifically, they are:
* Trivial typo fix in xt_addrtype, from Phil Oester.
* Remove net_ratelimit in the conntrack logging for consistency with other
logging subsystem, from Patrick McHardy.
* Remove unneeded includes from the recently added xt_connlabel support, from
Florian Westphal.
* Allow to update conntracks via nfqueue, don't need NFQA_CFG_F_CONNTRACK for
this, from Florian Westphal.
* Remove tproxy core, now that we have socket early demux, from Florian
Westphal.
* A couple of patches to refactor conntrack event reporting to save a good
bunch of lines, from Florian Westphal.
* Fix missing locking in NAT sequence adjustment, it did not manifested in
any known bug so far, from Patrick McHardy.
* Change sequence number adjustment variable to 32 bits, to delay the
possible early overflow in long standing connections, also from Patrick.
* Comestic cleanups for IPVS, from Dragos Foianu.
* Fix possible null dereference in IPVS in the SH scheduler, from Daniel
Borkmann.
* Allow to attach conntrack expectations via nfqueue. Before this patch, you
had to use ctnetlink instead, thus, we save the conntrack lookup.
* Export xt_rpfilter and xt_HMARK header files, from Nicolas Dichtel.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch allows more code sharing between vxlan and ovs-vxlan.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch adds data field to vxlan socket and export
vxlan handler api.
vh->data is required to store private data per vxlan handler.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to choose the protocol family by skb->protocol. Otherwise we
call the wrong xfrm{4,6}_local_error handler in case an ipv6 sockets is
used in ipv4 mode, in which case we should call down to xfrm4_local_error
(ip6 sockets are a superset of ip4 ones).
We are called before before ip_output functions, so skb->protocol is
not reset.
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In order to be able to (securely) keep connections alive after
the system was suspended for WoWLAN, we need some additional
APIs. We already have API (ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify) to tell
wpa_supplicant about the new replay counter if GTK rekeying
was done by the device while the host was asleep, but that's
not sufficient.
If GTK rekeying wasn't done, we need to tell the host about
sequence counters for the GTK (and PTK regardless of rekeying)
that was used while asleep, add ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq() for
that.
If GTK rekeying was done, then we need to be able to disable
the old keys (with ieee80211_remove_key()) and allocate the
new GTK key(s) in mac80211 (with ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add()).
If protocol offload (e.g. ARP) is implemented, then also the
TX sequence counter for the PTK must be updated, using the new
ieee80211_set_key_tx_seq() function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit 56b765b79 ("htb: improved accuracy at high rates")
broke the "linklayer atm" handling.
tc class add ... htb rate X ceil Y linklayer atm
The linklayer setting is implemented by modifying the rate table
which is send to the kernel. No direct parameter were
transferred to the kernel indicating the linklayer setting.
The commit 56b765b79 ("htb: improved accuracy at high rates")
removed the use of the rate table system.
To keep compatible with older iproute2 utils, this patch detects
the linklayer by parsing the rate table. It also supports future
versions of iproute2 to send this linklayer parameter to the
kernel directly. This is done by using the __reserved field in
struct tc_ratespec, to convey the choosen linklayer option, but
only using the lower 4 bits of this field.
Linklayer detection is limited to speeds below 100Mbit/s, because
at high rates the rtab is gets too inaccurate, so bad that
several fields contain the same values, this resembling the ATM
detect. Fields even start to contain "0" time to send, e.g. at
1000Mbit/s sending a 96 bytes packet cost "0", thus the rtab have
been more broken than we first realized.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows to switch the netns when packet is encapsulated or
decapsulated. In other word, the encapsulated packet is received in a netns,
where the lookup is done to find the tunnel. Once the tunnel is found, the
packet is decapsulated and injecting into the corresponding interface which
stands to another netns.
When one of the two netns is removed, the tunnel is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows to switch the netns when packet is encapsulated or
decapsulated. In other word, the encapsulated packet is received in a netns,
where the lookup is done to find the tunnel. Once the tunnel is found, the
packet is decapsulated and injecting into the corresponding interface which
stands to another netns.
When one of the two netns is removed, the tunnel is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->sk socket can be of AF_INET or AF_INET6 address family. Thus we
always have to make sure we a referring to the correct interpretation
of skb->sk.
We only depend on header defines to query the mtu, so we don't introduce
a new dependency to ipv6 by this change.
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In xfrm4 and xfrm6 we need to take care about sockets of the other
address family. This could happen because a 6in4 or 4in6 tunnel could
get protected by ipsec.
Because we don't want to have a run-time dependency on ipv6 when only
using ipv4 xfrm we have to embed a pointer to the correct local_error
function in xfrm_state_afinet and look it up when returning an error
depending on the socket address family.
Thanks to vi0ss for the great bug report:
<https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=58691>
v2:
a) fix two more unsafe interpretations of skb->sk as ipv6 socket
(xfrm6_local_dontfrag and __xfrm6_output)
v3:
a) add an EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(xfrm_local_error) to fix a link error when
building ipv6 as a module (thanks to Steffen Klassert)
Reported-by: <vi0oss@gmail.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Using inner-id for tunnel id is not safe in some rare cases.
E.g. packets coming from multiple sources entering same tunnel
can have same id. Therefore on tunnel packet receive we
could have packets from two different stream but with same
source and dst IP with same ip-id which could confuse ip packet
reassembly.
Following patch reverts optimization from commit
490ab08127 (IP_GRE: Fix IP-Identification.)
CC: Jarno Rajahalme <jrajahalme@nicira.com>
CC: Ansis Atteka <aatteka@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Result is added as an NFC_ATTR_FIRMWARE_DOWNLOAD_STATUS attribute
containing the standard errno positive value of the completion result.
This event will be sent when the firmare download operation is done and
will contain the operation result.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This API must be called by NFC drivers, and its prototype was
incorrectly placed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch adds the capability to attach expectations via nfnetlink_queue.
This is required by conntrack helpers that trigger expectations based on
the first packet seen like the TFTP and the DHCPv6 user-space helpers.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pass the wdev from cfg80211 on to the driver as the vif
if given and it's valid for the driver.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow drivers to implement per-interface testmode operations
more easily, pass a wdev pointer if any identification for one
was given from userspace. Clean up the code a bit while at it.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A lot of drivers check the frame protocol for ETH_P_PAE,
for various reasons (like making those more reliable).
Add a new flags bitmap to the TX control info and a new
flag indicating the control port protocol is in use to
let all drivers also apply such logic to other control
port protocols, should they be configured.
Also use the new flag in the iwlwifi drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adding paged frags skbs to af_unix sockets introduced a performance
regression on large sends because of additional page allocations, even
if each skb could carry at least 100% more payload than before.
We can instruct sock_alloc_send_pskb() to attempt high order
allocations.
Most of the time, it does a single page allocation instead of 8.
I added an additional parameter to sock_alloc_send_pskb() to
let other users to opt-in for this new feature on followup patches.
Tested:
Before patch :
$ netperf -t STREAM_STREAM
STREAM STREAM TEST
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/sec
2304 212992 212992 10.00 46861.15
After patch :
$ netperf -t STREAM_STREAM
STREAM STREAM TEST
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/sec
2304 212992 212992 10.00 57981.11
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
unix_stream_sendmsg() currently uses order-2 allocations,
and we had numerous reports this can fail.
The __GFP_REPEAT flag present in sock_alloc_send_pskb() is
not helping.
This patch extends the work done in commit eb6a24816b
("af_unix: reduce high order page allocations) for
datagram sockets.
This opens the possibility of zero copy IO (splice() and
friends)
The trick is to not use skb_pull() anymore in recvmsg() path,
and instead add a @consumed field in UNIXCB() to track amount
of already read payload in the skb.
There is a performance regression for large sends
because of extra page allocations that will be addressed
in a follow-up patch, allowing sock_alloc_send_pskb()
to attempt high order page allocations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Encrypt the cookie with both server and client IPv4 addresses,
such that multi-homed server will grant different cookies
based on both the source and destination IPs. No client change
is needed since cookie is opaque to the client.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename mib counter from "low latency" to "busy poll"
v1 also moved the counter to the ip MIB (suggested by Shawn Bohrer)
Eric Dumazet suggested that the current location is better.
So v2 just renames the counter to fit the new naming convention.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the restructuring of the lksctp.org site, we only allow bug
reports through the SCTP mailing list linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org,
not via SF, as SF is only used for web hosting and nothing more.
While at it, also remove the obvious statement that bugs will be
fixed and incooperated into the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the last module parameter for SCTP and make this
configurable via sysctl for SCTP like all the rest of SCTP's
configuration knobs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let nf_ct_delete handle delivery of the DESTROY event.
Based on earlier patch from Pablo Neira.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
cgroup controller API will be converted to primarily use struct
cgroup_subsys_state instead of struct cgroup. In preparation, make
the internal functions of netprio_cgroup pass around @css instead of
@cgrp.
While at it, kill struct cgroup_netprio_state which only contained
struct cgroup_subsys_state without serving any purpose. All functions
are converted to deal with @css directly.
This patch shouldn't cause any behavior differences.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The names of the two struct cgroup_subsys_state accessors -
cgroup_subsys_state() and task_subsys_state() - are somewhat awkward.
The former clashes with the type name and the latter doesn't even
indicate it's somehow related to cgroup.
We're about to revamp large portion of cgroup API, so, let's rename
them so that they're less awkward. Most per-controller usages of the
accessors are localized in accessor wrappers and given the amount of
scheduled changes, this isn't gonna add any noticeable headache.
Rename cgroup_subsys_state() to cgroup_css() and task_subsys_state()
to task_css(). This patch is pure rename.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
The IP tunnel hash heads can be embedded in the per-net structure
since it is a fixed size. Reduce the size so that the total structure
fits in a page size. The original size was overly large, even NETDEV_HASHBITS
is only 8 bits!
Also, add some white space for readability.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mark argument is read only, so constify it. Also make dummy_mark in
af_key const -- only used as dummy argument for this very function.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When renaming ll_poll to busy poll, I introduced a typo
in the name of the do-nothing placeholder for sk_busy_loop
and called it sk_busy_poll.
This broke compile when busy poll was not configured.
Cong Wang submitted a patch to fixed that.
This patch removes the now redundant, misspelled placeholder.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move refcnt, pref, suppress_ifgroup, suppress_prefixlen out of first
cache line, as they are not used in fast path.
Make sure ctarget & fr_net are in first cache line.
(Assuming 64 bit arches and 64 bytes cache lines)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change brings the suppressor attribute names into line; it also changes
the data types to provide a more consistent interface.
While -1 indicates that the suppressor is not enabled, values >= 0 for
suppress_prefixlen or suppress_ifgroup reject routing decisions violating the
constraint.
This changes the previously presented behaviour of suppress_prefixlen, where a
prefix length _less_ than the attribute value was rejected. After this change,
a prefix length less than *or* equal to the value is considered a violation of
the rule constraint.
It also changes the default values for default and newly added rules (disabling
any suppression for those).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change adds the ability to suppress a routing decision based upon the
interface group the selected interface belongs to. This allows it to
exclude specific devices from a routing decision.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sctp sits on IPv6, sctp_transport_dst_check pass cookie as ZERO,
as a result ip6_dst_check always fail out. This behaviour makes
transport->dst useless, because every sctp_packet_transmit must look
for valid dst.
Add a dst_cookie into sctp_transport, and set the cookie whenever we
get new dst for sctp_transport. So dst validness could be checked
against it.
Since I have split genid for IPv4 and IPv6, also delete/add IPv6 address
will also bump IPv6 genid. So issues we discussed in:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=137404469219410&w=4
have all been sloved for this patch.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's convenient to have ethernet mac addresses use
ETH_ALEN to be able to grep for them a bit easier and
also to ensure that the addresses are __aligned(2).
Add #include <linux/if_ether.h> as necessary.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliezer renames several *ll_poll to *busy_poll, but forgets
CONFIG_NET_LL_RX_POLL, so in case of confusion, rename it too.
Cc: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_NET_LL_RX_POLL is not set, I got:
net/socket.c: In function ‘sock_poll’:
net/socket.c:1165:4: error: implicit declaration of function ‘sk_busy_loop’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
Fix this by adding a nop when !CONFIG_NET_LL_RX_POLL.
Cc: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On a high-traffic router with many processors and many IPv6 dst
entries, soft lockup in fib6_run_gc() can occur when number of
entries reaches gc_thresh.
This happens because fib6_run_gc() uses fib6_gc_lock to allow
only one thread to run the garbage collector but ip6_dst_gc()
doesn't update net->ipv6.ip6_rt_last_gc until fib6_run_gc()
returns. On a system with many entries, this can take some time
so that in the meantime, other threads pass the tests in
ip6_dst_gc() (ip6_rt_last_gc is still not updated) and wait for
the lock. They then have to run the garbage collector one after
another which blocks them for quite long.
Resolve this by replacing special value ~0UL of expire parameter
to fib6_run_gc() by explicit "force" parameter to choose between
spin_lock_bh() and spin_trylock_bh() and call fib6_run_gc() with
force=false if gc_thresh is reached but not max_size.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon
transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers
using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually
after reaching count == 0.
This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel
switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel
definition of an active channel context.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[small cleanups, catch identical chandef]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow channel switch announcements within beacons, add
the channel switch command to nl80211/cfg80211. This is
implementation is intended for AP and (later) IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change adds a new operation to the fib_rules_ops struct; it allows the
suppression of routing decisions if certain criteria are not met by its
results.
The first implemented constraint is a minimum prefix length added to the
structures of routing rules. If a rule is added with a minimum prefix length
>0, only routes meeting this threshold will be considered. Any other (more
general) routing table entries will be ignored.
When configuring a system with multiple network uplinks and default routes, it
is often convinient to reference the main routing table multiple times - but
omitting the default route. Using this patch and a modified "ip" utility, this
can be achieved by using the following command sequence:
$ ip route add table secuplink default via 10.42.23.1
$ ip rule add pref 100 table main prefixlength 1
$ ip rule add pref 150 fwmark 0xA table secuplink
With this setup, packets marked 0xA will be processed by the additional routing
table "secuplink", but only if no suitable route in the main routing table can
be found. By using a minimal prefixlength of 1, the default route (/0) of the
table "main" is hidden to packets processed by rule 100; packets traveling to
destinations with more specific routing entries are processed as usual.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Reflow modified prototypes to 80 columns.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 547669d483 ("tcp: xps: fix reordering issues") added
unexpected reorders in case netem is used in a MQ setup for high
performance test bed.
ETH=eth0
tc qd del dev $ETH root 2>/dev/null
tc qd add dev $ETH root handle 1: mq
for i in `seq 1 32`
do
tc qd add dev $ETH parent 1:$i netem delay 100ms
done
As all tcp packets are orphaned by netem, TCP stack believes it can
set skb->ooo_okay on all packets.
In order to allow producers to send more packets, we want to
keep sk_wmem_alloc from reaching sk_sndbuf limit.
We can do that by accounting one byte per skb in netem queues,
so that TCP stack is not fooled too much.
Tested:
With above MQ/netem setup, scaling number of concurrent flows gives
linear results and no reorders/retransmits
lpq83:~# for n in 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
do echo -n "n:$n " ; ./super_netperf $n -H 10.7.7.84; done
n:1 198.46
n:10 2002.69
n:20 4000.98
n:30 6006.35
n:40 8020.93
n:50 10032.3
n:60 12081.9
n:70 13971.3
n:80 16009.7
n:90 17117.3
n:100 17425.5
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current net name space has only one genid for both IPv4 and IPv6, it has below
drawbacks:
- Add/delete an IPv4 address will invalidate all IPv6 routing table entries.
- Insert/remove XFRM policy will also invalidate both IPv4/IPv6 routing table
entries even when the policy is only applied for one address family.
Thus, this patch attempt to split one genid for two to cater for IPv4 and IPv6
separately in a fine granularity.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove declaration, 4 defines and confusing comment that are no longer used
since 1a2c6181c4 ("tcp: Remove TCPCT").
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Popov <dp@highloadlab.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using 16 bits is too small, when many adjustments happen the offsets might
overflow and break the connection.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
ctnetlink contains copy-paste code from death_by_timeout. In order to
avoid changing both places in upcoming event delivery patch,
export death_by_timeout functionality and use it in the ctnetlink code.
Based on earlier patch from Pablo Neira.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We've removed nf_tproxy_core.ko, so also remove its header.
The lookup helpers are split and then moved to tproxy target/socket match.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The module was "permanent", due to the special tproxy skb->destructor.
Nowadays we have tcp early demux and its sock_edemux destructor in
networking core which can be used instead.
Thanks to early demux changes the input path now also handles
"skb->sk is tw socket" correctly, so this no longer needs the special
handling introduced with commit d503b30bd6
(netfilter: tproxy: do not assign timewait sockets to skb->sk).
Thus:
- move assign_sock function to where its needed
- don't prevent timewait sockets from being assigned to the skb
- remove nf_tproxy_core.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Logging of invalid packets has to be explicitly enabled. Rate-limiting these
messages is inconsistent with other netfilter logging features and makes
debugging harder.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Loading a firmware into a target is typically called firmware
download, not firmware upload. So we rename the netlink API to
NFC_CMD_FW_DOWNLOAD in order to avoid any terminology confusion from
userspace.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This patch reverts commit
80b45261a0
which was implementing a 'cancelled' functionality to notify that
a cancelled request will not be replied.
This implementation was not used anywhere and therefore removed.
Signed-off-by: Andi Shyti <andi@etezian.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP checksums are optional, hence pktgen has been omitting them in
favour of performance. The optional flag UDPCSUM enables UDP
checksumming. If the output device supports hardware checksumming
the skb is prepared and marked CHECKSUM_PARTIAL, otherwise the
checksum is generated in software.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is useful for other VSOCK transport implemented outside the
net/vmw_vsock/ directory to use these headers.
Signed-off-by: Asias He <asias@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Andy King <acking@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch consolidates the SCTP checksum calculation code from various
places to a single new function, sctp_compute_cksum(skb, offset).
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joe@wand.net.nz>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add macros for the HCI capabilities as described in the Bluetooth Core
Specification v4.0, Volume 2, part E, section 7.1.29.
Signed-off-by: Mikel Astiz <mikel.astiz@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Idea of this patch is to add optional limitation of number of
unsent bytes in TCP sockets, to reduce usage of kernel memory.
TCP receiver might announce a big window, and TCP sender autotuning
might allow a large amount of bytes in write queue, but this has little
performance impact if a large part of this buffering is wasted :
Write queue needs to be large only to deal with large BDP, not
necessarily to cope with scheduling delays (incoming ACKS make room
for the application to queue more bytes)
For most workloads, using a value of 128 KB or less is OK to give
applications enough time to react to POLLOUT events in time
(or being awaken in a blocking sendmsg())
This patch adds two ways to set the limit :
1) Per socket option TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT
2) A sysctl (/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat) for sockets
not using TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT socket option (or setting a zero value)
Default value being UINT_MAX (0xFFFFFFFF), meaning this has no effect.
This changes poll()/select()/epoll() to report POLLOUT
only if number of unsent bytes is below tp->nosent_lowat
Note this might increase number of sendmsg()/sendfile() calls
when using non blocking sockets,
and increase number of context switches for blocking sockets.
Note this is not related to SO_SNDLOWAT (as SO_SNDLOWAT is
defined as :
Specify the minimum number of bytes in the buffer until
the socket layer will pass the data to the protocol)
Tested:
netperf sessions, and watching /proc/net/protocols "memory" column for TCP
With 200 concurrent netperf -t TCP_STREAM sessions, amount of kernel memory
used by TCP buffers shrinks by ~55 % (20567 pages instead of 45458)
lpq83:~# echo -1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat
lpq83:~# (super_netperf 200 -t TCP_STREAM -H remote -l 90 &); sleep 60 ; grep TCP /proc/net/protocols
TCPv6 1880 2 45458 no 208 yes ipv6 y y y y y y y y y y y y y n y y y y y
TCP 1696 508 45458 no 208 yes kernel y y y y y y y y y y y y y n y y y y y
lpq83:~# echo 131072 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat
lpq83:~# (super_netperf 200 -t TCP_STREAM -H remote -l 90 &); sleep 60 ; grep TCP /proc/net/protocols
TCPv6 1880 2 20567 no 208 yes ipv6 y y y y y y y y y y y y y n y y y y y
TCP 1696 508 20567 no 208 yes kernel y y y y y y y y y y y y y n y y y y y
Using 128KB has no bad effect on the throughput or cpu usage
of a single flow, although there is an increase of context switches.
A bonus is that we hold socket lock for a shorter amount
of time and should improve latencies of ACK processing.
lpq83:~# echo -1 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat
lpq83:~# perf stat -e context-switches ./netperf -H 7.7.7.84 -t omni -l 20 -c -i10,3
OMNI Send TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 7.7.7.84 () port 0 AF_INET : +/-2.500% @ 99% conf.
Local Remote Local Elapsed Throughput Throughput Local Local Remote Remote Local Remote Service
Send Socket Recv Socket Send Time Units CPU CPU CPU CPU Service Service Demand
Size Size Size (sec) Util Util Util Util Demand Demand Units
Final Final % Method % Method
1651584 6291456 16384 20.00 17447.90 10^6bits/s 3.13 S -1.00 U 0.353 -1.000 usec/KB
Performance counter stats for './netperf -H 7.7.7.84 -t omni -l 20 -c -i10,3':
412,514 context-switches
200.034645535 seconds time elapsed
lpq83:~# echo 131072 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_notsent_lowat
lpq83:~# perf stat -e context-switches ./netperf -H 7.7.7.84 -t omni -l 20 -c -i10,3
OMNI Send TEST from 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0) port 0 AF_INET to 7.7.7.84 () port 0 AF_INET : +/-2.500% @ 99% conf.
Local Remote Local Elapsed Throughput Throughput Local Local Remote Remote Local Remote Service
Send Socket Recv Socket Send Time Units CPU CPU CPU CPU Service Service Demand
Size Size Size (sec) Util Util Util Util Demand Demand Units
Final Final % Method % Method
1593240 6291456 16384 20.00 17321.16 10^6bits/s 3.35 S -1.00 U 0.381 -1.000 usec/KB
Performance counter stats for './netperf -H 7.7.7.84 -t omni -l 20 -c -i10,3':
2,675,818 context-switches
200.029651391 seconds time elapsed
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-By: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several call sites use the hardcoded following condition :
sk_stream_wspace(sk) >= sk_stream_min_wspace(sk)
Lets use a helper because TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT support will change this
condition for TCP sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SCTP mailing list address to send patches or questions
to is linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org and not
lksctp-developers@lists.sourceforge.net anymore. Therefore,
update all occurences.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prefer packet timings to TS-ecr for RTT measurements when both
sources are available. That's because broken middle-boxes and remote
peer can return packets with corrupted TS ECR fields. Similarly most
congestion controls that require RTT signals favor timing-based
sources as well. Also check for bad TS ECR values to avoid RTT
blow-ups. It has happened on production Web servers.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first patch consolidates SYNACK and other RTT measurement to use a
central function tcp_ack_update_rtt(). A (small) bonus is now SYNACK
RTT measurement happens after PAWS check, potentially reducing the
impact of RTO seeding on bad TCP timestamps values.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the private error queue delivery function from the
af_packet code to the core socket method. In this way, network layers
only needing the error queue for transmit time stamping can share common
code.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some regulations (like germany, but also FCC) express their transmission
power limit in dBm/MHz or mW/MHz. To cope with that and be on the safe
side, reduce the maximum power to half (10 MHz) or quarter (5 MHz)
when operating on these reduced bandwidth channels.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Mandatory rates for 5 and 10 MHz are different from the rates used for
20 MHz in 2.4 GHz mode, as they use OFDM only.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Wireshark already defines radiotap channel flags for 5 and 10 MHz, so
just use them in Linux radiotap too. Furthermore, add rx status flags to
allow drivers to report when they received data on 5 or 10 MHz channels.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
5 and 10 MHz support needs to know the current operating channel width,
add the chandef to the rate control API.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
To allow scanning and working with 5 MHz and 10 MHz BSS, extend the
inform bss commands and add wrappers to take 5 and 10 MHz bss into
account.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
and power consumption.
Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received
interrupts to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware
for some predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when
one of the following events occur.
a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to
maximum coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
This patch adds set/get configuration support for packet coalesce.
User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
rule.
a) Maximum coalescing delay
b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
Multiple such rules can be created.
This feature needs to be advertised during driver initialization.
Drivers are supposed to do required firmware/hardware settings based
on user configuration.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[fix kernel-doc, change free function, fix copy/paste error]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Almost everywhere tabs are used to indent continuation
lines, replace the few places that use spaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Currently packet patterns and it's enum/structures are used only
for WoWLAN feature. As we intend to reuse them for new feature
packet coalesce, they are renamed in this patch.
Older names are kept for backward compatibility purpose.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Just a bunch of small fixes and tidy ups:
1) Finish the "busy_poll" renames, from Eliezer Tamir.
2) Fix RCU stalls in IFB driver, from Ding Tianhong.
3) Linearize buffers properly in tun/macvtap zerocopy code.
4) Don't crash on rmmod in vxlan, from Pravin B Shelar.
5) Spinlock used before init in alx driver, from Maarten Lankhorst.
6) A sparse warning fix in bnx2x broke TSO checksums, fix from Dmitry
Kravkov.
7) Dummy and ifb driver load failure paths can oops, fixes from Tan
Xiaojun and Ding Tianhong.
8) Correct MTU calculations in IP tunnels, from Alexander Duyck.
9) Account all TCP retransmits in SNMP stats properly, from Yuchung
Cheng.
10) atl1e and via-rhine do not handle DMA mapping failures properly,
from Neil Horman.
11) Various equal-cost multipath route fixes in ipv6 from Hannes
Frederic Sowa"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (36 commits)
ipv6: only static routes qualify for equal cost multipathing
via-rhine: fix dma mapping errors
atl1e: fix dma mapping warnings
tcp: account all retransmit failures
usb/net/r815x: fix cast to restricted __le32
usb/net/r8152: fix integer overflow in expression
net: access page->private by using page_private
net: strict_strtoul is obsolete, use kstrtoul instead
drivers/net/ieee802154: don't use devm_pinctrl_get_select_default() in probe
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence: don't use devm_pinctrl_get_select_default() in probe
drivers/net/can/c_can: don't use devm_pinctrl_get_select_default() in probe
net/usb: add relative mii functions for r815x
net/tipc: use %*phC to dump small buffers in hex form
qlcnic: Adding Maintainers.
gre: Fix MTU sizing check for gretap tunnels
pkt_sched: sch_qfq: remove forward declaration of qfq_update_agg_ts
pkt_sched: sch_qfq: improve efficiency of make_eligible
gso: Update tunnel segmentation to support Tx checksum offload
inet: fix spacing in assignment
ifb: fix oops when loading the ifb failed
...
Several of these patches were rebased in order to correct style issues.
Only stylistic changes were made versus the patches which were in linux-next
for two weeks. The rebases have been in linux-next for 3 days and have
passed my regressions.
The bulk of these are RDMA fixes and improvements. There's also some
additions on the extended attributes front to support some additional
namespaces and a new option for TCP to force allocation of mount requests
from a priviledged port.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
Comment: GPGTools - http://gpgtools.org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=n9rI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus-3.11-merge-window-part-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs
Pull second round of 9p patches from Eric Van Hensbergen:
"Several of these patches were rebased in order to correct style
issues. Only stylistic changes were made versus the patches which
were in linux-next for two weeks. The rebases have been in linux-next
for 3 days and have passed my regressions.
The bulk of these are RDMA fixes and improvements. There's also some
additions on the extended attributes front to support some additional
namespaces and a new option for TCP to force allocation of mount
requests from a priviledged port"
* tag 'for-linus-3.11-merge-window-part-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
fs/9p: Remove the unused variable "err" in v9fs_vfs_getattr()
9P: Add cancelled() to the transport functions.
9P/RDMA: count posted buffers without a pending request
9P/RDMA: Improve error handling in rdma_request
9P/RDMA: Do not free req->rc in error handling in rdma_request()
9P/RDMA: Use a semaphore to protect the RQ
9P/RDMA: Protect against duplicate replies
9P/RDMA: increase P9_RDMA_MAXSIZE to 1MB
9pnet: refactor struct p9_fcall alloc code
9P/RDMA: rdma_request() needs not allocate req->rc
9P: Fix fcall allocation for rdma
fs/9p: xattr: add trusted and security namespaces
net/9p: add privport option to 9p tcp transport
Rename LL_SO to BUSY_POLL_SO
Rename sysctl_net_ll_{read,poll} to sysctl_busy_{read,poll}
Fix up users of these variables.
Fix documentation for sysctl.
a patch for the socket.7 man page will follow separately,
because of limitations of my mail setup.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename ndo_ll_poll to ndo_busy_poll.
Rename sk_mark_ll to sk_mark_napi_id.
Rename skb_mark_ll to skb_mark_napi_id.
Correct all useres of these functions.
Update comments and defines in include/net/busy_poll.h
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename the file and correct all the places where it is included.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested by Linus:
Changed time accounting for busy-poll:
- Make it microsecond based.
- Use unsigned longs.
- Revert back to use time_after instead of time_in_range.
Reorder poll/select busy loop conditions:
- Clear busy_flag after one time we can't busy-poll.
- Only init busy_end if we actually are going to busy-poll.
Added one more missing need_resched() test.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename functions in include/net/ll_poll.h to busy wait.
Clarify documentation about expected power use increase.
Rename POLL_LL to POLL_BUSY_LOOP.
Add need_resched() testing to poll/select busy loops.
Note, that in select and poll can_busy_poll is dynamic and is
updated continuously to reflect the existence of supported
sockets with valid queue information.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDMA needs to post a buffer for each incoming reply.
Hence it needs to keep count of these and needs to be
aware of whether a flushed request has received a reply
or not.
This patch adds the cancelled() callback to the transport modules.
It is called when RFLUSH has been received and that the corresponding
request will never receive a reply.
Signed-off-by: Simon Derr <simon.derr@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
If the privport option is specified, the tcp transport binds local
address to a reserved port before connecting to the 9p server.
In some cases when 9P AUTH cannot be implemented, this is better than
nothing.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
commit eea86af6b1 ("net: sock: adapt SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF and
SOCK_MIN_SNDBUF") forgot the sk_buff alignment taken into account
in __alloc_skb() : skb->truesize = SKB_TRUESIZE(size);
While above commit fixed the sender issue, the receiver is still
dropping the second packet (on loopback device), because the receiver
socket can not really hold two skbs :
First packet truesize already is above sk_rcvbuf, so even TCP coalescing
cannot help.
On a typical 64bit build, each tcp skb truesize is 2304, instead of 2272
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to TCP/UDP offloading, move all related GRE functions to
gre_offload.c to make things more explicit and similar to the rest
of the code.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
correct placeholder declarations to prevent build breakage when
!CONFIG_NET_LL_RX_POLL
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Time in range will fail safely if we move to a different cpu with an
extremely large clock skew.
Add time_in_range64() and convert lls to use it.
changelog:
v2
- fixed double call to sched_clock in can_poll_ll
- fixed checkpatchisms
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the fib_update_nh_saddrs() declaration from
include/net/ip_fib.h, as the fib_update_nh_saddrs() method was removed in
coomit 436c3b6 ("ipv4: Invalidate nexthop cache nh_saddr more correctly").
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The header file checksum.h is missing proper defines that prevents
it from double inclusion.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should get rid of all own SCTP debug printk macros and use the ones
that the kernel offers anyway instead. This makes the code more readable
and conform to the kernel code, and offers all the features of dynamic
debbuging that pr_debug() et al has, such as only turning on/off portions
of debug messages at runtime through debugfs. The runtime cost of having
CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG enabled, but none of the debug statements printing,
is negligible [1]. If kernel debugging is completly turned off, then these
statements will also compile into "empty" functions.
While we're at it, we also need to change the Kconfig option as it /now/
only refers to the ifdef'ed code portions in outqueue.c that enable further
debugging/tracing of SCTP transaction fields. Also, since SCTP_ASSERT code
was enabled with this Kconfig option and has now been removed, we
transform those code parts into WARNs resp. where appropriate BUG_ONs so
that those bugs can be more easily detected as probably not many people
have SCTP debugging permanently turned on.
To turn on all SCTP debugging, the following steps are needed:
# mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug
# echo -n 'module sctp +p' > /sys/kernel/debug/dynamic_debug/control
This can be done more fine-grained on a per file, per line basis and others
as described in [2].
[1] https://www.kernel.org/doc/ols/2009/ols2009-pages-39-46.pdf
[2] Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change Low Latency Sockets code for select and poll so that
when LLS is disabled sched_clock() is never called.
Also, avoid sending POLL_LL to sockets if disabled.
Reported-by: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our use of sched_clock is OK because we don't mind the side effects
of calling it and occasionally waking up on a different CPU.
When CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT is on, disable preempt before calling
sched_clock() so we don't trigger a debug_smp_processor_id() warning.
Reported-by: Cody P Schafer <devel-lists@codyps.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Yet one more pull request for wireless updates intended for 3.11...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"Here we have a few memory leak fixes related to BSS struct handling
mostly from Ben, including a fix for a more theoretical problem
(associating while a BSS struct times out) from myself, a compilation
warning fix from Arend, mesh fixes from Thomas, tracking the beacon
bitrate (Alex), a bandwidth change event fix (Ilan) and some initial
work for 5/10 MHz channels from Simon."
Regarding the iwlwifi bits, Johannes says:
"Emmanuel removed some unneeded/unsupported module parameters and adds a
Bluetooth 1x1 lookup-table for some upcoming products. From Alex I have
an older patch to add low-power receive support, this depended on a
mac80211 commit that only just came in with the merge from wireless-next
I did. Ilan made beacon timings better, and Eytan added some debug
statements for thermal throttling. I have a few cleanups, a fix for a
long-standing but rare warning, and, arguably the most important patch
here, the firmware API version bump for the 7260/3160 devices."
Also included is a Bluetooth pull -- Gustavo says:
"Here goes a set of patches to 3.11. The biggest work here is from Andre Guedes
on the move of the Discovery to use the new request framework. Other than that
Johan provided a bunch of fixes to the L2CAP code. The rest are just small
fixes and clean ups."
On top of all that, there are a variety of updates and fixes to
brcmfmac, rt2x00, wil6210, ath9k, ath10k, and a few others here and
there. This also includes a pull of the wireless tree, in order to
prevent some merge conflicts.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following batch contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for net-next,
they are:
* Enforce policy to several nfnetlink subsystem, from Daniel
Borkmann.
* Use xt_socket to match the third packet (to perform simplistic
socket-based stateful filtering), from Eric Dumazet.
* Avoid large timeout for picked up from the middle TCP flows,
from Florian Westphal.
* Exclude IPVS from struct net if IPVS is disabled and removal
of unnecessary included header file, from JunweiZhang.
* Release SCTP connection immediately under load, to mimic current
TCP behaviour, from Julian Anastasov.
* Replace and enhance SCTP state machine, from Julian Anastasov.
* Add tweak to reduce sync traffic in the presence of persistence,
also from Julian Anastasov.
* Add tweak for the IPVS SH scheduler not to reject connections
directed to a server, choose a new one instead, from Alexander
Frolkin.
* Add support for sloppy TCP and SCTP modes, that creates state
information on any packet, not only initial handshake packets,
from Alexander Frolkin.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit d2d68ba9 (ipv4: Cache input routes in fib_info nexthops)
assmued that "locally destined, and routed packets, never trigger
PMTU events or redirects that will be processed by us".
However, it seems that tunnel devices do trigger PMTU events in certain
cases. At least ip_gre, ip6_gre, sit, and ipip do use the inner flow's
skb_dst(skb)->ops->update_pmtu to propage mtu information from the
outer flows. These can cause the inner flow mtu to be decreased. If
next hop exceptions are not consulted for pmtu, IP fragmentation will
not be done properly for these routes.
It also seems that we really need to have the PMTU information always
for netfilter TCPMSS clamp-to-pmtu feature to work properly.
So for the time being, cache separate copies of input routes for
each next hop exception.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC3590/RFC3810 specifies we should resend MLD reports as soon as a
valid link-local address is available.
We now use the valid_ll_addr_cnt to check if it is necessary to resend
a new report.
Changes since Flavio Leitner's version:
a) adapt for valid_ll_addr_cnt
b) resend first reports directly in the path and just arm the timer for
mc_qrv-1 resends.
Reported-by: Flavio Leitner <fleitner@redhat.com>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To reduce the number of unnecessary router solicitations, MLDv2 and IGMPv3
messages we need to track the number of valid (as in non-optimistic,
no-dad-failed and non-tentative) link-local addresses. Therefore, this
patch implements a valid_ll_addr_cnt in struct inet6_dev.
We now only emit router solicitations if the first link-local address
finishes duplicate address detection.
The changes for MLDv2 and IGMPv3 are in a follow-up patch.
While there, also simplify one if statement(one minor nit I made in one
of my previous patches):
if (!...)
do();
else
return;
<<into>>
if (...)
return;
do();
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows to switch the netns when packet is encapsulated or
decapsulated. In other word, the encapsulated packet is received in a netns,
where the lookup is done to find the tunnel. Once the tunnel is found, the
packet is decapsulated and injecting into the corresponding interface which
stands to another netns.
When one of the two netns is removed, the tunnel is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
no real problem is fixed, just save a few bytes in
net_namespace structure.
Signed-off-by: JunweiZhang <junwei.zhang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add sync_persist_mode flag to reduce sync traffic
by syncing only persistent templates.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Convert the SCTP state table, so that it is more readable.
Change the states to be according to the diagram in RFC 2960
and add more states suitable for middle box. Still, such
change in states adds incompatibility if systems in sync
setup include this change and others do not include it.
With this change we also have proper transitions in INPUT-ONLY
mode (DR/TUN) where we see packets only from client. Now
we should not switch to 10-second CLOSED state at a time
when we should stay in ESTABLISHED state.
The short names for states are because we have 16-char space
in ipvsadm and 11-char limit for the connection list format.
It is a sequence of the TCP implementation where the longest
state name is ESTABLISHED.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This adds support for sloppy TCP and SCTP modes to IPVS.
When enabled (sysctls net.ipv4.vs.sloppy_tcp and
net.ipv4.vs.sloppy_sctp), allows IPVS to create connection state on any
packet, not just a TCP SYN (or SCTP INIT).
This allows connections to fail over from one IPVS director to another
mid-flight.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Frolkin <avf@eldamar.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Before now the schedulers needed access only to IP
addresses and it was easy to get them from skb by
using ip_vs_fill_iph_addr_only.
New changes for the SH scheduler will need the protocol
and ports which is difficult to get from skb for the
IPv6 case. As we have all the data in the iph structure,
to avoid the same slow lookups provide the iph to schedulers.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
select/poll busy-poll support.
Split sysctl value into two separate ones, one for read and one for poll.
updated Documentation/sysctl/net.txt
Add a new poll flag POLL_LL. When this flag is set, sock_poll will call
sk_poll_ll if possible. sock_poll sets this flag in its return value
to indicate to select/poll when a socket that can busy poll is found.
When poll/select have nothing to report, call the low-level
sock_poll again until we are out of time or we find something.
Once the system call finds something, it stops setting POLL_LL, so it can
return the result to the user ASAP.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, SCTP code defines its own timeval functions (since timeval
is rarely used inside the kernel by others), namely tv_lt() and
TIMEVAL_ADD() macros, that operate on SCTP cookie expiration.
We might as well remove all those, and operate directly on ktime
structures for a couple of reasons: ktime is available on all archs;
complexity of ktime calculations depending on the arch is less than
(reduces to a simple arithmetic operations on archs with
BITS_PER_LONG == 64 or CONFIG_KTIME_SCALAR) or equal to timeval
functions (other archs); code becomes more readable; macros can be
thrown out.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do neither ship a test_frame.h, nor will this be compatible with
the 2.5 out-of-tree lksctp kernel test suite anyway. So remove this
artefact.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits the timers for duplicate address detection and router
solicitations apart. The router solicitations timer goes into inet6_dev
and the dad timer stays in inet6_ifaddr.
The reason behind this patch is to reduce the number of unneeded router
solicitations send out by the host if additional link-local addresses
are created. Currently we send out RS for every link-local address on
an interface.
If the RS timer fires we pick a source address with ipv6_get_lladdr. This
change could hurt people adding additional link-local addresses and
specifying these addresses in the radvd clients section because we
no longer guarantee that we use every ll address as source address in
router solicitations.
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fleitner@redhat.com>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tcp_fastopen_context has a field named tfm, which is a pointer
to a crypto_cipher structure.
It currently has a __rcu annotation, which is not needed at all.
tcp_fastopen_ctx is the pointer fetched by rcu_dereference(), but once
we have a pointer to current tcp_fastopen_context, we do not use/need
rcu_dereference() to access tfm.
This fixes a lot of sparse errors like the following :
net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen.c:21:31: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different address spaces)
net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen.c:21:31: expected struct crypto_cipher *tfm
net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen.c:21:31: got struct crypto_cipher [noderef] <asn:4>*tfm
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
I would guess that this is the last big wireless pull request before
the 3.11 merge window...
Regarding the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"I have a number of mesh fixes and improvements from Colleen, Jacob,
Ashok and Thomas, powersave fixes in mac80211 from Alex, improved
management-TX from Antonio, and a few various things, including locking
fixes, from others and myself. Overall though, nothing really stands
out."
As for the iwlwifi bits, Johannes says:
"Emmanuel contributed two AP mode fixes, removed an unused field, fixed a
comment and added a warning for something that shouldn't happen in
practice, and I removed the declaration of a function that doesn't even
exist and cleaned up a small include."
"This time I have a number of cleanups, a small fix from Emmanuel and two
performance improvements that combined reduce our driver's CPU
utilisation as much as 75% in high TX-throughput scenarios."
"These two patches fix two issues with using rfkill randomly during
traffic, which would then cause our driver to stop working and not be
able to recover at all."
Regarding the ath6kl bits, Kalle says:
"Here are few simple patches for ath6kl. We have a suspend crash fix for
USB from Shafi, use of mac_pton(), a compiler warning fix and a fix for
module initialisation error path."
Kalle also sends the biggest single item of note, the new ath10k
driver for Qualcomm Atheros 802.11ac CQA98xx devices.
Included is an NFC pull, of which Samuel says:
"These are the pending NFC patches for the 3.11 merge window.
It contains the pending fixes that were on nfc-fixes (nfc-fixes-3.10-2),
along with a few more for the pn544 and pn533 drivers, the LLCP
disconnection path and an LLCP memory leak.
Highlights for this one are:
- An initial secure element API. NFC chipsets can carry an embedded
secure element or get access to the SIM one. In both cases they
control the secure elements and this API provides a way to discover,
enable and disable the available SEs. It also exports that to
userspace in order for SE focused middleware to actually do something
with them (e.g. payments).
- NCI over SPI support. SPI is the most complex NCI specified transport
layer and we now have support for it in the kernel. The next step will
be to implement drivers for NCI chipsets using this transport like
e.g. bcm2079x.
- NFC p2p hardware simulation driver. We now have an nfcsim driver that
is mostly a loopback device between 2 NFC interfaces. It also
implements the rest of the NFC core API like polling and target
detection. This driver, with neard running on top of it, allows us to
completely test the LLCP, SNEP and Handover implementation without
physical hardware.
- A Firmware update netlink API. Most (All ?) HCI chipsets have a
special firmware update mode where applications can push a new
firmware that will be flashed. We now have a netlink API for providing
that mode to e.g. nfctool."
On top of all that, there are a variety of updates to brcmfmac,
iwlegacy, rtlwifi, wil6210, and the TI wl12xx drivers. As usual,
the bcma and ssb busses get a little love as well, as do a handful
of others here and there.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tunnel constants can be used in generic code but in these cases
the inline functions in ip_tunnels.h cause compilation problems
if CONFIG_INET is not set.
CC: Pravin Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove HCI_LINK_KEYS flag since using HCI_MGMT is enough for test that
user space expects the kernel managing link keys.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes hci_do_inquiry and hci_cancel_inquiry helpers. We
now use the HCI request framework in device discovery functionality
and these helpers are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes the LE scan helpers hci_le_scan and hci_cancel_
le_scan and all code related to it. We now use the HCI request
framework in device discovery functionality and these helpers are
no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
mgmt_stop_discovery_failed is now only used in mgmt.c so we can
make it a local function. This patch also moves the mgmt_stop_
discovery_failed definition up in mgmt.c to avoid forward
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to have a better HCI error handling in interleaved discovery
functionality, we should use the HCI request framework.
This patch updates le_scan_disable_work function so it uses the
HCI request framework instead of the hci_send_cmd helper. A complete
callback is registered (le_scan_disable_work_complete function) so we
are able to trigger the inquiry procedure (if we are running the
interleaved discovery) or to stop the discovery procedure (if we are
running LE-only discovery).
This patch also removes the extra logic in hci_cc_le_set_scan_enable
to trigger the inquiry procedure and the mgmt_interleaved_discovery
function since they become useless.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Some of discovery macros will be used in hci_core so we need to
define them in common place such as hci_core.h. Thus, this patch
moves discovery macros to hci_core.h and also adds the DISCOV_
prefix to them.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
mgmt_start_discovery_failed is now only used in mgmt.c so we can
make it a local function. This patch also moves the mgmt_start_
discovery_failed definition up in mgmt.c to avoid forward
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to use HCI request framework in start_discovery, we'll need
to call inquiry_cache_flush in mgmt.c. Therefore, this patch adds the
hci_ prefix to inquiry_cache_flush and makes it non-static.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In future Core Specification versions the ATT CID will be just one of
many possible CIDs that can be used for data transfer. Therefore, it
makes sense to rename the define for the ATT CID to something less
ambigous.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This typedef is unnecessary and should just be removed.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This typedef is unnecessary and should just be removed.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current situation is that SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF is 2048 + sizeof(struct sk_buff))
while SOCK_MIN_SNDBUF is 2048. Since in both cases, skb->truesize is used for
sk_{r,w}mem_alloc accounting, we should have both sizes adjusted via defining a
TCP_SKB_MIN_TRUESIZE.
Further, as Eric Dumazet points out, the minimal skb truesize in transmit path is
SKB_TRUESIZE(2048) after commit f07d960df3 ("tcp: avoid frag allocation for
small frames"), and tcp_sendmsg() tries to limit skb size to half the congestion
window, meaning we try to build two skbs at minimum. Thus, having SOCK_MIN_SNDBUF
as 2048 can hit a small regression for some applications setting to low
SO_SNDBUF / SO_RCVBUF. Note that we define a TCP_SKB_MIN_TRUESIZE, because
SKB_TRUESIZE(2048) adds SKB_DATA_ALIGN(sizeof(struct skb_shared_info)), but in
case of TCP skbs, the skb_shared_info is part of the 2048 bytes allocation for
skb->head.
The minor adaption in sk_stream_moderate_sndbuf() is to silence a warning by
using a typed max macro, as similarly done in SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF occurences, that
would appear otherwise.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Process skb tunnel header before sending packet to protocol handler.
this allows code sharing between gre and ovs gre modules.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor various ip tunnels xmit functions and extend iptunnel_xmit()
so that there is more code sharing.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently there is only one user is allowed to register for gre
protocol. Following patch adds de-multiplexer. So that multiple
modules can listen on gre protocol e.g. kernel gre devices and ovs.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/Kconfig
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
net/wireless/nl80211.c
The ath9k Kconfig conflict was a change of a Kconfig option name right
next to the deletion of another option.
The xen-netback conflict was overlapping changes involving the
handling of the notify list in xen_netbk_rx_action().
Batman conflict resolution provided by Antonio Quartulli, basically
keep everything in both conflict hunks.
The nl80211 conflict is a little more involved. In 'net' we added a
dynamic memory allocation to nl80211_dump_wiphy() to fix a race that
Linus reported. Meanwhile in 'net-next' the handlers were converted
to use pre and post doit handlers which use a flag to determine
whether to hold the RTNL mutex around the operation.
However, the dump handlers to not use this logic. Instead they have
to explicitly do the locking. There were apparent bugs in the
conversion of nl80211_dump_wiphy() in that we were not dropping the
RTNL mutex in all the return paths, and it seems we very much should
be doing so. So I fixed that whilst handling the overlapping changes.
To simplify the initial returns, I take the RTNL mutex after we try
to allocate 'tb'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Doing so will allow us to hold the BSS (not just ref it) over the
association process, thus ensuring that it doesn't time out and
gets invisible to the user (e.g. in 'iw wlan0 link'.)
This also fixes a leak in mac80211 where it doesn't always release
the BSS struct properly in all cases where calling this function.
This leak was reported by Ben Greear.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add defines for 5 and 10 MHz channel width and fix channel
handling functions accordingly.
Also check for and report the WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ
capability.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[fix spelling in comment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SCTP_STATIC is just another define for the static keyword. It's use
is inconsistent in the SCTP code anyway and it was introduced in the
initial implementation of SCTP in 2.5. We have a regression suite in
lksctp-tools, but this is for user space only, so noone makes use of
this macro anymore. The kernel test suite for 2.5 is incompatible with
the current SCTP code anyway.
So simply Remove it, to be more consistent with the rest of the kernel
code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t_new rather obfuscates things where everyone else is using actual
function names instead of that macro, so replace it with kzalloc,
which is the function t_new wraps.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
adds a socket option for low latency polling.
This allows overriding the global sysctl value with a per-socket one.
Unexport sysctl_net_ll_poll since for now it's not needed in modules.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use sched_clock() instead of get_cycles().
We can use sched_clock() because we don't care much about accuracy.
Remove the dependency on X86_TSC
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason for sysctl_net_ll_poll to be an unsigned long.
Change it into an unsigned int.
Fix the proc handler.
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This API will allow NFC drivers to add and remove the secure elements
they know about or detect. Typically this should be called (asynchronously
or not) from the driver or the host interface stack detect_se hook.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Secure elements need to be discovered after enabling the NFC controller.
This is typically done by the NCI core and the HCI drivers (HCI does not
specify how to discover SEs, it is left to the specific drivers).
Also, the SE enable/disable API explicitely takes a SE index as its
argument.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Supported secure elements are typically found during a discovery process
initiated when the NFC controller is up and running. For a given NFC
chipset there can be many configurations (embedded SE or not, with or
without a SIM card wired to the NFC controller SWP interface, etc...) and
thus driver code will never know before hand which SEs are available.
So we remove this field, it will be replaced by a real SE discovery
mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When using NFC-F we should copy the NFCID2 buffer that we got from
SENSF_RES through the ATR_REQ NFCID3 buffer. Not doing so violates
NFC Forum digital requirement #189.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Before any operation, driver interruption is de-asserted to prevent
race condition between TX and RX.
Transaction starts by emitting "Direct read" and acknowledged mode
bytes. Then packet length is read allowing to allocate correct NCI
socket buffer. After that payload is retrieved.
A delay after the transaction can be added.
This delay is determined by the driver during nci_spi_allocate_device()
call and can be 0.
If acknowledged mode is set:
- CRC of header and payload is checked
- if frame reception fails (CRC error): NACK is sent
- if received frame has ACK or NACK flag: unblock nci_spi_send()
Payload is passed to NCI module.
At the end, driver interruption is re asserted.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Danis <frederic.danis@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Before any operation, driver interruption is de-asserted to prevent
race condition between TX and RX.
The NCI over SPI header is added in front of NCI packet.
If acknowledged mode is set, CRC-16-CCITT is added to the packet.
Then the packet is forwarded to SPI module to be sent.
A delay after the transaction is added.
This delay is determined by the driver during nci_spi_allocate_device()
call and can be 0.
After data has been sent, driver interruption is re-asserted.
If acknowledged mode is set, nci_spi_send will block until
acknowledgment is received.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Danis <frederic.danis@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The NFC Forum defines a transport interface based on
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) for the NFC Controller
Interface (NCI).
This module implements the SPI transport of NCI, calling SPI module
directly to read/write data to NFC controller (NFCC).
NFCC driver should provide functions performing device open and close.
It should also provide functions asserting/de-asserting interruption
to prevent TX/RX race conditions.
NFCC driver can also fix a delay between transactions if needed by
the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Danis <frederic.danis@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This is a simple forward to the HCI driver. When driver is done with the
operation, it shall directly notify NFC Core by calling
nfc_fw_upload_done().
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
As several NFC chipsets can have their firmwares upgraded and
reflashed, this patchset adds a new netlink command to trigger
that the driver loads or flashes a new firmware. This will allows
userspace triggered firmware upgrade through netlink.
The firmware name or hint is passed as a parameter, and the driver
will eventually fetch the firmware binary through the request_firmware
API.
The cmd can only be executed when the nfc dev is not in use. Actual
firmware loading/flashing is an asynchronous operation. Result of the
operation shall send a new event up to user space through the nfc dev
multicast socket. During operation, the nfc dev is not openable and
thus not usable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
skb->dev is used for carrying a net_device pointer and not
an nci_dev pointer.
Remove usage of skb-dev to carry nci_dev and replace it by parameter
in nci_recv_frame(), nci_send_frame() and driver send() functions.
NfcWilink driver is also updated to use those functions.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Danis <frederic.danis@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
If CONFIG_NET_NS is not set then __net_init is the same as __init and
__net_exit is the same as __exit. These functions will be removed from
memory after the module loads or is removed. Functions that are exported
for use by other functions should never be labeled for removal.
Bug introduced by commit c544193214
("GRE: Refactor GRE tunneling code.")
Reported-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Track the AP's beacon rate in the scan BSS data and in the
interface configuration to let the drivers know which rate
the AP is using. This information may be used by drivers,
in our case to let the firmware optimise beacon RX.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Linux sends new unset data during disorder and recovery state if all
(suspected) lost packets have been retransmitted ( RFC5681, section
3.2 step 1 & 2, RFC3517 section 4, NexSeg() Rule 2). One requirement
is to keep the receive window about twice the estimated sender's
congestion window (tcp_rcv_space_adjust()), assuming the fast
retransmits repair the losses in the next round trip.
But currently it's not the case on the first round trip in either
normal or Fast Open connection, beucase the initial receive window
is identical to (expected) sender's initial congestion window. The
fix is to double it.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This pull request is intended for the 3.11 stream...
One big highlight is the cw1200 driver the ST-E CW1100 & CW1200
WLAN chipsets. This one has been lingering for a while, lacking
some review comments. Once started getting pulled into linux-next,
it got a bit more attention and a number of improvements were made
over the initial cut. No doubt there will be more changes ahead,
but I think it is looking alright at this point.
Along with that, there is the usual flurry of updates to the mac80211
core and the iwlwifi, mwifiex, ath9k, rt2x00, wil6210, and other
drivers. A few of the highlights are some rt2x00 refactoring/cleanup
by Gabor Juhos, some rt2800 hardware support enhancements by Stanislaw
Gruszka, some iwlwifi power management updates from Alexander Bondar,
some enhanced bcma SPROM support from Rafał Miłecki, and a variety
of other things here and there.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If hci_dev_open fails we need to ensure that the corresponding
mgmt_set_powered command gets an appropriate response. This patch fixes
the missing response by adding a new mgmt_set_powered_failed function
that's used to indicate a power on failure to mgmt. Since a situation
with the device being rfkilled may require special handling in user
space the patch uses a new dedicated mgmt status code for this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit ef722495c8
( [IPV4]: Remove unused ip_options->is_data) removed the unused is_data
member from ip_options struct.
This patch removes is_data also from the documentation of the ip_options struct.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to TCP offloading and UDPv6 offloading, move all related
UDPv4 functions to udp_offload.c to make things more explicit. Also,
by this, we can make those functions static.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before allowing 64bits bytes rates, refactor
psched_ratecfg_precompute() to get better comments
and increased accuracy.
rate_bps field is renamed to rate_bytes_ps, as we only
have to worry about bytes per second.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently mesh uses mandatory rates as the default basic rates. Allow basic
rates to be configured during mesh join. Basic rates are applied only if
channel is also provided with mesh join command.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
[some whitespace fixes, refuse basic rates w/o channel]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a STA has a peer that it hasn't seen any tx activity
from for a certain length of time, the peer link is
expired. This means the inactive STA is removed from the
list of peers and that STA is not considered a peer again
unless it re-peers. Previously, this inactivity time was
always 30 minutes. Now, add it to the mesh configuration
and allow it to be configured. Retain 30 minutes as a
default value.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
struct gnet_stats_rate_est contains u32 fields, so the bytes per second
field can wrap at 34360Mbit.
Add a new gnet_stats_rate_est64 structure to get 64bit bps/pps fields,
and switch the kernel to use this structure natively.
This structure is dumped to user space as a new attribute :
TCA_STATS_RATE_EST64
Old tc command will now display the capped bps (to 34360Mbit), instead
of wrapped values, and updated tc command will display correct
information.
Old tc command output, after patch :
eric:~# tc -s -d qd sh dev lo
qdisc pfifo 8001: root refcnt 2 limit 1000p
Sent 80868245400 bytes 1978837 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 34360Mbit 189696pps backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
This patch carefully reorganizes "struct Qdisc" layout to get optimal
performance on SMP.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds an ndo_ll_poll method and the code that supports it.
This method can be used by low latency applications to busy-poll
Ethernet device queues directly from the socket code.
sysctl_net_ll_poll controls how many microseconds to poll.
Default is zero (disabled).
Individual protocol support will be added by subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliezer Tamir <eliezer.tamir@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Would be good to make things explicit and move those functions to
a new file called tcp_offload.c, thus make this similar to tcpv6_offload.c.
While moving all related functions into tcp_offload.c, we can also
make some of them static, since they are only used there. Also, add
an explicit registration function.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nf_log.c
The conflict in nf_log.c is that in 'net' we added CONFIG_PROC_FS
protection around foo_proc_entry() calls to fix a build failure,
whereas in Pablo's tree a guard if() test around a call is
remove_proc_entry() was removed. Trivially resolved.
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains the first batch of
Netfilter/IPVS updates for your net-next tree, they are:
* Three patches with improvements and code refactorization
for nfnetlink_queue, from Florian Westphal.
* FTP helper now parses replies without brackets, as RFC1123
recommends, from Jeff Mahoney.
* Rise a warning to tell everyone about ULOG deprecation,
NFLOG has been already in the kernel tree for long time
and supersedes the old logging over netlink stub, from
myself.
* Don't panic if we fail to load netfilter core framework,
just bail out instead, from myself.
* Add cond_resched_rcu, used by IPVS to allow rescheduling
while walking over big hashtables, from Simon Horman.
* Change type of IPVS sysctl_sync_qlen_max sysctl to avoid
possible overflow, from Zhang Yanfei.
* Use strlcpy instead of strncpy to skip zeroing of already
initialized area to write the extension names in ebtables,
from Chen Gang.
* Use already existing per-cpu notrack object from xt_CT,
from Eric Dumazet.
* Save explicit socket lookup in xt_socket now that we have
early demux, also from Eric Dumazet.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge 'net' bug fixes into 'net-next' as we have patches
that will build on top of them.
This merge commit includes a change from Emil Goode
(emilgoode@gmail.com) that fixes a warning that would
have been introduced by this merge. Specifically it
fixes the pingv6_ops method ipv6_chk_addr() to add a
"const" to the "struct net_device *dev" argument and
likewise update the dummy_ipv6_chk_addr() declaration.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently beacon availability upon association is marked by have_beacon
flag of assoc_data structure that becomes unavailable when association
completes. However beacon availability indication is required also after
association to inform a driver. Currently dtim_period parameter is used
for this purpose. Move have_beacon flag to another structure, persistant
throughout a interface's life cycle. Use suitable sematics for beacon
availability indication.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
[fix another instance of BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD in docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use a more current code style.
Remove extern from function prototypes.
Align function arguments and reflow to 80 cols.
Use network comment styles.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
cc: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The format is based on /proc/net/icmp and /proc/net/{udp,raw}6.
Compiles and displays reasonable results with CONFIG_IPV6={n,m,y}
Couldn't figure out how to test without CONFIG_PROC_FS enabled.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a ping_seq_afinfo structure (similar to its UDP
equivalent) and use it to make some of the ping /proc functions
address-family independent. Rename the remaining ping /proc
functions from ping_* to ping_v4_*.
Compiles and displays reasonable results with CONFIG_IPV6={n,m,y}
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
udp6_sock_seq_show and raw6_sock_seq_show are identical, except
the UDP version displays ports and the raw version displays the
protocol. Refactor most of the code in these two functions into
a new common ip6_dgram_sock_seq_show function, in preparation
for using it to display ICMPv6 sockets as well.
Also reduce the indentation in parts of include/net/transp_v6.h
to improve readability.
Compiles and displays reasonable results with CONFIG_IPV6={n,m,y}
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce the indentation of most of the functions and make it a
bit more consistent. This allows longer function and arg names
to be consistently indented without wrapping.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current internal SME implementation in cfg80211 is
very mixed up with the MLME handling, which has been
causing issues for a long time. There are three things
that the implementation has to provide:
* a basic SME implementation for nl80211's connect()
call (for drivers implementing auth/assoc, which is
really just mac80211) and wireless extensions
* MLME events for the userspace SME
* SME events (connected, disconnected etc.) for all
different SME implementation possibilities (driver,
cfg80211 and userspace)
To achieve these goals it isn't necessary to track the
software SME's connection status outside of it's state
(which is the part that caused many issues.) Instead,
track it only in the SME data (wdev->conn) and in the
general case only track whether the wdev is connected
or not (via wdev->current_bss.)
Also separate the internal implementation to not have
callbacks from the SME events, but rather call it from
the API functions that the driver (or rather mac80211)
calls. This separates the code better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do some cleanups in the cfg80211 SME APIs, which are
only used by mac80211.
Most of these functions get a frame passed, and there
isn't really any reason to export multiple functions
as cfg80211 can check the frame type instead, do that.
Additionally, the API functions have confusing names
like cfg80211_send_...() which was meant to indicate
that it sends an event to userspace, but gets a bit
confusing when there's both TX and RX and they're not
all clearly labeled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to take up the space for devices that don't
support WoWLAN, and most drivers can even make the support
data static const (except where it's modified at runtime.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit 13d82bf5 (ipv4: Fix flushing of cached routing informations)
added the support to flush learned pmtu information.
However, using rt_genid is quite heavy as it is bumped on route
add/change and multicast events amongst other places. These can
happen quite often, especially if using dynamic routing protocols.
While this is ok with routes (as they are just recreated locally),
the pmtu information is learned from remote systems and the icmp
notification can come with long delays. It is worthy to have separate
genid to avoid excessive pmtu resets.
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 56b765b79 ("htb: improved accuracy at high rates")
broke the "overhead xxx" handling, as well as the "linklayer atm"
attribute.
tc class add ... htb rate X ceil Y linklayer atm overhead 10
This patch restores the "overhead xxx" handling, for htb, tbf
and act_police
The "linklayer atm" thing needs a separate fix.
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Vimalkumar <j.vimal@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some cases after deleting a policy from the SPD the policy would
remain in the dst/flow/route cache for an extended period of time
which caused problems for SELinux as its dynamic network access
controls key off of the number of XFRM policy and state entries.
This patch corrects this problem by forcing a XFRM garbage collection
whenever a policy is sucessfully removed.
Reported-by: Ondrej Moris <omoris@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch, ip_tunnel_xmit() was using the field protocol from the IP
header passed into argument.
There is no functional change, this patch prepares the support of IPv4 over
IPv4 for module sit.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An active monitor interface is one that is used for communication (via
injection). It is expected to ACK incoming unicast packets. This is
useful for running various 802.11 testing utilities that associate to an
AP via injection and manage the state in user space.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This corrects an regression introduced by "net: Use 16bits for *_headers
fields of struct skbuff" when NET_SKBUFF_DATA_USES_OFFSET is not set. In
that case skb->tail will be a pointer whereas skb->transport_header
will be an offset from head. This is corrected by using wrappers that
ensure that comparisons and calculations are always made using pointers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the current WoWLAN configuration available to drivers
at runtime. This isn't really useful for the normal WoWLAN
behaviour and accessing it can also be racy, but drivers
may use it for testing the WoWLAN device behaviour while
the host stays up & running to observe the device.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds the ability to send ICMPv6 echo requests without a
raw socket. The equivalent ability for ICMPv4 was added in
2011.
Instead of having separate code paths for IPv4 and IPv6, make
most of the code in net/ipv4/ping.c dual-stack and only add a
few IPv6-specific bits (like the protocol definition) to a new
net/ipv6/ping.c. Hopefully this will reduce divergence and/or
duplication of bugs in the future.
Caveats:
- Setting options via ancillary data (e.g., using IPV6_PKTINFO
to specify the outgoing interface) is not yet supported.
- There are no separate security settings for IPv4 and IPv6;
everything is controlled by /proc/net/ipv4/ping_group_range.
- The proc interface does not yet display IPv6 ping sockets
properly.
Tested with a patched copy of ping6 and using raw socket calls.
Compiles and works with all of CONFIG_IPV6={n,m,y}.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This member of struct netns_ipvs is calculated from nr_free_buffer_pages
so change its type to unsigned long in case of overflow. Also, type of
its related proc var sync_qlen_max and the return type of function
sysctl_sync_qlen_max() should be changed to unsigned long, too.
Besides, the type of ipvs_master_sync_state->sync_queue_len should be
changed to unsigned long accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Yanfei <zhangyanfei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Merge net into net-next because some upcoming net-next changes
build on top of bug fixes that went into net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using separate locks in cfg80211 and mac80211 has always
caused issues, for example having to unlock in places in
mac80211 to call cfg80211, which even needed a framework
to make cfg80211 calls after some functions returned etc.
Additionally, I suspect some issues people have reported
with the cfg80211 state getting confused could be due to
such issues, when cfg80211 is asking mac80211 to change
state but mac80211 is in the process of telling cfg80211
that the state changed (in another way.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Virtually all code paths in cfg80211 already (need to) hold
the RTNL. As such, there's little point in having another
four mutexes for various parts of the code, they just cause
lock ordering issues (and much of the time, the RTNL and a
few of the others need thus be held.)
Simplify all this by getting rid of the extra four mutexes
and just use the RTNL throughout. Only a few code changes
were needed to do this and we can get rid of a work struct
for bonus points.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some chips can tell us if received frame was
encoded with STBC or not. To make this information available
in user space we can use updated radiotap specification:
http://www.radiotap.org/defined-fields/MCS
This patch will set number of STBC encoded spatial streams (Nss).
The HAVE_STBC flag should be provided by driver.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This target has been superseded by NFLOG. Spot a warning
so we prepare removal in a couple of years.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Quoting https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=812:
[ ip6tables -m addrtype ]
When I tried to use in the nat/PREROUTING it messes up the
routing cache even if the rule didn't matched at all.
[..]
If I remove the --limit-iface-in from the non-working scenario, so just
use the -m addrtype --dst-type LOCAL it works!
This happens when LOCAL type matching is requested with --limit-iface-in,
and the default ipv6 route is via the interface the packet we test
arrived on.
Because xt_addrtype uses ip6_route_output, the ipv6 routing implementation
creates an unwanted cached entry, and the packet won't make it to the
real/expected destination.
Silently ignoring --limit-iface-in makes the routing work but it breaks
rule matching (--dst-type LOCAL with limit-iface-in is supposed to only
match if the dst address is configured on the incoming interface;
without --limit-iface-in it will match if the address is reachable
via lo).
The test should call ipv6_chk_addr() instead. However, this would add
a link-time dependency on ipv6.
There are two possible solutions:
1) Revert the commit that moved ipt_addrtype to xt_addrtype,
and put ipv6 specific code into ip6t_addrtype.
2) add new "nf_ipv6_ops" struct to register pointers to ipv6 functions.
While the former might seem preferable, Pablo pointed out that there
are more xt modules with link-time dependeny issues regarding ipv6,
so lets go for 2).
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
TCP md5 code uses per cpu variables but protects access to them with
a shared spinlock, which is a contention point.
[ tcp_md5sig_pool_lock is locked twice per incoming packet ]
Makes things much simpler, by allocating crypto structures once, first
time a socket needs md5 keys, and not deallocating them as they are
really small.
Next step would be to allow crypto allocations being done in a NUMA
aware way.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The next pointer within the inet6_dev structure seems not to be used
anywhere. So just remove it. Tested with allmodconfig on x86_64.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_timeout_skb() was intended to trigger fast recovery on timeout,
unfortunately in reality it often causes spurious retransmission
storms during fast recovery. The particular sign is a fast retransmit
over the highest sacked sequence (SND.FACK).
Currently the RTO timer re-arming (as in RFC6298) offers a nice cushion
to avoid spurious timeout: when SND.UNA advances the sender re-arms
RTO and extends the timeout by icsk_rto. The sender does not offset
the time elapsed since the packet at SND.UNA was sent.
But if the next (DUP)ACK arrives later than ~RTTVAR and triggers
tcp_fastretrans_alert(), then tcp_timeout_skb() will mark any packet
sent before the icsk_rto interval lost, including one that's above the
highest sacked sequence. Most likely a large part of scorebard will be
marked.
If most packets are not lost then the subsequent DUPACKs with new SACK
blocks will cause the sender to continue to retransmit packets beyond
SND.FACK spuriously. Even if only one packet is lost the sender may
falsely retransmit almost the entire window.
The situation becomes common in the world of bufferbloat: the RTT
continues to grow as the queue builds up but RTTVAR remains small and
close to the minimum 200ms. If a data packet is lost and the DUPACK
triggered by the next data packet is slightly delayed, then a spurious
retransmission storm forms.
As the original comment on tcp_timeout_skb() suggests: the usefulness
of this feature is questionable. It also wastes cycles walking the
sack scoreboard and is actually harmful because of false recovery.
It's time to remove this.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the support of peer address for IPv6. For example, it is
possible to specify the remote end of a 6inY tunnel.
This was already possible in IPv4:
ip addr add ip1 peer ip2 dev dev1
The peer address is specified with IFA_ADDRESS and the local address with
IFA_LOCAL (like explained in include/uapi/linux/if_addr.h).
Note that the API is not changed, because before this patch, it was not
possible to specify two different addresses in IFA_LOCAL and IFA_REMOTE.
There is a small change for the dump: if the peer is different from ::,
IFA_ADDRESS will contain the peer address instead of the local address.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains three Netfilter fixes and update
for the MAINTAINER file for your net tree, they are:
* Fix crash if nf_log_packet is called from conntrack, in that case
both interfaces are NULL, from Hans Schillstrom. This bug introduced
with the logging netns support in the previous merge window.
* Fix compilation of nf_log and nf_queue without CONFIG_PROC_FS,
from myself. This bug was introduced in the previous merge window
with the new netns support for the netfilter logging infrastructure.
* Fix possible crash in xt_TCPOPTSTRIP due to missing sanity
checkings to validate that the TCP header is well-formed, from
myself. I can find this bug in 2.6.25, probably it's been there
since the beginning. I'll pass this to -stable.
* Update MAINTAINER file to point to new nf trees at git.kernel.org,
remove Harald and use M: instead of P: (now obsolete tag) to
keep Jozsef in the list of people.
Please, consider pulling this. Thanks!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Authentication takes place in userspace, but the beacon is
generated in the kernel. Allow userspace to inform the
kernel of the authentication method so the appropriate
mesh config IE can be set prior to beacon generation when
joining the MBSS.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make kerneldoc content match header file content, no functional
change.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Document rx vs tx status concurrency requirements.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since (69b34fb netfilter: xt_LOG: add net namespace support
for xt_LOG), we hit this:
[ 4224.708977] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000388
[ 4224.709074] IP: [<ffffffff8147f699>] ipt_log_packet+0x29/0x270
when callling log functions from conntrack both in and out
are NULL i.e. the net pointer is invalid.
Adding struct net *net in call to nf_logfn() will secure that
there always is a vaild net ptr.
Reported as netfilter's bugzilla bug 818:
https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=818
Reported-by: Ronald <ronald645@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We have seen multiple NULL dereferences in __inet6_lookup_established()
After analysis, I found that inet6_sk() could be NULL while the
check for sk_family == AF_INET6 was true.
Bug was added in linux-2.6.29 when RCU lookups were introduced in UDP
and TCP stacks.
Once an IPv6 socket, using SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU is inserted in a hash
table, we no longer can clear pinet6 field.
This patch extends logic used in commit fcbdf09d96
("net: fix nulls list corruptions in sk_prot_alloc")
TCP/UDP/UDPLite IPv6 protocols provide their own .clear_sk() method
to make sure we do not clear pinet6 field.
At socket clone phase, we do not really care, as cloning the parent (non
NULL) pinet6 is not adding a fatal race.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull VFS updates from Al Viro,
Misc cleanups all over the place, mainly wrt /proc interfaces (switch
create_proc_entry to proc_create(), get rid of the deprecated
create_proc_read_entry() in favor of using proc_create_data() and
seq_file etc).
7kloc removed.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (204 commits)
don't bother with deferred freeing of fdtables
proc: Move non-public stuff from linux/proc_fs.h to fs/proc/internal.h
proc: Make the PROC_I() and PDE() macros internal to procfs
proc: Supply a function to remove a proc entry by PDE
take cgroup_open() and cpuset_open() to fs/proc/base.c
ppc: Clean up scanlog
ppc: Clean up rtas_flash driver somewhat
hostap: proc: Use remove_proc_subtree()
drm: proc: Use remove_proc_subtree()
drm: proc: Use minor->index to label things, not PDE->name
drm: Constify drm_proc_list[]
zoran: Don't print proc_dir_entry data in debug
reiserfs: Don't access the proc_dir_entry in r_open(), r_start() r_show()
proc: Supply an accessor for getting the data from a PDE's parent
airo: Use remove_proc_subtree()
rtl8192u: Don't need to save device proc dir PDE
rtl8187se: Use a dir under /proc/net/r8180/
proc: Add proc_mkdir_data()
proc: Move some bits from linux/proc_fs.h to linux/{of.h,signal.h,tty.h}
proc: Move PDE_NET() to fs/proc/proc_net.c
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights (1721 non-merge commits, this has to be a record of some
sort):
1) Add 'random' mode to team driver, from Jiri Pirko and Eric
Dumazet.
2) Make it so that any driver that supports configuration of multiple
MAC addresses can provide the forwarding database add and del
calls by providing a default implementation and hooking that up if
the driver doesn't have an explicit set of handlers. From Vlad
Yasevich.
3) Support GSO segmentation over tunnels and other encapsulating
devices such as VXLAN, from Pravin B Shelar.
4) Support L2 GRE tunnels in the flow dissector, from Michael Dalton.
5) Implement Tail Loss Probe (TLP) detection in TCP, from Nandita
Dukkipati.
6) In the PHY layer, allow supporting wake-on-lan in situations where
the PHY registers have to be written for it to be configured.
Use it to support wake-on-lan in mv643xx_eth.
From Michael Stapelberg.
7) Significantly improve firewire IPV6 support, from YOSHIFUJI
Hideaki.
8) Allow multiple packets to be sent in a single transmission using
network coding in batman-adv, from Martin Hundebøll.
9) Add support for T5 cxgb4 chips, from Santosh Rastapur.
10) Generalize the VXLAN forwarding tables so that there is more
flexibility in configurating various aspects of the endpoints.
From David Stevens.
11) Support RSS and TSO in hardware over GRE tunnels in bxn2x driver,
from Dmitry Kravkov.
12) Zero copy support in nfnelink_queue, from Eric Dumazet and Pablo
Neira Ayuso.
13) Start adding networking selftests.
14) In situations of overload on the same AF_PACKET fanout socket, or
per-cpu packet receive queue, minimize drop by distributing the
load to other cpus/fanouts. From Willem de Bruijn and Eric
Dumazet.
15) Add support for new payload offset BPF instruction, from Daniel
Borkmann.
16) Convert several drivers over to mdoule_platform_driver(), from
Sachin Kamat.
17) Provide a minimal BPF JIT image disassembler userspace tool, from
Daniel Borkmann.
18) Rewrite F-RTO implementation in TCP to match the final
specification of it in RFC4138 and RFC5682. From Yuchung Cheng.
19) Provide netlink socket diag of netlink sockets ("Yo dawg, I hear
you like netlink, so I implemented netlink dumping of netlink
sockets.") From Andrey Vagin.
20) Remove ugly passing of rtnetlink attributes into rtnl_doit
functions, from Thomas Graf.
21) Allow userspace to be able to see if a configuration change occurs
in the middle of an address or device list dump, from Nicolas
Dichtel.
22) Support RFC3168 ECN protection for ipv6 fragments, from Hannes
Frederic Sowa.
23) Increase accuracy of packet length used by packet scheduler, from
Jason Wang.
24) Beginning set of changes to make ipv4/ipv6 fragment handling more
scalable and less susceptible to overload and locking contention,
from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
25) Get rid of using non-type-safe NLMSG_* macros and use nlmsg_*()
instead. From Hong Zhiguo.
26) Optimize route usage in IPVS by avoiding reference counting where
possible, from Julian Anastasov.
27) Convert IPVS schedulers to RCU, also from Julian Anastasov.
28) Support cpu fanouts in xt_NFQUEUE netfilter target, from Holger
Eitzenberger.
29) Network namespace support for nf_log, ebt_log, xt_LOG, ipt_ULOG,
nfnetlink_log, and nfnetlink_queue. From Gao feng.
30) Implement RFC3168 ECN protection, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
31) Support several new r8169 chips, from Hayes Wang.
32) Support tokenized interface identifiers in ipv6, from Daniel
Borkmann.
33) Use usbnet_link_change() helper in USB net driver, from Ming Lei.
34) Add 802.1ad vlan offload support, from Patrick McHardy.
35) Support mmap() based netlink communication, also from Patrick
McHardy.
36) Support HW timestamping in mlx4 driver, from Amir Vadai.
37) Rationalize AF_PACKET packet timestamping when transmitting, from
Willem de Bruijn and Daniel Borkmann.
38) Bring parity to what's provided by /proc/net/packet socket dumping
and the info provided by netlink socket dumping of AF_PACKET
sockets. From Nicolas Dichtel.
39) Fix peeking beyond zero sized SKBs in AF_UNIX, from Benjamin
Poirier"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1722 commits)
filter: fix va_list build error
af_unix: fix a fatal race with bit fields
bnx2x: Prevent memory leak when cnic is absent
bnx2x: correct reading of speed capabilities
net: sctp: attribute printl with __printf for gcc fmt checks
netlink: kconfig: move mmap i/o into netlink kconfig
netpoll: convert mutex into a semaphore
netlink: Fix skb ref counting.
net_sched: act_ipt forward compat with xtables
mlx4_en: fix a build error on 32bit arches
Revert "bnx2x: allow nvram test to run when device is down"
bridge: avoid OOPS if root port not found
drivers: net: cpsw: fix kernel warn on cpsw irq enable
sh_eth: use random MAC address if no valid one supplied
3c509.c: call SET_NETDEV_DEV for all device types (ISA/ISAPnP/EISA)
tg3: fix to append hardware time stamping flags
unix/stream: fix peeking with an offset larger than data in queue
unix/dgram: fix peeking with an offset larger than data in queue
unix/dgram: peek beyond 0-sized skbs
openvswitch: Remove unneeded ovs_netdev_get_ifindex()
...
Using bit fields is dangerous on ppc64/sparc64, as the compiler [1]
uses 64bit instructions to manipulate them.
If the 64bit word includes any atomic_t or spinlock_t, we can lose
critical concurrent changes.
This is happening in af_unix, where unix_sk(sk)->gc_candidate/
gc_maybe_cycle/lock share the same 64bit word.
This leads to fatal deadlock, as one/several cpus spin forever
on a spinlock that will never be available again.
A safer way would be to use a long to store flags.
This way we are sure compiler/arch wont do bad things.
As we own unix_gc_lock spinlock when clearing or setting bits,
we can use the non atomic __set_bit()/__clear_bit().
recursion_level can share the same 64bit location with the spinlock,
as it is set only with this spinlock held.
[1] bug fixed in gcc-4.8.0 :
http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=52080
Reported-by: Ambrose Feinstein <ambrose@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't use create_proc_read_entry() as that is deprecated, but rather use
proc_create_data() and seq_file instead.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
cc: devel@driverdev.osuosl.org
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Instead of feeding net_secret[] at boot time, defer the init
at the point first socket is created.
This permits some platforms to use better entropy sources than
the ones available at boot time.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains relevant updates for the Netfilter
tree, they are:
* Enhancements for ipset: Add the counter extension for sets, this
information can be used from the iptables set match, to change
the matching behaviour. Jozsef required to add the extension
infrastructure and moved the existing timeout support upon it.
This also includes a change in net/sched/em_ipset to adapt it to
the new extension structure.
* Enhancements for performance boosting in nfnetlink_queue: Add new
configuration flags that allows user-space to receive big packets (GRO)
and to disable checksumming calculation. This were proposed by Eric
Dumazet during the Netfilter Workshop 2013 in Copenhagen. Florian
Westphal was kind enough to find the time to materialize the proposal.
* A sparse fix from Simon, he noticed it in the SCTP NAT helper, the fix
required a change in the interface of sctp_end_cksum.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the type of the crc32 parameter of sctp_end_cksum()
from __be32 to __u32 to reflect that fact that it is passed
to cpu_to_le32().
There are five in-tree users of sctp_end_cksum().
The following four had warnings flagged by sparse which are
no longer present with this change.
net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_proto_sctp.c:sctp_nat_csum()
net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_proto_sctp.c:sctp_csum_check()
net/sctp/input.c:sctp_rcv_checksum()
net/sctp/output.c:sctp_packet_transmit()
The fifth user is net/netfilter/nf_nat_proto_sctp.c:sctp_manip_pkt().
It has been updated to pass a __u32 instead of a __be32,
the value in question was already calculated in cpu byte-order.
net/netfilter/nf_nat_proto_sctp.c:sctp_manip_pkt() has also
been updated to assign the return value of sctp_end_cksum()
directly to a variable of type __le32, matching the
type of the return value. Previously the return value
was assigned to a variable of type __be32 and then that variable
was finally assigned to another variable of type __le32.
Problems flagged by sparse.
Compile and sparse tested only.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
skb_gso_segment is expensive, so it would be nice if we could
avoid it in the future. However, userspace needs to be prepared
to receive larger-than-mtu-packets (which will also have incorrect
l3/l4 checksums), so we cannot simply remove it.
The plan is to add a per-queue feature flag that userspace can
set when binding the queue.
The problem is that in nf_queue, we only have a queue number,
not the queue context/configuration settings.
This patch should have no impact other than the skb_gso_segment
call now being in a function that has access to the queue config
data.
A new size attribute in nf_queue_entry is needed so
nfnetlink_queue can duplicate the entry of the gso skb
when segmenting the skb while also copying the route key.
The follow up patch adds switch to disable skb_gso_segment when
queue config says so.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Increase fragmentation hash bucket size to 1024 from old 64 elems.
After we increased the frag mem limits commit c2a93660 (net: increase
fragment memory usage limits) the hash size of 64 elements is simply
too small. Also considering the mem limit is per netns and the hash
table is shared for all netns.
For the embedded people, note that this increase will change the hash
table/array from using approx 1 Kbytes to 16 Kbytes.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All genl callbacks are serialized by genl-mutex. This can become
bottleneck in multi threaded case.
Following patch adds an parameter to genl_family so that a
particular family can get concurrent netlink callback without
genl_lock held.
New rw-sem is used to protect genl callback from genl family unregister.
in case of parallel_ops genl-family read-lock is taken for callbacks and
write lock is taken for register or unregistration for any family.
In case of locked genl family semaphore and gel-mutex is locked for
any openration.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains fixes for recently applied
Netfilter/IPVS updates to the net-next tree, most relevantly
they are:
* Fix sparse warnings introduced in the RCU conversion, from
Julian Anastasov.
* Fix wrong endianness in the size field of IPVS sync messages,
from Simon Horman.
* Fix missing if checking in nf_xfrm_me_harder, from Dan Carpenter.
* Fix off by one access in the IPVS SCTP tracking code, again from
Dan Carpenter.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove my soon bouncing email address.
Also remove the "Contact:" line in file header.
The MAINTAINERS file is a better place to find the
contact person anyway.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some service fields are in network order:
- netmask: used once in network order and also as prefix len for IPv6
- port
Other parameters are in host order:
- struct ip_vs_flags: flags and mask moved between user and kernel only
- sync state: moved between user and kernel only
- syncid: sent over network as single octet
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/mac80211_if.c
include/net/scm.h
net/batman-adv/routing.c
net/ipv4/tcp_input.c
The e{uid,gid} --> {uid,gid} credentials fix conflicted with the
cleanup in net-next to now pass cred structs around.
The be2net driver had a bug fix in 'net' that overlapped with the VLAN
interface changes by Patrick McHardy in net-next.
An IGB conflict existed because in 'net' the build_skb() support was
reverted, and in 'net-next' there was a comment style fix within that
code.
Several batman-adv conflicts were resolved by making sure that all
calls to batadv_is_my_mac() are changed to have a new bat_priv first
argument.
Eric Dumazet's TS ECR fix in TCP in 'net' conflicted with the F-RTO
rewrite in 'net-next', mostly overlapping changes.
Thanks to Stephen Rothwell and Antonio Quartulli for help with several
of these merge resolutions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct sctp_packet is currently embedded into sctp_transport or
sits on the stack as 'singleton' in sctp_outq_flush(). Therefore,
its member 'malloced' is always 0, thus a kfree() is never called.
Because of that, we can just remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dl_next member in struct request_sock doesn't need to be first.
We expect to insert a "struct common_sock" or a subset of it,
so this claim had to be verified.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211
and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate
selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows
rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a
step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi.
When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not
fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve
explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then
explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from
info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some protocols need a more reliable connection to complete
successful in reasonable time. This patch adds a user-space
API to indicate the wireless driver that a critical protocol
is about to commence and when it is done, using nl80211 primitives
NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START and NL80211_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP.
There can be only on critical protocol session started per
registered cfg80211 device.
The driver can support this by implementing the cfg80211 callbacks
.crit_proto_start() and .crit_proto_stop(). Examples of protocols
that can benefit from this are DHCP, EAPOL, APIPA. Exactly how the
link can/should be made more reliable is up to the driver. Things
to consider are avoid scanning, no multi-channel operations, and
alter coexistence schemes.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some driver implementations need to know whether mandatory
admission control is required by the AP for some ACs. Add
a parameter to the TX queue parameters indicating this.
As there's currently no support for admission control in
mac80211's AP implementation, it's only ever set for the
client implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 257b5358b3 ("scm: Capture the full credentials of the scm
sender") changed the credentials passing code to pass in the effective
uid/gid instead of the real uid/gid.
Obviously this doesn't matter most of the time (since normally they are
the same), but it results in differences for suid binaries when the wrong
uid/gid ends up being used.
This just undoes that (presumably unintentional) part of the commit.
Reported-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "reason" can come from skb->data[] and it hasn't been capped so it
can be from 0-255 instead of just 0-6. For example in irlmp_state_dtr()
the code does:
reason = skb->data[3];
...
irlmp_disconnect_indication(self, reason, skb);
Also LMREASON has a couple other values which don't have entries in the
irlmp_reasons[] array. And 0xff is a valid reason as well which means
"unknown".
So far as I can see we don't actually care about "reason" except for in
the debug code.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of the confusing mix of pid and portid and use portid consistently
for all netlink related socket identities.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All HCI command send functions that take a pointer to the command
parameters do not need to modify the content in any way (they merely
copy the data to an skb). Therefore, the parameter type should be
declared const. This also allows passing already const parameters to
these APIs which previously would have generated a compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch renames LE_SCANNING_ENABLED and LE_SCANNING_DISABLED
macros to LE_SCAN_ENABLE and LE_SCAN_DISABLE in order to keep
the same prefix others LE scan macros have.
It also fixes le_scan_enable_req function so it uses the LE_SCAN_
ENABLE macro instead of a magic number.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds macros for filter_duplicates parameter values from
HCI LE Set Scan Enable command. It also fixes le_scan_enable_req
function so it uses the LE_SCAN_FILTER_DUP_ENABLE macro instead of
a magic number.
The LE_SCAN_FILTER_DUP_DISABLE was also defined since it will be
required to properly support the GAP Observer Role.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds macros for active and passive LE scan type values.
The LE_SCAN_PASSIVE was also defined since it will be used in future
by LE connection routine and GAP Observer Role support.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
With the introduction of CSA4 there is now also a features page number 2
available. This patch increments the maximum supported page number to 2
and adds code for reading all available pages (as long as we have
support for them - indicated by HCI_MAX_PAGES).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The local and remote features are organized by page number. Page 0
are the LMP features, page 1 the host features, and any pages beyond 1
features that future core specification versions may define. So far
we've only had the first two pages and two separate variables has been
convenient enough, however with the introduction of Core Specification
Addendum 4 there are features defined on page 2.
Instead of requiring the addition of a new variable each time a new page
number is defined, this patch refactors the code to use a single table
for the features. The patch needs to update both the hci_dev and
hci_conn structures since there are macros that depend on the features
being represented in the same way in both of them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Since this function is only used by sco, move it from hci_event.c to
sco.c and rename to sco_conn_defer_accept. Make it static.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The structure sctp_ulpq is embedded into sctp_association and never
separately allocated, also ulpq->malloced is always 0, so that
kfree() is never called. Therefore, remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sctp_bind_addr structure has a 'malloced' member that is
always set to 0, thus in sctp_bind_addr_free() the kfree()
part can never be called. This part is embedded into
sctp_ep_common anyway and never alloced.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_transport's member 'malloced' is set to 1, never evaluated
and the structure is kfreed anyway. So just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_outq is embedded into sctp_association, and thus never
kmalloced in any way. Also, malloced is always 0, thus kfree()
is never called. Therefore, remove that dead piece of code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_inq is never kmalloced, since it's integrated into sctp_ep_common
and only initialized from eps and assocs. Therefore, remove the dead
code from there.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sctp_ssnmap_init() can only be called from sctp_ssnmap_new()
where malloced is always set to 1. Thus, when we call
sctp_ssnmap_free() the test for map->malloced evaluates always
to true.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several sub-modules like HIDP, rfcomm, ... need to track l2cap
connections. The l2cap_conn->hcon->dev object is used as parent for sysfs
devices so the sub-modules need to be notified when the hci_conn object is
removed from sysfs.
As submodules normally use the l2cap layer, the l2cap_user objects are
registered there instead of on the underlying hci_conn object. This avoids
any direct dependency on the HCI layer and lets the l2cap core handle any
specifics.
This patch introduces l2cap_user objects which contain a "probe" and
"remove" callback. You can register them on any l2cap_conn object and if
it is active, the "probe" callback will get called. Otherwise, an error is
returned.
The l2cap_conn object will call your "remove" callback directly before it
is removed from user-space. This allows you to remove your submodules
_before_ the parent l2cap_conn and hci_conn object is removed.
At any time you can asynchronously unregister your l2cap_user object if
your submodule vanishes before the l2cap_conn object does.
There is no way around l2cap_user. If we want wire-protocols in the
kernel, we always want the hci_conn object as parent in the sysfs tree. We
cannot use a channel here since we might need multiple channels for a
single protocol.
But the problem is, we _must_ get notified when an l2cap_conn object is
removed. We cannot use reference-counting for object-removal! This is not
how it works. If a hardware is removed, we should immediately remove the
object from sysfs. Any other behavior would be inconsistent with the rest
of the system. Also note that device_del() might sleep, but it doesn't
wait for user-space or block very long. It only _unlinks_ the object from
sysfs and the whole device-tree. Everything else is handled by ref-counts!
This is exactly what the other sub-modules must do: unlink their devices
when the "remove" l2cap_user callback is called. They should not do any
cleanup or synchronous shutdowns.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If we want to use l2cap_conn outside of l2cap_core.c, we need refcounting
for these objects. Otherwise, we cannot synchronize l2cap locks with
outside locks and end up with deadlocks.
Hence, introduce ref-counting for l2cap_conn objects. This doesn't affect
l2cap internals at all, as they use a direct synchronization.
We also keep a reference to the parent hci_conn for locking purposes as
l2cap_conn depends on this. This doesn't affect the connection itself but
only the lifetime of the (dead) object.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
There is no reason to require the source arguments to be writeable so fix
this to allow constant source addresses.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We currently do not allow using hci_conn from outside of HCI-core.
However, several other users could make great use of it. This includes
HIDP, rfcomm and all other sub-protocols that rely on an active
connection.
Hence, we now introduce hci_conn ref-counting. We currently never call
get_device(). put_device() is exclusively used in hci_conn_del_sysfs().
Hence, we currently never have a greater device-refcnt than 1.
Therefore, it is safe to move the put_device() call from
hci_conn_del_sysfs() to hci_conn_del() (it's the only caller). In fact,
this even fixes a "use-after-free" bug as we access hci_conn after calling
hci_conn_del_sysfs() in hci_conn_del().
From now on we can add references to hci_conn objects in other layers
(like l2cap_sock, HIDP, rfcomm, ...) and grab a reference via
hci_conn_get(). This does _not_ guarantee, that the connection is still
alive. But, this isn't what we want. We can simply lock the hci_conn
device and use "device_is_registered(hci_conn->dev)" to test that.
However, this is hardly necessary as outside users should never rely on
the HCI connection to be alive, anyway. Instead, they should solely rely
on the device-object to be available.
But if sub-devices want the hci_conn object as sysfs parent, they need to
be notified when the connection drops. This will be introduced in later
patches with l2cap_users.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
hci_conn_hold/put_device() is used to control when hci_conn->dev is no
longer needed and can be deleted from the system. Lets first look how they
are currently used throughout the code (excluding HIDP!).
All code that uses hci_conn_hold_device() looks like this:
...
hci_conn_hold_device();
hci_conn_add_sysfs();
...
On the other side, hci_conn_put_device() is exclusively used in
hci_conn_del().
So, considering that hci_conn_del() must not be called twice (which would
fail horribly), we know that hci_conn_put_device() is only called _once_
(which is in hci_conn_del()).
On the other hand, hci_conn_add_sysfs() must not be called twice, either
(it would call device_add twice, which breaks the device, see
drivers/base/core.c). So we know that hci_conn_hold_device() is also
called only once (it's only called directly before hci_conn_add_sysfs()).
So hold and put are known to be called only once. That means we can safely
remove them and directly call hci_conn_del_sysfs() in hci_conn_del().
But there is one issue left: HIDP also uses hci_conn_hold/put_device().
However, this case can be ignored and simply removed as it is totally
broken. The issue is, the only thing HIDP delays with
hci_conn_hold_device() is the removal of the hci_conn->dev from sysfs.
But, the hci_conn device has no mechanism to get notified when its own
parent (hci_dev) gets removed from sysfs. hci_dev_hold/put() does _not_
control when it is removed but only when the device object is created
and destroyed.
And hci_dev calls hci_conn_flush_*() when it removes itself from sysfs,
which itself causes hci_conn_del() to be called, but it does _not_ cause
hci_conn_del_sysfs() to be called, which is wrong.
Hence, we fix it to call hci_conn_del_sysfs() in hci_conn_del(). This
guarantees that a hci_conn object is removed from sysfs _before_ its
parent hci_dev is removed.
The changes to HIDP look scary, wrong and broken. However, if you look at
the HIDP session management, you will notice they're already broken in the
exact _same_ way (ever tried "unplugging" HIDP devices? Breaks _all_ the
time).
So this patch only makes HIDP look _scary_ and _obviously broken_. It does
not break HIDP itself, it already is!
See later patches in this series which fix HIDP to use proper
session-management.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The rates[0] CTS and RTS flags are only set after rate control has been
called, so minstrel cannot use them to for setting the number of
retries. This patch adds two new flags to explicitly indicate RTS/CTS use.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the code always copies the configured MCS mask (even if it is
set to default), but only uses it if legacy rates were also masked out.
Fix this by adding a flag that tracks whether the configured MCS mask is
set to default or not.
Optimize the code further by storing a pointer to the configured rate
mask in txrc instead of using memcpy.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The number of VHT spatial streams (NSS) is found in:
- s8 ieee80211_tx_rate.rate.idx[6:4] (tx - filled by rate control)
- u8 ieee80211_rx_status.vht_nss (rx - filled by driver)
Tx discriminates valid rates indexes with the sign bit and encodes NSS
starting from 0 to 7 (note this matches some hw encodings e.g IWLMVM).
Rx does not have the same constraints, and encodes NSS starting from 1
to 8 (note this matches what wireshark expects in the radiotap header).
To handle ieee80211_tx_rate.rate.idx[6:4] ieee80211_rate_set_vht() and
ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss() assume their nss parameter and return value
respectively runs from 0 to 7.
ATM, there are only 2 users of these: cfg.c:sta_set_rate_info_t() and
iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c:iwl_mvm_hwrate_to_tx_control(), but both assume nss
runs from 1 to 8.
This patch fixes this inconsistency by making ieee80211_rate_set_vht()
and ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss() handle an nss running from 1 to 8.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for the secondary channel offset IE in channel
switch announcements. This is necessary for proper handling
of CSA on HT access points.
For this to work it is also necessary to convert everything
here to use chandef structs instead of just channels. The
driver updates aren't really correct though. In particular,
the TI wl18xx driver update can't possibly be right since
it just ignores the new channel width for lack of firmware
API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function converts a (global only!) operating
class to an internal band identifier. This will
be needed for extended channel switch support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since dead only holds two states (0,1), make it a bool instead
of a 'char', which is more appropriate for its purpose.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is actually no need to keep this member in the structure, because
after init it's always 1 anyway, thus always kfree called. This seems to
be an ancient leftover from the very initial implementation from 2.5
times. Only in case the initialization of an association fails, we leave
base.malloced as 0, but we nevertheless kfree it in the error path in
sctp_association_new().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, sock_tx_timestamp() always returns 0. The comment that
describes the sock_tx_timestamp() function wrongly says that it
returns an error when an invalid argument is passed (from commit
20d4947353, ``net: socket infrastructure for SO_TIMESTAMPING'').
Make the function void, so that we can also remove all the unneeded
if conditions that check for such a _non-existant_ error case in the
output path.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tomas reported the following build error:
net/built-in.o: In function `ieee80211_unregister_hw':
(.text+0x10f0e1): undefined reference to `unregister_inet6addr_notifier'
net/built-in.o: In function `ieee80211_register_hw':
(.text+0x10f610): undefined reference to `register_inet6addr_notifier'
make: *** [vmlinux] Error 1
when built IPv6 as a module.
So we have to statically link these symbols.
Reported-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@iki.fi>
Cc: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@iki.fi>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hidaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I noticed that TSQ (TCP Small queues) was less effective when TSO is
turned off, and GSO is on. If BQL is not enabled, TSQ has then no
effect.
It turns out the GSO engine frees the original gso_skb at the time the
fragments are generated and queued to the NIC.
We should instead call the tcp_wfree() destructor for the last fragment,
to keep the flow control as intended in TSQ. This effectively limits
the number of queued packets on qdisc + NIC layers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All NFC devices will now get proper RFKILL support as long as they provide
some dev_up and dev_down hooks. Rfkilling an NFC device will bring it down
while it is left to userspace to bring it back up when being rfkill unblocked.
This is very similar to what Bluetooth does.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Allow to avoid copying DSCP during encapsulation
by setting a SA flag. From Nicolas Dichtel.
2) Constify the netlink dispatch table, no need to modify it
at runtime. From Mathias Krause.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We use _get() and _put() for device ref-counting in the kernel. However,
hci_conn_put() is _not_ used for ref-counting, hence, rename it to
hci_conn_drop() so we can later fix ref-counting and introduce
hci_conn_put().
hci_conn_hold() and hci_conn_put() are currently used to manage how long a
connection should be held alive. When the last user drops the connection,
we spawn a delayed work that performs the disconnect. Obviously, this has
nothing to do with ref-counting for the _object_ but rather for the
keep-alive of the connection.
But we really _need_ proper ref-counting for the _object_ to allow
connection-users like rfcomm-tty, HIDP or others.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Some drivers need SSID in AP and IBSS mode. AP SSID is provided
through BSS_CHANGED_SSID notification. There was no easy way to
do the same for IBSS. In IBSS mode SSID is known but was not
stored in BSS configuration. Extend the AP-mode functionality
to also work in IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch introduces an UAPI header for the SCTP protocol,
so that we can facilitate the maintenance and development of
user land applications or libraries, in particular in terms
of header synchronization.
To not break compatibility, some fragments from lksctp-tools'
netinet/sctp.h have been carefully included, while taking care
that neither kernel nor user land breaks, so both compile fine
with this change (for lksctp-tools I tested with the old
netinet/sctp.h header and with a newly adapted one that includes
the uapi sctp header). lksctp-tools smoke test run through
successfully as well in both cases.
Suggested-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callers always pass current to sock_update_netprio().
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callers always pass current to sock_update_classid().
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of invalidating all IPv6 addresses with global scope
when one decides to use IPv6 tokens, we should only invalidate
previous tokens and leave the rest intact until they expire
eventually (or are intact forever). For doing this less greedy
approach, we're adding a bool at the end of inet6_ifaddr structure
instead, for two reasons: i) per-inet6_ifaddr flag space is
already used up, making it wider might not be a good idea,
since ii) also we do not necessarily need to export this
information into user space.
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving data messages, the "BUG_ON(skb->len < skb->data_len)" in
the skb_pull() function triggers a kernel panic.
Replace the skb_pull logic by a per skb offset as advised by
Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <blaschka@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for IPv6 tokenized IIDs, that allow
for administrators to assign well-known host-part addresses
to nodes whilst still obtaining global network prefix from
Router Advertisements. It is currently in draft status.
The primary target for such support is server platforms
where addresses are usually manually configured, rather
than using DHCPv6 or SLAAC. By using tokenised identifiers,
hosts can still determine their network prefix by use of
SLAAC, but more readily be automatically renumbered should
their network prefix change. [...]
The disadvantage with static addresses is that they are
likely to require manual editing should the network prefix
in use change. If instead there were a method to only
manually configure the static identifier part of the IPv6
address, then the address could be automatically updated
when a new prefix was introduced, as described in [RFC4192]
for example. In such cases a DNS server might be
configured with such a tokenised interface identifier of
::53, and SLAAC would use the token in constructing the
interface address, using the advertised prefix. [...]
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-chown-6man-tokenised-ipv6-identifiers-02
The implementation is partially based on top of Mark K.
Thompson's proof of concept. However, it uses the Netlink
interface for configuration resp. data retrival, so that
it can be easily extended in future. Successfully tested
by myself.
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for NULL before calling the following operations from "struct
ieee802154_mlme_ops": assoc_req, assoc_resp, disassoc_req, start_req,
and scan_req.
This fixes a current oops where those functions are called but not
implemented. It also updates the documentation to clarify that they
are now optional by design. If a call to an unimplemented function
is attempted, the kernel returns EOPNOTSUPP via netlink.
The following operations are still required: get_phy, get_pan_id,
get_short_addr, and get_dsn.
Note that the places where this patch changes the initialization
of "ret" should not affect the rest of the code since "ret" was
always set (again) before returning its value.
Signed-off-by: Werner Almesberger <werner@almesberger.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It served no purpose: we never call it from anywhere in the stack
and the only driver that did implement it (fakehard) merely provided
a dummy value.
There is also considerable doubt whether it would make sense to
even attempt beacon processing at this level in the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Werner Almesberger <werner@almesberger.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that uids and gids are completely encapsulated in kuid_t
and kgid_t we no longer need to pass struct cred which allowed
us to test both the uid and the user namespace for equality.
Passing struct cred potentially allows us to pass the entire group
list as BSD does but I don't believe the cost of cache line misses
justifies retaining code for a future potential application.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains Netfilter and IPVS updates for
your net-next tree, most relevantly they are:
* Add net namespace support to NFLOG, ULOG and ebt_ulog and NFQUEUE.
The LOG and ebt_log target has been also adapted, but they still
depend on the syslog netnamespace that seems to be missing, from
Gao Feng.
* Don't lose indications of congestion in IPv6 fragmentation handling,
from Hannes Frederic Sowa.i
* IPVS conversion to use RCU, including some code consolidation patches
and optimizations, also some from Julian Anastasov.
* cpu fanout support for NFQUEUE, from Holger Eitzenberger.
* Better error reporting to userspace when dropping packets from
all our _*_[xfrm|route]_me_harder functions, from Patrick McHardy.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to verify that the given sockets actually are l2cap sockets. If
they aren't, we are not supposed to access bt_sk(sock) and we shouldn't
start the session if the offsets turn out to be valid local BT addresses.
That is, if someone passes a TCP socket to HIDCONNADD, then we access some
random offset in the TCP socket (which isn't even guaranteed to be valid).
Fix this by checking that the socket is an l2cap socket.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds netns support to nf_log and it prepares netns
support for existing loggers. It is composed of four major
changes.
1) nf_log_register has been split to two functions: nf_log_register
and nf_log_set. The new nf_log_register is used to globally
register the nf_logger and nf_log_set is used for enabling
pernet support from nf_loggers.
Per netns is not yet complete after this patch, it comes in
separate follow up patches.
2) Add net as a parameter of nf_log_bind_pf. Per netns is not
yet complete after this patch, it only allows to bind the
nf_logger to the protocol family from init_net and it skips
other cases.
3) Adapt all nf_log_packet callers to pass netns as parameter.
After this patch, this function only works for init_net.
4) Make the sysctl net/netfilter/nf_log pernet.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch makes this proc dentry pernet. So far only init_net
had a /proc/net/netfilter directory.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch implements per hash bucket locking for the frag queue
hash. This removes two write locks, and the only remaining write
lock is for protecting hash rebuild. This essentially reduce the
readers-writer lock to a rebuild lock.
This patch is part of "net: frag performance followup"
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/263644
of which two patches have already been accepted:
Same test setup as previous:
(http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/257155)
Two 10G interfaces, on seperate NUMA nodes, are under-test, and uses
Ethernet flow-control. A third interface is used for generating the
DoS attack (with trafgen).
Notice, I have changed the frag DoS generator script to be more
efficient/deadly. Before it would only hit one RX queue, now its
sending packets causing multi-queue RX, due to "better" RX hashing.
Test types summary (netperf UDP_STREAM):
Test-20G64K == 2x10G with 65K fragments
Test-20G3F == 2x10G with 3x fragments (3*1472 bytes)
Test-20G64K+DoS == Same as 20G64K with frag DoS
Test-20G3F+DoS == Same as 20G3F with frag DoS
Test-20G64K+MQ == Same as 20G64K with Multi-Queue frag DoS
Test-20G3F+MQ == Same as 20G3F with Multi-Queue frag DoS
When I rebased this-patch(03) (on top of net-next commit a210576c) and
removed the _bh spinlock, I saw a performance regression. BUT this
was caused by some unrelated change in-between. See tests below.
Test (A) is what I reported before for patch-02, accepted in commit 1b5ab0de.
Test (B) verifying-retest of commit 1b5ab0de corrospond to patch-02.
Test (C) is what I reported before for this-patch
Test (D) is net-next master HEAD (commit a210576c), which reveals some
(unknown) performance regression (compared against test (B)).
Test (D) function as a new base-test.
Performance table summary (in Mbit/s):
(#) Test-type: 20G64K 20G3F 20G64K+DoS 20G3F+DoS 20G64K+MQ 20G3F+MQ
---------- ------- ------- ---------- --------- -------- -------
(A) Patch-02 : 18848.7 13230.1 4103.04 5310.36 130.0 440.2
(B) 1b5ab0de : 18841.5 13156.8 4101.08 5314.57 129.0 424.2
(C) Patch-03v1: 18838.0 13490.5 4405.11 6814.72 196.6 461.6
(D) a210576c : 18321.5 11250.4 3635.34 5160.13 119.1 405.2
(E) with _bh : 17247.3 11492.6 3994.74 6405.29 166.7 413.6
(F) without bh: 17471.3 11298.7 3818.05 6102.11 165.7 406.3
Test (E) and (F) is this-patch(03), with(V1) and without(V2) the _bh spinlocks.
I cannot explain the slow down for 20G64K (but its an artificial
"lab-test" so I'm not worried). But the other results does show
improvements. And test (E) "with _bh" version is slightly better.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
----
V2:
- By analysis from Hannes Frederic Sowa and Eric Dumazet, we don't
need the spinlock _bh versions, as Netfilter currently does a
local_bh_disable() before entering inet_fragment.
- Fold-in desc from cover-mail
V3:
- Drop the chain_len counter per hash bucket.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver init queue is no longer needed. This can be all handled
inside the drivers now. So remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some drivers require a special stage for their early init. This is
always specific to the driver or transport. So call back into driver to
allow bringing up the device.
The advantage with this stage is that the Bluetooth core is actually
handling the HCI layer now. This means that command and event processing
is available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds a __hci_cmd_sync_ev function, analogous to
__hci_cmd_sync except that it also takes an event parameter to indicate
that the command completes with a special event instead of command
complete. Internally this new function takes advantage of the
hci_req_add_ev function introduced in the previous patch.
The primary expected user of this new function are the setup routines of
HCI drivers which may want to send custom commands and return only when
they have completed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for having commands within HCI requests that do
not result in a command complete but some other event. This is at least
needed for some vendor specific commands to be issued in the
hdev->setup() procecure, but might also be useful for other commands.
The way that the support is implemented is by extending the skb control
buffer to have a field to indicate that the command is expected to
terminate with a special event. After sending the command each received
event can then be compared against this field through hdev->sent_cmd.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a helper function for sending a single HCI command
waiting for its completion and then returning back the parameters in the
resulting command complete event (if there was one).
The implementation is very similar to that of hci_req_sync() except that
instead of invocing a callback for sending HCI commands the function
constructs and sends one itself and after being woken up picks the last
received event from hdev->recv_evt (if it matches the right criteria)
and returns it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds tracking of received HCI events to the hci_dev struct.
This is necessary so that a subsequent patch can implement a function
for sending a single command synchronously and returning the resulting
command complete parameters in the function return value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the hci_req_cmd_status function since it is not
used anymore. The HCI request framework now considers the HCI command
has complete once the Command Status or Command Complete Event is
received.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Remove a declaration left over from the TCPCT-ectomy. This sysctl is
no longer referenced anywhere since 1a2c6181c4 ("tcp: Remove TCPCT").
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the final step in RCU conversion.
Things that are removed:
- svc->usecnt: now svc is accessed under RCU read lock
- svc->inc: and some unused code
- ip_vs_bind_pe and ip_vs_unbind_pe: no ability to replace PE
- __ip_vs_svc_lock: replaced with RCU
- IP_VS_WAIT_WHILE: now readers lookup svcs and dests under
RCU and work in parallel with configuration
Other changes:
- before now, a RCU read-side critical section included the
calling of the schedule method, now it is extended to include
service lookup
- ip_vs_svc_table and ip_vs_svc_fwm_table are now using hlist
- svc->pe and svc->scheduler remain to the end (of grace period),
the schedulers are prepared for such RCU readers
even after done_service is called but they need
to use synchronize_rcu because last ip_vs_scheduler_put
can happen while RCU read-side critical sections
use an outdated svc->scheduler pointer
- as planned, update_service is removed
- empty services can be freed immediately after grace period.
If dests were present, the services are freed from
the dest trash code
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In previous commits the schedulers started to access
svc->destinations with _rcu list traversal primitives
because the IP_VS_WAIT_WHILE macro still plays the role of
grace period. Now it is time to finish the updating part,
i.e. adding and deleting of dests with _rcu suffix before
removing the IP_VS_WAIT_WHILE in next commit.
We use the same rule for conns as for the
schedulers: dests can be searched in RCU read-side critical
section where ip_vs_dest_hold can be called by ip_vs_bind_dest.
Some things are not perfect, for example, calling
functions like ip_vs_lookup_dest from updating code under
RCU, just because we use some function both from reader
and from updater.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This method releases the scheduler state,
it can not fail. Such change will help to properly
replace the scheduler in following patch.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All dests will go to trash, no exceptions.
But we have to use new list node t_list for this, due
to RCU changes in following patches. Dests will wait there
initial grace period and later all conns and schedulers to
put their reference. The dests don't get reference for
staying in dest trash as before.
As result, we do not load ip_vs_dest_put with
extra checks for last refcnt and the schedulers do not
need to play games with atomic_inc_not_zero while
selecting best destination.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_vs_dest_hold will be used under RCU lock
while ip_vs_dest_put can be called even after dest
is removed from service, as it happens for conns and
some schedulers.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Allow schedulers to use rcu_dereference when
returning destination on lookup. The RCU read-side critical
section will allow ip_vs_bind_dest to get dest refcnt as
preparation for the step where destinations will be
deleted without an IP_VS_WAIT_WHILE guard that holds the
packet processing during update.
Add new optional scheduler methods add_dest,
del_dest and upd_dest. For now the methods are called
together with update_service but update_service will be
removed in a following change.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
We have many fields to set and few to reset,
use kmem_cache_alloc instead to save some cycles.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
__ip_vs_conn_in_get and ip_vs_conn_out_get are
hot places. Optimize them, so that ports are matched first.
By moving net and fwmark below, on 32-bit arch we can fit
caddr in 32-byte cache line and all addresses in 64-byte
cache line.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Convert __ip_vs_conntbl_lock_array as follows:
- readers that do not modify conn lists will use RCU lock
- updaters that modify lists will use spinlock_t
Now for conn lookups we will use RCU read-side
critical section. Without using __ip_vs_conn_get such
places have access to connection fields and can
dereference some pointers like pe and pe_data plus
the ability to update timer expiration. If full access
is required we contend for reference.
We add barrier in __ip_vs_conn_put, so that
other CPUs see the refcnt operation after other writes.
With the introduction of ip_vs_conn_unlink()
we try to reorganize ip_vs_conn_expire(), so that
unhashing of connections that should stay more time is
avoided, even if it is for very short time.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
rs_lock was used to protect rs_table (hash table)
from updaters (under global mutex) and readers (packet handlers).
We can remove rs_lock by using RCU lock for readers. Reclaiming
dest only with kfree_rcu is enough because the readers access
only fields from the ip_vs_dest structure.
Use hlist for rs_table.
As we are now using hlist_del_rcu, introduce in_rs_table
flag as replacement for the list_empty checks which do not
work with RCU. It is needed because only NAT dests are in
the rs_table.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
We use locks like tcp_app_lock, udp_app_lock,
sctp_app_lock to protect access to the protocol hash tables
from readers in packet context while the application
instances (inc) are [un]registered under global mutex.
As the hash tables are mostly read when conns are
created and bound to app, use RCU for readers and reclaim
app instance after grace period.
Simplify ip_vs_app_inc_get because we use usecnt
only for statistics and rely on module refcounting.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Currently when forwarding requests to real servers
we use dst_lock and atomic operations when cloning the
dst_cache value. As the dst_cache value does not change
most of the time it is better to use RCU and to lock
dst_lock only when we need to replace the obsoleted dst.
For this to work we keep dst_cache in new structure protected
by RCU. For packets to remote real servers we will use noref
version of dst_cache, it will be valid while we are in RCU
read-side critical section because now dst_release for replaced
dsts will be invoked after the grace period. Packets to
local real servers that are passed to local stack with
NF_ACCEPT need a dst clone.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Move and give better names to two functions:
- ip_vs_dst_reset to __ip_vs_dst_cache_reset
- __ip_vs_dev_reset to ip_vs_forget_dev
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Avoid replacing the cached route for real server
on every packet with different TOS. I doubt that routing
by TOS for real server is used at all, so we should be
better with such optimization.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Currently, when a socket receives something on the error queue it only wakes up
the socket on select if it is in the "read" list, that is the socket has
something to read. It is useful also to wake the socket if it is in the error
list, which would enable software to wait on error queue packets without waking
up for regular data on the socket. The main use case is for receiving
timestamped transmit packets which return the timestamp to the socket via the
error queue. This enables an application to select on the socket for the error
queue only instead of for the regular traffic.
-v2-
* Added the SO_SELECT_ERR_QUEUE socket option to every architechture specific file
* Modified every socket poll function that checks error queue
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Cc: Jeffrey Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the protection of netns_frags.nqueues updates under the LRU_lock,
instead of the write lock. As they are located on the same cacheline,
and this is also needed when transitioning to use per hash bucket locking.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip-header id needs to be incremented even if IP_DF flag is set.
This behaviour was changed in commit 490ab08127
(IP_GRE: Fix IP-Identification).
Following patch fixes it so that identification is always
incremented.
Reported-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inspection of upper layer protocol is considered harmful, especially
if it is about ARP or other stateful upper layer protocol; driver
cannot (and should not) have full state of them.
IPv4 over Firewire module used to inspect ARP (both in sending path
and in receiving path), and record peer's GUID, max packet size, max
speed and fifo address. This patch removes such inspection by extending
our "hardware address" definition to include other information as well:
max packet size, max speed and fifo. By doing this, The neighbour
module in networking subsystem can cache them.
Note: As we have started ignoring sspd and max_rec in ARP/NDP, those
information will not be used in the driver when sending.
When a packet is being sent, the IP layer fills our pseudo header with
the extended "hardware address", including GUID and fifo. The driver
can look-up node-id (the real but rather volatile low-level address)
by GUID, and then the module can send the packet to the wire using
parameters provided in the extendedn hardware address.
This approach is realistic because IP over IEEE1394 (RFC2734) and IPv6
over IEEE1394 (RFC3146) share same "hardware address" format
in their address resolution protocols.
Here, extended "hardware address" is defined as follows:
union fwnet_hwaddr {
u8 u[16];
struct {
__be64 uniq_id; /* EUI-64 */
u8 max_rec; /* max packet size */
u8 sspd; /* max speed */
__be16 fifo_hi; /* hi 16bits of FIFO addr */
__be32 fifo_lo; /* lo 32bits of FIFO addr */
} __packed uc;
};
Note that Hardware address is declared as union, so that we can map full
IP address into this, when implementing MCAP (Multicast Cannel Allocation
Protocol) for IPv6, but IP and ARP subsystem do not need to know this
format in detail.
One difference between original ARP (RFC826) and 1394 ARP (RFC2734)
is that 1394 ARP Request/Reply do not contain the target hardware address
field (aka ar$tha). This difference is handled in the ARP subsystem.
CC: Stephan Gatzka <stephan.gatzka@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch refactors GRE code into ip tunneling code and GRE
specific code. Common tunneling code is moved to ip_tunnel module.
ip_tunnel module is written as generic library which can be used
by different tunneling implementations.
ip_tunnel module contains following components:
- packet xmit and rcv generic code. xmit flow looks like
(gre_xmit/ipip_xmit)->ip_tunnel_xmit->ip_local_out.
- hash table of all devices.
- lookup for tunnel devices.
- control plane operations like device create, destroy, ioctl, netlink
operations code.
- registration for tunneling modules, like gre, ipip etc.
- define single pcpu_tstats dev->tstats.
- struct tnl_ptk_info added to pass parsed tunnel packet parameters.
ipip.h header is renamed to ip_tunnel.h
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because
they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel,
nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
[fix kernel-doc]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ip-header id needs to be incremented even if IP_DF flag is set.
This behaviour was changed in commit 490ab08127
(IP_GRE: Fix IP-Identification).
Following patch fixes it so that identification is always
incremented.
Reported-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS updates for
your net-next tree, they are:
* Better performance in nfnetlink_queue by avoiding copy from the
packet to netlink message, from Eric Dumazet.
* Remove unnecessary locking in the exit path of ebt_ulog, from Gao Feng.
* Use new function ipv6_iface_scope_id in nf_ct_ipv6, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
* A couple of sparse fixes for IPVS, from Julian Anastasov.
* Use xor hashing in nfnetlink_queue, as suggested by Eric Dumazet, from
myself.
* Allow to dump expectations per master conntrack via ctnetlink, from myself.
* A couple of cleanups to use PTR_RET in module init path, from Silviu-Mihai
Popescu.
* Remove nf_conntrack module a bit faster if netns are in use, from
Vladimir Davydov.
* Use checksum_partial in ip6t_NPT, from YOSHIFUJI Hideaki.
* Sparse fix for nf_conntrack, from Stephen Hemminger.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mac80211 currently sets uAPSD parameters to have VO AC trigger-
and delivery-enabled, with maximum service period length.
Allow drivers to change these default settings since different
uAPSD client implementations may handle errors differently and
be able to recover from some errors.
Note: some APs may not function correctly if one or all ACs are
trigger- and delivery-enabled, see
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/93577.
We retested with this AP and later firmware doesn't have this
bug any more.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This was forgotten from the commit that added support for FT
operations with drivers that implement SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Hello!
After patch 1 got accepted to net-next I will also send a patch to
netfilter-devel to make the corresponding changes to the netfilter
reassembly logic.
Thanks,
Hannes
-- >8 --
[PATCH 2/2] ipv6: implement RFC3168 5.3 (ecn protection) for ipv6 fragmentation handling
This patch also ensures that INET_ECN_CE is propagated if one fragment
had the codepoint set.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <jbrouer@redhat.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch just moves some code arround to make the ip4_frag_ecn_table
and IPFRAG_ECN_* constants accessible from the other reassembly engines. I
also renamed ip4_frag_ecn_table to ip_frag_ecn_table.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <jbrouer@redhat.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a dev_addr_genid for IPv6. The goal is to use it, combined with
dev_base_seq to check if a change occurs during a netlink dump.
If a change is detected, the flag NLM_F_DUMP_INTR is set in the first message
after the dump was interrupted.
Note that only dump of unicast addresses is checked (multicast and anycast are
not checked).
Reported-by: Junwei Zhang <junwei.zhang@6wind.com>
Reported-by: Hongjun Li <hongjun.li@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With decnet converted, we can finally get rid of rta_buf and its
computations around it. It also gets rid of the minimal header
length verification since all message handlers do that explicitly
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
decnet is the only subsystem left that is relying on the global
netlink attribute buffer rta_buf. It's horrible design and we
want to get rid of it.
This converts all of decnet to do implicit attribute parsing. It
also gets rid of the error prone struct dn_kern_rta.
Yes, the fib_magic() stuff is not pretty.
It's compiled tested but I need someone with appropriate hardware
to test the patch since I don't have access to it.
Cc: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add P2P NoA settings for STA mode.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[fix docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch series refactor the F-RTO feature (RFC4138/5682).
This is to simplify the loss recovery processing. Existing F-RTO
was developed during the experimental stage (RFC4138) and has
many experimental features. It takes a separate code path from
the traditional timeout processing by overloading CA_Disorder
instead of using CA_Loss state. This complicates CA_Disorder state
handling because it's also used for handling dubious ACKs and undos.
While the algorithm in the RFC does not change the congestion control,
the implementation intercepts congestion control in various places
(e.g., frto_cwnd in tcp_ack()).
The new code implements newer F-RTO RFC5682 using CA_Loss processing
path. F-RTO becomes a small extension in the timeout processing
and interfaces with congestion control and Eifel undo modules.
It lets congestion control (module) determines how many to send
independently. F-RTO only chooses what to send in order to detect
spurious retranmission. If timeout is found spurious it invokes
existing Eifel undo algorithms like DSACK or TCP timestamp based
detection.
The first patch removes all F-RTO code except the sysctl_tcp_frto is
left for the new implementation. Since CA_EVENT_FRTO is removed, TCP
westwood now computes ssthresh on regular timeout CA_EVENT_LOSS event.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In skb_flow_dissect(), we perform a dissection of a skbuff. Since we're
doing the work here anyway, also store thoff for a later usage, e.g. in
the BPF filter.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contains 7 Netfilter/IPVS fixes for 3.9-rc, they are:
* Restrict IPv6 stateless NPT targets to the mangle table. Many users are
complaining that this target does not work in the nat table, which is the
wrong table for it, from Florian Westphal.
* Fix possible use before initialization in the netns init path of several
conntrack protocol trackers (introduced recently while improving conntrack
netns support), from Gao Feng.
* Fix incorrect initialization of copy_range in nfnetlink_queue, spotted
by Eric Dumazet during the NFWS2013, patch from myself.
* Fix wrong calculation of next SCTP chunk in IPVS, from Julian Anastasov.
* Remove rcu_read_lock section in IPVS while calling ipv4_update_pmtu
not required anymore after change introduced in 3.7, again from Julian.
* Fix SYN looping in IPVS state sync if the backup is used a real server
in DR/TUN modes, this required a new /proc entry to disable the director
function when acting as backup, also from Julian.
* Remove leftover IP_NF_QUEUE Kconfig after ip_queue removal, noted by
Paul Bolle.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch introduces nf_conntrack_cleanup_net_list(), which cleanups
nf_conntrack for a list of netns and calls synchronize_net() only once
for them all. This should reduce netns destruction time.
I've measured cleanup time for 1k dummy net ns. Here are the results:
<without the patch>
# modprobe nf_conntrack
# time modprobe -r nf_conntrack
real 0m10.337s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.376s
<with the patch>
# modprobe nf_conntrack
# time modprobe -r nf_conntrack
real 0m5.661s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.216s
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch introduces a constant limit of the fragment queue hash
table bucket list lengths. Currently the limit 128 is choosen somewhat
arbitrary and just ensures that we can fill up the fragment cache with
empty packets up to the default ip_frag_high_thresh limits. It should
just protect from list iteration eating considerable amounts of cpu.
If we reach the maximum length in one hash bucket a warning is printed.
This is implemented on the caller side of inet_frag_find to distinguish
between the different users of inet_fragment.c.
I dropped the out of memory warning in the ipv4 fragment lookup path,
because we already get a warning by the slab allocator.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <jbrouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry Akindinov is reporting for a problem where SYNs are looping
between the master and backup server when the backup server is used as
real server in DR mode and has IPVS rules to function as director.
Even when the backup function is enabled we continue to forward
traffic and schedule new connections when the current master is using
the backup server as real server. While this is not a problem for NAT,
for DR and TUN method the backup server can not determine if a request
comes from client or from director.
To avoid such loops add new sysctl flag backup_only. It can be needed
for DR/TUN setups that do not need backup and director function at the
same time. When the backup function is enabled we stop any forwarding
and pass the traffic to the local stack (real server mode). The flag
disables the director function when the backup function is enabled.
For setups that enable backup function for some virtual services and
director function for other virtual services there should be another
more complex solution to support DR/TUN mode, may be to assign
per-virtual service syncid value, so that we can differentiate the
requests.
Reported-by: Dmitry Akindinov <dimak@stalker.com>
Tested-by: German Myzovsky <lawyer@sipnet.ru>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Sometimes queues are flushed in the middle of
operation, which can lead to driver issues.
Stop queues temporarily, while flushing, to
avoid transmitting new packets while they are
being flushed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only
really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface,
and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on
other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue
bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This basically reverts commit b207cdb07f.
Now is possible to use drv_{add,remove}_interface() and vif->debugfs_dir
to create/remove per interface debugfs files. Remove redundant
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is need create driver own per interface debugfs files. This is
currently done by drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() callbacks. But it
is possible that after we remove interface from the driver (i.e.
on suspend) we call drv_remove_interface_debugfs() function. Fixing this
problem will require to add call drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs()
anytime we create and remove interface in mac80211. So it's better to
add debugfs dir dentry to vif structure to allow to create/remove
custom debugfs driver files on drv_{add,remove}_interface().
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These parameters are related to the "fast connectable" mode that can be
changed through the mgmt interface. Not all controllers properly reset
these values with HCI_Reset so they need to be read in order to be able
to verify whether the values are correct or not before enabling page
scan.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to be able to represent fast connectable mode in the mgmt
settings we need to have a HCI dev flag for it. This patch adds the flag
and makes sure its value is changed whenever a mgmt_set_fast_connectable
command completes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
For proper control of the AD update and the related HCI commands it's
best to run the AD update through an async request instead of a
standalone HCI command. This patch changes the hci_update_ad() function
to take a request pointer and updates its users appropriately. E.g. the
function is no longer called after the init sequence but during stage 3
of the init sequence.
The TX power is read during the init sequence, so we don't need an
explicit update whenever it is read and the AD update based on the local
name should be done through the local name mgmt handler. The only other
user is the update based on enabling advertising. This part is still
kept as there is no mgmt API to enable it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We'll need to use this mask also when powering off the HCI device
so it's better to have this in a single and visible place.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Now that class related operations are tracked through asynchronous HCI
requests this flag is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
TCPCT uses option-number 253, reserved for experimental use and should
not be used in production environments.
Further, TCPCT does not fully implement RFC 6013.
As a nice side-effect, removing TCPCT increases TCP's performance for
very short flows:
Doing an apache-benchmark with -c 100 -n 100000, sending HTTP-requests
for files of 1KB size.
before this patch:
average (among 7 runs) of 20845.5 Requests/Second
after:
average (among 7 runs) of 21403.6 Requests/Second
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
caif_shm is an old implementation
caif_shm will be replaced by caif_virtio
[ As explained by Linus Walleij: "U5500 used this, but was cancelled
and the silicon did not reach anyone outside ST-Ericsson. Then for
the next platforms, we have gone for the leaner & cleaner approach
of using virtio, rpmesg and rproc." ]
Signed-off-by: Erwan Yvin <erwan.yvin@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Sjur Brendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When neighbour table is full, dst_neigh_lookup/dst_neigh_lookup_skb will return
-ENOBUFS which is absolutely non zero, while all the code in kernel which use
above functions assume failure only on zero return which will cause panic. (for
example: : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=54731).
This patch corrects above error with smallest changes to kernel source code and
also correct two return value check missing bugs in drivers/infiniband/hw/cxgb4/cm.c
Tested on my x86_64 SMP machine
Reported-by: Zhouyi Zhou <zhouzhouyi@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Zhouyi Zhou <zhouzhouyi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhouyi Zhou <zhouzhouyi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a long time ago by the commit
commit 93456b6d77
Author: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Date: Thu Jan 10 03:23:38 2008 -0800
[IPV4]: Unify access to the routing tables.
the defenition of FIB_HASH_TABLE size has obtained wrong dependency:
it should depend upon CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES (as was in the original
code) but it was depended from CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH
This patch returns the situation to the original state.
The problem was spotted by Tingwei Liu.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
CC: Tingwei Liu <tingw.liu@gmail.com>
CC: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch series implement the Tail loss probe (TLP) algorithm described
in http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-dukkipati-tcpm-tcp-loss-probe-01. The
first patch implements the basic algorithm.
TLP's goal is to reduce tail latency of short transactions. It achieves
this by converting retransmission timeouts (RTOs) occuring due
to tail losses (losses at end of transactions) into fast recovery.
TLP transmits one packet in two round-trips when a connection is in
Open state and isn't receiving any ACKs. The transmitted packet, aka
loss probe, can be either new or a retransmission. When there is tail
loss, the ACK from a loss probe triggers FACK/early-retransmit based
fast recovery, thus avoiding a costly RTO. In the absence of loss,
there is no change in the connection state.
PTO stands for probe timeout. It is a timer event indicating
that an ACK is overdue and triggers a loss probe packet. The PTO value
is set to max(2*SRTT, 10ms) and is adjusted to account for delayed
ACK timer when there is only one oustanding packet.
TLP Algorithm
On transmission of new data in Open state:
-> packets_out > 1: schedule PTO in max(2*SRTT, 10ms).
-> packets_out == 1: schedule PTO in max(2*RTT, 1.5*RTT + 200ms)
-> PTO = min(PTO, RTO)
Conditions for scheduling PTO:
-> Connection is in Open state.
-> Connection is either cwnd limited or no new data to send.
-> Number of probes per tail loss episode is limited to one.
-> Connection is SACK enabled.
When PTO fires:
new_segment_exists:
-> transmit new segment.
-> packets_out++. cwnd remains same.
no_new_packet:
-> retransmit the last segment.
Its ACK triggers FACK or early retransmit based recovery.
ACK path:
-> rearm RTO at start of ACK processing.
-> reschedule PTO if need be.
In addition, the patch includes a small variation to the Early Retransmit
(ER) algorithm, such that ER and TLP together can in principle recover any
N-degree of tail loss through fast recovery. TLP is controlled by the same
sysctl as ER, tcp_early_retrans sysctl.
tcp_early_retrans==0; disables TLP and ER.
==1; enables RFC5827 ER.
==2; delayed ER.
==3; TLP and delayed ER. [DEFAULT]
==4; TLP only.
The TLP patch series have been extensively tested on Google Web servers.
It is most effective for short Web trasactions, where it reduced RTOs by 15%
and improved HTTP response time (average by 6%, 99th percentile by 10%).
The transmitted probes account for <0.5% of the overall transmissions.
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices have multicast filter capability for each individual
virtual interface rather than just a global one. Add an interface
specific driver callback allowing such drivers to configure this.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Similar to iptunnel_xmit(), group these operations into a
helper function.
This by the way fixes the missing u64_stats_update_begin()
and u64_stats_update_end() for 32 bit arch.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With recent patches from Pravin, most tunnels can't use iptunnel_xmit()
any more, due to ip_select_ident() and skb->ip_summed. But we can just
move these operations out of iptunnel_xmit(), so that tunnels can
use it again.
This by the way fixes a bug in vxlan (missing nf_reset()) for net-next.
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since no one checks the returning value of hci_req_add and HCI
request errors are now handled in hci_req_run, we can make hci_
req_add returning void.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When we are building a HCI request with more than one HCI command
and one of the hci_req_add calls fail, we should have some cleanup
routine so the HCI commands already queued on HCI request can be
deleted. Otherwise, we will face some memory leaks issues.
This patch implements the HCI request error handling which is the
following: If a hci_req_add fails, we save the error code in hci_
request. Once hci_req_run is called, we verify the error field. If
it is different from zero, we delete all HCI commands already queued
and return the error code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
__ipv6_addr_needs_scope_id checks if an ipv6 address needs to supply
a 'sin6_scope_id != 0'. 'sin6_scope_id != 0' was enforced in case
of link-local addresses. To support interface-local multicast these
checks had to be enhanced and are now consolidated into these new helper
functions.
v2:
a) migrated to struct ipv6_addr_props
v3:
a) reverted changes for ipv6_addr_props
b) test for address type instead of comparing scope
v4:
a) unchanged
Suggested-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This variable is no longer needed (due to async HCI request support and
the conversion of hci_req_sync to use it), so it can be safely removed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch converts the hci_req_sync() procedure to internaly use the
asynchronous HCI requests.
The hci_req_sync mechanism relies on hci_req_complete() calls from
hci_event.c into hci_core.c whenever a HCI command completes. This is
very similar to what asynchronous requests do and makes the conversion
fairly straight forward by converting hci_req_complete into a request
complete callback. By this change hci_req_complete (renamed to
hci_req_sync_complete) becomes private to hci_core.c and all calls to it
can be removed from hci_event.c.
The commands in each hci_req_sync procedure are collected into their own
request by passing the hci_request pointer to the request callback
(instead of the hci_dev pointer). The one slight exception is the HCI
init request which has the special handling of HCI driver specific
initialization commands. These commands are run in their own request
prior to the "main" init request.
One other extra change that this patch must contain is the handling of
spontaneous HCI reset complete events that some controllers exhibit.
These were previously handled in the hci_req_complete function but the
right place for them now becomes the hci_req_cmd_complete function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch introduces functions to process the HCI request state when
receiving HCI Command Status or Command Complete events. Some HCI
commands, like Inquiry do not result in a Command complete event so
special handling is needed for them. Inquiry is a particularly important
one since it is the only forseeable "non-cmd_complete" command that will
make good use of the request functionality, and its completion is either
indicated by an Inquiry Complete event of a successful Command Complete
for HCI_Inquiry_Cancel.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This function is analogous to hci_send_cmd() but instead of directly
queuing the command to hdev->cmd_q it adds it to the local queue of the
asynchronous HCI request being build (inside struct hci_request).
This is the main function used for building asynchronous requests and
there should be one or more calls to it between calls to hci_req_init
and hci_req_run.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds the initial definitions and functions for asynchronous
HCI requests. Asynchronous requests are essentially a group of HCI
commands together with an optional completion callback. The request is
tracked through the already existing command queue by having the
necessary context information as part of the control buffer of each skb.
The only information needed in the skb control buffer is a flag for
indicating that the skb is the start of a request as well as the
optional complete callback that should be used when the request is
complete (this will be found in the last skb of the request).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Previous commits have improved the handling of the RFCOMM session
timer and the RFCOMM session pointers such that freed RFCOMM
session structures should no longer be erroneously accessed. The
RFCOMM session refcnt now has no purpose and will be deleted by
this commit.
Note that the RFCOMM session is now deleted as soon as the
RFCOMM control channel link is no longer required. This makes the
lifetime of the RFCOMM session deterministic and absolute.
Previously with the refcnt, there was uncertainty about when
the session structure would be deleted because the relative
refcnt prevented the session structure from being deleted at will.
It was noted that the refcnt could malfunction under very heavy
real-time processor loading in embedded SMP environments. This
could cause premature RFCOMM session deletion or double session
deletion that could result in kernel crashes. Removal of the
refcnt prevents this issue.
There are 4 connection / disconnection RFCOMM session scenarios:
host initiated control link ---> host disconnected control link
host initiated ctrl link ---> remote device disconnected ctrl link
remote device initiated ctrl link ---> host disconnected ctrl link
remote device initiated ctrl link ---> remote device disc'ed ctrl link
The control channel connection procedures are independent of the
disconnection procedures. Strangely, the RFCOMM session refcnt was
applying special treatment so erroneously combining connection and
disconnection events. This commit fixes this issue by removing
some session code that used the "initiator" member of the session
structure that was intended for use with the data channels.
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Unfortunately, the design retains local copies of the s RFCOMM
session pointer in various code blocks and this invites the erroneous
access to a freed RFCOMM session structure.
Therefore, return the RFCOMM session pointer back up the call stack
to avoid accessing a freed RFCOMM session structure. When the RFCOMM
session is deleted, NULL is passed up the call stack.
If active DLCs exist when the rfcomm session is terminating,
avoid a memory leak of rfcomm_dlc structures by ensuring that
rfcomm_session_close() is used instead of rfcomm_session_del().
Signed-off-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
There is no reason a caller ever wants to check the return type of this
call. _Iff_ a user successfully called bt_sock_register(), they're allowed
to call bt_sock_unregister().
All other calls in the kernel (device_del, device_unregister, kfree(), ..)
that are logically equivalent return void. Lets not make callers think
they have to check the return type of this call and instead simply return
void.
We guarantee that after bt_sock_unregister() is called, the socket type
_is_ unregistered. If that is not what the caller wants, they're using the
wrong function, anyway.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
As hci_acl_disconn function basically sends the HCI Disconnect Command
and it is used to disconnect ACL, SCO and LE links, renaming it to
hci_disconnect is more suitable.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Commit 18367681a1 (ipv6 flowlabel: Convert np->ipv6_fl_list to RCU.)
omitted proper __rcu annotations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but
drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function.
Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface,
use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe
version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe()
version, remove that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh station types used to refer to whether the
station was secure or nonsecure. Really the salient
information is whether it is managed by the kernel or
userspace
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Secure mesh had the implicit requirement that the Mesh
Peering Management entity be in userspace. However
userspace might want to implement an open MPM as well, so
specify a mesh setup parameter to indicate this.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement restricting peer VHT capabilities to the device's own
capabilities. This is useful when a single driver supports more
than one device and the devices have different capabilities
(often they will differ in the number of spatial streams), but
in particular is also necessary for VHT capability overrides to
work correctly -- otherwise it'd be possible to e.g. advertise,
due to overrides, that TX-STBC is not supported, but then still
use it to TX to the AP because it supports RX-STBC.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no driver using this flag, so it seems
that all drivers support HW crypto with WMM or
don't support it at all. Remove the flag and
code setting it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES to support update of FT IEs to the WLAN
driver and NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT to send FT events from the WLAN driver.
This will carry the target AP's MAC address along with the relevant
Information Elements. This event is used to report received FT IEs
(MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). These changes allow FT to be supported
with drivers that use an internal SME instead of user space option (like
FT implementation in wpa_supplicant with mac80211-based drivers).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently
based on the request type/priority. Add support to
differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that
the ROC is required for sending managment frames.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For testing it's sometimes useful to be able to
override certain VHT capability advertisement,
add the ability to do that in cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The station change API isn't being checked properly before
drivers are called, and as a result it is difficult to see
what should be allowed and what not.
In order to comprehensively check the API parameters parse
everything first, and then have the driver call a function
(cfg80211_check_station_change()) with the additionally
information about the kind of station that is being changed;
this allows the function to make better decisions than the
old code could.
While at it, also add a few checks, particularly in mesh
and clarify the TDLS station lifetime in documentation.
To be able to reduce a few checks, ignore any flag set bits
when the mask isn't set, they shouldn't be applied then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All the pointers point right into the skb data and
not to anything that would be useful to change, so
make them const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the ability to leave the plink_state unchanged not use a
magic -1 variable that isn't in the enum, but an explicit change
flag; reject invalid plink states or actions and move the needed
constants for plink actions to the right header file. Also
reject plink_state changes for non-mesh interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
By default, DSCP is copying during encapsulation.
Copying the DSCP in IPsec tunneling may be a bit dangerous because packets with
different DSCP may get reordered relative to each other in the network and then
dropped by the remote IPsec GW if the reordering becomes too big compared to the
replay window.
It is possible to avoid this copy with netfilter rules, but it's very convenient
to be able to configure it for each SA directly.
This patch adds a toogle for this purpose. By default, it's not set to maintain
backward compatibility.
Field flags in struct xfrm_usersa_info is full, hence I add a new attribute.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"A moderately sized pile of fixes, some specifically for merge window
introduced regressions although others are for longer standing items
and have been queued up for -stable.
I'm kind of tired of all the RDS protocol bugs over the years, to be
honest, it's way out of proportion to the number of people who
actually use it.
1) Fix missing range initialization in netfilter IPSET, from Jozsef
Kadlecsik.
2) ieee80211_local->tim_lock needs to use BH disabling, from Johannes
Berg.
3) Fix DMA syncing in SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.
4) Fix regression in BOND device MAC address setting, from Jiri
Pirko.
5) Missing usb_free_urb in ISDN Hisax driver, from Marina Makienko.
6) Fix UDP checksumming in bnx2x driver for 57710 and 57711 chips,
fix from Dmitry Kravkov.
7) Missing cfgspace_lock initialization in BCMA driver.
8) Validate parameter size for SCTP assoc stats getsockopt(), from
Guenter Roeck.
9) Fix SCTP association hangs, from Lee A Roberts.
10) Fix jumbo frame handling in r8169, from Francois Romieu.
11) Fix phy_device memory leak, from Petr Malat.
12) Omit trailing FCS from frames received in BGMAC driver, from Hauke
Mehrtens.
13) Missing socket refcount release in L2TP, from Guillaume Nault.
14) sctp_endpoint_init should respect passed in gfp_t, rather than use
GFP_KERNEL unconditionally. From Dan Carpenter.
15) Add AISX AX88179 USB driver, from Freddy Xin.
16) Remove MAINTAINERS entries for drivers deleted during the merge
window, from Cesar Eduardo Barros.
17) RDS protocol can try to allocate huge amounts of memory, check
that the user's request length makes sense, from Cong Wang.
18) SCTP should use the provided KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE instead of it's own,
bogus, definition. From Cong Wang.
19) Fix deadlocks in FEC driver by moving TX reclaim into NAPI poll,
from Frank Li. Also, fix a build error introduced in the merge
window.
20) Fix bogus purging of default routes in ipv6, from Lorenzo Colitti.
21) Don't double count RTT measurements when we leave the TCP receive
fast path, from Neal Cardwell."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (61 commits)
tcp: fix double-counted receiver RTT when leaving receiver fast path
CAIF: fix sparse warning for caif_usb
rds: simplify a warning message
net: fec: fix build error in no MXC platform
net: ipv6: Don't purge default router if accept_ra=2
net: fec: put tx to napi poll function to fix dead lock
sctp: use KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE instead of its own MAX_KMALLOC_SIZE
rds: limit the size allocated by rds_message_alloc()
MAINTAINERS: remove eexpress
MAINTAINERS: remove drivers/net/wan/cycx*
MAINTAINERS: remove 3c505
caif_dev: fix sparse warnings for caif_flow_cb
ax88179_178a: ASIX AX88179_178A USB 3.0/2.0 to gigabit ethernet adapter driver
sctp: use the passed in gfp flags instead GFP_KERNEL
ipv[4|6]: correct dropwatch false positive in local_deliver_finish
l2tp: Restore socket refcount when sendmsg succeeds
net/phy: micrel: Disable asymmetric pause for KSZ9021
bgmac: omit the fcs
phy: Fix phy_device_free memory leak
bnx2x: Fix KR2 work-around condition
...
Pull more VFS bits from Al Viro:
"Unfortunately, it looks like xattr series will have to wait until the
next cycle ;-/
This pile contains 9p cleanups and fixes (races in v9fs_fid_add()
etc), fixup for nommu breakage in shmem.c, several cleanups and a bit
more file_inode() work"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
constify path_get/path_put and fs_struct.c stuff
fix nommu breakage in shmem.c
cache the value of file_inode() in struct file
9p: if v9fs_fid_lookup() gets to asking server, it'd better have hashed dentry
9p: make sure ->lookup() adds fid to the right dentry
9p: untangle ->lookup() a bit
9p: double iput() in ->lookup() if d_materialise_unique() fails
9p: v9fs_fid_add() can't fail now
v9fs: get rid of v9fs_dentry
9p: turn fid->dlist into hlist
9p: don't bother with private lock in ->d_fsdata; dentry->d_lock will do just fine
more file_inode() open-coded instances
selinux: opened file can't have NULL or negative ->f_path.dentry
(In the meantime, the hlist traversal macros have changed, so this
required a semantic conflict fixup for the newly hlistified fid->dlist)
TCP prequeue mechanism purpose is to let incoming packets
being processed by the thread currently blocked in tcp_recvmsg(),
instead of behalf of the softirq handler, to better adapt flow
control on receiver host capacity to schedule the consumer.
But in typical request/answer workloads, we send request, then
block to receive the answer. And before the actual answer, TCP
stack receives the ACK packets acknowledging the request.
Processing pure ACK on behalf of the thread blocked in tcp_recvmsg()
is a waste of resources, as thread has to immediately sleep again
because it got no payload.
This patch avoids the extra context switches and scheduler overhead.
Before patch :
a:~# echo 0 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_low_latency
a:~# perf stat ./super_netperf 300 -t TCP_RR -l 10 -H 7.7.7.84 -- -r 8k,8k
231676
Performance counter stats for './super_netperf 300 -t TCP_RR -l 10 -H 7.7.7.84 -- -r 8k,8k':
116251.501765 task-clock # 11.369 CPUs utilized
5,025,463 context-switches # 0.043 M/sec
1,074,511 CPU-migrations # 0.009 M/sec
216,923 page-faults # 0.002 M/sec
311,636,972,396 cycles # 2.681 GHz
260,507,138,069 stalled-cycles-frontend # 83.59% frontend cycles idle
155,590,092,840 stalled-cycles-backend # 49.93% backend cycles idle
100,101,255,411 instructions # 0.32 insns per cycle
# 2.60 stalled cycles per insn
16,535,930,999 branches # 142.243 M/sec
646,483,591 branch-misses # 3.91% of all branches
10.225482774 seconds time elapsed
After patch :
a:~# echo 0 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_low_latency
a:~# perf stat ./super_netperf 300 -t TCP_RR -l 10 -H 7.7.7.84 -- -r 8k,8k
233297
Performance counter stats for './super_netperf 300 -t TCP_RR -l 10 -H 7.7.7.84 -- -r 8k,8k':
91084.870855 task-clock # 8.887 CPUs utilized
2,485,916 context-switches # 0.027 M/sec
815,520 CPU-migrations # 0.009 M/sec
216,932 page-faults # 0.002 M/sec
245,195,022,629 cycles # 2.692 GHz
202,635,777,041 stalled-cycles-frontend # 82.64% frontend cycles idle
124,280,372,407 stalled-cycles-backend # 50.69% backend cycles idle
83,457,289,618 instructions # 0.34 insns per cycle
# 2.43 stalled cycles per insn
13,431,472,361 branches # 147.461 M/sec
504,470,665 branch-misses # 3.76% of all branches
10.249594448 seconds time elapsed
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'm not sure why, but the hlist for each entry iterators were conceived
list_for_each_entry(pos, head, member)
The hlist ones were greedy and wanted an extra parameter:
hlist_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member)
Why did they need an extra pos parameter? I'm not quite sure. Not only
they don't really need it, it also prevents the iterator from looking
exactly like the list iterator, which is unfortunate.
Besides the semantic patch, there was some manual work required:
- Fix up the actual hlist iterators in linux/list.h
- Fix up the declaration of other iterators based on the hlist ones.
- A very small amount of places were using the 'node' parameter, this
was modified to use 'obj->member' instead.
- Coccinelle didn't handle the hlist_for_each_entry_safe iterator
properly, so those had to be fixed up manually.
The semantic patch which is mostly the work of Peter Senna Tschudin is here:
@@
iterator name hlist_for_each_entry, hlist_for_each_entry_continue, hlist_for_each_entry_from, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh, for_each_busy_worker, ax25_uid_for_each, ax25_for_each, inet_bind_bucket_for_each, sctp_for_each_hentry, sk_for_each, sk_for_each_rcu, sk_for_each_from, sk_for_each_safe, sk_for_each_bound, hlist_for_each_entry_safe, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu, nr_neigh_for_each, nr_neigh_for_each_safe, nr_node_for_each, nr_node_for_each_safe, for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp, for_each_gfn_sp, for_each_host;
type T;
expression a,c,d,e;
identifier b;
statement S;
@@
-T b;
<+... when != b
(
hlist_for_each_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_from(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_busy_worker(a, c,
- b,
d) S
|
ax25_uid_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
ax25_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
inet_bind_bucket_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sctp_for_each_hentry(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_from
-(a, b)
+(a)
S
+ sk_for_each_from(a) S
|
sk_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
sk_for_each_bound(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_safe(a,
- b,
c, d, e) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
nr_node_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_node_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d) S
|
for_each_host(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_host_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
for_each_mesh_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
)
...+>
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus change from net/ipv4/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus hunk from net/ipv6/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warnings]
[akpm@linux-foudnation.org: redo intrusive kvm changes]
Tested-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) ping_err() ICMP error handler looks at wrong ICMP header, from Li
Wei.
2) TCP socket hash function on ipv6 is too weak, from Eric Dumazet.
3) netif_set_xps_queue() forgets to drop mutex on errors, fix from
Alexander Duyck.
4) sum_frag_mem_limit() can deadlock due to lack of BH disabling, fix
from Eric Dumazet.
5) TCP SYN data is miscalculated in tcp_send_syn_data(), because the
amount of TCP option space was not taken into account properly in
this code path. Fix from yuchung Cheng.
6) MLX4 driver allocates device queues with the wrong size, from Kleber
Sacilotto.
7) sock_diag can access past the end of the sock_diag_handlers[] array,
from Mathias Krause.
8) vlan_set_encap_proto() makes incorrect assumptions about where
skb->data points, rework the logic so that it works regardless of
where skb->data happens to be. From Jesse Gross.
9) Fix gianfar build failure with NET_POLL enabled, from Paul
Gortmaker.
10) Fix Ipv4 ID setting and checksum calculations in GRE driver, from
Pravin B Shelar.
11) bgmac driver does:
int i;
for (i = 0; ...; ...) {
...
for (i = 0; ...; ...) {
effectively corrupting the outer loop index, use a seperate
variable for the inner loops. From Rafał Miłecki.
12) Fix suspend bugs in smsc95xx driver, from Ming Lei.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (35 commits)
usbnet: smsc95xx: rename FEATURE_AUTOSUSPEND
usbnet: smsc95xx: fix broken runtime suspend
usbnet: smsc95xx: fix suspend failure
bgmac: fix indexing of 2nd level loops
b43: Fix lockdep splat on module unload
Revert "ip_gre: propogate target device GSO capability to the tunnel device"
IP_GRE: Fix GRE_CSUM case.
VXLAN: Use tunnel_ip_select_ident() for tunnel IP-Identification.
IP_GRE: Fix IP-Identification.
net/pasemi: Fix missing coding style
vmxnet3: fix ethtool ring buffer size setting
vmxnet3: make local function static
bnx2x: remove dead code and make local funcs static
gianfar: fix compile fail for NET_POLL=y due to struct packing
vlan: adjust vlan_set_encap_proto() for its callers
sock_diag: Simplify sock_diag_handlers[] handling in __sock_diag_rcv_msg
sock_diag: Fix out-of-bounds access to sock_diag_handlers[]
vxlan: remove depends on CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
mlx4_en: fix allocation of CPU affinity reverse-map
mlx4_en: fix allocation of device tx_cq
...
Pull user namespace and namespace infrastructure changes from Eric W Biederman:
"This set of changes starts with a few small enhnacements to the user
namespace. reboot support, allowing more arbitrary mappings, and
support for mounting devpts, ramfs, tmpfs, and mqueuefs as just the
user namespace root.
I do my best to document that if you care about limiting your
unprivileged users that when you have the user namespace support
enabled you will need to enable memory control groups.
There is a minor bug fix to prevent overflowing the stack if someone
creates way too many user namespaces.
The bulk of the changes are a continuation of the kuid/kgid push down
work through the filesystems. These changes make using uids and gids
typesafe which ensures that these filesystems are safe to use when
multiple user namespaces are in use. The filesystems converted for
3.9 are ceph, 9p, afs, ocfs2, gfs2, ncpfs, nfs, nfsd, and cifs. The
changes for these filesystems were a little more involved so I split
the changes into smaller hopefully obviously correct changes.
XFS is the only filesystem that remains. I was hoping I could get
that in this release so that user namespace support would be enabled
with an allyesconfig or an allmodconfig but it looks like the xfs
changes need another couple of days before it they are ready."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (93 commits)
cifs: Enable building with user namespaces enabled.
cifs: Convert struct cifs_ses to use a kuid_t and a kgid_t
cifs: Convert struct cifs_sb_info to use kuids and kgids
cifs: Modify struct smb_vol to use kuids and kgids
cifs: Convert struct cifsFileInfo to use a kuid
cifs: Convert struct cifs_fattr to use kuid and kgids
cifs: Convert struct tcon_link to use a kuid.
cifs: Modify struct cifs_unix_set_info_args to hold a kuid_t and a kgid_t
cifs: Convert from a kuid before printing current_fsuid
cifs: Use kuids and kgids SID to uid/gid mapping
cifs: Pass GLOBAL_ROOT_UID and GLOBAL_ROOT_GID to keyring_alloc
cifs: Use BUILD_BUG_ON to validate uids and gids are the same size
cifs: Override unmappable incoming uids and gids
nfsd: Enable building with user namespaces enabled.
nfsd: Properly compare and initialize kuids and kgids
nfsd: Store ex_anon_uid and ex_anon_gid as kuids and kgids
nfsd: Modify nfsd4_cb_sec to use kuids and kgids
nfsd: Handle kuids and kgids in the nfs4acl to posix_acl conversion
nfsd: Convert nfsxdr to use kuids and kgids
nfsd: Convert nfs3xdr to use kuids and kgids
...
GRE-GSO generates ip fragments with id 0,2,3,4... for every
GSO packet, which is not correct. Following patch fixes it
by setting ip-header id unique id of fragments are allowed.
As Eric Dumazet suggested it is optimized by using inner ip-header
whenever inner packet is ipv4.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dave Jones reported a lockdep splat occurring in IP defrag code.
commit 6d7b857d54 (net: use lib/percpu_counter API for
fragmentation mem accounting) added a possible deadlock.
Because percpu_counter_sum_positive() needs to acquire
a lock that can be used from softirq, we need to disable BH
in sum_frag_mem_limit()
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we handle icmp errors in each transport protocol's err_handler,
for icmp protocols, that is ping_err. Since this handler only care
of those icmp errors triggered by echo request, errors triggered
by echo reply(which sent by kernel) are sliently ignored.
So wrap ping_err() with icmp_err() to deal with those icmp errors.
Signed-off-by: Li Wei <lw@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull trivial tree from Jiri Kosina:
"Assorted tiny fixes queued in trivial tree"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (22 commits)
DocBook: update EXPORT_SYMBOL entry to point at export.h
Documentation: update top level 00-INDEX file with new additions
ARM: at91/ide: remove unsused at91-ide Kconfig entry
percpu_counter.h: comment code for better readability
x86, efi: fix comment typo in head_32.S
IB: cxgb3: delay freeing mem untill entirely done with it
net: mvneta: remove unneeded version.h include
time: x86: report_lost_ticks doesn't exist any more
pcmcia: avoid static analysis complaint about use-after-free
fs/jfs: Fix typo in comment : 'how may' -> 'how many'
of: add missing documentation for of_platform_populate()
btrfs: remove unnecessary cur_trans set before goto loop in join_transaction
sound: soc: Fix typo in sound/codecs
treewide: Fix typo in various drivers
btrfs: fix comment typos
Update ibmvscsi module name in Kconfig.
powerpc: fix typo (utilties -> utilities)
of: fix spelling mistake in comment
h8300: Fix home page URL in h8300/README
xtensa: Fix home page URL in Kconfig
...
It looks like its possible to open thousands of TCP IPv6
sessions on a server, all landing in a single slot of TCP hash
table. Incoming packets have to lookup sockets in a very
long list.
We should hash all bits from foreign IPv6 addresses, using
a salt and hash mix, not a simple XOR.
inet6_ehashfn() can also separately use the ports, instead
of xoring them.
Reported-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric Dumazet wrote:
| Some strange crashes happen in rt6_check_expired(), with access
| to random addresses.
|
| At first glance, it looks like the RTF_EXPIRES and
| stuff added in commit 1716a96101
| (ipv6: fix problem with expired dst cache)
| are racy : same dst could be manipulated at the same time
| on different cpus.
|
| At some point, our stack believes rt->dst.from contains a dst pointer,
| while its really a jiffie value (as rt->dst.expires shares the same area
| of memory)
|
| rt6_update_expires() should be fixed, or am I missing something ?
|
| CC Neil because of https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=892060
Because we do not have any locks for dst_entry, we cannot change
essential structure in the entry; e.g., we cannot change reference
to other entity.
To fix this issue, split 'from' and 'expires' field in dst_entry
out of union. Once it is 'from' is assigned in the constructor,
keep the reference until the very last stage of the life time of
the object.
Of course, it is unsafe to change 'from', so make rt6_set_from simple
just for fresh entries.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Gao Feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sesse@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following patchset contain updates for your net-next tree, they are:
* Fix (for just added) connlabel dependencies, from Florian Westphal.
* Add aliasing support for conntrack, thus users can either use -m state
or -m conntrack from iptables while using the same kernel module, from
Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Some code refactoring for the CT target to merge common code in
revision 0 and 1, from myself.
* Add aliasing support for CT, based on patch from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Add one mutex per nfnetlink subsystem, from myself.
* Improved logging for packets that are dropped by helpers, from myself.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull in 'net' to take in the bug fixes that didn't make it into
3.8-final.
Also, deal with the semantic conflict of the change made to
net/ipv6/xfrm6_policy.c A missing rt6->n neighbour release
was added to 'net', but in 'net-next' we no longer cache the
neighbour entries in the ipv6 routes so that change is not
appropriate there.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Connection tracking helpers have to drop packets under exceptional
situations. Currently, the user gets the following logging message
in case that happens:
nf_ct_%s: dropping packet ...
However, depending on the helper, there are different reasons why a
packet can be dropped.
This patch modifies the existing code to provide more specific
error message in the scope of each helper to help users to debug
the reason why the packet has been dropped, ie:
nf_ct_%s: dropping packet: reason ...
Thanks to Joe Perches for many formatting suggestions.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When SOCK_REFCNT_DEBUG is enabled, below build error is met:
kernel/sysctl_binary.o: In function `sk_refcnt_debug_release':
include/net/sock.h:1025: multiple definition of `sk_refcnt_debug_release'
kernel/sysctl.o:include/net/sock.h:1025: first defined here
kernel/audit.o: In function `sk_refcnt_debug_release':
include/net/sock.h:1025: multiple definition of `sk_refcnt_debug_release'
kernel/sysctl.o:include/net/sock.h:1025: first defined here
make[1]: *** [kernel/built-in.o] Error 1
make: *** [kernel] Error 2
So we decide to make sk_refcnt_debug_release static to eliminate
the error.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The information of the peer's capabilities and extended capabilities are
required for the driver to perform TDLS Peer UAPSD operations and off
channel operations. This information of the peer is passed from user space
using NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command. This commit enhances
the function nl80211_set_station to pass the capability information of
the peer to the driver.
Similarly, there may be need for capability information for other modes,
so allow this to be provided with both add_station and change_station.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In many cases, userspace may need to know which of the
802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities
element") are implemented in the driver or device, to
include them e.g. in beacons, assoc request/response
or other frames. Add a new nl80211 attribute to hold
the extended capabilities bitmap for this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of modifying the HT SMPS capability field
for stations, track the SMPS mode explicitly in a
new field in the station struct and use it in the
drivers that care about it. This simplifies the
code using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers might support 80 or 160 MHz only on some
channels for whatever reason, so allow them to disable
these channel widths. Also maintain the new flags when
regulatory bandwidth limitations would disable these
wide channels.
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For HT and VHT the current bandwidth can change,
add the function ieee80211_vif_change_bandwidth()
to take care of this. It returns a failure if the
new bandwidth isn't compatible with the existing
channel context, the caller has to handle that.
When it happens, also inform the driver that the
bandwidth changed for this virtual interface (no
drivers would actually care today though.)
Changing to/from HT/VHT isn't allowed though.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Handle the operating mode notification action frame.
When the supported streams or the bandwidth change
let the driver and rate control algorithm know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With VHT, a station can change the number of spatial
streams it can receive on the fly, not unlike spatial
multiplexing in HT. Prepare for that by tracking the
maximum number of spatial streams it can receive when
the connection is established.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For VHT, many more bandwidth changes are possible. As a first
step, stop toggling the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 flag
in the HT capabilities and instead introduce a bandwidth field
indicating the currently usable bandwidth to transmit to the
station. Of course, make all drivers use it.
To achieve this, make ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() get
the station as an argument, rather than the new capabilities,
so it can set up the new bandwidth field.
If the station is a VHT station and VHT bandwidth is in use,
also set the bandwidth accordingly.
Doing this allows us to get rid of the supports_40mhz flag as
the HT capabilities now reflect the true capability instead of
the current setting.
While at it, also fix ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() to not
ignore HT cap overrides when MCS TX isn't supported (not that it
really happens...)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW.
Once radar detection is started it should continuously
monitor for radars as long as the channel active.
If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar
detected' event.
Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled
while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa.
Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add new NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, which starts the Channel
Availability Check (CAC). This command will also notify the
usermode about events (CAC finished, CAC aborted, radar
detected, NOP finished).
Once radar detection has started it should continuously
monitor for radars as long as the channel is active.
This patch enables DFS for AP mode in nl80211/cfg80211.
Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
[remove WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_RADAR_DETECT again -- my mistake]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Remove a duplicated call to skb_orphan() in pf_key, from Cong Wang.
2) Prepare xfrm and pf_key for algorithms without pf_key support,
from Jussi Kivilinna.
3) Fix an unbalanced lock in xfrm_output_one(), from Li RongQing.
4) Add an IPsec state resolution packet queue to handle
packets that are send before the states are resolved.
5) xfrm4_policy_fini() is unused since 2.6.11, time to remove it.
From Michal Kubecek.
6) The xfrm gc threshold was configurable just in the initial
namespace, make it configurable in all namespaces. From
Michal Kubecek.
7) We currently can not insert policies with mark and mask
such that some flows would be matched from both policies.
Allow this if the priorities of these policies are different,
the one with the higher priority is used in this case.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Intel Wireless devices are able to make a TCP connection
after suspending, sending some data and waking up when
the connection receives wakeup data (or breaks). Add the
WoWLAN configuration and feature advertising API for it.
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If user knows the location of a wowlan pattern to be matched in
Rx packet, he can provide an offset with the pattern. This will
help drivers to ignore initial bytes and match the pattern
efficiently.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[refactor pattern sending]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's not used anywhere else, so move it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tbf will need to schedule watchdog in ns. No need to convert it twice.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As it is going to be used in tbf as well, push these to generic code.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vlad says: The whole multiple cookie keys code is completely unused
and has been all this time. Noone uses anything other then the
secret_key[0] since there is no changeover support anywhere.
Thus, for now clean up its left-over fragments.
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change struct 9p_fid and it's associated functions to
use kuid_t's instead of uid_t.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@gmail.com>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
9p has thre strucrtures that can encode inode stat information. Modify
all of those structures to contain kuid_t and kgid_t values. Modify
he wire encoders and decoders of those structures to use 'u' and 'g' instead of
'd' in the format string where uids and gids are present.
This results in all kuid and kgid conversion to and from on the wire values
being performed by the same code in protocol.c where the client is known
at the time of the conversion.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@gmail.com>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Modify the p9_client_rpc format specifiers of every function that
directly transmits a uid or a gid from 'd' to 'u' or 'g' as
appropriate.
Modify those same functions to take kuid_t and kgid_t parameters
instead of uid_t and gid_t parameters.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@gmail.com>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Scans currently work by stopping the netdev tx queues but leaving the
mac80211 queues active. This stops the flow of incoming packets while
still allowing mac80211 to transmit nullfunc and probe request frames to
facilitate scanning. However, the driver may try to wake the mac80211
queues while in this state, which will also wake the netdev queues.
To prevent this, add a new queue stop reason,
IEEE80211_QUEUE_STOP_REASON_OFFCHANNEL, to be used when stopping the tx
queues for off-channel operation. This prevents the netdev queues from
waking when a driver wakes the mac80211 queues.
This also stops all frames from being transmitted, even those meant to
be sent off-channel. Add a new tx control flag,
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK, which allows frames to be transmitted
when the queues are stopped only for the off-channel stop reason. Update
all locations transmitting off-channel frames to use this flag.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are only a few drivers that use HW scan, and
all of those don't need a non-idle transition before
starting the scan -- some don't even care about idle
at all. Remove the flag and code associated with it.
The only driver that really actually needed this is
wl1251 and it can just do it itself in the hw_scan
callback -- implement that.
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The functions were added for some sort of Bluetooth
coexistence, but aren't used, so remove them again.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to be able to predict the next DTIM TBTT
in the driver, add the ability to use timing data
from beacons only with the new hardware flag
IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY and the BSS info
value sync_dtim_count which is only valid if the
timing data came from a beacon. The data can only
come from a beacon, and if no beacon was received
before association it is updated later together
with the DTIM count notification.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While technically the TSF isn't an IE, it can be
necessary to distinguish between the TSF from a
beacon and a probe response, in particular in
order to know the next DTIM TBTT, as not all APs
are spec compliant wrt. TSF==0 being a DTIM TBTT
and thus the DTIM count needs to be taken into
account as well.
To allow this, move the TSF into the IE struct
so it can be known whence it came.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no way scan BSS IEs can be NULL as even
if the allocation fails the frame is discarded.
Remove some code checking for this and document
that it is always non-NULL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add debugfs driver callbacks so drivers can add
debugfs entries for interfaces. Note that they
_must_ remove the entries again as add/remove in
the driver doesn't correspond to add/remove in
debugfs; the former is up/down while the latter
is netdev create/destroy.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, cfg80211 will copy beacon IEs from a previously
received hidden SSID beacon to a probe response entry, if
that entry is created after the beacon entry. However, if
it is the other way around, or if the beacon is updated,
such changes aren't propagated.
Fix this by tracking the relation between the probe
response and beacon BSS structs in this case.
In case drivers have private data stored in a BSS struct
and need access to such data from a beacon entry, cfg80211
now provides the hidden_beacon_bss pointer from the probe
response entry to the beacon entry.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix most kernel-doc warnings, for some reason it
seems to have issues with __aligned, don't remove
the documentation entries it considers to be in
excess due to that.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This prepares for using the spinlock instead of krefs
which is needed in the next patch to track the refs
of combined BSSes correctly.
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> [mwifiex]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow both of protocol-specific data and device-specific data
attached with neighbour entry, and to eliminate size calculation
cost when allocating entry, sizeof protocol-speicic data must be
multiple of NEIGH_PRIV_ALIGN. On 64bit archs,
sizeof(struct dn_neigh) is multiple of NEIGH_PRIV_ALIGN, but on
32bit archs, it was not.
Introduce NEIGH_ENTRY_SPACE() macro to ensure that protocol-specific
entry-size meets our requirement.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initial implementation of the Multiple Registration Protocol (MRP)
from IEEE 802.1Q-2011, based on the existing implementation of the
Generic Attribute Registration Protocol (GARP).
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed-up drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/mvm/mac80211.c to change change
IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD to IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC
as requested by Johannes Berg. -- JWL
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The xfrm gc threshold can be configured via xfrm{4,6}_gc_thresh
sysctl but currently only in init_net, other namespaces always
use the default value. This can substantially limit the number
of IPsec tunnels that can be effectively used.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
As the default, we blackhole packets until the key manager resolves
the states. This patch implements a packet queue where IPsec packets
are queued until the states are resolved. We generate a dummy xfrm
bundle, the output routine of the returned route enqueues the packet
to a per policy queue and arms a timer that checks for state resolution
when dst_output() is called. Once the states are resolved, the packets
are sent out of the queue. If the states are not resolved after some
time, the queue is flushed.
This patch keeps the defaut behaviour to blackhole packets as long
as we have no states. To enable the packet queue the sysctl
xfrm_larval_drop must be switched off.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
TCP Appropriate Byte Count was added by me, but later disabled.
There is no point in maintaining it since it is a potential source
of bugs and Linux already implements other better window protection
heuristics.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/ethtool.c
drivers/net/vmxnet3/vmxnet3_drv.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/dvm/tx.c
net/ipv6/route.c
The ipv6 route.c conflict is simple, just ignore the 'net' side change
as we fixed the same problem in 'net-next' by eliminating cached
neighbours from ipv6 routes.
The e1000e conflict is an addition of a new statistic in the ethtool
code, trivial.
The vmxnet3 conflict is about one change in 'net' removing a guarding
conditional, whilst in 'net-next' we had a netdev_info() conversion.
The iwlwifi conflict is dealing with a WARN_ON() conversion in
'net-next' vs. a revert happening in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As Thomas pointed out, cfg80211_get_mesh() is
unused and can be removed.
Cc: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In per-station statistics, present 32bit counters are too small
for practical purposes - with gigabit speeds, it get overlapped
every few seconds.
Expand counters in the struct station_info to be 64-bit.
Driver can still fill only 32-bit and indicate in @filled
only bits like STATION_INFO_[TR]X_BYTES; in case driver provides
full 64-bit counter, it should also set in @filled
bit STATION_INFO_[TR]RX_BYTES64
Netlink sends both 32-bit and 64-bit counters, if present, to not
break userspace.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[change to also have 32-bit counters if driver advertises 64-bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With multi-channel, there's a corner case where a driver
doesn't receive a beacon soon enough to be able to sync
its timers with the AP. In this case, the only recovery
(after trying again) is to disconnect from the AP. Allow
calling ieee80211_connection_loss() for such cases. To
make that possible, modify the work function to not rely
on the IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR flag but use new
state kept in the interface instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The primary purpose of the UUIDs is to enable generation of EIR and AD
data. In these data formats the UUIDs are split into separate fields
based on whether they're 16, 32 or 128 bit UUIDs. To make the generation
of these data fields simpler this patch adds a type member to the
bt_uuid struct and assigns a value to it as soon as the UUID is added to
the kernel. This way the type doesn't need to be calculated each time
the UUID list is later iterated.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Mark existing algorithms as pfkey supported and make pfkey only use algorithms
that have pfkey_supported set.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The datagram_*_ctl functions in net/ipv6/datagram.c are IPv6-specific. Since
datagram_send_ctl is publicly exported it should be appropriately named to
reflect the fact that it's for IPv6 only.
Signed-off-by: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: James Chapman <jchapman@katalix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending authentication/association frames they
might take a bit of time to go out because we may
have to synchronise with the AP, in particular in
the case where it's really a P2P GO. In this case
the 200ms fixed timeout could potentially be too
short if the beacon interval is relatively large.
For drivers that report TX status we can do better.
Instead of starting the timeout directly, start it
only when the frame status arrives. Since then the
frame was out on the air, we can wait shorter (the
typical response time is supposed to be 30ms, wait
100ms.) Also, if the frame failed to be transmitted
try again right away instead of waiting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now that mac80211 no longer uses this API, remove
it completely. If anyone needs it again, we can
revert this patch of course, but mac80211 was the
only user right now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, when the driver requires the DTIM period,
mac80211 will wait to hear a beacon before association.
This behavior is suboptimal since some drivers may be
able to deal with knowing the DTIM period after the
association, if they get it at all.
To address this, notify the drivers with bss_info_changed
with the new BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD flag when the DTIM
becomes known. This might be when changing to associated,
or later when the entire association was done with only
probe response information.
Rename the hardware flag for the current behaviour to
IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC to more accurately
reflect its behaviour. IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD is
no longer accurate as all drivers get the DTIM period
now, just not before association.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When waking up from WoWLAN, it is useful to know
what triggered the wakeup. Support reporting the
wakeup reason(s) in cfg80211 (and a pass-through
in mac80211) to allow userspace to know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All users of xfrm_addr_cmp() use its result as boolean.
Introduce xfrm_addr_equal() (which is equal to !xfrm_addr_cmp())
and convert all users.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bring in the 'net' tree so that we can get some ipv4/ipv6 bug
fixes that some net-next work will build upon.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some usecase when lifetime of ipv4 addresses might be helpful.
For example:
1) initramfs networkmanager uses a DHCP daemon to learn network
configuration parameters
2) initramfs networkmanager addresses, routes and DNS configuration
3) initramfs networkmanager is requested to stop
4) initramfs networkmanager stops all daemons including dhclient
5) there are addresses and routes configured but no daemon running. If
the system doesn't start networkmanager for some reason, addresses and
routes will be used forever, which violates RFC 2131.
This patch is essentially a backport of ivp6 address lifetime mechanism
for ipv4 addresses.
Current "ip" tool supports this without any patch (since it does not
distinguish between ipv4 and ipv6 addresses in this perspective.
Also, this should be back-compatible with all current netlink users.
Reported-by: Pavel Šimerda <psimerda@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updating the fragmentation queues LRU (Least-Recently-Used) list,
required taking the hash writer lock. However, the LRU list isn't
tied to the hash at all, so we can use a separate lock for it.
Original-idea-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace the per network namespace shared atomic "mem" accounting
variable, in the fragmentation code, with a lib/percpu_counter.
Getting percpu_counter to scale to the fragmentation code usage
requires some tweaks.
At first view, percpu_counter looks superfast, but it does not
scale on multi-CPU/NUMA machines, because the default batch size
is too small, for frag code usage. Thus, I have adjusted the
batch size by using __percpu_counter_add() directly, instead of
percpu_counter_sub() and percpu_counter_add().
The batch size is increased to 130.000, based on the largest 64K
fragment memory usage. This does introduce some imprecise
memory accounting, but its does not need to be strict for this
use-case.
It is also essential, that the percpu_counter, does not
share cacheline with other writers, to make this scale.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is primarily a preparation to ease the extension of memory
limit tracking.
The change does reduce the number atomic operation, during freeing of
a frag queue. This does introduce a some performance improvement, as
these atomic operations are at the core of the performance problems
seen on NUMA systems.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fragmentation code cacheline adjusting of struct inet_frag_queue.
Take advantage of the size of struct timer_list, and move all but
spinlock_t lock, below the timer struct. On 64-bit 'lru_list',
'list' and 'refcnt', fits exactly into the next cacheline, and a
new cacheline starts at 'fragments'.
The netns_frags *net pointer is moved to the end of the struct,
because its used in a compare, with "next/close-by" elements of
which this struct is embedded into.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The globally shared rwlock, of struct inet_frags, shares
cacheline with the 'rnd' number, which is used by the hash
calculations. Fix this, as this obviously is a bad idea, as
unnecessary cache-misses will occur when accessing the 'rnd'
number.
Also small note that, moving function ptr (*match) up in struct,
is to avoid it lands on the next cacheline (on 64-bit).
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This small cacheline adjustment of struct netns_frags improves
performance significantly for the fragmentation code.
Struct members 'lru_list' and 'mem' are both hot elements, and it
hurts performance, due to cacheline bouncing at every call point,
when they share a cacheline. Also notice, how mem is placed
together with 'high_thresh' and 'low_thresh', as they are used in
the compare operations together.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is basically a revert of:
commit 5b632fe85e
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Dec 3 12:56:33 2012 +0100
mac80211: introduce IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL
We do not need this flag any longer, rt2x00 BAR/BA problem was fixed
correctly by wireless-testing commit:
commit 84e9e8ebd3
Author: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Date: Thu Jan 17 17:34:32 2013 +0100
rt2x00: Improve TX status handling for BlockAckReq frames
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When allocating memory for neighbour cache entry, if
tbl->entry_size is not set, we always calculate
sizeof(struct neighbour) + tbl->key_len, which is common
in the same table.
With this change, set tbl->entry_size during the table
initialization phase, if it was not set, and use it in
neigh_alloc() and neighbour_priv().
This change also allow us to have both of protocol private
data and device priate data at tha same time.
Note that the only user of prototcol private is DECnet
and the only user of device private is ATM CLIP.
Since those are exclusive, we have not been facing issues
here.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock->sk_dst_cache is protected by RCU.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock->sk_dst_cache is protected by RCU, therefore we should
use __sk_dst_get() to deref it once we lock the sock.
This fixes several sparse warnings.
Cc: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
This batch contains netfilter updates for you net-next tree, they are:
* The new connlabel extension for x_tables, that allows us to attach
labels to each conntrack flow. The kernel implementation uses a
bitmask and there's a file in user-space that maps the bits with the
corresponding string for each existing label. By now, you can attach
up to 128 overlapping labels. From Florian Westphal.
* A new round of improvements for the netns support for conntrack.
Gao feng has moved many of the initialization code of each module
of the netns init path. He also made several code refactoring, that
code looks cleaner to me now.
* Added documentation for all possible tweaks for nf_conntrack via
sysctl, from Jiri Pirko.
* Cisco 7941/7945 IP phone support for our SIP conntrack helper,
from Kevin Cernekee.
* Missing header file in the snmp helper, from Stephen Hemminger.
* Finally, a couple of fixes to resolve minor issues with these
changes, from myself.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add API to enable drivers to implement MAC address based
access control in AP/P2P GO mode. Capable drivers advertise
this capability by setting the maximum number of MAC
addresses in such a list in wiphy->max_acl_mac_addrs.
An initial ACL may be given to the NL80211_CMD_START_AP
command and/or changed later with NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL.
Black- and whitelists are supported, but not simultaneously.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
[rewrite commit log, many cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
struct mac_address will be used by ACL related configuration ops.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since drivers can support several BSS / P2P Client
interfaces, the rssi callback needs to inform the driver
about the interface teh rssi event relates to.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
1) Add a statistic counter for invalid output states and
remove a superfluous state valid check, from Li RongQing.
2) Probe for asynchronous block ciphers instead of synchronous block
ciphers to make the asynchronous variants available even if no
synchronous block ciphers are found, from Jussi Kivilinna.
3) Make rfc3686 asynchronous block cipher and make use of
the new asynchronous variant, from Jussi Kivilinna.
4) Replace some rwlocks by rcu, from Cong Wang.
5) Remove some unused defines.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Motivation for soreuseport would be something like a web server
binding to port 80 running with multiple threads, where each thread
might have it's own listener socket. This could be done as an
alternative to other models: 1) have one listener thread which
dispatches completed connections to workers. 2) accept on a single
listener socket from multiple threads. In case #1 the listener thread
can easily become the bottleneck with high connection turn-over rate.
In case #2, the proportion of connections accepted per thread tends
to be uneven under high connection load (assuming simple event loop:
while (1) { accept(); process() }, wakeup does not promote fairness
among the sockets. We have seen the disproportion to be as high
as 3:1 ratio between thread accepting most connections and the one
accepting the fewest. With so_reusport the distribution is
uniform.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow multiple listener sockets to bind to the same port.
Motivation for soresuseport would be something like a web server
binding to port 80 running with multiple threads, where each thread
might have it's own listener socket. This could be done as an
alternative to other models: 1) have one listener thread which
dispatches completed connections to workers. 2) accept on a single
listener socket from multiple threads. In case #1 the listener thread
can easily become the bottleneck with high connection turn-over rate.
In case #2, the proportion of connections accepted per thread tends
to be uneven under high connection load (assuming simple event loop:
while (1) { accept(); process() }, wakeup does not promote fairness
among the sockets. We have seen the disproportion to be as high
as 3:1 ratio between thread accepting most connections and the one
accepting the fewest. With so_reusport the distribution is
uniform.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Definitions and macros for implementing soreusport.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the code that register/unregister l4proto to the
module_init/exit context.
Given that we have to modify some interfaces to accomodate
these changes, it is a good time to use shorter function names
for this using the nf_ct_* prefix instead of nf_conntrack_*,
that is:
nf_ct_l4proto_register
nf_ct_l4proto_pernet_register
nf_ct_l4proto_unregister
nf_ct_l4proto_pernet_unregister
We same many line breaks with it.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the code that register/unregister l3proto to the
module_init/exit context.
Given that we have to modify some interfaces to accomodate
these changes, it is a good time to use shorter function names
for this using the nf_ct_* prefix instead of nf_conntrack_*,
that is:
nf_ct_l3proto_register
nf_ct_l3proto_pernet_register
nf_ct_l3proto_unregister
nf_ct_l3proto_pernet_unregister
We same many line breaks with it.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Move the global initial codes to the module_init/exit context.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
nf_conntrack initialization and cleanup codes happens in pernet
operations function. This task should be done in module_init/exit.
We can't use init_net to identify if it's the right time to initialize
or cleanup since we cannot make assumption on the order netns are
created/destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The LE supported states indicate the states and state combinations that
the link layer supports. This is important information for knowing what
operations are possible when dealing with multiple connected devices.
This patch adds reading of the supported states to the HCI init
sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The LE White List Size is necessary to be known before attempting to
feed the controller with any addresses intended for the white list. This
patch adds the necessary HCI command sending to the HCI init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
To be able to make the appropriate decisions for some LE procedures we
need to know the LE features that the local controller supports.
Therefore, it's important to have the LE Read Local Supported Features
HCI comand as part of the HCI init sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds two helper functions to test for valid bdaddr type
values. These will be particularely useful in the mgmt code to check
that user space has passed valid values to the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This implements a socket release callback function to check
if the socket cached route got invalid during the time
we owned the socket. The function is used from udp, raw
and ping sockets.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- move ip6_nd_hdr() to its users' source files.
In net/ipv6/mcast.c, it will be called ip6_mc_hdr().
- make return type to void since this function never fails.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also makes ndisc_opt_addr_data() and ndisc_fill_addr_option()
use ndisc_opt_addr_space().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XFRM_REPLAY_SEQ, XFRM_REPLAY_OSEQ and XFRM_REPLAY_SEQ_MASK
were introduced years ago but actually never used.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
ipv6_addr_is_{multicast,ll_all_nodes,ll_all_routers,isatap}()
return boolean.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to implement NS response offloading (in
regular operation or while in WoWLAN) drivers need
to know the IPv6 addresses assigned to interfaces.
Implement an IPv6 notifier in mac80211 to call the
driver when addresses change.
Unlike for IPv4, implement it as a callback rather
than as a list in the BSS configuration, that is
more flexible.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for
some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic
that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not
and give the driver the total number of addresses
instead of the length of the list so it can make
its own decision.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Because of rt->n removal, we do not need neigh argument any more.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are hardwares which support offload of data packets
for example when auto ARP is enabled the hw will send
the ARP response. In such cases if WEP encryption is
configured the hw must know the default WEP key in order
to encrypt the packets correctly.
When hw_accel is enabled and encryption type is set to WEP,
the driver should get the default key index from mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
[cleanups, fixes, documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The hci_request function is blocking and cannot be called through the
usual per-HCI device workqueue (hdev->workqueue). While hci_request is
in progress any other work from the queue, including sending HCI
commands to the controller would be blocked and eventually cause the
hci_request call to time out.
This patch adds a second workqueue to be used by operations needing
hci_request and thereby avoiding issues with blocking other workqueue
users.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
CC: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For RTF_GATEWAY route, return rt->rt6i_gateway.
Otherwise, return 2nd argument (destination address).
This will be used by following patches which remove rt->n
dependency patches in ip6_dst_lookup_tail() and ip6_finish_output2().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function, which looks up neighbour entry for an IPv6 address
without touching refcnt, will be used for patches to remove
dependency on rt->n (neighbour entry in rt6_info).
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to set/clear labels assigned to a conntrack
via ctnetlink.
To allow userspace to only alter specific bits, Pablo suggested to add
a new CTA_LABELS_MASK attribute:
The new set of active labels is then determined via
active = (active & ~mask) ^ changeset
i.e., the mask selects those bits in the existing set that should be
changed.
This follows the same method already used by MARK and CONNMARK targets.
Omitting CTA_LABELS_MASK is the same as setting all bits in CTA_LABELS_MASK
to 1: The existing set is replaced by the one from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
similar to connmarks, except labels are bit-based; i.e.
all labels may be attached to a flow at the same time.
Up to 128 labels are supported. Supporting more labels
is possible, but requires increasing the ct offset delta
from u8 to u16 type due to increased extension sizes.
Mapping of bit-identifier to label name is done in userspace.
The extension is enabled at run-time once "-m connlabel" netfilter
rules are added.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Fix the 64bit optimized version of ipv6_prefix_equal to convert the
bitmask to network byte order only after the bit-shift.
The bug was introduced in:
3867517 ipv6: 64bit version of ipv6_prefix_equal().
Signed-off-by: Fabio Baltieri <fabio.baltieri@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increase the amount of memory usage limits for incomplete
IP fragments.
Arguing for new thresh high/low values:
High threshold = 4 MBytes
Low threshold = 3 MBytes
The fragmentation memory accounting code, tries to account for the
real memory usage, by measuring both the size of frag queue struct
(inet_frag_queue (ipv4:ipq/ipv6:frag_queue)) and the SKB's truesize.
We want to be able to handle/hold-on-to enough fragments, to ensure
good performance, without causing incomplete fragments to hurt
scalability, by causing the number of inet_frag_queue to grow too much
(resulting longer searches for frag queues).
For IPv4, how much memory does the largest frag consume.
Maximum size fragment is 64K, which is approx 44 fragments with
MTU(1500) sized packets. Sizeof(struct ipq) is 200. A 1500 byte
packet results in a truesize of 2944 (not 2048 as I first assumed)
(44*2944)+200 = 129736 bytes
The current default high thresh of 262144 bytes, is obviously
problematic, as only two 64K fragments can fit in the queue at the
same time.
How many 64K fragment can we fit into 4 MBytes:
4*2^20/((44*2944)+200) = 32.34 fragment in queues
An attacker could send a separate/distinct fake fragment packets per
queue, causing us to allocate one inet_frag_queue per packet, and thus
attacking the hash table and its lists.
How many frag queue do we need to store, and given a current hash size
of 64, what is the average list length.
Using one MTU sized fragment per inet_frag_queue, each consuming
(2944+200) 3144 bytes.
4*2^20/(2944+200) = 1334 frag queues -> 21 avg list length
An attack could send small fragments, the smallest packet I could send
resulted in a truesize of 896 bytes (I'm a little surprised by this).
4*2^20/(896+200) = 3827 frag queues -> 59 avg list length
When increasing these number, we also need to followup with
improvements, that is going to help scalability. Simply increasing
the hash size, is not enough as the current implementation does not
have a per hash bucket locking.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While a privileged program can open a raw socket, attach some
restrictive filter and drop its privileges (or send the socket to an
unprivileged program through some Unix socket), the filter can still
be removed or modified by the unprivileged program. This commit adds a
socket option to lock the filter (SO_LOCK_FILTER) preventing any
modification of a socket filter program.
This is similar to OpenBSD BIOCLOCK ioctl on bpf sockets, except even
root is not allowed change/drop the filter.
The state of the lock can be read with getsockopt(). No error is
triggered if the state is not changed. -EPERM is returned when a user
tries to remove the lock or to change/remove the filter while the lock
is active. The check is done directly in sk_attach_filter() and
sk_detach_filter() and does not affect only setsockopt() syscall.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <bernat@luffy.cx>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3e4e4c1f ("ipv6: Introduce ip6_flow_hdr() to fill version,
tclass and flowlabel.) uses ntohl(), which should be htonl().
Found by Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To ease further DFS development regarding interface combinations, use
the interface combinations structure to test for radar capabilities.
Drivers can specify which channel widths they support, and in which
modes. Right now only a single AP interface is allowed, but as the
DFS code evolves other combinations can be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute was originally added for
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, but it is actually as useful (if not even more
useful) with NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, so process that attribute with the
connect command, too.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As per email discussion Jouni Malinen pointed out that:
"P2P message exchanges can be executed on the current operating channel
of any operation (both P2P and non-P2P station). These can be on 5 GHz
and even on 60 GHz (so yes, you _can_ do GO Negotiation on 60 GHz).
As an example, it would be possible to receive a GO Negotiation Request
frame on a 5 GHz only radio and then to complete GO Negotiation on that
band. This can happen both when connected to a P2P group (through client
discoverability mechanism) and when connected to a legacy AP (assuming
the station receive Probe Request frame from full scan in the beginning
of P2P device discovery)."
This means that P2P messages can be sent over different radio devices.
However, these should use the same P2P device address so it should be
able to provision this from user-space. This patch adds a parameter for
this to struct vif_params which should only be used during creation of
the P2P device interface.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: Greg Goldman <ggoldman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[add error checking]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the nl80211_mesh_power_mode enumeration which holds possible
values for the mesh power mode. These modes are unknown, active,
light sleep and deep sleep.
Add power_mode entry to the mesh config structure to hold the
user-configured default mesh power mode. This value will be used
for new peer links.
Add the dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration value to the mesh config.
The awake window is a duration in TU describing how long the STA
will stay awake after transmitting its beacon in PS mode.
Add access routines to:
- get/set local link-specific power mode (STA)
- get remote STA's link-specific power mode (STA)
- get remote STA's non-peer power mode (STA)
- get/set default mesh power mode (mesh config)
- get/set mesh awake window duration (mesh config)
All config changes may be done at mesh runtime and take effect
immediately.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Bezyazychnyy <ivan.bezyazychnyy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Krinkin <krinkin.m.u@gmail.com>
[fix commit message line length, error handling in set station]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the default mesh beacon interval and DTIM period to cfg80211
and make them accessible to nl80211. This enables setting both
values when joining an MBSS.
Previously the DTIM parameter was not set by mac80211 so the
driver's default value was used.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver's resume function can't completely
restore the configuration in the device, it returns
1 from the callback which will be treated like a HW
restart request, but done directly.
In this case, also call the driver's restart_complete()
function so it can finish the reconfiguration there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When building the 80211 DocBook, scripts/kernel-doc reports
the following type of warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:334): No description found for return value of 'cfg80211_get_chandef_type'
These warnings are only reported when scripts/kernel-doc
runs in verbose mode.
To fix these use "Return:" to describe function return values.
Signed-off-by: Yacine Belkadi <yacine.belkadi.1@gmail.com>
[adjust for freq_reg_info() change]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_cmn.c
Both conflicts were simply overlapping context.
A build fix for qlcnic is in here too, simply removing the added
devinit annotations which no longer exist.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric Dumazet pointed out that act_mirred needs to find the current net_ns,
and struct net pointer is not provided in the call chain. His original
patch made use of current->nsproxy->net_ns to find the network namespace,
but this fails to work correctly for userspace code that makes use of
netlink sockets in different network namespaces. Instead, pass the
"struct net *" down along the call chain to where it is needed.
This version removes the ifb changes as Eric has submitted that patch
separately, but is otherwise identical to the previous version.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Tested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only user is cxgb3 driver.
old_neigh is used to check device change, but it must not happen
on redirect. In this sense, we can remove old_neigh argument.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_prefix_equal() just casts its arguments and it is the only
user of __ipv6_prefix_equal().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce __ipv6_addr_diff64() to to find the first different
bit between two addresses on 64bit architectures.
32bit version is still available as __ipv6_addr_diff32(),
and __ipv6_addr_diff() automatically selects appropriate
version.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The reg_notifier()'s return value need not be checked
as it is only supposed to do post regulatory work and
that should never fail. Any behaviour to regulatory
that needs to be considered before cfg80211 does work
to a driver should be specified by using the already
existing flags, the reg_notifier() just does post
processing should it find it needs to.
Also make lbs_reg_notifier static.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[move lbs_reg_notifier to not break compile]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move generalized version of ipv6_is_mld() to header,
and use it from ip6_mc_input().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is not only for readability but also for optimization.
What we do here is to build the 32bit word at the beginning of the ipv6
header (the "ip6_flow" virtual member of struct ip6_hdr in RFC3542) and
we do not need to read the tclass portion of the target buffer.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
canqun zhang reported that we're hitting BUG_ON in the
nf_conntrack_destroy path when calling kfree_skb while
rmmod'ing the nf_conntrack module.
Currently, the nf_ct_destroy hook is being set to NULL in the
destroy path of conntrack.init_net. However, this is a problem
since init_net may be destroyed before any other existing netns
(we cannot assume any specific ordering while releasing existing
netns according to what I read in recent emails).
Thanks to Gao feng for initial patch to address this issue.
Reported-by: canqun zhang <canqunzhang@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Do not convert endian back and forth.
If the caller uses contant "mask" argument (and most callers do),
we can omit runtime endian conversion here.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each NFC adapter can have several links to different secure elements and
that property needs to be exported by the drivers.
A secure element link can be enabled and disabled, and card emulation will
be handled by the currently active one. Otherwise card emulation will be
host implemented.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some chips diverge from the HCI spec in their implementation of standard
features. This adds a new quirks parameter to
nfc_hci_allocate_device() to let the driver indicate its divergence.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When an adapter is removed, it will unregister itself from hci and/or
nfc core. In order to do that safely, work tasks must first be canceled
and prevented to be scheduled again, before the hci or nfc device can be
destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Using bit operations solves problems with multiple requests
and clearing state.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes srej_queue_next from include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h as it
is not used.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
As suggested by David, udp6_csum_init() is too big to be inlined,
move it to ipv6 static library, net/ipv6/ip6_checksum.c.
And the generic csum_ipv6_magic() too.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per suggestion from Eric Dumazet this patch makes tcp_ecn sysctl
namespace aware. The reason behind this patch is to ease the testing
of ecn problems on the internet and allows applications to tune their
own use of ecn.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When TX aggregation is stopped, there are a few
different cases:
- connection with the peer was dropped
- session stop was requested locally
- session stop was requested by the peer
- connection was dropped while a session is stopping
The behaviour in these cases should be different, if
the connection is dropped then the driver should drop
all frames, otherwise the frames may continue to be
transmitted, aggregated in the case of a locally
requested session stop or unaggregated in the case of
the peer requesting session stop.
Split these different cases so that the driver can
act accordingly; however, treat local and remote stop
the same way and ask the driver to not send frames as
aggregated packets any more.
In the case of connection drop, the stop callback the
driver is otherwise supposed to call is no longer
required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During suspend/resume channel contexts might be
iterated even if they haven't been re-added to
the driver, keep track of this and skip them in
iteration. Also use the new status for sanity
checks.
Also clarify the fact that during HW restart all
contexts are iterated over (thanks Eliad.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of returning an error and filling a pointer
return the pointer and an ERR_PTR value in error cases.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow making freq_reg_info() lock-free.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To simplify the locking and not require cfg80211_mutex
(which nl80211 uses to access the global regdomain) and
also to make it possible for drivers to access their
wiphy->regd safely, use RCU to protect these pointers.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel bandwidth handling isn't really quite right,
it assumes that a 40 MHz channel is really two 20 MHz
channels, which isn't strictly true. This is the way the
regulatory database handling is defined right now though
so remove the logic to handle other channel widths.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following batch contains Netfilter fixes for 3.8-rc1. They are
a mixture of old bugs that have passed unnoticed (I'll pass these to
stable) and more fresh ones from the previous merge window, they are:
* Fix for MAC address in 6in4 tunnels via NFLOG that results in ulogd
showing up wrong address, from Bob Hockney.
* Fix a comment in nf_conntrack_ipv6, from Florent Fourcot.
* Fix a leak an error path in ctnetlink while creating an expectation,
from Jesper Juhl.
* Fix missing ICMP time exceeded in the IPv6 defragmentation code, from
Haibo Xi.
* Fix inconsistent handling of routing changes in MASQUERADE for the
new connections case, from Andrew Collins.
* Fix a missing skb_reset_transport in ip[6]t_REJECT that leads to
crashes in the ixgbe driver (since it seems to access the transport
header with TSO enabled), from Mukund Jampala.
* Recover obsoleted NOTRACK target by including it into the CT and spot
a warning via printk about being obsoleted. Many people don't check the
scheduled to be removal file under Documentation, so we follow some
less agressive approach to kill this in a year or so. Spotted by Florian
Westphal, patch from myself.
* Fix race condition in xt_hashlimit that allows to create two or more
entries, from myself.
* Fix crash if the CT is used due to the recently added facilities to
consult the dying and unconfirmed conntrack lists, from myself.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock->sk_cgrp_prioidx won't be used at all if CONFIG_NETPRIO_CGROUP=n.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Florian Westphal reported that the removal of the NOTRACK target
(9655050 netfilter: remove xt_NOTRACK) is breaking some existing
setups.
That removal was scheduled for removal since long time ago as
described in Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
What: xt_NOTRACK
Files: net/netfilter/xt_NOTRACK.c
When: April 2011
Why: Superseded by xt_CT
Still, people may have not notice / may have decided to stick to an
old iptables version. I agree with him in that some more conservative
approach by spotting some printk to warn users for some time is less
agressive.
Current iptables 1.4.16.3 already contains the aliasing support
that makes it point to the CT target, so upgrading would fix it.
Still, the policy so far has been to avoid pushing our users to
upgrade.
As a solution, this patch recovers the NOTRACK target inside the CT
target and it now spots a warning.
Reported-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Really fix tuntap SKB use after free bug, from Eric Dumazet.
2) Adjust SKB data pointer to point past the transport header before
calling icmpv6_notify() so that the headers are in the state which
that function expects. From Duan Jiong.
3) Fix ambiguities in the new tuntap multi-queue APIs. From Jason
Wang.
4) mISDN needs to use del_timer_sync(), from Konstantin Khlebnikov.
5) Don't destroy mutex after freeing up device private in mac802154,
fix also from Konstantin Khlebnikov.
6) Fix INET request socket leak in TCP and DCCP, from Christoph Paasch.
7) SCTP HMAC kconfig rework, from Neil Horman.
8) Fix SCTP jprobes function signature, otherwise things explode, from
Daniel Borkmann.
9) Fix typo in ipv6-offload Makefile variable reference, from Simon
Arlott.
10) Don't fail USBNET open just because remote wakeup isn't supported,
from Oliver Neukum.
11) be2net driver bug fixes from Sathya Perla.
12) SOLOS PCI ATM driver bug fixes from Nathan Williams and David
Woodhouse.
13) Fix MTU changing regression in 8139cp driver, from John Greene.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (45 commits)
solos-pci: ensure all TX packets are aligned to 4 bytes
solos-pci: add firmware upgrade support for new models
solos-pci: remove superfluous debug output
solos-pci: add GPIO support for newer versions on Geos board
8139cp: Prevent dev_close/cp_interrupt race on MTU change
net: qmi_wwan: add ZTE MF880
drivers/net: Use of_match_ptr() macro in smsc911x.c
drivers/net: Use of_match_ptr() macro in smc91x.c
ipv6: addrconf.c: remove unnecessary "if"
bridge: Correctly encode addresses when dumping mdb entries
bridge: Do not unregister all PF_BRIDGE rtnl operations
use generic usbnet_manage_power()
usbnet: generic manage_power()
usbnet: handle PM failure gracefully
ksz884x: fix receive polling race condition
qlcnic: update driver version
qlcnic: fix unused variable warnings
net: fec: forbid FEC_PTP on SoCs that do not support
be2net: fix wrong frag_idx reported by RX CQ
be2net: fix be_close() to ensure all events are ack'ed
...
Pull user namespace changes from Eric Biederman:
"While small this set of changes is very significant with respect to
containers in general and user namespaces in particular. The user
space interface is now complete.
This set of changes adds support for unprivileged users to create user
namespaces and as a user namespace root to create other namespaces.
The tyranny of supporting suid root preventing unprivileged users from
using cool new kernel features is broken.
This set of changes completes the work on setns, adding support for
the pid, user, mount namespaces.
This set of changes includes a bunch of basic pid namespace
cleanups/simplifications. Of particular significance is the rework of
the pid namespace cleanup so it no longer requires sending out
tendrils into all kinds of unexpected cleanup paths for operation. At
least one case of broken error handling is fixed by this cleanup.
The files under /proc/<pid>/ns/ have been converted from regular files
to magic symlinks which prevents incorrect caching by the VFS,
ensuring the files always refer to the namespace the process is
currently using and ensuring that the ptrace_mayaccess permission
checks are always applied.
The files under /proc/<pid>/ns/ have been given stable inode numbers
so it is now possible to see if different processes share the same
namespaces.
Through the David Miller's net tree are changes to relax many of the
permission checks in the networking stack to allowing the user
namespace root to usefully use the networking stack. Similar changes
for the mount namespace and the pid namespace are coming through my
tree.
Two small changes to add user namespace support were commited here adn
in David Miller's -net tree so that I could complete the work on the
/proc/<pid>/ns/ files in this tree.
Work remains to make it safe to build user namespaces and 9p, afs,
ceph, cifs, coda, gfs2, ncpfs, nfs, nfsd, ocfs2, and xfs so the
Kconfig guard remains in place preventing that user namespaces from
being built when any of those filesystems are enabled.
Future design work remains to allow root users outside of the initial
user namespace to mount more than just /proc and /sys."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (38 commits)
proc: Usable inode numbers for the namespace file descriptors.
proc: Fix the namespace inode permission checks.
proc: Generalize proc inode allocation
userns: Allow unprivilged mounts of proc and sysfs
userns: For /proc/self/{uid,gid}_map derive the lower userns from the struct file
procfs: Print task uids and gids in the userns that opened the proc file
userns: Implement unshare of the user namespace
userns: Implent proc namespace operations
userns: Kill task_user_ns
userns: Make create_new_namespaces take a user_ns parameter
userns: Allow unprivileged use of setns.
userns: Allow unprivileged users to create new namespaces
userns: Allow setting a userns mapping to your current uid.
userns: Allow chown and setgid preservation
userns: Allow unprivileged users to create user namespaces.
userns: Ignore suid and sgid on binaries if the uid or gid can not be mapped
userns: fix return value on mntns_install() failure
vfs: Allow unprivileged manipulation of the mount namespace.
vfs: Only support slave subtrees across different user namespaces
vfs: Add a user namespace reference from struct mnt_namespace
...
In (d871bef netfilter: ctnetlink: dump entries from the dying and
unconfirmed lists), we assume that all conntrack objects are
inserted in any of the existing lists. However, template conntrack
objects were not. This results in hitting BUG_ON in the
destroy_conntrack path while removing a rule that uses the CT target.
This patch fixes the situation by adding the template lists, which
is where template conntrack objects reside now.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If in either of the above functions inet_csk_route_child_sock() or
__inet_inherit_port() fails, the newsk will not be freed:
unreferenced object 0xffff88022e8a92c0 (size 1592):
comm "softirq", pid 0, jiffies 4294946244 (age 726.160s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
0a 01 01 01 0a 01 01 02 00 00 00 00 a7 cc 16 00 ................
02 00 03 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
backtrace:
[<ffffffff8153d190>] kmemleak_alloc+0x21/0x3e
[<ffffffff810ab3e7>] kmem_cache_alloc+0xb5/0xc5
[<ffffffff8149b65b>] sk_prot_alloc.isra.53+0x2b/0xcd
[<ffffffff8149b784>] sk_clone_lock+0x16/0x21e
[<ffffffff814d711a>] inet_csk_clone_lock+0x10/0x7b
[<ffffffff814ebbc3>] tcp_create_openreq_child+0x21/0x481
[<ffffffff814e8fa5>] tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock+0x3a/0x23b
[<ffffffff814ec5ba>] tcp_check_req+0x29f/0x416
[<ffffffff814e8e10>] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0x161/0x2bc
[<ffffffff814eb917>] tcp_v4_rcv+0x6c9/0x701
[<ffffffff814cea9f>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x70/0xc4
[<ffffffff814cec20>] ip_local_deliver+0x4e/0x7f
[<ffffffff814ce9f8>] ip_rcv_finish+0x1fc/0x233
[<ffffffff814cee68>] ip_rcv+0x217/0x267
[<ffffffff814a7bbe>] __netif_receive_skb+0x49e/0x553
[<ffffffff814a7cc3>] netif_receive_skb+0x50/0x82
This happens, because sk_clone_lock initializes sk_refcnt to 2, and thus
a single sock_put() is not enough to free the memory. Additionally, things
like xfrm, memcg, cookie_values,... may have been initialized.
We have to free them properly.
This is fixed by forcing a call to tcp_done(), ending up in
inet_csk_destroy_sock, doing the final sock_put(). tcp_done() is necessary,
because it ends up doing all the cleanup on xfrm, memcg, cookie_values,
xfrm,...
Before calling tcp_done, we have to set the socket to SOCK_DEAD, to
force it entering inet_csk_destroy_sock. To avoid the warning in
inet_csk_destroy_sock, inet_num has to be set to 0.
As inet_csk_destroy_sock does a dec on orphan_count, we first have to
increase it.
Calling tcp_done() allows us to remove the calls to
tcp_clear_xmit_timer() and tcp_cleanup_congestion_control().
A similar approach is taken for dccp by calling dccp_done().
This is in the kernel since 093d282321 (tproxy: fix hash locking issue
when using port redirection in __inet_inherit_port()), thus since
version >= 2.6.37.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In function ndisc_redirect_rcv(), the skb->data points to the transport
header, but function icmpv6_notify() need the skb->data points to the
inner IP packet. So before using icmpv6_notify() to propagate redirect,
change skb->data to point the inner IP packet that triggered the sending
of the Redirect, and introduce struct rd_msg to make it easy.
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <djduanjiong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull trivial branch from Jiri Kosina:
"Usual stuff -- comment/printk typo fixes, documentation updates, dead
code elimination."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (39 commits)
HOWTO: fix double words typo
x86 mtrr: fix comment typo in mtrr_bp_init
propagate name change to comments in kernel source
doc: Update the name of profiling based on sysfs
treewide: Fix typos in various drivers
treewide: Fix typos in various Kconfig
wireless: mwifiex: Fix typo in wireless/mwifiex driver
messages: i2o: Fix typo in messages/i2o
scripts/kernel-doc: check that non-void fcts describe their return value
Kernel-doc: Convention: Use a "Return" section to describe return values
radeon: Fix typo and copy/paste error in comments
doc: Remove unnecessary declarations from Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c
various: Fix spelling of "asynchronous" in comments.
Fix misspellings of "whether" in comments.
eisa: Fix spelling of "asynchronous".
various: Fix spelling of "registered" in comments.
doc: fix quite a few typos within Documentation
target: iscsi: fix comment typos in target/iscsi drivers
treewide: fix typo of "suport" in various comments and Kconfig
treewide: fix typo of "suppport" in various comments
...
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
1) Allow to dump, monitor, and change the bridge multicast database
using netlink. From Cong Wang.
2) RFC 5961 TCP blind data injection attack mitigation, from Eric
Dumazet.
3) Networking user namespace support from Eric W. Biederman.
4) tuntap/virtio-net multiqueue support by Jason Wang.
5) Support for checksum offload of encapsulated packets (basically,
tunneled traffic can still be checksummed by HW). From Joseph
Gasparakis.
6) Allow BPF filter access to VLAN tags, from Eric Dumazet and
Daniel Borkmann.
7) Bridge port parameters over netlink and BPDU blocking support
from Stephen Hemminger.
8) Improve data access patterns during inet socket demux by rearranging
socket layout, from Eric Dumazet.
9) TIPC protocol updates and cleanups from Ying Xue, Paul Gortmaker, and
Jon Maloy.
10) Update TCP socket hash sizing to be more in line with current day
realities. The existing heurstics were choosen a decade ago.
From Eric Dumazet.
11) Fix races, queue bloat, and excessive wakeups in ATM and
associated drivers, from Krzysztof Mazur and David Woodhouse.
12) Support DOVE (Distributed Overlay Virtual Ethernet) extensions
in VXLAN driver, from David Stevens.
13) Add "oops_only" mode to netconsole, from Amerigo Wang.
14) Support set and query of VEB/VEPA bridge mode via PF_BRIDGE, also
allow DCB netlink to work on namespaces other than the initial
namespace. From John Fastabend.
15) Support PTP in the Tigon3 driver, from Matt Carlson.
16) tun/vhost zero copy fixes and improvements, plus turn it on
by default, from Michael S. Tsirkin.
17) Support per-association statistics in SCTP, from Michele
Baldessari.
And many, many, driver updates, cleanups, and improvements. Too
numerous to mention individually.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1722 commits)
net/mlx4_en: Add support for destination MAC in steering rules
net/mlx4_en: Use generic etherdevice.h functions.
net: ethtool: Add destination MAC address to flow steering API
bridge: add support of adding and deleting mdb entries
bridge: notify mdb changes via netlink
ndisc: Unexport ndisc_{build,send}_skb().
uapi: add missing netconf.h to export list
pkt_sched: avoid requeues if possible
solos-pci: fix double-free of TX skb in DMA mode
bnx2: Fix accidental reversions.
bna: Driver Version Updated to 3.1.2.1
bna: Firmware update
bna: Add RX State
bna: Rx Page Based Allocation
bna: TX Intr Coalescing Fix
bna: Tx and Rx Optimizations
bna: Code Cleanup and Enhancements
ath9k: check pdata variable before dereferencing it
ath5k: RX timestamp is reported at end of frame
ath9k_htc: RX timestamp is reported at end of frame
...
These symbols were exported for bonding device by commit 305d552a
("bonding: send IPv6 neighbor advertisement on failover").
It bacame obsolete by commit 7c899432 ("bonding, ipv4, ipv6, vlan: Handle
NETDEV_BONDING_FAILOVER like NETDEV_NOTIFY_PEERS") and removed by
commit 4f5762ec ("bonding: Remove obsolete source file 'bond_ipv6.c'").
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull cgroup changes from Tejun Heo:
"A lot of activities on cgroup side. The big changes are focused on
making cgroup hierarchy handling saner.
- cgroup_rmdir() had peculiar semantics - it allowed cgroup
destruction to be vetoed by individual controllers and tried to
drain refcnt synchronously. The vetoing never worked properly and
caused good deal of contortions in cgroup. memcg was the last
reamining user. Michal Hocko removed the usage and cgroup_rmdir()
path has been simplified significantly. This was done in a
separate branch so that the memcg people can base further memcg
changes on top.
- The above allowed cleaning up cgroup lifecycle management and
implementation of generic cgroup iterators which are used to
improve hierarchy support.
- cgroup_freezer updated to allow migration in and out of a frozen
cgroup and handle hierarchy. If a cgroup is frozen, all descendant
cgroups are frozen.
- netcls_cgroup and netprio_cgroup updated to handle hierarchy
properly.
- Various fixes and cleanups.
- Two merge commits. One to pull in memcg and rmdir cleanups (needed
to build iterators). The other pulled in cgroup/for-3.7-fixes for
device_cgroup fixes so that further device_cgroup patches can be
stacked on top."
Fixed up a trivial conflict in mm/memcontrol.c as per Tejun (due to
commit bea8c150a7 ("memcg: fix hotplugged memory zone oops") in master
touching code close to commit 2ef37d3fe4 ("memcg: Simplify
mem_cgroup_force_empty_list error handling") in for-3.8)
* 'for-3.8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (65 commits)
cgroup: update Documentation/cgroups/00-INDEX
cgroup_rm_file: don't delete the uncreated files
cgroup: remove subsystem files when remounting cgroup
cgroup: use cgroup_addrm_files() in cgroup_clear_directory()
cgroup: warn about broken hierarchies only after css_online
cgroup: list_del_init() on removed events
cgroup: fix lockdep warning for event_control
cgroup: move list add after list head initilization
netprio_cgroup: allow nesting and inherit config on cgroup creation
netprio_cgroup: implement netprio[_set]_prio() helpers
netprio_cgroup: use cgroup->id instead of cgroup_netprio_state->prioidx
netprio_cgroup: reimplement priomap expansion
netprio_cgroup: shorten variable names in extend_netdev_table()
netprio_cgroup: simplify write_priomap()
netcls_cgroup: move config inheritance to ->css_online() and remove .broken_hierarchy marking
cgroup: remove obsolete guarantee from cgroup_task_migrate.
cgroup: add cgroup->id
cgroup, cpuset: remove cgroup_subsys->post_clone()
cgroup: s/CGRP_CLONE_CHILDREN/CGRP_CPUSET_CLONE_CHILDREN/
cgroup: rename ->create/post_create/pre_destroy/destroy() to ->css_alloc/online/offline/free()
...
With BQL being deployed, we can more likely have following behavior :
We dequeue a packet from qdisc in dequeue_skb(), then we realize target
tx queue is in XOFF state in sch_direct_xmit(), and we have to hold the
skb into gso_skb for later.
This shows in stats (tc -s qdisc dev eth0) as requeues.
Problem of these requeues is that high priority packets can not be
dequeued as long as this (possibly low prio and big TSO packet) is not
removed from gso_skb.
At 1Gbps speed, a full size TSO packet is 500 us of extra latency.
In some cases, we know that all packets dequeued from a qdisc are
for a particular and known txq :
- If device is non multi queue
- For all MQ/MQPRIO slave qdiscs
This patch introduces a new qdisc flag, TCQ_F_ONETXQUEUE to mark
this capability, so that dequeue_skb() is allowed to dequeue a packet
only if the associated txq is not stopped.
This indeed reduce latencies for high prio packets (or improve fairness
with sfq/fq_codel), and almost remove qdisc 'requeues'.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry Kravkov reported packet drops for GRE packets since GRO support
was added.
There is a race in gro_cell_poll() because we call napi_complete()
without any synchronization with a concurrent gro_cells_receive()
Once bug was triggered, we queued packets but did not schedule NAPI
poll.
We can fix this issue using the spinlock protected the napi_skbs queue,
as we have to hold it to perform skb dequeue anyway.
As we open-code skb_dequeue(), we no longer need to mask IRQS, as both
producer and consumer run under BH context.
Bug added in commit c9e6bc644e (net: add gro_cells infrastructure)
Reported-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If SYN-ACK partially acks SYN-data, the client retransmits the
remaining data by tcp_retransmit_skb(). This increments lost recovery
state variables like tp->retrans_out in Open state. If loss recovery
happens before the retransmission is acked, it triggers the WARN_ON
check in tcp_fastretrans_alert(). For example: the client sends
SYN-data, gets SYN-ACK acking only ISN, retransmits data, sends
another 4 data packets and get 3 dupacks.
Since the retransmission is not caused by network drop it should not
update the recovery state variables. Further the server may return a
smaller MSS than the cached MSS used for SYN-data, so the retranmission
needs a loop. Otherwise some data will not be retransmitted until timeout
or other loss recovery events.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
peer.transport_addr_list is currently only protected by sk_sock
which is inpractical to acquire for procfs dumping purposes.
This patch adds RCU protection allowing for the procfs readers to
enter RCU read-side critical sections.
Modification of the list continues to be serialized via sk_lock.
V2: Use list_del_rcu() in sctp_association_free() to be safe
Skip transports marked dead when dumping for procfs
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit f0425beda4 "mac80211: retry sending
failed BAR frames later instead of tearing down aggr" caused regression
on rt2x00 hardware (connection hangs). This regression was fixed by
commit be03d4a45c "rt2x00: Don't let
mac80211 send a BAR when an AMPDU subframe fails". But the latter
commit caused yet another problem reported in
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42828#c22
After long discussion in this thread:
http://mid.gmane.org/20121018075615.GA18212@redhat.com
and testing various alternative solutions, which failed on one or other
setup, we have no other good fix for the issues like just revert both
mentioned earlier commits.
To do not affect other hardware which benefit from commit
f0425beda4, instead of reverting it,
introduce flag that when used will restore mac80211 behaviour before
the commit.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
[replaced link with mid.gmane.org that has message-id]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch advertise the MC_FORWARDING status for IPv4 and IPv6.
This field is readonly, only multicast engine in the kernel updates it.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
* Remove limitation in the maximum number of supported sets in ipset.
Now ipset automagically increments the number of slots in the array
of sets by 64 new spare slots, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Partially remove the generic queue infrastructure now that ip_queue
is gone. Its only client is nfnetlink_queue now, from Florian
Westphal.
* Add missing attribute policy checkings in ctnetlink, from Florian
Westphal.
* Automagically kill conntrack entries that use the wrong output
interface for the masquerading case in case of routing changes,
from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
* Two patches two improve ct object traceability. Now ct objects are
always placed in any of the existing lists. This allows us to dump
the content of unconfirmed and dying conntracks via ctnetlink as
a way to provide more instrumentation in case you suspect leaks,
from myself.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current SCTP stack is lacking a mechanism to have per association
statistics. This is an implementation modeled after OpenSolaris'
SCTP_GET_ASSOC_STATS.
Userspace part will follow on lksctp if/when there is a general ACK on
this.
V4:
- Move ipackets++ before q->immediate.func() for consistency reasons
- Move sctp_max_rto() at the end of sctp_transport_update_rto() to avoid
returning bogus RTO values
- return asoc->rto_min when max_obs_rto value has not changed
V3:
- Increase ictrlchunks in sctp_assoc_bh_rcv() as well
- Move ipackets++ to sctp_inq_push()
- return 0 when no rto updates took place since the last call
V2:
- Implement partial retrieval of stat struct to cope for future expansion
- Kill the rtxpackets counter as it cannot be precise anyway
- Rename outseqtsns to outofseqtsns to make it clearer that these are out
of sequence unexpected TSNs
- Move asoc->ipackets++ under a lock to avoid potential miscounts
- Fold asoc->opackets++ into the already existing asoc check
- Kill unneeded (q->asoc) test when increasing rtxchunks
- Do not count octrlchunks if sending failed (SCTP_XMIT_OK != 0)
- Don't count SHUTDOWNs as SACKs
- Move SCTP_GET_ASSOC_STATS to the private space API
- Adjust the len check in sctp_getsockopt_assoc_stats() to allow for
future struct growth
- Move association statistics in their own struct
- Update idupchunks when we send a SACK with dup TSNs
- return min_rto in max_rto when RTO has not changed. Also return the
transport when max_rto last changed.
Signed-off: Michele Baldessari <michele@acksyn.org>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make code more readable by changing CONF_NO_FCS_RECV which is read
as "No L2CAP FCS option received" to CONF_RECV_NO_FCS which means
"Received L2CAP option NO_FCS". This flag really means that we have
received L2CAP FRAME CHECK SEQUENCE (FCS) OPTION with value "No FCS".
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Before starting quering remote AMP controllers make sure
that there is local active AMP controller.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Some comparisons needs to double negation(!!) in order to make the value
of the field boolean. Add it to the macro makes the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In order to authenticate and configure an incoming SCO connection, the
BT_DEFER_SETUP option was added. This option is intended to defer reply
to Connect Request on SCO sockets.
When a connection is requested, the listening socket is unblocked but
the effective connection setup happens only on first recv. Any send
between accept and recv fails with -ENOTCONN.
Signed-off-by: Frédéric Dalleau <frederic.dalleau@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When the route changes (backup default route, VPNs) which affect a
masqueraded target, the packets were sent out with the outdated source
address. The patch addresses the issue by comparing the outgoing interface
directly with the masqueraded interface in the nat table.
Events are inefficient in this case, because it'd require adding route
events to the network core and then scanning the whole conntrack table
and re-checking the route for all entry.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We used to have several queueing backends, but nowadays only
nfnetlink_queue remains.
In light of this there doesn't seem to be a good reason to
support per-af registering -- just hook up nfnetlink_queue on module
load and remove it on unload.
This means that the userspace BIND/UNBIND_PF commands are now obsolete;
the kernel will ignore them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch modifies the conntrack subsystem so that all existing
allocated conntrack objects can be found in any of the following
places:
* the hash table, this is the typical place for alive conntrack objects.
* the unconfirmed list, this is the place for newly created conntrack objects
that are still traversing the stack.
* the dying list, this is where you can find conntrack objects that are dying
or that should die anytime soon (eg. once the destroy event is delivered to
the conntrackd daemon).
Thus, we make sure that we follow the track for all existing conntrack
objects. This patch, together with some extension of the ctnetlink interface
to dump the content of the dying and unconfirmed lists, will help in case
to debug suspected nf_conn object leaks.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
# make C=2 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__ net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.o
...
net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:242:7: warning: restricted __portpair degrades to integer
net/ipv4/inet_hashtables.c:242:7: warning: restricted __addrpair degrades to integer
...
Move __portpair/__addrpair from include/net/inet_hashtables.h
to include/net/sock.h where we need them in struct sock_common
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ling Ma <ling.ma.program@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As of 026359b [ipv6: Send ICMPv6 RSes only when RAs are accepted], the
logic determining whether to send Router Solicitations is identical
to the logic determining whether kernel accepts Router Advertisements.
However the condition itself is repeated in several code locations.
Unify it by introducing 'ipv6_accept_ra()' accessor.
Also, simplify the condition expression, making it more readable.
No semantic change.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 68835aba4d (net: optimize INET input path further)
moved some fields used for tcp/udp sockets lookup in the first cache
line of struct sock_common.
This patch moves inet_dport/inet_num as well, filling a 32bit hole
on 64 bit arches and reducing number of cache line misses in lookups.
Also change INET_MATCH()/INET_TW_MATCH() to perform the ports match
before addresses match, as this check is more discriminant.
Remove the hash check from MATCH() macros because we dont need to
re validate the hash value after taking a refcount on socket, and
use likely/unlikely compiler hints, as the sk_hash/hash check
makes the following conditional tests 100% predicted by cpu.
Introduce skc_addrpair/skc_portpair pair values to better
document the alignment requirements of the port/addr pairs
used in the various MATCH() macros, and remove some casts.
The namespace check can also be done at last.
This slightly improves TCP/UDP lookup times.
IP/TCP early demux needs inet->rx_dst_ifindex and
TCP needs inet->min_ttl, lets group them together in same cache line.
With help from Ben Hutchings & Joe Perches.
Idea of this patch came after Ling Ma proposal to move skc_hash
to the beginning of struct sock_common, and should allow him
to submit a final version of his patch. My tests show an improvement
doing so.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Ling Ma <ling.ma.program@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes an unused parameter (src_net) from rtnl_create_link()
method and from the method single invocation, in veth.
This parameter was used in the past when calling
ops->get_tx_queues(src_net, tb) in rtnl_create_link().
The get_tx_queues() member of rtnl_link_ops was replaced by two methods,
get_num_tx_queues() and get_num_rx_queues(), which do not get any
parameter. This was done in commit d40156aa5e by
Jiri Pirko ("rtnl: allow to specify different num for rx and tx queue count").
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv6/exthdrs_core.c
Jesse Gross says:
====================
This series of improvements for 3.8/net-next contains four components:
* Support for modifying IPv6 headers
* Support for matching and setting skb->mark for better integration with
things like iptables
* Ability to recognize the EtherType for RARP packets
* Two small performance enhancements
The movement of ipv6_find_hdr() into exthdrs_core.c causes two small merge
conflicts. I left it as is but can do the merge if you want. The conflicts
are:
* ipv6_find_hdr() and ipv6_find_tlv() were both moved to the bottom of
exthdrs_core.c. Both should stay.
* A new use of ipv6_find_hdr() was added to net/netfilter/ipvs/ip_vs_core.c
after this patch. The IPVS user has two instances of the old constant
name IP6T_FH_F_FRAG which has been renamed to IP6_FH_F_FRAG.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a BSS struct is updated, the IEs are currently
overwritten or freed. This can lead to races if some
other CPU is accessing the BSS struct and using the
IEs concurrently.
Fix this by always allocating the IEs in a new struct
that holds the data and length and protecting access
to this new struct with RCU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a driver supports P2P GO powersave, allow it to
set the new feature flags for it and allow userspace
to configure the parameters for it. This can be done
at GO startup and later changed with SET_BSS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add some information that we have about VHT to radiotap.
This at least lets one see the MCS and NSS information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some of the chandef checking that we do in cfg80211
to check if a channel is supported or not is also
needed in mac80211, so rework that a bit and export
the functions that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To achieve this, limit the number of retries to
31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that
are then free for VHT flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for reporting and calculating VHT MCSes.
Note that I'm not completely sure that the bitrate
calculations are correct, nor that they can't be
simplified.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a
little bit) to the new channel definition struct.
This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is
currently restricted to channel contexts since there
are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As
I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the
channel context API, I won't convert the previous API
to VHT support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change nl80211 to support specifying a VHT (or HT)
using the control channel frequency (as before) and
new attributes for the channel width and first and
second center frequency. The old channel type is of
course still supported for HT.
Also change the cfg80211 channel definition struct
to support these by adding the relevant fields to
it (and removing the _type field.)
This also adds new helper functions:
- cfg80211_chandef_create to create a channel def
struct given the control channel and channel type,
- cfg80211_chandef_identical to check if two channel
definitions are identical
- cfg80211_chandef_compatible to check if the given
channel definitions are compatible, and return the
wider of the two
This isn't entirely complete, but that doesn't matter
until we have a driver using it. In particular, it's
missing
- regulatory checks on the usable bandwidth (if that
even makes sense)
- regulatory TX power (database can't deal with it)
- a proper channel compatibility calculation for the
new channel types
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of passing a channel pointer and channel type
to all functions and driver methods, pass a new channel
definition struct. Right now, this struct contains just
the control channel and channel type, but for VHT this
will change.
Also, add a small inline cfg80211_get_chandef_type() so
that drivers don't need to use the _type field of the
new structure all the time, which will change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the
only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel
with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it.
This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations
right now.
Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or
not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code
by removing the ability to use different channel types.
Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if
we extend it again later (with the needed capability
flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function cfg80211_get_p2p_attr() can fail and returns
a negative error code. However, the return type is unsigned
int. The largest positive number is determined by desired_len
variable in the function, which is u16. So changing the return
type to int to allow easy error checking. Also change the type
for the attribute to enum for improved type checking.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[fix indentation, don't use u8 attr variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/tx.c
Minor iwlwifi conflict in TX queue disabling between 'net', which
removed a bogus warning, and 'net-next' which added some status
register poking code.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With priomap expansion no longer depending on knowing max id
allocated, netprio_cgroup can use cgroup->id insted of cs->prioidx.
Drop prioidx alloc/free logic and convert all uses to cgroup->id.
* In cgrp_css_alloc(), parent->id test is moved above @cs allocation
to simplify error path.
* In cgrp_css_free(), @cs assignment is made initialization.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Tested-and-Acked-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when
a new station is added. This would help drivers to take
advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain
tedious station management code internally.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
[ifdef inline wrapper functions]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the event that an association exceeds its max_retrans attempts, we should
send an ABORT chunk indicating that we are closing the assocation as a result.
Because of the nature of the error, its unlikely to be received, but its a nice
clean way to close the association if it does make it through, and it will give
anyone watching via tcpdump a clue as to what happened.
Change notes:
v2)
* Removed erroneous changes from sctp_make_violation_parmlen
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Assign a unique proc inode to each namespace, and use that
inode number to ensure we only allocate at most one proc
inode for every namespace in proc.
A single proc inode per namespace allows userspace to test
to see if two processes are in the same namespace.
This has been a long requested feature and only blocked because
a naive implementation would put the id in a global space and
would ultimately require having a namespace for the names of
namespaces, making migration and certain virtualization tricks
impossible.
We still don't have per superblock inode numbers for proc, which
appears necessary for application unaware checkpoint/restart and
migrations (if the application is using namespace file descriptors)
but that is now allowd by the design if it becomes important.
I have preallocated the ipc and uts initial proc inode numbers so
their structures can be statically initialized.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Read Local OOB Data command can take more than 1 second on some chips.
e.g. on CSR 0a12:0001 first call to Read Local OOB Data after reset
takes about 1300ms resulting in tx timeout error.
[27698.368655] Bluetooth: hci0 command 0x0c57 tx timeout
2012-10-31 15:53:36.178585 < HCI Command: Read Local OOB Data (0x03|0x0057) plen 0
2012-10-31 15:53:37.496996 > HCI Event: Command Complete (0x0e) plen 36
Read Local OOB Data (0x03|0x0057) ncmd 1
status 0x00
hash 0x92219d9b447f2aa9dc12dda2ae7bae6a
randomizer 0xb1948d0febe4ea38ce85c4e66313beba
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif
to roc on (mainly in order to configure the
rx filters correctly).
Add the vif to the op params, and update the current
users (iwlwifi) to use the new api.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[fix hwsim]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER command was previously used only for userspace
request for the kernel code to perform TDLS operations. However, there
are also cases where the driver may need to request operations from
userspace, e.g., when using security on the AP path. Add a new cfg80211
function for generating a TDLS operation event for drivers to request a
new link to be set up (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP) or an existing link to be
torn down (NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). Drivers can optionally use these
events, e.g., based on noticing data traffic being sent to a peer
station that is seen with good signal strength.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, in particular for experimentation, it
can be useful to be able to add vendor namespace data
to received frames in addition to the normal radiotap
data.
Allow doing this through mac80211 by adding fields to
the RX status descriptor that describe the data while
the data itself is prepended to the frame.
Also add some example code to hwsim, but don't enable
it because it doesn't use a proper OUI identifier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
"Whether" is misspelled in various comments across the tree; this
fixes them. No code changes.
Signed-off-by: Adam Buchbinder <adam.buchbinder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Some comments misspell "registered"; this fixes them. No code changes.
Signed-off-by: Adam Buchbinder <adam.buchbinder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
The user namespace which creates a new network namespace owns that
namespace and all resources created in it. This way we can target
capability checks for privileged operations against network resources to
the user_ns which created the network namespace in which the resource
lives. Privilege to the user namespace which owns the network
namespace, or any parent user namespace thereof, provides the same
privilege to the network resource.
This patch is reworked from a version originally by
Serge E. Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
The copy of copy_net_ns used when the network stack is not
built is broken as it does not return -EINVAL when attempting
to create a new network namespace. We don't even have
a previous network namespace.
Since we need a copy of copy_net_ns in net/net_namespace.h that is
available when the networking stack is not built at all move the
correct version of copy_net_ns from net_namespace.c into net_namespace.h
Leaving us with just 2 versions of copy_net_ns. One version for when
we compile in network namespace suport and another stub for all other
occasions.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
The user namespace which creates a new network namespace owns that
namespace and all resources created in it. This way we can target
capability checks for privileged operations against network resources to
the user_ns which created the network namespace in which the resource
lives. Privilege to the user namespace which owns the network
namespace, or any parent user namespace thereof, provides the same
privilege to the network resource.
This patch is reworked from a version originally by
Serge E. Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The copy of copy_net_ns used when the network stack is not
built is broken as it does not return -EINVAL when attempting
to create a new network namespace. We don't even have
a previous network namespace.
Since we need a copy of copy_net_ns in net/net_namespace.h that is
available when the networking stack is not built at all move the
correct version of copy_net_ns from net_namespace.c into net_namespace.h
Leaving us with just 2 versions of copy_net_ns. One version for when
we compile in network namespace suport and another stub for all other
occasions.
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a callback for the HCI_LE_Set_Advertise_Enable command.
The callback is responsible for updating the HCI_LE_PERIPHERAL flag
updating as well as updating the advertising data flags field to
indicate undirected connectable advertising.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds support for setting basing LE advertising data. The
three elements supported for now are the advertising flags, the TX power
and the friendly name.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The core specification defines 127 as the "not available" value (well,
"reserved" for BR/EDR and "not available" for LE - but essentially the
same). Therefore, instead of testing for 0 (which is in fact a valid
value) we should be using this invalid value to test if the tx_power is
available.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The kernel uses some default metric when routes are managed. For example, a
static route added with a metric set to 0 is inserted in the kernel with
metric 1024 (IP6_RT_PRIO_USER).
It is useful for routing daemons to know these values, to be able to set routes
without interfering with what the kernel does.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the offload callbacks into its own structure.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sing GSO support is now separate, pull it out of the module
and make it its own init call.
Remove the cleanup functions as they are no longer called.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull TCPv6 offload functionality into its won file in preparation
for moving it out of the module.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch IPv6 protocol to using the new GRO/GSO calls and data.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch IPv4 code base to using the new GRO/GSO calls and data.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new data structure for IPv6 protocols that holds GRO/GSO
callbacks and a new array to track the protocols that register GRO/GSO.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new data structure for IPv4 protocols that holds GRO/GSO
callbacks and a new array to track the protocols that register GRO/GSO.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Included is a Bluetooth pull -- Gustavo says:
"These are the Bluetooth bits for inclusion in 3.8, there is basically one big
thing here which is the High Speed patches from Andrei, he did a lot of work on
A2MP and management of AMP devices. The rest are mostly clean up and bug
fixes."
Also included is an NFC pull -- Samuel says:
"With this one we have:
- pn544 p2p support.
- pn544 physical and HCI layers separation. We are getting the pn544 driver
ready to support non i2c physical layers.
- LLCP SNL (Service Name Lookup). This is the NFC p2p service discovery
protocol.
- LLCP datagram sockets (connection less) support.
- IDR library usage for NFC devices indexes assignement.
- NFC netlink extension for setting and getting LLCP link characteristics.
- Various code style fixes and cleanups spread over the pn533, LLCP, HCI and
pn544 code."
There are a couple of mac80211 pulls as well -- Johannes says:
"Please pull my mac80211-next tree to get the first round of new features
for 3.8. We have:
* finally, the mac80211 multi-channel work
* scan improvements:
- bg scan
- scan flush
- forced AP scan
* cfg80211 tracing
* a bit of new code to allow implementing SAE (secure authentication of
equals) in managed mode
Along with a few random improvements, features and fixes."
and...
"Please pull from mac80211-next (per below pull request) to get a few
updates. Most important is probably the fix for the WDS regression that
my previous pull request introduced. Other than that, I have some
tracing code, two mesh updates and a change to allow drivers to
calculate the AES CMAC subkeys without having to implement the GF_mulx
operation themselves."
On top of that are the usual updates to iwlwifi, ath9k, rt2x00,
brcmfmac, mwifiex, and a few others here and there. Of note is the
addition of the ar5523 driver, ported from an original FreeBSD driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__IPTUNNEL_XMIT() is an ugly macro, convert it to a static
inline function, so make it more readable.
IPTUNNEL_XMIT() is unused, just remove it.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to indicate their mactime is at RX completion and adjust
for this in mac80211. Also rename the existing RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU to
RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START to clarify its intent. Based on similar code by
Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[fix docs, atheros drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The xfrm gc threshold value depends on ip_rt_max_size. This
value was set to INT_MAX with the routing cache removal patch,
so we start doing garbage collecting when we have INT_MAX/2
IPsec routes cached. Fix this by going back to the static
threshold of 1024 routes.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch prepares ipv6_find_hdr() function so that it could be
able to skip routing headers, where segements_left is 0. This is
required to handle multiple routing header case correctly when
changing IPv6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Ansis Atteka <aatteka@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_main.c
Minor conflict between the BCM_CNIC define removal in net-next
and a bug fix added to net. Based upon a conflict resolution
patch posted by Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Open vSwitch will soon also use ipv6_find_hdr() so this moves it
out of Netfilter-specific code into a more common location.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even
though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document
this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which
is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were
previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so
drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it,
but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable
it.
Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics
except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver requests a restart (reconfiguration) it
gets all the normal method calls, but can't really tell
why they're happening. Call a new restart_complete op
in the driver when the restart completes, so it could
keep its own state about the restart and clear it there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
6431cbc25f(Create a mechanism for upward inetpeer propagation into routes)
introduces these codes, but this mechanism is never enabled since
rt6i_peer_genid always is zero whether it is not assigned or assigned by
rt6_peer_genid(). After 5943634fc5 (ipv4: Maintain redirect and PMTU info
in struct rtable again), the ipv4 related codes of this mechanism has been
removed, I think we maybe able to remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While connected to a GO, parse the P2P NoA attribute
and pass the CT Window and opportunistic powersave
parameters to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Parsing the P2P attributes can be tricky as their
contents can be split across multiple (vendor) IEs.
Thus, it's not possible to parse them like IEs (by
returning a pointer to the data.) Instead, provide
a function that copies the attribute data into a
caller-provided buffer and returns the size needed
(useful in case the buffer was too small.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The commit:
commit 5e760230e4
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Fri Nov 4 11:18:17 2011 +0100
cfg80211: allow registering to beacons
allowed only a single process to register for beacon events
per wiphy. This breaks cases where a user may want two or
more VIFs on a wiphy and run a seperate hostapd process on
each vif.
This patch allows multiple beacon listeners, fixing the
regression.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This command triggers a new callback: set_mcast_rate(). It enables
the user to change the rate used to send multicast frames for vif
configured as IBSS or MESH_POINT
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As suggested by Eric, we could introduce a helper function
for ipv6 too, to avoid checking if rt is NULL before
dst_release().
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can save a test in ip_rt_put(), considering dst_release() accepts
a NULL parameter, and dst is first element in rtable.
Add a BUILD_BUG_ON() to catch any change that could break this
assertion.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lots of points in the sctp_cmd_interpreter function treat the sctp_cmd_t arg as
a void pointer, even though they are written as various other types. Theres no
need for this as doing so just leads to possible type-punning issues that could
cause crashes, and if we remain type-consistent we can actually just remove the
void * member of the union entirely.
Change Notes:
v2)
* Dropped chunk that modified SCTP_NULL to create a marker pattern
should anyone try to use a SCTP_NULL() assigned sctp_arg_t, Assigning
to .zero provides the same effect and should be faster, per Vlad Y.
v3)
* Reverted part of V2, opting to use memset instead of .zero, so that
the entire union is initalized thus avoiding the i164 speculative load
problems previously encountered, per Dave M.. Also rewrote
SCTP_[NO]FORCE so as to use common infrastructure a little more
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For passive TCP connections using TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT facility,
we incorrectly increment req->retrans each time timeout triggers
while no SYNACK is sent.
SYNACK are not sent for TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT that were established (for
which we received the ACK from client). Only the last SYNACK is sent
so that we can receive again an ACK from client, to move the req into
accept queue. We plan to change this later to avoid the useless
retransmit (and potential problem as this SYNACK could be lost)
TCP_INFO later gives wrong information to user, claiming imaginary
retransmits.
Decouple req->retrans field into two independent fields :
num_retrans : number of retransmit
num_timeout : number of timeouts
num_timeout is the counter that is incremented at each timeout,
regardless of actual SYNACK being sent or not, and used to
compute the exponential timeout.
Introduce inet_rtx_syn_ack() helper to increment num_retrans
only if ->rtx_syn_ack() succeeded.
Use inet_rtx_syn_ack() from tcp_check_req() to increment num_retrans
when we re-send a SYNACK in answer to a (retransmitted) SYN.
Prior to this patch, we were not counting these retransmits.
Change tcp_v[46]_rtx_synack() to increment TCP_MIB_RETRANSSEGS
only if a synack packet was successfully queued.
Reported-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Cc: Elliott Hughes <enh@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The actual parameter order of hci_get_route is (dst, src) and not (src,
dst). All current callers use the right order but the header file shows
the parameters in the wrong order.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Since we have started to use local_amp_id for local AMP
Controller Id it makes sense to rename ctrl_id to remote_amp_id
since it represents remote AMP controller Id.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving HCI Phylink Complete event run amp_physical_cfm
which initialize BR/EDR L2CAP channel associated with High Speed
link and run l2cap_physical_cfm which shall send L2CAP Create
Chan Request.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Disconnect logical link for high speed channel hs_hchan
associated with L2CAP channel chan.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
After physical link is created logical link needs to be created.
The process starts after L2CAP channel is created and L2CAP
Configuration Response with result PENDING is received.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch fixes sending an unnecessary HCI_Write_SSP_Mode command if
the command has already been sent as part of the default HCI init
sequence.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds a flag to be used for LE GAP Peripheral role. In this
role undirected advertising will be enabled and operations not allowed
in Peripheral role (such as scanning and initiating connections) will be
disallowed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch adds missing feature test macros needed for various use cases
and also sorts the macros according to the feature bit location in the
feature mask (for easy lookup).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a
single global TX power limit was already problematic,
in particular if two managed interfaces connected to
two APs with different power constraints. The channel
context introduction completely broke this though and
in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there
for drivers using channel contexts.
Change everything to track TX power per interface so
that different user settings and different channel
maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking
the global TX power though for compatibility with
applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's
TX power globally.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TX power setting is currently per wiphy (hardware
device) but with multi-channel capabilities that doesn't
make much sense any more.
Allow drivers (and mac80211) to advertise support for
per-interface TX power configuration. When the TX power
is configured for the wiphy, the wdev will be NULL and
the driver can still handle that, but when a wdev is
given the TX power can be set only for that wdev now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With this one we have:
- pn544 p2p support.
- pn544 physical and HCI layers separation. We are getting the pn544 driver
ready to support non i2c physical layers.
- LLCP SNL (Service Name Lookup). This is the NFC p2p service discovery
protocol.
- LLCP datagram sockets (connection less) support.
- IDR library usage for NFC devices indexes assignement.
- NFC netlink extension for setting and getting LLCP link characteristics.
- Various code style fixes and cleanups spread over the pn533, LLCP, HCI and
pn544 code.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=OC0R
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.8-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-3.0
This is the first NFC pull request for 3.8
With this one we have:
- pn544 p2p support.
- pn544 physical and HCI layers separation. We are getting the pn544 driver
ready to support non i2c physical layers.
- LLCP SNL (Service Name Lookup). This is the NFC p2p service discovery
protocol.
- LLCP datagram sockets (connection less) support.
- IDR library usage for NFC devices indexes assignement.
- NFC netlink extension for setting and getting LLCP link characteristics.
- Various code style fixes and cleanups spread over the pn533, LLCP, HCI and
pn544 code.
A number of places in the mesh code don't check that
the frame data is present and in the skb header when
trying to access. Add those checks and the necessary
pskb_may_pull() calls. This prevents accessing data
that doesn't actually exist.
To do this, export ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen() to be
able to use it in mac80211.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
The following changeset contains updates for IPVS from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer that did not reach the previous merge window in time.
More specifically, updates to improve IPv6 support in IPVS. More
relevantly, some of the existing code performed wrong handling of the
extensions headers and better fragmentation handling.
Jesper promised more follow-up patches to refine this after this batch
hits net-next. Yet to come.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a consequence the NFC device IDs won't be increasing all the time,
as IDR provides the first available ID.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The driver now has all HCI stuff isolated in one file, and all the
hardware link specifics in another. Writing a pn544 driver on top of
another hardware link is now just a matter of adding a new file for that
new hardware specifics.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Set the local general bytes and default value for NFCIP1
Target/Initiator registries if the protocol is NFC-DEP
Signed-off-by: Arron Wang <arron.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be
necessary to start operating as an AP, some of
which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver
method to make such failures easier to handle,
and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
sock_update_classid() assumes that the update operation always are
applied on the current task. sock_update_classid() needs to know on
which tasks to work on in order to be able to migrate task between
cgroups using the struct cgroup_subsys attach() callback.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <cgroups@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The classid type used throughout the kernel is u32.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <cgroups@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently sctp allows for the optional use of md5 of sha1 hmac algorithms to
generate cookie values when establishing new connections via two build time
config options. Theres no real reason to make this a static selection. We can
add a sysctl that allows for the dynamic selection of these algorithms at run
time, with the default value determined by the corresponding crypto library
availability.
This comes in handy when, for example running a system in FIPS mode, where use
of md5 is disallowed, but SHA1 is permitted.
Note: This new sysctl has no corresponding socket option to select the cookie
hmac algorithm. I chose not to implement that intentionally, as RFC 6458
contains no option for this value, and I opted not to pollute the socket option
namespace.
Change notes:
v2)
* Updated subject to have the proper sctp prefix as per Dave M.
* Replaced deafult selection options with new options that allow
developers to explicitly select available hmac algs at build time
as per suggestion by Vlad Y.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the reading of the LE advertising channel TX power to
the HCI init sequence of LE-capable controllers. This data will be used
e.g. for inclusion in the advertising data packets when advertising is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Channel moves are triggered by changes to the BT_CHANNEL_POLICY
sockopt when an ERTM or streaming-mode channel is connected.
Moves are only started if enable_hs is true.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The move response command includes a result code indicating
"pending", "success", or "failure" status. A pending result is
received when the remote address is still setting up a physical link,
and will be followed by success or failure. On success, logical link
setup will proceed. On failure, the move is stopped. The receiver of
a move channel response must always follow up by sending a move
channel confirm command.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
On an AMP controller, hci_chan maps to a logical link. When a channel
is being moved, the logical link may or may not be connected already.
The hci_chan->state is used to determine the existance of a useable
logical link so the link can be either used or requested.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
An L2CAP channel using high speed continues to be associated with a
BR/EDR l2cap_conn, while also tracking an additional hci_conn
(representing a physical link on a high speed controller) and hci_chan
(representing a logical link). There may only be one physical link
between two high speed controllers. Each physical link may contain
several logical links, with each logical link representing a channel
with specific quality of service.
During a channel move, the destination channel id, current move state,
and role (initiator vs. responder) are tracked and used by the channel
move state machine. The ident value associated with a move request
must also be stored in order to use it in later move responses.
The active channel is stored in local_amp_id.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Expose a function for the AES-CMAC subkey calculation
to drivers. This is the first step of the AES-CMAC
cipher key setup and may be required for CMAC hardware
offloading.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Each nexthop is added like a single route in the routing table. All routes
that have the same metric/weight and destination but not the same gateway
are considering as ECMP routes. They are linked together, through a list called
rt6i_siblings.
ECMP routes can be added in one shot, with RTA_MULTIPATH attribute or one after
the other (in both case, the flag NLM_F_EXCL should not be set).
The patch is based on a previous work from
Luc Saillard <luc.saillard@6wind.com>.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix two build error introduced by commit 63dca2c0:
"ipvs: Fix faulty IPv6 extension header handling in IPVS"
First build error was fairly trivial and can occur, when
CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 is disabled.
The second build error was tricky, and can occur when deselecting
both all Netfilter and IPVS, but selecting CONFIG_IPV6. This is
caused by "kernel/sysctl_binary.c" including "net/ip_vs.h", which
includes "linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6_tables.h" causing include
of "include/linux/netfilter/x_tables.h" which then cannot find
the typedef nf_hookfn.
Fix this by only including "linux/netfilter_ipv6/ip6_tables.h" in
case of CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 as its already used to guard the usage
of ipv6_find_hdr().
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Yuanhan Liu <yuanhan.liu@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Pull updates from Jesper Dangaard Brouer for IPVS mostly targeted
to improve IPv6 support (7 commits):
ipvs: Trivial changes, use compressed IPv6 address in output
ipvs: IPv6 extend ICMPv6 handling for future types
ipvs: Use config macro IS_ENABLED()
ipvs: Fix faulty IPv6 extension header handling in IPVS
ipvs: Complete IPv6 fragment handling for IPVS
ipvs: API change to avoid rescan of IPv6 exthdr
ipvs: SIP fragment handling
The struct sock *other one seem to be unused. Grep and make do not object.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When assigning amp_mgr in hci_conn (type AMP_LINK) get also reference.
In hci_conn_del those references would be put for both conn types
AMP_LINK and ACL_LINK associated with amp_mgr.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Initialization of beacon transmission in IBSS mode depends
on whether a new BSS is being created or joined. When joining
an existing IBSS network, beaconing has to start only after
a TSF-sync has happened - this is explained in 11.1.4.
Introduce a new parameter in the BSS information structure to
indicate creator/joiner mode.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add an NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH flag that causes old bss cache
entries to be flushed on scan completion. This is useful for
collecting guaranteed fresh scan/survey result (e.g. on resume).
For normal scan, flushing only happens on successful completion
of a scan; i.e. it does not happen if the scan is aborted.
For scheduled scan, previous scan results are flushed everytime
when we get new scan results.
This feature is enabled by default. Drivers can disable it by
unsetting the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH flag.
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[invert polarity of feature flag to account for old kernels]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a flags word to direct and scheduled scan requests; it will
be used for control of optional behaviours such as flushing the
bss cache prior to doing a scan.
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Save the AP's VHT capabilities (in managed
mode) and make them available to the driver
in the station information.
Unlike HT capabilities, they aren't restricted
to the common capabilities, so drivers must be
aware of their own capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
[fix endian conversion bug ...]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SAE extends Authentication frames with fields that are not information
elements. NL80211_ATTR_IE is not suitable for these, so introduce a new
attribute that can be used to specify the fields needed for SAE in
station mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
[change to verify that SAE is only used with authenticate command]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers may need to iterate the active channel
contexts, export an iterator function to allow
that. To make it possible, use RCU-safe list
functions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On each channel that the device is operating on, it
may need to listen using one or more chains depending
on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The
previous channel context changes completely removed
this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS
mode).
Add per-context tracking of the required static and
dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes.
To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used
on each virtual interface and update the channel
context whenever this changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel
on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type
and other properties can change.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel
operation. They are are immutable and are re-created
(or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain
channel and a compatible channel type) on channel
switching.
This is an initial implementation and more features
will come in separate patches.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[some changes including RCU protection]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Avoid situation when we are on associate state in mac80211 and
on disassociate state in cfg80211. This can results on crash
during modules unload (like showed on this thread:
http://marc.info/?t=134373976300001&r=1&w=2) and possibly other
problems.
Reported-by: Pedro Francisco <pedrogfrancisco@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Check flags type in switch statement and handle new frame
type ACL_COMPLETE used for High Speed data over AMP.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When DEFER_SETUP is set defer() will trigger an authorization
request to the userspace.
l2cap_chan_no_defer() is meant to be used when one does not want to
support DEFER_SETUP (A2MP for example).
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Handle AMP link when setting up disconnect timeout.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
hci_chan will be identified by handle used in logical link creation
process. This handle is used in AMP ACL-U packet handle field.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When AMP_LINK timeouts execute HCI_OP_DISCONN_PHY_LINK as analog to
HCI_OP_DISCONNECT for ACL_LINK.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add flag to request that output route should be
returned with known rt_gateway, in case we want to use
it as nexthop for neighbour resolving.
The returned route can be cached as follows:
- in NH exception: because the cached routes are not shared
with other destinations
- in FIB NH: when using gateway because all destinations for
NH share same gateway
As last option, to return rt_gateway!=0 we have to
set DST_NOCACHE.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new flag to remember when route is via gateway.
We will use it to allow rt_gateway to contain address of
directly connected host for the cases when DST_NOCACHE is
used or when the NH exception caches per-destination route
without DST_NOCACHE flag, i.e. when routes are not used for
other destinations. By this way we force the neighbour
resolving to work with the routed destination but we
can use different address in the packet, feature needed
for IPVS-DR where original packet for virtual IP is routed
via route to real IP.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two Flush Timeouts: one is old Flush Timeot Option
which is 2 octets and the second is Flush Timeout inside EFS
which is 4 octets long.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Maximum PDU size is defined by new BT Spec as 1492 octets.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add direction parameter to phylink_add since it is anyway set later.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add ctrl_id parameter to amp_ctrl_add since we always set it
after function ctrl is created.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
"The most important bit in here is the fix for input route caching from
Eric Dumazet, it's a shame we couldn't fully analyze this in time for
3.6 as it's a 3.6 regression introduced by the routing cache removal.
Anyways, will send quickly to -stable after you pull this in.
Other changes of note:
1) Fix lockdep splats in team and bonding, from Eric Dumazet.
2) IPV6 adds link local route even when there is no link local
address, from Nicolas Dichtel.
3) Fix ixgbe PTP implementation, from Jacob Keller.
4) Fix excessive stack usage in cxgb4 driver, from Vipul Pandya.
5) MAC length computed improperly in VLAN demux, from Antonio
Quartulli."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
ipv6: release reference of ip6_null_entry's dst entry in __ip6_del_rt
Remove noisy printks from llcp_sock_connect
tipc: prevent dropped connections due to rcvbuf overflow
silence some noisy printks in irda
team: set qdisc_tx_busylock to avoid LOCKDEP splat
bonding: set qdisc_tx_busylock to avoid LOCKDEP splat
sctp: check src addr when processing SACK to update transport state
sctp: fix a typo in prototype of __sctp_rcv_lookup()
ipv4: add a fib_type to fib_info
can: mpc5xxx_can: fix section type conflict
can: peak_pcmcia: fix error return code
can: peak_pci: fix error return code
cxgb4: Fix build error due to missing linux/vmalloc.h include.
bnx2x: fix ring size for 10G functions
cxgb4: Dynamically allocate memory in t4_memory_rw() and get_vpd_params()
ixgbe: add support for X540-AT1
ixgbe: fix poll loop for FDIRCTRL.INIT_DONE bit
ixgbe: fix PTP ethtool timestamping function
ixgbe: (PTP) Fix PPS interrupt code
ixgbe: Fix PTP X540 SDP alignment code for PPS signal
...
Suppose we have an SCTP connection with two paths. After connection is
established, path1 is not available, thus this path is marked as inactive. Then
traffic goes through path2, but for some reasons packets are delayed (after
rto.max). Because packets are delayed, the retransmit mechanism will switch
again to path1. At this time, we receive a delayed SACK from path2. When we
update the state of the path in sctp_check_transmitted(), we do not take into
account the source address of the SACK, hence we update the wrong path.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit d2d68ba9fe (ipv4: Cache input routes in fib_info nexthops.)
introduced a regression for forwarding.
This was hard to reproduce but the symptom was that packets were
delivered to local host instead of being forwarded.
David suggested to add fib_type to fib_info so that we dont
inadvertently share same fib_info for different purposes.
With help from Julian Anastasov who provided very helpful
hints, reproduced here :
<quote>
Can it be a problem related to fib_info reuse
from different routes. For example, when local IP address
is created for subnet we have:
broadcast 192.168.0.255 dev DEV proto kernel scope link src
192.168.0.1
192.168.0.0/24 dev DEV proto kernel scope link src 192.168.0.1
local 192.168.0.1 dev DEV proto kernel scope host src 192.168.0.1
The "dev DEV proto kernel scope link src 192.168.0.1" is
a reused fib_info structure where we put cached routes.
The result can be same fib_info for 192.168.0.255 and
192.168.0.0/24. RTN_BROADCAST is cached only for input
routes. Incoming broadcast to 192.168.0.255 can be cached
and can cause problems for traffic forwarded to 192.168.0.0/24.
So, this patch should solve the problem because it
separates the broadcast from unicast traffic.
And the ip_route_input_slow caching will work for
local and broadcast input routes (above routes 1 and 3) just
because they differ in scope and use different fib_info.
</quote>
Many thanks to Chris Clayton for his patience and help.
Reported-by: Chris Clayton <chris2553@googlemail.com>
Bisected-by: Chris Clayton <chris2553@googlemail.com>
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Chris Clayton <chris2553@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
1) GRE now works over ipv6, from Dmitry Kozlov.
2) Make SCTP more network namespace aware, from Eric Biederman.
3) TEAM driver now works with non-ethernet devices, from Jiri Pirko.
4) Make openvswitch network namespace aware, from Pravin B Shelar.
5) IPV6 NAT implementation, from Patrick McHardy.
6) Server side support for TCP Fast Open, from Jerry Chu and others.
7) Packet BPF filter supports MOD and XOR, from Eric Dumazet and Daniel
Borkmann.
8) Increate the loopback default MTU to 64K, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Use a per-task rather than per-socket page fragment allocator for
outgoing networking traffic. This benefits processes that have very
many mostly idle sockets, which is quite common.
From Eric Dumazet.
10) Use up to 32K for page fragment allocations, with fallbacks to
smaller sizes when higher order page allocations fail. Benefits are
a) less segments for driver to process b) less calls to page
allocator c) less waste of space.
From Eric Dumazet.
11) Allow GRO to be used on GRE tunnels, from Eric Dumazet.
12) VXLAN device driver, one way to handle VLAN issues such as the
limitation of 4096 VLAN IDs yet still have some level of isolation.
From Stephen Hemminger.
13) As usual there is a large boatload of driver changes, with the scale
perhaps tilted towards the wireless side this time around.
Fix up various fairly trivial conflicts, mostly caused by the user
namespace changes.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1012 commits)
hyperv: Add buffer for extended info after the RNDIS response message.
hyperv: Report actual status in receive completion packet
hyperv: Remove extra allocated space for recv_pkt_list elements
hyperv: Fix page buffer handling in rndis_filter_send_request()
hyperv: Fix the missing return value in rndis_filter_set_packet_filter()
hyperv: Fix the max_xfer_size in RNDIS initialization
vxlan: put UDP socket in correct namespace
vxlan: Depend on CONFIG_INET
sfc: Fix the reported priorities of different filter types
sfc: Remove EFX_FILTER_FLAG_RX_OVERRIDE_IP
sfc: Fix loopback self-test with separate_tx_channels=1
sfc: Fix MCDI structure field lookup
sfc: Add parentheses around use of bitfield macro arguments
sfc: Fix null function pointer in efx_sriov_channel_type
vxlan: virtual extensible lan
igmp: export symbol ip_mc_leave_group
netlink: add attributes to fdb interface
tg3: unconditionally select HWMON support when tg3 is enabled.
Revert "net: ti cpsw ethernet: allow reading phy interface mode from DT"
gre: fix sparse warning
...
Pull user namespace changes from Eric Biederman:
"This is a mostly modest set of changes to enable basic user namespace
support. This allows the code to code to compile with user namespaces
enabled and removes the assumption there is only the initial user
namespace. Everything is converted except for the most complex of the
filesystems: autofs4, 9p, afs, ceph, cifs, coda, fuse, gfs2, ncpfs,
nfs, ocfs2 and xfs as those patches need a bit more review.
The strategy is to push kuid_t and kgid_t values are far down into
subsystems and filesystems as reasonable. Leaving the make_kuid and
from_kuid operations to happen at the edge of userspace, as the values
come off the disk, and as the values come in from the network.
Letting compile type incompatible compile errors (present when user
namespaces are enabled) guide me to find the issues.
The most tricky areas have been the places where we had an implicit
union of uid and gid values and were storing them in an unsigned int.
Those places were converted into explicit unions. I made certain to
handle those places with simple trivial patches.
Out of that work I discovered we have generic interfaces for storing
quota by projid. I had never heard of the project identifiers before.
Adding full user namespace support for project identifiers accounts
for most of the code size growth in my git tree.
Ultimately there will be work to relax privlige checks from
"capable(FOO)" to "ns_capable(user_ns, FOO)" where it is safe allowing
root in a user names to do those things that today we only forbid to
non-root users because it will confuse suid root applications.
While I was pushing kuid_t and kgid_t changes deep into the audit code
I made a few other cleanups. I capitalized on the fact we process
netlink messages in the context of the message sender. I removed
usage of NETLINK_CRED, and started directly using current->tty.
Some of these patches have also made it into maintainer trees, with no
problems from identical code from different trees showing up in
linux-next.
After reading through all of this code I feel like I might be able to
win a game of kernel trivial pursuit."
Fix up some fairly trivial conflicts in netfilter uid/git logging code.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/user-namespace: (107 commits)
userns: Convert the ufs filesystem to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert the udf filesystem to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert ubifs to use kuid/kgid
userns: Convert squashfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert reiserfs to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert jfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert jffs2 to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert hpfs to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert btrfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert bfs to use kuid/kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert affs to use kuid/kgid wherwe appropriate
userns: On alpha modify linux_to_osf_stat to use convert from kuids and kgids
userns: On ia64 deal with current_uid and current_gid being kuid and kgid
userns: On ppc convert current_uid from a kuid before printing.
userns: Convert s390 getting uid and gid system calls to use kuid and kgid
userns: Convert s390 hypfs to use kuid and kgid where appropriate
userns: Convert binder ipc to use kuids
userns: Teach security_path_chown to take kuids and kgids
userns: Add user namespace support to IMA
userns: Convert EVM to deal with kuids and kgids in it's hmac computation
...
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
- xattr support added. The implementation is shared with tmpfs. The
usage is restricted and intended to be used to manage per-cgroup
metadata by system software. tmpfs changes are routed through this
branch with Hugh's permission.
- cgroup subsystem ID handling simplified.
* 'for-3.7' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup:
cgroup: Define CGROUP_SUBSYS_COUNT according the configuration
cgroup: Assign subsystem IDs during compile time
cgroup: Do not depend on a given order when populating the subsys array
cgroup: Wrap subsystem selection macro
cgroup: Remove CGROUP_BUILTIN_SUBSYS_COUNT
cgroup: net_prio: Do not define task_netpioidx() when not selected
cgroup: net_cls: Do not define task_cls_classid() when not selected
cgroup: net_cls: Move sock_update_classid() declaration to cls_cgroup.h
cgroup: trivial fixes for Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt
xattr: mark variable as uninitialized to make both gcc and smatch happy
fs: add missing documentation to simple_xattr functions
cgroup: add documentation on extended attributes usage
cgroup: rename subsys_bits to subsys_mask
cgroup: add xattr support
cgroup: revise how we re-populate root directory
xattr: extract simple_xattr code from tmpfs
Add GRO capability to IPv4 GRE tunnels, using the gro_cells
infrastructure.
Tested using IPv4 and IPv6 TCP traffic inside this tunnel, and
checking GRO is building large packets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a new include file (include/net/gro_cells.h), to bring GRO
(Generic Receive Offload) capability to tunnels, in a modular way.
Because tunnels receive path is lockless, and GRO adds a serialization
using a napi_struct, I chose to add an array of up to
DEFAULT_MAX_NUM_RSS_QUEUES cells, so that multi queue devices wont be
slowed down because of GRO layer.
skb_get_rx_queue() is used as selector.
In the future, we might add optional fanout capabilities, using rxhash
for example.
With help from Ben Hutchings who reminded me
netif_get_num_default_rss_queues() function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we skipped the merge window for 3.6-rc1 for the tty tree, everything
is now settled down and working properly, so we are ready for 3.7-rc1.
Here's the patchset, it's big, but the large changes are removing a
firmware file and adding a staging tty driver (it depended on the tty
core changes, so it's going through this tree instead of the staging
tree.)
All of these patches have been in the linux-next tree for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.19 (GNU/Linux)
iEYEABECAAYFAlBp36oACgkQMUfUDdst+yk4WgCdEy13hot8fI2Lqnc7W0LKu7GX
4p8AoLTjzrXhLosxdijskDQ9X1OtjrxU
=S5Ng
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'tty-3.6' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty
Pull TTY changes from Greg Kroah-Hartman:
"As we skipped the merge window for 3.6-rc1 for the tty tree,
everything is now settled down and working properly, so we are ready
for 3.7-rc1. Here's the patchset, it's big, but the large changes are
removing a firmware file and adding a staging tty driver (it depended
on the tty core changes, so it's going through this tree instead of
the staging tree.)
All of these patches have been in the linux-next tree for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
Fix up more-or-less trivial conflicts in
- drivers/char/pcmcia/synclink_cs.c:
tty NULL dereference fix vs tty_port_cts_enabled() helper function
- drivers/staging/{Kconfig,Makefile}:
add-add conflict (dgrp driver added close to other staging drivers)
- drivers/staging/ipack/devices/ipoctal.c:
"split ipoctal_channel from iopctal" vs "TTY: use tty_port_register_device"
* tag 'tty-3.6' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty: (235 commits)
tty/serial: Add kgdb_nmi driver
tty/serial/amba-pl011: Quiesce interrupts in poll_get_char
tty/serial/amba-pl011: Implement poll_init callback
tty/serial/core: Introduce poll_init callback
kdb: Turn KGDB_KDB=n stubs into static inlines
kdb: Implement disable_nmi command
kernel/debug: Mask KGDB NMI upon entry
serial: pl011: handle corruption at high clock speeds
serial: sccnxp: Make 'default' choice in switch last
serial: sccnxp: Remove mask termios caps for SW flow control
serial: sccnxp: Report actual baudrate back to core
serial: samsung: Add poll_get_char & poll_put_char
Powerpc 8xx CPM_UART setting MAXIDL register proportionaly to baud rate
Powerpc 8xx CPM_UART maxidl should not depend on fifo size
Powerpc 8xx CPM_UART too many interrupts
Powerpc 8xx CPM_UART desynchronisation
serial: set correct baud_base for EXSYS EX-41092 Dual 16950
serial: omap: fix the reciever line error case
8250: blacklist Winbond CIR port
8250_pnp: do pnp probe before legacy probe
...
This patch removes core_data member from hci_dev struct as it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Here is another batch of updates intended for 3.7...
Highlights include an hci_connect re-write in Bluetooth, HCI/LLC
layer separation in NFC, removal of the raw pn544 NFC driver, NFC LLCP
raw sockets support, improved IBSS auth frame handling in mac80211,
full-MAC AP mode notification support in mac80211, a lot of attention
paid to brcmfmac, and the usual level of updates to iwlwifi, ath9k,
mwifiex, and rt2x00, and various other updates.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/team/team.c
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
net/ipv4/route.c
net/l2tp/l2tp_netlink.c
The team, fib_frontend, route, and l2tp_netlink conflicts were simply
overlapping changes.
qmi_wwan and bat_iv_ogm were of the "use HEAD" variety.
With help from Antonio Quartulli.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce the number of times we scan/skip the IPv6 exthdrs.
This patch contains a lot of API changes. This is done, to avoid
repeating the scan of finding the IPv6 headers, via ipv6_find_hdr(),
which is called by ip_vs_fill_iph_skb().
Finding the IPv6 headers is done as early as possible, and passed on
as a pointer "struct ip_vs_iphdr *" to the affected functions.
This patch reduce/removes 19 calls to ip_vs_fill_iph_skb().
Notice, I have choosen, not to change the API of function
pointer "(*schedule)" (in struct ip_vs_scheduler) as it can be
used by external schedulers, via {un,}register_ip_vs_scheduler.
Only 4 out of 10 schedulers use info from ip_vs_iphdr*, and when
they do, they are only interested in iph->{s,d}addr.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
IPVS now supports fragmented packets, with support from nf_conntrack_reasm.c
Based on patch from: Hans Schillstrom.
IPVS do like conntrack i.e. use the skb->nfct_reasm
(i.e. when all fragments is collected, nf_ct_frag6_output()
starts a "re-play" of all fragments into the interrupted
PREROUTING chain at prio -399 (NF_IP6_PRI_CONNTRACK_DEFRAG+1)
with nfct_reasm pointing to the assembled packet.)
Notice, module nf_defrag_ipv6 must be loaded for this to work.
Report unhandled fragments, and recommend user to load nf_defrag_ipv6.
To handle fw-mark for fragments. Add a new IPVS hook into prerouting
chain at prio -99 (NF_IP6_PRI_NAT_DST+1) to catch fragments, and copy
fw-mark info from the first packet with an upper layer header.
IPv6 fragment handling should be the last thing on the IPVS IPv6
missing support list.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
IPv6 packets can contain extension headers, thus its wrong to assume
that the transport/upper-layer header, starts right after (struct
ipv6hdr) the IPv6 header. IPVS uses this false assumption, and will
write SNAT & DNAT modifications at a fixed pos which will corrupt the
message.
To fix this, proper header position must be found before modifying
packets. Introducing ip_vs_fill_iph_skb(), which uses ipv6_find_hdr()
to skip the exthdrs. It finds (1) the transport header offset, (2) the
protocol, and (3) detects if the packet is a fragment.
Note, that fragments in IPv6 is represented via an exthdr. Thus, this
is detected while skipping through the exthdrs.
This patch depends on commit 84018f55a:
"netfilter: ip6_tables: add flags parameter to ipv6_find_hdr()"
This also adds a dependency to ip6_tables.
Originally based on patch from: Hans Schillstrom
kABI notes:
Changing struct ip_vs_iphdr is a potential minor kABI breaker,
because external modules can be compiled with another version of
this struct. This should not matter, as they would most-likely
be using a compiled-in version of ip_vs_fill_iphdr(). When
recompiled, they will notice ip_vs_fill_iphdr() no longer exists,
and they have to used ip_vs_fill_iph_skb() instead.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Cleanup patch.
Use the IS_ENABLED macro, instead of having to check
both the build and the module CONFIG_ option.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Have not converted the proc file output to compressed IPv6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
It seems sk_init() has no value today and even does strange things :
# grep . /proc/sys/net/core/?mem_*
/proc/sys/net/core/rmem_default:212992
/proc/sys/net/core/rmem_max:131071
/proc/sys/net/core/wmem_default:212992
/proc/sys/net/core/wmem_max:131071
We can remove it completely.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Shan Wei <davidshan@tencent.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Linux tunnels were written before RFC6040 and therefore never
implemented the corner case of ECN getting set in the outer header
and the inner header not being ready for it.
Section 4.2. Default Tunnel Egress Behaviour.
o If the inner ECN field is Not-ECT, the decapsulator MUST NOT
propagate any other ECN codepoint onwards. This is because the
inner Not-ECT marking is set by transports that rely on dropped
packets as an indication of congestion and would not understand or
respond to any other ECN codepoint [RFC4774]. Specifically:
* If the inner ECN field is Not-ECT and the outer ECN field is
CE, the decapsulator MUST drop the packet.
* If the inner ECN field is Not-ECT and the outer ECN field is
Not-ECT, ECT(0), or ECT(1), the decapsulator MUST forward the
outgoing packet with the ECN field cleared to Not-ECT.
This patch moves the ECN decap logic out of the individual tunnels
into a common place.
It also adds logging to allow detecting broken systems that
set ECN bits incorrectly when tunneling (or an intermediate
router might be changing the header).
Overloads rx_frame_error to keep track of ECN related error.
Thanks to Chris Wright who caught this while reviewing the new VXLAN
tunnel.
This code was tested by injecting faulty logic in other end GRE
to send incorrectly encapsulated packets.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
batostr is not needed anymore since for printing Bluetooth
addresses we use %pMR specifier.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving HCI Command Status event for Accept Physical Link
execute HCI Write Remote AMP Assoc with data saved from A2MP Create
Physical Link Request.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving A2MP Create Physical Link message execute HCI
Accept Physical Link command to AMP controller.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Channel Selected event indicates that link information data is available.
Read it with Read Local AMP Assoc command. The data shall be sent in the
A2MP Create Physical Link Request.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When there is no remote AMP controller found fallback to normal
L2CAP sequence.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving HCI Command Status after HCI Create Physical Link
execute HCI Write Remote AMP Assoc command to AMP controller.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving A2MP Get AMP Assoc Response execute HCI Create Physical
Link to AMP controller. Define function which will run when receiving
HCI Command Status.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Function calculates AMP keys using hmac_sha256 helper. Calculated keys
are Generic AMP Link Key (gamp) and Dedicated AMP Link Key with
keyID "802b" for 802.11 PAL.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Choose which L2CAP connection to establish by checking support
for HS and remote side supported features.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Create remote AMP controllers structure. It is used to keep information
about discovered remote AMP controllers by A2MP protocol.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Define physical link structures. Physical links are represented by
hci_conn structure. For BR/EDR we use type ACL_LINK and for AMP
we use AMP_LINK.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving A2MP Get AMP Assoc Request execute Read Local AMP Assoc
HCI command to AMP controller. If the AMP Assoc data is larger than it
can fit to HCI event only fragment is read. When all fragments are read
send A2MP Get AMP Assoc Response.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
When receiving A2MP Get Info Request execute Read Local AMP Info HCI
command to AMP controller with function to be executed upon receiving
command complete event. Function will handle A2MP Get Info Response.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Create amp_mgr_list global list which will be used by different
hci devices to find amp_mgr.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add a few definitions to hci.h
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
xmit callback provided by a driver encapsulates upper layers
data and sends it to the hardware. So, HCI does not know the
exact amount of data being sent and thus can't handle partially
sent frames properly.
Therefore, the driver must return 0 for completely sent frame or
negative for failure.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The previous shdlc HCI driver and its header are removed from the tree.
PN544 now registers directly with HCI and passes the name of the llc it
requires (shdlc).
HCI instantiation now allocates the required llc instance. The llc is
started when the HCI device is brought up.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This is used by HCI drivers such as the one for the pn544 which require
communications between HCI and the chip to use shdlc.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This is a passthrough llc. It can be used by HCI drivers that don't
need link layer control. HCI will then write directly to the driver, and
driver will deliver incoming frames directly to HCI without any
processing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The LLC layer manages modules that control the link layer protocol (such
as shdlc) between HCI and an HCI driver. The driver must simply specify
the required llc when it registers with HCI.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This enables the completion callback to be called from a different
context, preventing a possible deadlock if the callback resulted in the
invocation of a nested call to the currently locked nfc_dev.
This is also more in line with the im_transceive nfc_ops for NFC Core or
NCI drivers which already behave asynchronously.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This method initiates execution of an HCI cmd. Result will be delivered
through an asynchronous callback.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NFC is using a number of custom ordered workqueues w/ WQ_MEM_RECLAIM.
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM is unnecessary unless NFC is gonna be used as transport
for storage device, and all use cases match one work item to one
ordered workqueue - IOW, there's no actual ordering going on at all
and using system_nrt_wq gives the same behavior.
There's nothing to be gained by using custom workqueues. Use
system_nrt_wq instead and drop all the custom ones.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
During NFC-DEP target activation, store the remote
general bytes to be used later in dep_link_up.
When dep_link_up is called, activate the NFC-DEP target,
and forward the remote general bytes.
When dep_link_down is called, deactivate the target.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
If initiator protocol is NFC-DEP, set the local general bytes
in nci_start_poll.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
We currently use a per socket order-0 page cache for tcp_sendmsg()
operations.
This page is used to build fragments for skbs.
Its done to increase probability of coalescing small write() into
single segments in skbs still in write queue (not yet sent)
But it wastes a lot of memory for applications handling many mostly
idle sockets, since each socket holds one page in sk->sk_sndmsg_page
Its also quite inefficient to build TSO 64KB packets, because we need
about 16 pages per skb on arches where PAGE_SIZE = 4096, so we hit
page allocator more than wanted.
This patch adds a per task frag allocator and uses bigger pages,
if available. An automatic fallback is done in case of memory pressure.
(up to 32768 bytes per frag, thats order-3 pages on x86)
This increases TCP stream performance by 20% on loopback device,
but also benefits on other network devices, since 8x less frags are
mapped on transmit and unmapped on tx completion. Alexander Duyck
mentioned a probable performance win on systems with IOMMU enabled.
Its possible some SG enabled hardware cant cope with bigger fragments,
but their ndo_start_xmit() should already handle this, splitting a
fragment in sub fragments, since some arches have PAGE_SIZE=65536
Successfully tested on various ethernet devices.
(ixgbe, igb, bnx2x, tg3, mellanox mlx4)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Cc: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When taking SYNACK RTT samples for servers using TCP Fast Open, fix
the code to ensure that we only call tcp_valid_rtt_meas() after we
receive the ACK that completes the 3-way handshake.
Previously we were always taking an RTT sample in
tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock(). However, for TCP Fast Open connections
tcp_v4_conn_req_fastopen() calls tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock() at the time we
receive the SYN. So for TFO we must wait until tcp_rcv_state_process()
to take the RTT sample.
To fix this, we wait until after TFO calls tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock()
before we set the snt_synack timestamp, since tcp_synack_rtt_meas()
already ensures that we only take a SYNACK RTT sample if snt_synack is
non-zero. To be careful, we only take a snt_synack timestamp when
a SYNACK transmit or retransmit succeeds.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for adding another spot where we compute the SYNACK
RTT, extract this code so that it can be shared.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"More bug fixes, nothing gets past these guys"
1) More kernel info leaks found by Mathias Krause, this time in the
IPSEC configuration layers.
2) When IPSEC policies change, we do not properly make sure that cached
routes (which could now be stale) throughout the system will be
revalidated. Fix this by generalizing the generation count
invalidation scheme used by ipv4. From Nicolas Dichtel.
3) When repairing TCP sockets, we need to allow to restore not just the
send window scale, but the receive one too. Extend the existing
interface to achieve this in a backwards compatible way. From
Andrey Vagin.
4) A fix for FCOE scatter gather feature validation erroneously caused
scatter gather to be disabled for things like AOE too. From Ed L
Cashin.
5) Several cases of mishandling of error pointers, from Mathias Krause,
Wei Yongjun, and Devendra Naga.
6) Fix gianfar build, from Richard Cochran.
7) CAP_NET_* failures should return -EPERM not -EACCES, from Zhao
Hongjiang.
8) Hardware reset fix in janz-ican3 CAN driver, from Ira W Snyder.
9) Fix oops during rmmod in ti_hecc CAN driver, from Marc Kleine-Budde.
10) The removal of the conditional compilation of the clk support code
in the stmmac driver broke things. This is because the interfaces
used are the ones that don't also perform the enable/disable of the
clk. Fix from Stefan Roese.
11) The QFQ packet scheduler can record out of range virtual start
times, resulting later in misbehavior and even crashes. Fix from
Paolo Valente.
12) If MSG_WAITALL is used with IOAT DMA under TCP, we can wedge the
receiver when the advertised receive window goes to zero. Detect
this case and force the processing of the IOAT DMA queue when it
happens to avoid getting stuck. Fix from Michal Kubecek.
13) batman-adv assumes that test_bit() returns only 0 or 1, but this is
not true for x86 (which returns -1 or 0, via the 'sbb' instruction).
Fix from Linus Lussing.
14) Fix small packet corruption in e1000, from Tushar Dave.
15) make_blackhole() in the IPSEC policy code can do one read unlock too
many, fix from Li RongQing.
16) The new tcp_try_coalesce() code introduced a bug in TCP URG
handling, fix from Eric Dumazet.
17) Fix memory leak in __netif_receive_skb() when doing zerocopy and
when hit an OOM condition. From Michael S Tsirkin.
18) netxen blindly deferences pdev->bus->self, which is not guarenteed
to be non-NULL. Fix from Nikolay Aleksandrov.
19) Fix a performance regression caused by mistakes in ipv6 checksum
validation in the bnx2x driver, fix from Michal Schmidt.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (45 commits)
net/stmmac: Use clk_prepare_enable and clk_disable_unprepare
net: change return values from -EACCES to -EPERM
net/irda: sh_sir: fix return value check in sh_sir_set_baudrate()
stmmac: fix return value check in stmmac_open_ext_timer()
gianfar: fix phc index build failure
ipv6: fix return value check in fib6_add()
bnx2x: remove false warning regarding interrupt number
can: ti_hecc: fix oops during rmmod
can: janz-ican3: fix support for older hardware revisions
net: do not disable sg for packets requiring no checksum
aoe: assert AoE packets marked as requiring no checksum
at91ether: return PTR_ERR if call to clk_get fails
xfrm_user: don't copy esn replay window twice for new states
xfrm_user: ensure user supplied esn replay window is valid
xfrm_user: fix info leak in copy_to_user_tmpl()
xfrm_user: fix info leak in copy_to_user_policy()
xfrm_user: fix info leak in copy_to_user_state()
xfrm_user: fix info leak in copy_to_user_auth()
net: qmi_wwan: adding Huawei E367, ZTE MF683 and Pantech P4200
tcp: restore rcv_wscale in a repair mode (v2)
...
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two years ago, Shan Wei tried to fix this:
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/43905/
The problem is that RFC2460 requires an ICMP Time
Exceeded -- Fragment Reassembly Time Exceeded message should be
sent to the source of that fragment, if the defragmentation
times out.
"
If insufficient fragments are received to complete reassembly of a
packet within 60 seconds of the reception of the first-arriving
fragment of that packet, reassembly of that packet must be
abandoned and all the fragments that have been received for that
packet must be discarded. If the first fragment (i.e., the one
with a Fragment Offset of zero) has been received, an ICMP Time
Exceeded -- Fragment Reassembly Time Exceeded message should be
sent to the source of that fragment.
"
As Herbert suggested, we could actually use the standard IPv6
reassembly code which follows RFC2460.
With this patch applied, I can see ICMP Time Exceeded sent
from the receiver when the sender sent out 3/4 fragmented
IPv6 UDP packet.
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed by Michal, it is necessary to add a new
namespace for nf_conntrack_reasm code, this prepares
for the second patch.
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for Secure Simple Pairing with devices that have
KeyboardOnly as their IO capability. Such devices will cause a passkey
notification on our side and optionally also keypress notifications.
Without this patch some keyboards cannot be paired using the mgmt
interface.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
IPv6 dst should take care of rt_genid too. When a xfrm policy is inserted or
deleted, all dst should be invalidated.
To force the validation, dst entries should be created with ->obsolete set to
DST_OBSOLETE_FORCE_CHK. This was already the case for all functions calling
ip6_dst_alloc(), except for ip6_rt_copy().
As a consequence, we can remove the specific code in inet6_connection_sock.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit prepares the use of rt_genid by both IPv4 and IPv6.
Initialization is left in IPv4 part.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since route cache deletion (89aef8921b), delay is no
more used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In AP mode, when a station requests connection to an AP and if the
request is failed for particular reason, userspace is notified about the
failure through NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED command. Reason for the failure
is sent through the attribute NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON.
Signed-off-by: Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu <c_ppitch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The kerneldoc comment for .sched_scan_stop() callback describes a
driver_initiated flag, but the interface does not hold such a flag.
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Always store audit loginuids in type kuid_t.
Print loginuids by converting them into uids in the appropriate user
namespace, and then printing the resulting uid.
Modify audit_get_loginuid to return a kuid_t.
Modify audit_set_loginuid to take a kuid_t.
Modify /proc/<pid>/loginuid on read to convert the loginuid into the
user namespace of the opener of the file.
Modify /proc/<pid>/loginud on write to convert the loginuid
rom the user namespace of the opener of the file.
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Cc: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com> ?
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
This warning:
In file included from linux/include/linux/tcp.h:227:0,
from linux/include/linux/ipv6.h:221,
from linux/include/net/ipv6.h:16,
from linux/include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h:26,
from linux/net/sunrpc/stats.c:22:
linux/include/net/sock.h: In function `sk_rmem_schedule':
linux/nfs-2.6/include/net/sock.h:1339:13: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned integer expressions [-Wsign-compare]
is seen with gcc (GCC) 4.6.3 20120306 (Red Hat 4.6.3-2) using the
-Wextra option.
Commit c76562b670 ("netvm: prevent a stream-specific deadlock")
accidentally replaced the "size" parameter of sk_rmem_schedule() with an
unsigned int. This changes the semantics of the comparison in the
return statement.
In sk_wmem_schedule we have syntactically the same comparison, but
"size" is a signed integer. In addition, __sk_mem_schedule() takes a
signed integer for its "size" parameter, so there is an implicit type
conversion in sk_rmem_schedule() anyway.
Revert the "size" parameter back to a signed integer so that the
semantics of the expressions in both sk_[rw]mem_schedule() are exactly
the same.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <js1304@gmail.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This is another batch of updates intended for the 3.7 stream.
There are not a lot of large items, but iwlwifi, mwifiex, rt2x00,
ath9k, and brcmfmac all get some attention. Wei Yongjun also provides
a series of small maintenance fixes.
This also includes a pull of the wireless tree in order to satisfy
some prerequisites for later patches.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.c
net/netfilter/xt_LOG.c
Rather easy conflict resolution, the 'net' tree had bug fixes to make
sure we checked if a socket is a time-wait one or not and elide the
logging code if so.
Whereas on the 'net-next' side we are calculating the UID and GID from
the creds using different interfaces due to the user namespace changes
from Eric Biederman.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WARNING: With this change it is impossible to load external built
controllers anymore.
In case where CONFIG_NETPRIO_CGROUP=m and CONFIG_NET_CLS_CGROUP=m is
set, corresponding subsys_id should also be a constant. Up to now,
net_prio_subsys_id and net_cls_subsys_id would be of the type int and
the value would be assigned during runtime.
By switching the macro definition IS_SUBSYS_ENABLED from IS_BUILTIN
to IS_ENABLED, all *_subsys_id will have constant value. That means we
need to remove all the code which assumes a value can be assigned to
net_prio_subsys_id and net_cls_subsys_id.
A close look is necessary on the RCU part which was introduces by
following patch:
commit f845172531
Author: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Mon May 24 09:12:34 2010
Committer: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Mon May 24 09:12:34 2010
cls_cgroup: Store classid in struct sock
Tis code was added to init_cgroup_cls()
/* We can't use rcu_assign_pointer because this is an int. */
smp_wmb();
net_cls_subsys_id = net_cls_subsys.subsys_id;
respectively to exit_cgroup_cls()
net_cls_subsys_id = -1;
synchronize_rcu();
and in module version of task_cls_classid()
rcu_read_lock();
id = rcu_dereference(net_cls_subsys_id);
if (id >= 0)
classid = container_of(task_subsys_state(p, id),
struct cgroup_cls_state, css)->classid;
rcu_read_unlock();
Without an explicit explaination why the RCU part is needed. (The
rcu_deference was fixed by exchanging it to rcu_derefence_index_check()
in a later commit, but that is a minor detail.)
So here is my pondering why it was introduced and why it safe to
remove it now. Note that this code was copied over to net_prio the
reasoning holds for that subsystem too.
The idea behind the RCU use for net_cls_subsys_id is to make sure we
get a valid pointer back from task_subsys_state(). task_subsys_state()
is just blindly accessing the subsys array and returning the
pointer. Obviously, passing in -1 as id into task_subsys_state()
returns an invalid value (out of lower bound).
So this code makes sure that only after module is loaded and the
subsystem registered, the id is assigned.
Before unregistering the module all old readers must have left the
critical section. This is done by assigning -1 to the id and issuing a
synchronized_rcu(). Any new readers wont call task_subsys_state()
anymore and therefore it is safe to unregister the subsystem.
The new code relies on the same trick, but it looks at the subsys
pointer return by task_subsys_state() (remember the id is constant
and therefore we allways have a valid index into the subsys
array).
No precautions need to be taken during module loading
module. Eventually, all CPUs will get a valid pointer back from
task_subsys_state() because rebind_subsystem() which is called after
the module init() function will assigned subsys[net_cls_subsys_id] the
newly loaded module subsystem pointer.
When the subsystem is about to be removed, rebind_subsystem() will
called before the module exit() function. In this case,
rebind_subsys() will assign subsys[net_cls_subsys_id] a NULL pointer
and then it calls synchronize_rcu(). All old readers have left by then
the critical section. Any new reader wont access the subsystem
anymore. At this point we are safe to unregister the subsystem. No
synchronize_rcu() call is needed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Kamezawa Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
task_netprioidx() should not be defined in case the configuration is
CONFIG_NETPRIO_CGROUP=n. The reason is that in a following patch the
net_prio_subsys_id will only be defined if CONFIG_NETPRIO_CGROUP!=n.
When net_prio is not built at all any callee should only get an empty
task_netprioidx() without any references to net_prio_subsys_id.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
task_cls_classid() should not be defined in case the configuration is
CONFIG_NET_CLS_CGROUP=n. The reason is that in a following patch the
net_cls_subsys_id will only be defined if CONFIG_NET_CLS_CGROUP!=n.
When net_cls is not built at all a callee should only get an empty
task_cls_classid() without any references to net_cls_subsys_id.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
The only user of sock_update_classid() is net/socket.c which happens
to include cls_cgroup.h directly.
tj: Fix build breakage due to missing cls_cgroup.h inclusion in
drivers/net/tun.c reported in linux-next by Stephen.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: cgroups@vger.kernel.org
It is a frequent mistake to confuse the netlink port identifier with a
process identifier. Try to reduce this confusion by renaming fields
that hold port identifiers portid instead of pid.
I have carefully avoided changing the structures exported to
userspace to avoid changing the userspace API.
I have successfully built an allyesconfig kernel with this change.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mark keys that might be used to receive management
frames so drivers can fall back on software crypto
for them if they don't support hardware offload.
As the new flag is only set correctly for RX keys
and the existing IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag
can only affect TX, also rename the latter to
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Return code is not needed in hci_chan_del
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
hdev is allocated with kzalloc so zero initialization is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Since route cache deletion (89aef8921b), delay is no
more used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Passing uids and gids on NETLINK_CB from a process in one user
namespace to a process in another user namespace can result in the
wrong uid or gid being presented to userspace. Avoid that problem by
passing kuids and kgids instead.
- define struct scm_creds for use in scm_cookie and netlink_skb_parms
that holds uid and gid information in kuid_t and kgid_t.
- Modify scm_set_cred to fill out scm_creds by heand instead of using
cred_to_ucred to fill out struct ucred. This conversion ensures
userspace does not get incorrect uid or gid values to look at.
- Modify scm_recv to convert from struct scm_creds to struct ucred
before copying credential values to userspace.
- Modify __scm_send to populate struct scm_creds on in the scm_cookie,
instead of just copying struct ucred from userspace.
- Modify netlink_sendmsg to copy scm_creds instead of struct ucred
into the NETLINK_CB.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please pull these fixes intended for 3.6. There are more commits
here than I would like -- I got a bit behind while I was stalking
Steven Rostedt in San Diego last week... I'll slow it down after this!
There are a couple of pulls here. One is from Johannes:
"Please pull (according to the below information) to get a few fixes.
* a fix to properly disconnect in the driver when authentication or
association fails
* a fix to prevent invalid information about mesh paths being reported
to userspace
* a memory leak fix in an nl80211 error path"
The other comes via Gustavo:
"A few updates for the 3.6 kernel. There are two btusb patches to add
more supported devices through the new USB_VENDOR_AND_INTEFACE_INFO()
macro and another one that add a new device id for a Sony Vaio laptop,
one fix for a user-after-free and, finally, two patches from Vinicius
to fix a issue in SMP pairing."
Along with those...
Arend van Spriel provides a fix for a use-after-free bug in brcmfmac.
Daniel Drake avoids a hang by not trying to touch the libertas hardware
duing suspend if it is already powered-down.
Felix Fietkau provides a batch of ath9k fixes that adress some
potential problems with power settings, as well as a fix to avoid a
potential interrupt storm.
Gertjan van Wingerde provides a register-width fix for rt2x00, and
a rt2x00 fix to prevent incorrectly detecting the rfkill status.
He also provides a device ID patch.
Hante Meuleman gives us three brcmfmac fixes, one that properly
initializes a command structure, one that fixes a race condition that
could lose usb requests, and one that removes some log spam.
Marc Kleine-Budde offers an rt2x00 fix for a voltage setting on some
specific devices.
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan sent an ath9k fix to avoid a crash related to
using timers that aren't allocated when 2 wire bluetooth coexistence
hardware is in use.
Sergei Poselenov changes rt2800usb to do some validity checking for
received packets, avoiding crashes on an ARM Soc.
Stone Piao gives us an mwifiex fix for an incorrectly set skb length
value for a command buffer.
All of these are localized to their specific drivers, and relatively
small. The power-related patches from Felix are bigger than I would
like, but I merged them in consideration of their isolation to ath9k
and the sensitive nature of power settings in wireless devices.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull in mac80211.git to let the next patch apply
without conflicts, also resolving a hwsim conflict.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/mac80211_hwsim.c
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When adding a blackhole or a prohibit route, they were handling like classic
routes. Moreover, it was only possible to add this kind of routes by specifying
an interface.
Bug already reported here:
http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=498498
Before the patch:
$ ip route add blackhole 2001::1/128
RTNETLINK answers: No such device
$ ip route add blackhole 2001::1/128 dev eth0
$ ip -6 route | grep 2001
2001::1 dev eth0 metric 1024
After:
$ ip route add blackhole 2001::1/128
$ ip -6 route | grep 2001
blackhole 2001::1 dev lo metric 1024 error -22
v2: wrong patch
v3: add a field fc_type in struct fib6_config to store RTN_* type
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ESN for esp is defined in RFC 4303. This RFC assumes that the
sequence number counters are always up to date. However,
this is not true if an async crypto algorithm is employed.
If the sequence number counters are not up to date on sequence
number check, we may incorrectly update the upper 32 bit of
the sequence number. This leads to a DOS.
We workaround this by comparing the upper sequence number,
(used for authentication) with the upper sequence number
computed after the async processing. We drop the packet
if these numbers are different.
To do this, we introduce a recheck function that does this
check in the ESN case.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use proportional rate reduction (PRR) algorithm to reduce cwnd in CWR state,
in addition to Recovery state. Retire the current rate-halving in CWR.
When losses are detected via ACKs in CWR state, the sender enters Recovery
state but the cwnd reduction continues and does not restart.
Rename and refactor cwnd reduction functions since both CWR and Recovery
use the same algorithm:
tcp_init_cwnd_reduction() is new and initiates reduction state variables.
tcp_cwnd_reduction() is previously tcp_update_cwnd_in_recovery().
tcp_ends_cwnd_reduction() is previously tcp_complete_cwr().
The rate halving functions and logic such as tcp_cwnd_down(), tcp_min_cwnd(),
and the cwnd moderation inside tcp_enter_cwr() are removed. The unused
parameter, flag, in tcp_cwnd_reduction() is also removed.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the new nf_ct_timeout_lookup function to encapsulate
the timeout policy attachment that is called in the nf_conntrack_in
path.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch builds on top of the previous patch to add the support
for TFO listeners. This includes -
1. allocating, properly initializing, and managing the per listener
fastopen_queue structure when TFO is enabled
2. changes to the inet_csk_accept code to support TFO. E.g., the
request_sock can no longer be freed upon accept(), not until 3WHS
finishes
3. allowing a TCP_SYN_RECV socket to properly poll() and sendmsg()
if it's a TFO socket
4. properly closing a TFO listener, and a TFO socket before 3WHS
finishes
5. supporting TCP_FASTOPEN socket option
6. modifying tcp_check_req() to use to check a TFO socket as well
as request_sock
7. supporting TCP's TFO cookie option
8. adding a new SYN-ACK retransmit handler to use the timer directly
off the TFO socket rather than the listener socket. Note that TFO
server side will not retransmit anything other than SYN-ACK until
the 3WHS is completed.
The patch also contains an important function
"reqsk_fastopen_remove()" to manage the somewhat complex relation
between a listener, its request_sock, and the corresponding child
socket. See the comment above the function for the detail.
Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds all the necessary data structure and support
functions to implement TFO server side. It also documents a number
of flags for the sysctl_tcp_fastopen knob, and adds a few Linux
extension MIBs.
In addition, it includes the following:
1. a new TCP_FASTOPEN socket option an application must call to
supply a max backlog allowed in order to enable TFO on its listener.
2. A number of key data structures:
"fastopen_rsk" in tcp_sock - for a big socket to access its
request_sock for retransmission and ack processing purpose. It is
non-NULL iff 3WHS not completed.
"fastopenq" in request_sock_queue - points to a per Fast Open
listener data structure "fastopen_queue" to keep track of qlen (# of
outstanding Fast Open requests) and max_qlen, among other things.
"listener" in tcp_request_sock - to point to the original listener
for book-keeping purpose, i.e., to maintain qlen against max_qlen
as part of defense against IP spoofing attack.
3. various data structure and functions, many in tcp_fastopen.c, to
support server side Fast Open cookie operations, including
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen_key to allow manual rekeying.
Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9ad7c049 ("tcp: RFC2988bis + taking RTT sample from 3WHS for
the passive open side") changed the initRTO from 3secs to 1sec in
accordance to RFC6298 (former RFC2988bis). This reduced the time till
the last SYN retransmission packet gets sent from 93secs to 31secs.
RFC1122 is stating that the retransmission should be done for at least 3
minutes, but this seems to be quite high.
"However, the values of R1 and R2 may be different for SYN
and data segments. In particular, R2 for a SYN segment MUST
be set large enough to provide retransmission of the segment
for at least 3 minutes. The application can close the
connection (i.e., give up on the open attempt) sooner, of
course."
This patch increases the value of TCP_SYN_RETRIES to the value of 6,
providing a retransmission window of 63secs.
The comments for SYN and SYNACK retries have also been updated to
describe the current settings. The same goes for the documentation file
"Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt".
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bergmann <alex@linlab.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge the 'net' tree to get the recent set of netfilter bug fixes in
order to assist with some merge hassles Pablo is going to have to deal
with for upcoming changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Existing code assumes that del_timer returns true for alive conntrack
entries. However, this is not true if reliable events are enabled.
In that case, del_timer may return true for entries that were
just inserted in the dying list. Note that packets / ctnetlink may
hold references to conntrack entries that were just inserted to such
list.
This patch fixes the issue by adding an independent timer for
event delivery. This increases the size of the ecache extension.
Still we can revisit this later and use variable size extensions
to allocate this area on demand.
Tested-by: Oliver Smith <olipro@8.c.9.b.0.7.4.0.1.0.0.2.ip6.arpa>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Add inet_proto_csum_replace16 for incrementally updating IPv6 pseudo header
checksums for IPv6 NAT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the IPv4 NAT implementation to a protocol independent core and
address family specific modules.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
For mangling IPv6 packets the protocol header offset needs to be known
by the NAT packet mangling functions. Add a so far unused protoff argument
and convert the conntrack and NAT helpers to use it in preparation of
IPv6 NAT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
To make it clear that it may be called from contexts that may not have
any knowledge of L2CAP, we change the connection parameter, to receive
a hci_conn.
This also makes it clear that it is checking the security of the link.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
IPv4 conntrack defragments incoming packet at the PRE_ROUTING hook and
(in case of forwarded packets) refragments them at POST_ROUTING
independent of the IP_DF flag. Refragmentation uses the dst_mtu() of
the local route without caring about the original fragment sizes,
thereby breaking PMTUD.
This patch fixes this by keeping track of the largest received fragment
with IP_DF set and generates an ICMP fragmentation required error during
refragmentation if that size exceeds the MTU.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an initial merge in of Eric Biederman's work to start adding
user namespace support to the networking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a broken build due to a missing header:
...
CC net/ipv4/proc.o
In file included from include/net/net_namespace.h:15,
from net/ipv4/proc.c:35:
include/net/netns/packet.h:11: error: field 'sklist_lock' has incomplete type
...
The lock of netns_packet has been replaced by a recent patch to be a mutex instead of a spinlock,
but we need to replace the header file to be linux/mutex.h instead of linux/spinlock.h as well.
See commit 0fa7fa98db:
packet: Protect packet sk list with mutex (v2) patch,
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rosenr@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change since v1:
* Fixed inuse counters access spotted by Eric
In patch eea68e2f (packet: Report socket mclist info via diag module) I've
introduced a "scheduling in atomic" problem in packet diag module -- the
socket list is traversed under rcu_read_lock() while performed under it sk
mclist access requires rtnl lock (i.e. -- mutex) to be taken.
[152363.820563] BUG: scheduling while atomic: crtools/12517/0x10000002
[152363.820573] 4 locks held by crtools/12517:
[152363.820581] #0: (sock_diag_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81a2dcb5>] sock_diag_rcv+0x1f/0x3e
[152363.820613] #1: (sock_diag_table_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81a2de70>] sock_diag_rcv_msg+0xdb/0x11a
[152363.820644] #2: (nlk->cb_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81a67d01>] netlink_dump+0x23/0x1ab
[152363.820693] #3: (rcu_read_lock){.+.+..}, at: [<ffffffff81b6a049>] packet_diag_dump+0x0/0x1af
Similar thing was then re-introduced by further packet diag patches (fanount
mutex and pgvec mutex for rings) :(
Apart from being terribly sorry for the above, I propose to change the packet
sk list protection from spinlock to mutex. This lock currently protects two
modifications:
* sklist
* prot inuse counters
The sklist modifications can be just reprotected with mutex since they already
occur in a sleeping context. The inuse counters modifications are trickier -- the
__this_cpu_-s are used inside, thus requiring the caller to handle the potential
issues with contexts himself. Since packet sockets' counters are modified in two
places only (packet_create and packet_release) we only need to protect the context
from being preempted. BH disabling is not required in this case.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
This is the first batch of Netfilter and IPVS updates for your
net-next tree. Mostly cleanups for the Netfilter side. They are:
* Remove unnecessary RTNL locking now that we have support
for namespace in nf_conntrack, from Patrick McHardy.
* Cleanup to eliminate unnecessary goto in the initialization
path of several Netfilter tables, from Jean Sacren.
* Another cleanup from Wu Fengguang, this time to PTR_RET instead
of if IS_ERR then return PTR_ERR.
* Use list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu in nf_iterate, from
Michael Wang.
* Add pmtu_disc sysctl option to disable PMTU in their tunneling
transmitter, from Julian Anastasov.
* Generalize application protocol registration in IPVS and modify
IPVS FTP helper to use it, from Julian Anastasov.
* update Kconfig. The IPVS FTP helper depends on the Netfilter FTP
helper for NAT support, from Julian Anastasov.
* Add logic to update PMTU for IPIP packets in IPVS, again
from Julian Anastasov.
* A couple of sparse warning fixes for IPVS and Netfilter from
Claudiu Ghioc and Patrick McHardy respectively.
Patrick's IPv6 NAT changes will follow after this batch, I need
to flush this batch first before refreshing my tree.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso discovered that avahi and
potentially NetworkManager accept spoofed Netlink messages because of a
kernel bug. The kernel passes all-zero SCM_CREDENTIALS ancillary data
to the receiver if the sender did not provide such data, instead of not
including any such data at all or including the correct data from the
peer (as it is the case with AF_UNIX).
This bug was introduced in commit 16e5726269
(af_unix: dont send SCM_CREDENTIALS by default)
This patch forces passing credentials for netlink, as
before the regression.
Another fix would be to not add SCM_CREDENTIALS in
netlink messages if not provided by the sender, but it
might break some programs.
With help from Florian Weimer & Petr Matousek
This issue is designated as CVE-2012-3520
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Petr Matousek <pmatouse@redhat.com>
Cc: Florian Weimer <fweimer@redhat.com>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the struct l2cap_chan and associated code to use
kref api for object refcounting and freeing.
Suggested-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
MGMT_EV_DEVICE_DISCONNECTED will now expose the disconnection reason to
userland, distinguishing four possible values:
0x00 Reason not known or unspecified
0x01 Connection timeout
0x02 Connection terminated by local host
0x03 Connection terminated by remote host
Note that the local/remote distinction just determines which side
terminated the low-level connection, regardless of the disconnection of
the higher-level profiles.
This can sometimes be misleading and thus must be used with care. For
example, some hardware combinations would report a locally initiated
disconnection even if the user turned Bluetooth off in the remote side.
Signed-off-by: Mikel Astiz <mikel.astiz@bmw-carit.de>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add more HCI error codes as defined in the specification.
Signed-off-by: Mikel Astiz <mikel.astiz@bmw-carit.de>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Some devices like the current iwlwifi implementation
require that the P2P interface address match the P2P
Device address (only one P2P interface is supported.)
Add the HW flag IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF
that allows drivers to request that P2P Interfaces
added while a P2P Device is active get the same MAC
address by default.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to support using a different MAC address
for the P2P Device address we must first have a
P2P Device abstraction that can be assigned a MAC
address.
This abstraction will also be useful to support
offloading P2P operations to the device, e.g.
periodic listen for discoverability.
Currently, the driver is responsible for assigning
a MAC address to the P2P Device, but this could be
changed by allowing a MAC address to be given to
the NEW_INTERFACE command.
As it has no associated netdev, a P2P Device can
only be identified by its wdev identifier but the
previous patches allowed using the wdev identifier
in various APIs, e.g. remain-on-channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support getting A-MPDU status information from the
drivers and reporting it to userspace via radiotap
in the standard fields.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define the A-MPDU status field in radiotap, also
update the radiotap parser for it and the MCS field
that was apparently missed last time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In IBSS it is possible that the supported rates set for a station changes over
time (e.g. it gets first initialised as an empty set because of no available
information about rates and updated later). In this case the driver has to be
notified about the change in order to update its internal table accordingly (if
needed).
This behaviour is needed by all those drivers that handle rc internally but
leave stations management to mac80211
Reported-by: Gui Iribarren <gui@altermundi.net>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
[Johannes - add docs, validate IBSS mode only, fix compilation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This is a batch of updates intended for 3.7. The ath9k, mwifiex,
and b43 drivers get the bulk of the commits this time, with a handful
of other driver bits thrown-in. It is mostly just minor fixes and
cleanups, etc.
Also included is a Bluetooth pull, with a lot of refactoring.
Gustavo says:
"These are the changes I queued for 3.7. There are a many
small fixes/improvements by Andre Guedes. A l2cap channel
refcounting refactor by Jaganath. Bluetooth sockets now
appears in /proc/net, by Masatake Yamato and Sachin Kamat
changes ours drivers to use devm_kzalloc()."
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sematically speaking, xfrm_mgr.acquire is called when kernel intends to ask
user space IKE daemon to negotiate SAs with peers. IOW the direction will
*always* be XFRM_POLICY_OUT, so remove int dir for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I got the following compile error:
In file included from include/net/sctp/checksum.h:46:0,
from net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_nat_proto_sctp.c:14:
include/net/sctp/sctp.h: In function ‘sctp_dbg_objcnt_init’:
include/net/sctp/sctp.h:370:88: error: parameter name omitted
include/net/sctp/sctp.h: In function ‘sctp_dbg_objcnt_exit’:
include/net/sctp/sctp.h:371:88: error: parameter name omitted
which is caused by
commit 13d782f6b4
Author: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Date: Mon Aug 6 08:45:15 2012 +0000
sctp: Make the proc files per network namespace.
This patch could fix it.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add struct net as a parameter to sctp_verify_param so it can be passed
to sctp_verify_ext_param where struct net will be needed when the sctp
tunables become per net tunables.
Add struct net as a parameter to sctp_verify_init so struct net can be
passed to sctp_verify_param.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a handle of state machine functions primarily those dealing
with processing INIT packets where there is neither a valid endpoint nor
a valid assoication from which to derive a struct net. Therefore add
struct net * to the parameter list of sctp_state_fn_t and update all of
the state machine functions.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct net will be needed shortly when the tunables are made per network
namespace.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This trickles up through sctp_sm_lookup_event up to sctp_do_sm
and up further into sctp_primitiv_NAME before the code reaches
places where struct net can be reliably found.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Start with an empty sctp_net_table that will be populated as the various
tunable sysctls are made per net.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Convert all of the files under /proc/net/sctp to be per
network namespace.
- Don't print anything for /proc/net/sctp/snmp except in
the initial network namespaces as the snmp counters still
have to be converted to be per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Kill sctp_get_ctl_sock, it is useless now.
- Pass struct net where needed so net->sctp.ctl_sock is accessible.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Move the address lists into struct net
- Add per network namespace initialization and cleanup
- Pass around struct net so it is everywhere I need it.
- Rename all of the global variable references into references
to the variables moved into struct net
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Use struct net in the hash calculation
- Use sock_net(association.base.sk) in the association lookups.
- On receive calculate the network namespace from skb->dev.
- Pass struct net from receive down to the functions that actually
do the association lookup.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Use struct net in the hash calculation
- Use sock_net(endpoint.base.sk) in the endpoint lookups.
- On receive calculate the network namespace from skb->dev.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Add struct net into the port hash table hash calculation
- Add struct net inot the struct sctp_bind_bucket so there
is a memory of which network namespace a port is allocated in.
No need for a ref count because sctp_bind_bucket only exists
when there are sockets in the hash table and sockets can not
change their network namspace, and sockets already ref count
their network namespace.
- Add struct net into the key comparison when we are testing
to see if we have found the port hash table entry we are
looking for.
With these changes lookups in the port hash table becomes
safe to use in multiple network namespaces.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cls_flow.c plays with uids and gids. Unless I misread that
code it is possible for classifiers to depend on the specific uid and
gid values. Therefore I need to know the user namespace of the
netlink socket that is installing the packet classifiers. Pass
in the rtnetlink skb so I can access the NETLINK_CB of the passed
packet. In particular I want access to sk_user_ns(NETLINK_CB(in_skb).ssk).
Pass in not the user namespace but the incomming rtnetlink skb into
the the classifier change routines as that is generally the more useful
parameter.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Add a helper sk_user_ns to make it easy to find the user namespace
of the process that opened a socket.
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Correct a long standing omission and use struct pid in the owner
field of struct ip6_flowlabel when the share type is IPV6_FL_S_PROCESS.
This guarantees we don't have issues when pid wraparound occurs.
Use a kuid_t in the owner field of struct ip6_flowlabel when the
share type is IPV6_FL_S_USER to add user namespace support.
In /proc/net/ip6_flowlabel capture the current pid namespace when
opening the file and release the pid namespace when the file is
closed ensuring we print the pid owner value that is meaning to
the reader of the file. Similarly use from_kuid_munged to print
uid values that are meaningful to the reader of the file.
This requires exporting pid_nr_ns so that ipv6 can continue to built
as a module. Yoiks what silliness
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
- Store sysctl_ping_group_range as a paire of kgid_t values
instead of a pair of gid_t values.
- Move the kgid conversion work from ping_init_sock into ipv4_ping_group_range
- For invalid cases reset to the default disabled state.
With the kgid_t conversion made part of the original value sanitation
from userspace understand how the code will react becomes clearer
and it becomes possible to set the sysctl ping group range from
something other than the initial user namespace.
Cc: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Some connection related functions are only used inside hci_conn.c
so no need to have them exported.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
llc_station_init() creates and processes an event skb with no effect
other than to change the state from DOWN to UP. Allocation failure is
reported, but then ignored by its caller, llc2_init(). Remove this
possibility by simply initialising the state as UP.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One condition before codel_Newton_step() was not good if
we never left the dropping state for a flow. As a result
rec_inv_sqrt was 0, instead of the ~0 initial value.
codel control law was then set to a very aggressive mode, dropping
many packets before reaching 'target' and recovering from this problem.
To keep codel_vars_init() as efficient as possible, refine
the condition to make sure rec_inv_sqrt initial value is correct
Many thanks to Anton Mich for discovering the issue and suggesting
a fix.
Reported-by: Anton Mich <lp2s1h@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_send_skb() can send orphaned skb, so we must pass the net pointer to
avoid possible NULL dereference in error path.
Bug added by commit 3a7c384ffd (ipv4: tcp: unicast_sock should not
land outside of TCP stack)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disabling PMTU discovery can increase the output packet
rate but some users have enough resources and prefer to fragment
than to drop traffic. By default, we copy the DF bit but if
pmtu_disc is disabled we do not send FRAG_NEEDED messages anymore.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Get rid of the ftp_app pointer and allow applications
to be registered without adding fields in the netns_ipvs structure.
v2: fix coding style as suggested by Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
As pointed out, there are places, that access net->loopback_dev->ifindex
and after ifindex generation is made per-net this value becomes constant
equals 1. So go ahead and introduce the LOOPBACK_IFINDEX constant and use
it where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Strictly speaking this is only _really_ required for checkpoint-restore to
make loopback device always have the same index.
This change appears to be safe wrt "ifindex should be unique per-system"
concept, as all the ifindex usage is either already made per net namespace
of is explicitly limited with init_net only.
There are two cool side effects of this. The first one -- ifindices of
devices in container are always small, regardless of how many containers
we've started (and re-started) so far. The second one is -- we can speed
up the loopback ifidex access as shown in the next patch.
v2: Place ifindex right after dev_base_seq : avoid two holes and use the
same cache line, dirtied in list_netdevice()/unlist_netdevice()
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eric noticed, that when there will be devices with equal indices, some
hash functions that use them will become less effective as they could.
Fix this in advance by mixing the net_device address into the hash value
instead of the device index.
This is true for arp and ndisc hash fns. The netlabel, can and llc ones
are also ifindex-based, but that three are init_net-only, thus will not
be affected.
Many thanks to David and Eric for the hash32_ptr implementation!
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While investigating on network performance problems, I found this little
gem :
$ nm -v vmlinux | grep -1 dst_default_metrics
ffffffff82736540 b busy.46605
ffffffff82736560 B dst_default_metrics
ffffffff82736598 b dst_busy_list
Apparently, declaring a const array without initializer put it in
(writeable) bss section, in middle of possibly often dirtied cache
lines.
Since we really want dst_default_metrics be const to avoid any possible
false sharing and catch any buggy writes, I force a null initializer.
ffffffff818a4c20 R dst_default_metrics
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) Avoid dirtying neighbour's confirmed field.
TCP workloads hits this cache line for each incoming ACK.
Lets write n->confirmed only if there is a jiffie change.
2) Optimize neigh_hh_output() for the common Ethernet case, were
hh_len is less than 16 bytes. Replace the memcpy() call
by two inlined 64bit load/stores on x86_64.
Bench results using udpflood test, with -C option (MSG_CONFIRM flag
added to sendto(), to reproduce the n->confirmed dirtying on UDP)
24 threads doing 1.000.000 UDP sendto() on dummy device, 4 runs.
before : 2.247s, 2.235s, 2.247s, 2.318s
after : 1.884s, 1.905s, 1.891s, 1.895s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid two instructions to reload dev->nd_net->mib.ip_statistics pointer,
unsing a temp variable, in ip_rcv(), ip_output() paths for example.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 needs a cookie in dst_check() call.
We need to add rx_dst_cookie and provide a family independent
sk_rx_dst_set(sk, skb) method to properly support IPv6 TCP early demux.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to check the 'Role' parameter from the LE Connection
Complete Event in order to properly set 'out' and 'link_mode'
fields from hci_conn structure.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
lsof command can tell the type of socket processes are using.
Internal lsof uses inode numbers on socket fs to resolve the type of
sockets. Files under /proc/net/, such as tcp, udp, unix, etc provides
such inode information.
Unfortunately bluetooth related protocols don't provide such inode
information. This patch series introduces /proc/net files for the protocols.
This patch against af_bluetooth.c provides facility to the implementation
of protocols. This patch extends bt_sock_list and introduces two exported
function bt_procfs_init, bt_procfs_cleanup.
The type bt_sock_list is already used in some of implementation of
protocols. bt_procfs_init prepare seq_operations which converts
protocol own bt_sock_list data to protocol own proc entry when the
entry is accessed.
What I, lsof user, need is just inode number of bluetooth
socket. However, people may want more information. The bt_procfs_init
takes a function pointer for customizing the show handler of
seq_operations.
In v4 patch, __acquires and __releases attributes are added to suppress
sparse warning. Suggested by Andrei Emeltchenko.
In v5 patch, linux/proc_fs.h is included to use PDE. Build error is
reported by Fengguang Wu.
Signed-off-by: Masatake YAMATO <yamato@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Move the l2cap channel list chan->global_l under the refcnt
protection and free it based on the refcnt.
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Refactor the code in order to use the l2cap_chan_destroy()
from l2cap_chan_put() under the refcnt protection.
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Return values are never used because callers hci_proto_connect_cfm
and hci_proto_disconn_cfm return void.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
AMP status codes copied from Bluez patch sent by Peter Krystad
<pkrystad@codeaurora.org>.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Change spaces to tabs in smp code
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Use the same style for refcnt printing through all Bluetooth code
taking the reference the l2cap_chan refcnt printing.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Add check that HCI controller is BR/EDR. AMP controller shall not be
managed by mgmt interface and consequently user space.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This patch removes the struct adv_entry since it is not used anymore.
This struct should have been removed in commit 479453d (Bluetooth:
Remove advertising cache).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This handles the merge issue in:
arch/um/drivers/line.c
arch/um/drivers/line.h
And resolves the duplicate patches that were in both trees do to the
tty-next branch not getting merged into 3.6-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed types might be needed in NL communication from time to time
(I need s32 in team driver), so add them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the only way for wireless drivers to tell whether or not OFDM
is allowed on the current channel is to check the regulatory
information. However, this requires hodling cfg80211_mutex, which is not
visible to the drivers.
Other regulatory restrictions are provided as flags in the channel
definition, so let's do similarly with OFDM. This patch adds a new flag,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM, to tell drivers that OFDM on a channel is not
allowed. This flag is set on any channels for which regulatory indicates
that OFDM is prohibited.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After SA is setup, one timer is armed to detect soft/hard expiration,
however the timer handler uses xtime to do the math. This makes hard
expiration occurs first before soft expiration after setting new date
with big interval. As a result new child SA is deleted before rekeying
the new one.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fdu@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cache the device gso_max_segs in sock::sk_gso_max_segs and use it to
limit the size of TSO skbs. This avoids the need to fall back to
software GSO for local TCP senders.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge Andrew's second set of patches:
- MM
- a few random fixes
- a couple of RTC leftovers
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (120 commits)
rtc/rtc-88pm80x: remove unneed devm_kfree
rtc/rtc-88pm80x: assign ret only when rtc_register_driver fails
mm: hugetlbfs: close race during teardown of hugetlbfs shared page tables
tmpfs: distribute interleave better across nodes
mm: remove redundant initialization
mm: warn if pg_data_t isn't initialized with zero
mips: zero out pg_data_t when it's allocated
memcg: gix memory accounting scalability in shrink_page_list
mm/sparse: remove index_init_lock
mm/sparse: more checks on mem_section number
mm/sparse: optimize sparse_index_alloc
memcg: add mem_cgroup_from_css() helper
memcg: further prevent OOM with too many dirty pages
memcg: prevent OOM with too many dirty pages
mm: mmu_notifier: fix freed page still mapped in secondary MMU
mm: memcg: only check anon swapin page charges for swap cache
mm: memcg: only check swap cache pages for repeated charging
mm: memcg: split swapin charge function into private and public part
mm: memcg: remove needless !mm fixup to init_mm when charging
mm: memcg: remove unneeded shmem charge type
...
This patch series is based on top of "Swap-over-NBD without deadlocking
v15" as it depends on the same reservation of PF_MEMALLOC reserves logic.
When a user or administrator requires swap for their application, they
create a swap partition and file, format it with mkswap and activate it
with swapon. In diskless systems this is not an option so if swap if
required then swapping over the network is considered. The two likely
scenarios are when blade servers are used as part of a cluster where the
form factor or maintenance costs do not allow the use of disks and thin
clients.
The Linux Terminal Server Project recommends the use of the Network Block
Device (NBD) for swap but this is not always an option. There is no
guarantee that the network attached storage (NAS) device is running Linux
or supports NBD. However, it is likely that it supports NFS so there are
users that want support for swapping over NFS despite any performance
concern. Some distributions currently carry patches that support swapping
over NFS but it would be preferable to support it in the mainline kernel.
Patch 1 avoids a stream-specific deadlock that potentially affects TCP.
Patch 2 is a small modification to SELinux to avoid using PFMEMALLOC
reserves.
Patch 3 adds three helpers for filesystems to handle swap cache pages.
For example, page_file_mapping() returns page->mapping for
file-backed pages and the address_space of the underlying
swap file for swap cache pages.
Patch 4 adds two address_space_operations to allow a filesystem
to pin all metadata relevant to a swapfile in memory. Upon
successful activation, the swapfile is marked SWP_FILE and
the address space operation ->direct_IO is used for writing
and ->readpage for reading in swap pages.
Patch 5 notes that patch 3 is bolting
filesystem-specific-swapfile-support onto the side and that
the default handlers have different information to what
is available to the filesystem. This patch refactors the
code so that there are generic handlers for each of the new
address_space operations.
Patch 6 adds an API to allow a vector of kernel addresses to be
translated to struct pages and pinned for IO.
Patch 7 adds support for using highmem pages for swap by kmapping
the pages before calling the direct_IO handler.
Patch 8 updates NFS to use the helpers from patch 3 where necessary.
Patch 9 avoids setting PF_private on PG_swapcache pages within NFS.
Patch 10 implements the new swapfile-related address_space operations
for NFS and teaches the direct IO handler how to manage
kernel addresses.
Patch 11 prevents page allocator recursions in NFS by using GFP_NOIO
where appropriate.
Patch 12 fixes a NULL pointer dereference that occurs when using
swap-over-NFS.
With the patches applied, it is possible to mount a swapfile that is on an
NFS filesystem. Swap performance is not great with a swap stress test
taking roughly twice as long to complete than if the swap device was
backed by NBD.
This patch: netvm: prevent a stream-specific deadlock
It could happen that all !SOCK_MEMALLOC sockets have buffered so much data
that we're over the global rmem limit. This will prevent SOCK_MEMALLOC
buffers from receiving data, which will prevent userspace from running,
which is needed to reduce the buffered data.
Fix this by exempting the SOCK_MEMALLOC sockets from the rmem limit. Once
this change it applied, it is important that sockets that set
SOCK_MEMALLOC do not clear the flag until the socket is being torn down.
If this happens, a warning is generated and the tokens reclaimed to avoid
accounting errors until the bug is fixed.
[davem@davemloft.net: Warning about clearing SOCK_MEMALLOC]
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: Eric B Munson <emunson@mgebm.net>
Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
In order to make sure pfmemalloc packets receive all memory needed to
proceed, ensure processing of pfmemalloc SKBs happens under PF_MEMALLOC.
This is limited to a subset of protocols that are expected to be used for
writing to swap. Taps are not allowed to use PF_MEMALLOC as these are
expected to communicate with userspace processes which could be paged out.
[a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl: Ideas taken from various patches]
[jslaby@suse.cz: Lock imbalance fix]
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: Eric B Munson <emunson@mgebm.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Change the skb allocation API to indicate RX usage and use this to fall
back to the PFMEMALLOC reserve when needed. SKBs allocated from the
reserve are tagged in skb->pfmemalloc. If an SKB is allocated from the
reserve and the socket is later found to be unrelated to page reclaim, the
packet is dropped so that the memory remains available for page reclaim.
Network protocols are expected to recover from this packet loss.
[a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl: Ideas taken from various patches]
[davem@davemloft.net: Use static branches, coding style corrections]
[sebastian@breakpoint.cc: Avoid unnecessary cast, fix !CONFIG_NET build]
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: Eric B Munson <emunson@mgebm.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Allow specific sockets to be tagged SOCK_MEMALLOC and use __GFP_MEMALLOC
for their allocations. These sockets will be able to go below watermarks
and allocate from the emergency reserve. Such sockets are to be used to
service the VM (iow. to swap over). They must be handled kernel side,
exposing such a socket to user-space is a bug.
There is a risk that the reserves be depleted so for now, the
administrator is responsible for increasing min_free_kbytes as necessary
to prevent deadlock for their workloads.
[a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl: Original patches]
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: Eric B Munson <emunson@mgebm.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Introduce sk_gfp_atomic(), this function allows to inject sock specific
flags to each sock related allocation. It is only used on allocation
paths that may be required for writing pages back to network storage.
[davem@davemloft.net: Use sk_gfp_atomic only when necessary]
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: Eric B Munson <emunson@mgebm.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
When a device is unregistered, we have to purge all of the
references to it that may exist in the entire system.
If a route is uncached, we currently have no way of accomplishing
this.
So create a global list that is scanned when a network device goes
down. This mirrors the logic in net/core/dst.c's dst_ifdown().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Input path is mostly run under RCU and doesnt touch dst refcnt
But output path on forwarding or UDP workloads hits
badly dst refcount, and we have lot of false sharing, for example
in ipv4_mtu() when reading rt->rt_pmtu
Using a percpu cache for nh_rth_output gives a nice performance
increase at a small cost.
24 udpflood test on my 24 cpu machine (dummy0 output device)
(each process sends 1.000.000 udp frames, 24 processes are started)
before : 5.24 s
after : 2.06 s
For reference, time on linux-3.5 : 6.60 s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 404e0a8b6a (net: ipv4: fix RCU races on dst refcounts) tried
to solve a race but added a problem at device/fib dismantle time :
We really want to call dst_free() as soon as possible, even if sockets
still have dst in their cache.
dst_release() calls in free_fib_info_rcu() are not welcomed.
Root of the problem was that now we also cache output routes (in
nh_rth_output), we must use call_rcu() instead of call_rcu_bh() in
rt_free(), because output route lookups are done in process context.
Based on feedback and initial patch from David Miller (adding another
call_rcu_bh() call in fib, but it appears it was not the right fix)
I left the inet_sk_rx_dst_set() helper and added __rcu attributes
to nh_rth_output and nh_rth_input to better document what is going on in
this code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the control.sta pointer from ieee80211_tx_info to free up
sufficient space in the TX skb control buffer for the upcoming
Transmit Power Control (TPC).
Instead, the pointer is now on the stack in a new control struct
that is passed as a function parameter to the drivers' tx method.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, ps mode is indicated per device (rather than
per interface), which doesn't make a lot of sense.
Moreover, there are subtle bugs caused by the inability
to indicate ps change along with other changes
(e.g. when the AP deauth us, we'd like to indicate
CHANGED_PS | CHANGED_ASSOC, as changing PS before
notifying about disassociation will result in null-packets
being sent (if IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS) while
the sta is already disconnected.)
Keep the current per-device notifications, and add
parallel per-vif notifications.
In order to keep it simple, the per-device ps and
the per-vif ps are orthogonal - the per-vif ps
configuration is determined only by the user
configuration (enable/disable) and the connection
state, and is not affected by other vifs state and
(temporary) dynamic_ps/offchannel operations
(unlike per-device ps).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After IP route cache removal, rt_cache_rebuild_count is no longer
used.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit c6cffba4ff (ipv4: Fix input route performance regression.)
added various fatal races with dst refcounts.
crashes happen on tcp workloads if routes are added/deleted at the same
time.
The dst_free() calls from free_fib_info_rcu() are clearly racy.
We need instead regular dst refcounting (dst_release()) and make
sure dst_release() is aware of RCU grace periods :
Add DST_RCU_FREE flag so that dst_release() respects an RCU grace period
before dst destruction for cached dst
Introduce a new inet_sk_rx_dst_set() helper, using atomic_inc_not_zero()
to make sure we dont increase a zero refcount (On a dst currently
waiting an rcu grace period before destruction)
rt_cache_route() must take a reference on the new cached route, and
release it if was not able to install it.
With this patch, my machines survive various benchmarks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the IPv6 missing bits for infrastructure added in commit
41063e9dd1 (ipv4: Early TCP socket demux.)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the routing cache removal we lost the "noref" code paths on
input, and this can kill some routing workloads.
Reinstate the noref path when we hit a cached route in the FIB
nexthops.
With help from Eric Dumazet.
Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking changes from David S Miller:
1) Remove the ipv4 routing cache. Now lookups go directly into the FIB
trie and use prebuilt routes cached there.
No more garbage collection, no more rDOS attacks on the routing
cache. Instead we now get predictable and consistent performance,
no matter what the pattern of traffic we service.
This has been almost 2 years in the making. Special thanks to
Julian Anastasov, Eric Dumazet, Steffen Klassert, and others who
have helped along the way.
I'm sure that with a change of this magnitude there will be some
kind of fallout, but such things ought the be simple to fix at this
point. Luckily I'm not European so I'll be around all of August to
fix things :-)
The major stages of this work here are each fronted by a forced
merge commit whose commit message contains a top-level description
of the motivations and implementation issues.
2) Pre-demux of established ipv4 TCP sockets, saves a route demux on
input.
3) TCP SYN/ACK performance tweaks from Eric Dumazet.
4) Add namespace support for netfilter L4 conntrack helpers, from Gao
Feng.
5) Add config mechanism for Energy Efficient Ethernet to ethtool, from
Yuval Mintz.
6) Remove quadratic behavior from /proc/net/unix, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Support for connection tracker helpers in userspace, from Pablo
Neira Ayuso.
8) Allow userspace driven TX load balancing functions in TEAM driver,
from Jiri Pirko.
9) Kill off NLMSG_PUT and RTA_PUT macros, more gross stuff with
embedded gotos.
10) TCP Small Queues, essentially minimize the amount of TCP data queued
up in the packet scheduler layer. Whereas the existing BQL (Byte
Queue Limits) limits the pkt_sched --> netdevice queuing levels,
this controls the TCP --> pkt_sched queueing levels.
From Eric Dumazet.
11) Reduce the number of get_page/put_page ops done on SKB fragments,
from Alexander Duyck.
12) Implement protection against blind resets in TCP (RFC 5961), from
Eric Dumazet.
13) Support the client side of TCP Fast Open, basically the ability to
send data in the SYN exchange, from Yuchung Cheng.
Basically, the sender queues up data with a sendmsg() call using
MSG_FASTOPEN, then they do the connect() which emits the queued up
fastopen data.
14) Avoid all the problems we get into in TCP when timers or PMTU events
hit a locked socket. The TCP Small Queues changes added a
tcp_release_cb() that allows us to queue work up to the
release_sock() caller, and that's what we use here too. From Eric
Dumazet.
15) Zero copy on TX support for TUN driver, from Michael S. Tsirkin.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1870 commits)
genetlink: define lockdep_genl_is_held() when CONFIG_LOCKDEP
r8169: revert "add byte queue limit support".
ipv4: Change rt->rt_iif encoding.
net: Make skb->skb_iif always track skb->dev
ipv4: Prepare for change of rt->rt_iif encoding.
ipv4: Remove all RTCF_DIRECTSRC handliing.
ipv4: Really ignore ICMP address requests/replies.
decnet: Don't set RTCF_DIRECTSRC.
net/ipv4/ip_vti.c: Fix __rcu warnings detected by sparse.
ipv4: Remove redundant assignment
rds: set correct msg_namelen
openvswitch: potential NULL deref in sample()
tcp: dont drop MTU reduction indications
bnx2x: Add new 57840 device IDs
tcp: avoid oops in tcp_metrics and reset tcpm_stamp
niu: Change niu_rbr_fill() to use unlikely() to check niu_rbr_add_page() return value
niu: Fix to check for dma mapping errors.
net: Fix references to out-of-scope variables in put_cmsg_compat()
net: ethernet: davinci_emac: add pm_runtime support
net: ethernet: davinci_emac: Remove unnecessary #include
...
On input packet processing, rt->rt_iif will be zero if we should
use skb->dev->ifindex.
Since we access rt->rt_iif consistently via inet_iif(), that is
the only spot whose interpretation have to adjust.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use inet_iif() consistently, and for TCP record the input interface of
cached RX dst in inet sock.
rt->rt_iif is going to be encoded differently, so that we can
legitimately cache input routes in the FIB info more aggressively.
When the input interface is "use SKB device index" the rt->rt_iif will
be set to zero.
This forces us to move the TCP RX dst cache installation into the ipv4
specific code, and as well it should since doing the route caching for
ipv6 is pointless at the moment since it is not inspected in the ipv6
input paths yet.
Also, remove the unlikely on dst->obsolete, all ipv4 dsts have
obsolete set to a non-zero value to force invocation of the check
callback.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull the big VFS changes from Al Viro:
"This one is *big* and changes quite a few things around VFS. What's in there:
- the first of two really major architecture changes - death to open
intents.
The former is finally there; it was very long in making, but with
Miklos getting through really hard and messy final push in
fs/namei.c, we finally have it. Unlike his variant, this one
doesn't introduce struct opendata; what we have instead is
->atomic_open() taking preallocated struct file * and passing
everything via its fields.
Instead of returning struct file *, it returns -E... on error, 0
on success and 1 in "deal with it yourself" case (e.g. symlink
found on server, etc.).
See comments before fs/namei.c:atomic_open(). That made a lot of
goodies finally possible and quite a few are in that pile:
->lookup(), ->d_revalidate() and ->create() do not get struct
nameidata * anymore; ->lookup() and ->d_revalidate() get lookup
flags instead, ->create() gets "do we want it exclusive" flag.
With the introduction of new helper (kern_path_locked()) we are rid
of all struct nameidata instances outside of fs/namei.c; it's still
visible in namei.h, but not for long. Come the next cycle,
declaration will move either to fs/internal.h or to fs/namei.c
itself. [me, miklos, hch]
- The second major change: behaviour of final fput(). Now we have
__fput() done without any locks held by caller *and* not from deep
in call stack.
That obviously lifts a lot of constraints on the locking in there.
Moreover, it's legal now to call fput() from atomic contexts (which
has immediately simplified life for aio.c). We also don't need
anti-recursion logics in __scm_destroy() anymore.
There is a price, though - the damn thing has become partially
asynchronous. For fput() from normal process we are guaranteed
that pending __fput() will be done before the caller returns to
userland, exits or gets stopped for ptrace.
For kernel threads and atomic contexts it's done via
schedule_work(), so theoretically we might need a way to make sure
it's finished; so far only one such place had been found, but there
might be more.
There's flush_delayed_fput() (do all pending __fput()) and there's
__fput_sync() (fput() analog doing __fput() immediately). I hope
we won't need them often; see warnings in fs/file_table.c for
details. [me, based on task_work series from Oleg merged last
cycle]
- sync series from Jan
- large part of "death to sync_supers()" work from Artem; the only
bits missing here are exofs and ext4 ones. As far as I understand,
those are going via the exofs and ext4 trees resp.; once they are
in, we can put ->write_super() to the rest, along with the thread
calling it.
- preparatory bits from unionmount series (from dhowells).
- assorted cleanups and fixes all over the place, as usual.
This is not the last pile for this cycle; there's at least jlayton's
ESTALE work and fsfreeze series (the latter - in dire need of fixes,
so I'm not sure it'll make the cut this cycle). I'll probably throw
symlink/hardlink restrictions stuff from Kees into the next pile, too.
Plus there's a lot of misc patches I hadn't thrown into that one -
it's large enough as it is..."
* 'for-linus-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (127 commits)
ext4: switch EXT4_IOC_RESIZE_FS to mnt_want_write_file()
btrfs: switch btrfs_ioctl_balance() to mnt_want_write_file()
switch dentry_open() to struct path, make it grab references itself
spufs: shift dget/mntget towards dentry_open()
zoran: don't bother with struct file * in zoran_map
ecryptfs: don't reinvent the wheels, please - use struct completion
don't expose I_NEW inodes via dentry->d_inode
tidy up namei.c a bit
unobfuscate follow_up() a bit
ext3: pass custom EOF to generic_file_llseek_size()
ext4: use core vfs llseek code for dir seeks
vfs: allow custom EOF in generic_file_llseek code
vfs: Avoid unnecessary WB_SYNC_NONE writeback during sys_sync and reorder sync passes
vfs: Remove unnecessary flushing of block devices
vfs: Make sys_sync writeout also block device inodes
vfs: Create function for iterating over block devices
vfs: Reorder operations during sys_sync
quota: Move quota syncing to ->sync_fs method
quota: Split dquot_quota_sync() to writeback and cache flushing part
vfs: Move noop_backing_dev_info check from sync into writeback
...
ICMP messages generated in output path if frame length is bigger than
mtu are actually lost because socket is owned by user (doing the xmit)
One example is the ipgre_tunnel_xmit() calling
icmp_send(skb, ICMP_DEST_UNREACH, ICMP_FRAG_NEEDED, htonl(mtu));
We had a similar case fixed in commit a34a101e1e (ipv6: disable GSO on
sockets hitting dst_allfrag).
Problem of such fix is that it relied on retransmit timers, so short tcp
sessions paid a too big latency increase price.
This patch uses the tcp_release_cb() infrastructure so that MTU
reduction messages (ICMP messages) are not lost, and no extra delay
is added in TCP transmits.
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Diagnosed-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Tore Anderson <tore@fud.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv4 routing cache is non-deterministic, performance wise, and is
subject to reasonably easy to launch denial of service attacks.
The routing cache works great for well behaved traffic, and the world
was a much friendlier place when the tradeoffs that led to the routing
cache's design were considered.
What it boils down to is that the performance of the routing cache is
a product of the traffic patterns seen by a system rather than being a
product of the contents of the routing tables. The former of which is
controllable by external entitites.
Even for "well behaved" legitimate traffic, high volume sites can see
hit rates in the routing cache of only ~%10.
The general flow of this patch series is that first the routing cache
is removed. We build a completely new rtable entry every lookup
request.
Next we make some simplifications due to the fact that removing the
routing cache causes several members of struct rtable to become no
longer necessary.
Then we need to make some amends such that we can legally cache
pre-constructed routes in the FIB nexthops. Firstly, we need to
invalidate routes which are hit with nexthop exceptions. Secondly we
have to change the semantics of rt->rt_gateway such that zero means
that the destination is on-link and non-zero otherwise.
Now that the preparations are ready, we start caching precomputed
routes in the FIB nexthops. Output and input routes need different
kinds of care when determining if we can legally do such caching or
not. The details are in the commit log messages for those changes.
The patch series then winds down with some more struct rtable
simplifications and other tidy ups that remove unnecessary overhead.
On a SPARC-T3 output route lookups are ~876 cycles. Input route
lookups are ~1169 cycles with rpfilter disabled, and about ~1468
cycles with rpfilter enabled.
These measurements were taken with the kbench_mod test module in the
net_test_tools GIT tree:
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net_test_tools.git
That GIT tree also includes a udpflood tester tool and stresses
route lookups on packet output.
For example, on the same SPARC-T3 system we can run:
time ./udpflood -l 10000000 10.2.2.11
with routing cache:
real 1m21.955s user 0m6.530s sys 1m15.390s
without routing cache:
real 1m31.678s user 0m6.520s sys 1m25.140s
Performance undoubtedly can easily be improved further.
For example fib_table_lookup() performs a lot of excessive
computations with all the masking and shifting, some of it
conditionalized to deal with edge cases.
Also, Eric's no-ref optimization for input route lookups can be
re-instated for the FIB nexthop caching code path. I would be really
pleased if someone would work on that.
In fact anyone suitable motivated can just fire up perf on the loading
of the test net_test_tools benchmark kernel module. I spend much of
my time going:
bash# perf record insmod ./kbench_mod.ko dst=172.30.42.22 src=74.128.0.1 iif=2
bash# perf report
Thanks to helpful feedback from Joe Perches, Eric Dumazet, Ben
Hutchings, and others.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of updating the sk_cgrp_prioidx struct field on every send
this only updates the field when a task is moved via cgroup
infrastructure.
This allows sockets that may be used by a kernel worker thread
to be managed. For example in the iscsi case today a user can
put iscsid in a netprio cgroup and control traffic will be sent
with the correct sk_cgrp_prioidx value set but as soon as data
is sent the kernel worker thread isssues a send and sk_cgrp_prioidx
is updated with the kernel worker threads value which is the
default case.
It seems more correct to only update the field when the user
explicitly sets it via control group infrastructure. This allows
the users to manage sockets that may be used with other threads.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I've seen several attempts recently made to do quick failover of sctp transports
by reducing various retransmit timers and counters. While its possible to
implement a faster failover on multihomed sctp associations, its not
particularly robust, in that it can lead to unneeded retransmits, as well as
false connection failures due to intermittent latency on a network.
Instead, lets implement the new ietf quick failover draft found here:
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-nishida-tsvwg-sctp-failover-05
This will let the sctp stack identify transports that have had a small number of
errors, and avoid using them quickly until their reliability can be
re-established. I've tested this out on two virt guests connected via multiple
isolated virt networks and believe its in compliance with the above draft and
works well.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
CC: joe@perches.com
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were using a special key "0" for all loopback and point-to-point
device neigh lookups under ipv4, but we wouldn't use that special
key for the neigh creation.
So basically we'd make a new neigh at each and every lookup :-)
This special case to use only one neigh for these device types
is of dubious value, so just remove it entirely.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's not really needed.
We only grabbed a reference to the fib_info for the sake of fib_info
local metrics.
However, fib_info objects are freed using RCU, as are therefore their
private metrics (if any).
We would have triggered a route cache flush if we eliminated a
reference to a fib_info object in the routing tables.
Therefore, any existing cached routes will first check and see that
they have been invalidated before an errant reference to these
metric values would occur.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That is this value's only use, as a boolean to indicate whether
a route is an input route or not.
So implement it that way, using a u16 gap present in the struct
already.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Never actually used.
It was being set on output routes to the original OIF specified in the
flow key used for the lookup.
Adjust the only user, ipmr_rt_fib_lookup(), for greater correctness of
the flowi4_oif and flowi4_iif values, thanks to feedback from Julian
Anastasov.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Caching input routes is slightly simpler than output routes, since we
don't need to be concerned with nexthop exceptions. (locally
destined, and routed packets, never trigger PMTU events or redirects
that will be processed by us).
However, we have to elide caching for the DIRECTSRC and non-zero itag
cases.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we have an output route that lacks nexthop exceptions, we can cache
it in the FIB info nexthop.
Such routes will have DST_HOST cleared because such routes refer to a
family of destinations, rather than just one.
The sequence of the handling of exceptions during route lookup is
adjusted to make the logic work properly.
Before we allocate the route, we lookup the exception.
Then we know if we will cache this route or not, and therefore whether
DST_HOST should be set on the allocated route.
Then we use DST_HOST to key off whether we should store the resulting
route, during rt_set_nexthop(), in the FIB nexthop cache.
With help from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a big comment explaining how the field works, and use defines
instead of magic constants for the values assigned to it.
Suggested by Joe Perches.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow prefixed routes, we have to adjust how rt_gateway
is set and interpreted.
The new interpretation is:
1) rt_gateway == 0, destination is on-link, nexthop is iph->daddr
2) rt_gateway != 0, destination requires a nexthop gateway
Abstract the fetching of the proper nexthop value using a new
inline helper, rt_nexthop(), as suggested by Joe Perches.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
They are always used in contexts where they can be reconstituted,
or where the finally resolved rt->rt_{src,dst} is semantically
equivalent.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "noref" argument to ip_route_input_common() is now always ignored
because we do not cache routes, and in that case we must always grab
a reference to the resulting 'dst'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv4 routing cache is non-deterministic, performance wise, and is
subject to reasonably easy to launch denial of service attacks.
The routing cache works great for well behaved traffic, and the world
was a much friendlier place when the tradeoffs that led to the routing
cache's design were considered.
What it boils down to is that the performance of the routing cache is
a product of the traffic patterns seen by a system rather than being a
product of the contents of the routing tables. The former of which is
controllable by external entitites.
Even for "well behaved" legitimate traffic, high volume sites can see
hit rates in the routing cache of only ~%10.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also cut out unused function parameters and possible err in return
value.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Modern TCP stack highly depends on tcp_write_timer() having a small
latency, but current implementation doesn't exactly meet the
expectations.
When a timer fires but finds the socket is owned by the user, it rearms
itself for an additional delay hoping next run will be more
successful.
tcp_write_timer() for example uses a 50ms delay for next try, and it
defeats many attempts to get predictable TCP behavior in term of
latencies.
Use the recently introduced tcp_release_cb(), so that the user owning
the socket will call various handlers right before socket release.
This will permit us to post a followup patch to address the
tcp_tso_should_defer() syndrome (some deferred packets have to wait
RTO timer to be transmitted, while cwnd should allow us to send them
sooner)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Cc: John Heffner <johnwheffner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a missing roundup_pow_of_two(), since tcpmhash_entries is not
guaranteed to be a power of two.
Uses hash_32() instead of custom hash.
tcpmhash_entries should be an unsigned int.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In trusted networks, e.g., intranet, data-center, the client does not
need to use Fast Open cookie to mitigate DoS attacks. In cookie-less
mode, sendmsg() with MSG_FASTOPEN flag will send SYN-data regardless
of cookie availability.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On paths with firewalls dropping SYN with data or experimental TCP options,
Fast Open connections will have experience SYN timeout and bad performance.
The solution is to track such incidents in the cookie cache and disables
Fast Open temporarily.
Since only the original SYN includes data and/or Fast Open option, the
SYN-ACK has some tell-tale sign (tcp_rcv_fastopen_synack()) to detect
such drops. If a path has recurring Fast Open SYN drops, Fast Open is
disabled for 2^(recurring_losses) minutes starting from four minutes up to
roughly one and half day. sendmsg with MSG_FASTOPEN flag will succeed but
it behaves as connect() then write().
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sendmsg() (or sendto()) with MSG_FASTOPEN is a combo of connect(2)
and write(2). The application should replace connect() with it to
send data in the opening SYN packet.
For blocking socket, sendmsg() blocks until all the data are buffered
locally and the handshake is completed like connect() call. It
returns similar errno like connect() if the TCP handshake fails.
For non-blocking socket, it returns the number of bytes queued (and
transmitted in the SYN-data packet) if cookie is available. If cookie
is not available, it transmits a data-less SYN packet with Fast Open
cookie request option and returns -EINPROGRESS like connect().
Using MSG_FASTOPEN on connecting or connected socket will result in
simlar errno like repeating connect() calls. Therefore the application
should only use this flag on new sockets.
The buffer size of sendmsg() is independent of the MSS of the connection.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements sending SYN-data in tcp_connect(). The data is
from tcp_sendmsg() with flag MSG_FASTOPEN (implemented in a later patch).
The length of the cookie in tcp_fastopen_req, init'd to 0, controls the
type of the SYN. If the cookie is not cached (len==0), the host sends
data-less SYN with Fast Open cookie request option to solicit a cookie
from the remote. If cookie is not available (len > 0), the host sends
a SYN-data with Fast Open cookie option. If cookie length is negative,
the SYN will not include any Fast Open option (for fall back operations).
To deal with middleboxes that may drop SYN with data or experimental TCP
option, the SYN-data is only sent once. SYN retransmits do not include
data or Fast Open options. The connection will fall back to regular TCP
handshake.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With help from Eric Dumazet, add Fast Open metrics in tcp metrics cache.
The basic ones are MSS and the cookies. Later patch will cache more to
handle unfriendly middleboxes.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch impelements the common code for both the client and server.
1. TCP Fast Open option processing. Since Fast Open does not have an
option number assigned by IANA yet, it shares the experiment option
code 254 by implementing draft-ietf-tcpm-experimental-options
with a 16 bits magic number 0xF989. This enables global experiments
without clashing the scarce(2) experimental options available for TCP.
When the draft status becomes standard (maybe), the client should
switch to the new option number assigned while the server supports
both numbers for transistion.
2. The new sysctl tcp_fastopen
3. A place holder init function
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_v4_send_reset() and tcp_v4_send_ack() use a single socket
per network namespace.
This leads to bad behavior on multiqueue NICS, because many cpus
contend for the socket lock and once socket lock is acquired, extra
false sharing on various socket fields slow down the operations.
To better resist to attacks, we use a percpu socket. Each cpu can
run without contention, using appropriate memory (local node)
Additional features :
1) We also mirror the queue_mapping of the incoming skb, so that
answers use the same queue if possible.
2) Setting SOCK_USE_WRITE_QUEUE socket flag speedup sock_wfree()
3) We now limit the number of in-flight RST/ACK [1] packets
per cpu, instead of per namespace, and we honor the sysctl_wmem_default
limit dynamically. (Prior to this patch, sysctl_wmem_default value was
copied at boot time, so any further change would not affect tcp_sock
limit)
[1] These packets are only generated when no socket was matched for
the incoming packet.
Reported-by: Bill Sommerfeld <wsommerfeld@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use global seqlock for the nh_exceptions. Call
fnhe_oldest with the right hash chain. Correct the diff
value for dst_set_expires.
v2: after suggestions from Eric Dumazet:
* get rid of spin lock fnhe_lock, rearrange update_or_create_fnhe
* continue daddr search in rt_bind_exception
v3:
* remove the daddr check before seqlock in rt_bind_exception
* restart lookup in rt_bind_exception on detected seqlock change,
as suggested by David Miller
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce ipv6_addr_hash() helper doing a XOR on all bits
of an IPv6 address, with an optimized x86_64 version.
Use it in flow dissector, as suggested by Andrew McGregor,
to reduce hash collision probabilities in fq_codel (and other
users of flow dissector)
Use it in ip6_tunnel.c and use more bit shuffling, as suggested
by David Laight, as existing hash was ignoring most of them.
Use it in sunrpc and use more bit shuffling, using hash_32().
Use it in net/ipv6/addrconf.c, using hash_32() as well.
As a cleanup, use it in net/ipv4/tcp_metrics.c
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Andrew McGregor <andrewmcgr@gmail.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Incorporated David and Steffen's comments.
Add hook for rx-path xfmr4_mode_tunnel for VTI tunnel module.
Signed-off-by: Saurabh Mohan <saurabh.mohan@vyatta.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should provide to inet6_csk_route_socket a struct flowi6 pointer,
so that net6_csk_xmit() works correctly instead of sending garbage.
Also add some consts
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These patches implement the final mechanism necessary to really allow
us to go without the route cache in ipv4.
We need a place to have long-term storage of PMTU/redirect information
which is independent of the routes themselves, yet does not get us
back into a situation where we have to write to metrics or anything
like that.
For this we use an "next-hop exception" table in the FIB nexthops.
The one thing I desperately want to avoid is having to create clone
routes in the FIB trie for this purpose, because that is very
expensive. However, I'm willing to entertain such an idea later
if this current scheme proves to have downsides that the FIB trie
variant would not have.
In order to accomodate this any such scheme, we need to be able to
produce a full flow key at PMTU/redirect time. That required an
adjustment of the interface call-sites used to propagate these events.
For a PMTU/redirect with a fully specified socket, we pass that socket
and use it to produce the flow key.
Otherwise we use a passed in SKB to formulate the key. There are two
cases that need to be distinguished, ICMP message processing (in which
case the IP header is at skb->data) and output packet processing
(mostly tunnels, and in all such cases the IP header is at ip_hdr(skb)).
We also have to make the code able to handle the case where the dst
itself passed into the dst_ops->{update_pmtu,redirect} method is
invalidated. This matters for calls from sockets that have cached
that route. We provide a inet{,6} helper function for this purpose,
and edit SCTP specially since it caches routes at the transport rather
than socket level.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a regime where we have subnetted route entries, we need a way to
store persistent storage about destination specific learned values
such as redirects and PMTU values.
This is implemented here via nexthop exceptions.
The initial implementation is a 2048 entry hash table with relaiming
starting at chain length 5. A more sophisticated scheme can be
devised if that proves necessary.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used so that we can compose a full flow key.
Even though we have a route in this context, we need more. In the
future the routes will be without destination address, source address,
etc. keying. One ipv4 route will cover entire subnets, etc.
In this environment we have to have a way to possess persistent storage
for redirects and PMTU information. This persistent storage will exist
in the FIB tables, and that's why we'll need to be able to rebuild a
full lookup flow key here. Using that flow key will do a fib_lookup()
and create/update the persistent entry.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cellular base stations can provide hints to cfg80211 about
where they think we are. This can be done for example on
a cell phone. To enable these hints we simply allow them
through as user regulatory hints but we allow userspace
to clasify the hint as either coming directly from the
user or coming from a cellular base station. This option
is only available when you enable
CONFIG_CFG80211_CERTIFICATION_ONUS.
The base station hints themselves will not be processed
by the core unless at least one device on the system
supports this feature.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Let the user configure serveral TX error conection quality monitoring
parameters: % error rate, survey interval, and # of attempted packets.
On exceeding the TX failure rate over the given interval, the driver
will send a CQM notify event with the actual TX failure rate and
packets attempted.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement the RFC 5691 mitigation against Blind
Reset attack using RST bit.
Idea is to validate incoming RST sequence,
to match RCV.NXT value, instead of previouly accepted
window : (RCV.NXT <= SEG.SEQ < RCV.NXT+RCV.WND)
If sequence is in window but not an exact match, send
a "challenge ACK", so that the other part can resend an
RST with the appropriate sequence.
Add a new sysctl, tcp_challenge_ack_limit, to limit
number of challenge ACK sent per second.
Add a new SNMP counter to count number of challenge acks sent.
(netstat -s | grep TCPChallengeACK)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Kiran Kumar Kella <kkiran@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch sock_diag works for init_net only and dumps
information about sockets from all namespaces.
This patch expands sock_diag for all name-spaces.
It creates a netlink kernel socket for each netns and filters
data during dumping.
v2: filter accoding with netns in all places
remove an unused variable.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Andrew Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adjusts the call to dst_ops->update_pmtu() so that we can
transparently handle the fact that, in the future, the dst itself can
be invalidated by the PMTU update (when we have non-host routes cached
in sockets).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This abstracts away the call to dst_ops->update_pmtu() so that we can
transparently handle the fact that, in the future, the dst itself can
be invalidated by the PMTU update (when we have non-host routes cached
in sockets).
So we try to rebuild the socket cached route after the method
invocation if necessary.
This isn't used by SCTP because it needs to cache dsts per-transport,
and thus will need it's own local version of this helper.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change addresses an L2CAP ERTM throughput problem when a remote
device does not fully utilize the available transmit window.
The L2CAP ERTM transmit window size determines the maximum number of
unacked frames that may be outstanding at any time. It is configured
separately for each direction of an ERTM connection. Each side sends a
configuration request with a tx_win field indicating how many unacked
frames it is capable of receiving before sending an ack. The
configuration response's tx_win field shows how many frames the
transmitter will actually send before waiting for an ack.
It's important to trace both the actual transmit window (to check for
validity of incoming frames) and the number of frames that the
transmitter will send before waiting (to send acks at the appropriate
time). Now there are separate tx_win and ack_win values. ack_win is
updated based on configuration responses, and is used to determine
when acks are sent.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
John Linville says:
====================
Several drivers see updates: mwifiex, ath9k, iwlwifi, brcmsmac,
wlcore/wl12xx/wl18xx, and a handful of others. The bcma bus got a
lot of attention from Hauke Mehrtens. The cfg80211 component gets
a flurry of patches for multi-channel support, and the mac80211
component gets the first few VHT (11ac) and 60GHz (11ad) patches.
This also includes the removal of the iwmc3200 drivers, since the
hardware never became available to normal people.
Additionally, the NFC subsystem gets a series of updates. According to
Samuel, "Here are the interesting bits:
- A better error management for the HCI stack.
- An LLCP "late" binding implementation for a better NFC SAP usage. SAPs are
now reserved only when there's a client for it.
- Support for Sony RC-S360 (a.k.a. PaSoRi) pn533 based dongle. We can read and
write NFC tags and also establish a p2p link with this dongle now.
- A few LLCP fixes."
Finally, this includes another pull of the fixes from the wireless
tree in order to resolve some merge issues.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We only use it to fetch the rule's tclassid, so just store the
tclassid there instead.
This also decreases the size of fib_result by a full 8 bytes on
64-bit. On 32-bits it's a wash.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Revert commit b78e8ceac2
("cfg80211: track monitor channel") and remove the
set_monitor_enabled() callback.
Due to the tracking happening in NETDEV_PRE_UP, it had
introduced bugs because the monitor interface callback
would be called before the device was started. It looks
like there's no way to fix this, and using NETDEV_PRE_UP
is broken anyway (since there's no NETDEV_UP_FAIL), so
remove all that code, track interfaces in NETDEV_UP and
also stop tracking the monitor channel in cfg80211.
This mostly reverts to before the tracking, except that
we keep the interface count tracking so that setting the
monitor channel can be rejected properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This essentially reverts commit 2e165b8184 but
introduces the get_channel operation with a new
wireless_dev argument so that you can retrieve
the channel per interface. This is necessary as
even though we can track all interface channels
(except monitor) we can't track the channel type
used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers (iwlegacy, iwlwifi and rt2x00) today use the
bss_conf.last_tsf value. By itself though that value is
completely worthless since it may be ancient. What really
is needed is synchronisation between some device time and
the TSF.
To clarify this, rename bss_conf.last_tsf to sync_tsf and
add sync_device_ts which is obtained from rx_status which
gets a new field device_timestamp for this purpose. This
is intentionally not using the mactime field since that
is used for other things and in IBSS is expected to sync
with the IBSS's TSF which isn't necessarily true for the
device timestamp.
Also, since we have the information and it's useful even
before the connection has been established, give all the
timing details to the driver before authenticating.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We waste a lot of space in this struct because it uses
int values where smaller ones would be sufficient. The
upcoming A-MPDU information needs some space, optimize
the struct now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new P2P Device will have to be able to scan for
P2P search, so move scanning to use struct wireless_dev
instead of struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to be able to create P2P Device wdevs, move
the virtual interface management over to wireless_dev
structures.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This sets things up so that we can have the protocol error handlers
call down into the ipv6 route code for redirects just as ipv4 already
does.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No longer needed, as the protocol handlers now all properly
propagate the redirect back into the routing code.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass in the SKB rather than just the IP addresses, so that policy
and other aspects can reside in ip_rt_redirect() rather then
icmp_redirect().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduce TSQ (TCP Small Queues)
TSQ goal is to reduce number of TCP packets in xmit queues (qdisc &
device queues), to reduce RTT and cwnd bias, part of the bufferbloat
problem.
sk->sk_wmem_alloc not allowed to grow above a given limit,
allowing no more than ~128KB [1] per tcp socket in qdisc/dev layers at a
given time.
TSO packets are sized/capped to half the limit, so that we have two
TSO packets in flight, allowing better bandwidth use.
As a side effect, setting the limit to 40000 automatically reduces the
standard gso max limit (65536) to 40000/2 : It can help to reduce
latencies of high prio packets, having smaller TSO packets.
This means we divert sock_wfree() to a tcp_wfree() handler, to
queue/send following frames when skb_orphan() [2] is called for the
already queued skbs.
Results on my dev machines (tg3/ixgbe nics) are really impressive,
using standard pfifo_fast, and with or without TSO/GSO.
Without reduction of nominal bandwidth, we have reduction of buffering
per bulk sender :
< 1ms on Gbit (instead of 50ms with TSO)
< 8ms on 100Mbit (instead of 132 ms)
I no longer have 4 MBytes backlogged in qdisc by a single netperf
session, and both side socket autotuning no longer use 4 Mbytes.
As skb destructor cannot restart xmit itself ( as qdisc lock might be
taken at this point ), we delegate the work to a tasklet. We use one
tasklest per cpu for performance reasons.
If tasklet finds a socket owned by the user, it sets TSQ_OWNED flag.
This flag is tested in a new protocol method called from release_sock(),
to eventually send new segments.
[1] New /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_limit_output_bytes tunable
[2] skb_orphan() is usually called at TX completion time,
but some drivers call it in their start_xmit() handler.
These drivers should at least use BQL, or else a single TCP
session can still fill the whole NIC TX ring, since TSQ will
have no effect.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/batman-adv/bridge_loop_avoidance.c
net/batman-adv/bridge_loop_avoidance.h
net/batman-adv/soft-interface.c
net/mac80211/mlme.c
With merge help from Antonio Quartulli (batman-adv) and
Stephen Rothwell (drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c).
The net/mac80211/mlme.c conflict seemed easy enough, accounting for a
conversion to some new tracing macros.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 64 bit arches having efficient unaligned accesses (eg x86_64) we can
use long words to reduce number of instructions for free.
Joe Perches suggested to change ipv6_masked_addr_cmp() to return a bool
instead of 'int', to make sure ipv6_masked_addr_cmp() cannot be used
in a sorting function.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No longer needed. TCP writes metrics, but now in it's own special
cache that does not dirty the route metrics. Therefore there is no
longer any reason to pre-cow metrics in this way.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Maintain a local hash table of TCP dynamic metrics blobs.
Computed TCP metrics are no longer maintained in the route metrics.
The table uses RCU and an extremely simple hash so that it has low
latency and low overhead. A simple hash is legitimate because we only
make metrics blobs for fully established connections.
Some tweaking of the default hash table sizes, metric timeouts, and
the hash chain length limit certainly could use some tweaking. But
the basic design seems sound.
With help from Eric Dumazet and Joe Perches.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All paths assume, when CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES is enabled, that any
successful call to fib_lookup() will initialize the fib_result->r
value to something.
We violated that expectation in the new fib_lookup() fast path.
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some NFC chips will statically create and open pipes for both standard
and proprietary gates. The driver can now pass this information to HCI
such that HCI will not attempt to create and open them, but will instead
directly use the passed pipe ids.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This API should be used by drivers, HCI, SHDLC or NCI stacks to report an
unrecoverable error.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The management frame and remain-on-channel APIs will be
needed in the P2P device abstraction, so move them over
to the new wdev-based APIs. Userspace can still use both
the interface index and wdev identifier for them so it's
backward compatible, but for the P2P Device wdev it will
be able to use the wdev identifier only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to support a P2P device abstraction and
Bluetooth high-speed AMPs, we need to have a way
to identify virtual interfaces that don't have a
netdev associated.
Do this by adding a NL80211_ATTR_WDEV attribute
to identify a wdev which may or may not also be
a netdev.
To simplify things, use a 64-bit value with the
high 32 bits being the wiphy index for this new
wdev identifier in the nl80211 API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This API call was intended to be used by drivers
if they want to optimize key handling by removing
one key when another is added. Remove it since no
driver is using it. If needed, it can always be
added back.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Hans reports that he's still hitting:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 000000000000027c
IP: [<ffffffff813615db>] netlink_has_listeners+0xb/0x60
PGD 0
Oops: 0000 [#3] PREEMPT SMP
CPU 0
It happens when adding a number of containers with do:
nfct_query(h, NFCT_Q_CREATE, ct);
and most likely one namespace shuts down.
this problem was supposed to be fixed by:
70e9942 netfilter: nf_conntrack: make event callback registration per-netns
Still, it was missing one rcu_access_pointer to check if the callback
is set or not.
Reported-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If the user hasn't actually installed any custom rules, or fiddled
with the default ones, don't go through the whole FIB rules layer.
It's just pure overhead.
Instead do what we do with CONFIG_IP_MULTIPLE_TABLES disabled, check
the individual tables by hand, one by one.
Also, move fib_num_tclassid_users into the ipv4 network namespace.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
60g band uses different from .11n MCS scheme, so bitrate
should be calculated differently
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Until now, a u16 value was used to represent bitrate value.
With VHT bitrates this becomes too small.
Introduce a new 32-bit bitrate attribute. nl80211 will report
both the new and the old attribute, unless the bitrate doesn't
fit into the old u16 attribute in which case only the new one
will be reported.
User space tools encouraged to prefer the 32-bit attribute, if
available (since it won't be available on older kernels.)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[reword commit message and comments a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes for a simplified conversion away from dst_get_neighbour*().
All code outside of ipv6 will use neigh lookups via dst_neigh_lookup*().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Causes the handler to use the daddr in the ipv4/ipv6 header when
the route gateway is unspecified (local subnet).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a dst_confirm() happens, mark the confirmation as pending in the
dst. Then on the next packet out, when we have the neigh in-hand, do
the update.
This removes the dependency in dst_confirm() of dst's having an
attached neigh.
While we're here, remove the explicit 'dst' NULL check, all except 2
or 3 call sites ensure it's not NULL. So just fix those cases up.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch generalizes nf_ct_l4proto_net by splitting it into chunks and
moving the corresponding protocol part to where it really belongs to.
To clarify, note that we follow two different approaches to support per-net
depending if it's built-in or run-time loadable protocol tracker.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Some drivers require setup before being able to send
management frames in managed mode, in particular in
multi-channel cases.
Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup
while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to
finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the
TX call since that can't sleep.
A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to
wait for the driver to report the frame status, as
suggested by Arik in
http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES can be reduced from 5 to 4 as there
is no current hardware supporting a rate chain with 5 multi
rate stages (mrr), so 4 mrr stages are sufficient.
The memory that is freed within the ieee80211_tx_info struct
will be used in the upcoming Transmission Power Control (TPC)
implementation.
Suggested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The implementation of tx_frags is buggy due to
not handling queue stop, and there's no driver
implementing it so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add enumerations for both cfg80211 and nl80211.
This expands wiphy.bands etc. arrays.
Extend channel <-> frequency translation to cover 60g band
and modify the rate check logic since there are no legacy
mandatory rates (only MCS is used.)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It was noticed recently that when we send data on a transport, its possible that
we might bundle a sack that arrived on a different transport. While this isn't
a major problem, it does go against the SHOULD requirement in section 6.4 of RFC
2960:
An endpoint SHOULD transmit reply chunks (e.g., SACK, HEARTBEAT ACK,
etc.) to the same destination transport address from which it
received the DATA or control chunk to which it is replying. This
rule should also be followed if the endpoint is bundling DATA chunks
together with the reply chunk.
This patch seeks to correct that. It restricts the bundling of sack operations
to only those transports which have moved the ctsn of the association forward
since the last sack. By doing this we guarantee that we only bundle outbound
saks on a transport that has received a chunk since the last sack. This brings
us into stricter compliance with the RFC.
Vlad had initially suggested that we strictly allow only sack bundling on the
transport that last moved the ctsn forward. While this makes sense, I was
concerned that doing so prevented us from bundling in the case where we had
received chunks that moved the ctsn on multiple transports. In those cases, the
RFC allows us to select any of the transports having received chunks to bundle
the sack on. so I've modified the approach to allow for that, by adding a state
variable to each transport that tracks weather it has moved the ctsn since the
last sack. This I think keeps our behavior (and performance), close enough to
our current profile that I think we can do this without a sysctl knob to
enable/disable it.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Vlad Yaseivch <vyasevich@gmail.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Michele Baldessari <michele@redhat.com>
Reported-by: sorin serban <sserban@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Improve debugging of hci_conn objects by: adding print to hci_conn
refcounting, adding object spcifier when missing, change conn to hcon
since conn is heavily used for l2cap_conn objects and this is misleading.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
We do not need it anymore since cfg80211 tracks
monitor channel and monitor channel type.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implements .set_monitor_enabled(wiphy, enabled).
Notifies driver upon change of interface layout.
If only monitor interfaces become present it is
called with 2nd argument being true. If
non-monitor interface appears then 2nd argument
is false. Driver is notified only upon change.
This makes it more obvious about the fact that
cfg80211 supports single monitor channel. Once we
implement multi-channel we don't want to allow
setting monitor channel while other interface
types are running. Otherwise it would be ambiguous
once we start considering num_different_channels.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IBSS may hop between channels. It is necessary to
account this special case when considering
interface combinations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We need to know which channel is used by a running
AP and mesh for channel context accounting and
finding matching/active interface combination.
STA/IBSS have current_bss already which allows us
to check which channel a vif is tuned to.
Non-fixed channel IBSS can be handled with
additional changes.
Monitor mode is going to be handled differently.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If rpfilter is off (or the SKB has an IPSEC path) and there are not
tclassid users, we don't have to do anything at all when
fib_validate_source() is invoked besides setting the itag to zero.
We monitor tclassid uses with a counter (modified only under RTNL and
marked __read_mostly) and we protect the fib_validate_source() real
work with a test against this counter and whether rpfilter is to be
done.
Having a way to know whether we need no tclassid processing or not
also opens the door for future optimized rpfilter algorithms that do
not perform full FIB lookups.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At Facebook, we do Layer-3 DSR via IP-in-IP tunneling. Our load balancers wrap
an extra IP header on incoming packets so they can be routed to the backend.
In the v4 tunnel driver, when these packets fall on the default tunl0 device,
the behavior is to decapsulate them and drop them back on the stack. So our
setup is that tunl0 has the VIP and eth0 has (obviously) the backend's real
address.
In IPv6 we do the same thing, but the v6 tunnel driver didn't have this same
behavior - if you didn't have an explicit tunnel setup, it would drop the
packet.
This patch brings that v4 feature to the v6 driver.
The same IPv6 address checks are performed as with any normal tunnel,
but as the fallback tunnel endpoint addresses are unspecified, the checks
must be performed on a per-packet basis, rather than at tunnel
configuration time.
[Patch description modified by phil@ipom.com]
Signed-off-by: Ville Nuorvala <ville.nuorvala@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Phil Dibowitz <phil@ipom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checking for in_dev being NULL is pointless.
In fact, all of our callers have in_dev precomputed already,
so just pass it in and remove the NULL checking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using NLMSG_GOODSIZE results in multiple pages being used as
nlmsg_new() will automatically add the size of the netlink
header to the payload thus exceeding the page limit.
NLMSG_DEFAULT_SIZE takes this into account.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Cc: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Cc: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Cc: Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit changes inet_csk_route_req() so that it uses a pointer to
a struct flowi6, rather than allocating its own on the stack. This
brings its behavior in line with its IPv4 cousin,
inet_csk_route_req(), and allows a follow-on patch to fix a dst leak.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to advertise their VHT capabilities
and export them to userspace via nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The specific destination is the host we direct unicast replies to.
Usually this is the original packet source address, but if we are
responding to a multicast or broadcast packet we have to use something
different.
Specifically we must use the source address we would use if we were to
send a packet to the unicast source of the original packet.
The routing cache precomputes this value, but we want to remove that
precomputation because it creates a hard dependency on the expensive
rpfilter source address validation which we'd like to make cheaper.
There are only three places where this matters:
1) ICMP replies.
2) pktinfo CMSG
3) IP options
Now there will be no real users of rt->rt_spec_dst and we can simply
remove it altogether.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rename it to ip_send_unicast_reply() and add explicit 'saddr'
argument.
This removed one of the few users of rt->rt_spec_dst.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This and ieee80211_add_ext_srates_ie() aren't
exported, so can't be used by drivers anyway,
but there's also no reason that they should be
so make them private to mac80211 and use sdata
instead of vif arguments.
Acked-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of using a fixed value of "-1" or "-EMSGSIZE", propagate what
the nla_*() interfaces actually return.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit c074da2810.
This change has several unwanted side effects:
1) Sockets will cache the DST_NOCACHE route in sk->sk_rx_dst and we'll
thus never create a real cached route.
2) All TCP traffic will use DST_NOCACHE and never use the routing
cache at all.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DDOS synflood attacks hit badly IP route cache.
On typical machines, this cache is allowed to hold up to 8 Millions dst
entries, 256 bytes for each, for a total of 2GB of memory.
rt_garbage_collect() triggers and tries to cleanup things.
Eventually route cache is disabled but machine is under fire and might
OOM and crash.
This patch exploits the new TCP early demux, to set a nocache
boolean in case incoming TCP frame is for a not yet ESTABLISHED or
TIMEWAIT socket.
This 'nocache' boolean is then used in case dst entry is not found in
route cache, to create an unhashed dst entry (DST_NOCACHE)
SYN-cookie-ACK sent use a similar mechanism (ipv4: tcp: dont cache
output dst for syncookies), so after this patch, a machine is able to
absorb a DDOS synflood attack without polluting its IP route cache.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a cleanup.
It adds nf_ct_kfree_compat_sysctl_table to release l4proto's
compat sysctl table and set the compat sysctl table point to NULL.
This new function will be used by follow-up patches.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
l4proto->init contain quite redundant code. We can simplify this
by adding a new parameter l3proto.
This patch prepares that code simplification.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When CONFIG_PM is disabled, no device can possibly
support WoWLAN since it can't go to sleep to start
with. Due to this, mac80211 had even rejected the
hardware registration. By making all the code and
data for WoWLAN depend on CONFIG_PM we can promote
this runtime error to a compile-time error.
Add #ifdef around all WoWLAN code to remove it in
systems that don't need it as they never suspend.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Every real 802.15.4 transceiver, which works with software MAC layer,
can be classified as a wpan device in this stack. So the wpan device
implementation provides missing link in datapath between the device
drivers and the Linux network queue.
According to the IEEE 802.15.4 standard each packet can be one of the
following types:
- beacon
- MAC layer command
- ACK
- data
This patch adds support for the data packet-type only, but this is
enough to perform data transmission and receiving over radio.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to pick up the serial port and tty changes in Linus's tree to allow
everyone to sync up.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Support configuring an RSSI threshold in dBm (s32) when requesting
scheduled scan, below which a BSS won't be reported by the cfg80211
driver.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove use of module parameters on caif hsi device, as
rtnl configuration parameters are already supported.
All caif hsi configuration data is put in cfhsi_config,
and default values in hsi_default_config.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove use of struct platform_device, and replace it with
struct cfhsi_ops. Updated variable names in the same
spirit:
cfhsi_get_dev to cfhsi_get_ops,
cfhsi->dev to cfhsi->ops and,
cfhsi->dev.drv to cfhsi->ops->cb_ops.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add RTNL support for managing the caif hsi interface.
The HSI HW interface is no longer registering as a device,
instead we use symbol_get to get hold of the HSI API.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing kernel doc for sk_rx_dst
Move sk_rx_dst to avoid two 32bit holes on 64bit arches
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With early demux enabled by default for TCP flows, there is high chance that
skb->sk will be non-null. 'unlikely()' was removed from __inet_lookup_skb() but
maybe it can be removed from skb_steal_sock() as well.
Note: skb_steal_sock() is also called by __inet6_lookup_skb() and
__udp4_lib_lookup_skb() but they are protected by their own 'unlikely' calls.
Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
net/batman-adv/translation-table.c
net/ipv6/route.c
qmi_wwan.c resolution provided by Bjørn Mork.
batman-adv conflict is dealing merely with the changes
of global function names to have a proper subsystem
prefix.
ipv6's route.c conflict is merely two side-by-side additions
of network namespace methods.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a few things that make the logging and
debugging in mac80211 less useful than it should
be right now:
* a lot of messages should be pr_info, not pr_debug
* wholesale use of pr_debug makes it require *both*
Kconfig and dynamic configuration
* there are still a lot of ifdefs
* the style is very inconsistent, sometimes the
sdata->name is printed in front
Clean up everything, introducing new macros and
separating out the station MLME debugging into
a new Kconfig symbol.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Don't cache output dst for syncookies, as this adds pressure on IP route
cache and rcu subsystem for no gain.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is meant to add a control for disabling early socket demux.
The main motivation behind this patch is to provide an option to disable
the feature as it adds an additional cost to routing that reduces overall
throughput by up to 5%. For example one of my systems went from 12.1Mpps
to 11.6 after the early socket demux was added. It looks like the reason
for the regression is that we are now having to perform two lookups, first
the one for an established socket, and then the one for the routing table.
By adding this patch and toggling the value for ip_early_demux to 0 I am
able to get back to the 12.1Mpps I was previously seeing.
[ Move local variables in ip_rcv_finish() down into the basic
block in which they are actually used. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get current rssi (in dBm) from the driver/FW.
Instead of reporting the signal received in the last
rx packet, which might be inaccurate if rx traffic is
low and beacon filtering is enabled, get the signal
from the driver/FW.
Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Input packet processing for local sockets involves two major demuxes.
One for the route and one for the socket.
But we can optimize this down to one demux for certain kinds of local
sockets.
Currently we only do this for established TCP sockets, but it could
at least in theory be expanded to other kinds of connections.
If a TCP socket is established then it's identity is fully specified.
This means that whatever input route was used during the three-way
handshake must work equally well for the rest of the connection since
the keys will not change.
Once we move to established state, we cache the receive packet's input
route to use later.
Like the existing cached route in sk->sk_dst_cache used for output
packets, we have to check for route invalidations using dst->obsolete
and dst->ops->check().
Early demux occurs outside of a socket locked section, so when a route
invalidation occurs we defer the fixup of sk->sk_rx_dst until we are
actually inside of established state packet processing and thus have
the socket locked.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't pretend that inet_protos[] and inet6_protos[] are hashes, thay
are just a straight arrays. Remove all unnecessary hash masking.
Document MAX_INET_PROTOS.
Use RAW_HTABLE_SIZE when appropriate.
Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John Linville says:
====================
This is a sizeable batch of updates intended for 3.6...
The bulk of the changes here are Bluetooth. Gustavo says:
Here goes the first Bluetooth pull request for 3.6, we have
queued quite a lot of work. Andrei Emeltchenko added the AMP
Manager code, a lot of work is needed, but the first bit are
already there. This code is disabled by default. Mat Martineau
changed the whole L2CAP ERTM state machine code, replacing
the old one with a new implementation. Besides that we had
lot of coding style fixes (to follow net rules), more l2cap
core separation from socket and many clean ups and fixed all
over the tree.
Along with the above, there is a healthy dose of ath9k, iwlwifi,
and other driver updates. There is also another pull from the
wireless tree to resolve some merge issues. I also fixed-up some
merge discrepencies between net-next and wireless-next.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ERROR: "nfqnl_ct_parse" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "nfqnl_ct_seq_adjust" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "nfqnl_ct_put" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.ko] undefined!
ERROR: "nfqnl_ct_get" [net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.ko] undefined!
We have to use CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK_QUEUE_CT in
include/net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue.h, not CONFIG_NF_CONNTRACK.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move AUTO_OFF_TIMEOUT to other constants changing name to
HCI_AUTO_OFF_TIMEOUT and convert to jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
In "9cb0176 netfilter: add glue code to integrate nfnetlink_queue and ctnetlink"
the compilation with NF_CONNTRACK disabled is broken. This patch fixes this
issue.
I have moved the conntrack part into nfnetlink_queue_ct.c to avoid
peppering the entire nfnetlink_queue.c code with ifdefs.
I also needed to rename nfnetlink_queue.c to nfnetlink_queue_pkt.c
to update the net/netfilter/Makefile to support conditional compilation
of the conntrack integration.
This patch also adds CONFIG_NETFILTER_QUEUE_CT in case you want to explicitly
disable the integration between nf_conntrack and nfnetlink_queue.
Reported-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
As defined in section 13.10.9.3 Case D (802.11-2012), this
control variable is used to limit the mesh STA to send only
one PREQ to a root mesh STA within this interval of time
(in TUs). The default value for this variable is set to
2000 TUs. However, for current implementation, the maximum
configurable of dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval is
restricted by dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pablo says:
====================
This is the second batch of Netfilter updates for net-next. It contains the
kernel changes for the new user-space connection tracking helper
infrastructure.
More details on this infrastructure are provides here:
http://lwn.net/Articles/500196/
Still, I plan to provide some official documentation through the
conntrack-tools user manual on how to setup user-space utilities for this.
So far, it provides two helper in user-space, one for NFSv3 and another for
Oracle/SQLnet/TNS. Yet in my TODO list.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix code style - place the asterisk where it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Eldad Zack <eldad@fogrefinery.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are good reasons to supports helpers in user-space instead:
* Rapid connection tracking helper development, as developing code
in user-space is usually faster.
* Reliability: A buggy helper does not crash the kernel. Moreover,
we can monitor the helper process and restart it in case of problems.
* Security: Avoid complex string matching and mangling in kernel-space
running in privileged mode. Going further, we can even think about
running user-space helpers as a non-root process.
* Extensibility: It allows the development of very specific helpers (most
likely non-standard proprietary protocols) that are very likely not to be
accepted for mainline inclusion in the form of kernel-space connection
tracking helpers.
This patch adds the infrastructure to allow the implementation of
user-space conntrack helpers by means of the new nfnetlink subsystem
`nfnetlink_cthelper' and the existing queueing infrastructure
(nfnetlink_queue).
I had to add the new hook NF_IP6_PRI_CONNTRACK_HELPER to register
ipv[4|6]_helper which results from splitting ipv[4|6]_confirm into
two pieces. This change is required not to break NAT sequence
adjustment and conntrack confirmation for traffic that is enqueued
to our user-space conntrack helpers.
Basic operation, in a few steps:
1) Register user-space helper by means of `nfct':
nfct helper add ftp inet tcp
[ It must be a valid existing helper supported by conntrack-tools ]
2) Add rules to enable the FTP user-space helper which is
used to track traffic going to TCP port 21.
For locally generated packets:
iptables -I OUTPUT -t raw -p tcp --dport 21 -j CT --helper ftp
For non-locally generated packets:
iptables -I PREROUTING -t raw -p tcp --dport 21 -j CT --helper ftp
3) Run the test conntrackd in helper mode (see example files under
doc/helper/conntrackd.conf
conntrackd
4) Generate FTP traffic going, if everything is OK, then conntrackd
should create expectations (you can check that with `conntrack':
conntrack -E expect
[NEW] 301 proto=6 src=192.168.1.136 dst=130.89.148.12 sport=0 dport=54037 mask-src=255.255.255.255 mask-dst=255.255.255.255 sport=0 dport=65535 master-src=192.168.1.136 master-dst=130.89.148.12 sport=57127 dport=21 class=0 helper=ftp
[DESTROY] 301 proto=6 src=192.168.1.136 dst=130.89.148.12 sport=0 dport=54037 mask-src=255.255.255.255 mask-dst=255.255.255.255 sport=0 dport=65535 master-src=192.168.1.136 master-dst=130.89.148.12 sport=57127 dport=21 class=0 helper=ftp
This confirms that our test helper is receiving packets including the
conntrack information, and adding expectations in kernel-space.
The user-space helper can also store its private tracking information
in the conntrack structure in the kernel via the CTA_HELP_INFO. The
kernel will consider this a binary blob whose layout is unknown. This
information will be included in the information that is transfered
to user-space via glue code that integrates nfnetlink_queue and
ctnetlink.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
User-space programs that receive traffic via NFQUEUE may mangle packets.
If NAT is enabled, this usually puzzles sequence tracking, leading to
traffic disruptions.
With this patch, nfnl_queue will make the corresponding NAT TCP sequence
adjustment if:
1) The packet has been mangled,
2) the NFQA_CFG_F_CONNTRACK flag has been set, and
3) NAT is detected.
There are some records on the Internet complaning about this issue:
http://stackoverflow.com/questions/260757/packet-mangling-utilities-besides-iptables
By now, we only support TCP since we have no helpers for DCCP or SCTP.
Better to add this if we ever have some helper over those layer 4 protocols.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch uses the new variable length conntrack extensions.
Instead of using union nf_conntrack_help that contain all the
helper private data information, we allocate variable length
area to store the private helper data.
This patch includes the modification of all existing helpers.
It also includes a couple of include header to avoid compilation
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can now define conntrack extensions of variable size. This
patch is useful to get rid of these unions:
union nf_conntrack_help
union nf_conntrack_proto
union nf_conntrack_nat_help
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch modifies the struct nf_conntrack_helper to allocate
the room for the helper name. The maximum length is 16 bytes
(this was already introduced in 2.6.24).
For the maximum length for expectation policy names, I have
also selected 16 bytes.
This patch is required by the follow-up patch to support
user-space connection tracking helpers.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
net/ipv6/route.c
Pull in 'net' again to get the revert of Thomas's change
which introduced regressions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 2a0c451ade.
It causes crashes, because now ip6_null_entry is used before
it is initialized.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv6/route.c
This deals with a merge conflict between the net-next addition of the
inetpeer network namespace ops, and Thomas Graf's bug fix in
2a0c451ade which makes sure we don't
register /proc/net/ipv6_route before it is actually safe to do so.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
/proc/net/ipv6_route reflects the contents of fib_table_hash. The proc
handler is installed in ip6_route_net_init() whereas fib_table_hash is
allocated in fib6_net_init() _after_ the proc handler has been installed.
This opens up a short time frame to access fib_table_hash with its pants
down.
fib6_init() as a whole can't be moved to an earlier position as it also
registers the rtnetlink message handlers which should be registered at
the end. Therefore split it into fib6_init() which is run early and
fib6_init_late() to register the rtnetlink message handlers.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Reviewed-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One tricky issue on the ipv6 side vs. ipv4 is that the ICMP callouts
to handle the error pass the 32-bit info cookie in network byte order
whereas ipv4 passes it around in host byte order.
Like the ipv4 side, we have two helper functions. One for when we
have a socket context and one for when we do not.
ip6ip6 tunnels are not handled here, because they handle PMTU events
by essentially relaying another ICMP packet-too-big message back to
the original sender.
This patch allows us to get rid of rt6_do_pmtu_disc(). It handles all
kinds of situations that simply cannot happen when we do the PMTU
update directly using a fully resolved route.
In fact, the "plen == 128" check in ip6_rt_update_pmtu() can very
likely be removed or changed into a BUG_ON() check. We should never
have a prefixed ipv6 route when we get there.
Another piece of strange history here is that TCP and DCCP, unlike in
ipv4, never invoke the update_pmtu() method from their ICMP error
handlers. This is incredibly astonishing since this is the context
where we have the most accurate context in which to make a PMTU
update, namely we have a fully connected socket and associated cached
socket route.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With ip_rt_frag_needed() removed, we have to explicitly update PMTU
information in every ICMP error handler.
Create two helper functions to facilitate this.
1) ipv4_sk_update_pmtu()
This updates the PMTU when we have a socket context to
work with.
2) ipv4_update_pmtu()
Raw version, used when no socket context is available. For this
interface, we essentially just pass in explicit arguments for
the flow identity information we would have extracted from the
socket.
And you'll notice that ipv4_sk_update_pmtu() is simply implemented
in terms of ipv4_update_pmtu()
Note that __ip_route_output_key() is used, rather than something like
ip_route_output_flow() or ip_route_output_key(). This is because we
absolutely do not want to end up with a route that does IPSEC
encapsulation and the like. Instead, we only want the route that
would get us to the node described by the outermost IP header.
Reported-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the mesh configuration parameters dot11MeshHWMProotInterval
and dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout to be used by
proactive PREQ mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
MAINTAINERS
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/trans.c
The iwlwifi conflict was resolved by keeping the code added
in 'net' that turns off the buggy chip feature.
The MAINTAINERS conflict was merely overlapping changes, one
change updated all the wireless web site URLs and the other
changed some GIT trees to be Johannes's instead of John's.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change flags field to matches userspace structure.
This field needs to be converted to little endian before forward it.
Signed-off-by: Jefferson Delfes <jefferson.delfes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This also includes a switch to tty refcounting. It makes sure, the
code no longer can access a freed TTY struct.
Sometimes the only thing needed is to pass tty down to the callies.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Use self->spinlock only for ctrl_skb and tx_skb. TTY stuff is now
protected by tty_port->lock. This is needed for further cleanup (and
conversion to tty_port helpers).
This also closes the race in the end of close.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Switch to tty_port->flags. And while at it, remove redefined flags for
them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
And use close/open_wait from there.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
In the transmit path of the bonding driver, skb->cb is used to
stash the skb->queue_mapping so that the bonding device can set its
own queue mapping. This value becomes corrupted since the skb->cb is
also used in __dev_xmit_skb.
When transmitting through bonding driver, bond_select_queue is
called from dev_queue_xmit. In bond_select_queue the original
skb->queue_mapping is copied into skb->cb (via bond_queue_mapping)
and skb->queue_mapping is overwritten with the bond driver queue.
Subsequently in dev_queue_xmit, __dev_xmit_skb is called which writes
the packet length into skb->cb, thereby overwriting the stashed
queue mappping. In bond_dev_queue_xmit (called from hard_start_xmit),
the queue mapping for the skb is set to the stashed value which is now
the skb length and hence is an invalid queue for the slave device.
If we want to save skb->queue_mapping into skb->cb[], best place is to
add a field in struct qdisc_skb_cb, to make sure it wont conflict with
other layers (eg : Qdiscc, Infiniband...)
This patchs also makes sure (struct qdisc_skb_cb)->data is aligned on 8
bytes :
netem qdisc for example assumes it can store an u64 in it, without
misalignment penalty.
Note : we only have 20 bytes left in (struct qdisc_skb_cb)->data[].
The largest user is CHOKe and it fills it.
Based on a previous patch from Tom Herbert.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Roland Dreier <roland@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HCI constants are always used in form of jiffies. So just
include the conversion from msecs in the define itself. This has the
advantage of making the code where the timeout is used more readable
and avoiding unnecessary conversions.
The patch is similar to commit ba13ccd9 doing the same job for L2CAP
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
If no peer actually gets attached (either because create is zero or
the peer allocation fails) we'll trigger a BUG because we
unconditionally do an rt{,6}_peer_ptr() afterwards.
Fix this by guarding it with the proper check.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We handle NULL in rt{,6}_set_peer but then our caller will try to pass
that NULL pointer into inet_putpeer() which isn't ready for it.
Fix this by moving the NULL check one level up, and then remove the
now unnecessary NULL check from inetpeer_ptr_set_peer().
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implementation can deal with having many inetpeer roots, which is
a necessary prerequisite for per-FIB table rooted peer tables.
Each family (AF_INET, AF_INET6) has a sequence number which we bump
when we get a family invalidation request.
Each peer lookup cheaply checks whether the flush sequence of the
root we are using is out of date, and if so flushes it and updates
the sequence number.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is zero point to this function.
It's only real substance is to perform an extremely outdated BSD4.2
ICMP check, which we can safely remove. If you really have a MTU
limited link being routed by a BSD4.2 derived system, here's a nickel
go buy yourself a real router.
The other actions of ip_rt_frag_needed(), checking and conditionally
updating the peer, are done by the per-protocol handlers of the ICMP
event.
TCP, UDP, et al. have a handler which will receive this event and
transmit it back into the associated route via dst_ops->update_pmtu().
This simplification is important, because it eliminates the one place
where we do not have a proper route context in which to make an
inetpeer lookup.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We encode the pointer(s) into an unsigned long with one state bit.
The state bit is used so we can store the inetpeer tree root to use
when resolving the peer later.
Later the peer roots will be per-FIB table, and this change works to
facilitate that.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix the coding style related to mesh parameters, especially the indentation,
as pointed out by Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the missing kernel-doc for mesh configuration parameters as pointed
out by Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If I build with W=1, for every file that includes <net/route.h>, I get the warning
include/net/route.h: In function 'ip_route_output':
include/net/route.h:135:3: warning: initialized field overwritten [-Woverride-init]
include/net/route.h:135:3: warning: (near initialization for 'fl4') [-Woverride-init]
(This is with "gcc (Debian 4.6.3-1) 4.6.3")
A fix seems pretty trivial: move the initialization of .flowi4_tos
earlier. As far as I can tell, this has no effect on code generation.
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We only need one interface for this operation, since we always know
which inetpeer root we want to flush.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since it's guarenteed that we will access the inetpeer if we're trying
to do timewait recycling and TCP options were enabled on the
connection, just cache the peer in the timewait socket.
In the future, inetpeer lookups will be context dependent (per routing
realm), and this helps facilitate that as well.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a few kernel-doc descriptions that were missed
during development.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The get_peer method TCP uses is full of special cases that make no
sense accommodating, and it also gets in the way of doing more
reasonable things here.
First of all, if the socket doesn't have a usable cached route, there
is no sense in trying to optimize timewait recycling.
Likewise for the case where we have IP options, such as SRR enabled,
that make the IP header destination address (and thus the destination
address of the route key) differ from that of the connection's
destination address.
Just return a NULL peer in these cases, and thus we're also able to
get rid of the clumsy inetpeer release logic.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a lot of places that open-code rt{,6}_get_peer() only because
they want to set 'create' to one. So add an rt{,6}_get_peer_create()
for their sake.
There were also a few spots open-coding plain rt{,6}_get_peer() and
those are transformed here as well.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With LE/SMP the completion of a security level elavation from medium to
high is indicated by a HCI Encryption Key Refresh Complete event. The
necessary behavior upon receiving this event is a mix of what's done for
auth_complete and encryption_change, which is also where most of the
event handling code has been copied from.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
/proc/net/unix has quadratic behavior, and can hold unix_table_lock for
a while if high number of unix sockets are alive. (90 ms for 200k
sockets...)
We already have a hash table, so its quite easy to use it.
Problem is unbound sockets are still hashed in a single hash slot
(unix_socket_table[UNIX_HASH_TABLE])
This patch also spreads unbound sockets to 256 hash slots, to speedup
both /proc/net/unix and unix_diag.
Time to read /proc/net/unix with 200k unix sockets :
(time dd if=/proc/net/unix of=/dev/null bs=4k)
before : 520 secs
after : 2 secs
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add struct net as a parameter of inet_getpeer_v[4,6],
use net to replace &init_net.
and modify some places to provide net for inet_getpeer_v[4,6]
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
now inetpeer doesn't support namespace,the information will
be leaking across namespace.
this patch move the global vars v4_peers and v6_peers to
netns_ipv4 and netns_ipv6 as a field peers.
add struct pernet_operations inetpeer_ops to initial pernet
inetpeer data.
and change family_to_base and inet_getpeer to support namespace.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds namespace support for cttimeout.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Since the sysctl data for l[3|4]proto now resides in pernet nf_proto_net.
We can now remove this unused fields from struct nf_contrack_l[3,4]proto.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for ICMPv6 protocol tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for ICMP protocol tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for UDP protocol tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for TCP protocol tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds namespace support for the generic layer 4 protocol
tracker.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch prepares the namespace support for layer 3 protocol trackers.
Basically, this modifies the following interfaces:
* nf_ct_l3proto_[un]register_sysctl.
* nf_conntrack_l3proto_[un]register.
We add a new nf_ct_l3proto_net is used to get the pernet data of l3proto.
This adds rhe new struct nf_ip_net that is used to store the sysctl header
and l3proto_ipv4,l4proto_tcp(6),l4proto_udp(6),l4proto_icmp(v6) because the
protos such tcp and tcp6 use the same data,so making nf_ip_net as a field
of netns_ct is the easiest way to manager it.
This patch also adds init_net to struct nf_conntrack_l3proto to initial
the layer 3 protocol pernet data.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch prepares the namespace support for layer 4 protocol trackers.
Basically, this modifies the following interfaces:
* nf_ct_[un]register_sysctl
* nf_conntrack_l4proto_[un]register
to include the namespace parameter. We still use init_net in this patch
to prepare the ground for follow-up patches for each layer 4 protocol
tracker.
We add a new net_id field to struct nf_conntrack_l4proto that is used
to store the pernet_operations id for each layer 4 protocol tracker.
Note that AF_INET6's protocols do not need to do sysctl compat. Thus,
we only register compat sysctl when l4proto.l3proto != AF_INET6.
Acked-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Redesign all the off-channel code, getting rid of
the generic off-channel work concept, replacing
it with a simple remain-on-channel list.
This fixes a number of small issues with the ROC
implementation:
* offloaded remain-on-channel couldn't be queued,
now we can queue it as well, if needed
* in iwlwifi (the only user) offloaded ROC is
mutually exclusive with scanning, use the new
queue to handle that case -- I expect that it
will later depend on a HW flag
The bigger issue though is that there's a bad bug
in the current implementation: if we get a mgmt
TX request while HW roc is active, and this new
request has a wait time, we actually schedule a
software ROC instead since we can't guarantee the
existing offloaded ROC will still be that long.
To fix this, the queuing mechanism was needed.
The queuing mechanism for offloaded ROC isn't yet
optimal, ideally we should add API to have the HW
extend the ROC if needed. We could add that later
but for now use a software implementation.
Overall, this unifies the behaviour between the
offloaded and software-implemented case as much
as possible.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IDLE handling in HW off-channel is broken right
now since we turn off IDLE only when the off-channel
period already started. Therefore, all drivers that
use it today (only iwlwifi!) must support off-channel
while idle, so playing with idle isn't needed at all.
Off-channel in general, since it's no longer used for
authentication/association, shouldn't affect PS, so
also remove that logic.
Also document a small caveat for reporting TX status
from off-channel frames in HW remain-on-channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that we've removed all uses of the set_channel
API except for the monitor channel and in libertas,
clarify this. Split the libertas mesh use into a
new libertas_set_mesh_channel() operation, just to
keep backward compatibility, and rename the normal
set_channel() to set_monitor_channel().
Also describe the desired set_monitor_channel()
semantics more clearly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 5faa5df1fa (inetpeer: Invalidate the inetpeer tree along with
the routing cache) added a race :
Before freeing an inetpeer, we must respect a RCU grace period, and make
sure no user will attempt to increase refcnt.
inetpeer_invalidate_tree() waits for a RCU grace period before inserting
inetpeer tree into gc_list and waking the worker. At that time, no
concurrent lookup can find a inetpeer in this tree.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like the AP mode patch, instead of setting
the channel and then joining the mesh network,
provide the channel to join the network on to
the join_mesh() function.
Like in AP mode, you can also give the channel
to the join-mesh nl80211 command now.
Unlike AP mode, it picks a default channel if
none was given.
As libertas uses mesh mode interfaces but has
no join_mesh callback and we can't simply break
it, keep some compatibility code for that case
and configure the channel directly for it.
In the non-libertas case, where we store the
channel until join, allow setting it while the
interface is down.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of setting the channel first and then
starting the AP, let cfg80211 store the channel
and provide it as one of the AP settings.
This means that now you have to set the channel
before you can start an AP interface, but since
hostapd/wpa_supplicant always do that we're OK
with this change.
Alternatively, it's now possible to give the
channel as an attribute to the start-ap nl80211
command, overriding any preset channel.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change cfg80211_can_beacon_sec_chan() to return true
if there is no secondary channel to simplify all the
current users of it. They all check the channel type
before calling the function because it returns false
if there's no secondary channel.
Also actually document the return value.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_get_operstate() was used by drivers in order to
know whether the sta link is up, but it's no longer needed
(nor used) as mac80211 notifies the drivers about
authorization changes (via the sta_state callback)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Simplify the use of #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_IBSS_DEBUG/#endif
by adding a logging macro to encapsulate the test.
Convert the appropriate uses too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Simplify the use of #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_HT_DEBUG/#endif
by adding a logging macro to encapsulate the test.
Convert the appropriate uses too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Low level drivers can now set certain netdev feature bits in
netdev_features member of the ieee80211_hw struct. These will be
propagated to every netdev created from this HW.
The white-listed features currently include only ones related to HW
checksumming.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A2MP doesn't use part of the L2CAP chan ops API so we just create general
empty function instead of the A2MP specific one.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch renames L2CAP_LE_DEFAULT_MTU macro to L2CAP_LE_MIN_MTU
since it represents the minimum MTU value, not the default MTU
value for LE.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Those are not used anywhere in code (and never were since introduction
in 2006) so just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
A2MP fixed channel do not have sk
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
A2MP status codes copied from Bluez patch sent by Peter Krystad
<pkrystad@codeaurora.org>.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Helper function to build and send A2MP messages.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Define AMP Manager and some basic functions.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This move socket specific code to l2cap_sock.c.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This remove a bit more of socket code from l2cap core, this calls set the
SOCK_ZAPPED and do some clean up depending on the socket state.
Reported-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use chan instead of void * makes more sense here.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add HCI commands to deal with Bluetooth AMP controllers.
Those commands will be used by bluetooth and softamp code.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Define assigned Protocol and Service Multiplexor (PSM) identifiers
and use them instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Define Continuation flag which the only flag used from Flags field
in L2CAP Configuration Request and Response.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Most of the include were unnecessary or already included by some other
header.
Replace module.h by export.h where possible.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Fix all warning and errors reported by checkpatch but license trailing
whitespace and bdaddr_t definition.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Remove magic number with defined link key size.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
HCI_QUIRK_NO_RESET name is misleading - purpose of this quirk is to
reset device on close instead of init, not to not reset at all.
Rename it to HCI_QUIRK_RESET_ON_CLOSE to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that l2cap_ctrl is used to set up control fields, these macros are
not needed.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
The ERTM specification requires the retransmit timer to be cancelled
when the monitor timer is set. The retransmit timer cannot be set
again while the monitor timer is pending.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This deletes the receive code that had handlers for each frame type at
the top level, and then had logic to determine the receive state
within each handler.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo.padovan@collabora.co.uk>
This fixes a regression from commit
2ead70b839 that is present in all
kernels starting at v3.0.
When L2CAP information was moved to struct l2cap_chan, a check was
added to l2cap_chan_del to avoid certain cleanup operations when ERTM
or streaming mode had not yet been initialized. The logic in the
check did not take in to account that chan->conf_state is set to 0 in
l2cap_chan_ready, so l2cap_chan_del failed to cancel timers and leaked
memory any time the ERTM queues or lists were not empty.
This change makes sure that l2cap_chan_del only returns early if
ERTM initialization was not performed.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This routine will be called by drivers whenever they receive data in target
mode. This should be unexpected events and as such should be handled by a
standalone API (i.e. not as a callback pointer from an existing API).
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Userspace gets a netlink event upon target mode activation.
The LLCP layer is also signaled when we get an ATR_REQ in order to get
the remote general bytes.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When NetLabel is not enabled, e.g. CONFIG_NETLABEL=n, and the system
receives a CIPSO tagged packet it is dropped (cipso_v4_validate()
returns non-zero). In most cases this is the correct and desired
behavior, however, in the case where we are simply forwarding the
traffic, e.g. acting as a network bridge, this becomes a problem.
This patch fixes the forwarding problem by providing the basic CIPSO
validation code directly in ip_options_compile() without the need for
the NetLabel or CIPSO code. The new validation code can not perform
any of the CIPSO option label/value verification that
cipso_v4_validate() does, but it can verify the basic CIPSO option
format.
The behavior when NetLabel is enabled is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking changes from David S. Miller:
1) Fix IPSEC header length calculation for transport mode in ESP. The
issue is whether to do the calculation before or after alignment.
Fix from Benjamin Poirier.
2) Fix regression in IPV6 IPSEC fragment length calculations, from Gao
Feng. This is another transport vs tunnel mode issue.
3) Handle AF_UNSPEC connect()s properly in L2TP to avoid OOPSes. Fix
from James Chapman.
4) Fix USB ASIX driver's reception of full sized VLAN packets, from
Eric Dumazet.
5) Allow drop monitor (and, more generically, all generic netlink
protocols) to be automatically loaded as a module. From Neil
Horman.
Fix up trivial conflict in Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
due to new entries added next to each other at the end. As usual.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (38 commits)
net/smsc911x: Repair broken failure paths
virtio-net: remove useless disable on freeze
netdevice: Update netif_dbg for CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG
drop_monitor: Add module alias to enable automatic module loading
genetlink: Build a generic netlink family module alias
net: add MODULE_ALIAS_NET_PF_PROTO_NAME
r6040: Do a Proper deinit at errorpath and also when driver unloads (calling r6040_remove_one)
r6040: disable pci device if the subsequent calls (after pci_enable_device) fails
skb: avoid unnecessary reallocations in __skb_cow
net: sh_eth: fix the rxdesc pointer when rx descriptor empty happens
asix: allow full size 8021Q frames to be received
rds_rdma: don't assume infiniband device is PCI
l2tp: fix oops in L2TP IP sockets for connect() AF_UNSPEC case
mac80211: fix ADDBA declined after suspend with wowlan
wlcore: fix undefined symbols when CONFIG_PM is not defined
mac80211: fix flag check for QoS NOACK frames
ath9k_hw: apply internal regulator settings on AR933x
ath9k_hw: update AR933x initvals to fix issues with high power devices
ath9k: fix a use-after-free-bug when ath_tx_setup_buffer() fails
ath9k: stop rx dma before stopping tx
...
We call the destroy function when a cgroup starts to be removed, such as
by a rmdir event.
However, because of our reference counters, some objects are still
inflight. Right now, we are decrementing the static_keys at destroy()
time, meaning that if we get rid of the last static_key reference, some
objects will still have charges, but the code to properly uncharge them
won't be run.
This becomes a problem specially if it is ever enabled again, because now
new charges will be added to the staled charges making keeping it pretty
much impossible.
We just need to be careful with the static branch activation: since there
is no particular preferred order of their activation, we need to make sure
that we only start using it after all call sites are active. This is
achieved by having a per-memcg flag that is only updated after
static_key_slow_inc() returns. At this time, we are sure all sites are
active.
This is made per-memcg, not global, for a reason: it also has the effect
of making socket accounting more consistent. The first memcg to be
limited will trigger static_key() activation, therefore, accounting. But
all the others will then be accounted no matter what. After this patch,
only limited memcgs will have its sockets accounted.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: move enum sock_flag_bits into sock.h,
document enum sock_flag_bits,
convert memcg_proto_active() and memcg_proto_activated() to test_bit(),
redo tcp_update_limit() comment to 80 cols]
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Acked-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Since commit ad0081e43a
"ipv6: Fragment locally generated tunnel-mode IPSec6 packets as needed"
the fragment of packets is incorrect.
because tunnel mode needs IPsec headers and trailer for all fragments,
while on transport mode it is sufficient to add the headers to the
first fragment and the trailer to the last.
so modify mtu and maxfraglen base on ipsec mode and if fragment is first
or last.
with my test,it work well(every fragment's size is the mtu)
and does not trigger slow fragment path.
Changes from v1:
though optimization, mtu_prev and maxfraglen_prev can be delete.
replace xfrm mode codes with dst_entry's new frag DST_XFRM_TUNNEL.
add fuction ip6_append_data_mtu to make codes clearer.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull more networking updates from David Miller:
"Ok, everything from here on out will be bug fixes."
1) One final sync of wireless and bluetooth stuff from John Linville.
These changes have all been in his tree for more than a week, and
therefore have had the necessary -next exposure. John was just away
on a trip and didn't have a change to send the pull request until a
day or two ago.
2) Put back some defines in user exposed header file areas that were
removed during the tokenring purge. From Stephen Hemminger and Paul
Gortmaker.
3) A bug fix for UDP hash table allocation got lost in the pile due to
one of those "you got it.. no I've got it.." situations. :-)
From Tim Bird.
4) SKB coalescing in TCP needs to have stricter checks, otherwise we'll
try to coalesce overlapping frags and crash. Fix from Eric Dumazet.
5) RCU routing table lookups can race with free_fib_info(), causing
crashes when we deref the device pointers in the route. Fix by
releasing the net device in the RCU callback. From Yanmin Zhang.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (293 commits)
tcp: take care of overlaps in tcp_try_coalesce()
ipv4: fix the rcu race between free_fib_info and ip_route_output_slow
mm: add a low limit to alloc_large_system_hash
ipx: restore token ring define to include/linux/ipx.h
if: restore token ring ARP type to header
xen: do not disable netfront in dom0
phy/micrel: Fix ID of KSZ9021
mISDN: Add X-Tensions USB ISDN TA XC-525
gianfar:don't add FCB length to hard_header_len
Bluetooth: Report proper error number in disconnection
Bluetooth: Create flags for bt_sk()
Bluetooth: report the right security level in getsockopt
Bluetooth: Lock the L2CAP channel when sending
Bluetooth: Restore locking semantics when looking up L2CAP channels
Bluetooth: Fix a redundant and problematic incoming MTU check
Bluetooth: Add support for Foxconn/Hon Hai AR5BBU22 0489:E03C
Bluetooth: Fix EIR data generation for mgmt_device_found
Bluetooth: Fix Inquiry with RSSI event mask
Bluetooth: improve readability of l2cap_seq_list code
Bluetooth: Fix skb length calculation
...
Pull cgroup updates from Tejun Heo:
"cgroup file type addition / removal is updated so that file types are
added and removed instead of individual files so that dynamic file
type addition / removal can be implemented by cgroup and used by
controllers. blkio controller changes which will come through block
tree are dependent on this. Other changes include res_counter cleanup
and disallowing kthread / PF_THREAD_BOUND threads to be attached to
non-root cgroups.
There's a reported bug with the file type addition / removal handling
which can lead to oops on cgroup umount. The issue is being looked
into. It shouldn't cause problems for most setups and isn't a
security concern."
Fix up trivial conflict in Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
* 'for-3.5' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup: (21 commits)
res_counter: Account max_usage when calling res_counter_charge_nofail()
res_counter: Merge res_counter_charge and res_counter_charge_nofail
cgroups: disallow attaching kthreadd or PF_THREAD_BOUND threads
cgroup: remove cgroup_subsys->populate()
cgroup: get rid of populate for memcg
cgroup: pass struct mem_cgroup instead of struct cgroup to socket memcg
cgroup: make css->refcnt clearing on cgroup removal optional
cgroup: use negative bias on css->refcnt to block css_tryget()
cgroup: implement cgroup_rm_cftypes()
cgroup: introduce struct cfent
cgroup: relocate __d_cgrp() and __d_cft()
cgroup: remove cgroup_add_file[s]()
cgroup: convert memcg controller to the new cftype interface
memcg: always create memsw files if CONFIG_CGROUP_MEM_RES_CTLR_SWAP
cgroup: convert all non-memcg controllers to the new cftype interface
cgroup: relocate cftype and cgroup_subsys definitions in controllers
cgroup: merge cft_release_agent cftype array into the base files array
cgroup: implement cgroup_add_cftypes() and friends
cgroup: build list of all cgroups under a given cgroupfs_root
cgroup: move cgroup_clear_directory() call out of cgroup_populate_dir()
...
Mostly bool conversions, some inline removals and const additions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_opt_accepted() returns a bool, and can use const pointers
ipv6_addr_equal(), ipv6_addr_any(), ipv6_addr_loopback(),
ipv6_addr_orchid() return a bool.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- match() method returns a boolean
- return (A && B && C && D) -> return A && B && C && D
- fix indentation
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Enable dynamic debugging and remove a bunch of #ifdef/#endifs.
Add a lapb_dbg(level, fmt, ...) macro and replace the
printk(KERN_DEBUG uses.
Add pr_fmt and remove embedded prefixes.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bool conversions where possible.
__inline__ -> inline
space cleanups
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bool/const conversions where possible
__inline__ -> inline
space cleanups
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- sock_flag() accepts a const pointer
- sock_flag() returns a boolean
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
codel_should_drop() logic allows a packet being not dropped if queue
size is under max packet size.
In fq_codel, we have two possible backlogs : The qdisc global one, and
the flow local one.
The meaningful one for codel_should_drop() should be the global backlog,
not the per flow one, so that thin flows can have a non zero drop/mark
probability.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support for monitor device intended to capture all the network activity.
This interface could be used by networks sniffers and is already
supported by WireShark. That's a good test point to check that basic
MAC support works.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This stack implementation distinguishes several types of slave
interfaces. Another parameter to 'add_iface_' function is added
to clarify the interface type is going to be registered.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According IEEE 802.15.4 standard each node can be either full functionality
device (FFD) or reduce functionality device (RFD). So 2 sets of operations
are needed. This patch declare RFD operations structure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Main RX data path implementation between physical and mac layers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An interface to allocate and register ieee802154 compatible device.
The allocated device has the following representation in memory:
+-----------------------+
| struct wpan_phy |
+-----------------------+
| struct mac802154_priv |
+-----------------------+
| driver's private data |
+-----------------------+
Used by device drivers to register new instance in the stack.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IEEE 802.15.4 Working Group focuses on the standardization of the
bottom two layers of ISO/OSI protocol stack: Physical (PHY) and MAC.
The MAC layer provides access control to a shared channel and reliable
data delivery. The main functions performed by the MAC sublayer are:
association and disassociation, security control, optional star
network topology functions, such as beacon generation and Guaranteed
Time Slots (GTSs) management, generation of ACK frames (if used), and,
finally, application support for the two possible network topologies
described in the standard.
This is an initial commit which describes main data structures needed
for ieee802.15.4 compatible devices representation in the MAC layer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
defer_setup and suspended are now flags into bt_sk().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The ERTM and streaming mode transmit queue must only be accessed while
the L2CAP channel lock is held. Locking the channel before calling
l2cap_chan_send ensures that multiple threads cannot simultaneously
manipulate the queue when sending and receiving concurrently.
L2CAP channel locking had previously moved to the l2cap_chan struct
instead of the associated socket, so some of the old socket locking
can also be removed in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
The mgmt_device_found function expects to receive only the significant
part of the EIR data so it needs to be removed before calling the
function. This patch adds a new eir_get_length() helper function to
calculate the length of the significant part.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Agarwal <vishal.agarwal@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It should return bool, not int. The function even
does return true/false.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a flag for the HT format (mixed vs. greenfield)
to allow drivers to report that on receive. Not all
drivers will do that though, so allow drivers to set
which radiotap MCS details they report.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add IV-room in skb also for TKIP and WEP.
Extend patch: "mac80211: support adding IV-room in the skb for CCMP keys"
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We are going to delete the Token ring support. This removes any
special processing in the core networking for token ring, (aside
from net/tr.c itself), leaving the drivers and remaining tokenring
support present but inert.
The mass removal of the drivers and net/tr.c will be in a separate
commit, so that the history of these files that we still care
about won't have the giant deletion tied into their history.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
The NFC core code already does that for them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is now specified that nfc_target_found() and nfc_target_lost() core
functions must not be called from an atomic context. This allow us to
serialize calls and protect the targets table using the nfc device lock
instead of a spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The NFC Core now caches the active nfc target pointer, thereby avoiding
the need to lookup the target table for each invocation of a driver ops.
Consequently, pn533, HCI and NCI now directly receive an nfc_target
pointer instead of a target index.
Cc: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
David pointed out gcc might generate poor code with 31bit fields.
Using u16 is more than enough and permits a better code output.
Also make the code intent more readable using constants, fixed point arithmetic
not being trivial for everybody.
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It fixes L2CAP socket based security level elevation during a
connection. The HID profile needs this (for keyboards) and it is the only
way to achieve the security level elevation when using the management
interface to talk to the kernel (hence the management enabling patch
being the one that exposes this issue).
It enables the userspace a security level change when the socket is
already connected and create a way to notify the socket the result of the
request. At the moment of the request the socket is made non writable, if
the request fails the connections closes, otherwise the socket is made
writable again, POLL_OUT is emmited.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As Van pointed out, interval/sqrt(count) can be implemented using
multiplies only.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Methods_of_computing_square_roots#Iterative_methods_for_reciprocal_square_roots
This patch implements the Newton method and reciprocal divide.
Total cost is 15 cycles instead of 120 on my Corei5 machine (64bit
kernel).
There is a small 'error' for count values < 5, but we don't really care.
I reuse a hole in struct codel_vars :
- pack the dropping boolean into one bit
- use 31bit to store the reciprocal value of sqrt(count).
Suggested-by: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An implementation of CoDel AQM, from Kathleen Nichols and Van Jacobson.
http://queue.acm.org/detail.cfm?id=2209336
This AQM main input is no longer queue size in bytes or packets, but the
delay packets stay in (FIFO) queue.
As we don't have infinite memory, we still can drop packets in enqueue()
in case of massive load, but mean of CoDel is to drop packets in
dequeue(), using a control law based on two simple parameters :
target : target sojourn time (default 5ms)
interval : width of moving time window (default 100ms)
Based on initial work from Dave Taht.
Refactored to help future codel inclusion as a plugin for other linux
qdisc (FQ_CODEL, ...), like RED.
include/net/codel.h contains codel algorithm as close as possible than
Kathleen reference.
net/sched/sch_codel.c contains the linux qdisc specific glue.
Separate structures permit a memory efficient implementation of fq_codel
(to be sent as a separate work) : Each flow has its own struct
codel_vars.
timestamps are taken at enqueue() time with 1024 ns precision, allowing
a range of 2199 seconds in queue, and 100Gb links support. iproute2 uses
usec as base unit.
Selected packets are dropped, unless ECN is enabled and packets can get
ECN mark instead.
Tested from 2Mb to 10Gb speeds with no particular problems, on ixgbe and
tg3 drivers (BQL enabled).
Usage: tc qdisc ... codel [ limit PACKETS ] [ target TIME ]
[ interval TIME ] [ ecn ]
qdisc codel 10: parent 1:1 limit 2000p target 3.0ms interval 60.0ms ecn
Sent 13347099587 bytes 8815805 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 202365Kbit 16708pps backlog 113550b 75p requeues 0
count 116 lastcount 98 ldelay 4.3ms dropping drop_next 816us
maxpacket 1514 ecn_mark 84399 drop_overlimit 0
CoDel must be seen as a base module, and should be used keeping in mind
there is still a FIFO queue. So a typical setup will probably need a
hierarchy of several qdiscs and packet classifiers to be able to meet
whatever constraints a user might have.
One possible example would be to use fq_codel, which combines Fair
Queueing and CoDel, in replacement of sfq / sfq_red.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <van@pollere.net>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It actually works on the input queue and will use its read mem
routines, thus it's better to have in in the tcp_input.c file.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst_check() will take care of SA (and obsolete field), hence
IPsec rekeying scenario is taken into account.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yaseivch <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use more common code for ERTM and streaming mode segmentation and
transmission, and begin using skb control block data for delaying
extended or enhanced header generation until just before the packet is
transmitted. This code is also better suited for resegmentation,
which is needed when L2CAP links are reconfigured after an AMP channel
move.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
The Bluetooth Low Energy support so far was disabled by default via
a module parameter. With this change the module parameter will be removed
and Low Energy is enabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
No one is using hci_le_ltk_neg_reply() in bluetooth subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
In this API, we were using sizeof operator for an array
given as function argument, which is invalid.
However this API is not used anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
These values are now in the nested l2cap_ctrl struct.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Instead of using modular division, the offset can be calculated using
only addition and subtraction. The previous calculation did not work
as intended and was more difficult to understand, involving unsigned
integer underflow and a check for a negative value where one was not
possible.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
User-space pass the remote device address type to kernel through
struct sockaddr_l2 what makes the advertising useless. This patch
removes all advertising cache code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to establish a LE connection we need the address type
information. User-space already pass this information to kernel
through struct sockaddr_l2.
This patch adds the dst_type parameter to l2cap_chan_connect so we
are able to pass the address type info from user-space down to
hci_conn layer.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the dst_type parameter to hci_connect function.
Instead of searching the address type in advertising cache, we
use the dst_type parameter to establish LE connections.
The dst_type is ignored for BR/EDR connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the helper function bdaddr_to_le to hci_core, so it
can be used in mgmt.c and hci_conn.c.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the address type info to struct sockaddr_l2 so
user-space can inform the remote device address type required
to establish LE connections.
Soon, instead of looking the advertising cache up to discover the
address type, we'll use this address type info to establish LE
connections.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves address type macros to bluetooth.h since they will be
used by management interface and Bluetooth socket interface. It also
replaces the macro prefix MGMT_ADDR_ by BDADDR_.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
No one is using strtoba() in the bluetooth subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
A sequence list is a data structure used to track frames that need to
be retransmitted, and frames that have been requested for
retransmission by the remote device. It can compactly represent a
list of sequence numbers within the ERTM transmit window. Memory for
the list is allocated once at connection time, and common operations
in ERTM are O(1).
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some parameters in L2CAP chan are set to default similar way in
socket based channels and A2MP channels. Adds common function which
sets all defaults.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch removes the MGMT_ADDR_INVALID macro. If the address type
isn't LE, we consider it is BR/EDR type.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Following the separation if core and sock code this change avoid
manipulation of sk inside l2cap_chan_create().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Every field from ERTM control headers is now carried in the control
block so it only has to be parsed or generated once, and can be
efficiently accessed throughout the ERTM code.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Adds some missing values for control field parsing, additional data
for the new state machine, and enumerations for states, incoming
packet classification, and state machine events.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch adds the HCI_PERIODIC_INQ flag to dev_flags. This flag
tracks if periodic inquiry is enabled or not.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch adds a handler function to Periodic Inquiry command
complete event.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch adds to hci_core the hci_cancel_le_scan function which
should be used to cancel an ongoing LE scan.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
ediv is already in little endian order.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Device ID details need to be programmed into the kernel for every
controller at least once. So provide management command for this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Device ID information can be provided via Extended Inquiry Data
as well. If a valid source is present, then include it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Inquiry Response TX power tag should be added to the Extended
Inquiry Data (EIR) as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
We initialize the "struct device" in hci_alloc_dev() for a long time now
so we can access hdev->dev.parent directly. Hence, we can drop the
temporary field hdev->parent which is used in no other place than
hci_add_sysfs().
SET_HCIDEV_DEV() is never called after registering a device by the
drivers so we do not overwrite internal device-state. Furthermore,
hdev->dev is initialized to 0 by kzalloc() inside hci_alloc_dev() so the
default behavior with dev.parent = NULL is kept.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Correct type warnings reported by sparse to show that this
functions takes ediv argument in __le16 format.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Keep lmp_subver in host byte order. We have following conversion
in hci_cc_read_local_version:
hdev->lmp_subver = __le16_to_cpu(rp->lmp_subver);
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch introduces a new mesh configuration parameter "ht_opmode" and will
allow user to check the current HT protection mode selected. Users could
configure the protection mode by the command "iw mesh_iface set mesh_param
mesh_ht_protection_mode=2". The default protection mode of mesh is set to
non-HT mixed mode.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds hooks to call into the driver to get additional
stats for the ethtool API.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow master and backup servers to use many threads
for sync traffic. Add sysctl var "sync_ports" to define the
number of threads. Every thread will use single UDP port,
thread 0 will use the default port 8848 while last thread
will use port 8848+sync_ports-1.
The sync traffic for connections is scheduled to many
master threads based on the cp address but one connection is
always assigned to same thread to avoid reordering of the
sync messages.
Remove ip_vs_sync_switch_mode because this check
for sync mode change is still risky. Instead, check for mode
change under sync_buff_lock.
Make sure the backup socks do not block on reading.
Special thanks to Aleksey Chudov for helping in all tests.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add two new sysctl vars to control the sync rate with the
main idea to reduce the rate for connection templates because
currently it depends on the packet rate for controlled connections.
This mechanism should be useful also for normal connections
with high traffic.
sync_refresh_period: in seconds, difference in reported connection
timer that triggers new sync message. It can be used to
avoid sync messages for the specified period (or half of
the connection timeout if it is lower) if connection state
is not changed from last sync.
sync_retries: integer, 0..3, defines sync retries with period of
sync_refresh_period/8. Useful to protect against loss of
sync messages.
Allow sysctl_sync_threshold to be used with
sysctl_sync_period=0, so that only single sync message is sent
if sync_refresh_period is also 0.
Add new field "sync_endtime" in connection structure to
hold the reported time when connection expires. The 2 lowest
bits will represent the retry count.
As the sysctl_sync_period now can be 0 use ACCESS_ONCE to
avoid division by zero.
Special thanks to Aleksey Chudov for being patient with me,
for his extensive reports and helping in all tests.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Aleksey Chudov <aleksey.chudov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
High rate of sync messages in master can lead to
overflowing the socket buffer and dropping the messages.
Fixed sleep of 1 second without wakeup events is not suitable
for loaded masters,
Use delayed_work to schedule sending for queued messages
and limit the delay to IPVS_SYNC_SEND_DELAY (20ms). This will
reduce the rate of wakeups but to avoid sending long bursts we
wakeup the master thread after IPVS_SYNC_WAKEUP_RATE (8) messages.
Add hard limit for the queued messages before sending
by using "sync_qlen_max" sysctl var. It defaults to 1/32 of
the memory pages but actually represents number of messages.
It will protect us from allocating large parts of memory
when the sending rate is lower than the queuing rate.
As suggested by Pablo, add new sysctl var
"sync_sock_size" to configure the SNDBUF (master) or
RCVBUF (slave) socket limit. Default value is 0 (preserve
system defaults).
Change the master thread to detect and block on
SNDBUF overflow, so that we do not drop messages when
the socket limit is low but the sync_qlen_max limit is
not reached. On ENOBUFS or other errors just drop the
messages.
Change master thread to enter TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE
state early, so that we do not miss wakeups due to messages or
kthread_should_stop event.
Thanks to Pablo Neira Ayuso for his valuable feedback!
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
this_cpu_inc() is IRQ safe and faster than
local_bh_disable()/__this_cpu_inc()/local_bh_enable(), at least on x86.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch allows you to disable automatic conntrack helper
lookup based on TCP/UDP ports, eg.
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_helper
[ Note: flows that already got a helper will keep using it even
if automatic helper assignment has been disabled ]
Once this behaviour has been disabled, you have to explicitly
use the iptables CT target to attach helper to flows.
There are good reasons to stop supporting automatic helper
assignment, for further information, please read:
http://www.netfilter.org/news.html#2012-04-03
This patch also adds one message to inform that automatic helper
assignment is deprecated and it will be removed soon (this is
spotted only once, with the first flow that gets a helper attached
to make it as less annoying as possible).
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@regit.org>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/param.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-agn-rx.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans-pcie-rx.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans.h
Resolved the iwlwifi conflict with mainline using 3-way diff posted
by John Linville and Stephen Rothwell. In 'net' we added a bug
fix to make iwlwifi report a more accurate skb->truesize but this
conflicted with RX path changes that happened meanwhile in net-next.
In e1000e a conflict arose in the validation code for settings of
adapter->itr. 'net-next' had more sophisticated logic so that
logic was used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It appears some networks play bad games with the two bits reserved for
ECN. This can trigger false congestion notifications and very slow
transferts.
Since RFC 3168 (6.1.1) forbids SYN packets to carry CT bits, we can
disable TCP ECN negociation if it happens we receive mangled CT bits in
the SYN packet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Perry Lorier <perryl@google.com>
Cc: Matt Mathis <mattmathis@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Wilmer van der Gaast <wilmer@google.com>
Cc: Ankur Jain <jankur@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Dave Täht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend tcp coalescing implementing it from tcp_queue_rcv(), the main
receiver function when application is not blocked in recvmsg().
Function tcp_queue_rcv() is moved a bit to allow its call from
tcp_data_queue()
This gives good results especially if GRO could not kick, and if skb
head is a fragment.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implementing the advanced early retransmit (sysctl_tcp_early_retrans==2).
Delays the fast retransmit by an interval of RTT/4. We borrow the
RTO timer to implement the delay. If we receive another ACK or send
a new packet, the timer is cancelled and restored to original RTO
value offset by time elapsed. When the delayed-ER timer fires,
we enter fast recovery and perform fast retransmit.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements RFC 5827 early retransmit (ER) for TCP.
It reduces DUPACK threshold (dupthresh) if outstanding packets are
less than 4 to recover losses by fast recovery instead of timeout.
While the algorithm is simple, small but frequent network reordering
makes this feature dangerous: the connection repeatedly enter
false recovery and degrade performance. Therefore we implement
a mitigation suggested in the appendix of the RFC that delays
entering fast recovery by a small interval, i.e., RTT/4. Currently
ER is conservative and is disabled for the rest of the connection
after the first reordering event. A large scale web server
experiment on the performance impact of ER is summarized in
section 6 of the paper "Proportional Rate Reduction for TCP”,
IMC 2011. http://conferences.sigcomm.org/imc/2011/docs/p155.pdf
Note that Linux has a similar feature called THIN_DUPACK. The
differences are THIN_DUPACK do not mitigate reorderings and is only
used after slow start. Currently ER is disabled if THIN_DUPACK is
enabled. I would be happy to merge THIN_DUPACK feature with ER if
people think it's a good idea.
ER is enabled by sysctl_tcp_early_retrans:
0: Disables ER
1: Reduce dupthresh to packets_out - 1 when outstanding packets < 4.
2: (Default) reduce dupthresh like mode 1. In addition, delay
entering fast recovery by RTT/4.
Note: mode 2 is implemented in the third part of this patch series.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change order of init so netns init is ready
when register ioctl and netlink.
Ver2
Whitespace fixes and __init added.
Reported-by: "Ryan O'Hara" <rohara@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_vs_create_timeout_table() can return NULL
All functions protocol init_netns is affected of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Now that the sematics of udpv6_queue_rcv_skb() match IPv4's
udp_queue_rcv_skb(), introduce the UDP encap_rcv() hook for IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quoting Tore Anderson from :
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42572
When RTAX_FEATURE_ALLFRAG is set on a route, the effective TCP segment
size does not take into account the size of the IPv6 Fragmentation
header that needs to be included in outbound packets, causing every
transmitted TCP segment to be fragmented across two IPv6 packets, the
latter of which will only contain 8 bytes of actual payload.
RTAX_FEATURE_ALLFRAG is typically set on a route in response to
receving a ICMPv6 Packet Too Big message indicating a Path MTU of less
than 1280 bytes. 1280 bytes is the minimum IPv6 MTU, however ICMPv6
PTBs with MTU < 1280 are still valid, in particular when an IPv6
packet is sent to an IPv4 destination through a stateless translator.
Any ICMPv4 Need To Fragment packets originated from the IPv4 part of
the path will be translated to ICMPv6 PTB which may then indicate an
MTU of less than 1280.
The Linux kernel refuses to reduce the effective MTU to anything below
1280 bytes, instead it sets it to exactly 1280 bytes, and
RTAX_FEATURE_ALLFRAG is also set. However, the TCP segment size appears
to be set to 1240 bytes (1280 Path MTU - 40 bytes of IPv6 header),
instead of 1232 (additionally taking into account the 8 bytes required
by the IPv6 Fragmentation extension header).
This in turn results in rather inefficient transmission, as every
transmitted TCP segment now is split in two fragments containing
1232+8 bytes of payload.
After this patch, all the outgoing packets that includes a
Fragmentation header all are "atomic" or "non-fragmented" fragments,
i.e., they both have Offset=0 and More Fragments=0.
With help from David S. Miller
Reported-by: Tore Anderson <tore@fud.no>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Tested-by: Tore Anderson <tore@fud.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bridge: set fake_rtable's dst to NULL to avoid kernel Oops
when bridge is deleted before tap/vif device's delete, kernel may
encounter an oops because of NULL reference to fake_rtable's dst.
Set fake_rtable's dst to NULL before sending packets out can solve
this problem.
v4 reformat, change br_drop_fake_rtable(skb) to {}
v3 enrich commit header
v2 introducing new flag DST_FAKE_RTABLE to dst_entry struct.
[ Use "do { } while (0)" for nop br_drop_fake_rtable()
implementation -DaveM ]
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Huang <peter.huangpeng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix merge between commit 3adadc08cc ("net ax25: Reorder ax25_exit to
remove races") and commit 0ca7a4c87d ("net ax25: Simplify and
cleanup the ax25 sysctl handling")
The former moved around the sysctl register/unregister calls, the
later simply removed them.
With help from Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_add_backlog() & sk_rcvqueues_full() hard coded sk_rcvbuf as the
memory limit. We need to make this limit a parameter for TCP use.
No functional change expected in this patch, all callers still using the
old sk_rcvbuf limit.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Rick Jones <rick.jones2@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> reported:
> On 04/23/2012 12:07 AM, Stephen Rothwell wrote:
>
>> Hi all,
>>
>> Changes since 20120420:
>
>
> include/net/ax25.h:447:75: error: expected ';' before '}' token
>
> static inline int ax25_register_dev_sysctl(ax25_dev *ax25_dev) { return 0 };
> static inline void ax25_unregister_dev_sysctl(ax25_dev *ax25_dev) {};
>
> First function: move ';' inside braces.
> Second function: drop the ';'.
Put the semicolons where it makes sense.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net> reported:
> On 04/23/2012 12:07 AM, Stephen Rothwell wrote:
>
>> Hi all,
>>
>> Changes since 20120420:
>
>
>
> ERROR: "unregister_net_sysctl_table" [net/phonet/phonet.ko] undefined!
> ERROR: "register_net_sysctl" [net/phonet/phonet.ko] undefined!
>
> when CONFIG_SYSCTL is not enabled.
Add static inline stub functions to gracefully handle the case when sysctl
support is not present.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_ave_rssi need to be declare as export for driver to use it.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This commit moves the (substantial) common code shared between
tcp_v4_init_sock() and tcp_v6_init_sock() to a new address-family
independent function, tcp_init_sock().
Centralizing this functionality should help avoid drift issues,
e.g. where the IPv4 side is updated without a corresponding update to
IPv6. There was already some drift: IPv4 initialized snd_cwnd to
TCP_INIT_CWND, while the IPv6 side was still initializing snd_cwnd to
2 (in this case it should not matter, since snd_cwnd is also
initialized in tcp_init_metrics(), but the general risks and
maintenance overhead remain).
When diffing the old and new code, note that new tcp_init_sock()
function uses the order of steps from the tcp_v4_init_sock()
implementation (the order is slightly different in
tcp_v6_init_sock()).
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This includes (according the the previous description):
* TCP_REPAIR sockoption
This one just puts the socket in/out of the repair mode.
Allowed for CAP_NET_ADMIN and for closed/establised sockets only.
When repair mode is turned off and the socket happens to be in
the established state the window probe is sent to the peer to
'unlock' the connection.
* TCP_REPAIR_QUEUE sockoption
This one sets the queue which we're about to repair. The
'no-queue' is set by default.
* TCP_QUEUE_SEQ socoption
Sets the write_seq/rcv_nxt of a selected repaired queue.
Allowed for TCP_CLOSE-d sockets only. When the socket changes
its state the other seq-s are changed by the kernel according
to the protocol rules (most of the existing code is actually
reused).
* Ability to forcibly bind a socket to a port
The sk->sk_reuse is set to SK_FORCE_REUSE.
* Immediate connect modification
The connect syscall initializes the connection, then directly jumps
to the code which finalizes it.
* Silent close modification
The close just aborts the connection (similar to SO_LINGER with 0
time) but without sending any FIN/RST-s to peer.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just the preparation patch, which makes the needed for
TCP repair code ready for use.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Name them in a "backward compatible" manner, i.e. reuse or not
are still 1 and 0 respectively. The reuse value of 2 means that
the socket with it will forcibly reuse everyone else's port.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of the users have been converted to use registera_net_sysctl so we
no longer need register_net_sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't use struct ctl_path anymore so delete the exported constants.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There isn't much advantage here except that strings paths are a bit
easier to read, and converting everything to them allows me to kill off
ctl_path.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sysctl core no longer natively understands sysctl tables
with .child entries.
Split the ipv6_table to remove the .child entries.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't register/unregister every ax25 table in a batch. Instead register
and unregister per device ax25 sysctls as ax25 devices come and go.
This moves ax25 to be a completely modern sysctl user. Registering the
sysctls in just the initial network namespace, removing the use of
.child entries that are no longer natively supported by the sysctl core
and taking advantage of the fact that there are no longer any ordering
constraints between registering and unregistering different sysctl
tables.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sysctl no longer requires explicit creation of directories. The neigh
directory is always populated with at least a default entry so this
won't cause any user visible changes.
Delete the ipv4_path and the ipv4_skeleton these are no longer needed.
Directly register the ipv4_route_table.
And since I am an idiot remove the header definitions that I should
have removed in the previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
register_sysctl_rotable never caught on as an interesting way to
register sysctls. My take on the situation is that what we want are
sysctls that we can only see in the initial network namespace. What we
have implemented with register_sysctl_rotable are sysctls that we can
see in all of the network namespaces and can only change in the initial
network namespace.
That is a very silly way to go. Just register the network sysctls
in the initial network namespace and we don't have any weird special
cases to deal with.
The sysctls affected are:
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ipfrag_secret_interval
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ipfrag_max_dist
/proc/sys/net/ipv6/ip6frag_secret_interval
/proc/sys/net/ipv6/mld_max_msf
I really don't expect anyone will miss them if they can't read them in a
child user namespace.
CC: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the netfilter code is modified to use register_net_sysctl_table the
kernel fails to boot because the per net sysctl infrasturce is not setup
soon enough. So to avoid races call net_sysctl_init from sock_init().
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now all of the networking sysctl registrations are running in a
compatibiity mode. The natvie sysctl registration api takes a cstring
for a path and a simple ctl_table. Implement register_net_sysctl so
that we can register network sysctls without needing to use
compatiblity code in the sysctl core.
Switching from a ctl_path to a cstring results in less boiler plate
and denser code that is a little easier to read.
I would simply have changed the arguments to register_net_sysctl_table
instead of keeping two functions in parallel but gcc will allow a
ctl_path pointer to be passed to a char * pointer with only issuing a
warning resulting in completely incorrect code can be built. Since I
have to change the function name I am taking advantage of the situation
to let both register_net_sysctl and register_net_sysctl_table live for a
short time in parallel which makes clean conversion patches a bit easier
to read and write.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/sock.h:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:377): No description found for parameter 'sk_peek_off'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Functionally, this change is a NOP.
Semantically, rt6_clean_expires() wants to do rt->dst.from = NULL instead of
rt->dst.expires = 0. It is clearing the RTF_EXPIRES flag, so the union is going
to be treated as a pointer (dst.from) not a long (dst.expires).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 1716a961 (ipv6: fix problem with expired dst cache) broke PMTU
discovery. rt6_update_expires() calls dst_set_expires(), which only updates
dst->expires if it has not been set previously (expires == 0) or if the new
expires is earlier than the current dst->expires.
rt6_update_expires() needs to zero rt->dst.expires, otherwise it will contain
ivalid data left over from rt->dst.from and will confuse dst_set_expires().
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add utility function to provide the average rssi per vif
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit b82d1bb4 inadvertendly placed unrelated new code between
TCPCB_EVER_RETRANS and TCPCB_RETRANS and the other macros that refer
to the sacked field in the struct tcp_skb_cb (probably because there
was a misleading empty line there). This commit fixes up the
formatting so that all macros related to the sacked field are adjacent
again.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My grand plan to allow drivers to gradually move over
to advertising virtual interface combinations and only
enforce with drivers that do want it enforced doesn't
seem to be working out, only Christian ever added the
advertising (to carl9170), nobody else did.
Begin enforcing combinations in cfg80211 so that users
can rely on the information reported about a device.
Cc: "Luis R. Rodriguez" <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Cc: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Cc: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Cc: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a key is non persistent then it should not be used in future
connections but it should be kept for current connection. And it
should be removed when connecion is removed.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Agarwal <vishal.agarwal@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch changes the return type of function hci_persistent_key
from int to bool because it makes more sense to return information
whether a key is persistent or not as a bool.
Signed-off-by: Vishal Agarwal <vishal.agarwal@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/atlx/atl1.c
drivers/net/ethernet/atheros/atlx/atl1.h
Resolved a conflict between a DMA error bug fix and NAPI
support changes in the atl1 driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use of "unsigned int" is preferred to bare "unsigned" in net tree.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We must try harder to get unique (addr, port) pairs when
doing port autoselection for sockets with SO_REUSEADDR
option set.
We achieve this by adding a relaxation parameter to
inet_csk_bind_conflict. When 'relax' parameter is off
we return a conflict whenever the current searched
pair (addr, port) is not unique.
This tries to address the problems reported in patch:
8d238b25b1
Revert "tcp: bind() fix when many ports are bound"
Tests where ran for creating and binding(0) many sockets
on 100 IPs. The results are, on average:
* 60000 sockets, 600 ports / IP:
* 0.210 s, 620 (IP, port) duplicates without patch
* 0.219 s, no duplicates with patch
* 100000 sockets, 1000 ports / IP:
* 0.371 s, 1720 duplicates without patch
* 0.373 s, no duplicates with patch
* 200000 sockets, 2000 ports / IP:
* 0.766 s, 6900 duplicates without patch
* 0.768 s, no duplicates with patch
* 500000 sockets, 5000 ports / IP:
* 2.227 s, 41500 duplicates without patch
* 2.284 s, no duplicates with patch
Signed-off-by: Alex Copot <alex.mihai.c@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baluta <dbaluta@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updates some comments to track RFC6298
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert the per-cpu statistics kept for GRE, IPIP, and SIT tunnels
to use 64 bit statistics.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes hw.conf.channel usage from the following functions:
* ieee80211_mandatory_rates
* ieee80211_sta_get_rates
* ieee80211_frame_duration
* ieee80211_rts_duration
* ieee80211_ctstoself_duration
This is in preparation for multi-channel operation.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the current channel is known, add frequency and channel type to
NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/core/rtnetlink.c: In function ‘rtnl_create_link’:
net/core/rtnetlink.c:1645:3: warning: passing argument 2 of ‘ops->get_tx_queues’ from incompatible pointer type [enabled by default]
net/core/rtnetlink.c:1645:3: note: expected ‘const struct nlattr **’ but argument is of type ‘struct nlattr **’
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
neigh_table_init_no_netlink() is only used in net/core/neighbour.c file.
Signed-off-by: Hiroaki SHIMODA <shimoda.hiroaki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most machines dont use UDP encapsulation (L2TP)
Adds a static_key so that udp_queue_rcv_skb() doesnt have to perform a
test if L2TP never setup the encap_rcv on a socket.
Idea of this patch came after Simon Horman proposal to add a hook on TCP
as well.
If static_key is not yet enabled, the fast path does a single JMP .
When static_key is enabled, JMP destination is patched to reach the real
encap_type/encap_rcv logic, possibly adding cache misses.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Cc: dev@openvswitch.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix spelling and references in rtnetlink.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change get_tx_queues, drop unsused arg/return value real_tx_queues,
and use return by value (with error) rather than call by reference.
Probably bonding should just change to LLTX and the whole get_tx_queues
API could disappear!
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the ipv6 dst cache which copy from the dst generated by ICMPV6 RA packet.
this dst cache will not check expire because it has no RTF_EXPIRES flag.
So this dst cache will always be used until the dst gc run.
Change the struct dst_entry,add a union contains new pointer from and expires.
When rt6_info.rt6i_flags has no RTF_EXPIRES flag,the dst.expires has no use.
we can use this field to point to where the dst cache copy from.
The dst.from is only used in IPV6.
rt6_check_expired check if rt6_info.dst.from is expired.
ip6_rt_copy only set dst.from when the ort has flag RTF_ADDRCONF
and RTF_DEFAULT.then hold the ort.
ip6_dst_destroy release the ort.
Add some functions to operate the RTF_EXPIRES flag and expires(from) together.
and change the code to use these new adding functions.
Changes from v5:
modify ip6_route_add and ndisc_router_discovery to use new adding functions.
Only set dst.from when the ort has flag RTF_ADDRCONF
and RTF_DEFAULT.then hold the ort.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement aggregation algorithm, combining more data into a single
HSI transfer. 4 different traffic categories are supported:
1. TC_PRIO_CONTROL .. TC_PRIO_MAX (CTL)
2. TC_PRIO_INTERACTIVE (VO)
3. TC_PRIO_INTERACTIVE_BULK (VI)
4. TC_PRIO_BESTEFFORT, TC_PRIO_BULK, TC_PRIO_FILLER (BEBK)
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tarnyagin <dmitry.tarnyagin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set traffic class for CAIF packets, based on socket
priority, CAIF protocol type, or type of message.
Traffic class mapping for different packet types:
- control: TC_PRIO_CONTROL;
- flow control: TC_PRIO_CONTROL;
- at: TC_PRIO_CONTROL;
- rfm: TC_PRIO_INTERACTIVE_BULK;
- other sockets: equals to socket's TC;
- network data: no change.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tarnyagin <dmitry.tarnyagin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As specified in RFC6106, DNSSL option contains one or more domain names
of DNS suffixes. 8-bit identifier of the DNSSL option type as assigned
by the IANA is 31. This option should also be treated as userland.
Signed-off-by: Alexey I. Froloff <raorn@raorn.name>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some HW/drivers get notifications when a tag moves out of the radio field.
This notification is now forwarded to user space through netlink.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The target index can be used by userspace to uniquely identify a target
and thus should be kept unique, per NFC adapter. Moreover, some protocols
do not provide a logical index when discovering new targets, so we have to
generate one for them.
For NCI or pn533 to fetch their logical index, we added a logical_idx field
to the target structure.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Most NFC HCI chipsets actually use a simplified HDLC link layer to
carry HCI payloads.
This implementation registers itself as an HCI device on behalf of the
NFC driver.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is an implementation of ETSI TS 102 622 specification.
Many NFC chipsets use HCI as the host <-> target protocol on top of a
serial link like i2c.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NFC drivers will call this routine when they detect that a tag leaves the
RF field. This will eventually lead to the corresponding netlink event
to be sent.
Signed-off-by: Eric Lapuyade <eric.lapuyade@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The firmware may decide to switch channels while already beaconing, e.g.
in response to a cfg80211 connect request on a different vif. Add this
event to notify userspace when an AP or GO interface has successfully
migrated to a new channel, so it can update its configuration
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get
to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't
know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the
device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called
when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed.
Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to
allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue
per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel
uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue
is full and then try to send an off-channel frame
the frame will never go out. This will become worse
when we support multi-channel since then a queue on
one channel might be full, but we have to stop the
software queue for all channels. That is obviously
not desirable.
To address this problem allow drivers to register
more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to
virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue
the corresponding AC software queues on the correct
interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally,
there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem
and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This
allows drivers to manage software queues closer to
how the hardware works.
Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues.
This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it
as needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The queue mapping redesign that I'm planning to do
will break pure injection unless we handle monitor
interfaces explicitly. One possible option would
be to have the driver tell mac80211 about monitor
mode queues etc., but that would duplicate the API
since we already need to have queue assignments
handled per virtual interface.
So in order to solve this, have a virtual monitor
interface that is added whenever all active vifs
are monitors. We could also use the state of one
of the monitor interfaces, but managing that would
be complicated, so allocate separate state.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Basic rates are added with supported rates IE and extended supported
rates IE.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Report Toffset to userspace.
Let userspace select the mesh synchronization method.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@s2005.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Zubarev <pavel.zubarev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to
not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to
clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on
queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this.
Also verify that the AC number given is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This field is never set to anything non-zero in
mac80211, so we should be able to remove it.
Unfortunately though, the iwlwifi and iwlegacy
drivers use it for their internal TX status
processing (which shouldn't be using the rate
control API to start with), so add a new field
"status.antenna" for them, at least for now.
In the future, I plan to use the new field to
hold the hardware queue, while the SKB's queue
mapping holds the AC.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Devices that have internal rate control need to be
notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes
just like external rate control algorithms get a
notification now.
Add this notification and clarify the change bits
while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only
bandwidth changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel type argument to the rate_update()
callback isn't really the correct way to give
the rate control algorithm about the desired
RX bandwidth of the peer.
Remove this argument, and instead update the
STA capabilities with 20/40 appropriately. The
SMPS update done by this callback works in the
same way, so this makes the callback cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only reason cgroup was used, was to be consistent with the populate()
interface. Now that we're getting rid of it, not only we no longer need
it, but we also *can't* call it this way.
Since we will no longer rely on populate(), this will be called from
create(). During create, the association between struct mem_cgroup
and struct cgroup does not yet exist, since cgroup internals hasn't
yet initialized its bookkeeping. This means we would not be able
to draw the memcg pointer from the cgroup pointer in these
functions, which is highly undesirable.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Acked-by: Kamezawa Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
CC: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
CC: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
CC: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Since some of the HT code pre-dates 802.11n-2009
some names are wrong. The one that bothers me most
is that "HT operation" is called "HT information"
in our code and that causes confusion.
Rename "HT information" to "HT operation" and also
the control_chan field to primary_chan to match
the name used in the spec.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the control-rate tables are not set up correctly, it makes
little sense to spam the logs, thus change the WARN_ON to WARN_ON_ONCE.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To ensure that old user space versions do not accidentally pick up and
try to use the management channel, use a different channel number.
Reported-by: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Although not specified in 8021Qaz spec, it could be useful to enable drivers
whose HW supports setting a rate limit for an ETS TC. This patch adds this
optional attribute to DCB netlink. To use it, drivers should implement and
register the callbacks ieee_setmaxrate and ieee_getmaxrate. The units are 64
bits long and specified in Kbps to enable usage over both slow and very fast
networks.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch removes unused icmp_ioctl() method definition in
include/net/icmp.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They were error prone due to an embedded goto, and the entire tree has
been converted away from using them.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error
prone and make code hard to audit.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If passed 0 as data_length the (parsed < data_length - 1) test will be
true and cause a buffer overflow. In practice we need at least two bytes
for the element length and type so add a test for it to the very
beginning of the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
The parsed variable is already incremented inside the for-loop so there
no need to increment it again (not to mention that the code was
incrementing it the wrong amount).
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
This patch uses the correct flags for checking the HCI_SSP_ENABLED bit.
Without this authentication request was not being initiated.
Signed-off-by: Hemant Gupta <hemant.gupta@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Name string overrun fix in gianfar driver from Joe Perches.
2) VHOST bug fixes from Michael S. Tsirkin and Nadav Har'El
3) Fix dependencies on xt_LOG netfilter module, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
4) Fix RCU locking in xt_CT, also from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
5) Add a parameter to skb_add_rx_frag() so we can fix the truesize
adjustments in the drivers that use it. The individual drivers
aren't fixed by this commit, but will be dealt with using follow-on
commits. From Eric Dumazet.
6) Add some device IDs to qmi_wwan driver, from Andrew Bird.
7) Fix a potential rcu_read_lock() imbalancein rt6_fill_node(). From
Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: fix a potential rcu_read_lock() imbalance in rt6_fill_node()
net: add a truesize parameter to skb_add_rx_frag()
gianfar: Fix possible overrun and simplify interrupt name field creation
USB: qmi_wwan: Add ZTE (Vodafone) K3570-Z and K3571-Z net interfaces
USB: option: Ignore ZTE (Vodafone) K3570/71 net interfaces
USB: qmi_wwan: Add ZTE (Vodafone) K3565-Z and K4505-Z net interfaces
qlcnic: Bug fix for LRO
netfilter: nf_conntrack: permanently attach timeout policy to conntrack
netfilter: xt_CT: fix assignation of the generic protocol tracker
netfilter: xt_CT: missing rcu_read_lock section in timeout assignment
netfilter: cttimeout: fix dependency with l4protocol conntrack module
netfilter: xt_LOG: use CONFIG_IP6_NF_IPTABLES instead of CONFIG_IPV6
vhost: fix release path lockdep checks
vhost: don't forget to schedule()
tools/virtio: stub out strong barriers
tools/virtio: add linux/hrtimer.h stub
tools/virtio: add linux/module.h stub
The station_info struct had demanded dBm signal values, but the
cfg80211 wireless extensions implementation was also accepting
"unspecified" (i.e. RSSI) unit values while the nl80211 code was
completely unaware of them. Resolve this by formally allowing the
"unspecified" units while making nl80211 ignore them.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
At least on ia64 the (bogus) use of xchg() here results in the compiler
warning about an unused expression result. As only an assignment is
intended here, convert it to such.
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
"[RFC PATCH 0/2] audit of linux/device.h users in include/*"
https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/3/4/159
--
Nearly every subsystem has some kind of header with a proto like:
void foo(struct device *dev);
and yet there is no reason for most of these guys to care about the
sub fields within the device struct. This allows us to significantly
reduce the scope of headers including headers. For this instance, a
reduction of about 40% is achieved by replacing the include with the
simple fact that the device is some kind of a struct.
Unlike the much larger module.h cleanup, this one is simply two
commits. One to fix the implicit <linux/device.h> users, and then
one to delete the device.h includes from the linux/include/ dir
wherever possible.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)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=3j4+
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'device-for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux
Pull <linux/device.h> avoidance patches from Paul Gortmaker:
"Nearly every subsystem has some kind of header with a proto like:
void foo(struct device *dev);
and yet there is no reason for most of these guys to care about the
sub fields within the device struct. This allows us to significantly
reduce the scope of headers including headers. For this instance, a
reduction of about 40% is achieved by replacing the include with the
simple fact that the device is some kind of a struct.
Unlike the much larger module.h cleanup, this one is simply two
commits. One to fix the implicit <linux/device.h> users, and then one
to delete the device.h includes from the linux/include/ dir wherever
possible."
* tag 'device-for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux:
device.h: audit and cleanup users in main include dir
device.h: cleanup users outside of linux/include (C files)
"[RFC - PATCH 0/7] consolidation of BUG support code."
https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/26/525
--
The changes shown here are to unify linux's BUG support under
the one <linux/bug.h> file. Due to historical reasons, we have
some BUG code in bug.h and some in kernel.h -- i.e. the support for
BUILD_BUG in linux/kernel.h predates the addition of linux/bug.h,
but old code in kernel.h wasn't moved to bug.h at that time. As
a band-aid, kernel.h was including <asm/bug.h> to pseudo link them.
This has caused confusion[1] and general yuck/WTF[2] reactions.
Here is an example that violates the principle of least surprise:
CC lib/string.o
lib/string.c: In function 'strlcat':
lib/string.c:225:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'BUILD_BUG_ON'
make[2]: *** [lib/string.o] Error 1
$
$ grep linux/bug.h lib/string.c
#include <linux/bug.h>
$
We've included <linux/bug.h> for the BUG infrastructure and yet we
still get a compile fail! [We've not kernel.h for BUILD_BUG_ON.]
Ugh - very confusing for someone who is new to kernel development.
With the above in mind, the goals of this changeset are:
1) find and fix any include/*.h files that were relying on the
implicit presence of BUG code.
2) find and fix any C files that were consuming kernel.h and
hence relying on implicitly getting some/all BUG code.
3) Move the BUG related code living in kernel.h to <linux/bug.h>
4) remove the asm/bug.h from kernel.h to finally break the chain.
During development, the order was more like 3-4, build-test, 1-2.
But to ensure that git history for bisect doesn't get needless
build failures introduced, the commits have been reorderd to fix
the problem areas in advance.
[1] https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/3/90
[2] https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/17/414
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)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=PYQT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'bug-for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux
Pull <linux/bug.h> cleanup from Paul Gortmaker:
"The changes shown here are to unify linux's BUG support under the one
<linux/bug.h> file. Due to historical reasons, we have some BUG code
in bug.h and some in kernel.h -- i.e. the support for BUILD_BUG in
linux/kernel.h predates the addition of linux/bug.h, but old code in
kernel.h wasn't moved to bug.h at that time. As a band-aid, kernel.h
was including <asm/bug.h> to pseudo link them.
This has caused confusion[1] and general yuck/WTF[2] reactions. Here
is an example that violates the principle of least surprise:
CC lib/string.o
lib/string.c: In function 'strlcat':
lib/string.c:225:2: error: implicit declaration of function 'BUILD_BUG_ON'
make[2]: *** [lib/string.o] Error 1
$
$ grep linux/bug.h lib/string.c
#include <linux/bug.h>
$
We've included <linux/bug.h> for the BUG infrastructure and yet we
still get a compile fail! [We've not kernel.h for BUILD_BUG_ON.] Ugh -
very confusing for someone who is new to kernel development.
With the above in mind, the goals of this changeset are:
1) find and fix any include/*.h files that were relying on the
implicit presence of BUG code.
2) find and fix any C files that were consuming kernel.h and hence
relying on implicitly getting some/all BUG code.
3) Move the BUG related code living in kernel.h to <linux/bug.h>
4) remove the asm/bug.h from kernel.h to finally break the chain.
During development, the order was more like 3-4, build-test, 1-2. But
to ensure that git history for bisect doesn't get needless build
failures introduced, the commits have been reorderd to fix the problem
areas in advance.
[1] https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/3/90
[2] https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/1/17/414"
Fix up conflicts (new radeon file, reiserfs header cleanups) as per Paul
and linux-next.
* tag 'bug-for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux:
kernel.h: doesn't explicitly use bug.h, so don't include it.
bug: consolidate BUILD_BUG_ON with other bug code
BUG: headers with BUG/BUG_ON etc. need linux/bug.h
bug.h: add include of it to various implicit C users
lib: fix implicit users of kernel.h for TAINT_WARN
spinlock: macroize assert_spin_locked to avoid bug.h dependency
x86: relocate get/set debugreg fcns to include/asm/debugreg.
In some cases the poll() implementation in a driver has to do different
things depending on the events the caller wants to poll for. An example
is when a driver needs to start a DMA engine if the caller polls for
POLLIN, but doesn't want to do that if POLLIN is not requested but instead
only POLLOUT or POLLPRI is requested. This is something that can happen
in the video4linux subsystem among others.
Unfortunately, the current epoll/poll/select implementation doesn't
provide that information reliably. The poll_table_struct does have it: it
has a key field with the event mask. But once a poll() call matches one
or more bits of that mask any following poll() calls are passed a NULL
poll_table pointer.
Also, the eventpoll implementation always left the key field at ~0 instead
of using the requested events mask.
This was changed in eventpoll.c so the key field now contains the actual
events that should be polled for as set by the caller.
The solution to the NULL poll_table pointer is to set the qproc field to
NULL in poll_table once poll() matches the events, not the poll_table
pointer itself. That way drivers can obtain the mask through a new
poll_requested_events inline.
The poll_table_struct can still be NULL since some kernel code calls it
internally (netfs_state_poll() in ./drivers/staging/pohmelfs/netfs.h). In
that case poll_requested_events() returns ~0 (i.e. all events).
Very rarely drivers might want to know whether poll_wait will actually
wait. If another earlier file descriptor in the set already matched the
events the caller wanted to wait for, then the kernel will return from the
select() call without waiting. This might be useful information in order
to avoid doing expensive work.
A new helper function poll_does_not_wait() is added that drivers can use
to detect this situation. This is now used in sock_poll_wait() in
include/net/sock.h. This was the only place in the kernel that needed
this information.
Drivers should no longer access any of the poll_table internals, but use
the poll_requested_events() and poll_does_not_wait() access functions
instead. In order to enforce that the poll_table fields are now prepended
with an underscore and a comment was added warning against using them
directly.
This required a change in unix_dgram_poll() in unix/af_unix.c which used
the key field to get the requested events. It's been replaced by a call
to poll_requested_events().
For qproc it was especially important to change its name since the
behavior of that field changes with this patch since this function pointer
can now be NULL when that wasn't possible in the past.
Any driver accessing the qproc or key fields directly will now fail to compile.
Some notes regarding the correctness of this patch: the driver's poll()
function is called with a 'struct poll_table_struct *wait' argument. This
pointer may or may not be NULL, drivers can never rely on it being one or
the other as that depends on whether or not an earlier file descriptor in
the select()'s fdset matched the requested events.
There are only three things a driver can do with the wait argument:
1) obtain the key field:
events = wait ? wait->key : ~0;
This will still work although it should be replaced with the new
poll_requested_events() function (which does exactly the same).
This will now even work better, since wait is no longer set to NULL
unnecessarily.
2) use the qproc callback. This could be deadly since qproc can now be
NULL. Renaming qproc should prevent this from happening. There are no
kernel drivers that actually access this callback directly, BTW.
3) test whether wait == NULL to determine whether poll would return without
waiting. This is no longer sufficient as the correct test is now
wait == NULL || wait->_qproc == NULL.
However, the worst that can happen here is a slight performance hit in
the case where wait != NULL and wait->_qproc == NULL. In that case the
driver will assume that poll_wait() will actually add the fd to the set
of waiting file descriptors. Of course, poll_wait() will not do that
since it tests for wait->_qproc. This will not break anything, though.
There is only one place in the whole kernel where this happens
(sock_poll_wait() in include/net/sock.h) and that code will be replaced
by a call to poll_does_not_wait() in the next patch.
Note that even if wait->_qproc != NULL drivers cannot rely on poll_wait()
actually waiting. The next file descriptor from the set might match the
event mask and thus any possible waits will never happen.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Reviewed-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch introduces nf_conntrack_l4proto_find_get() and
nf_conntrack_l4proto_put() to fix module dependencies between
timeout objects and l4-protocol conntrack modules.
Thus, we make sure that the module cannot be removed if it is
used by any of the cttimeout objects.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Pull vfs pile 1 from Al Viro:
"This is _not_ all; in particular, Miklos' and Jan's stuff is not there
yet."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (64 commits)
ext4: initialization of ext4_li_mtx needs to be done earlier
debugfs-related mode_t whack-a-mole
hfsplus: add an ioctl to bless files
hfsplus: change finder_info to u32
hfsplus: initialise userflags
qnx4: new helper - try_extent()
qnx4: get rid of qnx4_bread/qnx4_getblk
take removal of PF_FORKNOEXEC to flush_old_exec()
trim includes in inode.c
um: uml_dup_mmap() relies on ->mmap_sem being held, but activate_mm() doesn't hold it
um: embed ->stub_pages[] into mmu_context
gadgetfs: list_for_each_safe() misuse
ocfs2: fix leaks on failure exits in module_init
ecryptfs: make register_filesystem() the last potential failure exit
ntfs: forgets to unregister sysctls on register_filesystem() failure
logfs: missing cleanup on register_filesystem() failure
jfs: mising cleanup on register_filesystem() failure
make configfs_pin_fs() return root dentry on success
configfs: configfs_create_dir() has parent dentry in dentry->d_parent
configfs: sanitize configfs_create()
...
Pull security subsystem updates for 3.4 from James Morris:
"The main addition here is the new Yama security module from Kees Cook,
which was discussed at the Linux Security Summit last year. Its
purpose is to collect miscellaneous DAC security enhancements in one
place. This also marks a departure in policy for LSM modules, which
were previously limited to being standalone access control systems.
Chromium OS is using Yama, and I believe there are plans for Ubuntu,
at least.
This patchset also includes maintenance updates for AppArmor, TOMOYO
and others."
Fix trivial conflict in <net/sock.h> due to the jumo_label->static_key
rename.
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/linux-security: (38 commits)
AppArmor: Fix location of const qualifier on generated string tables
TOMOYO: Return error if fails to delete a domain
AppArmor: add const qualifiers to string arrays
AppArmor: Add ability to load extended policy
TOMOYO: Return appropriate value to poll().
AppArmor: Move path failure information into aa_get_name and rename
AppArmor: Update dfa matching routines.
AppArmor: Minor cleanup of d_namespace_path to consolidate error handling
AppArmor: Retrieve the dentry_path for error reporting when path lookup fails
AppArmor: Add const qualifiers to generated string tables
AppArmor: Fix oops in policy unpack auditing
AppArmor: Fix error returned when a path lookup is disconnected
KEYS: testing wrong bit for KEY_FLAG_REVOKED
TOMOYO: Fix mount flags checking order.
security: fix ima kconfig warning
AppArmor: Fix the error case for chroot relative path name lookup
AppArmor: fix mapping of META_READ to audit and quiet flags
AppArmor: Fix underflow in xindex calculation
AppArmor: Fix dropping of allowed operations that are force audited
AppArmor: Add mising end of structure test to caps unpacking
...
Pull networking merge from David Miller:
"1) Move ixgbe driver over to purely page based buffering on receive.
From Alexander Duyck.
2) Add receive packet steering support to e1000e, from Bruce Allan.
3) Convert TCP MD5 support over to RCU, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Reduce cpu usage in handling out-of-order TCP packets on modern
systems, also from Eric Dumazet.
5) Support the IP{,V6}_UNICAST_IF socket options, making the wine
folks happy, from Erich Hoover.
6) Support VLAN trunking from guests in hyperv driver, from Haiyang
Zhang.
7) Support byte-queue-limtis in r8169, from Igor Maravic.
8) Outline code intended for IP_RECVTOS in IP_PKTOPTIONS existed but
was never properly implemented, Jiri Benc fixed that.
9) 64-bit statistics support in r8169 and 8139too, from Junchang Wang.
10) Support kernel side dump filtering by ctmark in netfilter
ctnetlink, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
11) Support byte-queue-limits in gianfar driver, from Paul Gortmaker.
12) Add new peek socket options to assist with socket migration, from
Pavel Emelyanov.
13) Add sch_plug packet scheduler whose queue is controlled by
userland daemons using explicit freeze and release commands. From
Shriram Rajagopalan.
14) Fix FCOE checksum offload handling on transmit, from Yi Zou."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1846 commits)
Fix pppol2tp getsockname()
Remove printk from rds_sendmsg
ipv6: fix incorrent ipv6 ipsec packet fragment
cpsw: Hook up default ndo_change_mtu.
net: qmi_wwan: fix build error due to cdc-wdm dependecy
netdev: driver: ethernet: Add TI CPSW driver
netdev: driver: ethernet: add cpsw address lookup engine support
phy: add am79c874 PHY support
mlx4_core: fix race on comm channel
bonding: send igmp report for its master
fs_enet: Add MPC5125 FEC support and PHY interface selection
net: bpf_jit: fix BPF_S_LDX_B_MSH compilation
net: update the usage of CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY
fcoe: use CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY instead of CHECKSUM_PARTIAL on tx
net: do not do gso for CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY in netif_needs_gso
ixgbe: Fix issues with SR-IOV loopback when flow control is disabled
net/hyperv: Fix the code handling tx busy
ixgbe: fix namespace issues when FCoE/DCB is not enabled
rtlwifi: Remove unused ETH_ADDR_LEN defines
igbvf: Use ETH_ALEN
...
Fix up fairly trivial conflicts in drivers/isdn/gigaset/interface.c and
drivers/net/usb/{Kconfig,qmi_wwan.c} as per David.
Pull cgroup changes from Tejun Heo:
"Out of the 8 commits, one fixes a long-standing locking issue around
tasklist walking and others are cleanups."
* 'for-3.4' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/cgroup:
cgroup: Walk task list under tasklist_lock in cgroup_enable_task_cg_list
cgroup: Remove wrong comment on cgroup_enable_task_cg_list()
cgroup: remove cgroup_subsys argument from callbacks
cgroup: remove extra calls to find_existing_css_set
cgroup: replace tasklist_lock with rcu_read_lock
cgroup: simplify double-check locking in cgroup_attach_proc
cgroup: move struct cgroup_pidlist out from the header file
cgroup: remove cgroup_attach_task_current_cg()
The <linux/device.h> header includes a lot of stuff, and
it in turn gets a lot of use just for the basic "struct device"
which appears so often.
Clean up the users as follows:
1) For those headers only needing "struct device" as a pointer
in fcn args, replace the include with exactly that.
2) For headers not really using anything from device.h, simply
delete the include altogether.
3) For headers relying on getting device.h implicitly before
being included themselves, now explicitly include device.h
4) For files in which doing #1 or #2 uncovers an implicit
dependency on some other header, fix by explicitly adding
the required header(s).
Any C files that were implicitly relying on device.h to be
present have already been dealt with in advance.
Total removals from #1 and #2: 51. Total additions coming
from #3: 9. Total other implicit dependencies from #4: 7.
As of 3.3-rc1, there were 110, so a net removal of 42 gives
about a 38% reduction in device.h presence in include/*
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
This value is not really very useful by itself,
yet some drivers (including iwlwifi until I can
figure out what it should do) use it. At least
rename it to "last_tsf" to indicate the meaning
and add a note that it may be really old.
I suspect the value may become useful combined
with the rx_status->mactime, but we don't (yet)
store that value and pass it to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is intended to be the timestamp sent by the
peer in the beacon/probe response, not any form
of host timestamp. Clarify the documentation and
variable names.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add #define pr_fmt(fmt) as appropriate.
Add "IPv4: ", "TCP: ", and "IPsec: " to appropriate files.
Standardize on "UDPLite: " for appropriate uses.
Some prefixes were previously "UDPLITE: " and "UDP-Lite: ".
Add KBUILD_MODNAME ": " to icmp and gre.
Remove embedded prefixes as appropriate.
Add missing "\n" to pr_info in gre.c.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the station state callback was added, this
was no longer needed in theory. With the iwlwifi
changes to remove use of it landing, we can kill
the entire tx-sync framework again, RIP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Receive background scan period as part of connect
command and pass the same to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The following 4 functions:
move_addr_to_kernel
move_addr_to_user
verify_iovec
verify_compat_iovec
are always effectively called with a sockaddr_storage.
Make this explicit by changing their signature.
This removes a large number of casts from sockaddr_storage to sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lookup sctp_association within sctp_do_peeloff() to enable its use outside of
the sctp code with minimal knowledge of the former.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.de>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* add entry for rate_idx_mcs_mask
* fix order of entries to represent the structs' order
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As we invalidate the inetpeer tree along with the routing cache now,
we don't need a genid to reset the redirect handling when the routing
cache is flushed.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We initialize the routing metrics with the values cached on the
inetpeer in rt_init_metrics(). So if we have the metrics cached on the
inetpeer, we ignore the user configured fib_metrics.
To fix this issue, we replace the old tree with a fresh initialized
inet_peer_base. The old tree is removed later with a delayed work queue.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AF_IUCV sockets offer a shutdown function. This patch makes sure
shutdown works for HS transport as well.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Helps to find format mismatches at compile time
Suggested-by: David Laight <David.Laight@ACULAB.COM>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
This patch adds the timeout extension, which allows you to attach
specific timeout policies to flows.
This extension is only used by the template conntrack.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the infrastructure to add fine timeout tuning
over nfnetlink. Now you can use the NFNL_SUBSYS_CTNETLINK_TIMEOUT
subsystem to create/delete/dump timeout objects that contain some
specific timeout policy for one flow.
The follow up patches will allow you attach timeout policy object
to conntrack via the CT target and the conntrack extension
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch defines a new interface for l4 protocol trackers:
unsigned int *(*get_timeouts)(struct net *net);
that is used to return the array of unsigned int that contains
the timeouts that will be applied for this flow. This is passed
to the l4proto->new(...) and l4proto->packet(...) functions to
specify the timeout policy.
This interface allows per-net global timeout configuration
(although only DCCP supports this by now) and it will allow
custom custom timeout configuration by means of follow-up
patches.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch allows you to set expectfn which is specifically used
by the NAT side of most of the existing conntrack helpers.
I have added a symbol map that uses a string as key to look up for
the function that is attached to the expectation object. This is
the best solution I came out with to solve this issue.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When calling nfc_dep_link_up, we implicitely are in initiator mode.
Which means we also can provide the general bytes as a function argument,
as all drivers will eventually request them.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the signal strength (in dBm only for now) to
frames that are received via nl80211's various
frame APIs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds an attribute, NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
to set the inactivity timeout which can be used to remove the
station in AP mode. This can be passed in NL80211_CMD_START_AP
and used by the drivers which have AP MLME in firmware but
don't support get_station() properly. To disable inactivity
timer in userspace, wpa_s for example, there is a new flag,
NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER, in nl80211_feature_flags
through which drivers can register their capability to use
the inactivity timeout to free the stations.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For A-MPDU rx it makes sense to only process the signal strength once per
aggregate instead of once per subframe. Additonally, some hardware (e.g.
Atheros) only provides valid signal strength information for the last
subframe.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I forgot to update the kernel-doc in my patch
to redesign AP mode APIs, fix that now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh peer links are established only if average rssi of the peer
candidate satisfies the threshold. This is not in 802.11s specification
but was requested by David Fulgham, an open80211s user. This is a way to avoid
marginal peer links with stations that are barely within range.
This patch adds a new mesh configuration parameter, mesh_rssi_threshold. This
feature is supported only for hardwares that report signal in dBm.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a header file is making use of BUG, BUG_ON, BUILD_BUG_ON, or any
other BUG variant in a static inline (i.e. not in a #define) then
that header really should be including <linux/bug.h> and not just
expecting it to be implicitly present.
We can make this change risk-free, since if the files using these
headers didn't have exposure to linux/bug.h already, they would have
been causing compile failures/warnings.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
{g|s}etnumtcs() today returns a u8 that is only used by the DCB code
to verify no error occurred. Today the driver implementations return
negative error codes which end up being non-zero so the logic works
out but triggers some sparse warnings.
To fix the sparse warnings convert the return value to an int.
CC: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This flag is of no use right now and is in fact harmful in that it
prevents the HCI_MGMT flag to be set for any controllers that may need
it after the first one that bluetoothd takes into use (the flag is
cleared for the first controller so any subsequent ones through the same
bluetoothd mgmt socket never get the HCI_MGMT flag set).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The index is part of the command header and not its parameters so it
makes sense to distinguish this from the invalid parameters error.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/tg3.c
Conflicts in the statistics regression bug fix from 'net',
but happily Matt Carlson originally posted the fix against
'net-next' so I used that to resolve this.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The L2CAP timeout constants are always used in form of jiffies. So just
include the conversion from msecs in the define itself. This has the
advantage of making the code where the timeout is used more readable.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
These defines are shorter than "sizeof(struct mgmt_cp_foo_bar...)" and
will be helpful when extending the command lookup table to contain the
expected command size information.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This renames the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE
TX flag to IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER and also
uses it for non-bufferable MMPDUs (all MMPDUs but
deauth, disassoc and action frames.)
Previously, mac80211 would let the MMPDU through
but not set the flag so drivers supporting some
hardware aids for avoiding the PS races would
then reject the frame.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In "cfg80211: no cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX()"
Holger Schurig removed the cookies in the calls
from mac80211 to cfg80211, but the ones in the
other direction were left in. Remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixed channel mask needs to be stored to decide whether to
use A2MP for example. So far save only one relevant byte which
keeps all information we need.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There was an off-by-one error in the comments describing the
highest_sack field in struct tcp_sock. The comments previously claimed
that it was the "start sequence of the highest skb with SACKed
bit". This commit fixes the comments to note that it is the "start
sequence of the skb just *after* the highest skb with SACKed bit".
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds missing SSP and "Simultaneous LE & BR/EDR" feature bit
definitions to hci.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
u8/__u8/u32/etc should be used in the kernel instead of stdint.h types.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/rx.c
Overlapping changes in drivers/net/ethernet/sfc/rx.c, one to change
the rx_buf->is_page boolean into a set of u16 flags, and another to
adjust how ->ip_summed is initialized.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch removes unneeded method typedef declaration (icv_update_fn_t
) and the two struct declarations which appear in its prototype
(struct hash_desc and struct scatterlist) in net/xfrm.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marcell Zambo and Janos Farago noticed and reported that when
new conntrack entries are added via netlink and the conntrack table
gets full, soft lockup happens. This is because the nf_conntrack_lock
is held while nf_conntrack_alloc is called, which is in turn wants
to lock nf_conntrack_lock while evicting entries from the full table.
The patch fixes the soft lockup with limiting the holding of the
nf_conntrack_lock to the minimum, where it's absolutely required.
It required to extend (and thus change) nf_conntrack_hash_insert
so that it makes sure conntrack and ctnetlink do not add the same entry
twice to the conntrack table.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This is useful for testing RX handling of frames with bad
CRCs.
Requires driver support to actually put the packet on the
wire properly.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does
all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a
more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the
various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels.
Typical usage scenarios:
#include <linux/static_key.h>
struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE;
if (static_key_false(&key))
do unlikely code
else
do likely code
Or:
if (static_key_true(&key))
do likely code
else
do unlikely code
The static key is modified via:
static_key_slow_inc(&key);
...
static_key_slow_dec(&key);
The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an
expensive operation.
I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note
that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename
blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label
patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to
decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit.
On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to
likely()/unlikely() branches.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl
Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This patch adds a flag to track pending changes to the class of device.
This is needed since we cannot cleanly handle multiple simultaneous
commands and need to return a "busy" error status in the mgmt commands
that might trigger a class change.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Device Connected events to match the latest API
by adding a flags parameter to them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes sure that legacy pairing vs SSP infomation gets
properly propageted to the device_found events in the form of the legacy
pairing flag.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
According to the latest mgmt API there's a flags field instead of a
separate confirm_name paramter.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It's possible to provide a short name through the mgmt interface and
this name can be used for EIR generation when the full name doesn't fit
there. This patch adds the preliminary tracking of the provided short
name.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently there are no events to other management sockets if the class of
device got changed. So make sure they are sent.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch implements support for the Set LE mgmt command. Now, in
addition to the enable_le module parameter user space needs to send an
explicit Enable LE command to enable LE support.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes it possible to enable SSP through mgmt even when
powered off. The setting will then get automatically actiated when
powering on.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes it possible to change the Link Security setting while
powered off and have it automatically enabled when powering on a device.
To track the desired state once powered on a new HCI_LINK_SECURITY flag
is added.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Channel lock will be used to lock L2CAP channels which are locked
currently by socket locks.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Reviewed-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The AP/GO mode API isn't very clearly defined, it
has "set beacon" and "new beacon" etc.
Modify the API to the following:
* start AP -- all settings
* change beacon -- new beacon data
* stop AP -- stop AP mode operation
This also reflects in the nl80211 API, rename
the commands there correspondingly (but keep
the old names for compatibility.)
Overall, this makes it much clearer what's going
on in the API.
Kalle developed the ath6kl changes, I created
the rest of the patch.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement a new netlink attribute type IFLA_EXT_MASK. The mask
is a 32 bit value that can be used to indicate to the kernel that
certain extended ifinfo values are requested by the user application.
At this time the only mask value defined is RTEXT_FILTER_VF to
indicate that the user wants the ifinfo dump to send information
about the VFs belonging to the interface.
This patch fixes a bug in which certain applications do not have
large enough buffers to accommodate the extra information returned
by the kernel with large numbers of SR-IOV virtual functions.
Those applications will not send the new netlink attribute with
the interface info dump request netlink messages so they will
not get unexpectedly large request buffers returned by the kernel.
Modifies the rtnl_calcit function to traverse the list of net
devices and compute the minimum buffer size that can hold the
info dumps of all matching devices based upon the filter passed
in via the new netlink attribute filter mask. If no filter
mask is sent then the buffer allocation defaults to NLMSG_GOODSIZE.
With this change it is possible to add yet to be defined netlink
attributes to the dump request which should make it fairly extensible
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This one specifies where to start MSG_PEEK-ing queue data from. When
set to negative value means that MSG_PEEK works as ususally -- peeks
from the head of the queue always.
When some bytes are peeked from queue and the peeking offset is non
negative it is moved forward so that the next peek will return next
portion of data.
When non-peeking recvmsg occurs and the peeking offset is non negative
is is moved backward so that the next peek will still peek the proper
data (i.e. the one that would have been picked if there were no non
peeking recv in between).
The offset is set using per-proto opteration to let the protocol handle
the locking issues and to check whether the peeking offset feature is
supported by the protocol the socket belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes it possible to toggle the connectable & discoverable
settings when powered off. Two new hdev->dev_flags flags are added to
track what the scan mode should be when the device is finally powered
on.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The parameter list for setting the local name via management interface
was missing the short name parameter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds rudimentary support for the Set High Speed command in
the form of a new HCI dev flag (HCI_HS_ENABLED).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an address type parameter to the Discovering event. The
value matches that given to Start/Stop Discovery.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an address type parameter to the Stop Discovery command
which should match the value given to Start Discovery.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since neither High Speed (HS) nor Low Energy (LE) are fully implemented
yet, only expose them in supported settings when enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HCI monitor channel can be used to monitor all packets and events
from the Bluetooth subsystem. The monitor is not bound to any specific
HCI device and allows even capturing multiple devices at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HCI notifier handling was never used outside of Bluetooth core layer
and thus remove it and replace it with direct function calls. Also move
the stack internal event generation into the HCI socket layer.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The bt_cb(skb)->channel was only needed to make hci_send_to_sock() be
used for HCI raw and control sockets. Since they have now separate sending
functions this is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The sending functions for HCI raw and control sockets have nothing in
common except that they iterate over the socket list. Split them into
two so they can do their job more efficient. In addition the code becomes
more readable.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of having status paramters part of each individual command
response it's simpler to just have the status as part of the command
complete header. This patch updates the code to follow this convention
and thereby also ensures compliance with the latest mgmt API
specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In accordance to the latest mgmt API specification the opcode comes
first and then the status.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds interleaved discovery support to MGMT Start
Discovery command.
In case interleaved discovery is not supported (not a dual mode
device), we perform BR/EDR or LE-only discovery according to the
device capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch merges DISCOVERY_INQUIRY and DISCOVERY_LE_SCAN states
into a new state called DISCOVERY_FINDING.
From the discovery perspective, we are pretty much worried about
to know just if we are finding devices than what exactly phase of
"finding devices" (inquiry or LE scan) we are currently running.
Besides, to know if the controller is performing inquiry or LE scan
we should check HCI_INQUIRY or HCI_LE_SCAN bits in hdev flags.
Moreover, merging this two states will simplify the discovery state
machine and will keep interleaved discovery implementation simpler.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds to struct discovery_state the field 'type' so that
we can track the discovery type the device is performing.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch does some code refactoring in start_discovery function
in order to prepare it for interleaved discovery support.
MGMT_ADDR_* macros were moved to hci_core.h since they are now used
to define discovery type macros.
Discovery type macros were defined according to mgmt-api.txt
specification:
Possible values for the Type parameter are a bit-wise or of the
following bits:
1 BR/EDR
2 LE Public
3 LE Random
By combining these e.g. the following values are possible:
1 BR/EDR
6 LE (public & random)
7 BR/EDR/LE (interleaved discovery)
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds the appropriate Intel copyright to mgmt files.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The latest mgmt API includes an address type for all messages containing
an address. This patch updates the confirm name command to match this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The latest mgmt API includes address types for all messages containing
an address. This patch updates the PIN code messages to match this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The latest mgmt API includes an address type wherever there's an address
present. This patch updates the link key messages to match it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use state_to_string function in debug statements.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Function state_to_string will be used in other files in debug
statements.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Use specific logging functions instead of a generic
bt_printk function can save some text.
Remove now unused bt_printk function.
Add compatibility BT_INFO and BT_ERR macros.
(compiled x86 and defconfig with bluetooth and all bluetooth drivers)
$ size net/bluetooth/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
381662 20072 100416 502150 7a986 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.new
382463 20072 100400 502935 7ac97 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.old
126635 1388 132 128155 1f49b net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.new
127175 1388 132 128695 1f6b7 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.old
$ size drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o*
127575 8976 29476 166027 2888b drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.new
129512 8976 29516 168004 29044 drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.allyesconfig.old
52998 3292 156 56446 dc7e drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.new
54358 3292 156 57806 e1ce drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Set SSP mgmt command can be used for enabling and disabling Secure
Simple Pairing support for controllers that support it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Set Link Security mgmt command is used to enable or disable link
level security, also known as Security Mode 3. This is rarely enabled in
modern systems but the command needs to be available for completeness,
qualification purposes and those few systems that actually want to
enable it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch implements the Read Supported Commands mgmt command which was
recently added to the API specification. It returns a list of supported
commands and events to user space.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
__cancel_delayed_work() is being used in some paths where we cannot
sleep waiting for the delayed work to finish. However, that function
might return while the timer is running and the work will be queued
again. Replace the calls with safer cancel_delayed_work() version
which spins until the timer handler finishes on other CPUs and
cancels the delayed work.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
queue_delayed_work() expects a relative time for when that work
should be scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After moving L2CAP timers to workqueues l2cap_set_timer expects timeout
value to be specified in jiffies but constants defined in miliseconds
are used. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ is not set to
1000.
__set_chan_timer macro still uses jiffies as input to avoid multiple
conversions from/to jiffies for sk_sndtimeo value which is already
specified in jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Ackec-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
As reported by Dan Carpenter this function causes a Sparse warning and
shouldn't be declared inline:
include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h:837:30 error: marked inline, but without a
definition"
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This avoids using the dev_set/get_drvdata() functions to retrieve a
pointer to our own structure. We can use simple pointer arithmetic here.
The drvdata field is actually not needed by any other code-path but this
makes the code more consistent with hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The linux device model provides dev_set/get_drvdata so we can use this
to save private driver data.
This also removes several unnecessary casts.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
We currently use dev_set_drvdata to keep a pointer to ourself. This
doesn't make sense as we are the bus and not a driver. Therefore,
introduce to_hci_dev() so we can get a struct hci_dev pointer from a
struct device pointer.
dev_set/get_drvdata() is reserved for drivers that provide a device and
not for the bus using the device. The bus can use simple pointer
arithmetic to retrieve its private data.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch add a new Device Unpaired mgmt event. This will be sent to
all mgmt sockets except the one that requested unpairing (that socket
will get a command complete instead). The event is also reserved for
future SMP updates where a remote device will be able to request pairing
revocation from us.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Authentication Failed mgmt event to match the
latest API specification by adding an address type to it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the implmentation for mgmt_block_device and
mgmt_unblock_device and their corresponding events to match the latest
API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the implementation for these mgmt to be up to date
with the latest API specification. Right now the address type isn't
actually used for anything but that might change in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch upadate the user confirm and user passkey mgmt messages to
match the latest API specification by adding an address type parameter
to them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an address type parameter to the disconnect command and
response in order to match the latest mgmt API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the mgmt_remove_keys command to mgmt_unpair_device
and updates its parameters to match the latest API (specifically, it
adds an address type parameter to the command and its response).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We are not supposed to block in start_discovery() because
start_discovery code is running in write() syscall context
and this would block the write operation on the mgmt socket.
This way, we cannot directly call hci_do_le_scan() to scan
LE devices in start_discovery(). To overcome this issue a
derefered work (hdev->le_scan) was created so we can properly
call hci_do_le_scan().
The helper function hci_le_scan() simply set LE scan parameters
and queue hdev->le_scan work. The work is queued on system_long_wq
since it can sleep for a few seconds in the worst case (timeout).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds to hci_core the hci_do_le_scan function which
should be used to scan LE devices.
In order to enable LE scan, hci_do_le_scan() sends commands (Set
LE Scan Parameters and Set LE Scan Enable) to the controller and
waits for its results. If commands were executed successfully a
delayed work is scheduled to disable the ongoing scanning after
some amount of time. This function blocks.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Send MGMT Discovering events once LE scan starts/stops so the
userspace can track when local adapters are discovering LE devices.
This way, we also keep the same behavior of inquiry which sends MGMT
Discovering events once inquiry starts/stops even if it is triggered
by an external tool (e.g. hcitool).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the use of the new structures and lists for the SMP LTK's
we may remove some code that is now unused. No need to have extra
fields of information inside link_key now that it is only used
for Link Keys.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds a method to notify that a new LTK is available and
a handler to store keys coming from userspace into the kernel LTK
list.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This updates all the users of the older way, that was using the
link_keys list to store the SMP keys, to use the new way.
This includes defining new types for the keys, we have a type for each
combination of STK/LTK and Master/Slave.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This includes a new list for storing the keys and a new structure used
to represent each key.
Some notes: authenticated is used to identify that the key may be used
to setup a HIGH security link. As the same list is used to store both
the STK's and the LTK's the type field is used so we can separate
between those two types of keys and if the key should be used when
in the master or slave role.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch implements the Cancel Pair Device command for mgmt. It's used
by user space to cancel an ongoing pairing attempt which was triggered
by the Pair Device command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the opcodes for mgmt commands and events to match the
latest user space API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This makes clear that this is the size of the key used to
encrypt the link.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This defines two new messages, one event that will inform
userspace that a new Long Term Key was exchanged and one that
will allow userspace to load LTKs into the kernel.
Besides the information necessary for the restablishement of
the secure link, we added some extra information: "authenticated"
that informs if the key can be used to establish an authenticated
link, and "master" that informs the role in that the key should
be used.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
__cancel_delayed_work() is being used in some paths where we cannot
sleep waiting for the delayed work to finish. However, that function
might return while the timer is running and the work will be queued
again. Replace the calls with safer cancel_delayed_work() version
which spins until the timer handler finishes on other CPUs and
cancels the delayed work.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It's a very common test to see if both the local and the remote device
have SSP enabled. By creating a simple function to test this we can
shorten many if-statements in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ssp_mode is essentially just a boolean so it's more appropriate to
have it simply as a flag in hdev->dev_flags.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the flags member of struct hci_conn is supposed to accommodate
any boolean type values we can easily merge all boolean members into it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates mgmt_ev_device_connected and mgmt_ev_device found to
include an EIR-encoded remote name and class whenever possible. With
this addition the mgmt_ev_remote_name event becomes unnecessary and can
be removed. Since the connected event doesn't map to hci_conn_complete
anymore a HCI_CONN_MGMT_CONNECTED flag is added to track when mgmt has
been notified about a connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hdev->out variable is essentially a boolean so the type 'bool' makes
more sense than u8.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These flags can and will be used for more general purpose values than
just pending state transitions so the more common name "flags" makes
more sense than "pend".
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no need to have a separate device class field since the same
information can be encoded into the EIR data.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This makes the function accessible from all places it's needed (e.g.
mgmt.c and hci_event.c).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds missing EIR defines (as specified in the Bluetooth
Assigned Numbers document) to hci.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch add a two byte eir_len parameter mgmt_ev_device_found. Since
it's unlikely that the data will in the short term be much bigger than
conventional EIR lengths just use a small stack based buffer for now to
avoid dynamic memory allocation & freeing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
User space uses device_(dis)connected instead of just (dis)connected so
rename the defines and functions to match this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new parameter to mgmt_device_found() to inform
the length of 'eir' pointer.
EIR data from LE advertising report event doesn't have a fixed length
as EIR data from extended inquiry result event does. We needed to
change mgmt_device_found() so it copies 'eir_len' bytes instead of
HCI_MAX_EIR_LENGTH.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This is usefull when need to make action after timer was cleared
depending on if it was running or not.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Fix the following build warning:
CC [M] net/bluetooth/hci_core.o
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c: In function ‘__check_enable_hs’:
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c:2587: warning: return from incompatible pointer type
module_param in hci_core.c passes 'enable_hs' as bool format, so fix
this variable definition type.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch makes sure that devices with stronger signal (RSSI closer to
0) are sorted first in the resolve list and will therefore get their
names resolved first during device discovery. Since it's more likely
that the device the user is trying to discover has a strong signal due
to its proximity this ensures that the user gets the "device found"
event for it more quickly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no point in exposing these to user-space (which is what happens
to everything in hdev->flags) so move them to dev_flags instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As reported by Dan Carpenter this function causes a Sparse warning and
shouldn't be declared inline:
include/net/bluetooth/l2cap.h:837:30 error: marked inline, but without a
definition"
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since we remove the owner field of hci_dev hci_dev_put and __hci_dev_put
do the same so we can merge them into one function. Same for
hci_dev_hold and __hci_dev_hold.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_dev->dev device structure has an internal refcount. This
refcount is used to protect the whole hci_dev object. However, we
currently do not use it. Therefore, if someone calls hci_free_dev() we
currently immediately destroy the hci_dev object because we never took
the device refcount.
This even happens if the hci_dev->refcnt is not 0. In fact, the
hci_dev->refcnt is totally useless in its current state. Therefore, we
simply remove hci_dev->refcnt and instead use hci_dev->dev refcnt.
This fixes all the symptoms and also correctly integrates the device
structure into our bluetooth bus system.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After unregistering an hci_dev object a bluetooth driver does not have
any callbacks in the hci_dev structure left over. Therefore, there is no
need to keep a reference to the module.
Previously, we needed this to protect the hci-destruct callback.
However, this callback is no longer available so we do not need this
owner field, anymore. Drivers now call hci_unregister_dev() and they
are done with the object.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci-destruct callback is not used by any driver so we can remove it.
There is no reason to keep it alive, anymore. Drivers can free their
internal data on driver-release and we do not need to provide a public
destruct callback.
Internally, we still use a destruct callback inside of hci_sysfs.c. This
one is used to correctly free our hci_dev data structure if no more
users have a reference to it.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Several drivers already provide an empty callback so we can actually
make this optional and then remove all those empty callbacks in the
drivers.
This callback isn't needed at all by most drivers as they can remove
their allocated structures on device disconnect and not on hci
destruction.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
queue_delayed_work() expects a relative time for when that work
should be scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Adds HCI_ACL_TX_TIMEOUT and clear conversion from msec to jiffies
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After moving L2CAP timers to workqueues l2cap_set_timer expects timeout
value to be specified in jiffies but constants defined in miliseconds
are used. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ is not set to
1000.
__set_chan_timer macro still uses jiffies as input to avoid multiple
conversions from/to jiffies for sk_sndtimeo value which is already
specified in jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Ackec-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Adds support for Number Of Completed Data Blocks Event.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds the necessary logic to perform name lookups after
inquiry completes. This is done by checking for entries in the resolve
list after each inquiry complete and remote name complete HCI event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds proper state tracking to the device discovery process.
This makes it possible to return appropriate errors when trying to stop
a non-active discovery or start discovery when it is already ongoing.
Once name resolving is implemented this also makes it possible to know
what the right action to do is when a remote name lookup is cancelled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This struct is used for not just inquiry caching but also for general
device discovery state tracking so it's better to rename it to something
more appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If user-space has already confirmed the name for a remote device we
shouldn't request confirmation again. The simplest way to do this is to
return the name state from hci_inquiry_cache_update (if it is anything
else than unknown then we do not need confirmation from user-space).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds initial support for mgmt_confirm_name. It adds the
necessary tracking of the name state by extending the inquiry cache. The
actual name resolving operation (to be done once inquiry is finished) is
not yet part of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The EIR defines are needed also outside of mgmt.c (e.g. in hci_event.c
to check if EIR data has the complete name) so it's better to have them
in a single public place, i.e. hci.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This makes it possible to use the convenience functions provided for
standard kernel list types and it also makes it easier to extend the use
of the cache for the management interface where e.g. name resolving
control will be needed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently, it is not easily possible to get TOS/DSCP value of packets from
an incoming TCP stream. The mechanism is there, IP_PKTOPTIONS getsockopt
with IP_RECVTOS set, the same way as incoming TTL can be queried. This is
not actually implemented for TOS, though.
This patch adds this functionality, both for IPv4 (IP_PKTOPTIONS) and IPv6
(IPV6_2292PKTOPTIONS). For IPv4, like in the IP_RECVTTL case, the value of
the TOS field is stored from the other party's ACK.
This is needed for proxies which require DSCP transparency. One such example
is at http://zph.bratcheda.org/.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the netprio_cgroup module is not loaded, net_prio_subsys_id
is -1, and so sock_update_prioidx() accesses cgroup_subsys array
with negative index subsys[-1].
Make the code resembles cls_cgroup code, which is bug free.
Origionally-authored-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like skb->cb[], so that qdisc_skb_cb can be encapsulated inside
of other data structures.
This is intended to be used by IPoIB so that it can remember
addressing information stored at hard_header_ops->create() time that
it can fetch when the packet gets to the transmit routine.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For HS transport the maximum message size depends on the MTU-size
of the HS-device bound to the AF_IUCV socket. This patch adds a
getsockopt option MSGSIZE returning the maximum message size that
can be handled for this AF_IUCV socket.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch saves the net_device in the iucv_sock structure during
bind in order to fasten skb sending.
In addition some other small improvements are made for HS transport:
- error checking when sending skbs
- locking changes in afiucv_hs_callback_txnotify
- skb freeing in afiucv_hs_callback_txnotify
And finally it contains code cleanup to get rid of iucv_skb_queue_purge.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IP_UNICAST_IF feature is needed by the Wine project. This patch
implements the feature by setting the outgoing interface in a similar
fashion to that of IP_MULTICAST_IF. A separate option is needed to
handle this feature since the existing options do not provide all of
the characteristics required by IP_UNICAST_IF, a summary is provided
below.
SO_BINDTODEVICE:
* SO_BINDTODEVICE requires administrative privileges, IP_UNICAST_IF
does not. From reading some old mailing list articles my
understanding is that SO_BINDTODEVICE requires administrative
privileges because it can override the administrator's routing
settings.
* The SO_BINDTODEVICE option restricts both outbound and inbound
traffic, IP_UNICAST_IF only impacts outbound traffic.
IP_PKTINFO:
* Since IP_PKTINFO and IP_UNICAST_IF are independent options,
implementing IP_UNICAST_IF with IP_PKTINFO will likely break some
applications.
* Implementing IP_UNICAST_IF on top of IP_PKTINFO significantly
complicates the Wine codebase and reduces the socket performance
(doing this requires a lot of extra communication between the
"server" and "user" layers).
bind():
* bind() does not work on broadcast packets, IP_UNICAST_IF is
specifically intended to work with broadcast packets.
* Like SO_BINDTODEVICE, bind() restricts both outbound and inbound
traffic.
Signed-off-by: Erich E. Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just like skb->cb[], so that qdisc_skb_cb can be encapsulated inside
of other data structures.
This is intended to be used by IPoIB so that it can remember
addressing information stored at hard_header_ops->create() time that
it can fetch when the packet gets to the transmit routine.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, mac80211 goes to idle-off before starting a scan.
However, some devices that implement hw scan might not
need going idle-off in order to perform a hw scan, and
thus saving some energy and simplifying their state machine.
(Note that this is also the case for sched scan - it
currently doesn't make mac80211 go idle-off)
Add a new flag to indicate support for hw scan while idle.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the IBSS network is RSN-protected, let userspace authorize the stations
instead of adding them as AUTHORIZED by default.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is needed by mac80211 to keep a reference
to a BSS alive for the auth process. Remove the
old version of cfg80211_ref_bss() since it's
not actually used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To track authenticated state seems to have been
a design mistake in cfg80211. It is possible to
have out of band authentication (FT), tracking
multiple authentications caused more problems
than it ever helped, and the implementation in
mac80211 is too complex.
Remove all this complexity, and let userspace
do whatever it wants to, mac80211 can deal with
that just fine. Association is still tracked of
course, but authentication no longer is. Local
auth state changes are thus no longer of value,
so ignore them completely.
This will also help implement SAE -- asking the
driver to do an authentication is now almost
equivalent to sending an authentication frame,
with the exception of shared key authentication
which is still handled completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
(based on Eliad's patch)
Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever
the state of a station changes. The driver is only
notified when the station is actually in the mac80211
hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions.
To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls
with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST
state.
This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in
handling it when a station is inserted, particularly
in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry
around for mac80211 purposes.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Eric Dumazet found that commit 813b3b5db8
(ipv4: Use caller's on-stack flowi as-is in output
route lookups.) that comes in 3.0 added a regression.
The problem appears to be that resulting flowi4_oif is
used incorrectly as input parameter to some routing lookups.
The result is that when connecting to local port without
listener if the IP address that is used is not on a loopback
interface we incorrectly assign RTN_UNICAST to the output
route because no route is matched by oif=lo. The RST packet
can not be sent immediately by tcp_v4_send_reset because
it expects RTN_LOCAL.
So, change ip_route_connect and ip_route_newports to
update the flowi4 fields that are input parameters because
we do not want unnecessary binding to oif.
To make it clear what are the input parameters that
can be modified during lookup and to show which fields of
floiw4 are reused add a new function to update the flowi4
structure: flowi4_update_output.
Thanks to Yurij M. Plotnikov for providing a bug report including a
program to reproduce the problem.
Thanks to Eric Dumazet for tracking the problem down to
tcp_v4_send_reset and providing initial fix.
Reported-by: Yurij M. Plotnikov <Yurij.Plotnikov@oktetlabs.ru>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement RX flip buffer in the cfhsi_rx_done function,
piggy-backed frames is also supported.
This gives a significant performance gain for CAIF over HSI.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The argument is not used at all, and it's not necessary, because
a specific callback handler of course knows which subsys it
belongs to.
Now only ->pupulate() takes this argument, because the handlers of
this callback always call cgroup_add_file()/cgroup_add_files().
So we reduce a few lines of code, though the shrinking of object size
is minimal.
16 files changed, 113 insertions(+), 162 deletions(-)
text data bss dec hex filename
5486240 656987 7039960 13183187 c928d3 vmlinux.o.orig
5486170 656987 7039960 13183117 c9288d vmlinux.o
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
It went from unused, to commented out, and never changing after
that.
Just get rid of it, if someone wants it they can unearth it from
the history.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of our machines were reporting:
TCP: too many of orphaned sockets
even when the number of orphaned sockets was well below the
limit.
We print a different message depending on whether we're out
of TCP memory or there are too many orphaned sockets.
Also move the check out of line and cleanup the messages
that were printed.
Signed-off-by: Arun Sharma <asharma@fb.com>
Suggested-by: Mohan Srinivasan <mohan@fb.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes sure we use appropriate memory barriers before
publishing tp->md5sig_info, allowing tcp_md5_do_lookup() being used from
tcp_v4_send_reset() without holding socket lock (upcoming patch from
Shawn Lu)
Note we also need to respect rcu grace period before its freeing, since
we can free socket without this grace period thanks to
SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Shawn Lu <shawn.lu@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to be able to support proper RST messages for TCP MD5 flows, we
need to allow access to MD5 keys without locking listener socket.
This conversion is a nice cleanup, and shrinks size of timewait sockets
by 80 bytes.
IPv6 code reuses generic code found in IPv4 instead of duplicating it.
Control path uses GFP_KERNEL allocations instead of GFP_ATOMIC.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Shawn Lu <shawn.lu@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We no longer use md5_add() method from struct tcp_sock_af_ops
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Handle MCS masks set by the user.
* Match rates provided by the rate control algorithm to the mask set,
also in HT mode, and switch back to legacy mode if necessary.
* add debugfs files to observate the rate selection
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow to set mcs masks through nl80211. We also allow to set MCS
rates but no legacy rates (and vice versa).
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
text data bss dec hex filename
8455963 532732 1810804 10799499 a4c98b vmlinux.o.before
8448899 532732 1810804 10792435 a4adf3 vmlinux.o
This change also removes commented-out copy of __nlmsg_put
which was last touched in 2005 with "Enable once all users
have been converted" comment on top.
Changes in v2: rediffed against net-next.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <vda.linux@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sysctl_tcp_mem() initialization was moved to sysctl_tcp_ipv4.c
in commit 3dc43e3e4d, since it
became a per-ns value.
That code, however, will never run when CONFIG_SYSCTL is
disabled, leading to bogus values on those fields - causing hung
TCP sockets.
This patch fixes it by keeping an initialization code in
tcp_init(). It will be overwritten by the first net namespace
init if CONFIG_SYSCTL is compiled in, and do the right thing if
it is compiled out.
It is also named properly as tcp_init_mem(), to properly signal
its non-sysctl side effect on TCP limits.
Reported-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/4F22D05A.8030604@parallels.com
[ renamed the function, tidied up the changelog a bit ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By definition net_generic should never be called when it can return
NULL. Fail conspicously with a BUG_ON to make it clear when people mess
up that a NULL return should never happen.
Recently there was a bug in the CAIF subsystem where it was registered
with register_pernet_device instead of register_pernet_subsys. It was
erroneously concluded that net_generic could validly return NULL and
that net_assign_generic was buggy (when it was just inefficient).
Hopefully this BUG_ON will prevent people to coming to similar erroneous
conclusions in the futrue.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Tested-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix new kernel-doc warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1165): No description found for parameter 'channel_type'
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:2090): No description found for parameter 'probe_resp_offload'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A mesh node that joins the mesh network is by default a forwarding entity. This patch allows
the mesh node to set as non-forwarding entity. Whenever dot11MeshForwarding is set to 0, the
mesh node can prevent itself from forwarding the traffic which is not destined to him.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Similar to the previous beacon filtering patch,
make CQM RSSI support depend on the flags that
the driver set for virtual interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to
support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces.
To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface
driver capability flags that the driver sets when
an interface is added.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 36a1211970 removed linux/module.h
include statement from one of the headers that end up in net/sock.h.
It was providing us with static_branch() definition implicitly, so
after its removal the build got broken.
To fix this, and avoid having this happening in the future,
let me do the right thing and include linux/jump_label.h
explicitly in sock.h.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Davem says:
1) Fix JIT code generation on x86-64 for divide by zero, from Eric Dumazet.
2) tg3 header length computation correction from Eric Dumazet.
3) More build and reference counting fixes for socket memory cgroup
code from Glauber Costa.
4) module.h snuck back into a core header after all the hard work we
did to remove that, from Paul Gortmaker and Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
5) Fix PHY naming regression and add some new PCI IDs in stmmac, from
Alessandro Rubini.
6) Netlink message generation fix in new team driver, should only advertise
the entries that changed during events, from Jiri Pirko.
7) SRIOV VF registration and unregistration fixes, and also add a
missing PCI ID, from Roopa Prabhu.
8) Fix infinite loop in tx queue flush code of brcmsmac, from Stanislaw Gruszka.
9) ftgmac100/ftmac100 build fix, missing interrupt.h include.
10) Memory leak fix in net/hyperv do_set_mutlicast() handling, from Wei Yongjun.
11) Off by one fix in netem packet scheduler, from Vijay Subramanian.
12) TCP loss detection fix from Yuchung Cheng.
13) TCP reset packet MD5 calculation uses wrong address, fix from Shawn Lu.
14) skge carrier assertion and DMA mapping fixes from Stephen Hemminger.
15) Congestion recovery undo performed at the wrong spot in BIC and CUBIC
congestion control modules, fix from Neal Cardwell.
16) Ethtool ETHTOOL_GSSET_INFO is unnecessarily restrictive, from Michał Mirosław.
17) Fix triggerable race in ipv6 sysctl handling, from Francesco Ruggeri.
18) Statistics bug fixes in mlx4 from Eugenia Emantayev.
19) rds locking bug fix during info dumps, from your's truly.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (67 commits)
rds: Make rds_sock_lock BH rather than IRQ safe.
netprio_cgroup.h: dont include module.h from other includes
net: flow_dissector.c missing include linux/export.h
team: send only changed options/ports via netlink
net/hyperv: fix possible memory leak in do_set_multicast()
drivers/net: dsa/mv88e6xxx.c files need linux/module.h
stmmac: added PCI identifiers
llc: Fix race condition in llc_ui_recvmsg
stmmac: fix phy naming inconsistency
dsa: Add reporting of silicon revision for Marvell 88E6123/88E6161/88E6165 switches.
tg3: fix ipv6 header length computation
skge: add byte queue limit support
mv643xx_eth: Add Rx Discard and Rx Overrun statistics
bnx2x: fix compilation error with SOE in fw_dump
bnx2x: handle CHIP_REVISION during init_one
bnx2x: allow user to change ring size in ISCSI SD mode
bnx2x: fix Big-Endianess in ethtool -t
bnx2x: fixed ethtool statistics for MF modes
bnx2x: credit-leakage fixup on vlan_mac_del_all
macvlan: fix a possible use after free
...
A considerable effort was invested in wiping out module.h
from being present in all the other standard includes. This
one leaked back in, but once again isn't strictly necessary,
so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the ability to select between multiple targets in NCI.
If only one target is found, it will be auto-activated.
If more than one target is found, then DISCOVER_NTF will be
generated for each target, and the host should select one by
calling DISCOVER_SELECT_CMD. Then, the target will be activated.
If the activation fails, GENERIC_ERROR_NTF is generated.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The NFC core layer should not set the target_idx.
Instead, the driver layer (e.g. NCI, PN533) should set the
target_idx, so that it will be able to identify the target
when its I/F (e.g. activate_target) is called.
This is required in order to support multiple targets.
Note that currently supported drivers (PN533 and NCI) don't
use the target_idx in their implementation.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make a clear separation between NCI states and flags.
This is required in order to support more NCI states (e.g.
for multiple targets support).
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add NCI data exchange timer to catch timeouts,
and call the data exchange callback with an error.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Export new attributes sensb_res for tech B and sensf_res
for tech F in the target info (returned as a response to
NFC_CMD_GET_TARGET).
The max size of the attributes nfcid1, sensb_res and sensf_res
is exported to user space though include/linux/nfc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The local maximum transmit power is the maximum power a wireless device
allowed to transmit. If Power Constraint is presented, the local maximum
power equals to the maximum allowed power defined in regulatory domain
minus power constraint.
The maximum transmit power is maximum power a wireless device capable of
transmitting, and should be used in Power Capability element (7.3.2.16
IEEE802.11 2007).
The transmit power from a wireless device should not greater than the
local maximum transmit power.
The maximum transmit power was not calculated correctly in the current
Linux wireless/mac80211 when Power Constraint is presented.
Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Increase NCI deactivate timeout from 5 sec to 30 sec.
NCI deactivate procedure might take a long time,
depending on the local and remote parameters.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix new kernel-doc warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1165): No description found for parameter 'channel_type'
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:2090): No description found for parameter 'probe_resp_offload'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fixes:
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c: In function ‘__check_enable_hs’:
net/bluetooth/hci_core.c:2587:1: warning: return from incompatible pointer type [enabled by default]
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a case in __sk_mem_schedule(), where an allocation
is beyond the maximum, but yet we are allowed to proceed.
It happens under the following condition:
sk->sk_wmem_queued + size >= sk->sk_sndbuf
The network code won't revert the allocation in this case,
meaning that at some point later it'll try to do it. Since
this is never communicated to the underlying res_counter
code, there is an inbalance in res_counter uncharge operation.
I see two ways of fixing this:
1) storing the information about those allocations somewhere
in memcg, and then deducting from that first, before
we start draining the res_counter,
2) providing a slightly different allocation function for
the res_counter, that matches the original behavior of
the network code more closely.
I decided to go for #2 here, believing it to be more elegant,
since #1 would require us to do basically that, but in a more
obscure way.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
CC: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
CC: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
CC: Laurent Chavey <chavey@google.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is still a build bug with the sock memcg code, that triggers
with !CONFIG_NET, that survived my series of randconfig builds.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix new kernel-doc warning:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:372): No description found for parameter 'sk_cgrp_prioidx'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
make C=2 CF="-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__" M=net
And fix flowi4_init_output() prototype for sport
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (69 commits)
pptp: Accept packet with seq zero
RDS: Remove some unused iWARP code
net: fsl: fec: handle 10Mbps speed in RMII mode
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_platform.c: add missing iounmap
drivers/net/ethernet/tundra/tsi108_eth.c: add missing iounmap
ksz884x: fix mtu for VLAN
net_sched: sfq: add optional RED on top of SFQ
dp83640: Fix NOHZ local_softirq_pending 08 warning
gianfar: Fix invalid TX frames returned on error queue when time stamping
gianfar: Fix missing sock reference when processing TX time stamps
phylib: introduce mdiobus_alloc_size()
net: decrement memcg jump label when limit, not usage, is changed
net: reintroduce missing rcu_assign_pointer() calls
inet_diag: Rename inet_diag_req_compat into inet_diag_req
inet_diag: Rename inet_diag_req into inet_diag_req_v2
bond_alb: don't disable softirq under bond_alb_xmit
mac80211: fix rx->key NULL pointer dereference in promiscuous mode
nl80211: fix old station flags compatibility
mdio-octeon: use an unique MDIO bus name.
mdio-gpio: use an unique MDIO bus name.
...
Adds an optional Random Early Detection on each SFQ flow queue.
Traditional SFQ limits count of packets, while RED permits to also
control number of bytes per flow, and adds ECN capability as well.
1) We dont handle the idle time management in this RED implementation,
since each 'new flow' begins with a null qavg. We really want to address
backlogged flows.
2) if headdrop is selected, we try to ecn mark first packet instead of
currently enqueued packet. This gives faster feedback for tcp flows
compared to traditional RED [ marking the last packet in queue ]
Example of use :
tc qdisc add dev $DEV parent 1:1 handle 10: est 1sec 4sec sfq \
limit 3000 headdrop flows 512 divisor 16384 \
redflowlimit 100000 min 8000 max 60000 probability 0.20 ecn
qdisc sfq 10: parent 1:1 limit 3000p quantum 1514b depth 127 headdrop
flows 512/16384 divisor 16384
ewma 6 min 8000b max 60000b probability 0.2 ecn
prob_mark 0 prob_mark_head 4876 prob_drop 6131
forced_mark 0 forced_mark_head 0 forced_drop 0
Sent 1175211782 bytes 777537 pkt (dropped 6131, overlimits 11007
requeues 0)
rate 99483Kbit 8219pps backlog 689392b 456p requeues 0
In this test, with 64 netperf TCP_STREAM sessions, 50% using ECN enabled
flows, we can see number of packets CE marked is smaller than number of
drops (for non ECN flows)
If same test is run, without RED, we can check backlog is much bigger.
qdisc sfq 10: parent 1:1 limit 3000p quantum 1514b depth 127 headdrop
flows 512/16384 divisor 16384
Sent 1148683617 bytes 795006 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 98429Kbit 8521pps backlog 1221290b 841p requeues 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
fs/9p: iattr_valid flags are kernel internal flags map them to 9p values.
fs/9p: We should not allocate a new inode when creating hardlines.
fs/9p: v9fs_stat2inode should update suid/sgid bits.
9p: Reduce object size with CONFIG_NET_9P_DEBUG
fs/9p: check schedule_timeout_interruptible return value
Fix up trivial conflicts in fs/9p/{vfs_inode.c,vfs_inode_dotl.c} due to
debug messages having changed to use p9_debug() on one hand, and the
changes for umode_t on the other.
* 'for-3.3' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu:
percpu: Remove irqsafe_cpu_xxx variants
Fix up conflict in arch/x86/include/asm/percpu.h due to clash with
cebef5beed ("x86: Fix and improve percpu_cmpxchg{8,16}b_double()")
which edited the (now removed) irqsafe_cpu_cmpxchg*_double code.
so move it there. Fixes build errors when CONFIG_INET is not defined:
In file included from include/linux/tcp.h:211:0,
from include/linux/ipv6.h:221,
from include/net/ipv6.h:16,
from include/linux/sunrpc/clnt.h:26,
from include/linux/nfs_fs.h:50,
from init/do_mounts.c:20:
include/net/sock.h: In function 'sk_update_clone':
include/net/sock.h:1109:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'sock_update_memcg' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (53 commits)
Kconfig: acpi: Fix typo in comment.
misc latin1 to utf8 conversions
devres: Fix a typo in devm_kfree comment
btrfs: free-space-cache.c: remove extra semicolon.
fat: Spelling s/obsolate/obsolete/g
SCSI, pmcraid: Fix spelling error in a pmcraid_err() call
tools/power turbostat: update fields in manpage
mac80211: drop spelling fix
types.h: fix comment spelling for 'architectures'
typo fixes: aera -> area, exntension -> extension
devices.txt: Fix typo of 'VMware'.
sis900: Fix enum typo 'sis900_rx_bufer_status'
decompress_bunzip2: remove invalid vi modeline
treewide: Fix comment and string typo 'bufer'
hyper-v: Update MAINTAINERS
treewide: Fix typos in various parts of the kernel, and fix some comments.
clockevents: drop unknown Kconfig symbol GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_MIGR
gpio: Kconfig: drop unknown symbol 'CS5535_GPIO'
leds: Kconfig: Fix typo 'D2NET_V2'
sound: Kconfig: drop unknown symbol ARCH_CLPS7500
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in arch/powerpc/platforms/40x/Kconfig (some new
kconfig additions, close to removed commented-out old ones)
Sockets can also be created through sock_clone. Because it copies
all data in the sock structure, it also copies the memcg-related pointer,
and all should be fine. However, since we now use reference counts in
socket creation, we are left with some sockets that have no reference
counts. It matters when we destroy them, since it leads to a mismatch.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: Laurent Chavey <chavey@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits the red_parms structure into two components.
One holding the RED 'constant' parameters, and one containing the
variables.
This permits a size reduction of GRED qdisc, and is a preliminary step
to add an optional RED unit to SFQ.
SFQRED will have a single red_parms structure shared by all flows, and a
private red_vars per flow.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce object size by deduplicating formats.
Use vsprintf extension %pV.
Rename P9_DPRINTK uses to p9_debug, align arguments.
Add function for _p9_debug and macro to add __func__.
Add missing "\n"s to p9_debug uses.
Remove embedded function names as p9_debug adds it.
Remove P9_EPRINTK macro and convert use to pr_<level>.
Add and use pr_fmt and pr_<level>.
$ size fs/9p/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
62133 984 16000 79117 1350d fs/9p/built-in.o.new
67342 984 16928 85254 14d06 fs/9p/built-in.o.old
$ size net/9p/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
88792 4148 22024 114964 1c114 net/9p/built-in.o.new
94072 4148 23232 121452 1da6c net/9p/built-in.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Recently Dave noticed that a test we did in ipv6_add_addr to see if we next hop
route for the interface we're adding an addres to was wrong (see commit
7ffbcecbee). for one, it never triggers, and two,
it was completely wrong to begin with. This test was meant to cover this
section of RFC 4429:
3.3 Modifications to RFC 2462 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration
* (modifies section 5.5) A host MAY choose to configure a new address
as an Optimistic Address. A host that does not know the SLLAO
of its router SHOULD NOT configure a new address as Optimistic.
A router SHOULD NOT configure an Optimistic Address.
This patch should bring us into proper compliance with the above clause. Since
we only add a SLAAC address after we've received a RA which may or may not
contain a source link layer address option, we can pass a pointer to that option
to addrconf_prefix_rcv (which may be null if the option is not present), and
only set the optimistic flag if the option was found in the RA.
Change notes:
(v2) modified the new parameter to addrconf_prefix_rcv to be a bool rather than
a pointer to make its use more clear as per request from davem.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nfcid1 is the NFC-A identifier.
It is exported as an attribute of the target info
(returned as a response to NFC_CMD_GET_TARGET).
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for NCI Interface Error Notification.
When this notification is received and we're during a
data exchange transaction, indicate an error to the NFC
core layer via the data exchange callback.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Addition, deletion, and modification of NCI constants.
Changes in NCI commands, responses, and notifications structures.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch renames hdev->extfeatures to hdev->host_features since it
holds the extended features Page 1 (aka host features).
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <aguedespe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We should not forget to try for real server with port 0
in the backup server when processing the sync message. We should
do it in all cases because the backup server can use different
forwarding method.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
During some debugging I needed to look into how /proc/net/ipv6_route
operated and in my digging I found its calling fib6_clean_all() which uses
"write_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock)" before doing the walk of the table. I
found this on 2.6.32, but reading the code I believe the same basic idea
exists currently. Looking at the rtnetlink code they are only calling
"read_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock);" via fib6_dump_table(). While I realize
reading from proc isn't the recommended way of fetching the ipv6 route
table; taking a write lock seems unnecessary and would probably cause
network performance issues.
To verify this I loaded up the ipv6 route table and then ran iperf in 3
cases:
* doing nothing
* reading ipv6 route table via proc
(while :; do cat /proc/net/ipv6_route > /dev/null; done)
* reading ipv6 route table via rtnetlink
(while :; do ip -6 route show table all > /dev/null; done)
* Load the ipv6 route table up with:
* for ((i = 0;i < 4000;i++)); do ip route add unreachable 2000::$i; done
* iperf commands:
* client: iperf -i 1 -V -c <ipv6 addr>
* server: iperf -V -s
* iperf results - 3 runs each (in Mbits/sec)
* nothing: client: 927,927,927 server: 927,927,927
* proc: client: 179,97,96,113 server: 142,112,133
* iproute: client: 928,927,928 server: 927,927,927
lock_stat shows taking the write lock is causing the slowdown. Using this
info I decided to write a version of fib6_clean_all() which replaces
write_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock) with read_lock_bh(&table->tb6_lock). With
this new function I see the same results as with my rtnetlink iperf test.
Signed-off-by: Josh Hunt <joshhunt00@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently tcp diag reports rqlen and wqlen values similar to how
the CINQ/COUTQ iotcls do. To make unix diag report these values
in the same way move the respective code into helpers.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It just obscures that the netdevice pointer and the expires value are
implemented in the dst_entry sub-object of the ipv6 route.
And it makes grepping for dst_entry member uses much harder too.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also, create and use an rt6_bind_neighbour() in net/ipv6/route.c to
consolidate some common logic.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to perform a proper universal hash on a vector of integers,
we have to use different universal hashes on each vector element.
Which means we need 4 different hash randoms for ipv6.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/bluetooth/l2cap_core.c
Just two overlapping changes, one added an initialization of
a local variable, and another change added a new local variable.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NAT range to nlattr conversation callbacks and helpers are entirely
dead code and are also useless since there are no NAT ranges in conntrack
context, they are only used for initially selecting a tuple. The final NAT
information is contained in the selected tuples of the conntrack entry.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The only remaining user of NAT protocol module reference counting is NAT
ctnetlink support. Since this is a fairly short sequence of code, convert
over to use RCU and remove module reference counting.
Module unregistration is already protected by RCU using synchronize_rcu(),
so no further changes are necessary.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Export the NAT definitions to userspace. So far userspace (specifically,
iptables) has been copying the headers files from include/net. Also
rename some structures and definitions in preparation for IPv6 NAT.
Since these have never been officially exported, this doesn't affect
existing userspace code.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This partially reworks bc01befdcf
which added userspace expectation support.
This patch removes the nf_ct_userspace_expect_list since now we
force to use the new iptables CT target feature to add the helper
extension for conntracks that have attached expectations from
userspace.
A new version of the proof-of-concept code to implement userspace
helpers from userspace is available at:
http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/userspace-conntrack-helpers/nf-ftp-helper-POC.tar.bz2
This patch also modifies the CT target to allow to set the
conntrack's userspace helper status flags. This flag is used
to tell the conntrack system to explicitly allocate the helper
extension.
This helper extension is useful to link the userspace expectations
with the master conntrack that is being tracked from one userspace
helper.
This feature fixes a problem in the current approach of the
userspace helper support. Basically, if the master conntrack that
has got a userspace expectation vanishes, the expectations point to
one invalid memory address. Thus, triggering an oops in the
expectation deletion event path.
I decided not to add a new revision of the CT target because
I only needed to add a new flag for it. I'll document in this
issue in the iptables manpage. I have also changed the return
value from EINVAL to EOPNOTSUPP if one flag not supported is
specified. Thus, in the future adding new features that only
require a new flag can be added without a new revision.
There is no official code using this in userspace (apart from
the proof-of-concept) that uses this infrastructure but there
will be some by beginning 2012.
Reported-by: Sam Roberts <vieuxtech@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
skb->truesize might be big even for a small packet.
Its even bigger after commit 87fb4b7b53 (net: more accurate skb
truesize) and big MTU.
We should allow queueing at least one packet per receiver, even with a
low RCVBUF setting.
Reported-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They don't need to disable interrupts anymore, we only run in process
context now.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We simply say that regular this_cpu use must be safe regardless of
preemption and interrupt state. That has no material change for x86
and s390 implementations of this_cpu operations. However, arches that
do not provide their own implementation for this_cpu operations will
now get code generated that disables interrupts instead of preemption.
-tj: This is part of on-going percpu API cleanup. For detailed
discussion of the subject, please refer to the following thread.
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1222078
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
LKML-Reference: <alpine.DEB.2.00.1112221154380.11787@router.home>
To achive Man-In-The-Middle (MITM) level security with Low Energy,
we have to enable User Passkey Comparison. This commit modifies the
hard-coded JUST-WORKS pairing mechanism to support query via the MGMT
interface of Passkey comparison and User Confirmation.
Signed-off-by: Brian Gix <bgix@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann<marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The struct hci_proto and all related register/unregister and dispatching
code was removed. HCI core code now call directly the SCO and L2CAP
event functions.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make code readable by removing magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
flow_cach_flush() might sleep but can be called from
atomic context via the xfrm garbage collector. So add
a flow_cache_flush_deferred() function and use this if
the xfrm garbage colector is invoked from within the
packet path.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
to record the state of SACK/FACK and DSACK for better readability and maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The handling of SCO audio links and the L2CAP protocol are essential to
any system with Bluetooth thus are always compiled in from now on.
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
It makes more sense this way, since info_timer is a timer using delayed
work API.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This one also needs to run in process context
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
af_iucv differs unnecessarily between state IUCV_SEVERED and
IUCV_DISCONN. This patch removes state IUCV_SEVERED.
While simplifying af_iucv, this patch removes the 2nd invocation of
cpcmd as well.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
af_iucv contains timer infrastructure which is not exploited.
This patch removes the timer related code parts.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
module_param(bool) used to counter-intuitively take an int. In
fddd5201 (mid-2009) we allowed bool or int/unsigned int using a messy
trick.
It's time to remove the int/unsigned int option. For this version
it'll simply give a warning, but it'll break next kernel version.
(Thanks to Joe Perches for suggesting coccinelle for 0/1 -> true/false).
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8ffd3208 voids the previous patches f6778aab and 810c0719 for
limiting the autoclose value. If userspace passes in -1 on 32-bit
platform, the overflow check didn't work and autoclose would be set
to 0xffffffff.
This patch defines a max_autoclose (in seconds) for limiting the value
and exposes it through sysctl, with the following intentions.
1) Avoid overflowing autoclose * HZ.
2) Keep the default autoclose bound consistent across 32- and 64-bit
platforms (INT_MAX / HZ in this patch).
3) Keep the autoclose value consistent between setsockopt() and
getsockopt() calls.
Suggested-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 5c3ddec73d.
S390 qeth driver actually still uses the setup ops.
Reported-by: Frank Blaschka <blaschka@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a peer changes SMPS state we should update
rate control so it doesn't have to detect it by
itself. It can't detect "dynamic" mode anyway
since that just requires rts-cts handshaking.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If station info contains a beacon loss count, return
it to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the necessary structs for the Confirm Name command. This
ensures that the protocol definitions are up to date with the latest
mgmt specification. The actual implementation of the command will follow
in a later patch-set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch fixes the opcodes of the Block/Unblock device commands to
match with what user-space expects and to confirm with the latest mgmt
specification. The reason the values were wrong was a missing Confirm
Name command definition (which will be added by a subsequent patch).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a missing confirm_name field to mgmt_ev_device_found.
Support for setting the correct value for this field is not implemented
yet, but having it part of the struct definition ensures that user-space
gets correct sized device_found events and is thereby able to do at
least rudimentary parsing of them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Implement block size read function. Use different variables for
packet-based and block-based flow control.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch updates the ordering and opcodes of mgmt messages to match
the latest API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We do not want the service cache to be enabled indefinitely after
mgmt_read_info is called. To solve this a timer is added which will
automatically disable the cache if mgmt_set_dev_class isn't called
within 5 seconds of calling mgmt_read_info.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Instead of having an explicit service cache command we can make the mgmt
API simpler by implicitly enabling the cache when mgmt_read_info is
called for the first time and disabling it when mgmt_set_dev_class is
called.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Fast connectable is logically after the connectable property so that's
where it should show up in the code as well (it's also after connectable
in the settings bitfield).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch updates the mgmt_read_info and related messages to the latest
management API which uses a bitfield of settings instead of individual
boolean values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As we run in process context now we don't need worqueue to add e del from
sysfs.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This move some checking code that was in l2cap_sock_connect() to
l2cap_chan_connect(). Thus we can invert the lock calls, i.e., call
lock_sock() before hci_dev_lock() to avoid a deadlock scenario.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Another step of remove interrupt context from Bluetooth Core.
Use the system workqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This should simplify Bluetooth core processing a lot.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As part of the moving on all the Bluetooth processing to Process context.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handling hci_conn_hash with RCU make us avoid some locking and disable
tasklets.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
spin lock doesn't fit ok anymore on the new code based on workqueues.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
L2CAP timers also need to run in process context. As the works in l2cap
are small we are using the system worqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As HCI rx path is now done in process context it makes sense to do all the
timer in process context as well.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth rx task runs now in a workqueue, so it a good approach run any
timer that share locking with process context code also in a workqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now we run everything in HCI in process context, so it's a better idea use
mutex instead spin_lock. The macro remains hci_dev_lock() (and I got rid
of hci_dev_lock_bh()), of course.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Run recv process in workqueue helps a lot with our processing as the recv
path will also be in the process context, i.e., now all our tx and rx are
in process context.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We can use atomic64_t infrastructure to avoid taking a spinlock in fast
path, and remove inaccuracies while reading values in
ctnetlink_dump_counters() and connbytes_mt() on 32bit arches.
Suggested by Pablo.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By definition WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY was intended to allow the
wiphy to adjust itself to the country IE power information if the
card had no regulatory data but we had no way to tell cfg80211 that if
the card also had its own custom regulatory domain (these are typically
custom world regulatory domains) that we want to follow the country IE's
noted values for power for each channel. We add support for this and
document it.
This is not a critical fix but a performance optimization for cards
with custom regulatory domains that associate to an AP with sends
out country IEs with a higher EIRP than the one on the custom
regulatory domain. In practice the only driver affected right now
are the Atheros drivers as they are the only drivers using both
WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY and WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY --
used on cards that have an Atheros world regulatory domain. Cards
that have been programmed to follow a country specifically will not
follow the country IE power. So although not a stable fix distributions
should consider cherry picking this.
Cc: compat@orbit-lab.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reported-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The nl80211 station handling code is a bit messy
and doesn't do a lot of validation. It seems like
this could be an issue for drivers that don't use
mac80211 to validate everything.
As cfg80211 doesn't keep station state, move the
validation of allowing supported_rates to change
for TDLS only in station mode to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Without an API for setting and getting the local and remote general bytes,
drivers won't be able to properly establish a DEP link.
This API also allows them to propagate the remote general bytes they get
from the DEP link establishment up to the LLCP layer.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NFC-DEP (Data Exchange Protocol) is an NFC MAC layer.
This command allows to enable and disable the DEP link on to which e.g.
LLCP can run.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is a factorization of the current rawsock tx skb allocation routine,
as it will be used by the LLCP code.
We also rename nfc_alloc_skb to nfc_alloc_recv_skb for consistency sake.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit b099ce2602 (net: Batch inet_twsk_purge) added rcu protection
on tw_net for no obvious reason.
struct net are refcounted anyway since timewait sockets escape from rcu
protected sections. tw_net stay valid for the whole timwait lifetime.
This also removes a lot of sparse errors.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's simpler to just keep these things out until there is a real user
of them, so we can see what the needs actually are, rather than keep
these things around as useless overhead.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is quite possible to run into a race in bss timeout where
the drivers see the bss entry just before notifying cfg80211
of a roaming event but it got timed out by the time rdev->event_work
got scehduled from cfg80211_wq. This would result in the following
WARN-ON() along with the failure to notify the user space of
the roaming. The other situation which is happening with ath6kl
that runs into issue is when the driver reports roam to same AP
event where the AP bss entry already got expired. To fix this,
move cfg80211_get_bss() from __cfg80211_roamed() to cfg80211_roamed().
[158645.538384] WARNING: at net/wireless/sme.c:586
__cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1()
[158645.538810] Call Trace:
[158645.538838] [<c1033527>] warn_slowpath_common+0x65/0x7a
[158645.538917] [<c14cfacf>] ? __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.538946] [<c103354b>] warn_slowpath_null+0xf/0x13
[158645.539055] [<c14cfacf>] __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.539086] [<c14beb5b>] cfg80211_process_rdev_events+0x153/0x1cc
[158645.539166] [<c14bd57b>] cfg80211_event_work+0x26/0x36
[158645.539195] [<c10482ae>] process_one_work+0x219/0x38b
[158645.539273] [<c14bd555>] ? wiphy_new+0x419/0x419
[158645.539301] [<c10486cb>] worker_thread+0xf6/0x1bf
[158645.539379] [<c10485d5>] ? rescuer_thread+0x1b5/0x1b5
[158645.539407] [<c104b3e2>] kthread+0x62/0x67
[158645.539484] [<c104b380>] ? __init_kthread_worker+0x42/0x42
[158645.539514] [<c151309a>] kernel_thread_helper+0x6/0xd
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses the "tcp.limit_in_bytes" field of the kmem_cgroup to
effectively control the amount of kernel memory pinned by a cgroup.
This value is ignored in the root cgroup, and in all others,
caps the value specified by the admin in the net namespaces'
view of tcp_sysctl_mem.
If namespaces are being used, the admin is allowed to set a
value bigger than cgroup's maximum, the same way it is allowed
to set pretty much unlimited values in a real box.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows each namespace to independently set up
its levels for tcp memory pressure thresholds. This patch
alone does not buy much: we need to make this values
per group of process somehow. This is achieved in the
patches that follows in this patchset.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces memory pressure controls for the tcp
protocol. It uses the generic socket memory pressure code
introduced in earlier patches, and fills in the
necessary data in cg_proto struct.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtisu.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this work is to move the memory pressure tcp
controls to a cgroup, instead of just relying on global
conditions.
To avoid excessive overhead in the network fast paths,
the code that accounts allocated memory to a cgroup is
hidden inside a static_branch(). This branch is patched out
until the first non-root cgroup is created. So when nobody
is using cgroups, even if it is mounted, no significant performance
penalty should be seen.
This patch handles the generic part of the code, and has nothing
tcp-specific.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtsu.com>
CC: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces all uses of struct sock fields' memory_pressure,
memory_allocated, sockets_allocated, and sysctl_mem to acessor
macros. Those macros can either receive a socket argument, or a mem_cgroup
argument, depending on the context they live in.
Since we're only doing a macro wrapping here, no performance impact at all is
expected in the case where we don't have cgroups disabled.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of testing defined(CONFIG_IPV6) || defined(CONFIG_IPV6_MODULE)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP diag get_exact handler will require them to find a
socket by provided net, [sd]addr-s, [sd]ports and device.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now RED uses a Q0.32 number to store max_p (max probability), allow
RED/GRED/CHOKE to use/report full resolution at config/dump time.
Old tc binaries are non aware of new attributes, and still set/get Plog.
New tc binary set/get both Plog and max_p for backward compatibility,
they display "probability value" if they get max_p from new kernels.
# tc -d qdisc show dev ...
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 360Kb min 30Kb max 90Kb ecn ewma 5
probability 0.09 Scell_log 15
Make sure we avoid potential divides by 0 in reciprocal_value(), if
(max_th - min_th) is big.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adaptative RED AQM for linux, based on paper from Sally FLoyd,
Ramakrishna Gummadi, and Scott Shenker, August 2001 :
http://icir.org/floyd/papers/adaptiveRed.pdf
Goal of Adaptative RED is to make max_p a dynamic value between 1% and
50% to reach the target average queue : (max_th - min_th) / 2
Every 500 ms:
if (avg > target and max_p <= 0.5)
increase max_p : max_p += alpha;
else if (avg < target and max_p >= 0.01)
decrease max_p : max_p *= beta;
target :[min_th + 0.4*(min_th - max_th),
min_th + 0.6*(min_th - max_th)].
alpha : min(0.01, max_p / 4)
beta : 0.9
max_P is a Q0.32 fixed point number (unsigned, with 32 bits mantissa)
Changes against our RED implementation are :
max_p is no longer a negative power of two (1/(2^Plog)), but a Q0.32
fixed point number, to allow full range described in Adatative paper.
To deliver a random number, we now use a reciprocal divide (thats really
a multiply), but this operation is done once per marked/droped packet
when in RED_BETWEEN_TRESH window, so added cost (compared to previous
AND operation) is near zero.
dump operation gives current max_p value in a new TCA_RED_MAX_P
attribute.
Example on a 10Mbit link :
tc qdisc add dev $DEV parent 1:1 handle 10: est 1sec 8sec red \
limit 400000 min 30000 max 90000 avpkt 1000 \
burst 55 ecn adaptative bandwidth 10Mbit
# tc -s -d qdisc show dev eth3
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 400000b min 30000b max 90000b ecn
adaptative ewma 5 max_p=0.113335 Scell_log 15
Sent 50414282 bytes 34504 pkt (dropped 35, overlimits 1392 requeues 0)
rate 9749Kbit 831pps backlog 72056b 16p requeues 0
marked 1357 early 35 pdrop 0 other 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare cfg80211 for IBSS HT:
* extend cfg80211 ibss struct with channel_type
* Check if extension channel can be used
* Export can_beacon_sec_chan for use in mac80211 (will be called
from ibss.c later).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com>
[siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates]
* fix cfg80211_can_beacon_ext_chan comment
* remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions
* remove radar channel flags check
* add HT IBSS feature flag
* reword commit message
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix dump upon device removal, by moving deinitialization from
platform-device-remove to network-interface-uninit.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To reflect the fact that a refrence is not obtained to the
resulting neighbour entry.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
like rt6_lookup, but allows caller to pass in flowi6 structure.
Will be used by the upcoming ipv6 netfilter reverse path filter
match.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It's only used in net/ipv6/route.c and the NULL device check is
superfluous for all of the existing call sites.
Just expand the __ndisc_lookup_errno() call at each location.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While parsing through IPv6 extension headers, fragment headers are
skipped making them invisible to the caller. This reports the
fragment offset of the last header in order to make it possible to
determine whether the packet is fragmented and, if so whether it is
a first or last fragment.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Open vSwitch uses Generic Netlink interface for communication
between userspace and kernel module. genl_notify() is used
for sending notification back to userspace.
genl_notify() is analogous to rtnl_notify() but uses genl_sock
instead of rtnl.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Use bluetooth names instead of BT SIG assigned numbers
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The below patch fixes some typos in various parts of the kernel, as well as fixes some comments.
Please let me know if I missed anything, and I will try to get it changed and resent.
Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This patch adds the parameter struct and the command complete event
handler to the LE Set Scan Parameter HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the dev_flags field to struct hci_dev. This new
flags variable should be used to define flags related to BR/EDR
and/or LE controller itself. It should be used to define flags
which represents states from the controller. The dev_flags is
cleared in case the controller sends a Reset Command Complete
Event to the host.
Also, this patch adds the HCI_LE_SCAN flag which was created to
track if the controller is performing LE scan or not. The flag
is set/cleared when the controller starts/stops scanning.
This is an initial effort to stop using hdev->flags to define
internal flags since it is exported to userspace by an ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Upstream Code Aurora function with minor trivial fixes.
Origin: git://codeaurora.org/kernel/msm.git
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
gcc compiler is smart enough to use a single load/store if we
memcpy(dptr, sptr, 8) on x86_64, regardless of
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE
In IP header, daddr immediately follows saddr, this wont change in the
future. We only need to make sure our flowi4 (saddr,daddr) fields wont
break the rule.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include linux/if_ether.h to fix below build errors:
CC arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.o
In file included from arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.c:19:
include/net/dsa.h: In function 'dsa_uses_dsa_tags':
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: 'ETH_P_DSA' undeclared (first use in this function)
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: for each function it appears in.)
include/net/dsa.h: In function 'dsa_uses_trailer_tags':
include/net/dsa.h:197: error: 'ETH_P_TRAILER' undeclared (first use in this function)
make[1]: *** [arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.o] Error 1
make: *** [arch/arm/mach-kirkwood] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some MITM protection pairing scenarios, the user is
required to enter or accept a 6 digit passkey.
Signed-off-by: Brian Gix <bgix@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Remove unused enum cfcnfg_phy_type and the parameter to cfserl_create.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enrolling CAIF link layers are refactored.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit a4a710c4a7 (pkt_sched: Change PSCHED_SHIFT from 10 to
6) it seems RED/GRED are broken.
red_calc_qavg_from_idle_time() computes a delay in us units, but this
delay is now 16 times bigger than real delay, so the final qavg result
smaller than expected.
Use standard kernel time services since there is no need to obfuscate
them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of instantiating an entire new neigh_table instance
just for ATM handling, use the neigh device private facility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to alloc for device specific private areas for
neighbour entries, and in order to do that we have to move
away from the fixed allocation size enforced by using
neigh_table->kmem_cachep
As a nice side effect we can now use kfree_rcu().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tons of drivers missed that we use mBm and not dBm...
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Le lundi 28 novembre 2011 à 19:06 -0500, David Miller a écrit :
> From: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com>
> Date: Mon, 28 Nov 2011 08:25:39 -0800
>
> >> +bool skb_flow_dissect(const struct sk_buff *skb, struct flow_keys
> >> *flow)
> >> +{
> >> + int poff, nhoff = skb_network_offset(skb);
> >> + u8 ip_proto;
> >> + u16 proto = skb->protocol;
> >
> > __be16 instead of u16 for proto?
>
> I'll take care of this when I apply these patches.
( CC trimmed )
Thanks David !
Here is a small patch to use one 64bit load/store on x86_64 instead of
two 32bit load/stores.
[PATCH net-next] flow_dissector: use a 64bit load/store
gcc compiler is smart enough to use a single load/store if we
memcpy(dptr, sptr, 8) on x86_64, regardless of
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE
In IP header, daddr immediately follows saddr, this wont change in the
future. We only need to make sure our flow_keys (src,dst) fields wont
break the rule.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 2005 (c1b4a7e695)
tcp_tso_should_defer has been using tcp_max_burst() as a target limit
for deciding how large to make outgoing TSO packets when not using
sysctl_tcp_tso_win_divisor. But since 2008
(dd9e0dda66) tcp_max_burst() returns the
reordering degree. We should not have tcp_tso_should_defer attempt to
build larger segments just because there is more reordering. This
commit splits the notion of deferral size used in TSO from the notion
of burst size used in cwnd moderation, and returns the TSO deferral
limit to its original value.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any headers included by drivers should be under include/, and
any definitions they use are not really private to the core as
the name "dsa_priv.h" suggests.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We use at least two flow dissectors in network stack, with known
limitations and code duplication.
Introduce skb_flow_dissect() to factorize this, highly inspired from
existing dissector from __skb_get_rxhash()
Note : We extensively use skb_header_pointer(), this permits us to not
touch skb at all.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per 802.11mb 13.9.11.3
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch contains the configuration changes in nl80211/cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now inetpeer is the place where we cache redirect information for ipv4
destinations, we must be able to invalidate informations when a route is
added/removed on host.
As inetpeer is not yet namespace aware, this patch adds a shared
redirect_genid, and a per inetpeer redirect_genid. This might be changed
later if inetpeer becomes ns aware.
Cache information for one inerpeer is valid as long as its
redirect_genid has the same value than global redirect_genid.
Reported-by: Arkadiusz Miśkiewicz <a.miskiewicz@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Arkadiusz Miśkiewicz <a.miskiewicz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eth_type_trans() will use these functions if DSA is enabled, which
blocks building DSA as a module.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We move all mtu handling from dst_mtu() down to the protocol
layer. So each protocol can implement the mtu handling in
a different manner.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We plan to invoke the dst_opt->default_mtu() method unconditioally
from dst_mtu(). So rename the method to dst_opt->mtu() to match
the name with the new meaning.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can not update iph->daddr in ip_options_rcv_srr(), It is too early.
When some exception ocurred later (eg. in ip_forward() when goto
sr_failed) we need the ip header be identical to the original one as
ICMP need it.
Add a field 'nexthop' in struct ip_options to save nexthop of LSRR
or SSRR option.
Signed-off-by: Li Wei <lw@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I broke the build with the addition of netprio_cgroups if CONFIG_CGROUPS=n.
This patch corrects it by moving the offending struct into an ifdef
CONFIG_CGROUPS block. Also clean up a few needless defines and inline functions
that don't get called if CONFIG_CGROUPS isn't defined while Im at it.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
C assignment can handle struct in6_addr copying.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current addr_match() is errh, under-optimized.
Compiler doesn't know that memcmp() branch doesn't trigger for IPv4.
Also, pass addresses by value -- they fit into register.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds in the infrastructure code to create the network priority
cgroup. The cgroup, in addition to the standard processes file creates two
control files:
1) prioidx - This is a read-only file that exports the index of this cgroup.
This is a value that is both arbitrary and unique to a cgroup in this subsystem,
and is used to index the per-device priority map
2) priomap - This is a writeable file. On read it reports a table of 2-tuples
<name:priority> where name is the name of a network interface and priority is
indicates the priority assigned to frames egresessing on the named interface and
originating from a pid in this cgroup
This cgroup allows for skb priority to be set prior to a root qdisc getting
selected. This is benenficial for DCB enabled systems, in that it allows for any
application to use dcb configured priorities so without application modification
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
CC: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes an oops that can be triggered following this recipe:
0) make sure nf_conntrack_netlink and nf_conntrack_ipv4 are loaded.
1) container is started.
2) connect to it via lxc-console.
3) generate some traffic with the container to create some conntrack
entries in its table.
4) stop the container: you hit one oops because the conntrack table
cleanup tries to report the destroy event to user-space but the
per-netns nfnetlink socket has already gone (as the nfnetlink
socket is per-netns but event callback registration is global).
To fix this situation, we make the ctnl_notifier per-netns so the
callback is registered/unregistered if the container is
created/destroyed.
Alex Bligh and Alexey Dobriyan originally proposed one small patch to
check if the nfnetlink socket is gone in nfnetlink_has_listeners,
but this is a very visited path for events, thus, it may reduce
performance and it looks a bit hackish to check for the nfnetlink
socket only to workaround this situation. As a result, I decided
to follow the bigger path choice, which seems to look nicer to me.
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Alex Bligh <alex@alex.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows users to disable features such as HT, HT40,
and to modify the MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU settings for
drivers that support it.
The MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU features that may be disabled are
are reported in the phy-info netlink message as a mask.
Attemping to disable features that are not supported will
take no affect, but will not return errors. This is to aid
backwards compatibility in user-space apps that may not be
clever enough to deal with parsing the the capabilities mask.
This patch only enables the infrastructure. An additional
patch will enable the feature in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No other driver ever ended up using this, and
the commit forgot to move the prototype so no
driver could have used it. Revert it, if any
driver shows up and needs it it can be moved
again, but until then it's more efficient to
have it in mac80211 where the only user is.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently mac80211 implements these for all devices,
but given restrictions of some devices that isn't
really true, so prepare for being able to remove the
capability for some mac80211 devices.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers can usually handle fragmented packets
much easier when they get the entire list of
fragments at once. The only thing they need to
do is keep enough space on the queues for up
to ten fragments of a single MSDU.
This allows them to implement this with a new
operation tx_frags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This grants drivers access to the DFS region that a
regulatory domain belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The wireless-regdb now has support for mapping a country to
one DFS region. CRDA sends this to us now so process it
so we can provide that hint to drivers. This will later be
used by code for processing DFS in a way that meets the
criteria for the DFS region the country belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
v2: add couple missing conversions in drivers
split unexporting netdev_fix_features()
implemented %pNF
convert sock::sk_route_(no?)caps
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mgmt_start_discovery command contains the type of discovery that
should be started so this should be passed to the start_discovery
function. This patch doesn't yet add any action depending on the type of
the requested discovery.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The management protocol uses a single byte for error codes (aka command
status). In some places this value is directly copied from HCI and in
other a POSIX error number is used. This makes it impossible for
user-space to uniquily decipher the meaning of an error.
To solve this issue a new mgmt-specific set of error codes is added
along with a conversion table for HCI status values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The kernel needs to know whether it should connect to a device over
BR/EDR or over LE. This is particularly important in the future when
dual-mode device may be connectable also over LE. It is also important
if/when we decide to move the LE advertisement cache from the kernel
into user-space. Adding the type to the mgmt command also ensures
conformance with the latest mgmt API spec.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patches creates mgmt_stop_discovery_failed() which removes
pending MGMT_OP_STOP_DISCOVERY commands and sends proper command
status events.
This patch also fixes the MGMT_OP_STOP_DISCOVERY command leak in
case cancel inquiry fails.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch renames the function mgmt_inquiry_failed() to
mgmt_start_discovery_failed(). This function is more related
to MGMT_OP_START_DISCOVERY command handling than to inquiry.
Besides, this functions will be reused by LE based discovery
procedures in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Le mercredi 09 novembre 2011 à 16:21 -0500, David Miller a écrit :
> From: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
> Date: Wed, 09 Nov 2011 16:16:44 -0500 (EST)
>
> > From: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
> > Date: Wed, 09 Nov 2011 12:14:09 +0100
> >
> >> unres_qlen is the number of frames we are able to queue per unresolved
> >> neighbour. Its default value (3) was never changed and is responsible
> >> for strange drops, especially if IP fragments are used, or multiple
> >> sessions start in parallel. Even a single tcp flow can hit this limit.
> > ...
> >
> > Ok, I've applied this, let's see what happens :-)
>
> Early answer, build fails.
>
> Please test build this patch with DECNET enabled and resubmit. The
> decnet neigh layer still refers to the removed ->queue_len member.
>
> Thanks.
Ouch, this was fixed on one machine yesterday, but not the other one I
used this morning, sorry.
[PATCH V5 net-next] neigh: new unresolved queue limits
unres_qlen is the number of frames we are able to queue per unresolved
neighbour. Its default value (3) was never changed and is responsible
for strange drops, especially if IP fragments are used, or multiple
sessions start in parallel. Even a single tcp flow can hit this limit.
$ arp -d 192.168.20.108 ; ping -c 2 -s 8000 192.168.20.108
PING 192.168.20.108 (192.168.20.108) 8000(8028) bytes of data.
8008 bytes from 192.168.20.108: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.322 ms
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for frame fragmentation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reading /proc/net/snmp6 on a machine with a lot of cpus is very
expensive (can be ~88000 us).
This is because ICMPV6MSG MIB uses 4096 bytes per cpu, and folding
values for all possible cpus can read 16 Mbytes of memory (32MBytes on
non x86 arches)
ICMP messages are not considered as fast path on a typical server, and
eventually few cpus handle them anyway. We can afford an atomic
operation instead of using percpu data.
This saves 4096 bytes per cpu and per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow setting a probe response template for an interface operating in
AP mode. Low level drivers are notified about changes in the probe
response template and are able to retrieve a copy of the current probe
response. This data can, for example, be uploaded to hardware as a
template.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pass probe-response data from usermode via beacon parameters.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Notify user-space about probe-response offloading support in the driver.
A wiphy flag is used to indicate support and a bitmap of protocols
determines which protocols are supported.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The macro is only used in ipw2200 and we certainly
don't want to encourage its use, so move it out of
the radiotap header file and into the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Check if NCI data flow control is used in nci_tx_work.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove unused NCI operations, e.g. create static rf connection.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Addition, deletion and modification of NCI constants.
Changes in NCI commands, responses and notifications structures.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just add API to get the channel & report it. Trivial really.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rename to l2cap_chan_check_security() to make it consistent with other
l2cap_exported functions. This function will be exported in a later
commit.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since disconnecting may fail the status needs to be communicated to user
space. This also updates the implementation to match the latest mgmt API
specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since the command can fail we need to have a proper response with the
remote address and a failure status for it. This also updates it to
conform to the latest mgmt API spec.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
It's necessary to know the distinction between public and random LE
addresses so the mgmt interface also needs to distinguish between them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Le lundi 07 novembre 2011 à 15:33 +0100, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
> At least, in recent kernels we dont change dst->refcnt in forwarding
> patch (usinf NOREF skb->dst)
>
> One particular point is the atomic_inc(dst->refcnt) we have to perform
> when queuing an UDP packet if socket asked PKTINFO stuff (for example a
> typical DNS server has to setup this option)
>
> I have one patch somewhere that stores the information in skb->cb[] and
> avoid the atomic_{inc|dec}(dst->refcnt).
>
OK I found it, I did some extra tests and believe its ready.
[PATCH net-next] ipv4: IP_PKTINFO doesnt need dst reference
When a socket uses IP_PKTINFO notifications, we currently force a dst
reference for each received skb. Reader has to access dst to get needed
information (rt_iif & rt_spec_dst) and must release dst reference.
We also forced a dst reference if skb was put in socket backlog, even
without IP_PKTINFO handling. This happens under stress/load.
We can instead store the needed information in skb->cb[], so that only
softirq handler really access dst, improving cache hit ratios.
This removes two atomic operations per packet, and false sharing as
well.
On a benchmark using a mono threaded receiver (doing only recvmsg()
calls), I can reach 720.000 pps instead of 570.000 pps.
IP_PKTINFO is typically used by DNS servers, and any multihomed aware
UDP application.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the socket wifi TX status error
queue reflection in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new wifi socket TX capability should be
supported by wifi drivers, let them advertise
whether they do or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For probe responses it can be useful to not wait for ACK to
avoid retransmissions if the station that sent the probe is
already on the next channel, so allow userspace to request
not caring about the ACK with a new nl80211 flag.
Since mac80211 needs to be updated for the new function
prototype anyway implement it right away -- it's just a
few lines of code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The frames are used by AP/STA WDS mode, and hostapd
needs to know when such a frame was received to set
up the VLAN appropriately to allow using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to register to received beacon frames
to allow implementing OLBC logic in userspace. The
registration is per wiphy since there's no point in
receiving the same frame multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the AP SME in hostapd is used it wants to
probe the clients when they have been idle for
some time. Add explicit API to support this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise that the device
contains the AP SME and what features it can
support. There are currently no features in
the bitmap -- probe response offload will be
advertised by a few patches Arik is working
on now (who took over from Guy Eilam) and a
device with AP SME will typically implement
and require response offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To implement AP mode without monitor interfaces we
need to be able to send a deauth to stations that
send frames without being associated. Enable this
by adding a new nl80211 event for such frames that
an application can subscribe to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers that need to drop a frame before it
can be transmitted will usually simply free
that frame. This is currently fine, but in
the future it'll be needed to tell mac80211
about this case, so add a new routine that
frees a TX skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reading /proc/net/snmp on a machine with a lot of cpus is very expensive
(can be ~88000 us).
This is because ICMPMSG MIB uses 4096 bytes per cpu, and folding values
for all possible cpus can read 16 Mbytes of memory.
ICMP messages are not considered as fast path on a typical server, and
eventually few cpus handle them anyway. We can afford an atomic
operation instead of using percpu data.
This saves 4096 bytes per cpu and per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 802.1X EAPOL handshake hostapd does requires
knowing whether the frame was ack'ed by the peer.
Currently, we fudge this pretty badly by not even
transmitting the frame as a normal data frame but
injecting it with radiotap and getting the status
out of radiotap monitor as well. This is rather
complex, confuses users (mon.wlan0 presence) and
doesn't work with all hardware.
To get rid of that hack, introduce a real wifi TX
status option for data frame transmissions.
This works similar to the existing TX timestamping
in that it reflects the SKB back to the socket's
error queue with a SCM_WIFI_STATUS cmsg that has
an int indicating ACK status (0/1).
Since it is possible that at some point we will
want to have TX timestamping and wifi status in a
single errqueue SKB (there's little point in not
doing that), redefine SO_EE_ORIGIN_TIMESTAMPING
to SO_EE_ORIGIN_TXSTATUS which can collect more
than just the timestamp; keep the old constant
as an alias of course. Currently the internal APIs
don't make that possible, but it wouldn't be hard
to split them up in a way that makes it possible.
Thanks to Neil Horman for helping me figure out
the functions that add the control messages.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function returns a referenced BSS struct
(or NULL), annotate with __must_check. It seems
that a lot of drivers get this completely wrong
and leak all BSS structs as a result.
Reported-by: Adam Mikuta <Adam.Mikuta@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves the pending management command list (previously global
to mgmt.c) into struct hci_dev. This makes it possible to do proper
locking when accessing it (through the existing hci_dev locks) and
thereby avoid race conditions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The current global pending command list in mgmt.c is racy. Possibly the
simplest way to fix it is to have per-hci dev lists instead of a global
one (all commands that need a pending struct are hci_dev specific).
This way the list can be protected using the already existing per-hci
dev lock. To enable this refactoring the first thing that needs to be
done is to ensure that the mgmt functions have access to the hci_dev
struct (instead of just the dev id).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make clear that sk_clone() and inet_csk_clone() return a locked socket.
Add _lock() prefix and kerneldoc.
Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some cards can generate CCMP IVs in HW, but require the space for the IV
to be pre-allocated in the frame at the correct offset. Add a key flag
that allows us to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fast retransmission after changing the last address
with ASCONF negotiation
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two new struct members were not documented, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds address type info (typically BR/EDR vs LE) to management
messages that need this. This also ensures conformance to the latest
management API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
BR/EDR link keys have their own commands and events (separate from SMP)
and the remove_keys command (previously remove_key) removes keys of any
kind for the specified remote address.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The power off code doesn't need to use its own custom timer since the
delayed_work API provides the exact same functionality.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
A proper mgmt_command_status should be returned to user-space if either
discoverable or connectable enabling fails.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Based on the revised mgmt API set_discoverable has a timeout parameter
to specify how long the adapter will remain discoverable. A value of 0
means "indefinitively".
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a function to hci_core to cancel an ongoing inquiry.
According to the Bluetooth spec, the inquiry cancel command should
only be issued after the inquiry command has been issued, a command
status event has been received for the inquiry command, and before
the inquiry complete event occurs.
As HCI_INQUIRY flag is only set just after an inquiry command status
event occurs and it is cleared just after an inquiry complete event
occurs, the inquiry cancel command should be issued only if HCI_INQUIRY
flag is set.
Additionally, cancel inquiry related code from stop_discovery() were
replaced by a hci_cancel_inquiry() call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a function to hci_core to carry out inquiry.
All inquiry code from start_discovery() were replaced by a
hci_do_inquiry() call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Symbolic fixed channel IDs will be used instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
AMP channel creation and channel moves are coordinated using the L2CAP
signaling channel. These definitions cover the "create channel",
"move channel", and "move channel confirm" signals.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Each channel has a policy to require BR/EDR (the default),
prefer BR/EDR, or prefer AMP.
Check for valid policy value and L2CAP mode.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This variable is currently only accessible within l2cap_core.c, but
it is also needed in l2cap_sock.c
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Allow control of AMP functionality on L2CAP sockets. By default,
connections will be restricted to BR/EDR. Manipulating the
BT_CHANNEL_POLICY option allows for channels to be moved to or created
on AMP controllers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This implement priority based scheduler using skbuffer priority set via
SO_PRIORITY socket option.
It introduces hci_chan_hash (list of HCI Channel/hci_chan) per connection,
each item in this list refer to a L2CAP connection and it is used to
queue the data for transmission.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This was triggered by turning off encryption on ACL link when rfcomm
was using high security. rfcomm_security_cfm (which is called from rx
task) was closing DLC and this involves sending disconnect message
(and locking socket).
Move closing DLC to rfcomm_process_dlcs and only flag DLC for closure
in rfcomm_security_cfm.
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/core/sock.c:2032
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 1788, name: kworker/0:3
[<c0068a08>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x108) from [<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24)
[<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24) from [<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c)
[<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c) from [<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64)
[<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64) from [<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc)
[<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc) from [<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0)
[<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0) from [<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44)
[<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44) from [<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58)
[<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58) from [<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80)
[<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80) from [<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc)
[<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc) from [<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0)
[<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0) from [<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84)
[<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84) from [<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0)
[<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0) from [<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4)
[<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4) from [<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274)
[<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274) from [<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c)
[<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c) from [<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4)
[<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4) from [<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c)
[<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c) from [<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec)
[<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec) from [<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178)
[<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178) from [<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0)
[<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0) from [<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0)
[<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0) from [<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198)
[<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198) from [<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8)
[<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8) from [<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468)
[<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468) from [<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0)
[<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0) from [<c0061744>] (kernel_thread_exit+0x0/0x8)
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary code to send proper command status or
command complete events to the start/stop discovery management commands.
Before this patch these events were completely missing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This uses SO_PRIORITY to set the skbuffer priority field
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
hci_unregister_dev cannot fail and always returns 0. The drivers already ignore
the return value so we can safely make it return void.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Timers set by __set_chan_timer() should use miliseconds instead of
jiffies. Commit 942ecc9c46 updated
l2cap_set_timer() so it expects timeout to be specified in msecs
instead of jiffies. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ
is not set to 1000.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (47 commits)
forcedeth: fix a few sparse warnings (variable shadowing)
forcedeth: Improve stats counters
forcedeth: remove unneeded stats updates
forcedeth: Acknowledge only interrupts that are being processed
forcedeth: fix race when unloading module
MAINTAINERS/rds: update maintainer
wanrouter: Remove kernel_lock annotations
usbnet: fix oops in usbnet_start_xmit
ixgbe: Fix compile for kernel without CONFIG_PCI_IOV defined
etherh: Add MAINTAINERS entry for etherh
bonding: comparing a u8 with -1 is always false
sky2: fix regression on Yukon Optima
netlink: clarify attribute length check documentation
netlink: validate NLA_MSECS length
i825xx:xscale:8390:freescale: Fix Kconfig dependancies
macvlan: receive multicast with local address
tg3: Update version to 3.121
tg3: Eliminate timer race with reset_task
tg3: Schedule at most one tg3_reset_task run
tg3: Obtain PCI function number from device
...
* 'modsplit-Oct31_2011' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux: (230 commits)
Revert "tracing: Include module.h in define_trace.h"
irq: don't put module.h into irq.h for tracking irqgen modules.
bluetooth: macroize two small inlines to avoid module.h
ip_vs.h: fix implicit use of module_get/module_put from module.h
nf_conntrack.h: fix up fallout from implicit moduleparam.h presence
include: replace linux/module.h with "struct module" wherever possible
include: convert various register fcns to macros to avoid include chaining
crypto.h: remove unused crypto_tfm_alg_modname() inline
uwb.h: fix implicit use of asm/page.h for PAGE_SIZE
pm_runtime.h: explicitly requires notifier.h
linux/dmaengine.h: fix implicit use of bitmap.h and asm/page.h
miscdevice.h: fix up implicit use of lists and types
stop_machine.h: fix implicit use of smp.h for smp_processor_id
of: fix implicit use of errno.h in include/linux/of.h
of_platform.h: delete needless include <linux/module.h>
acpi: remove module.h include from platform/aclinux.h
miscdevice.h: delete unnecessary inclusion of module.h
device_cgroup.h: delete needless include <linux/module.h>
net: sch_generic remove redundant use of <linux/module.h>
net: inet_timewait_sock doesnt need <linux/module.h>
...
Fix up trivial conflicts (other header files, and removal of the ab3550 mfd driver) in
- drivers/media/dvb/frontends/dibx000_common.c
- drivers/media/video/{mt9m111.c,ov6650.c}
- drivers/mfd/ab3550-core.c
- include/linux/dmaengine.h
The documentation for how the length of attributes
is checked is wrong ("Exact length" isn't true, the
policy checks are for "minimum length") and a bit
misleading. Make it more complete and explain what
really happens.
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The warning really shouldn't happen, but until we
find the reason why it does don't spew it all the
time, just once is enough to know we've hit it.
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
the tcp and udp code creates a set of struct file_operations at runtime
while it can also be done at compile time, with the added benefit of then
having these file operations be const.
the trickiest part was to get the "THIS_MODULE" reference right; the naive
method of declaring a struct in the place of registration would not work
for this reason.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to address the following error during the compilation:
In file included from kernel/sysctl_binary.c:6:
include/net/ip_vs.h:1406: error: expected identifier or ‘(’ before ‘{’ token
make[1]: *** [kernel/sysctl_binary.o] Error 1
make[1]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
That manifests itself when CONFIG_IP_VS_NFCT is undefined in .config file.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Wilczynski <krzysztof.wilczynski@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch exports several definitions that used to live under
include/net/netfilter/nf_nat.h. These definitions, although not
exported, have been used by iptables and other userspace
applications like miniupnpd since long time. Basically, these
userspace tools included some internal definition of the required
structures and they assume no changes in the binary representation
(which is OK indeed).
To resolve this situation, this patch makes public the required
structure and install them in INSTALL_HDR_PATH.
See: https://bugs.gentoo.org/376873, for more information.
This patch is heavily based on the initial patch sent by:
Anthony G. Basile <blueness@gentoo.org>
Which was entitled:
netfilter: export sanitized nf_nat.h to INSTALL_HDR_PATH
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These two small inlines make calls to try_module_get() and
module_put() which would force us to keep module.h present
within yet another common include header. We can avoid this
by turning them into macros. The hci_dev_hold construct
is patterned off of raw_spin_trylock_irqsave() in spinlock.h
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
This file was using the module get/put functions in two simple inline
functions. But module_get/put were only within scope because of
the implicit presence of module.h being everywhere.
Rather than add module.h to another file in include/ -- which is
exactly the thing we are trying to avoid, simply convert these
one-line functions into a define, as per what was done for the
device_schedule_callback() in commit 523ded71de.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
The implicit presence of module.h everywhere meant that this header
also was getting moduleparam.h which defines struct kernel_param.
Since it only needs to know that kernel_param is a struct, call that
out instead of adding an include of moduleparam.h -- to get rid of this:
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:316: warning: 'struct kernel_param' declared inside parameter list
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:316: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
The <linux/module.h> pretty much brings in the kitchen sink along
with it, so it should be avoided wherever reasonably possible in
terms of being included from other commonly used <linux/something.h>
files, as it results in a measureable increase on compile times.
The worst culprit was probably device.h since it is used everywhere.
This file also had an implicit dependency/usage of mutex.h which was
masked by module.h, and is also fixed here at the same time.
There are over a dozen other headers that simply declare the
struct instead of pulling in the whole file, so follow their lead
and simply make it a few more.
Most of the implicit dependencies on module.h being present by
these headers pulling it in have been now weeded out, so we can
finally make this change with hopefully minimal breakage.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
This file has modular references, but they are limited to
those which are covered by the simple "struct module;"
declaration used in dozens of other places. In fact that
declaration is already there (just outside of the context
of this commit) so simply remove the include line.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
There is nothing module specific in this header, and removing
it doesn't seem to uncover any implicit dependencies either.
Must be simply a vestige of an ancient legacy.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
commit 66b13d99d9 (ipv4: tcp: fix TOS value in ACK messages sent from
TIME_WAIT) fixed IPv4 only.
This part is for the IPv6 side, adding a tclass param to ip6_xmit()
We alias tw_tclass and tw_tos, if socket family is INET6.
[ if sockets is ipv4-mapped, only IP_TOS socket option is used to fill
TOS field, TCLASS is not taken into account ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://github.com/ericvh/linux:
9p: fix 9p.txt to advertise msize instead of maxdata
net/9p: Convert net/9p protocol dumps to tracepoints
fs/9p: change an int to unsigned int
fs/9p: Cleanup option parsing in 9p
9p: move dereference after NULL check
fs/9p: inode file operation is properly initialized init_special_inode
fs/9p: Update zero-copy implementation in 9p
It was enabled by default and the messages guarded
by the define are useful.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without this msize=4294967295 will result in a crash
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
* remove lot of update to different data structure
* add a seperate callback for zero copy request.
* above makes non zero copy code path simpler
* remove conditionalizing TREAD/TREADDIR/TWRITE in the zero copy path
* Fix the dotu p9_check_errors with zero copy. Add sufficient doc around
* Add support for both in and output buffers in zero copy callback
* pin and unpin pages in the same context
* use helpers instead of defining page offset and rest of page ourself
* Fix mem leak in p9_check_errors
* Remove 'E' and 'F' in p9pdu_vwritef
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
There is a long standing bug in linux tcp stack, about ACK messages sent
on behalf of TIME_WAIT sockets.
In the IP header of the ACK message, we choose to reflect TOS field of
incoming message, and this might break some setups.
Example of things that were broken :
- Routing using TOS as a selector
- Firewalls
- Trafic classification / shaping
We now remember in timewait structure the inet tos field and use it in
ACK generation, and route lookup.
Notes :
- We still reflect incoming TOS in RST messages.
- We could extend MuraliRaja Muniraju patch to report TOS value in
netlink messages for TIME_WAIT sockets.
- A patch is needed for IPv6
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now tcp_md5_hash_header() has a const tcphdr argument, we can add more
const attributes to callers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_md5_hash_header() writes into skb header a temporary zero value,
this might confuse other users of this area.
Since tcphdr is small (20 bytes), copy it in a temporary variable and
make the change in the copy.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
INET_ECN_encapsulate() is better understood if we can read the official
statement.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding const qualifiers to pointers can ease code review, and spot some
bugs. It might allow compiler to optimize code further.
For example, is it legal to temporary write a null cksum into tcphdr
in tcp_md5_hash_header() ? I am afraid a sniffer could catch the
temporary null value...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added recovery check of CA wake status in case of wake up timeout.
Added check of CA wake status in case of wake down timeout.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added sanity check for length of CAIF frames, and tear down of
CAIF link-layer device upon protocol error.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF HSI uses a timer for inactivity. Upon timeout HSI-wake signaling
is initiated to allow power-down of the HSI block.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some platforms do not allow to put HSI block into low-power
mode when FIFO is not empty. The patch flushes (by reading)
FIFO at wake down sequence. Asynchronous read and write is
implemented for that. As a side effect this will also greatly
improve performance.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fragmented multicast frames are delivered to a single macvlan port,
because ip defrag logic considers other samples are redundant.
Implement a defrag step before trying to send the multicast frame.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 903ab86d19 of 1 March this year ("udp: Add
lockless transmit path") introduced a new fast TX path that broke the checksum
coverage computation of UDP-lite, which so far depended on up->len (only set
if the socket is locked and 0 in the fast path).
Fixed by providing both fast- and slow-path computation of checksum coverage.
The latter can be removed when UDP(-lite)v6 also uses a lockless transmit path.
Reported-by: Thomas Volkert <thomas@homer-conferencing.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for extended sequence numbers found in
extended control fields.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
There are three different Control Field formats: the Standard Control
Field, the Enhanced Control Field, and the Extended Control Field.
Patch adds function to handle all those fields seamlessly.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Partially revert 34918cd7. struct mgmt_key_info needs to have the same
size as its version exported to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reuse the already existing struct nl80211_sta_flag_update to specify
both, a flag mask and the flag set itself. This means
nl80211_sta_flag_update is now used for setting station flags and also
for getting station flags.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 already filled in the MCS rate info for rx'ed frames but tx'ed
frames that are sent to a monitor interface during the status callback
lack this information.
Add the radiotap fields for MCS info to ieee80211_tx_status_rtap_hdr
and populate them when sending tx'ed frames to the monitors.
The needed headroom is only extended by one byte since we don't include
legacy rate information in the rtap header for HT frames.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As we introduced hci_init_sysfs() we should also rename
hci_register_sysfs() and hci_unregister_sysfs() to hci_add_sysfs() and
hci_del_sysfs() like we do with hci_conn_add/del_sysfs(). It looks more
consistent now.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We must not call device_del() if we didn't use device_add(). See module.c
for comments on that. Therefore, we need to call device_initialize() when
allocating the hci device and later device_add() instead of
device_register().
This also fixes a bug when hci_register_dev() failed and we call
hci_free_dev() without a valid core device. hci_free_dev() segfaults while
calling put_device() on invalid memory.
We already do this with hci_conn connections (hci_conn_init_sysfs()) so
they do not need to be fixed.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This was triggered by turning off encryption on ACL link when rfcomm
was using high security. rfcomm_security_cfm (which is called from rx
task) was closing DLC and this involves sending disconnect message
(and locking socket).
Move closing DLC to rfcomm_process_dlcs and only flag DLC for closure
in rfcomm_security_cfm.
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/core/sock.c:2032
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 1788, name: kworker/0:3
[<c0068a08>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x108) from [<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24)
[<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24) from [<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c)
[<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c) from [<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64)
[<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64) from [<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc)
[<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc) from [<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0)
[<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0) from [<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44)
[<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44) from [<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58)
[<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58) from [<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80)
[<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80) from [<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc)
[<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc) from [<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0)
[<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0) from [<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84)
[<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84) from [<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0)
[<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0) from [<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4)
[<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4) from [<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274)
[<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274) from [<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c)
[<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c) from [<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4)
[<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4) from [<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c)
[<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c) from [<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec)
[<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec) from [<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178)
[<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178) from [<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0)
[<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0) from [<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0)
[<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0) from [<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198)
[<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198) from [<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8)
[<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8) from [<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468)
[<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468) from [<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0)
[<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0) from [<c0061744>] (kernel_thread_exit+0x0/0x8)
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Implementation of Read Local AMP Info Command
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Define Extended Flow Specification structures and default values.
Based upon haijun.liu <haijun.liu@atheros.com> series of patches
(sent Sun, 22 Aug 2010)
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds definitins for L2CAP header sizes to be uses when calculating
payload size instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handle POLL (P) bit in L2CAP ERTM using information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handle final (F) bit in L2CAP using information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Check frame function uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
L2CAP ERTM txseq calculation uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
reqseq calculation uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) occupies different windows in standard and
extended control fields. Convert hardcoded masks to relative ones and use shift
to access SAR bits.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Supervisory bits occupy different windows in standard / extended control
fields. Convert hardcoded masks to relative ones and use shift to access
S-bit window.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds extended control field bit masks and rearrange defines to logical
groups: masks, flags and shift groups.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds support for extended window size (EWS) config option. We enable EWS
feature in L2CAP Info RSP when hs enabled. EWS option is included in L2CAP
Config Req if tx_win (which is set via socket) bigger then standard default
value (63) && hs enabled && remote side supports EWS feature.
Using EWS selects extended control field in L2CAP.
Code partly based on Qualcomm and Atheros patches sent upstream a year ago.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
ip_vs_mutext is used by both netns shutdown code and startup
and both implicit uses sk_lock-AF_INET mutex.
cleanup CPU-1 startup CPU-2
ip_vs_dst_event() ip_vs_genl_set_cmd()
sk_lock-AF_INET __ip_vs_mutex
sk_lock-AF_INET
__ip_vs_mutex
* DEAD LOCK *
A new mutex placed in ip_vs netns struct called sync_mutex is added.
Comments from Julian and Simon added.
This patch has been running for more than 3 month now and it seems to work.
Ver. 3
IP_VS_SO_GET_DAEMON in do_ip_vs_get_ctl protected by sync_mutex
instead of __ip_vs_mutex as sugested by Julian.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can now move the radiotap header parsing into
ieee80211_monitor_start_xmit(). This moves it out of
the hotpath, and also helps the code since now the
radiotap header will no longer be present in
ieee80211_xmit() etc. which is easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The purpose of this is two-fold:
1) by moving it out of tx_data.flags, we can in
another patch move the radiotap parsing so it
no longer is in the hotpath
2) if a device implements fragmentation but can
optionally skip it, the radiotap request for
not doing fragmentation may be honoured
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
role_switch variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
force_active variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
force_reliable variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
flushable variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag. Added flags in l2cap_chan structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
To avoid ifdefs in the other code that supports DCB notifiers
add stub routines. This method seems popular in other net code
for example 8021Q.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add DCBX mode to event notifiers so listeners can learn
currently enabled mode.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use ifindex instead of ifname in the DCB app ring. This makes for a smaller
data structure and faster comparisons. It also avoids possible issues when
a net device is renamed.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tx params should be configured per interface.
add ieee80211_vif param to the conf_tx callback,
and change all the drivers that use this callback.
The following spatch was used:
@rule1@
struct ieee80211_ops ops;
identifier conf_tx_op;
@@
ops.conf_tx = conf_tx_op;
@rule2@
identifier rule1.conf_tx_op;
identifier hw, queue, params;
@@
conf_tx_op (
- struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+ struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
u16 queue,
const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params) {...}
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Recently mac80211 was changed to use nullfunc instead of probe
request for connection monitoring for tx ack status reporting
hardwares. Sometimes in congested network, STA got disconnected
quickly after the association. It was observered that the rate
control was not adopted to environment due to minimal transmission.
As the nullfunc are used for monitoring purpose, these frames should
not be sacrificed for rate control updation. So it is better to send
the monitoring null func frames at minimum rate that could help to
retain the connection.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow injected unicast frames to be sent without having to wait
for an ACK.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the addition of uAPSD and driver buffering
the powersave handling has gotten quite complex.
Add a section to the documentation to explain it
for anyone wanting to implement it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from
the device, and to make use of that properly
it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able
to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe
it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in
the sense that it goes through the tasklet,
the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe
but doing it directly would cause reordering
issues.
This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going
into an absence period without transmitting
any frames that should be driver-released as
in this case there's no other way to inform
mac80211 that the service period ended. Note
that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe
functions another version of this function
will be required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are
going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so
it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that
station.
Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that
a single frame was going to be released whenever we
encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With
uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since
there could be more than a single frame.
To support this model, add a new callback to notify
drivers when frames are going to be released.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a PS-poll frame is retried (but was received)
there is no way to detect that since it has no
sequence number. As a consequence, the standard
asks us to not react to PS-poll frames until the
response to one made it out (was ACKed or lost).
Implement this by using the WLAN_STA_SP flags to
also indicate a PS-Poll "service period" and the
IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag for the response
packet to indicate the end of the "SP" as usual.
We could use separate flags, but that will most
likely completely confuse drivers, and while the
standard doesn't exclude simultaneously polling
using uAPSD and PS-Poll, doing that seems quite
problematic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not
possible with all devices, so advertising it with
the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that
want it.
Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly
straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have
accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame.
For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided
APIs allow releasing the right number of frames,
but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data
themselves. This is documented in more detail in
the new code itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If there are frames for a station buffered in
the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM
IE but there's no way to release them. Add new
API to release such frames and use it when the
station polls for a frame.
Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD
it is easily extensible.
Note that before this change drivers announcing
driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually
will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially
lower priority frame (if there are any frames
buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver
that hasn't been changed will no longer respond
at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need
to be fixed to implement the new API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For uAPSD support we'll need to have per-AC PS
buffers. As this is a major undertaking, split
the buffers before really adding support for
uAPSD. This already makes some reference to the
uapsd_queues variable, but for now that will
never be non-zero.
Since book-keeping is complicated, also change
the logic for keeping a maximum of frames only
and allow 64 frames per AC (up from 128 for a
station).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For uAPSD implementation, it is necessary to know on
which ACs frames are buffered. mac80211 obviously
knows about the frames it has buffered itself, but
with aggregation many drivers buffer frames. Thus,
mac80211 needs to be informed about this.
For now, since we don't have APSD in any form, this
will unconditionally set the TIM bit for the station
but later with uAPSD only some ACs might cause the
TIM bit to be set.
ath9k is the only driver using this API and I only
modify it in the most basic way, it won't be able
to implement uAPSD with this yet. But it can't do
that anyway since there's no way to selectively
release frames to the peer yet.
Since drivers will buffer frames per TID, let them
inform mac80211 on a per TID basis, mac80211 will
then sort out the AC mapping itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Relocate the mesh implementation of adding the (extended) supported
rates IE to util.c, anticipating its use by other parts of mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for sending high-level TDLS commands and TDLS frames via
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER and NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, respectively. Add
appropriate cfg80211 callbacks for lower level drivers.
Add wiphy capability flags for TDLS support and advertise them via
nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, when hostapd sets the station as authorized
we also overwrite its uAPSD parameter. This obviously
leads to buggy behaviour (later, with my patches that
actually add uAPSD support). To fix this, only apply
those parameters if they were actually set in nl80211,
and to achieve that add a bitmap of things to apply.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since commit 7361c36c52 (af_unix: Allow credentials to work across
user and pid namespaces) af_unix performance dropped a lot.
This is because we now take a reference on pid and cred in each write(),
and release them in read(), usually done from another process,
eventually from another cpu. This triggers false sharing.
# Events: 154K cycles
#
# Overhead Command Shared Object Symbol
# ........ ....... .................. .........................
#
10.40% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] put_pid
8.60% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_stream_recvmsg
7.87% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_stream_sendmsg
6.11% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] do_raw_spin_lock
4.95% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_scm_to_skb
4.87% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] pid_nr_ns
4.34% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] cred_to_ucred
2.39% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_destruct_scm
2.24% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] sub_preempt_count
1.75% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] fget_light
1.51% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k]
__mutex_lock_interruptible_slowpath
1.42% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] sock_alloc_send_pskb
This patch includes SCM_CREDENTIALS information in a af_unix message/skb
only if requested by the sender, [man 7 unix for details how to include
ancillary data using sendmsg() system call]
Note: This might break buggy applications that expected SCM_CREDENTIAL
from an unaware write() system call, and receiver not using SO_PASSCRED
socket option.
If SOCK_PASSCRED is set on source or destination socket, we still
include credentials for mere write() syscalls.
Performance boost in hackbench : more than 50% gain on a 16 thread
machine (2 quad-core cpus, 2 threads per core)
hackbench 20 thread 2000
4.228 sec instead of 9.102 sec
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use sk_buff fragment capabilities to link together incoming skbs
instead of allocating a new skb for reassembly and copying.
The new reassembly code works equally well for ERTM and streaming
mode, so there is now one reassembly function instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
tx params are currently configured per hw, although they
should be configured per interface.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Whenever the scan request or tx_mgmt is requesting not to
use CCK rate for managemet frames through
NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE attribute, then mac80211 should
select appropriate least non-CCK rate. This could help to
send P2P probes and P2P action frames at non 11b rates
without diabling 11b rates globally.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new nl80211 attribute to specify whether to send the management
frames in CCK rate or not. As of now the wpa_supplicant is disabling
CCK rate at P2P init itself. So this patch helps to send P2P probe
request/probe response/action frames being sent at non CCK rate in 2GHz
without disabling 11b rates.
This attribute is used with NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands to disable CCK rate for management frame
transmission.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Protect 'cb' and 'cb_context' arguments in nci_data_exchange.
In fact, this implements a queue with max length of 1 data
exchange transactions in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TSF can be kept per vif.
Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move
the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory.
Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rename struct tcp_skb_cb "flags" to "tcp_flags" to ease code review and
maintenance.
Its content is a combination of FIN/SYN/RST/PSH/ACK/URG/ECE/CWR flags
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tcp_skb_cb contains a "flags" field containing either tcp flags
or IP dsfield depending on context (input or output path)
Introduce ip_dsfield to make the difference clear and ease maintenance.
If later we want to save space, we can union flags/ip_dsfield
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While playing with a new ADSL box at home, I discovered that ECN
blackhole can trigger suboptimal quickack mode on linux : We send one
ACK for each incoming data frame, without any delay and eventual
piggyback.
This is because TCP_ECN_check_ce() considers that if no ECT is seen on a
segment, this is because this segment was a retransmit.
Refine this heuristic and apply it only if we seen ECT in a previous
segment, to detect ECN blackhole at IP level.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
CC: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
CC: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
CC: Jim Gettys <jg@freedesktop.org>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add management interface events for blocking/unblocking a device.
Sender of the block device command gets cmd complete and other
mgmt sockets get the event. Event is also sent to mgmt sockets when
blocking is done with ioctl, e.g when blocking a device with
hciconfig. This makes it possible for bluetoothd to track status
of blocked devices when a third party block or unblocks a device.
Event sending is handled in mgmt_device_blocked function which gets
called from hci_blacklist_add in hci_core.c. A pending command is
added in mgmt_block_device, so that it can found when sending the
event - the event is not sent to the socket from which the pending
command came. Locks were moved out from hci_core.c to hci_sock.c
and mgmt.c, because locking is needed also for mgmt_pending_add in
mgmt.c.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The function crypto_blkcipher_setkey() called by smp_e()
can sleep, so all the crypto work has to be moved to
hci_dev workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The objective is to make the core to have as little as possible
information about SMP procedures and logic. Now, all the SMP
specific information is hidden from the core.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add command to management interface for enabling/disabling the
fast connectable mode.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
One piece of information that was lost when using the mgmt interface,
was the type of the connection. Using HCI events we used to know
the type of the connection based on the type of the event, e.g.
HCI_LE_Connection_Complete for LE links.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add HCI_CONN_LE_SMP_PEND flag to indicate that SMP is pending
for that connection. This allows to have information that an SMP
procedure is going on for that connection.
We use the HCI_CONN_ENCRYPT_PEND to indicate that encryption
(HCI_LE_Start_Encryption) is pending for that connection.
While a SMP procedure is going on we hold an reference to the
connection, to avoid disconnections.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This checks if there is any existing connection according to its type
before start iterating in the list and immediately stop iterating when
reaching the number of connections.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The NFC Controller Interface (NCI) is a standard
communication protocol between an NFC Controller (NFCC)
and a Device Host (DH), defined by the NFC Forum.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The file nfc.h was moved from include/net to include/net/nfc,
since new NFC header files will be added to include/net/nfc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add 2 new nfc control operations:
dev_up to turn on the nfc device
dev_down to turn off the nfc device
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver (or most likely firmware) decides which AP to use
for roaming based on internal scan result processing, user space
needs to be notified of PMKSA caching candidates to allow RSN
pre-authentication to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add function to find vendor-specific ie (along with
vendor-specific ie struct definition and P2P OUI values)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 946cedccbd (tcp: Change possible SYN flooding messages)
added a build error if CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=n
Reported-by: Markus Trippelsdorf <markus@trippelsdorf.de>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://github.com/davem330/net: (62 commits)
ipv6: don't use inetpeer to store metrics for routes.
can: ti_hecc: include linux/io.h
IRDA: Fix global type conflicts in net/irda/irsysctl.c v2
net: Handle different key sizes between address families in flow cache
net: Align AF-specific flowi structs to long
ipv4: Fix fib_info->fib_metrics leak
caif: fix a potential NULL dereference
sctp: deal with multiple COOKIE_ECHO chunks
ibmveth: Fix checksum offload failure handling
ibmveth: Checksum offload is always disabled
ibmveth: Fix issue with DMA mapping failure
ibmveth: Fix DMA unmap error
pch_gbe: support ML7831 IOH
pch_gbe: added the process of FIFO over run error
pch_gbe: fixed the issue which receives an unnecessary packet.
sfc: Use 64-bit writes for TX push where possible
Revert "sfc: Use write-combining to reduce TX latency" and follow-ups
bnx2x: Fix ethtool advertisement
bnx2x: Fix 578xx link LED
bnx2x: Fix XMAC loopback test
...
tcp_md5sig_pool is currently an 'array' (a percpu object) of pointers to
struct tcp_md5sig_pool. Only the pointers are NUMA aware, but objects
themselves are all allocated on a single node.
Remove this extra indirection to get proper percpu memory (NUMA aware)
and make code simpler.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 0856a30409.
As requested by Eric Dumazet, it has various ref-counting
problems and has introduced regressions. Eric will add
a more suitable version of this performance fix.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is compile tested only.
Suggested by dumpster diving in PAX.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the conversion of struct flowi to a union of AF-specific structs, some
operations on the flow cache need to account for the exact size of the key.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AF-specific flowi structs are now passed to flow_key_compare, which must
also be aligned to a long.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Attempt to reduce the number of IP packets emitted in response to single
SCTP packet (2e3216cd) introduced a complication - if a packet contains
two COOKIE_ECHO chunks and nothing else then SCTP state machine corks the
socket while processing first COOKIE_ECHO and then loses the association
and forgets to uncork the socket. To deal with the issue add new SCTP
command which can be used to set association explictly. Use this new
command when processing second COOKIE_ECHO chunk to restore the context
for SCTP state machine.
Signed-off-by: Max Matveev <makc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"Possible SYN flooding on port xxxx " messages can fill logs on servers.
Change logic to log the message only once per listener, and add two new
SNMP counters to track :
TCPReqQFullDoCookies : number of times a SYNCOOKIE was replied to client
TCPReqQFullDrop : number of times a SYN request was dropped because
syncookies were not enabled.
Based on a prior patch from Tom Herbert, and suggestions from David.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1884): No description found for parameter 'registered'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Set SSID information from nl80211 beacon parameters. Advertise changes
in SSID to low level drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To properly maintain the peer's block ack window, the driver needs to be
able to control the new starting sequence number that is sent along with
the BlockAckReq frame.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce filtering for scheduled scans to reduce the number of
unnecessary results (which cause useless wake-ups).
Add a new nested attribute where sets of parameters to be matched can
be passed when starting a scheduled scan. Only scan results that
match any of the sets will be returned.
At this point, the set consists of a single parameter, an SSID. This
can be easily extended in the future to support more complex matches.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
add WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD flag to indicate uapsd support on
AP mode.
Advertise it to userspace by including a new
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD attribute.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When this flag is set, Tx A-MPDU sessions will not be started by
mac80211. This flag is required for devices that support Tx A-MPDU setup
in hardware.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the rssi of the current AP drops, both wpa_supplicant and the
firmware may do a background scan to find a better AP and try to
associate. Since firmware based roaming is faster, inform
wpa_supplicant to avoid roaming and let the firmware decide to
roam if necessary.
For fullmac drivers like ath6kl, it is just enough to provide the
ESSID and the firmware will decide on the BSSID. Since it is not
possible to do pre-auth during roaming for fullmac drivers, the
wpa_supplicant needs to completely disconnect with the old AP and
reconnect with the new AP. This consumes lot of time and it is
better to leave the roaming decision to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1884): No description found for parameter 'registered'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Some of the flags are OS/arch dependent we add a 9p
protocol value which maps to asm-generic/fcntl.h values in Linux
Based on the original patch from Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Allow transparent sockets to be less restrictive about
the source ip of ipv6 udp packets being sent.
Google-Bug-Id: 5018138
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
CC: "Erik Kline" <ek@google.com>
CC: "Lorenzo Colitti" <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I will suck out stuff to userspace to start the regulatory
revampamp, this work will be permissively licensed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add uapsd_queues and max_sp fields to ieee80211_sta.
These fields might be needed by low-level drivers in
order to configure the AP.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME nested attribute that contains
wme params needed by the low-level driver (uapsd_queues and
max_sp).
Add these params to the station_parameters struct as well.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Patch series 109f6e39..7361c36c back in 2.6.36 added functionality to
allow credentials to work across pid namespaces for packets sent via
UNIX sockets. However, the atomic reference counts on pid and
credentials caused plenty of cache bouncing when there are numerous
threads of the same pid sharing a UNIX socket. This patch mitigates the
problem by eliminating extraneous reference counts on pid and
credentials on both send and receive path of UNIX sockets. I found a 2x
improvement in hackbench's threaded case.
On the receive path in unix_dgram_recvmsg, currently there is an
increment of reference count on pid and credentials in scm_set_cred.
Then there are two decrement of the reference counts. Once in scm_recv
and once when skb_free_datagram call skb->destructor function
unix_destruct_scm. One pair of increment and decrement of ref count on
pid and credentials can be eliminated from the receive path. Until we
destroy the skb, we already set a reference when we created the skb on
the send side.
On the send path, there are two increments of ref count on pid and
credentials, once in scm_send and once in unix_scm_to_skb. Then there
is a decrement of the reference counts in scm_destroy's call to
scm_destroy_cred at the end of unix_dgram_sendmsg functions. One pair
of increment and decrement of the reference counts can be removed so we
only need to increment the ref counts once.
By incorporating these changes, for hackbench running on a 4 socket
NHM-EX machine with 40 cores, the execution of hackbench on
50 groups of 20 threads sped up by factor of 2.
Hackbench command used for testing:
./hackbench 50 thread 2000
Signed-off-by: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch a HEARTBEAT chunk is bundled into the ASCONF-ACK
for ADD IP ADDRESS, confirming the new destination as quickly as
possible.
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can have the NFC core layer allocating the tx head and tail
room for the drivers and avoid 1 or more SKBs copy on write on
the Tx path.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS attribute,
which will advertise this mesh node as being a mesh gate.
NL80211_HWMP_ROOTMODE must be set or this will do nothing.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set Root Announcement Interval for our mesh
interface. Also, RANN interval is now in proper units of TUs.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch updates the mesh peering frames to the format specified in
the recently ratified 802.11s standard. Several changes took place to
make this happen:
- Change RX path to handle new self-protected frames
- Add new Peering management IE
- Remove old Peer Link IE
- Remove old plink_action field in ieee80211_mgmt header
These changes by themselves would either break peering, or work by
coincidence, so squash them all into this patch.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The l4_rxhash flag was added to the skb structure to indicate
that the rxhash value was computed over the 4 tuple for the
packet which includes the port information in the encapsulated
transport packet. This is used by the stack to preserve the
rxhash value in __skb_rx_tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current transport mechanism for af_iucv is the z/VM offered
communications facility IUCV. To provide equivalent support when
running Linux in an LPAR, HiperSockets transport is added to the
AF_IUCV address family. It requires explicit binding of an AF_IUCV
socket to a HiperSockets device. A new packet_type ETH_P_AF_IUCV
is announced. An af_iucv specific transport header is defined
preceding the skb data. A small protocol is implemented for
connecting and for flow control/congestion management.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a symbol to dynamically load iucv functions.
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON command is, in practice, requesting AP mode
operations to be started. Add new attributes to provide extra IEs
(e.g., WPS IE, P2P IE) for drivers that build Beacon, Probe Response,
and (Re)Association Response frames internally (likely in firmware).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes need from drivers to parse the beacon tail/head data
to figure out what crypto settings are to be used in AP mode in case
the Beacon and Probe Response frames are fully constructed in the
driver/firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes it easier for drivers that generate Beacon and Probe Response
frames internally (in firmware most likely) in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moving the parsing logic for retrieving the information elements
stored in management frames, e.g. beacons or probe responses,
and making it available to other cfg80211 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a comment pointing out the use of enum station_info_flags for
all new struct station_info fields. In addition, memset the sinfo
buffer to zero before use on all paths in the current tree to avoid
leaving uninitialized pointers in the data.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 leaves sinfo->assoc_req_ies uninitialized, causing a random
pointer memory access in nl80211_send_station.
Instead of checking if the pointer is null, use sinfo->filled, like
the rest of the fields.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When user space SME/MLME (e.g., hostapd) is not used in AP mode, the
IEs from the (Re)Association Request frame that was processed in
firmware need to be made available for user space (e.g., RSN IE for
hostapd). Allow this to be done with cfg80211_new_sta().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For iwlwifi, I decided not to use this API since
it just increased the complexity for little gain.
Since nobody else intends to use it, let's kill
it again. If anybody later needs to have it, we
can always revive it then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A lot of code is dedicated to giving drivers the
ability to use cfg80211's wext handlers without
completely converting. However, only orinoco is
currently using this, and it is only partially
using it.
We reduce the size of both the source and binary
by removing those that nobody needs. If a driver
shows up that needs it during conversion, we can
add back those that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
linux/wireless.h is for wireless extensions only, so
mac80211 shouldn't include it since it uses cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A lot of drivers erroneously use wext constants
and don't notice since cfg80211.h includes them.
Make this more split up so drivers needing wext
compatibility from cfg80211 need to explicitly
include that from cfg80211-wext.h.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The raw sockets can provide source address for
routing but their privileges are not considered. We
can provide non-local source address, make sure the
FLOWI_FLAG_ANYSRC flag is set if socket has privileges
for this, i.e. based on hdrincl (IP_HDRINCL) and
transparent flags.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Computers have become a lot faster since we compromised on the
partial MD4 hash which we use currently for performance reasons.
MD5 is a much safer choice, and is inline with both RFC1948 and
other ISS generators (OpenBSD, Solaris, etc.)
Furthermore, only having 24-bits of the sequence number be truly
unpredictable is a very serious limitation. So the periodic
regeneration and 8-bit counter have been removed. We compute and
use a full 32-bit sequence number.
For ipv6, DCCP was found to use a 32-bit truncated initial sequence
number (it needs 43-bits) and that is fixed here as well.
Reported-by: Dan Kaminsky <dan@doxpara.com>
Tested-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gergely Kalman reported crashes in check_peer_redir().
It appears commit f39925dbde (ipv4: Cache learned redirect
information in inetpeer.) added a race, leading to possible NULL ptr
dereference.
Since we can now change dst neighbour, we should make sure a reader can
safely use a neighbour.
Add RCU protection to dst neighbour, and make sure check_peer_redir()
can be called safely by different cpus in parallel.
As neighbours are already freed after one RCU grace period, this patch
should not add typical RCU penalty (cache cold effects)
Many thanks to Gergely for providing a pretty report pointing to the
bug.
Reported-by: Gergely Kalman <synapse@hippy.csoma.elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the code to handle some of the differences between
RFC 3041 and RFC 4941, which obsoletes it. Also a couple
of janitorial fixes.
- Allow router advertisements to increase the lifetime of
temporary addresses. This was not allowed by RFC 3041,
but is specified by RFC 4941. It is useful when RA
lifetimes are lower than TEMP_{VALID,PREFERRED}_LIFETIME:
in this case, the previous code would delete or deprecate
addresses prematurely.
- Change the default of MAX_RETRY to 3 per RFC 4941.
- Add a comment to clarify that the preferred and valid
lifetimes in inet6_ifaddr are relative to the timestamp.
- Shorten lines to 80 characters in a couple of places.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My @hp.com will no longer be valid starting August 5, 2011 so an update is
necessary. My new email address is employer independent so we don't have
to worry about doing this again any time soon.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows us to move duplicated code in <asm/atomic.h>
(atomic_inc_not_zero() for now) to <linux/atomic.h>
Signed-off-by: Arun Sharma <asharma@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (43 commits)
fs: Merge split strings
treewide: fix potentially dangerous trailing ';' in #defined values/expressions
uwb: Fix misspelling of neighbourhood in comment
net, netfilter: Remove redundant goto in ebt_ulog_packet
trivial: don't touch files that are removed in the staging tree
lib/vsprintf: replace link to Draft by final RFC number
doc: Kconfig: `to be' -> `be'
doc: Kconfig: Typo: square -> squared
doc: Konfig: Documentation/power/{pm => apm-acpi}.txt
drivers/net: static should be at beginning of declaration
drivers/media: static should be at beginning of declaration
drivers/i2c: static should be at beginning of declaration
XTENSA: static should be at beginning of declaration
SH: static should be at beginning of declaration
MIPS: static should be at beginning of declaration
ARM: static should be at beginning of declaration
rcu: treewide: Do not use rcu_read_lock_held when calling rcu_dereference_check
Update my e-mail address
PCIe ASPM: forcedly -> forcibly
gma500: push through device driver tree
...
Fix up trivial conflicts:
- arch/arm/mach-ep93xx/dma-m2p.c (deleted)
- drivers/gpio/gpio-ep93xx.c (renamed and context nearby)
- drivers/net/r8169.c (just context changes)
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (145 commits)
bnx2x: use pci_pcie_cap()
bnx2x: fix bnx2x_stop_on_error flow in bnx2x_sp_rtnl_task
bnx2x: enable internal target-read for 57712 and up only
bnx2x: count statistic ramrods on EQ to prevent MC assert
bnx2x: fix loopback for non 10G link
bnx2x: dcb - send all unmapped priorities to same COS as L2
iwlwifi: Fix build with CONFIG_PM disabled.
gre: fix improper error handling
ipv4: use RT_TOS after some rt_tos conversions
via-velocity: remove duplicated #include
qlge: remove duplicated #include
igb: remove duplicated #include
can: c_can: remove duplicated #include
bnad: remove duplicated #include
net: allow netif_carrier to be called safely from IRQ
bna: Header File Consolidation
bna: HW Error Counter Fix
bna: Add HW Semaphore Unlock Logic
bna: IOC Event Name Change
bna: Mboxq Flush When IOC Disabled
...
unlinkat - Remove a directory entry
size[4] Tunlinkat tag[2] dirfid[4] name[s] flag[4]
size[4] Runlinkat tag[2]
older Tremove have the below request format
size[4] Tremove tag[2] fid[4]
The remove message is used to remove a directory entry either file or directory
The remove opreation is actually a directory opertation and should ideally have
dirfid, if not we cannot represent the fid on server with anything other than
name. We will have to derive the directory name from fid in the Tremove request.
NOTE: The operation doesn't clunk the unlink fid.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
renameat - change name of file or directory
size[4] Trenameat tag[2] olddirfid[4] oldname[s] newdirfid[4] newname[s]
size[4] Rrenameat tag[2]
older Trename have the below request format
size[4] Trename tag[2] fid[4] newdirfid[4] name[s]
The rename message is used to change the name of a file, possibly moving it
to a new directory. The rename opreation is actually a directory opertation
and should ideally have olddirfid, if not we cannot represent the fid on server
with anything other than name. We will have to derive the old directory name
from fid in the Trename request.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Switch to generic kernel hexdump library and cleanup macros to
be more consistent with the way we do normal debug prints.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
IPv6 fragment identification generation is way beyond what we use for
IPv4 : It uses a single generator. Its not scalable and allows DOS
attacks.
Now inetpeer is IPv6 aware, we can use it to provide a more secure and
scalable frag ident generator (per destination, instead of system wide)
This patch :
1) defines a new secure_ipv6_id() helper
2) extends inet_getid() to provide 32bit results
3) extends ipv6_select_ident() with a new dest parameter
Reported-by: Fernando Gont <fernando@gont.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In P2P client mode, the GO (AP) to connect to might
have periods of time where it is not available due
to powersave. To allow the driver to sync with it
and send frames to the GO only when it is available
add a new callback tx_sync (and the corresponding
finish_tx_sync). These callbacks can sleep unlike
the actual TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some P2P scans are not allowed to advertise
11b rates, but that is a rather special case
so instead of having that, allow userspace
to request the rate sets (per band) that are
advertised in scan probe request frames.
Since it's needed in two places now, factor
out some common code parsing a rate array.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the future dst entries will be neigh-less. In that environment we
need to have an easy transition point for current users of
dst->neighbour outside of the packet output fast path.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It just makes it harder to see 1) what the code is doing
and 2) grep for all users of dst{->,.}neighbour
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will get us closer to being able to do "neigh stuff"
completely independent of the underlying dst_entry for
protocols (ipv4/ipv6) that wish to do so.
We will also be able to make dst entries neigh-less.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's just taking on one of two possible values, either
neigh_ops->output or dev_queue_xmit(). And this is purely depending
upon whether nud_state has NUD_CONNECTED set or not.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_iter_keys() currently returns keys in
the backward order they were installed in, which
is a bit confusing. Add them to the tail of the
key list to make sure iterations go in the same
order that keys were originally installed in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver wants to pre-program the TKIP
RX phase 1 key, it needs to be able to obtain
it for the peer's TA. Add API to allow it to
generate it.
The generation uses a dummy on-stack context
since it doesn't know the RX queue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some chips may support different lengths of user-supplied IEs with a
single scheduled scan command than with a single normal scan command.
To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description
element that describes the maximum size of user-supplied information
element data supported in scheduled scans.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some chips can scan more SSIDs with a single scheduled scan command
than with a single normal scan command (eg. wl12xx chips).
To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description
element that describes the amount of SSIDs supported in scheduled
scans.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we now have the necessary API in place to support
GTK rekeying, applications will need to know whether it
is supported by a device. Add a pseudo-trigger that is
used only to advertise that capability. Also, add some
new triggers that match what iwlagn devices can do.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that there is a one-to-one correspondance between neighbour
and hh_cache entries, we no longer need:
1) dynamic allocation
2) attachment to dst->hh
3) refcounting
Initialization of the hh_cache entry is indicated by hh_len
being non-zero, and such initialization is always done with
the neighbour's lock held as a writer.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In WoWLAN, devices may use crypto keys for TX/RX
and could also implement GTK rekeying. If the
driver isn't able to retrieve replay counters and
similar information from the device upon resume,
or if the device isn't responsive due to platform
issues, it isn't safe to keep the connection up
as GTK rekey messages from during the sleep time
could be replayed against it.
The only protection against that is disconnecting
from the AP. Modifying mac80211 to do that while
it is resuming would be very complex and invasive
in the case that the driver requires a reconfig,
so do it after it has resumed completely. In that
case, however, packets might be replayed since it
can then only happen after TX/RX are up again, so
mark keys for interfaces that need to disconnect
as "tainted" and drop all packets that are sent
or received with those keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Get rid of all of the useless and costly indirection
by doing the neigh hash table lookup directly inside
of the neighbour binding.
Rename from arp_bind_neighbour to rt_bind_neighbour.
Use new helpers {__,}ipv4_neigh_lookup()
In rt_bind_neighbour() get rid of useless tests which
are never true in the context this function is called,
namely dev is never NULL and the dst->neighbour is
always NULL.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like I forgot to document the "gfp" parameter
to cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify, add it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA
is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver
that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements.
Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds.
Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold
event occurs.
mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument
mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
And mask the hash function result by simply shifting
down the "->hash_shift" most significant bits.
Currently which bits we use is arbitrary since jhash
produces entropy evenly across the whole hash function
result.
But soon we'll be using universal hashing functions,
and in those cases more entropy exists in the higher
bits than the lower bits, because they use multiplies.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There can 3 reasons for the "command reject" reply produced
by the stack. Each such reply should be accompanied by the
relevand data ( as defined in spec. ). Currently there is one
instance of "command reject" reply with reason "invalid cid"
wich is fixed. Also, added clean-up definitions related to the
"command reject" replies.
Signed-off-by: Ilia Kolomisnky <iliak@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This will be useful when userspace wants to restrict some kinds of
operations based on the length of the key size used to encrypt the
link.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
In some cases it will be useful having the key size used for
encrypting the link. For example, some profiles may restrict
some operations depending on the key length.
The key size is stored in the key that is passed to userspace
using the pin_length field in the key structure.
For now this field is only valid for LE controllers. 3.0+HS
controllers define the Read Encryption Key Size command, this
field is intended for storing the value returned by that
command.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As the LTK (the new type of key being handled now) has more data
associated with it, we need to store this extra data and retrieve
the keys based on that data.
Methods for searching for a key and for adding a new LTK are
introduced here.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We need these changes because SMP keys may have more information
associated with them, for example, in the LTK case, it has an
encrypted diversifier (ediv) and a random number (rand).
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since ca5ecddf (rcu: define __rcu address space modifier for sparse)
rcu_dereference_check use rcu_read_lock_held as a part of condition
automatically so callers do not have to do that as well.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This adds support for generating and distributing all the keys
specified in the third phase of SMP.
This will make possible to re-establish secure connections, resolve
private addresses and sign commands.
For now, the values generated are random.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Trigger user ABORT if application closes a socket which has data
queued on the socket receive queue or chunks waiting on the
reassembly or ordering queue as this would imply data being lost
which defeats the point of a graceful shutdown.
This behavior is already practiced in TCP.
We do not check the input queue because that would mean to parse
all chunks on it to look for unacknowledged data which seems too
much of an effort. Control chunks or duplicated chunks may also
be in the input queue and should not be stopping a graceful
shutdown.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support pre-populating the P1K cache in
iwlwifi hardware for WoWLAN, we need to calculate
the P1K for the current IV32. Allow drivers to get
the P1K for any given IV32 instead of for a given
packet, but keep the packet-based version around as
an inline.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to implement GTK rekeying, the device needs
to be able to encrypt frames with the right PN/IV and
check the PN/IV in RX frames. To be able to tell it
about all those counters, we need to be able to get
them from mac80211, this adds the required API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Our current TKIP code races against itself on TX
since we can process multiple packets at the same
time on different ACs, but they all share the TX
context for TKIP. This can lead to bad IVs etc.
Also, the crypto offload helper code just obtains
the P1K/P2K from the cache, and can update it as
well, but there's no guarantee that packets are
really processed in order.
To fix these issues, first introduce a spinlock
that will protect the IV16/IV32 values in the TX
context. This first step makes sure that we don't
assign the same IV multiple times or get confused
in other ways.
Secondly, change the way the P1K cache works. I
add a field "p1k_iv32" that stores the value of
the IV32 when the P1K was last recomputed, and
if different from the last time, then a new P1K
is recomputed. This can cause the P1K computation
to flip back and forth if packets are processed
out of order. All this also happens under the new
spinlock.
Finally, because there are argument differences,
split up the ieee80211_get_tkip_key() API into
ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k() and ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k()
and give them the correct arguments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When initiating a graceful shutdown while having data chunks
on the retransmission queue with a peer which is in zero
window mode the shutdown is never completed because the
retransmission error count is reset periodically by the
following two rules:
- Do not timeout association while doing zero window probe.
- Reset overall error count when a heartbeat request has
been acknowledged.
The graceful shutdown will wait for all outstanding TSN to
be acknowledged before sending the SHUTDOWN request. This
never happens due to the peer's zero window not acknowledging
the continuously retransmitted data chunks. Although the
error counter is incremented for each failed retransmission,
the receiving of the SACK announcing the zero window clears
the error count again immediately. Also heartbeat requests
continue to be sent periodically. The peer acknowledges these
requests causing the error counter to be reset as well.
This patch changes behaviour to only reset the overall error
counter for the above rules while not in shutdown. After
reaching the maximum number of retransmission attempts, the
T5 shutdown guard timer is scheduled to give the receiver
some additional time to recover. The timer is stopped as soon
as the receiver acknowledges any data.
The issue can be easily reproduced by establishing a sctp
association over the loopback device, constantly queueing
data at the sender while not reading any at the receiver.
Wait for the window to reach zero, then initiate a shutdown
by killing both processes simultaneously. The association
will never be freed and the chunks on the retransmission
queue will be retransmitted indefinitely.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ERTM receive buffer is now handled in a way that does not require
the busy queue and the associated polling code.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This change moves most L2CAP ERTM receive buffer handling out of the
L2CAP core and in to the socket code. It's up to the higher layer
(the socket code, in this case) to tell the core when its buffer is
full or has space available. The recv op should always accept
incoming ERTM data or else the connection will go down.
Within the socket layer, an skb that does not fit in the socket
receive buffer will be temporarily stored. When the socket is read
from, that skb will be placed in the receive buffer if possible. Once
adequate buffer space becomes available, the L2CAP core is informed
and the ERTM local busy state is cleared.
Receive buffer management for non-ERTM modes is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since we have the extended LMP features properly implemented, we
should check the LMP_HOST_LE bit to know if the host supports LE.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new module parameter to enable/disable host LE
support. By default host LE support is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a handler to Write LE Host Supported command complete
events. Once this commands has completed successfully, we should
read the extended LMP features and update the extfeatures field in
hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This new field holds the extended LMP features value. Some LE
mechanism such as discovery procedure needs to read the extended
LMP features to work properly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support
GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality
from cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In certain circumstances, like WoWLAN scenarios,
devices may implement (partial) GTK rekeying on
the device to avoid waking up the host for it.
In order to successfully go through GTK rekeying,
the KEK, KCK and the replay counter are required.
Add API to let the supplicant hand the parameters
to the driver which may store it for future GTK
rekey operations.
Note that, of course, if GTK rekeying is done by
the device, the EAP frame must not be passed up
to userspace, instead a rekey event needs to be
sent to let userspace update its replay counter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When in suspend/wowlan, devices might implement crypto
offload differently (more features), and might require
reprogramming keys for the WoWLAN (as it is the case
for Intel devices that use another uCode image). Thus
allow the driver to iterate all keys in this context.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch add an unsolicited notification of the DCBX negotiated
parameters for the CEE flavor of the DCBX protocol. The notification
message is identical to the aggregated CEE get operation and holds all
the pertinent local and peer information. The notification routine is
exported so it can be invoked by drivers supporting an embedded DCBX
stack.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NFC generic netlink interface exports the NFC control operations
to the user space.
Signed-off-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The NFC subsystem core is responsible for providing the device driver
interface. It is also responsible for providing an interface to the control
operations and data exchange.
Signed-off-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the driver can't support WoWLAN in the current
state, this patch allows it to return 1 from the
suspend callback to do the normal deconfiguration
instead of using suspend/resume calls. Note that
if it does this, resume won't be called.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IPV6, unlike IPV4, doesn't have a routing cache.
Routing table entries, as well as clones made in response
to route lookup requests, all live in the same table. And
all of these things are together collected in the destination
cache table for ipv6.
This means that routing table entries count against the garbage
collection limits, even though such entries cannot ever be reclaimed
and are added explicitly by the administrator (rather than being
created in response to lookups).
Therefore it makes no sense to count ipv6 routing table entries
against the GC limits.
Add a DST_NOCOUNT destination cache entry flag, and skip the counting
if it is set. Use this flag bit in ipv6 when adding routing table
entries.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a change sequence counter to each net namespace
which is bumped whenever a netdevice is added or removed from
the list. If such a change occurred while a link dump took place,
the dump will have the NLM_F_DUMP_INTR flag set in the first
message which has been interrupted and in all subsequent messages
of the same dump.
Note that links may still be modified or renamed while a dump is
taking place but we can guarantee for userspace to receive a
complete list of links and not miss any.
Testing:
I have added 500 VLAN netdevices to make sure the dump is split
over multiple messages. Then while continuously dumping links in
one process I also continuously deleted and re-added a dummy
netdevice in another process. Multiple dumps per seconds have
had the NLM_F_DUMP_INTR flag set.
I guess we can wait for Johannes patch to hit net-next via the
wireless tree. I just wanted to give this some testing right away.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a local logging function to emit bluetooth specific
messages. Using vsprintf extension %pV saves code/text
space.
Convert the current BT_INFO and BT_ERR macros to use bt_printk.
Remove __func__ from BT_ERR macro (and the uses).
Prefix "Bluetooth: " to BT_ERR
Remove __func__ from BT_DBG as function can be prefixed when
using dynamic_debug.
With allyesconfig:
text data bss dec hex filename
129956 8632 36096 174684 2aa5c drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.new2
134402 8632 36064 179098 2bb9a drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.old
14778 1012 3408 19198 4afe net/bluetooth/bnep/built-in.o.new2
15067 1012 3408 19487 4c1f net/bluetooth/bnep/built-in.o.old
346595 19163 86080 451838 6e4fe net/bluetooth/built-in.o.new2
353751 19163 86064 458978 700e2 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.old
18483 1172 4264 23919 5d6f net/bluetooth/cmtp/built-in.o.new2
18927 1172 4264 24363 5f2b net/bluetooth/cmtp/built-in.o.old
19237 1172 5152 25561 63d9 net/bluetooth/hidp/built-in.o.new2
19581 1172 5152 25905 6531 net/bluetooth/hidp/built-in.o.old
59461 3884 14464 77809 12ff1 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/built-in.o.new2
61206 3884 14464 79554 136c2 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/built-in.o.old
with x86 defconfig (and just bluetooth):
$ size net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.*
text data bss dec hex filename
66358 933 100 67391 1073f net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.new
66643 933 100 67676 1085c net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make it easier to use more normal logging styles later.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add a memeber to the ieee80211_sta structure to indicate whether the STA
supports WME.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix 'make htmldocs' warnings:
Warning(/include/linux/hrtimer.h:153): No description found for
parameter 'clockid'
Warning(/include/linux/device.h:604): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef
member 'of_match' description in 'device'
Warning(/include/net/sock.h:349): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef
member 'sk_rmem_alloc' description in 'sock'
Signed-off-by: Vitaliy Ivanov <vitalivanov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Fix 'make htmldocs' warnings:
Warning(/include/linux/hrtimer.h:153): No description found for parameter 'clockid'
Warning(/include/linux/device.h:604): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'of_match' description in 'device'
Warning(/include/net/sock.h:349): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'sk_rmem_alloc' description in 'sock'
Signed-off-by: Vitaliy Ivanov <vitalivanov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Sometimes when reporting a MIC failure rx->key may be unset. This
code path is hit when receiving a packet meant for a multicast
address, and decryption is performed in HW.
Fortunately, the failing key_idx is not used for anything up to
(and including) usermode, so we allow ourselves to drop it on the
way up when a key cannot be retrieved.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Seems like this was not cleaned during the 'rfkill: rewrite' checkin
19d337dff9.
Signed-off-by: Vitaliy Ivanov <vitalivanov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It needs to be available even when CONFIG_INET is not set.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consider the following situation:
* a dump that would show 8 entries, four in the first
round, and four in the second
* between the first and second rounds, 6 entries are
removed
* now the second round will not show any entry, and
even if there is a sequence/generation counter the
application will not know
To solve this problem, add a new flag NLM_F_DUMP_INTR
to the netlink header that indicates the dump wasn't
consistent, this flag can also be set on the MSG_DONE
message that terminates the dump, and as such above
situation can be detected.
To achieve this, add a sequence counter to the netlink
callback struct. Of course, netlink code still needs
to use this new functionality. The correct way to do
that is to always set cb->seq when a dumpit callback
is invoked and call nl_dump_check_consistent() for
each new message. The core code will also call this
function for the final MSG_DONE message.
To make it usable with generic netlink, a new function
genlmsg_nlhdr() is needed to obtain the netlink header
from the genetlink user header.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are enough instances of this:
iph->frag_off & htons(IP_MF | IP_OFFSET)
that a helper function is probably warranted.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Incorrect return type on dcb_setapp() this routine
returns negative error codes. All call sites of
dcb_setapp() assign the return value to an int already
so no need to update drivers.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With multiple APP entries per selector and protocol drivers
or stacks may want to pick a specific value or stripe traffic
across many priorities. Also if an APP entry in use is
deleted the stack/driver may want to choose from the existing
APP entries.
To facilitate this and avoid having duplicate code to walk
the APP ring provide a routine dcb_ieee_getapp_mask() to
return a u8 bitmask of all priorities set for the specified
selector and protocol. This routine and bitmask is a helper
for DCB kernel users.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we allow multiple IEEE App entries we need a way
to remove specific entries. To do this add the ieee_dcb_delapp()
routine.
Additionaly drivers may need to remove the APP entry from
their firmware tables. Add dcb ops routine to handle this.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a setapp routine for IEEE802.1Qaz encoded APP data types.
The IEEE 802.1Qaz spec encodes the priority bits differently and
allows for multiple APP data entries of the same selector and
protocol. Trying to force these to use the same set routines was
becoming tedious. Furthermore, userspace could probably enforce
the correct semantics, but expecting drivers to do this seems
error prone in the firmware case.
For these reasons add ieee_dcb_setapp() that understands the
IEEE 802.1Qaz encoded form.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that dcbnl is being used in many cases by more
than a single agent it is beneficial to be notified
when some entity either driver or user space has
changed the DCB attributes.
Today applications either end up polling the interface
or relying on a user space database to maintain the DCB
state and post events. Polling is a poor solution for
obvious reasons. And relying on a user space database
has its own downside. Namely it has created strange
boot dependencies requiring the database be populated
before any applications dependent on DCB attributes
starts or the application goes into a polling loop.
Populating the database requires negotiating link
setting with the peer and can take anywhere from less
than a second up to a few seconds depending on the switch
implementation.
Perhaps more importantly if another application or an
embedded agent sets a DCB link attribute the database
has no way of knowing other than polling the kernel.
This prevents applications from responding quickly to
changes in link events which at least in the FCoE case
and probably any other protocols expecting a lossless
link may result in IO errors.
By adding a multicast group for DCB we have clean way
to disseminate kernel DCB link attributes up to user
space. Avoiding the need for user space to maintain
a coherant database and disperse events that potentially
do not reflect the current link state.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (40 commits)
pxa168_eth: fix race in transmit path.
ipv4, ping: Remove duplicate icmp.h include
netxen: fix race in skb->len access
sgi-xp: fix a use after free
hp100: fix an skb->len race
netpoll: copy dev name of slaves to struct netpoll
ipv4: fix multicast losses
r8169: fix static initializers.
inet_diag: fix inet_diag_bc_audit()
gigaset: call module_put before restart of if_open()
farsync: add module_put to error path in fst_open()
net: rfs: enable RFS before first data packet is received
fs_enet: fix freescale FCC ethernet dp buffer alignment
netdev: bfin_mac: fix memory leak when freeing dma descriptors
vlan: don't call ndo_vlan_rx_register on hardware that doesn't have vlan support
caif: Bugfix - XOFF removed channel from caif-mux
tun: teach the tun/tap driver to support netpoll
dp83640: drop PHY status frames in the driver.
dp83640: fix phy status frame event parsing
phylib: Allow BCM63XX PHY to be selected only on BCM63XX.
...
When suspending, __ieee80211_suspend() calls ieee80211_scan_cancel(),
which will only cancel sw scan. In order to cancel hw scan, the
low-level driver has to cancel it in the suspend() callback. however,
this is too late, as a new scan_work will be enqueued (while the driver
is going into suspend).
Add a new cancel_hw_scan() callback, asking the driver to cancel an
active hw scan, and call it in ieee80211_scan_cancel().
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of setting bits manually we use set_bit, test_bit, etc.
Also remove L2CAP_ prefix from macros.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Management interface commands for blocking and unblocking devices.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Move blacklisting functions to hci_core.c, so that they can
be used by both management interface and hci socket interface.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Avoid double seq adjustment for loopback traffic
because it causes silent repetition of TCP data. One
example is passive FTP with DNAT rule and difference in the
length of IP addresses.
This patch adds check if packet is sent and
received via loopback device. As the same conntrack is
used both for outgoing and incoming direction, we restrict
seq adjustment to happen only in POSTROUTING.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch implements a check in smp cmd pairing request and pairing
response to verify if encryption key maximum size is compatible in both
slave and master when SMP Pairing is requested. Keys are also masked to
the correct negotiated size.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds support for disconnecting the link when SMP procedure
takes more than 30 seconds.
SMP begins when either the Pairing Request command is sent or the
Pairing Response is received, and it ends when the link is encrypted
(or terminated). Vol 3, Part H Section 3.4.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
After restructuring, there is some unused or empty functions
left to be removed.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
If the pending security level is greater than the current security
level and the link is now encrypted, we should update the link
security level.
This is only useful for LE links, when the only event generated
when SMP is sucessful in the Encrypt Change event.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This adds support for starting SMP Phase 2 Encryption, when the initial
SMP negotiation is successful. This adds the LE Start Encryption and LE
Long Term Key Request commands and related events.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch includes support for generating and sending the random value
used to produce the confirmation value.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds initial support for verifying the confirmation value
that the remote side has sent.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This will allow using the crypto subsystem for encrypting data. As SMP
(Security Manager Protocol) is implemented almost entirely on the host
side and the crypto module already implements the needed methods
(AES-128), it makes sense to use it.
There's now a new module option to enable/disable SMP support.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This implementation only exchanges SMP messages between the Host and the
Remote. No keys are being generated. TK and STK generation will be
provided in further patches.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
These simple commands will allow the SMP procedure to be started
and terminated with a not supported error. This is the first step
toward something useful.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
ERTM use the generic L2CAP timer functions to keep a reference to the
channel. This is useful for avoiding crashes.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
struct l2cap_chan has now its own refcnt that is compatible with the
socket refcnt, i.e., we won't see sk_refcnt = 0 and chan->refcnt > 0.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now socket state is tracked by struct sock and channel state is tracked by
chan->state. At this point both says the same, but this is going to change
when we add AMP Support for example.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add an abstraction layer between L2CAP core and its users (only
l2cap_sock.c now). The first function implemented is new_connection() that
replaces calls to l2cap_sock_alloc() in l2cap_core.c
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make it more clear what the functions does,
on request by Julian.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Remove variable ctl_key from struct netns_ipvs,
it's a leftover from early netns work.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
* new refcount in struct net, controlling actual freeing of the memory
* new method in kobj_ns_type_operations (->drop_ns())
* ->current_ns() semantics change - it's supposed to be followed by
corresponding ->drop_ns(). For struct net in case of CONFIG_NET_NS it bumps
the new refcount; net_drop_ns() decrements it and calls net_free() if the
last reference has been dropped. Method renamed to ->grab_current_ns().
* old net_free() callers call net_drop_ns() instead.
* sysfs_exit_ns() is gone, along with a large part of callchain
leading to it; now that the references stored in ->ns[...] stay valid we
do not need to hunt them down and replace them with NULL. That fixes
problems in sysfs_lookup() and sysfs_readdir(), along with getting rid
of sb->s_instances abuse.
Note that struct net *shutdown* logics has not changed - net_cleanup()
is called exactly when it used to be called. The only thing postponed by
having a sysfs instance refering to that struct net is actual freeing of
memory occupied by struct net.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
SNMP mibs use two percpu arrays, one used in BH context, another in USER
context. With increasing number of cpus in machines, and fact that ipv6
uses per network device ipstats_mib, this is consuming a lot of memory
if many network devices are registered.
commit be281e554e (ipv6: reduce per device ICMP mib sizes) shrinked
percpu needs for ipv6, but we can reduce memory use a bit more.
With recent percpu infrastructure (irqsafe_cpu_inc() ...), we no longer
need this BH/USER separation since we can update counters in a single
x86 instruction, regardless of the BH/USER context.
Other arches than x86 might need to disable irq in their
irqsafe_cpu_inc() implementation : If this happens to be a problem, we
can make SNMP_ARRAY_SZ arch dependent, but a previous poll
( https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/3/17/174 ) to arch maintainers did not
raise strong opposition.
Only on 32bit arches, we need to disable BH for 64bit counters updates
done from USER context (currently used for IP MIB)
This also reduces vmlinux size :
1) x86_64 build
$ size vmlinux.before vmlinux.after
text data bss dec hex filename
7853650 1293772 1896448 11043870 a8841e vmlinux.before
7850578 1293772 1896448 11040798 a8781e vmlinux.after
2) i386 build
$ size vmlinux.before vmlinux.afterpatch
text data bss dec hex filename
6039335 635076 3670016 10344427 9dd7eb vmlinux.before
6037342 635076 3670016 10342434 9dd022 vmlinux.afterpatch
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
CC: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
CC: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
CC: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
CC: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org
CC: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ieee80211_get_operstate() function to get the operstate
of the netdevice.
This is needed for drivers that need to know when the interface
is IF_OPER_UP (e.g. wl12xx), and block notifiers can't be used
(e.g. because the interface is already IF_OPER_UP, like after
resuming from suspend)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to
a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info
available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in
which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately
40 VFs were created per interface.
Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will
calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate
enough data to satisfy the request.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Profiles show false sharing in addr_compare() because refcnt/dtime
changes dirty the first inet_peer cache line, where are lying the keys
used at lookup time. If many cpus are calling inet_getpeer() and
inet_putpeer(), or need frag ids, addr_compare() is in 2nd position in
"perf top".
Before patch, my udpflood bench (16 threads) on my 2x4x2 machine :
5784.00 9.7% csum_partial_copy_generic [kernel]
3356.00 5.6% addr_compare [kernel]
2638.00 4.4% fib_table_lookup [kernel]
2625.00 4.4% ip_fragment [kernel]
1934.00 3.2% neigh_lookup [kernel]
1617.00 2.7% udp_sendmsg [kernel]
1608.00 2.7% __ip_route_output_key [kernel]
1480.00 2.5% __ip_append_data [kernel]
1396.00 2.3% kfree [kernel]
1195.00 2.0% kmem_cache_free [kernel]
1157.00 1.9% inet_getpeer [kernel]
1121.00 1.9% neigh_resolve_output [kernel]
1012.00 1.7% dev_queue_xmit [kernel]
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m44.511s
user 0m20.020s
sys 11m22.780s
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m44.099s
user 0m20.140s
sys 11m15.870s
After patch, no more addr_compare() in profiles :
4171.00 10.7% csum_partial_copy_generic [kernel]
1787.00 4.6% fib_table_lookup [kernel]
1756.00 4.5% ip_fragment [kernel]
1234.00 3.2% udp_sendmsg [kernel]
1191.00 3.0% neigh_lookup [kernel]
1118.00 2.9% __ip_append_data [kernel]
1022.00 2.6% kfree [kernel]
993.00 2.5% __ip_route_output_key [kernel]
841.00 2.2% neigh_resolve_output [kernel]
816.00 2.1% kmem_cache_free [kernel]
658.00 1.7% ia32_sysenter_target [kernel]
632.00 1.6% kmem_cache_alloc_node [kernel]
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m41.587s
user 0m19.190s
sys 10m36.370s
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m41.486s
user 0m19.290s
sys 10m33.650s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Andi Kleen and Tim Chen reported huge contention on inetpeer
unused_peers.lock, on memcached workload on a 40 core machine, with
disabled route cache.
It appears we constantly flip peers refcnt between 0 and 1 values, and
we must insert/remove peers from unused_peers.list, holding a contended
spinlock.
Remove this list completely and perform a garbage collection on-the-fly,
at lookup time, using the expired nodes we met during the tree
traversal.
This removes a lot of code, makes locking more standard, and obsoletes
two sysctls (inet_peer_gc_mintime and inet_peer_gc_maxtime). This also
removes two pointers in inet_peer structure.
There is still a false sharing effect because refcnt is in first cache
line of object [were the links and keys used by lookups are located], we
might move it at the end of inet_peer structure to let this first cache
line mostly read by cpus.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
CC: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch lowers the default initRTO from 3secs to 1sec per
RFC2988bis. It falls back to 3secs if the SYN or SYN-ACK packet
has been retransmitted, AND the TCP timestamp option is not on.
It also adds support to take RTT sample during 3WHS on the passive
open side, just like its active open counterpart, and uses it, if
valid, to seed the initRTO for the data transmission phase.
The patch also resets ssthresh to its initial default at the
beginning of the data transmission phase, and reduces cwnd to 1 if
there has been MORE THAN ONE retransmission during 3WHS per RFC5681.
Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add BT_POWER socket option used to control the power
characteristics of the underlying ACL link. When the remote end
has put the link in sniff mode and the host stack wants to send
data we need need to explicitly exit sniff mode to work well with
certain devices (For example, A2DP on Plantronics Voyager 855).
However, this causes problems with HID devices.
Hence, moving into active mode when sending data, irrespective
of who set the sniff mode has been made as a socket option. By
default, we will move into active mode. HID devices can set the
L2CAP socket option to prevent this from happening.
Currently, this has been implemented for L2CAP sockets. This has been
tested with incoming and outgoing L2CAP sockets for HID and A2DP.
Based on discussions on linux-bluetooth and patches submitted by
Andrei Emeltchenko.
Signed-off-by: Jaikumar Ganesh <jaikumar@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new field (dst_type) to the struct hci_conn which
holds the type of the destination address (bdaddr_t dst). This
approach is needed in order to use the struct hci_conn as an
abstraction of LE connections in HCI Layer. For non-LE this field
is ignored.
This patch also set properly the 'dst_type' field after initializing
LE hci_conn structures.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Legacy devices don't re-authenticate the link properly if a link key
already exists. Thus, don't update sec_level for this case even if
hci_auth_complete_evt indicates success. Otherwise the sec_level will
not reflect a real security on the link.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a timer to clear 'adv_entries' after three minutes.
After some amount of time, the advertising entries cached during
the last LE scan should be considered expired and they should be
removed from the advertising cache.
It was chosen a three minutes timeout as an initial attempt. This
value might change in future.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The LE advertising cache should be cleared before performing a LE
scanning. This will force the cache to contain only fresh advertising
entries.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the LE advertising cache. It stores sensitive
information (bdaddr and bdaddr_type so far) gathered from LE
advertising report events.
Only advertising entries from connectables devices are added to the
cache.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds definitions and a new struct for Advertising Report
Event from LE and Dual Mode controllers.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The call to l2cap_chan_clear_timer() is not really needed in l2cap_sock.c.
This patch also adds a call to l2cap_chan_clear_timer() to the only place
in __l2cap_sock_close() that wasn't calling it. It's safe call it there
because l2cap_chan_clear_timer() check first for timer_peding().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The new timer does not belong to struct sock, tought it still touch some
sock things, but this will be sorted out soon.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
chan_type says if our chan is raw(direclty access to HCI),
connection less or connection oriented.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This move all the sending logic to l2cap_core.c, but we still have a
socket dependence there, struct msghdr. It will be removed in some of the
further commits.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This is actually __l2cap_sock_close() renamed to __l2cap_chan_close().
At a first look it may not make sense, but with the further cleanups that
will come it will.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Some devices support BT/WLAN co-existence algorigthms.
In order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
requests not to allow any RX BA session and tear down existing RX BA sessions
based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs to limit
WLAN activity (eg.SCO or A2DP).
In such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the RX PPDU and
therefore prevent the peer device to use A-MPDU aggregation.
Adding ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session() callback
that can be used by the driver to stop existing BA sessions.
Signed-off-by: Shahar Levi <shahar_levi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* remove interrupt.g inclusion from netdevice.h -- not needed
* fixup fallout, add interrupt.h and hardirq.h back where needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Semicolons are not necessary after switch/while/for/if braces
so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (40 commits)
tg3: Fix tg3_skb_error_unmap()
net: tracepoint of net_dev_xmit sees freed skb and causes panic
drivers/net/can/flexcan.c: add missing clk_put
net: dm9000: Get the chip in a known good state before enabling interrupts
drivers/net/davinci_emac.c: add missing clk_put
af-packet: Add flag to distinguish VID 0 from no-vlan.
caif: Fix race when conditionally taking rtnl lock
usbnet/cdc_ncm: add missing .reset_resume hook
vlan: fix typo in vlan_dev_hard_start_xmit()
net/ipv4: Check for mistakenly passed in non-IPv4 address
iwl4965: correctly validate temperature value
bluetooth l2cap: fix locking in l2cap_global_chan_by_psm
ath9k: fix two more bugs in tx power
cfg80211: don't drop p2p probe responses
Revert "net: fix section mismatches"
drivers/net/usb/catc.c: Fix potential deadlock in catc_ctrl_run()
sctp: stop pending timers and purge queues when peer restart asoc
drivers/net: ks8842 Fix crash on received packet when in PIO mode.
ip_options_compile: properly handle unaligned pointer
iwlagn: fix incorrect PCI subsystem id for 6150 devices
...
In this case, the SCTP association transmits an ASCONF packet
including addition of the new IP address and deletion of the old
address. This patch implements this functionality.
In this case, the ASCONF chunk is added to the beginning of the
queue, because the other chunks cannot be transmitted in this state.
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows the application to operate Auto-ASCONF on/off
behavior via setsockopt() and getsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP reconfigure the IP addresses in the association by using
ASCONF chunks as mentioned in RFC5061. For example, we can
start to use the newly configured IP address in the existing
association. This patch implements automatic ASCONF operation
in the SCTP stack with address events in the host computer,
which is called auto_asconf.
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the CAIF HSI Protocol Driver for the
CAIF Link Layer.
This driver implements a platform driver to accommodate for a
platform specific HSI devices. A general platform driver is not
possible as there are no HSI side Kernel API defined.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds dump support to testmode. The testmode
dump support in nl80211 requires using two of the
six cb->args, the rest can be used by the driver
to figure out where the dump position is at or to
store other data across invocations.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the peer restart the asoc, we should not only fail any unsent/unacked
data, but also stop the T3-rtx, SACK, T4-rto timers, and teardown ASCONF
queues.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
net: Kill ratelimit.h dependency in linux/net.h
net: Add linux/sysctl.h includes where needed.
net: Kill ether_table[] declaration.
inetpeer: fix race in unused_list manipulations
atm: expose ATM device index in sysfs
IPVS: bug in ip_vs_ftp, same list heaad used in all netns.
bug.h: Move ratelimit warn interfaces to ratelimit.h
bonding: cleanup module option descriptions
net:8021q:vlan.c Fix pr_info to just give the vlan fullname and version.
net: davinci_emac: fix dev_err use at probe
can: convert to %pK for kptr_restrict support
net: fix ETHTOOL_SFEATURES compatibility with old ethtool_ops.set_flags
netfilter: Fix several warnings in compat_mtw_from_user().
netfilter: ipset: fix ip_set_flush return code
netfilter: ipset: remove unused variable from type_pf_tdel()
netfilter: ipset: Use proper timeout value to jiffies conversion
Ingo Molnar noticed that we have this unnecessary ratelimit.h
dependency in linux/net.h, which hid compilation problems from
people doing builds only with CONFIG_NET enabled.
Move this stuff out to a seperate net/net_ratelimit.h file and
include that in the only two places where this thing is needed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Several networking headers were depending upon the implicit
linux/sysctl.h include they get when including linux/net.h
Add explicit includes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ip_vs was adapted to netns the ftp application was not adapted
in a correct way.
However this is a fix to avoid kernel errors. In the long term another solution
might be chosen. I.e the ports that the ftp appl, uses should be per netns.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/linux-2.6-nsfd:
net: fix get_net_ns_by_fd for !CONFIG_NET_NS
ns proc: Return -ENOENT for a nonexistent /proc/self/ns/ entry.
ns: Declare sys_setns in syscalls.h
net: Allow setting the network namespace by fd
ns proc: Add support for the ipc namespace
ns proc: Add support for the uts namespace
ns proc: Add support for the network namespace.
ns: Introduce the setns syscall
ns: proc files for namespace naming policy.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (89 commits)
bonding: documentation and code cleanup for resend_igmp
bonding: prevent deadlock on slave store with alb mode (v3)
net: hold rtnl again in dump callbacks
Add Fujitsu 1000base-SX PCI ID to tg3
bnx2x: protect sequence increment with mutex
sch_sfq: fix peek() implementation
isdn: netjet - blacklist Digium TDM400P
via-velocity: don't annotate MAC registers as packed
xen: netfront: hold RTNL when updating features.
sctp: fix memory leak of the ASCONF queue when free asoc
net: make dev_disable_lro use physical device if passed a vlan dev (v2)
net: move is_vlan_dev into public header file (v2)
bug.h: Fix build with CONFIG_PRINTK disabled.
wireless: fix fatal kernel-doc error + warning in mac80211.h
wireless: fix cfg80211.h new kernel-doc warnings
iwlagn: dbg_fixed_rate only used when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS enabled
dst: catch uninitialized metrics
be2net: hash key for rss-config cmd not set
bridge: initialize fake_rtable metrics
net: fix __dst_destroy_metrics_generic()
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in drivers/staging/brcm80211/brcmfmac/wl_cfg80211.c
There are two small cleanups in this patch:
- p9_errstr2errno was declared twice - remove one declaration.
- A uint8_t type was mixed in, change it to u8 to match
with the rest of the type names and remove dependency.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Typo fixes and minor cleanups for v9fs
Signed-off-by: Rob Landley <rob@landley.net>
Reviewed-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri (JV) <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Fix new kernel-doc Error and Warning in <net/mac80211.h>:
Error(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:550): cannot understand prototype: 'struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies '
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:2289): No description found for parameter 'sta'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix new kernel-doc warnings in <net/cfg80211.h>:
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/cfg80211.h:560): No description found for parameter 'bss_param'
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/cfg80211.h:1555): Enum value 'WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN' not described in enum 'wiphy_flags'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Catch cases where dst_metric_set() and other functions are called
but _metrics is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (39 commits)
b43: fix comment typo reqest -> request
Haavard Skinnemoen has left Atmel
cris: typo in mach-fs Makefile
Kconfig: fix copy/paste-ism for dell-wmi-aio driver
doc: timers-howto: fix a typo ("unsgined")
perf: Only include annotate.h once in tools/perf/util/ui/browsers/annotate.c
md, raid5: Fix spelling error in comment ('Ofcourse' --> 'Of course').
treewide: fix a few typos in comments
regulator: change debug statement be consistent with the style of the rest
Revert "arm: mach-u300/gpio: Fix mem_region resource size miscalculations"
audit: acquire creds selectively to reduce atomic op overhead
rtlwifi: don't touch with treewide double semicolon removal
treewide: cleanup continuations and remove logging message whitespace
ath9k_hw: don't touch with treewide double semicolon removal
include/linux/leds-regulator.h: fix syntax in example code
tty: fix typo in descripton of tty_termios_encode_baud_rate
xtensa: remove obsolete BKL kernel option from defconfig
m68k: fix comment typo 'occcured'
arch:Kconfig.locks Remove unused config option.
treewide: remove extra semicolons
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (27 commits)
bnx2x: allow device properly initialize after hotplug
bnx2x: fix DMAE timeout according to hw specifications
bnx2x: properly handle CFC DEL in cnic flow
bnx2x: call dev_kfree_skb_any instead of dev_kfree_skb
net: filter: move forward declarations to avoid compile warnings
pktgen: refactor pg_init() code
pktgen: use vzalloc_node() instead of vmalloc_node() + memset()
net: skb_trim explicitely check the linearity instead of data_len
ipv4: Give backtrace in ip_rt_bug().
net: avoid synchronize_rcu() in dev_deactivate_many
net: remove synchronize_net() from netdev_set_master()
rtnetlink: ignore NETDEV_RELEASE and NETDEV_JOIN event
net: rename NETDEV_BONDING_DESLAVE to NETDEV_RELEASE
bridge: call NETDEV_JOIN notifiers when add a slave
netpoll: disable netpoll when enslave a device
macvlan: Forward unicast frames in bridge mode to lowerdev
net: Remove linux/prefetch.h include from linux/skbuff.h
ipv4: Include linux/prefetch.h in fib_trie.c
netlabel: Remove prefetches from list handlers.
drivers/net: add prefetch header for prefetch users
...
Fixed up prefetch parts: removed a few duplicate prefetch.h includes,
fixed the location of the igb prefetch.h, took my version of the
skbuff.h code without the extra parentheses etc.
Fix new kernel-doc Error and Warning in <net/mac80211.h>:
Error(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:550): cannot understand prototype: 'struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies '
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:2289): No description found for parameter 'sta'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Trivial patch updating documentation in header files only.
Error handling of CAIF transmit errors was changed by commit:
caif: Don't resend if dev_queue_xmit fails.
This patch updates the documentation accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1446 commits)
macvlan: fix panic if lowerdev in a bond
tg3: Add braces around 5906 workaround.
tg3: Fix NETIF_F_LOOPBACK error
macvlan: remove one synchronize_rcu() call
networking: NET_CLS_ROUTE4 depends on INET
irda: Fix error propagation in ircomm_lmp_connect_response()
irda: Kill set but unused variable 'bytes' in irlan_check_command_param()
irda: Kill set but unused variable 'clen' in ircomm_connect_indication()
rxrpc: Fix set but unused variable 'usage' in rxrpc_get_transport()
be2net: Kill set but unused variable 'req' in lancer_fw_download()
irda: Kill set but unused vars 'saddr' and 'daddr' in irlan_provider_connect_indication()
atl1c: atl1c_resume() is only used when CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is defined.
rxrpc: Fix set but unused variable 'usage' in rxrpc_get_peer().
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'local' in rxrpc_UDP_error_handler()
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'sp' in rxrpc_process_connection()
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'sp' in rxrpc_rotate_tx_window()
pkt_sched: Kill set but unused variable 'protocol' in tc_classify()
isdn: capi: Use pr_debug() instead of ifdefs.
tg3: Update version to 3.119
tg3: Apply rx_discards fix to 5719/5720
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in arch/x86/Kconfig and net/mac80211/agg-tx.c
as per Davem.
ipv6 has per device ICMP SNMP counters, taking too much space because
they use percpu storage.
needed size per device is :
(512+4)*sizeof(long)*number_of_possible_cpus*2
On a 32bit kernel, 16 possible cpus, this wastes more than 64kbytes of
memory per ipv6 enabled network device, taken in vmalloc pool.
Since ICMP messages are rare, just use shared counters (atomic_long_t)
Per network space ICMP counters are still using percpu memory, we might
also convert them to shared counters in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Denys Fedoryshchenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cfg80211 scan code adds separate BSS entries if the same BSS shows up
on multiple channels. However, sme implementation does not use the
frequency when fetching the BSS entry. Fix this by adding channel
information to cfg80211_roamed() and include it in cfg80211_get_bss()
calls.
Please note that drivers using cfg80211_roamed() need to be modified to
fully implement this fix. This commit includes only minimal changes to
avoid compilation issues; it maintains the old (broken) behavior for
most drivers. ath6kl was the only one that I could test, so I updated
it to provide the operating frequency in the roamed event.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's way past it's usefulness. And this gets rid of a bunch
of stray ->rt_{dst,src} references.
Even the comment documenting the macro was inaccurate (stated
default was 1 when it's 0).
If reintroduced, it should be done properly, with dynamic debug
facilities.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_PROC_SYSCTL=n the building process fails:
ping.c:(.text+0x52af3): undefined reference to `inet_get_ping_group_range_net'
Moved inet_get_ping_group_range_net() to ping.c.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the devices that have already stripped IEEE 802.11
header from the AMSDU SKB can not use ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
routine. This patch enhances ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s() API by
changing mandatory removing of IEEE 802.11 header from AMSDU
to optional.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These definitions need to be exposed now that we can set the peer link
states via NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE. They were already being
(opaquely) reported by NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise interface combinations in nl80211.
This allows the driver to indicate what the combinations are
that it supports. "Combinations" of just a single interface are
implicit, as previously. Note that cfg80211 will enforce that
the restrictions are met, but not for all drivers yet (once all
drivers are updated, we can remove the flag and enforce for all).
When no combinations are actually supported, an empty list will
be exported so that userspace can know if the kernel exported
this info or not (although it isn't clear to me what tools using
the info should do if the kernel didn't export it).
Since some interface types are purely virtual/software and don't
fit the restrictions, those are exposed in a new list of pure SW
types, not subject to restrictions. This mainly exists to handle
AP-VLAN and monitor interfaces in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Do proper handling of dev_queue_xmit errors in order to
avoid double free of skb and leaks in error conditions.
In cfctrl pending requests are removed when CAIF Link layer goes down.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use struct net to reference CAIF configuration object instead of static variables.
Refactor functions caif_connect_client, caif_disconnect_client and squach
files cfcnfg.c and caif_config_utils.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF Socket Layer and ip-interface registers reference counters
in CAIF service layer. The functions sock_hold, sock_put and
dev_hold, dev_put are used by CAIF Stack to protect from freeing
memory while packets are in-flight.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having reference counts in caif service layers,
we hook into existing refcount handling in socket layer and netdevice.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce Per-cpu reference for lower part of CAIF Stack.
Before freeing payload is disabled, synchronize_rcu() is called,
and then ref-count verified to be zero.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCU read_lock and refcount is used to protect in-flight packets.
Use RCU and counters to manage freeing lower part of the CAIF stack if
CAIF-link layer is removed. Old solution based on delaying removal of
device is removed.
When CAIF link layer goes down the use of CAIF link layer is disabled
(by calling caif_set_phy_state()), but removal and freeing of the
lower part of the CAIF stack is done when Link layer is unregistered.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace spin_lock with rcu_read_lock when accessing lists to layers
and cache. While packets are in flight rcu_read_lock should not be held,
instead ref-counters are used in combination with RCU.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
bridge: fix forwarding of IPv6
bonding,llc: Fix structure sizeof incompatibility for some PDUs
ipv6: restore correct ECN handling on TCP xmit
ne-h8300: Fix regression caused during net_device_ops conversion
hydra: Fix regression caused during net_device_ops conversion
zorro8390: Fix regression caused during net_device_ops conversion
sfc: Always map MCDI shared memory as uncacheable
ehea: Fix memory hotplug oops
libertas: fix cmdpendingq locking
iwlegacy: fix IBSS mode crashes
ath9k: Fix a warning due to a queued work during S3 state
mac80211: don't start the dynamic ps timer if not associated
Pass in the sk_buff so that we can fetch the necessary keys from
the packet header when working with input routes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds IPPROTO_ICMP socket kind. It makes it possible to send
ICMP_ECHO messages and receive the corresponding ICMP_ECHOREPLY messages
without any special privileges. In other words, the patch makes it
possible to implement setuid-less and CAP_NET_RAW-less /bin/ping. In
order not to increase the kernel's attack surface, the new functionality
is disabled by default, but is enabled at bootup by supporting Linux
distributions, optionally with restriction to a group or a group range
(see below).
Similar functionality is implemented in Mac OS X:
http://www.manpagez.com/man/4/icmp/
A new ping socket is created with
socket(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, PROT_ICMP)
Message identifiers (octets 4-5 of ICMP header) are interpreted as local
ports. Addresses are stored in struct sockaddr_in. No port numbers are
reserved for privileged processes, port 0 is reserved for API ("let the
kernel pick a free number"). There is no notion of remote ports, remote
port numbers provided by the user (e.g. in connect()) are ignored.
Data sent and received include ICMP headers. This is deliberate to:
1) Avoid the need to transport headers values like sequence numbers by
other means.
2) Make it easier to port existing programs using raw sockets.
ICMP headers given to send() are checked and sanitized. The type must be
ICMP_ECHO and the code must be zero (future extensions might relax this,
see below). The id is set to the number (local port) of the socket, the
checksum is always recomputed.
ICMP reply packets received from the network are demultiplexed according
to their id's, and are returned by recv() without any modifications.
IP header information and ICMP errors of those packets may be obtained
via ancillary data (IP_RECVTTL, IP_RETOPTS, and IP_RECVERR). ICMP source
quenches and redirects are reported as fake errors via the error queue
(IP_RECVERR); the next hop address for redirects is saved to ee_info (in
network order).
socket(2) is restricted to the group range specified in
"/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ping_group_range". It is "1 0" by default, meaning
that nobody (not even root) may create ping sockets. Setting it to "100
100" would grant permissions to the single group (to either make
/sbin/ping g+s and owned by this group or to grant permissions to the
"netadmins" group), "0 4294967295" would enable it for the world, "100
4294967295" would enable it for the users, but not daemons.
The existing code might be (in the unlikely case anyone needs it)
extended rather easily to handle other similar pairs of ICMP messages
(Timestamp/Reply, Information Request/Reply, Address Mask Request/Reply
etc.).
Userspace ping util & patch for it:
http://openwall.info/wiki/people/segoon/ping
For Openwall GNU/*/Linux it was the last step on the road to the
setuid-less distro. A revision of this patch (for RHEL5/OpenVZ kernels)
is in use in Owl-current, such as in the 2011/03/12 LiveCD ISOs:
http://mirrors.kernel.org/openwall/Owl/current/iso/
Initially this functionality was written by Pavel Kankovsky for
Linux 2.4.32, but unfortunately it was never made public.
All ping options (-b, -p, -Q, -R, -s, -t, -T, -M, -I), are tested with
the patch.
PATCH v3:
- switched to flowi4.
- minor changes to be consistent with raw sockets code.
PATCH v2:
- changed ping_debug() to pr_debug().
- removed CONFIG_IP_PING.
- removed ping_seq_fops.owner field (unused for procfs).
- switched to proc_net_fops_create().
- switched to %pK in seq_printf().
PATCH v1:
- fixed checksumming bug.
- CAP_NET_RAW may not create icmp sockets anymore.
RFC v2:
- minor cleanups.
- introduced sysctl'able group range to restrict socket(2).
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With some combinations of arch/compiler (e.g. arm-linux-gcc) the sizeof
operator on structure returns value greater than expected. In cases when the
structure is used for mapping PDU fields it may lead to unexpected results
(such as holes and alignment problems in skb data). __packed prevents this
undesired behavior.
Signed-off-by: Vitalii Demianets <vitas@nppfactor.kiev.ua>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit e9df2e8fd8 (Use appropriate sock tclass setting for
routing lookup) we lost ability to properly add ECN codemarks to ipv6
TCP frames.
It seems like TCP_ECN_send() calls INET_ECN_xmit(), which only sets the
ECN bit in the IPv4 ToS field (inet_sk(sk)->tos), but after the patch,
what's checked is inet6_sk(sk)->tclass, which is a completely different
field.
Close bug https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=34322
[Eric Dumazet] : added the INET_ECN_dontxmit() fix and replace macros
by inline functions for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove all remaining references to rt->rt_{src,dst}
by using dest->dst_saddr to cache saddr (used for TUN mode).
For ICMP in FORWARD hook just restrict the rt_mode for NAT
to disable LOCALNODE. All other modes do not allow
IP_VS_RT_MODE_RDR, so we should be safe with the ICMP
forwarding. Using cp->daddr as replacement for rt_dst
is safe for all modes except BYPASS, even when cp->dest is
NULL because it is cp->daddr that is used to assign cp->dest
for sync-ed connections.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing last vlan from a device, garp_uninit_applicant() calls
synchronize_rcu() to make sure no user can still manipulate struct
garp_applicant before we free it.
Use call_rcu() instead, as a step to further net_device dismantle
optimizations.
Add the temporary garp_cleanup_module() function to make sure no pending
call_rcu() are left at module unload time [ this will be removed when
kfree_rcu() is available ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sched_scan_stopped was called by the driver, mac80211 calls
cfg80211, which in turn was calling mac80211 back with a flag
"driver_initiated". This flag was used so that mac80211 would do the
necessary cleanup but would not call the driver. This was enough to
prevent the bounce back between the driver and mac80211, but not
between mac80211 and cfg80211.
To fix this, we now do the cleanup in mac80211 before calling
cfg80211. To help with locking issues, the workqueue was moved from
cfg80211 to mac80211.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Multiple virtual AP interfaces can currently try
to use different beacon intervals, but that just
leads to problems since it won't actually be done
that way by drivers. Return an error in this case
to make sure it won't be done wrong.
Also, ignore attempts to change the DTIM period
or beacon interval during the lifetime of the BSS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL as a required attribute for
NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. This value informs the driver at which
intervals the scheduled scan cycles should be executed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform
scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled
scans.
This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan
and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in
order to avoid duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement new functionality for scheduled scan offload. With this feature we
can scan automatically at certain intervals.
The idea is that the hardware can perform scan automatically and filter on
desired results without waking up the host unnecessarily.
Add NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN
commands to the nl80211 interface. When results are available they are
reported by NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS events. The userspace is
informed when the scheduled scan has stopped with a
NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED event, which can be triggered either by
the driver or by a call to NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce a new configuration option to support AMPE from userspace.
Prior to this series we only supported authentication in userspace: an
authentication daemon would authenticate peer candidates in userspace
and hand them over to the kernel. From that point the mesh stack would
take over and establish a peer link (Mesh Peering Management).
These patches introduce support for Authenticated Mesh Peering Exchange
in userspace. The userspace daemon implements the AMPE protocol and on
successfull completion create mesh peers and install encryption keys.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In case of pre v2.1 devices authentication request will return
success immediately if the link key already exists without any
authentication process.
That means, it's not possible to re-authenticate the link if you
already have combination key and for instance want to re-authenticate
to get the high security (use 16 digit pin).
Therefore, it's necessary to check security requirements on auth
complete event to prevent not enough secure connection.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (27 commits)
slcan: fix ldisc->open retval
net/usb: mark LG VL600 LTE modem ethernet interface as WWAN
xfrm: Don't allow esn with disabled anti replay detection
xfrm: Assign the inner mode output function to the dst entry
net: dev_close() should check IFF_UP
vlan: fix GVRP at dismantle time
netfilter: revert a2361c8735
netfilter: IPv6: fix DSCP mangle code
netfilter: IPv6: initialize TOS field in REJECT target module
IPVS: init and cleanup restructuring
IPVS: Change of socket usage to enable name space exit.
netfilter: ebtables: only call xt_compat_add_offset once per rule
netfilter: fix ebtables compat support
netfilter: ctnetlink: fix timestamp support for new conntracks
pch_gbe: support ML7223 IOH
PCH_GbE : Fixed the issue of checksum judgment
PCH_GbE : Fixed the issue of collision detection
NET: slip, fix ldisc->open retval
be2net: Fixed bugs related to PVID.
ehea: fix wrongly reported speed and port
...
As it is, we assign the outer modes output function to the dst entry
when we create the xfrm bundle. This leads to two problems on interfamily
scenarios. We might insert ipv4 packets into ip6_fragment when called
from xfrm6_output. The system crashes if we try to fragment an ipv4
packet with ip6_fragment. This issue was introduced with git commit
ad0081e4 (ipv6: Fragment locally generated tunnel-mode IPSec6 packets
as needed). The second issue is, that we might insert ipv4 packets in
netfilter6 and vice versa on interfamily scenarios.
With this patch we assign the inner mode output function to the dst entry
when we create the xfrm bundle. So xfrm4_output/xfrm6_output from the inner
mode is used and the right fragmentation and netfilter functions are called.
We switch then to outer mode with the output_finish functions.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the new abstraction and allow network devices
to be placed in any network namespace that we have a fd to talk
about.
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
DESCRIPTION
This patch tries to restore the initial init and cleanup
sequences that was before namspace patch.
Netns also requires action when net devices unregister
which has never been implemented. I.e this patch also
covers when a device moves into a network namespace,
and has to be released.
IMPLEMENTATION
The number of calls to register_pernet_device have been
reduced to one for the ip_vs.ko
Schedulers still have their own calls.
This patch adds a function __ip_vs_service_cleanup()
and an enable flag for the netfilter hooks.
The nf hooks will be enabled when the first service is loaded
and never disabled again, except when a namespace exit starts.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
[horms@verge.net.au: minor edit to changelog]
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Speedup vlan dismantling in CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q_GVRP=y cases,
by using a call_rcu() to free the memory instead of waiting with
expensive synchronize_rcu() [ while RTNL is held ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This way ip_output.c no longer needs rt->rt_{src,dst}.
We already have these keys sitting, ready and waiting, on the stack or
in a socket structure.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows us to acquire the exact route keying information from the
protocol, however that might be managed.
It handles all of the possibilities, from the simplest case of storing
the key in inet->cork.fl to the more complex setup SCTP has where
individual transports determine the flow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just like inet_csk_route_req() except that it operates after
we've created the new child socket.
In this way we can use the new socket's cork flow for proper route
key storage.
This will be used by DCCP and TCP child socket creation handling.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several future simplifications are possible now because of this.
For example, the sctp_addr unions can simply refer directly to
the flowi information.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rcu callback sctp_local_addr_free() just calls a kfree(),
so we use kfree_rcu() instead of the call_rcu(sctp_local_addr_free).
Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
When we fast path datagram sends to avoid locking by putting
the inet_cork on the stack we use up lots of space that isn't
necessary.
This is because inet_cork contains a "struct flowi" which isn't
used in these code paths.
Split inet_cork to two parts, "inet_cork" and "inet_cork_full".
Only the latter of which has the "struct flowi" and is what is
stored in inet_sock.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN
configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is
completely offloaded to the driver though,
with two new callbacks (suspend/resume).
Options for the driver include a complete
reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing
all the triggers it wants to support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is based on (but now quite far from) the
original work from Luis and Eliad. Add support
for configuring WoWLAN triggers, and getting
the configuration out again. Changes from the
original patchset are too numerous to list,
but one important change needs highlighting:
the suspend() callback is passed NULL for the
trigger configuration if userspace has not
configured WoWLAN at all.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only user of WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SEPARATE_DEFAULT_KEYS was removed
and consequently, this flag can be removed, too. In addition, a single
capability flag was not enough to indicate this capability clearly since
the device behavior may be different based on which operating mode is
being used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a multiple message send syscall and is the send
version of the existing recvmmsg syscall. This is heavily
based on the patch by Arnaldo that added recvmmsg.
I wrote a microbenchmark to test the performance gains of using
this new syscall:
http://ozlabs.org/~anton/junkcode/sendmmsg_test.c
The test was run on a ppc64 box with a 10 Gbit network card. The
benchmark can send both UDP and RAW ethernet packets.
64B UDP
batch pkts/sec
1 804570
2 872800 (+ 8 %)
4 916556 (+14 %)
8 939712 (+17 %)
16 952688 (+18 %)
32 956448 (+19 %)
64 964800 (+20 %)
64B raw socket
batch pkts/sec
1 1201449
2 1350028 (+12 %)
4 1461416 (+22 %)
8 1513080 (+26 %)
16 1541216 (+28 %)
32 1553440 (+29 %)
64 1557888 (+30 %)
We see a 20% improvement in throughput on UDP send and 30%
on raw socket send.
[ Add sparc syscall entries. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A new list was added to replace the socket based one. This new list
doesn't depent on sock and then fits better inside l2cap_core.c code.
It also rename l2cap_chan_alloc() to l2cap_chan_create() and
l2cap_chan_free() to l2cap_chan_destroy)
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When the user doesn't specify a psm we have the choose one for the
channel. Now we do this inside l2cap_add_psm().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The intention is to get rid of the l2cap_sk_list usage inside
l2cap_core.c. l2cap_sk_list will soon be replaced by a list that does not
depend on socket usage.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
First, make callers pass on-stack flowi4 to ip_route_output_gre()
so they can get at the fully resolved flow key.
Next, use that in ipgre_tunnel_xmit() to avoid the need to use
rt->rt_{dst,src}.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To more accurately reflect that it is purely a routing
cache lookup key and is used in no other context.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four years ago, Patrick made a change to hold rtnl mutex during netlink
dump callbacks.
I believe it was a wrong move. This slows down concurrent dumps, making
good old /proc/net/ files faster than rtnetlink in some situations.
This occurred to me because one "ip link show dev ..." was _very_ slow
on a workload adding/removing network devices in background.
All dump callbacks are able to use RCU locking now, so this patch does
roughly a revert of commits :
1c2d670f36 : [RTNETLINK]: Hold rtnl_mutex during netlink dump callbacks
6313c1e099 : [RTNETLINK]: Remove unnecessary locking in dump callbacks
This let writers fight for rtnl mutex and readers going full speed.
It also takes care of phonet : phonet_route_get() is now called from rcu
read section. I renamed it to phonet_route_get_rcu()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that output route lookups update the flow with
source address et al. selections, the fl4->{saddr,daddr}
assignments here are no longer necessary.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We lack proper synchronization to manipulate inet->opt ip_options
Problem is ip_make_skb() calls ip_setup_cork() and
ip_setup_cork() possibly makes a copy of ipc->opt (struct ip_options),
without any protection against another thread manipulating inet->opt.
Another thread can change inet->opt pointer and free old one under us.
Use RCU to protect inet->opt (changed to inet->inet_opt).
Instead of handling atomic refcounts, just copy ip_options when
necessary, to avoid cache line dirtying.
We cant insert an rcu_head in struct ip_options since its included in
skb->cb[], so this patch is large because I had to introduce a new
ip_options_rcu structure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even for keys that shouldn't be stored some use cases require the
knowledge of a new key having been created so that the conclusion of a
successful pairing can be made. Therefore, always send the mgmt_new_key
event but add a store_hint parameter to it to indicate to user space
whether the key should be stored or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
User space shouldn't have any need for the old key type so remove it
from the corresponding Management interface event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Link keys should only be stored if very specific criteria of the
authentication process are fulfilled. This patch essentially copies the
criteria that user space has so far been using to the kernel side so
that the management interface works properly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When accepting a pairing request which fulfills the SSP auto-accept
criteria we need to push the request all the way to the user for
confirmation. This patch adds a new hint to the user_confirm_request
management event so user space can know when to show a numeric
comparison dialog and when to show a simple yes/no confirmation dialog.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Some test systems require an arbitrary delay to the auto-accept test
cases for Secure Simple Pairing in order for the tests to pass.
Previously when this was handled in user space it was worked around by
code modifications and recompilation, but now that it's on the kernel
side it's more convenient if there's a debugfs interface for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new API for setting a TX rate mask in
drivers that have rate control in either the firmware or hardware.
This can be used for various purposes, for example, masking out the
11b rates in P2P operation.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add API that allows low level drivers to notify mac80211 about TX
packet loss. This is useful when there are FW triggers to notify the
low level driver about these events.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend the mgmt_pin_code_request interface to require secure
pin code (16 digit) for authentication.
This is a kernel part of the secure pin code requirement notification
to user space agent.
Code styling fix by Johan Hedberg.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Keep the link key type together with connection and use it to
map security level to link key requirements. Authenticate and/or
encrypt connection if the link is insufficiently secure.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Introduce the link key types defs and use them instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new event to the Management interface to track when
local adapters are discovering remote devices. For now this only tracks
BR/EDR discovery procedures.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds start_discovery and stop_discovery commands to the
management interface. Right now their implementation is fairly
simplistic and the parameters are fixed to what user space has
defaulted to so far.
This is the very initial phase for discovery implementation into
the kernel. Next steps include name resolution, LE scanning and
bdaddr type handling.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
There is no need to the socket deal directly with the channel, most of the
time it cares about the channel only.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
In this commit, omtu, imtu, flush_to, mode and sport. It also remove the
pi var from l2cap_sock_sendmsg().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
l2cap_chan_connect() is a much better name and reflects what this
functions is doing (or will do once socket dependence is removed from the
core).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
If the allocation happens at l2cap_sock_create() will be able to use the
struct l2cap_chan to store channel info that comes from the user via
setsockopt.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
It's not used by anything in the kernel, and defined in net/route.h so
never exported to userspace.
Therefore we can safely remove it.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions are used together as a unit for route resolution
during connect(). They address the chicken-and-egg problem that
exists when ports need to be allocated during connect() processing,
yet such port allocations require addressing information from the
routing code.
It's currently more heavy handed than it needs to be, and in
particular we allocate and initialize a flow object twice.
Let the callers provide the on-stack flow object. That way we only
need to initialize it once in the ip_route_connect() call.
Later, if ip_route_newports() needs to do anything, it re-uses that
flow object as-is except for the ports which it updates before the
route re-lookup.
Also, describe why this set of facilities are needed and how it works
in a big comment.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Change the call to take the transport parameter and set the
cached 'dst' appropriately inside the get_dst() function calls.
This will allow us in the future to clean up source address
storage as well.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in passing a destination address to
a get_saddr() call.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv6 routing lookup does give us a source address,
but instead of filling it into the dst, it's stored in
the flowi. We can use that instead of going through the
entire source address selection again.
Also the useless ->dst_saddr member of sctp_pf is removed.
And sctp_v6_dst_saddr() is removed, instead by introduce
sctp_v6_to_addr(), which can be reused to cleanup some dup
code.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These header files are never installed to user consumption, so any
__KERNEL__ cpp checks are superfluous.
Projects should also not copy these files into their userland utility
sources and try to use them there. If they insist on doing so, the
onus is on them to sanitize the headers as needed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add const qualifiers to structs iphdr, ipv6hdr and in6_addr pointers
where possible, to make code intention more obvious.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implement event notification SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT.
SCTP Socket API Extensions:
6.1.9. SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT
When the SCTP stack has no more user data to send or retransmit, this
notification is given to the user. Also, at the time when a user app
subscribes to this event, if there is no data to be sent or
retransmit, the stack will immediately send up this notification.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch change the auth event type name to SCTP_AUTHENTICATION_EVENT,
which is based on API extension compliance.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch Implement socket option SCTP_GET_ASSOC_ID_LIST.
SCTP Socket API Extension:
8.2.6. Get the Current Identifiers of Associations
(SCTP_GET_ASSOC_ID_LIST)
This option gets the current list of SCTP association identifiers of
the SCTP associations handled by a one-to-many style socket.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make heartbeat information in sctp_make_heartbeat() instead
of make it in sctp_sf_heartbeat() directly for common using.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP does not check whether the source address of COOKIE-ECHO
chunk is the original address of INIT chunk or part of the any
address parameters saved in COOKIE in CLOSED state. So even if
the COOKIE-ECHO chunk is from any address but with correct COOKIE,
the COOKIE-ECHO chunk still be accepted. If the COOKIE is not from
a valid address, the assoc should not be established.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP does not SCTP_STATE_EMPTY and we can never be in
that state. Remove useless code.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When pos.v <= (void *)chunk + end - ntohs(pos.p->length) and
ntohs(pos.p->length) >= sizeof(sctp_paramhdr_t) these two expressions are all true,
pos.v <= (void *)chunk + end - sizeof(sctp_paramhdr_t) *must* be true.
This patch removes this kind of redundant check.
It's same to _sctp_walk_errors macro.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove SCTP_CMD_TRANSMIT command as it never be used.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macro never be used.
And if needed, can use !sctp_chunk_is_data instead of.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows a driver to buffer frames for a PS station and tell mac80211
to wake it up even though mac80211 does not have any buffered frames for
it.
This is necessary for properly handling aggregation related buffering,
in ath9k, because the driver needs to keep its frames in order to keep
track of the Block-ACK window.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
[ipv6] Add support for RTA_PREFSRC
This patch allows a user to select the preferred source address
for a specific IPv6-Route. It can be set via a netlink message
setting RTA_PREFSRC to a valid IPv6 address which must be
up on the device the route will be bound to.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Walter <dwalter@barracuda.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Harsh Prateek Bora <harsh@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric VAn Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Now that we use write_inode to flush server
cache related to fid, we don't need tsyncfs either fort dotl or dotu
protocols. For dotu this helps to do a more efficient server flush.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
fib_select_default() is a complete NOP, and completely pointless
to invoke, when we have no more than 1 default route installed.
And this is far and away the common case.
So remember how many prefixlen==0 routes we have in the routing
table, and elide the call when we have no more than one of those.
This cuts output route creation time by 157 cycles on Niagara2+.
In order to add the new int to fib_table, we have to correct the type
of ->tb_data[] to unsigned long, otherwise the private area will be
unaligned on 64-bit systems.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Add station connected time in debugfs. This will be helpful to get a
measure of stability of the connection and for debugging stress issues
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <Senthilkumar.Balasubramanian@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Notify userspace when a beacon/presp is received from a suitable mesh
peer candidate for whom no sta information exists. Userspace can then
decide to create a sta info for the candidate. If userspace is not
ready to authenticate the peer right away, it can create the sta info
with the authenticated flag unset and set it later.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
During mesh setup, use NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag to create
a secure mesh and route management frames to userspace.
Also, NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY now returns a flag NL80211_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH
if the wiphy's mesh implementation supports routing of mesh auth frames
to userspace. This is useful for forward compatibility between old
kernels and new userspace tools.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE. This reflects our ability to insert any ie
into a mesh beacon, not simply path selection ies.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In a highly noisy environment, the tx rate of the driver drops and
the application slows down since it has not yet received ACKs for
the frames already queued in the hardware. Since this ACK may take
more than 100ms, stopping the dev queues for entering PS at this
stage breaks applications, WMM test cases in my testing.
If there are frames already pending in the tx queue, postponing the
PS logic helps to avoid redundant queue stops. When power save is
enabled by default and in a noisy environment, this API certainly
helps in improving the average throughput.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cleanup of new CAIF code.
* make local functions static
* remove code that is never used
* expand get_caif_conf() since wrapper is no longer needed
* make args to comparison functions const
* rename connect_req_to_link_param to keep exported names
consistent
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
net: Add support for SMSC LAN9530, LAN9730 and LAN89530
mlx4_en: Restoring RX buffer pointer in case of failure
mlx4: Sensing link type at device initialization
ipv4: Fix "Set rt->rt_iif more sanely on output routes."
MAINTAINERS: add entry for Xen network backend
be2net: Fix suspend/resume operation
be2net: Rename some struct members for clarity
pppoe: drop PPPOX_ZOMBIEs in pppoe_flush_dev
dsa/mv88e6131: add support for mv88e6085 switch
ipv6: Enable RFS sk_rxhash tracking for ipv6 sockets (v2)
be2net: Fix a potential crash during shutdown.
bna: Fix for handling firmware heartbeat failure
can: mcp251x: Allow pass IRQ flags through platform data.
smsc911x: fix mac_lock acquision before calling smsc911x_mac_read
iwlwifi: accept EEPROM version 0x423 for iwl6000
rt2x00: fix cancelling uninitialized work
rtlwifi: Fix some warnings/bugs
p54usb: IDs for two new devices
wl12xx: fix potential buffer overflow in testmode nvs push
zd1211rw: reset rx idle timer from tasklet
...
The reverse path filter interferes with IPsec subnet-to-subnet tunnels,
especially when the link to the IPsec peer is on an interface other than
the one hosting the default route.
With dynamic routing, where the peer might be reachable through eth0
today and eth1 tomorrow, it's difficult to keep rp_filter enabled unless
fake routes to the remote subnets are configured on the interface
currently used to reach the peer.
IPsec provides a much stronger anti-spoofing policy than rp_filter, so
this patch disables the rp_filter for packets with a security path.
Signed-off-by: Michael Smith <msmith@cbnco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes sk_buff available for other use in fib_validate_source().
Signed-off-by: Michael Smith <msmith@cbnco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is part of "moving things to l2cap_chan". As one the first move it
triggered a big number of changes in the funcions parameters, basically
changing the struct sock param to struct l2cap_chan.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As we use struct list_head to keep L2CAP channels list the workaround with
del_list is not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Use a well known Kernel API is always a good idea than implement your own
list.
In the future we might use RCU on this list.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
struct l2cap_chan cames to create a clear separation between what
properties and data belongs to the L2CAP channel and what belongs to the
socket. By now we just fold the struct sock * in struct l2cap_chan as all
the channel info is struct l2cap_pinfo today.
In the next commits we will see a move of channel stuff to struct
l2cap_chan.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Commit 1018b5c016 ("Set rt->rt_iif more
sanely on output routes.") breaks rt_is_{output,input}_route.
This became the cause to return "IP_PKTINFO's ->ipi_ifindex == 0".
To fix it, this does:
1) Add "int rt_route_iif;" to struct rtable
2) For input routes, always set rt_route_iif to same value as rt_iif
3) For output routes, always set rt_route_iif to zero. Set rt_iif
as it is done currently.
4) Change rt_is_{output,input}_route() to test rt_route_iif
Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows user-space monitoring of BSS parameters for the associated
station. This is useful for debugging and verifying that the paramaters
are as expected.
[Exactly the same as before but bundled into a single message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit c6e1a0d12c broken the calc
(net: Allow no-cache copy from user on transmit)
of checksum, which may cause some tcp packets be dropped because
incorrect checksum. ssh does not work under today's net-next-2.6
tree.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses __copy_from_user_nocache on transmit to bypass data
cache for a performance improvement. skb_add_data_nocache and
skb_copy_to_page_nocache can be called by sendmsg functions to use
this feature, initial support is in tcp_sendmsg. This functionality is
configurable per device using ethtool.
Presumably, this feature would only be useful when the driver does
not touch the data. The feature is turned on by default if a device
indicates that it does some form of checksum offload; it is off by
default for devices that do no checksum offload or indicate no checksum
is necessary. For the former case copy-checksum is probably done
anyway, in the latter case the device is likely loopback in which case
the no cache copy is probably not beneficial.
This patch was tested using 200 instances of netperf TCP_RR with
1400 byte request and one byte reply. Platform is 16 core AMD x86.
No-cache copy disabled:
672703 tps, 97.13% utilization
50/90/99% latency:244.31 484.205 1028.41
No-cache copy enabled:
702113 tps, 96.16% utilization,
50/90/99% latency 238.56 467.56 956.955
Using 14000 byte request and response sizes demonstrate the
effects more dramatically:
No-cache copy disabled:
79571 tps, 34.34 %utlization
50/90/95% latency 1584.46 2319.59 5001.76
No-cache copy enabled:
83856 tps, 34.81% utilization
50/90/95% latency 2508.42 2622.62 2735.88
Note especially the effect on latency tail (95th percentile).
This seems to provide a nice performance improvement and is
consistent in the tests I ran. Presumably, this would provide
the greatest benfits in the presence of an application workload
stressing the cache and a lot of transmit data happening.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new remote_name event to the Management interface
which is sent every time the name of a remote device is resolved (over
BR/EDR).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a device_found event to the Management interface. For
now the event only maps to BR/EDR inquiry result HCI events, but in the
future the plan is to also use it for the LE device discovery process.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The description for buf_size was misleading and
just said you couldn't TX larger aggregates, but
of course you can't TX aggregates in a way that
would exceed the window either, which is possible
even if the aggregates are shorter than that.
Expand the description, thanks to Emmanuel for
explaining this to me.
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <egrumbach@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ipvsadm -ln --daemon will trigger a Null pointer exception because
ip_vs_genl_dump_daemons() uses skb_net() instead of skb_sknet().
To prevent others from NULL ptr a check is made in ip_vs.h skb_net().
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
auth_hmacs field of struct sctp_cookie is used for store
Requested HMAC Algorithm Parameter, and each HMAC Identifier
is 2 bytes, so the length should be:
SCTP_AUTH_NUM_HMACS * sizeof(__u16) + 2
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't send new commands before a cmd_complete for the HCI_RESET command
shows up.
Reported-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Reported-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
This patch adds automated creation of the local EIR data based on what
16-bit UUIDs are registered and what the device name is. This should
cover the majority use cases, however things like 32/128-bit UUIDs, TX
power and Device ID will need to be added later to be on par with what
bluetoothd is capable of doing (without the Management interface).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds commands to add and remove remote OOB data to the managment
interface. Remote data is stored in kernel and can be used by corresponding
HCI commands and events when needed.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a command to read local OOB data to the managment interface.
The command maps directly to the Read Local OOB Data HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new set_local_name management command as well as a
local_name_changed management event. With these user space can both
change the local name as well as monitor changes to it by others.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the name of the adapter to the reply of the read_info
management command.
The management messages reserve 249 bytes for the name instead of 248
(like in the HCI spec) so that there is always a guarantee that it is
nul-terminated. That way it can safely be passed onto string
manipulation functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a clear define for the maximum device name length in HCI
messages and thereby avoids magic numbers in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
On-stack initialization via assignment of flow structures are
expensive because GCC emits a memset() to clear the entire
structure out no matter what.
Add a helper for ipv4 output flow key setup which we can use to avoid
the memset.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indicate an NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION event when a station entry in
mac80211 is deleted to match with the NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION event
that is used when the entry was added. This is needed, e.g., to allow
user space to remove a peer from RSN IBSS Authenticator state machine
to avoid re-authentication and re-keying delays when the peer is not
reachable anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My commit 6d55cb91a0 (gre: fix hard header destination
address checking) broke multicast.
The reason is that ip_gre used to get ipgre_header() calls with
zero destination if we have NOARP or multicast destination. Instead
the actual target was decided at ipgre_tunnel_xmit() time based on
per-protocol dissection.
Instead of allowing the "abuse" of ->header() calls with invalid
destination, this creates multicast mappings for ip_gre. This also
fixes "ip neigh show nud noarp" to display the proper multicast
mappings used by the gre device.
Reported-by: Doug Kehn <rdkehn@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Doug Kehn <rdkehn@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we clone a xfrm state we have to assign the replay_esn
and the preplay_esn pointers to the state if we use the
new replay detection method. To this end, we add a
xfrm_replay_clone() function that allocates memory for
the replay detection and takes over the necessary values
from the original state.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define some constant offsets for CALL_REQUEST based on the description
at <http://www.techfest.com/networking/wan/x25plp.htm> and the
definition of ROSE as using 10-digit (5-byte) addresses. Use them
consistently. Validate all implicit and explicit facilities lengths.
Validate the address length byte rather than either trusting or
assuming its value.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We clone the child entry in skb_dst_pop before we call
skb_dst_drop(). Otherwise we might kill the child right
before we return it to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we set up the flow informations in ip_route_newports(), we take
the address informations from the the rt_key_src and rt_key_dst fields
of the rtable. They appear to be empty. So take the address
informations from rt_src and rt_dst instead. This issue was introduced
by commit 5e2b61f784 ("ipv4: Remove
flowi from struct rtable.")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the scope value out of the fib alias entries and into fib_info,
so that we always use the correct scope when recomputing the nexthop
cached source address.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any operation that:
1) Brings up an interface
2) Adds an IP address to an interface
3) Deletes an IP address from an interface
can potentially invalidate the nh_saddr value, requiring
it to be recomputed.
Perform the recomputation lazily using a generation ID.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't send new commands before a cmd_complete for the HCI_RESET command
shows up.
Reported-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Reported-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
commit fd245a4adb (net_sched: move TCQ_F_THROTTLED flag)
added a race.
qdisc_watchdog() is run from softirq, so special care should be taken or
we can lose one state transition (THROTTLED/RUNNING)
Prior to fd245a4adb, we were manipulating q->flags (qdisc->flags &=
~TCQ_F_THROTTLED;) and this manipulation could only race with
qdisc_warn_nonwc().
Since we want to avoid atomic ops in qdisc fast path - it was the
meaning of commit 3711210576 (QDISC_STATE_RUNNING dont need atomic
bit ops) - fix is to move THROTTLE bit into 'state' field, this one
being manipulated with SMP and IRQ safe operations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This avoids explicit cast to avoid 'discards qualifiers'
compiler warning in a netfilter patch that i've been working on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alex Sidorenko reported for problems with local
routes left after IP addresses are deleted. It happens
when same IPs are used in more than one subnet for the
device.
Fix fib_del_ifaddr to restrict the checks for duplicate
local and broadcast addresses only to the IFAs that use
our primary IFA or another primary IFA with same address.
And we expect the prefsrc to be matched when the routes
are deleted because it is possible they to differ only by
prefsrc. This patch prevents local and broadcast routes
to be leaked until their primary IP is deleted finally
from the box.
As the secondary address promotion needs to delete
the routes for all secondaries that used the old primary IFA,
add option to ignore these secondaries from the checks and
to assume they are already deleted, so that we can safely
delete the route while these IFAs are still on the device list.
Reported-by: Alex Sidorenko <alexandre.sidorenko@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We dont need to test if we run from softirq context, we definitely are.
This saves few instructions in ip_rcv() & ip_rcv_finish()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix many of each of these warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:519): No description found for parameter 'rxrate'
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1163): bad line:
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1480 commits)
bonding: enable netpoll without checking link status
xfrm: Refcount destination entry on xfrm_lookup
net: introduce rx_handler results and logic around that
bonding: get rid of IFF_SLAVE_INACTIVE netdev->priv_flag
bonding: wrap slave state work
net: get rid of multiple bond-related netdevice->priv_flags
bonding: register slave pointer for rx_handler
be2net: Bump up the version number
be2net: Copyright notice change. Update to Emulex instead of ServerEngines
e1000e: fix kconfig for crc32 dependency
netfilter ebtables: fix xt_AUDIT to work with ebtables
xen network backend driver
bonding: Improve syslog message at device creation time
bonding: Call netif_carrier_off after register_netdevice
bonding: Incorrect TX queue offset
net_sched: fix ip_tos2prio
xfrm: fix __xfrm_route_forward()
be2net: Fix UDP packet detected status in RX compl
Phonet: fix aligned-mode pipe socket buffer header reserve
netxen: support for GbE port settings
...
Fix up conflicts in drivers/staging/brcm80211/brcmsmac/wl_mac80211.c
with the staging updates.
* 'tty-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty-2.6: (76 commits)
pch_uart: reference clock on CM-iTC
pch_phub: add new device ML7213
n_gsm: fix UIH control byte : P bit should be 0
n_gsm: add a documentation
serial: msm_serial_hs: Add MSM high speed UART driver
tty_audit: fix tty_audit_add_data live lock on audit disabled
tty: move cd1865.h to drivers/staging/tty/
Staging: tty: fix build with epca.c driver
pcmcia: synclink_cs: fix prototype for mgslpc_ioctl()
Staging: generic_serial: fix double locking bug
nozomi: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
tty/serial: Relax the device_type restriction from of_serial
MAINTAINERS: Update HVC file patterns
tty: phase out of ioctl file pointer for tty3270 as well
tty: forgot to remove ipwireless from drivers/char/pcmcia/Makefile
pch_uart: Fix DMA channel miss-setting issue.
pch_uart: fix exclusive access issue
pch_uart: fix auto flow control miss-setting issue
pch_uart: fix uart clock setting issue
pch_uart : Use dev_xxx not pr_xxx
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in drivers/misc/pch_phub.c (same patch applied
twice, then changes to the same area in one branch)
If a transport prefers payload to be sent separate from the PDU
(P9_TRANS_PREF_PAYLOAD_SEP), there is no need to allocate msize
PDU buffers(struct p9_fcall).
This patch allocates only upto 4k buffers for this kind of transports
and there won't be any change to the legacy transports.
Hence, this patch on top of zero copy changes allows user to
specify higher msizes through the mount option
without hogging the kernel heap.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch adds preferences field to the p9_trans_module.
Through this, now transport layer can express its preference about the
payload. i.e if payload neds to be part of the PDU or it prefers it
to be sent sepearetly so that the transport layer can handle it in
a better way.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch prepares p9_fcall structure for zero copy. Added
fields send the payload buffer information to the transport layer.
In addition it adds a 'private' field for the transport layer to
store mapped/pinned page information so that it can be freed/unpinned
during req_done.
This patch also creates trans_common.[ch] to house helper functions.
It adds the following helper functions.
p9_release_req_pages - Release pages after the transaction.
p9_nr_pages - Return number of pages needed to accomodate the payload.
payload_gup - Translates user buffer into kernel pages.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
ip_vs_conntrack_enabled() becomes a noop when CONFIG_SYSCTL is undefined.
In preparation for not including sysctl_conntrack in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In preparation for not including sysctl_sync_ver in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In preparation for not including sysctl_sync_threshold in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Rename ip_vs_new_estimator to ip_vs_start_estimator
and ip_vs_kill_estimator to ip_vs_stop_estimator to better
match their logic.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Move the estimator reading from estimation_timer to user
context. ip_vs_read_estimator() will be used to decode the rate
values. As the decoded rates are not set by estimation timer
there is no need to reset them in ip_vs_zero_stats.
There is no need ip_vs_new_estimator() to encode stats
to rates, if the destination is in trash both the stats and the
rates are inactive.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Remove ustats_seq, IPVS_STAT_INC and IPVS_STAT_ADD
because they are not used. They were replaced with u64_stats.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Currently, the new percpu counters are not zeroed and
the zero commands do not work as expected, we still show the old
sum of percpu values. OTOH, we can not reset the percpu counters
from user context without causing the incrementing to use old
and bogus values.
So, as Eric Dumazet suggested fix that by moving all overhead
to stats reading in user context. Do not introduce overhead in
timer context (estimator) and incrementing (packet handling in
softirqs).
The new ustats0 field holds the zero point for all
counter values, the rates always use 0 as base value as before.
When showing the values to user space just give the difference
between counters and the base values. The only drawback is that
percpu stats are not zeroed, they are accessible only from /proc
and are new interface, so it should not be a compatibility problem
as long as the sum stats are correct after zeroing.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The global tot_stats contains cpustats field just like the
stats for dest and svc, so better use it to simplify the usage
in estimation_timer. As tot_stats is registered as estimator
we can remove the special ip_vs_read_cpu_stats call for
tot_stats. Fix ip_vs_read_cpu_stats to be called under
stats lock because it is still used as synchronization between
estimation timer and user context (the stats readers).
Also, make sure ip_vs_stats_percpu_show reads properly
the u64 stats from user context.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Remove include/net/netns/ip_vs.h because it depends on
structures from include/net/ip_vs.h. As ipvs is pointer in
struct net it is better to move struct netns_ipvs into
include/net/ip_vs.h, so that we can easily use other structures
in struct netns_ipvs.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
There's no sense to 'ct = ct = ' in ip_vs_notrack(). Just assign
nf_ct_get()'s return value directly to the pointer variable 'ct' once.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch adds support for IPsec extended sequence numbers (esn)
as defined in RFC 4303. The bits to manage the anti-replay window
are based on a patch from Alex Badea.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support multiple versions of replay detection, we move the replay
detection functions to a separate file and make them accessible
via function pointers contained in the struct xfrm_replay.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support IPsec extended sequence numbers, we split the
output sequence numbers of xfrm_skb_cb in low and high order 32 bits
and we add the high order 32 bits to the input sequence numbers.
All users are updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the struct xfrm_replay_state_esn which will be
used to support IPsec extended sequence numbers and anti replay windows
bigger than 32 packets. Also we add a function that returns the actual
size of the xfrm_replay_state_esn, a xfrm netlink atribute and a xfrm state
flag for the use of extended sequence numbers.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To start doing these conversions, we need to add some temporary
flow4_* macros which will eventually go away when all the protocol
code paths are changed to work on AF specific flowi objects.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a shorthand which will help in passing around AF
specific flow structures as generic ones.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we have struct flowi4, flowi6, and flowidn for each address
family. And struct flowi is just a union of them all.
It might have been troublesome to convert flow_cache_uli_match() but
as it turns out this function is completely unused and therefore can
be simply removed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create two sets of port member accessors, one set prefixed by fl4_*
and the other prefixed by fl6_*
This will let us to create AF optimal flow instances.
It will work because every context in which we access the ports,
we have to be fully aware of which AF the flowi is anyways.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I intend to turn struct flowi into a union of AF specific flowi
structs. There will be a common structure that each variant includes
first, much like struct sock_common.
This is the first step to move in that direction.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The idea here is this minimizes the number of places one has to edit
in order to make changes to how flows are defined and used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This moves most of the accept logic to process context like other
socket stacks do. Then we can use a few more common socket helpers
and simplify a bit.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have to use cfg->fc_scope not the final nh_scope value.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing output route lookups, we have to select the source address
if the user has not specified an explicit one.
First, if the route has an explicit preferred source address
specified, then we use that.
Otherwise we search the route's outgoing interface for a suitable
address.
This search can be precomputed and cached at route insertion time.
The only missing part is that we have to refresh this precomputed
value any time addresses are added or removed from the interface, and
this is accomplished by fib_update_nh_saddrs().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only necessary parts are the src/dst addresses, the
interface indexes, the TOS, and the mark.
The rest is unnecessary bloat, which amounts to nearly
50 bytes on 64-bit.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because of various alignements [SLUB / qdisc], we use 512 bytes of
memory for one {p|b}fifo qdisc, instead of 256 bytes on 64bit arches and
192 bytes on 32bit ones.
Move the "u32 limit" inside "struct Qdisc" (no impact on other qdiscs)
Change qdisc_alloc(), first trying a regular allocation before an
oversized one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the support for retrieving the remote or peer DCBX
configuration via dcbnl for embedded DCBX stacks supporting the CEE DCBX
standard.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These 2 patches add the support for retrieving the remote or peer DCBX
configuration via dcbnl for embedded DCBX stacks. The peer configuration
is part of the DCBX MIB and is useful for debugging and diagnostics of
the overall DCB configuration. The first patch add this support for IEEE
802.1Qaz standard the second patch add the same support for the older
CEE standard. Diff for v2 - the peer-app-info is CEE specific.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a dst pointer which is potentitally error encoded.
Don't pass original dst pointer by reference, pass a struct net
instead of a socket, and elide the flow argument since it is
unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Route lookups follow a general pattern in the ipv6 code wherein
we first find the non-IPSEC route, potentially override the
flow destination address due to ipv6 options settings, and then
finally make an IPSEC search using either xfrm_lookup() or
__xfrm_lookup().
__xfrm_lookup() is used when we want to generate a blackhole route
if the key manager needs to resolve the IPSEC rules (in this case
-EREMOTE is returned and the original 'dst' is left unchanged).
Otherwise plain xfrm_lookup() is used and when asynchronous IPSEC
resolution is necessary, we simply fail the lookup completely.
All of these cases are encapsulated into two routines,
ip6_dst_lookup_flow and ip6_sk_dst_lookup_flow. The latter of which
handles unconnected UDP datagram sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts UDP to use the new ip_finish_skb API. This
would then allows us to more easily use ip_make_skb which allows
UDP to run without a socket lock.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the helper ip_make_skb which is like ip_append_data
and ip_push_pending_frames all rolled into one, except that it does
not send the skb produced. The sending part is carried out by
ip_send_skb, which the transport protocol can call after it has
tweaked the skb.
It is meant to be called in cases where corking is not used should
have a one-to-one correspondence to sendmsg.
This patch also adds the helper ip_finish_skb which is meant to
be replace ip_push_pending_frames when corking is required.
Previously the protocol stack would peek at the socket write
queue and add its header to the first packet. With ip_finish_skb,
the protocol stack can directly operate on the final skb instead,
just like the non-corking case with ip_make_skb.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow simultaneous calls to ip_append_data on the same
socket, it must not modify any shared state in sk or inet (other
than those that are designed to allow that such as atomic counters).
This patch abstracts out write references to sk and inet_sk in
ip_append_data and its friends so that we may use the underlying
code in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also fix a typo in the STATION_INFO_TX_BITRATE description
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Most mgmt commands and event are related to hci adapter. Moving index to
common header allow to easily use it in command status while reporting errors.
For those not related to adapter use MGMT_INDEX_NONE (0xFFFF) as index.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
For devices supported by iwlwifi sometimes
off-channel transmissions need to be handled
by the device completely. To support this
mac80211 needs to pass the frame directly
to the driver and not through the TX path
as the driver needs the frame and channel
information at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The return value of the tx operation is commonly
misused by drivers, leading to errors. All drivers
will drop frames if they fail to TX the frame, and
they must also properly manage the queues (if they
didn't, mac80211 would already warn).
Removing the ability for drivers to return a BUSY
value also allows significant cleanups of the TX
TX handling code in mac80211.
Note that this also fixes a bug in ath9k_htc, the
old "return -1" there was wrong.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sedat Dilek <sedat.dilek@googlemail.com> [ath5k]
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> [rt2x00]
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> [b43, rtl8187, rtlwifi]
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> [wl12xx]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* Do not fail if the peer supports more or less than 3 algorithms.
* Ignore unknown congestion control algorithms instead of failing.
* Simplify congestion algorithm negotiation (largest is best).
* Do not use a static buffer.
* Fix off-by-two read overflow.
* Avoid extra memory copy (in addition to skb_copy_bits()).
The previous code really made no sense.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk->sk_state already contains the pipe state.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lc and wlc use the same formula, but lblc and lblcr use another one. There
is no reason for using two different formulas for the lc variants.
The formula used by lc is used by all the lc variants in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Wensong Zhang <wensong@linux-vs.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_route_newports() is the only place in the entire kernel that
cares about the port members in the routing cache entry's lookup
flow key.
Therefore the only reason we store an entire flow inside of the
struct rtentry is for this one special case.
Rewrite ip_route_newports() such that:
1) The caller passes in the original port values, so we don't need
to use the rth->fl.fl_ip_{s,d}port values to remember them.
2) The lookup flow is constructed by hand instead of being copied
from the routing cache entry's flow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netem_skb_cb() does :
return (struct netem_skb_cb *)qdisc_skb_cb(skb)->data;
Unfortunatly struct qdisc_skb_cb data is not long word aligned, so
access to psched_time_t time_to_send uses a non aligned access.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flag isn't very descriptive -- the intention
is that the driver provides a TSF timestamp at
the beginning of the MPDU -- make that clearer
by renaming the flag to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add proper RCU annotations/verbs to sk_wq and wq members
Fix __sctp_write_space() sk_sleep() abuse (and sock->wq access)
Fix sunrpc sk_sleep() abuse too
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds the missing IPv6 multicast address flag defines to
complement the already existing multicast address scope defines and to
be able to check these flags nicely in the future.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To properly track bonding completion an event to indicate authentication
failure is needed. This event will be sent whenever an authentication
complete HCI event with a non-zero status comes. It will also be sent
when we're acting in acceptor role for SSP authentication in which case
the controller will send a Simple Pairing Complete event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The command complete event for mgmt_pin_code_reply &
mgmt_pin_code_neg_reply should have the adapter index, Bluetooth address
as well as the status.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds support for the user confirmation (numeric comparison)
Secure Simple Pairing authentication method.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new mgmt_pair_device which can be used to initiate a
dedicated bonding procedure. Some extra callbacks are added to the
hci_conn struct so that the pairing code can get notified of the
completion of the procedure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now, TCP_CHECK_TIMER is not used for debuging, it does nothing.
And, it has been there for several years, maybe 6 years.
Remove it to keep code clearer.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only troublesome bit here is __mkroute_output which wants
to override res->fi and res->type, compute those in local
variables instead.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows avoiding multiple writes to the initial __refcnt.
The most simplest cases of wanting an initial reference of "1"
in ipv4 and ipv6 have been converted, the rest have been left
along and kept at the existing "0".
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only oddities here are a couple of drivers that bogusly called the ldisc
helpers instead of returning -ENOIOCTLCMD. Fix the bug and the rest goes
away.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Doing tiocmget was such fun we should do tiocmset as well for the same
reasons
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
We don't actually need this and it causes problems for internal use of
this functionality. Currently there is a single use of the FILE * pointer.
That is the serial core which uses it to check tty_hung_up_p. However if
that is true then IO_ERROR is also already set so the check may be removed.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Assigning a socket in timewait state to skb->sk can trigger
kernel oops, e.g. in nfnetlink_log, which does:
if (skb->sk) {
read_lock_bh(&skb->sk->sk_callback_lock);
if (skb->sk->sk_socket && skb->sk->sk_socket->file) ...
in the timewait case, accessing sk->sk_callback_lock and sk->sk_socket
is invalid.
Either all of these spots will need to add a test for sk->sk_state != TCP_TIME_WAIT,
or xt_TPROXY must not assign a timewait socket to skb->sk.
This does the latter.
If a TW socket is found, assign the tproxy nfmark, but skip the skb->sk assignment,
thus mimicking behaviour of a '-m socket .. -j MARK/ACCEPT' re-routing rule.
The 'SYN to TW socket' case is left unchanged -- we try to redirect to the
listener socket.
Cc: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Cc: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fwestphal@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
If the new connection update parameter are accepted, the LE master
host sends the LE Connection Update Command to its controller informing
the new requested parameters.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Use proper timer instead of hci command flow control to timeout
failed hci commands. Otherwise stack ends up sending commands
when flow control is used to block new commands.
2010-09-01 18:29:41.592132 < HCI Command: Remote Name Request (0x01|0x0019) plen 10
bdaddr 00:16:CF:E1:C7:D7 mode 2 clkoffset 0x0000
2010-09-01 18:29:41.592681 > HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Remote Name Request (0x01|0x0019) status 0x00 ncmd 0
2010-09-01 18:29:51.022033 < HCI Command: Remote Name Request Cancel (0x01|0x001a) plen 6
bdaddr 00:16:CF:E1:C7:D7
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Implements L2CAP Connection Parameter Update Response defined in
the Bluetooth Core Specification, Volume 3, Part A, section 4.21.
Address the LE Connection Parameter Procedure initiated by the slave.
Connection Interval Minimum and Maximum have the same range: 6 to
3200. Time = N * 1.25ms. Minimum shall be less or equal to Maximum.
The Slave Latency field shall have a value in the range of 0 to
((connSupervisionTimeout / connIntervalMax) - 1). Latency field shall
be less than 500. connSupervisionTimeout = Timeout Multiplier * 10 ms.
Multiplier field shall have a value in the range of 10 to 3200.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch splits the L2CAP command handling function in order to
have a clear separation between the commands related to BR/EDR and
LE. Commands and responses in the LE signaling channel are not being
handled yet, command reject is sent to all received requests. Bluetooth
Core Specification, Volume 3, Part A, section 4 defines the signaling
packets formats and allowed commands/responses over the LE signaling
channel.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add support for LE server sockets.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add basic LE connection support to L2CAP. LE
connection can be created by specifying cid
in struct sockaddr_l2
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth chips may have separate buffers for LE traffic.
This patch add support to use LE buffers provided by the chip.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth V4.0 adds support for Low Energy (LE) connections.
Specification introduces new set of hci commands to control LE
connection. This patch adds logic to create, cancel and disconnect
LE connections.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add needed HCI command and event structs to
create LE connections.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When IP_VS schedulers do not find a destination, they output a terse
"WLC: no destination available" message through kernel syslog, which I
can not only make sense of because syslog puts them in a logfile
together with keepalived checker results.
This patch makes the output a bit more informative, by telling you which
virtual service failed to find a destination.
Example output:
kernel: [1539214.552233] IPVS: wlc: TCP 192.168.8.30:22 - no destination available
kernel: [1539299.674418] IPVS: wlc: FWM 22 0x00000016 - no destination available
I have tested the code for IPv4 and FWM services, as you can see from
the example; I do not have an IPv6 setup to test the third code path
with.
To avoid code duplication, I put a new function ip_vs_scheduler_err()
into ip_vs_sched.c, and use that from the schedulers instead of calling
IP_VS_ERR_RL directly.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Schaaf <netdev@bof.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
l2cap_load() was added to trigger l2cap.ko module loading from the RFCOMM
and BNEP modules. Now that L2CAP module is gone, we don't need it anymore.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Actually doesn't make sense have these modules built separately.
The L2CAP layer is needed by almost all Bluetooth protocols and profiles.
There isn't any real use case without having L2CAP loaded.
SCO is only essential for Audio transfers, but it is so small that we can
have it loaded always in bluetooth.ko without problems.
If you really doesn't want it you can disable SCO in the kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
If we didn't have a routing cache, we would not be able to properly
propagate certain kinds of dynamic path attributes, for example
PMTU information and redirects.
The reason is that if we didn't have a routing cache, then there would
be no way to lookup all of the active cached routes hanging off of
sockets, tunnels, IPSEC bundles, etc.
Consider the case where we created a cached route, but no inetpeer
entry existed and also we were not asked to pre-COW the route metrics
and therefore did not force the creation a new inetpeer entry.
If we later get a PMTU message, or a redirect, and store this
information in a new inetpeer entry, there is no way to teach that
cached route about the newly existing inetpeer entry.
The facilities implemented here handle this problem.
First we create a generation ID. When we create a cached route of any
kind, we remember the generation ID at the time of attachment. Any
time we force-create an inetpeer entry in response to new path
information, we bump that generation ID.
The dst_ops->check() callback is where the knowledge of this event
is propagated. If the global generation ID does not equal the one
stored in the cached route, and the cached route has not attached
to an inetpeer yet, we look it up and attach if one is found. Now
that we've updated the cached route's information, we update the
route's generation ID too.
This clears the way for implementing PMTU and redirects directly in
the inetpeer cache. There is absolutely no need to consult cached
route information in order to maintain this information.
At this point nothing bumps the inetpeer genids, that comes in the
later changes which handle PMTUs and redirects using inetpeers.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Validity of the cached PMTU information is indicated by it's
expiration value being non-zero, just as per dst->expires.
The scheme we will use is that we will remember the pre-ICMP value
held in the metrics or route entry, and then at expiration time
we will restore that value.
In this way PMTU expiration does not kill off the cached route as is
done currently.
Redirect information is permanent, or at least until another redirect
is received.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Future changes will add caching information, and some of
these new elements will be addresses.
Since the family is implicit via the ->daddr.family member,
replicating the family in ever address we store is entirely
redundant.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Linux IPv4 AH stack aligns the AH header on a 64 bit boundary
(like in IPv6). This is not RFC compliant (see RFC4302, Section
3.3.3.2.1), it should be aligned on 32 bits.
For most of the authentication algorithms, the ICV size is 96 bits.
The AH header alignment on 32 or 64 bits gives the same results.
However for SHA-256-128 for instance, the wrong 64 bit alignment results
in adding useless padding in IPv4 AH, which is forbidden by the RFC.
To avoid breaking backward compatibility, we use a new flag
(XFRM_STATE_ALIGN4) do change original behavior.
Initial patch from Dang Hongwu <hongwu.dang@6wind.com> and
Christophe Gouault <christophe.gouault@6wind.com>.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It causes the move of the declaration of 3 functions to l2cap.h:
l2cap_get_ident(), l2cap_send_cmd(), l2cap_build_conf_req()
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch tries to do the minimal to move l2cap_sock_create() and its
dependencies to l2cap_sock.c. It create a API to initialize and cleanup
the L2CAP sockets from l2cap_core.c through l2cap_init_sockets() and
l2cap_cleanup_sockets().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new set_io_capability management command which is used
to set the IO capability for Secure Simple Pairing (SSP) as well as the
Security Manager Protocol (SMP). The value is per hci_dev and each
hci_conn object inherits it upon creation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary commands and events needed to communicate
PIN code related actions between the kernel and userspace. This includes
a pin_code_request event as well as pin_code_reply and
pin_code_negative_reply commands.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a get_connections command to the management interface.
With this command userspace can get the current list of connected
devices. Typically this command would only be used once when enumerating
existing adapters. After that the connected and disconnected events are
used to track connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch add a new connect failed management event to track failures
in connecting to remote devices. It is particularly useful for security
mode 3 scenarios when we don't have a connected state while pairing but
still need to detect when the connect attempt failed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a disconnect command to the managment interface. Using
this command user space is able to force the disconnection of connected
devices. The command maps directly to the Disconnect HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds connected and disconnected managment events to track the
connection status to remote devices. The events map directly to
successful connection complete and disconnection complete HCI events for
ACL links.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a management commands to feed the kernel with all stored
link keys as well as remove specific ones or all of them. Once the
load_keys command has been called the kernel takes over link key
replies. A new_key event is also added to inform userspace of newly
created link keys that should be stored permanently.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the possibility for user space to fully control the
Class of Device value of local adapters. To control the service class
bits each UUID that's added comes with a service class "hint" which acts
as a mask of bits that the UUID needs to have enabled. The
set_service_cache management command is used to make sure we queue up
all UUID changes as user space initializes its drivers and then send a
single HCI_Write_Class_of_Device command when initialization is
complete.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Using the managment interface means that user space doesn't need to do
any HCI command sending at all. This patch moves the remaining
initialization commands from user space to the kernel side. The patch
makes use of the new feature of __hci_request which allows the request
to be dynamically modified while it is ongoing (something that is needed
to react appropriately to the local features and the version of the
adapter).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The controller may have link keys in its own memory and these keys could
be used for secure connections. However, since the interface to access
these keys doesn't provide information about the key types (which would
be needed to infer the level of security each key provides) using these
keys is rather useless. Therefore, simply clear the controller side list
in the initialization procedure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
To support a more dynamic HCI initialization sequence the __hci_request
behavior requires some more changes. Particularly, the init sequence
should be able to have conditionals in it (sending some HCI commands
depending on the outcome of a previous command) instead of being a fixed
list as it is right now.
The reasons for these additional requirements are the moving all
previously user space driven initialization commands to the kernel side
as well as the support the Low Energy controllers.
To fulfull these requirements the init sequence is made the only special
case for multi-command requests and req_last_cmd is renamed to
init_last_cmd. The hci_send_cmd function is changed to update
init_last_cmd as long as the HCI_INIT flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary logic to act accordingly when the
HCI_PAIRABLE flag is not set. In that case PIN code replies as well as
Secure Simple Pairing requests without a NoBonding requirement need to
be rejected.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds methods to the management interface for userspace to
notify the kernel of which services have been registered for specific
adapters. This information is needed for setting the appropriate Class
of Device value as well as the Extended Inquiry Response value. This
patch doesn't actually implement setting of these values but just
provides the storage of the UUIDs so the needed functionality can be
built on top of it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements a new set_pairable management command to control
the pairable state of local adapters. The state is represented using a
new HCI_PAIRABLE flag in the hci_dev struct.
For backwards compatibility with older user space versions the
HCI_PAIRABLE flag gets automatically set when the existence of an
adapter is reported to user space through legacy methods and the
HCI_MGMT flag is not set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a HCI_MGMT flag to track adapters which are under the
control of the management interface. This is needed to make sure that
new kernels will work with old user space versions. I.e. behaviour which
could break old user space versions (but is needed by the management
interface) should not be exhibited when the HCI_MGMT flag is not set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The powered, connectable and discoverable messages all have the same
format. By using a single struct for all of them a lot of code can be
simplified and reused.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_connectable command as well as a corresponding
event to the management interface. It's mainly useful for setting an
adapter as connectable from a non-initialized state as well as setting
an already initialized adapter as non-connectable (mostly useful for
qualification purposes).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_discoverable command to the management interface
as well as the corresponding event. The command is used to control the
discoverable state of adapters.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_powered command to the management interface
through which the powered state of local adapters can be controlled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds support for the powered event that's used to indicate to
userspace when the powered state of a local adapter changes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements automatic initialization of basic information
about newly registered Bluetooth adapters. E.g. the address and features
are always needed so it makes sense for the kernel to automatically
power on adapters and read this information. A new HCI_SETUP flag is
added to track this state.
In order to not consume unnecessary amounts of power if there isn't a
user space available that could switch the adapter back off, a timer is
added to do this automatically as long as no Bluetooth user space seems
to be present. A new HCI_AUTO_OFF flag is added that user space needs to
clear to avoid the automatic power off.
Additionally, the management interface index_added event is moved to the
end of the HCI_SETUP stage so a user space supporting the managment
inteface has all the necessary information available for fetching when
it gets notified of a new adapter. The HCI_DEV_REG event is kept in the
same place as before since existing HCI raw socket based user space
versions depend on seeing the kernels initialization sequence
(hci_init_req) to determine when the adapter is ready for use.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Modification of Nick Pelly <npelly@google.com> patch.
With Bluetooth 2.1 ACL packets can be flushable or non-flushable. This commit
makes ACL data packets non-flushable by default on compatible chipsets, and
adds the BT_FLUSHABLE socket option to explicitly request flushable ACL
data packets for a given L2CAP socket. This is useful for A2DP data which can
be safely discarded if it can not be delivered within a short time (while
other ACL data should not be discarded).
Note that making ACL data flushable has no effect unless the automatic flush
timeout for that ACL link is changed from its default of 0 (infinite).
Default packet types (for compatible chipsets):
Frame 34: 13 bytes on wire (104 bits), 13 bytes captured (104 bits)
Bluetooth HCI H4
Bluetooth HCI ACL Packet
.... 0000 0000 0010 = Connection Handle: 0x0002
..00 .... .... .... = PB Flag: First Non-automatically Flushable Packet (0)
00.. .... .... .... = BC Flag: Point-To-Point (0)
Data Total Length: 8
Bluetooth L2CAP Packet
After setting BT_FLUSHABLE
(sock.setsockopt(274 /*SOL_BLUETOOTH*/, 8 /* BT_FLUSHABLE */, 1 /* flush */))
Frame 34: 13 bytes on wire (104 bits), 13 bytes captured (104 bits)
Bluetooth HCI H4
Bluetooth HCI ACL Packet
.... 0000 0000 0010 = Connection Handle: 0x0002
..10 .... .... .... = PB Flag: First Automatically Flushable Packet (2)
00.. .... .... .... = BC Flag: Point-To-Point (0)
Data Total Length: 8
Bluetooth L2CAP Packet
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Like metrics, the ICMP rate limiting bits are cached state about
a destination. So move it into the inet_peer entries.
If an inet_peer cannot be bound (the reason is memory allocation
failure or similar), the policy is to allow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nlmsg_cancel can accept NULL as its second argument, so for similarity,
this patch extends genlmsg_cancel to be able to accept a NULL second
argument as well.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TKIP countermeasures depend on devices being able to detect Michael
MIC failures on received frames and for stations to report errors to
the AP. In order to test that behavior, it is useful to be able to
send out TKIP frames with incorrect Michael MIC. This testing behavior
has minimal effect on the TX path, so it can be added to mac80211 for
convenient use.
The interface for using this functionality is a file in mac80211
netdev debugfs (tkip_mic_test). Writing a MAC address to the file
makes mac80211 generate a dummy data frame that will be sent out using
invalid Michael MIC value. In AP mode, the address needs to be for one
of the associated stations or ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff to use a broadcast
frame. In station mode, the address can be anything, e.g., the current
BSSID. It should be noted that this functionality works correctly only
when associated and using TKIP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data
packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for
mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames.
Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit.
In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level
drivers capable of controlling PS-mode.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These variables are unused as a result of the recent netns work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Tested-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
For the following rule:
iptables -I PREROUTING -t raw -j CT --ctevents assured
The event delivered looks like the following:
[UPDATE] tcp 6 src=192.168.0.2 dst=192.168.1.2 sport=37041 dport=80 src=192.168.1.2 dst=192.168.1.100 sport=80 dport=37041 [ASSURED]
Note that the TCP protocol state is not included. For that reason
the CT event filtering is not very useful for conntrackd.
To resolve this issue, instead of conditionally setting the CT events
bits based on the ctmask, we always set them and perform the filtering
in the late stage, just before the delivery.
Thus, the event delivered looks like the following:
[UPDATE] tcp 6 432000 ESTABLISHED src=192.168.0.2 dst=192.168.1.2 sport=37041 dport=80 src=192.168.1.2 dst=192.168.1.100 sport=80 dport=37041 [ASSURED]
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The patch adds the NFNL_SUBSYS_IPSET id and NLA_PUT_NET* macros to the
vanilla kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Both fib_trie and fib_hash have a local implementation of
fib_table_select_default(). This is completely unnecessary
code duplication.
Since we now remember the fib_table and the head of the fib
alias list of the default route, we can implement one single
generic version of this routine.
Looking at the fib_hash implementation you may get the impression
that it's possible for there to be multiple top-level routes in
the table for the default route. The truth is, it isn't, the
insert code will only allow one entry to exist in the zero
prefix hash table, because all keys evaluate to zero and all
keys in a hash table must be unique.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used later to implement fib_select_default() in a
completely generic manner, instead of the current situation where the
default route is re-looked up in the TRIE/HASH table and then the
available aliases are analyzed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SIOCGETSGCNT is not a unique ioctl value as it it maps tio SIOCPROTOPRIVATE +1,
which unfortunately means the existing infrastructure for compat networking
ioctls is insufficient. A trivial compact ioctl implementation would conflict
with:
SIOCAX25ADDUID
SIOCAIPXPRISLT
SIOCGETSGCNT_IN6
SIOCGETSGCNT
SIOCRSSCAUSE
SIOCX25SSUBSCRIP
SIOCX25SDTEFACILITIES
To make this work I have updated the compat_ioctl decode path to mirror the
the normal ioctl decode path. I have added an ipv4 inet_compat_ioctl function
so that I can have ipv4 specific compat ioctls. I have added a compat_ioctl
function into struct proto so I can break out ioctls by which kind of ip socket
I am using. I have added a compat_raw_ioctl function because SIOCGETSGCNT only
works on raw sockets. I have added a ipmr_compat_ioctl that mirrors the normal
ipmr_ioctl.
This was necessary because unfortunately the struct layout for the SIOCGETSGCNT
has unsigned longs in it so changes between 32bit and 64bit kernels.
This change was sufficient to run a 32bit ip multicast routing daemon on a
64bit kernel.
Reported-by: Bill Fenner <fenner@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there are no explicit metrics attached to a route, hook
fi->fib_info up to dst_default_metrics.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the initial gateway towards super-sharing metrics
if they are all set to zero for a route.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the MCS information we currently get
from the drivers into radiotap.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TCP is going to record metrics for the connection,
so pre-COW the route metrics at route cache entry
creation time.
This avoids several atomic operations that have to
occur if we COW the metrics after the entry reaches
global visibility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the RTAX_LOCKED metric to INETPEER_METRICS_NEW (basically,
all ones) on fresh inetpeer entries.
This way code can determine if default metrics have been loaded
in from a routing table entry already.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Routing metrics are now copy-on-write.
Initially a route entry points it's metrics at a read-only location.
If a routing table entry exists, it will point there. Else it will
point at the all zero metric place-holder called 'dst_default_metrics'.
The writeability state of the metrics is stored in the low bits of the
metrics pointer, we have two bits left to spare if we want to store
more states.
For the initial implementation, COW is implemented simply via kmalloc.
However future enhancements will change this to place the writable
metrics somewhere else, in order to increase sharing. Very likely
this "somewhere else" will be the inetpeer cache.
Note also that this means that metrics updates may transiently fail
if we cannot COW the metrics successfully.
But even by itself, this patch should decrease memory usage and
increase cache locality especially for routing workloads. In those
cases the read-only metric copies stay in place and never get written
to.
TCP workloads where metrics get updated, and those rare cases where
PMTU triggers occur, will take a very slight performance hit. But
that hit will be alleviated when the long-term writable metrics
move to a more sharable location.
Since the metrics storage went from a u32 array of RTAX_MAX entries to
what is essentially a pointer, some retooling of the dst_entry layout
was necessary.
Most importantly, we need to preserve the alignment of the reference
count so that it doesn't share cache lines with the read-mostly state,
as per Eric Dumazet's alignment assertion checks.
The only non-trivial bit here is the move of the 'flags' member into
the writeable cacheline. This is OK since we are always accessing the
flags around the same moment when we made a modification to the
reference count.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quoting Ben Hutchings: we presumably won't be defining features that
can only be enabled on 64-bit architectures.
Occurences found by `grep -r` on net/, drivers/net, include/
[ Move features and vlan_features next to each other in
struct netdev, as per Eric Dumazet's suggestion -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend channel to frequency mapping for 802.11j Japan 4.9GHz band, according to
IEEE802.11 section 17.3.8.3.2 and Annex J. Because there are now overlapping
channel numbers in the 2GHz and 5GHz band we can't map from channel to
frequency without knowing the band. This is no problem as in most contexts we
know the band. In places where we don't know the band (and WEXT compatibility)
we assume the 2GHz band for channels below 14.
This patch does not implement all channel to frequency mappings defined in
802.11, it's just an extension for 802.11j 20MHz channels. 5MHz and 10MHz
channels as well as 802.11y channels have been omitted.
The following drivers have been updated to reflect the API changes:
iwl-3945, iwl-agn, iwmc3200wifi, libertas, mwl8k, rt2x00, wl1251, wl12xx.
The drivers have been compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Prodoehl <bprodoehl@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In commit 44b8288308 (net_sched: pfifo_head_drop problem), we fixed
a problem with pfifo_head drops that incorrectly decreased
sch->bstats.bytes and sch->bstats.packets
Several qdiscs (CHOKe, SFQ, pfifo_head, ...) are able to drop a
previously enqueued packet, and bstats cannot be changed, so
bstats/rates are not accurate (over estimated)
This patch changes the qdisc_bstats updates to be done at dequeue() time
instead of enqueue() time. bstats counters no longer account for dropped
frames, and rates are more correct, since enqueue() bursts dont have
effect on dequeue() rate.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts stab qdisc management to RCU, so that we can perform
the qdisc_calculate_pkt_len() call before getting qdisc lock.
This shortens the lock's held time in __dev_xmit_skb().
This permits more qdiscs to get TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS status, avoiding lot of
cache misses and so reducing latencies.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@diku.dk>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 3711210576 (net: QDISC_STATE_RUNNING dont need atomic bit
ops) I moved QDISC_STATE_RUNNING flag to __state container, located in
the cache line containing qdisc lock and often dirtied fields.
I now move TCQ_F_THROTTLED bit too, so that we let first cache line read
mostly, and shared by all cpus. This should speedup HTB/CBQ for example.
Not using test_bit()/__clear_bit()/__test_and_set_bit allows to use an
"unsigned int" for __state container, reducing by 8 bytes Qdisc size.
Introduce helpers to hide implementation details.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@diku.dk>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/built-in.o: In function `nf_conntrack_init_net':
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c:1521:
undefined reference to `nf_conntrack_tstamp_init'
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c:1531:
undefined reference to `nf_conntrack_tstamp_fini'
Add dummy inline functions for the =n case to fix this.
Reported-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (41 commits)
sctp: user perfect name for Delayed SACK Timer option
net: fix can_checksum_protocol() arguments swap
Revert "netlink: test for all flags of the NLM_F_DUMP composite"
gianfar: Fix misleading indentation in startup_gfar()
net/irda/sh_irda: return to RX mode when TX error
net offloading: Do not mask out NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_TX for vlan.
USB CDC NCM: tx_fixup() race condition fix
ns83820: Avoid bad pointer deref in ns83820_init_one().
ipv6: Silence privacy extensions initialization
bnx2x: Update bnx2x version to 1.62.00-4
bnx2x: Fix AER setting for BCM57712
bnx2x: Fix BCM84823 LED behavior
bnx2x: Mark full duplex on some external PHYs
bnx2x: Fix BCM8073/BCM8727 microcode loading
bnx2x: LED fix for BCM8727 over BCM57712
bnx2x: Common init will be executed only once after POR
bnx2x: Swap BCM8073 PHY polarity if required
iwlwifi: fix valid chain reading from EEPROM
ath5k: fix locking in tx_complete_poll_work
ath9k_hw: do PA offset calibration only on longcal interval
...
The option name of Delayed SACK Timer should be SCTP_DELAYED_SACK,
not SCTP_DELAYED_ACK.
Left SCTP_DELAYED_ACK be concomitant with SCTP_DELAYED_SACK,
for making compatibility with existing applications.
Reference:
8.1.19. Get or Set Delayed SACK Timer (SCTP_DELAYED_SACK)
（http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctpsocket-25)
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conn->sec_level value is supposed to represent the current level of
security that the connection has. However, by assigning to it before
requesting authentication it will have the wrong value during the
authentication procedure. To fix this a pending_sec_level variable is
added which is used to track the desired security level while making
sure that sec_level always represents the current level of security.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Currently, mac80211 always advertises that it may send
up to 64 subframes in an aggregate. This is fine, since
it's the max, but might as well be set to zero instead
since it doesn't have any information.
However, drivers might have that information, so allow
them to set a variable giving it, which will then be
used. The default of zero will be fine since to the
peer that means we don't know and it will just use its
own limit for the buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The aggregation code currently doesn't implement the
buffer size negotiation. It will always request a max
buffer size (which is fine, if a little pointless, as
the mac80211 code doesn't know and might just use 0
instead), but if the peer requests a smaller size it
isn't possible to honour this request.
In order to fix this, look at the buffer size in the
addBA response frame, keep track of it and pass it to
the driver in the ampdu_action callback when called
with the IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL action. That
way the driver can limit the number of subframes in
aggregates appropriately.
Note that this doesn't fix any drivers apart from the
addition of the new argument -- they all need to be
updated separately to use this variable!
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some devices don't support the maximum AMDPU buffer size of 64, so we
need to add an option to configure this in the hardware configuration.
This value will be used in the ADDBA response instead of the value
suggested in the request, if the latter is greater than the max
supported.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Tested-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds flow-based timestamping for conntracks. This
conntrack extension is disabled by default. Basically, we use
two 64-bits variables to store the creation timestamp once the
conntrack has been confirmed and the other to store the deletion
time. This extension is disabled by default, to enable it, you
have to:
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_timestamp
This patch allows to save memory for user-space flow-based
loogers such as ulogd2. In short, ulogd2 does not need to
keep a hashtable with the conntrack in user-space to know
when they were created and destroyed, instead we use the
kernel timestamp. If we want to have a sane IPFIX implementation
in user-space, this nanosecs resolution timestamps are also
useful. Other custom user-space applications can benefit from
this via libnetfilter_conntrack.
This patch modifies the /proc output to display the delta time
in seconds since the flow start. You can also obtain the
flow-start date by means of the conntrack-tools.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Packet filter (BPF) doesnt need to disable softirqs, being fully
re-entrant and lock-less.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support for SNMP broadcast connection tracking. The SNMP
broadcast requests are now paired with the SNMP responses.
Thus allowing using SNMP broadcasts with firewall enabled.
Please refer to the following conversation:
http://marc.info/?l=netfilter-devel&m=125992205006600&w=2
Patrick McHardy wrote:
> > The best solution would be to add generic broadcast tracking, the
> > use of expectations for this is a bit of abuse.
> > The second best choice I guess would be to move the help() function
> > to a shared module and generalize it so it can be used for both.
This patch implements the "second best choice".
Since the netbios-ns conntrack module uses the same helper
functionality as the snmp, only one helper function is added
for both snmp and netbios-ns modules into the new object -
nf_conntrack_broadcast.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
My previous patch (netfilter: nf_nat: don't use atomic bit operation)
made a mistake when converting atomic_set to a normal bit 'or'.
IPS_*_BIT should be replaced with IPS_*.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Cc: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (47 commits)
GRETH: resolve SMP issues and other problems
GRETH: handle frame error interrupts
GRETH: avoid writing bad speed/duplex when setting transfer mode
GRETH: fixed skb buffer memory leak on frame errors
GRETH: GBit transmit descriptor handling optimization
GRETH: fix opening/closing
GRETH: added raw AMBA vendor/device number to match against.
cassini: Fix build bustage on x86.
e1000e: consistent use of Rx/Tx vs. RX/TX/rx/tx in comments/logs
e1000e: update Copyright for 2011
e1000: Avoid unhandled IRQ
r8169: keep firmware in memory.
netdev: tilepro: Use is_unicast_ether_addr helper
etherdevice.h: Add is_unicast_ether_addr function
ks8695net: Use default implementation of ethtool_ops::get_link
ks8695net: Disable non-working ethtool operations
USB CDC NCM: Don't deref NULL in cdc_ncm_rx_fixup() and don't use uninitialized variable.
vxge: Remember to release firmware after upgrading firmware
netdev: bfin_mac: Remove is_multicast_ether_addr use in netdev_for_each_mc_addr
ipsec: update MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN to support sha512
...
Use is_vmalloc_addr() in nf_ct_free_hashtable() and get rid of
the vmalloc flags to indicate that a hash table has been allocated
using vmalloc().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix dependencies of netfilter realm match: it depends on NET_CLS_ROUTE,
which itself depends on NET_SCHED; this dependency is missing from netfilter.
Since matching on realms is also useful without having NET_SCHED enabled and
the option really only controls whether the tclassid member is included in
route and dst entries, rename the config option to IP_ROUTE_CLASSID and move
it outside of traffic scheduling context to get rid of the NET_SCHED dependeny.
Reported-by: Vladis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
icv_truncbits is set to 256 for sha512, so update
MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN to 64.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RED statistics structure includes backlog field which is not
set or used by any code.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Last two global vars to be moved,
ip_vs_ftpsvc_counter and ip_vs_nullsvc_counter.
[horms@verge.net.au: removed whitespace-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
trash list per namspace,
and reordering of some params in dst struct.
[ horms@verge.net.au: Use cancel_delayed_work_sync() instead of
cancel_rearming_delayed_work(). Found during
merge conflict resoliution ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch makes defense work timer per name-space,
A net ptr had to be added to the ipvs struct,
since it's needed by defense_work_handler.
[ horms@verge.net.au: Use cancel_delayed_work_sync() instead of
cancel_rearming_delayed_work(). Found during
merge conflict resoliution ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Moving global vars to ipvs struct, except for svc table lock.
Next patch for ctl will be drop-rate handling.
*v3
__ip_vs_mutex remains global
ip_vs_conntrack_enabled(struct netns_ipvs *ipvs)
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Connection hash table is now name space aware.
i.e. net ptr >> 8 is xor:ed to the hash,
and this is the first param to be compared.
The net struct is 0xa40 in size ( a little bit smaller for 32 bit arch:s)
and cache-line aligned, so a ptr >> 5 might be a more clever solution ?
All lookups where net is compared uses net_eq() which returns 1 when netns
is disabled, and the compiler seems to do something clever in that case.
ip_vs_conn_fill_param() have *net as first param now.
Three new inlines added to keep conn struct smaller
when names space is disabled.
- ip_vs_conn_net()
- ip_vs_conn_net_set()
- ip_vs_conn_net_eq()
*v3
moved net compare to the end in "fast path"
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The statistic counter locks for every packet are now removed,
and that statistic is now per CPU, i.e. no locks needed.
However summing is made in ip_vs_est into ip_vs_stats struct
which is moved to ipvs struc.
procfs, ip_vs_stats now have a "per cpu" count and a grand total.
A new function seq_file_single_net() in ip_vs.h created for handling of
single_open_net() since it does not place net ptr in a struct, like others.
/var/lib/lxc # cat /proc/net/ip_vs_stats_percpu
Total Incoming Outgoing Incoming Outgoing
CPU Conns Packets Packets Bytes Bytes
0 0 3 1 9D 34
1 0 1 2 49 70
2 0 1 2 34 76
3 1 2 2 70 74
~ 1 7 7 18A 18E
Conns/s Pkts/s Pkts/s Bytes/s Bytes/s
0 0 0 0 0
*v3
ip_vs_stats reamains as before, instead ip_vs_stats_percpu is added.
u64 seq lock added
*v4
Bug correction inbytes and outbytes as own vars..
per_cpu counter for all stats now as suggested by Julian.
[horms@verge.net.au: removed whitespace-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All global variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
in sync_buf create + 4 replaced by sizeof(struct..)
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
*v3
timer per ns instead of a common timer in estimator.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
in ip_vs_protocol param struct net *net added to:
- register_app()
- unregister_app()
This affected almost all proto_xxx.c files
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
appcnt and timeout_table moved from struct ip_vs_protocol to
ip_vs proto_data.
struct net *net added as first param to
- register_app()
- unregister_app()
- app_conn_bind()
- ip_vs_conn_new()
[horms@verge.net.au: removed cosmetic-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_vs_protocol *pp is replaced by ip_vs_proto_data *pd in
function call in ip_vs_protocol struct i.e. :,
- timeout_change()
- state_transition()
ip_vs_protocol_timeout_change() got ipvs as param, due to above
and a upcoming patch - defence work
Most of this changes are triggered by Julians comment:
"tcp_timeout_change should work with the new struct ip_vs_proto_data
so that tcp_state_table will go to pd->state_table
and set_tcp_state will get pd instead of pp"
*v3
Mostly comments from Julian
The pp -> pd conversion should start from functions like
ip_vs_out() that use pp = ip_vs_proto_get(iph.protocol),
now they should use ip_vs_proto_data_get(net, iph.protocol).
conn_in_get() and conn_out_get() unused param *pp, removed.
*v4
ip_vs_protocol_timeout_change() walk the proto_data path.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unuset function set_state_timeout()
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unused function set_state_timeout()
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use all
ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unused function as sugested by Simon
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add support for protocol data per name-space.
in struct ip_vs_protocol, appcnt will be removed when all protos
are modified for network name-space.
This patch causes warnings of unused functions, they will be used
when next patch will be applied.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
var sysctl_ip_vs_lblc_expiration moved to ipvs struct as
sysctl_lblc_expiration
procfs updated to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
var sysctl_ip_vs_lblcr_expiration moved to ipvs struct as
sysctl_lblcr_expiration
procfs updated to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Services hash tables got netns ptr a hash arg,
While Real Servers (rs) has been moved to ipvs struct.
Two new inline functions added to get net ptr from skb.
Since ip_vs is called from different contexts there is two
places to dig for the net ptr skb->dev or skb->sk
this is handled in skb_net() and skb_sknet()
Global functions, ip_vs_service_get() ip_vs_lookup_real_service()
etc have got struct net *net as first param.
If possible get net ptr skb etc,
- if not &init_net is used at this early stage of patching.
ip_vs_ctl.c procfs not ready for netns yet.
*v3
Comments by Julian
- __ip_vs_service_find and __ip_vs_svc_fwm_find are fast path,
net_eq(svc->net, net) so the check is at the end now.
- net = skb_net(skb) in ip_vs_out moved after check for skb_dst.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Preparation for network name-space init, in this stage
some empty functions exists.
In most files there is a check if it is root ns i.e. init_net
if (!net_eq(net, &init_net))
return ...
this will be removed by the last patch, when enabling name-space.
*v3
ip_vs_conn.c merge error corrected.
net_ipvs #ifdef removed as sugested by Jan Engelhardt
[ horms@verge.net.au: Removed whitespace-change-only hunks ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The IPv6 tproxy patches split IPv6 defragmentation off of conntrack, but
failed to update the #ifdef stanzas guarding the defragmentation related
fields and code in skbuff and conntrack related code in nf_defrag_ipv6.c.
This patch adds the required #ifdefs so that IPv6 tproxy can truly be used
without connection tracking.
Original report:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=129010118516341&w=2
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
For SHA256, RFC4868 requires to truncate ICV length to 128 bits,
hence MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN should be updated to 16.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 over firewire needs to be able to remove ARP entries
from the ARP cache that belong to nodes that are removed, because
IPv4 over firewire uses ARP packets for private information
about nodes.
This information becomes invalid as soon as node drops
off the bus and when it reconnects, its only possible
to start talking to it after it responded to an ARP packet.
But ARP cache prevents such packets from being sent.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HTB takes into account skb is segmented in stats updates.
Generalize this to all schedulers.
They should use qdisc_bstats_update() helper instead of manipulating
bstats.bytes and bstats.packets
Add bstats_update() helper too for classes that use
gnet_stats_basic_packed fields.
Note : Right now, TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS shortcurt can be taken only if no
stab is setup on qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dan Rosenberg pointed out that there were some signed comparison bugs
in the phonet protocol.
http://marc.info/?l=full-disclosure&m=129424528425330&w=2
The problem is that we check for array overflows but "protocol" is
signed and we don't check for array underflows. If you have already
have CAP_SYS_ADMIN then you could use the bugs to get root, or someone
could cause an oops by mistake.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I made the patch to add mesh join/leave I
didn't pay attention to docs because it was a
proof of concept, and then when we actually did
merge it I forgot -- add docs now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The flag is IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN and I had
added that in a previous patch but forgotten docs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add documentation for the new callbacks that I
forgot in the patch adding the callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix new kernel-doc notation warning in sock.h by annotating skc_dontcopy_*
as private fields.
Warning(include/net/sock.h:163): No description found for parameter 'skc_dontcopy_end[0]'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since nf_ct_expect_dst_hash() may be called without nf_conntrack_lock
locked, nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd should be initialized in the atomic way.
In this patch, we use nf_conntrack_hash_rnd instead of
nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel
offload if they implement smarter timing or need
to use a device implementation like iwlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adding a pair of set-get routines to dcbnl for setting the negotiation
flags of the various DCB features. Conforms to the CEE flavor of DCBX
The user sets these flags (enable, advertise, willing) for each feature
to be used by the DCBX engine. The 'get' routine returns which of the
features is enabled after the negotiation.
This patch is dependent on the following patches:
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding an optional DCBX capability and a pair for get-set routines for
setting the device DCBX mode. The DCBX capability is a bit field of
supported attributes. The user is expected to set the DCBX mode with a
subset of the advertised attributes.
This patch is dependent on the following patches:
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DCBx applications priorities can be changed dynamically. If
application stacks are expected to keep the skb priority
consistent with the dcbx priority the stack will need to
be notified when these changes occur.
This patch adds application notifiers for the stack to register
with.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds application tlv handlers. Networking stacks
may use the application priority to set the skb priority of
their stack using the negoatiated dcbx priority.
This patch provides the dcb_{get|set}app() routines for the
stack to query these parameters. Notice lower layer drivers
can use the dcbnl_ops routines if additional handling is
needed. Perhaps in the firmware case for example
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IEEE8021Qaz is the IEEE standard version of CEE. The
standard has had enough significant changes from the CEE
version that many of the CEE attributes have no meaning
in the new spec or do not easily map to IEEE standards.
Rather then attempt to create a complicated mapping
between CEE and IEEE standards this patch adds a nested
IEEE attribute to the list of DCB attributes. The policy
is,
[DCB_ATTR_IFNAME]
[DCB_ATTR_STATE]
...
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP]
...
The following dcbnl_rtnl_ops routines were added to handle
the IEEE standard,
int (*ieee_getets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *);
int (*ieee_setets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *);
int (*ieee_getpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *);
int (*ieee_setpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *);
int (*ieee_getapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *);
int (*ieee_setapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *);
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 4465b46900.
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
As reported by Ben Greear, this causes regressions:
> Change 4465b46900 caused rules
> to stop matching the input device properly because the
> FLOWI_FLAG_MATCH_ANY_IIF is always defined in ip_dev_find().
>
> This breaks rules such as:
>
> ip rule add pref 512 lookup local
> ip rule del pref 0 lookup local
> ip link set eth2 up
> ip -4 addr add 172.16.0.102/24 broadcast 172.16.0.255 dev eth2
> ip rule add to 172.16.0.102 iif eth2 lookup local pref 10
> ip rule add iif eth2 lookup 10001 pref 20
> ip route add 172.16.0.0/24 dev eth2 table 10001
> ip route add unreachable 0/0 table 10001
>
> If you had a second interface 'eth0' that was on a different
> subnet, pinging a system on that interface would fail:
>
> [root@ct503-60 ~]# ping 192.168.100.1
> connect: Invalid argument
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initialization function used by hci_open_dev (hci_init_req) sends
many different HCI commands. The __hci_request function should only
return when all of these commands have completed (or a timeout occurs).
Several of these commands cause hci_req_complete to be called which
causes __hci_request to return prematurely.
This patch fixes the issue by adding a new hdev->req_last_cmd variable
which is set during the initialization procedure. The hci_req_complete
function will no longer mark the request as complete until the command
matching hdev->req_last_cmd completes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds Bluetooth Management interface events for controller
addition and removal. The events correspond to the existing HCI_DEV_REG
and HCI_DEV_UNREG stack internal events.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the read_info command which is used to fetch basic
info about an adapter.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the read_index_list command through which
userspace can get a list of current adapter indices.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the initial read_version command that userspace
will use before any other management interface operations.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The throughput LED trigger was always active when
the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely
the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to
be only active when one of the virtual interfaces
is actually "connected" in some way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED
based on throughput. Implement this generically in
mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver
specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink
frequencies depending on their desired behaviour
and max throughput.
All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class
device, best with blink hardware offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
MAINTAINERS
arch/arm/mach-omap2/pm24xx.c
drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_fcpim.c
Needed to update to apply fixes for which the old branch was too
outdated.
This function has three bugs:
1) The offset should be valid most of the time, this is just
a sanity check, therefore we should use "likely" not "unlikely"
2) This is the only place where we can check for arithmetic overflow
of the pointer plus the length.
3) The existing range checks are off by one, the valid range is
skb->head to skb_tail_pointer(), inclusive.
Based almost entirely upon a patch by Ralph Loader.
Reported-by: Ralph Loader <suckfish@ihug.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the default initial receive window to 10 mss
(defined constant). The default window is limited to the maximum
of 10*1460 and 2*mss (when mss > 1460).
draft-ietf-tcpm-initcwnd-00 is a proposal to the IETF that recommends
increasing TCP's initial congestion window to 10 mss or about 15KB.
Leading up to this proposal were several large-scale live Internet
experiments with an initial congestion window of 10 mss (IW10), where
we showed that the average latency of HTTP responses improved by
approximately 10%. This was accompanied by a slight increase in
retransmission rate (0.5%), most of which is coming from applications
opening multiple simultaneous connections. To understand the extreme
worst case scenarios, and fairness issues (IW10 versus IW3), we further
conducted controlled testbed experiments. We came away finding minimal
negative impact even under low link bandwidths (dial-ups) and small
buffers. These results are extremely encouraging to adopting IW10.
However, an initial congestion window of 10 mss is useless unless a TCP
receiver advertises an initial receive window of at least 10 mss.
Fortunately, in the large-scale Internet experiments we found that most
widely used operating systems advertised large initial receive windows
of 64KB, allowing us to experiment with a wide range of initial
congestion windows. Linux systems were among the few exceptions that
advertised a small receive window of 6KB. The purpose of this patch is
to fix this shortcoming.
References:
1. A comprehensive list of all IW10 references to date.
http://code.google.com/speed/protocols/tcpm-IW10.html
2. Paper describing results from large-scale Internet experiments with IW10.
http://ccr.sigcomm.org/drupal/?q=node/621
3. Controlled testbed experiments under worst case scenarios and a
fairness study.
http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/79/slides/tcpm-0.pdf
4. Raw test data from testbed experiments (Linux senders/receivers)
with initial congestion and receive windows of both 10 mss.
http://research.csc.ncsu.edu/netsrv/?q=content/iw10
5. Internet-Draft. Increasing TCP's Initial Window.
https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-tcpm-initcwnd/
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As has been pointed out by Daniel Halperin some devices (e.g. Intel IWL5100)
can only TX from a subset of RX antennas, so use separate availability masks
for RX and TX.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Userspace will now be allowed to toggle between the default path
selection algorithm (HWMP, implemented in the kernel), and a vendor
specific alternative. Also in the same patch, allow userspace to add
information elements to mesh beacons. This is accordance with the
Extensible Path Selection Framework specified in version 7.0 of the
802.11s draft.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh parameters can be to setup a mesh or to configure it.
This patch renames the ambiguous name mesh_params to mesh_config
in preparation for mesh_setup.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from
a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages.
To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni()
which can be called from process context, and call it from
rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver
flag is introduced.
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24892
Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Flush the routing cache only of entries that match the
network namespace in which the purge event occurred.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Pawel reported a panic related to handling shared skbs in ixgbe
incorrectly. So we need to revert my previous patch to work around
this bug. Instead of reverting the patch completely, I just revert
the essential lines, so we can add the previous optimization
back more easily in future.
commit 3511c9132f
Author: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Date: Sat Oct 16 13:04:08 2010 +0000
net_sched: remove the unused parameter of qdisc_create_dflt()
Reported-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modifies IPsec6 to fragment IPv6 packets that are
locally generated as needed.
This version of the patch only fragments in tunnel mode, so that fragment
headers will not be obscured by ESP in transport mode.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Special care is taken inside sk_port_alloc to avoid overwriting
skc_node/skc_nulls_node. We should also avoid overwriting
skc_bind_node/skc_portaddr_node.
The patch fixes the following crash:
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at fffffffffffffff0
IP: [<ffffffff812ec6dd>] udp4_lib_lookup2+0xad/0x370
[<ffffffff812ecc22>] __udp4_lib_lookup+0x282/0x360
[<ffffffff812ed63e>] __udp4_lib_rcv+0x31e/0x700
[<ffffffff812bba45>] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x65/0x190
[<ffffffff812bbbf8>] ? ip_local_deliver+0x88/0xa0
[<ffffffff812eda35>] udp_rcv+0x15/0x20
[<ffffffff812bba45>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x65/0x190
[<ffffffff812bbbf8>] ip_local_deliver+0x88/0xa0
[<ffffffff812bb2cd>] ip_rcv_finish+0x32d/0x6f0
[<ffffffff8128c14c>] ? netif_receive_skb+0x99c/0x11c0
[<ffffffff812bb94b>] ip_rcv+0x2bb/0x350
[<ffffffff8128c14c>] netif_receive_skb+0x99c/0x11c0
Signed-off-by: Leonard Crestez <lcrestez@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some windows versions have wrong RFC1323 implementations, with SYN and
SYNACKS messages containing zero tcp timestamps.
We relaxed in commit fc1ad92dfc the passive connection case
(Windows connects to a linux machine), but the reverse case (linux
connects to a Windows machine) has an analogue problem when tsvals from
windows machine are 'negative' (high order bit set) : PAWS triggers and
we drops incoming messages.
Fix this by making zero ts_recent value special, allowing frame to be
processed.
Based on a report and initial patch from Dmitiy Balakin
Bugzilla reference : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24842
Reported-by: dmitriy.balakin@nicneiron.ru
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dev_close_many and dev_deactivate_many to factorize another
sync-rcu operation on the netdevice unregister path.
$ modprobe dummy numdummies=10000
$ ip link set dev dummy* up
$ time rmmod dummy
Without the patch With the patch
real 0m 24.63s real 0m 5.15s
user 0m 0.00s user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 6.05s sys 0m 5.14s
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected
Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to
management frame protection being in use. This notification is
needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement
SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch
between an AP and STA.
This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP
(IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the
station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not
have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7).
IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IPv6 tproxy patches split IPv6 defragmentation off of conntrack, but
failed to update the #ifdef stanzas guarding the defragmentation related
fields and code in skbuff and conntrack related code in nf_defrag_ipv6.c.
This patch adds the required #ifdefs so that IPv6 tproxy can truly be used
without connection tracking.
Original report:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=129010118516341&w=2
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Allow drivers or rate control algorithms to specify BlockAck session
timeout when initiating an ADDBA transaction. This is useful in cases
where maintaining persistent BA sessions does not incur any overhead.
The current timeout value of 5000 TUs is retained for all non ath9k/ath9k_htc
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the upcoming hardware offload implementation,
some devices will have a different maximum duration
for the remain-on-channel command. Advertise the
maximum duration in mac80211, and make mac80211 set
it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Like RTAX_ADVMSS, make the default calculation go through a dst_ops
method rather than caching the computation in the routing cache
entries.
Now dst metrics are pretty much left as-is when new entries are
created, thus optimizing metric sharing becomes a real possibility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make all RTAX_ADVMSS metric accesses go through a new helper function,
dst_metric_advmss().
Leave the actual default metric as "zero" in the real metric slot,
and compute the actual default value dynamically via a new dst_ops
AF specific callback.
For stacked IPSEC routes, we use the advmss of the path which
preserves existing behavior.
Unlike ipv4/ipv6, DecNET ties the advmss to the mtu and thus updates
advmss on pmtu updates. This inconsistency in advmss handling
results in more raw metric accesses than I wish we ended up with.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow userspace to specify that a given key
is default only for unicast and/or multicast
transmissions. Only WEP keys are for both,
WPA/RSN keys set here are GTKs for multicast
only. For more future flexibility, allow to
specify all combiations.
Wireless extensions can only set both so use
nl80211; WEP keys (connect keys) must be set
as default for both (but 802.1X WEP is still
possible).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a field to wiphy for the hardware to report the availble antennas for
configuration. Only if this is set to something bigger than zero, will the
anntenna configuration ops be executed.
Allthough this could be a simple number of antennas, I defined it as a bitmap
of antennas which are available for configuration, since it's more consistent
with the rest of the antenna API and there could be cases where the
hardware allows only configuration of certain antennas. As it does not make
much of a difference in size or normal usage, I think it's better to be able to
support this, in case the need arises.
The antenna configuration is now also checked against the availabe antennas and
rejected if it does not match.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v3: always apply available antenna mask (for "all" antennas case).
v2: reject antenna configurations which don't match the available antennas
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Always go through a new ip4_dst_hoplimit() helper, just like ipv6.
This allowed several simplifications:
1) The interim dst_metric_hoplimit() can go as it's no longer
userd.
2) The sysctl_ip_default_ttl entry no longer needs to use
ipv4_doint_and_flush, since the sysctl is not cached in
routing cache metrics any longer.
3) ipv4_doint_and_flush no longer needs to be exported and
therefore can be marked static.
When ipv4_doint_and_flush_strategy was removed some time ago,
the external declaration in ip.h was mistakenly left around
so kill that off too.
We have to move the sysctl_ip_default_ttl declaration into
ipv4's route cache definition header net/route.h, because
currently net/ip.h (where the declaration lives now) has
a back dependency on net/route.h
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The XFRMA_TFCPAD attribute for XFRM state installation configures
Traffic Flow Confidentiality by padding ESP packets to a specified
length.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Followup of commit b178bb3dfc (net: reorder struct sock fields)
Optimize INET input path a bit further, by :
1) moving sk_refcnt close to sk_lock.
This reduces number of dirtied cache lines by one on 64bit arches (and
64 bytes cache line size).
2) moving inet_daddr & inet_rcv_saddr at the beginning of sk
(same cache line than hash / family / bound_dev_if / nulls_node)
This reduces number of accessed cache lines in lookups by one, and dont
increase size of inet and timewait socks.
inet and tw sockets now share same place-holder for these fields.
Before patch :
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) = 0x10
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) = 0x40
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue) = 0x60
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_daddr) = 0x270
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_rcv_saddr) = 0x274
After patch :
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) = 0x44
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) = 0x48
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue) = 0x68
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_daddr) = 0x0
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_rcv_saddr) = 0x4
compute_score() (udp or tcp) now use a single cache line per ignored
item, instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use helper functions to hide all direct accesses, especially writes,
to dst_entry metrics values.
This will allow us to:
1) More easily change how the metrics are stored.
2) Implement COW for metrics.
In particular this will help us put metrics into the inetpeer
cache if that is what we end up doing. We can make the _metrics
member a pointer instead of an array, initially have it point
at the read-only metrics in the FIB, and then on the first set
grab an inetpeer entry and point the _metrics member there.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Add a new BSS attribute to allow hostapd to set the current HT opmode.
Otherwise drivers won't be able to set up protection for HT rates in
AP mode.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to send data to management control sockets the function should:
- skip checks intended for raw HCI data and stack internal events
- make sure RAW HCI data or stack internal events don't go to
management control sockets
In order to accomplish this the patch adds a new member to the bluetooth
skb private data to flag skb's that are destined for management control
sockets.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add initial definitions for the new Bluetooth Management interface to
the bluetooth headers.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
--
v2: fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up,
add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we
must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle
joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured
when the device goes up.
Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as
well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to
start the mesh on interface up.
We now allow querying mesh parameters before the
mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults.
Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is
only allowed while connected. Specify them with
the new mesh join command instead where needed.
In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the
mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done
by testing the mesh ID.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 used to do all its bookkeeping in
the notifier, but some new stuff will have
to use local variables so make the callback
return the netdev pointer.
Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TTL in path selection information elements is different from
the mesh ttl used in mesh data frames. Version 7.03 of the 11s
draft calls this ttl 'Element TTL'.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pavel Emelyanov tried to fix a race between sk_filter_(de|at)tach and
sk_clone() in commit 47e958eac2
Problem is we can have several clones sharing a common sk_filter, and
these clones might want to sk_filter_attach() their own filters at the
same time, and can overwrite old_filter->rcu, corrupting RCU queues.
We can not use filter->rcu without being sure no other thread could do
the same thing.
Switch code to a more conventional ref-counting technique : Do the
atomic decrement immediately and queue one rcu call back when last
reference is released.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the removal of TIPC's native API support it is no longer
necessary for TIPC to export symbols for routines that can be called
by kernel-based applications, nor for it to have header files that
kernel-based applications can include to access the declarations for
those routines. This commit eliminates the exporting of symbols by
TIPC and migrates the contents of each obsolete native API include
file into its corresponding non-native API equivalent.
The code which was migrated in this commit was migrated intact, in
that there are no technical changes combined with the relocation.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These macros have been defined for several years since v2.6.12-rc2（tracing by git）,
but never be used. So remove them.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__ICMP_MIB_MAX is equal to the total number of icmp mib,
So no need to add 1. This wastes 4/8 bytes memory.
Change it to be same as ICMP6_MIB_MAX, TCP_MIB_MAX, UDP_MIB_MAX.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last patch with the same title was for mac80211 ops, accidentally.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only thing AF-specific about remembering the timestamp
for a time-wait TCP socket is getting the peer.
Abstract that behind a new timewait_sock_ops vector.
Support for real IPV6 sockets is not filled in yet, but
curiously this makes timewait recycling start to work
for v4-mapped ipv6 sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove extra spaces from legal text so that legal stuff looks
the same for all bluetooth code.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Do not use assignment in IF condition, remove extra spaces,
fixing typos, simplify code.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Do not initialize static vars to zero, macros with complex values
shall be enclosed with (), remove unneeded braces.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Remove extra spaces, assignments in if statement, zeroing static
variables, extra braces. Fix includes.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Do not use assignments in IF condition, remove extra spaces
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Then we can make a completely generic tcp_remember_stamp()
that uses ->get_peer() as a helper, minimizing the AF specific
code and minimizing the eventual code duplication when we implement
the ipv6 side of TW recycling.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from
a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages.
To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni()
which can be called from process context, and call it from
rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver
flag is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With p2p, it is sometimes necessary to transmit
a frame (typically an action frame) on another
channel than the current channel. Enable this
through the CMD_FRAME API, and allow it to wait
for a response. A new command allows that wait
to be aborted.
However, allow userspace to specify whether or
not it wants to allow off-channel TX, it may
actually want to use the same channel only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Its easy to eat all kernel memory and trigger NMI watchdog, using an
exploit program that queues unix sockets on top of others.
lkml ref : http://lkml.org/lkml/2010/11/25/8
This mechanism is used in applications, one choice we have is to have a
recursion limit.
Other limits might be needed as well (if we queue other types of files),
since the passfd mechanism is currently limited by socket receive queue
sizes only.
Add a recursion_level to unix socket, allowing up to 4 levels.
Each time we send an unix socket through sendfd mechanism, we copy its
recursion level (plus one) to receiver. This recursion level is cleared
when socket receive queue is emptied.
Reported-by: Марк Коренберг <socketpair@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. SCTP_CMD_NUM_VERBS,SCTP_CMD_MAX
These two macros have never been used for several years since v2.6.12-rc2.
2.sctp_port_rover,sctp_port_alloc_lock
The commit 063930 abandoned global variables of port_rover and port_alloc_lock,
but still keep two macros to refer to them.
So, remove them now.
commit 0639300900
Author: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Date: Wed Oct 10 17:30:18 2007 -0700
[SCTP]: port randomization
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fl->fl_gre_key is network byte order contrary to fl->fl_icmp_*.
Make xfrm_flowi_{s|d}port return network byte order values for gre
key too.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These macros have been existed for several years since v2.6.12-rc2.
But they never be used. So remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As David pointed out correctly, updates to af-specific attributes
are currently not atomic. If multiple changes are requested and
one of them fails, previous updates may have been applied already
leaving the link behind in a undefined state.
This patch splits the function parse_link_af() into two functions
validate_link_af() and set_link_at(). validate_link_af() is placed
to validate_linkmsg() check for errors as early as possible before
any changes to the link have been made. set_link_af() is called to
commit the changes later.
This method is not fail proof, while it is currently sufficient
to make set_link_af() inerrable and thus 100% atomic, the
validation function method will not be able to detect all error
scenarios in the future, there will likely always be errors
depending on states which are f.e. not protected by rtnl_mutex
and thus may change between validation and setting.
Also, instead of silently ignoring unknown address families and
config blocks for address families which did not register a set
function the errors EAFNOSUPPORT respectively EOPNOSUPPORT are
returned to avoid comitting 4 out of 5 update requests without
notifying the user.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a sysclt net.ipv4.vs.sync_version
that can be used to send sync msg in version 0 or 1 format.
sync_version value is logical,
Value 1 (default) New version
0 Plain old version
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Enable sending and removal of version 0 sending
Affected functions,
ip_vs_sync_buff_create()
ip_vs_sync_conn()
ip_vs_core.c removal of IPv4 check.
*v5
Just check cp->pe_data_len in ip_vs_sync_conn
Check if padding needed before adding a new sync_conn
to the buffer, i.e. avoid sending padding at the end.
*v4
moved sanity check and pe_name_len after sloop.
use cp->pe instead of cp->dest->svc->pe
real length in each sync_conn, not padded length
however total size of a sync_msg includes padding.
*v3
Sending ip_vs_sync_conn_options in network order.
Sending Templates for ONE_PACKET conn.
Renaming of ip_vs_sync_mesg to ip_vs_sync_mesg_v0
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Functionality improvements
* flags changed from 16 to 32 bits
* fwmark added (32 bits)
* timeout in sec. added (32 bits)
* pe data added (Variable length)
* IPv6 capabilities (3x16 bytes for addr.)
* Version and type in every conn msg.
ip_vs_process_message() now handles Version 1 messages
and will call ip_vs_process_message_v0() for version 0 messages.
ip_vs_proc_conn() is common for both version, and handles the update of
connection hash.
ip_vs_conn_fill_param_sync() - Version 1 messages only
ip_vs_conn_fill_param_sync_v0() - Version 0 messages only
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
One struct will have fwmark added:
* ip_vs_conn
ip_vs_conn_new() and ip_vs_find_dest()
will have an extra param - fwmark
The effects of that, is in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This adds the ability for drivers to use CQM events
to notify about packet loss for specific stations
(which could be the AP for the managed mode case).
Since the threshold might be determined by the
driver (it isn't passed in right now) it will be
passed out of the driver to userspace in the event.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- store the multicast rate as an index instead of the rate value
(reduces cpu overhead in a hotpath)
- validate the rate values (must match a bitrate in at least one sband)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Lower SCM_MAX_FD from 255 to 253 so that allocations for scm_fp_list are
halved. (commit f8d570a4 added two pointers in this structure)
scm_fp_dup() should not copy whole structure (and trigger kmemcheck
warnings), but only the used part. While we are at it, only allocate
needed size.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_sk_mc_lock rwlock becomes a spinlock.
readers (inet6_mc_check()) now takes rcu_read_lock() instead of read
lock. Writers dont need to disable BH anymore.
struct ipv6_mc_socklist objects are reclaimed after one RCU grace
period.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When two cards are connected with the same regulatory domain
if CRDA had a delayed response then cfg80211's own set regulatory
domain would still be the world regulatory domain. There was a bug
on cfg80211's logic such that it assumed that once you pegged a
request as the last request it was already the currently set
regulatory domain. This would mean we would race setting a stale
regulatory domain to secondary cards which had the same regulatory
domain since the alpha2 would match.
We fix this by processing each regulatory request atomically,
and only move on to the next one once we get it fully processed.
In the case CRDA is not present we will simply world roam.
This issue is only present when you have a slow system and the
CRDA processing is delayed. Because of this it is not a known
regression.
Without this fix when a delay is present with CRDA the second card
would end up with an intersected regulatory domain and not allow it
to use the channels it really is designed for. When two cards with
two different regulatory domains were inserted you'd end up
rejecting the second card's regulatory domain request.
This fails with mac80211_hswim's regtest=2 (two requests, same alpha2)
and regtest=3 (two requests, different alpha2) module parameter
options.
This was reproduced and tested against mac80211_hwsim using this
CRDA delayer:
#!/bin/bash
echo $COUNTRY >> /tmp/log
sleep 2
/sbin/crda.orig
And these regulatory tests:
modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=2
modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=3
Reported-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Tested-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This commit is same in nature as v2.6.37-rc1-755-g3654654; the network
namespace itself is not modified when calling net_generic, so the
parameter can be const.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
jiffies is defined as "volatile".
extern unsigned long volatile __jiffy_data jiffies;
ACCESS_ONCE() uses "volatile".
As a result, some compilers warn duplicate `volatile' for ACCESS_ONCE(jiffies).
Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In many places we've just hardcoded the
AC numbers -- which is a relic from the
original mac80211 (d80211). Add constants
for them so we know what we're talking
about.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use the macros defined for the members of flowi to clean the code up.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each net_device contains address family specific data such as
per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data
via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink.
The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK
request for each address family it wishes to receive data of
and then merge this data itself.
This patch implements a new API which combines all address family
specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC.
IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each
address family which in turn defines the structure of its own
attribute. Example:
[IFLA_AF_SPEC] = {
[AF_INET] = {
[IFLA_INET_CONF] = ...,
},
[AF_INET6] = {
[IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ...,
[IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ...,
}
}
The API also allows for address families to implement a function
which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to
implement address family specific link options.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Chipsets with hardware based connection monitoring need to autonomically
send directed probe-request frames to the AP (in the event of beacon loss,
for example.)
For the hardware to be able to do this, it requires a template for the frame
to transmit to the AP, filled in with the BSSID and SSID of the AP, but also
the supported rate IE's.
This patch adds a function to mac80211, which allows the hardware driver to
fetch this template after association, so it can be configured to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it.
We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to
make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211.
The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use.
This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not
be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups.
Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas
for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit
representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an
antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX
or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use
this antenna.
Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration
interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used
for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware
specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas
are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on
that.
802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are
present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the
entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming,
Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after
applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas
attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on
the antenna information.
Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and
to enable or disable antenna diversity.
While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed
antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare,
but useful configurations as follows:
1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to
have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory
constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals
("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot
outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier
on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit
noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel.
(This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2).
2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send
on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX
antenna, while staying within the legal limits.
(This would be: tx 0 rx 3).
3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and
development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are
available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes
and upon a reconfig of the interface.
If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment
packets in the stack.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Right now, fields in struct sock are not optimally ordered, because each
path (RX softirq, TX completion, RX user, TX user) has to touch fields
that are contained in many different cache lines.
The really critical thing is to shrink number of cache lines that are
used at RX softirq time : CPU handling softirqs for a device can receive
many frames per second for many sockets. If load is too big, we can drop
frames at NIC level. RPS or multiqueue cards can help, but better reduce
latency if possible.
This patch starts with UDP protocol, then additional patches will try to
reduce latencies of other ones as well.
At RX softirq time, fields of interest for UDP protocol are :
(not counting ones in inet struct for the lookup)
Read/Written:
sk_refcnt (atomic increment/decrement)
sk_rmem_alloc & sk_backlog.len (to check if there is room in queues)
sk_receive_queue
sk_backlog (if socket locked by user program)
sk_rxhash
sk_forward_alloc
sk_drops
Read only:
sk_rcvbuf (sk_rcvqueues_full())
sk_filter
sk_wq
sk_policy[0]
sk_flags
Additional notes :
- sk_backlog has one hole on 64bit arches. We can fill it to save 8
bytes.
- sk_backlog is used only if RX sofirq handler finds the socket while
locked by user.
- sk_rxhash is written only once per flow.
- sk_drops is written only if queues are full
Final layout :
[1] One section grouping all read/write fields, but placing rxhash and
sk_backlog at the end of this section.
[2] One section grouping all read fields in RX handler
(sk_filter, sk_rcv_buf, sk_wq)
[3] Section used by other paths
I'll post a patch on its own to put sk_refcnt at the end of struct
sock_common so that it shares same cache line than section [1]
New offsets on 64bit arch :
sizeof(struct sock)=0x268
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) =0x10
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x48
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0x68
offsetof(struct sock, sk_backlog)=0x80
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc)=0x80
offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x98
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rxhash)=0x9c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf)=0xa4
offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0xa0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter)=0xa8
offsetof(struct sock, sk_wq)=0xb0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_policy)=0xd0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_flags) =0xe0
Instead of :
sizeof(struct sock)=0x270
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) =0x10
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x50
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0xc0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_backlog)=0x70
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc)=0xac
offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x10c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rxhash)=0x128
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf)=0x4c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0x16c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter)=0x198
offsetof(struct sock, sk_wq)=0x88
offsetof(struct sock, sk_policy)=0x98
offsetof(struct sock, sk_flags) =0x130
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP sockets refcount is usually 2, unless an incoming frame is going to
be queued in receive or backlog queue.
Using atomic_inc_not_zero_hint() permits to reduce latency, because
processor issues less memory transactions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The changed functions do not modify the NL messages and/or attributes
at all. They should use const (similar to strchr), so that callers
which have a const nlmsg/nlattr around can make use of them without
casting.
While at it, constify a data array.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dest of a connection may not exist if it has been created as the result
of connection synchronisation. But in order for connection entries for
templates with persistence engine data created through connection
synchronisation to be valid access to the persistence engine pointer is
required. So add the persistence engine to the connection itself.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN is BIT(7) as is WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL. Change
to BIT(8).
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When b43legacy is compiled on the arm platform, the following errors are seen:
CC [M] drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.o
In file included from include/net/dst.h:11,
from drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.c:31:
include/net/dst_ops.h:28: error: expected ':', ',', ';', '}' or '__attribute__'
before '____cacheline_aligned_in_smp'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_fast':
include/net/dst_ops.h:33: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_slow':
include/net/dst_ops.h:41: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_add':
include/net/dst_ops.h:49: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_init':
include/net/dst_ops.h:55: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_destroy':
include/net/dst_ops.h:60: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
make[4]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.o] Error 1
make[3]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy] Error 2
make[2]: *** [drivers/net/wireless] Error 2
make[1]: *** [drivers/net] Error 2
make: *** [drivers] Error 2
The cause is a missing include of <linux/cache.h>, which is present for
i386 and x86_64 architectures, but not for arm.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Hannemann <arnd@arndnet.de>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GRE Key field is intended to be used for identifying an individual
traffic flow within a tunnel. It is useful to be able to have XFRM
policy selector matches to have different policies for different
GRE tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should be enabling country IE hints for WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY
even if we haven't yet recieved regulatory domain hint for the driver
if it needed one. Without this Country IEs are not passed on to drivers
that have set WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY, today this is just all
Atheros chipset drivers: ath5k, ath9k, ar9170, carl9170.
This was part of the original design, however it was completely
overlooked...
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add some __rcu annotations and use helpers to reduce number of sparse
warnings (CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
As we own the conntrack and the others can't see it until we confirm it,
we don't need to use atomic bit operation on ct->status.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (66 commits)
can-bcm: fix minor heap overflow
gianfar: Do not call device_set_wakeup_enable() under a spinlock
ipv6: Warn users if maximum number of routes is reached.
docs: Add neigh/gc_thresh3 and route/max_size documentation.
axnet_cs: fix resume problem for some Ax88790 chip
ipv6: addrconf: don't remove address state on ifdown if the address is being kept
tcp: Don't change unlocked socket state in tcp_v4_err().
x25: Prevent crashing when parsing bad X.25 facilities
cxgb4vf: add call to Firmware to reset VF State.
cxgb4vf: Fail open if link_start() fails.
cxgb4vf: flesh out PCI Device ID Table ...
cxgb4vf: fix some errors in Gather List to skb conversion
cxgb4vf: fix bug in Generic Receive Offload
cxgb4vf: don't implement trivial (and incorrect) ndo_select_queue()
ixgbe: Look inside vlan when determining offload protocol.
bnx2x: Look inside vlan when determining checksum proto.
vlan: Add function to retrieve EtherType from vlan packets.
virtio-net: init link state correctly
ucc_geth: Fix deadlock
ucc_geth: Do not bring the whole IF down when TX failure.
...
in_dev->mc_list is protected by one rwlock (in_dev->mc_list_lock).
This can easily be converted to a RCU protection.
Writers hold RTNL, so mc_list_lock is removed, not replaced by a
spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Cypher Wu <cypher.w@gmail.com>
Cc: Américo Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ct->proto is big(60 bytes) due to structure ip_ct_tcp, and we don't need
to initialize the whole for all the other protocols. This patch moves
proto to the end of structure nf_conn, and pushes the initialization down
to the individual protocols.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When we test rt->fl.iif against zero, we're seeing if it's
an output or an input route.
Make that explicit with some helper functions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems idev field in struct rtable has no special purpose, but adding
extra atomic ops.
We hold refcounts on the device itself (using percpu data, so pretty
cheap in current kernel).
infiniband case is solved using dst.dev instead of idev->dev
Removal of this field means routing without route cache is now using
shared data, percpu data, and only potential contention is a pair of
atomic ops on struct neighbour per forwarded packet.
About 5% speedup on routing test.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Cc: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Cc: Hal Rosenstock <hal.rosenstock@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is important to move nud_state outside of the often modified cache
line (because of refcnt), to reduce false sharing in neigh_event_send()
This is a followup of commit 0ed8ddf404 (neigh: Protect neigh->ha[]
with a seqlock)
This gives a 7% speedup on routing test with IP route cache disabled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Robin Holt tried to boot a 16TB machine and found some limits were
reached : sysctl_tcp_mem[2], sysctl_udp_mem[2]
We can switch infrastructure to use long "instead" of "int", now
atomic_long_t primitives are available for free.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Reviewed-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While tracking dev_base_lock users, I found decnet used it in
dnet_select_source(), but for a wrong purpose:
Writers only hold RTNL, not dev_base_lock, so readers must use RCU if
they cannot use RTNL.
Adds an rcu_head in struct dn_ifaddr and handle proper RCU management.
Adds __rcu annotation in dn_route as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Presently the b43legacy build fails on an sh randconfig:
In file included from include/net/dst.h:12,
from drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.c:32:
include/net/dst_ops.h:28: error: expected ':', ',', ';', '}' or '__attribute__' before '____cacheline_aligned_in_smp'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_fast':
include/net/dst_ops.h:33: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_slow':
include/net/dst_ops.h:41: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_add':
include/net/dst_ops.h:49: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_init':
include/net/dst_ops.h:55: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_destroy':
include/net/dst_ops.h:60: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
make[5]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.o] Error 1
make[5]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (41 commits)
inet_diag: Make sure we actually run the same bytecode we audited.
netlink: Make nlmsg_find_attr take a const nlmsghdr*.
fib: fib_result_assign() should not change fib refcounts
netfilter: ip6_tables: fix information leak to userspace
cls_cgroup: Fix crash on module unload
memory corruption in X.25 facilities parsing
net dst: fix percpu_counter list corruption and poison overwritten
rds: Remove kfreed tcp conn from list
rds: Lost locking in loop connection freeing
de2104x: fix panic on load
atl1 : fix panic on load
netxen: remove unused firmware exports
caif: Remove noisy printout when disconnecting caif socket
caif: SPI-driver bugfix - incorrect padding.
caif: Bugfix for socket priority, bindtodev and dbg channel.
smsc911x: Set Ethernet EEPROM size to supported device's size
ipv4: netfilter: ip_tables: fix information leak to userland
ipv4: netfilter: arp_tables: fix information leak to userland
cxgb4vf: remove call to stop TX queues at load time.
cxgb4: remove call to stop TX queues at load time.
...
This will let us use it on a nlmsghdr stored inside a netlink_callback.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes:
o Bugfix: SO_PRIORITY for SOL_SOCKET could not be handled
in caif's setsockopt, using the struct sock attribute priority instead.
o Bugfix: SO_BINDTODEVICE for SOL_SOCKET could not be handled
in caif's setsockopt, using the struct sock attribute ifindex instead.
o Wrong assert statement for RFM layer segmentation.
o CAIF Debug channels was not working over SPI, caif_payload_info
containing padding info must be initialized.
o Check on pointer before dereferencing when unregister dev in caif_dev.c
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
b43: Fix warning at drivers/mmc/core/core.c:237 in mmc_wait_for_cmd
mac80211: fix failure to check kmalloc return value in key_key_read
libertas: Fix sd8686 firmware reload
ath9k: Fix incorrect access of rate flags in RC
netfilter: xt_socket: Make tproto signed in socket_mt6_v1().
stmmac: enable/disable rx/tx in the core with a single write.
net: atarilance - flags should be unsigned long
netxen: fix kdump
pktgen: Limit how much data we copy onto the stack.
net: Limit socket I/O iovec total length to INT_MAX.
USB: gadget: fix ethernet gadget crash in gether_setup
fib: Fix fib zone and its hash leak on namespace stop
cxgb3: Fix panic in free_tx_desc()
cxgb3: fix crash due to manipulating queues before registration
8390: Don't oops on starting dev queue
dccp ccid-2: Stop polling
dccp: Refine the wait-for-ccid mechanism
dccp: Extend CCID packet dequeueing interface
dccp: Return-value convention of hc_tx_send_packet()
igbvf: fix panic on load
...
When we stop a namespace we flush the table and free one, but the
added fn_zone-s (and their hashes if grown) are leaked. Need to free.
Tries releases all its stuff in the flushing code.
Shame on us - this bug exists since the very first make-fib-per-net
patches in 2.6.27 :(
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tfsync tag[2] fid[4] datasync[4]
size[4] Rfsync tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The Tfsync transaction transfers ("flushes") all modified in-core data of
file identified by fid to the disk device (or other permanent storage
device) where that file resides.
If datasync flag is specified data will be fleshed but does not flush
modified metadata unless that metadata is needed in order to allow a
subsequent data retrieval to be correctly handled.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TReadlink tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] RReadlink tag[2] target[s]
Description
Readlink is used to return the contents of the symoblic link
referred by fid. Contents of symboic link is returned as a
response.
target[s] - Contents of the symbolic link referred by fid.
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TGetlock tag[2] fid[4] getlock[n]
size[4] RGetlock tag[2] getlock[n]
Description
TGetlock is used to test for the existence of byte range posix locks on a file
identified by given fid. The reply contains getlock structure. If the lock could
be placed it returns F_UNLCK in type field of getlock structure. Otherwise it
returns the details of the conflicting locks in the getlock structure
getlock structure:
type[1] - Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK
start[8] - Starting offset for lock
length[8] - Number of bytes to check for the lock
If length is 0, check for lock in all bytes starting at the location
'start' through to the end of file
pid[4] - PID of the process that wants to take lock/owns the task
in case of reply
client[4] - Client id of the system that owns the process which
has the conflicting lock
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TLock tag[2] fid[4] flock[n]
size[4] RLock tag[2] status[1]
Description
Tlock is used to acquire/release byte range posix locks on a file
identified by given fid. The reply contains status of the lock request
flock structure:
type[1] - Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, F_UNLCK
flags[4] - Flags could be either of
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_BLOCK - Blocked lock request, if there is a
conflicting lock exists, wait for that lock to be released.
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_RECLAIM - Reclaim lock request, used when client is
trying to reclaim a lock after a server restrart (due to crash)
start[8] - Starting offset for lock
length[8] - Number of bytes to lock
If length is 0, lock all bytes starting at the location 'start'
through to the end of file
pid[4] - PID of the process that wants to take lock
client_id[4] - Unique client id
status[1] - Status of the lock request, can be
P9_LOCK_SUCCESS(0), P9_LOCK_BLOCKED(1), P9_LOCK_ERROR(2) or
P9_LOCK_GRACE(3)
P9_LOCK_SUCCESS - Request was successful
P9_LOCK_BLOCKED - A conflicting lock is held by another process
P9_LOCK_ERROR - Error while processing the lock request
P9_LOCK_GRACE - Server is in grace period, it can't accept new lock
requests in this period (except locks with
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_RECLAIM flag set)
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tfsync tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] Rfsync tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The Tfsync transaction transfers ("flushes") all modified in-core data of
file identified by fid to the disk device (or other permanent storage
device) where that file resides.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Arun R Bharadwaj <arun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Adds __rcu annotations to inetpeer
(struct inet_peer)->avl_left
(struct inet_peer)->avl_right
This is a tedious cleanup, but removes one smp_wmb() from link_to_pool()
since we now use more self documenting rcu_assign_pointer().
Note the use of RCU_INIT_POINTER() instead of rcu_assign_pointer() in
all cases we dont need a memory barrier.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds __rcu annotation to (struct fib_rule)->ctarget
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct ip_tunnel)->prl
(struct ip_tunnel_prl_entry)->next
(struct xfrm_tunnel)->next
struct xfrm_tunnel *tunnel4_handlers
struct xfrm_tunnel *tunnel64_handlers
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
struct net_protocol *inet_protos
struct net_protocol *inet6_protos
And use appropriate casts to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct dst_entry)->rt_next
(struct rt_hash_bucket)->chain
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct ip_ra_chain)->next
struct ip_ra_chain *ip_ra_chain;
And use appropriate rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotation to :
(struct sock)->sk_filter
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add __rcu annotation to (struct net)->gen, and use
rcu_dereference_protected() in net_assign_generic()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct ip6_tnl)->next is rcu protected :
(struct ip_tunnel)->next is rcu protected :
(struct xfrm6_tunnel)->next is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct net_device)->garp_port is rcu protected :
(struct garp_port)->applicants is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1699 commits)
bnx2/bnx2x: Unsupported Ethtool operations should return -EINVAL.
vlan: Calling vlan_hwaccel_do_receive() is always valid.
tproxy: use the interface primary IP address as a default value for --on-ip
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the socket match
cxgb3: function namespace cleanup
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the TPROXY target
tproxy: added IPv6 socket lookup function to nf_tproxy_core
be2net: Changes to use only priority codes allowed by f/w
tproxy: allow non-local binds of IPv6 sockets if IP_TRANSPARENT is enabled
tproxy: added tproxy sockopt interface in the IPV6 layer
tproxy: added udp6_lib_lookup function
tproxy: added const specifiers to udp lookup functions
tproxy: split off ipv6 defragmentation to a separate module
l2tp: small cleanup
nf_nat: restrict ICMP translation for embedded header
can: mcp251x: fix generation of error frames
can: mcp251x: fix endless loop in interrupt handler if CANINTF_MERRF is set
can-raw: add msg_flags to distinguish local traffic
9p: client code cleanup
rds: make local functions/variables static
...
Fix up conflicts in net/core/dev.c, drivers/net/pcmcia/smc91c92_cs.c and
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c as per David
Just like with IPv4, we need access to the UDP hash table to look up local
sockets, but instead of exporting the global udp_table, export a lookup
function.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Like with IPv4, TProxy needs IPv6 defragmentation but does not
require connection tracking. Since defragmentation was coupled
with conntrack, I split off the two, creating an nf_defrag_ipv6 module,
similar to the already existing nf_defrag_ipv4.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make p9_client_version static since only used in one file.
Remove p9_client_auth because it is defined but never used.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When __inet_inherit_port() is called on a tproxy connection the wrong locks are
held for the inet_bind_bucket it is added to. __inet_inherit_port() made an
implicit assumption that the listener's port number (and thus its bind bucket).
Unfortunately, if you're using the TPROXY target to redirect skbs to a
transparent proxy that assumption is not true anymore and things break.
This patch adds code to __inet_inherit_port() so that it can handle this case
by looking up or creating a new bind bucket for the child socket and updates
callers of __inet_inherit_port() to gracefully handle __inet_inherit_port()
failing.
Reported by and original patch from Stephen Buck <stephen.buck@exinda.com>.
See http://marc.info/?t=128169268200001&r=1&w=2 for the original discussion.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Also, inline this function as the lookup_type is always a literal
and inlining removes branches performed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Without tproxy redirections an incoming SYN kicks out conflicting
TIME_WAIT sockets, in order to handle clients that reuse ports
within the TIME_WAIT period.
The same mechanism didn't work in case TProxy is involved in finding
the proper socket, as the time_wait processing code looked up the
listening socket assuming that the listener addr/port matches those
of the established connection.
This is not the case with TProxy as the listener addr/port is possibly
changed with the tproxy rule.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The first parameter dev isn't in use in qdisc_create_dflt().
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function rtnl_kill_links is defined but never used.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function only defined and used in one file.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As skb->protocol is not valid in LOCAL_OUT add
parameter for address family in packet debugging functions.
Even if ports are not present in AH and ESP change them to
use ip_vs_tcpudp_debug_packet to show at least valid addresses
as before. This patch removes the last user of skb->protocol
in IPVS.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch deals with local real servers:
- Add support for DNAT to local address (different real server port).
It needs ip_vs_out hook in LOCAL_OUT for both families because
skb->protocol is not set for locally generated packets and can not
be used to set 'af'.
- Skip packets in ip_vs_in marked with skb->ipvs_property because
ip_vs_out processing can be executed in LOCAL_OUT but we still
have the conn_out_get check in ip_vs_in.
- Ignore packets with inet->nodefrag from local stack
- Require skb_dst(skb) != NULL because we use it to get struct net
- Add support for changing the route to local IPv4 stack after DNAT
depending on the source address type. Local client sets output
route and the remote client sets input route. It looks like
IPv6 does not need such rerouting because the replies use
addresses from initial incoming header, not from skb route.
- All transmitters now have strict checks for the destination
address type: redirect from non-local address to local real
server requires NAT method, local address can not be used as
source address when talking to remote real server.
- Now LOCALNODE is not set explicitly as forwarding
method in real server to allow the connections to provide
correct forwarding method to the backup server. Not sure if
this breaks tools that expect to see 'Local' real server type.
If needed, this can be supported with new flag IP_VS_DEST_F_LOCAL.
Now it should be possible connections in backup that lost
their fwmark information during sync to be forwarded properly
to their daddr, even if it is local address in the backup server.
By this way backup could be used as real server for DR or TUN,
for NAT there are some restrictions because tuple collisions
in conntracks can create problems for the traffic.
- Call ip_vs_dst_reset when destination is updated in case
some real server IP type is changed between local and remote.
[ horms@verge.net.au: removed trailing whitespace ]
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch is needed to avoid scheduling of
packets from local real server when we add ip_vs_in
in LOCAL_OUT hook to support local client.
Currently, when ip_vs_in can not find existing
connection it tries to create new one by calling ip_vs_schedule.
The default indication from ip_vs_schedule was if
connection was scheduled to real server. If real server is
not available we try to use the bypass forwarding method
or to send ICMP error. But in some cases we do not want to use
the bypass feature. So, add flag 'ignored' to indicate if
the scheduler ignores this packet.
Make sure we do not create new connections from replies.
We can hit this problem for persistent services and local real
server when ip_vs_in is added to LOCAL_OUT hook to handle
local clients.
Also, make sure ip_vs_schedule ignores SYN packets
for Active FTP DATA from local real server. The FTP DATA
connection should be created on SYN+ACK from client to assign
correct connection daddr.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Change skb->ipvs_property semantic. This is preparation
to support ip_vs_out processing in LOCAL_OUT. ipvs_property=1
will be used to avoid expensive lookups for traffic sent by
transmitters. Now when conntrack support is not used we call
ip_vs_notrack method to avoid problems in OUTPUT and
POST_ROUTING hooks instead of exiting POST_ROUTING as before.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Avoid full checksum calculation for apps that can provide
info whether csum was broken after payload mangling. For now only
ip_vs_ftp mangles payload and it updates the csum, so the full
recalculation is avoided for all packets.
Add CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY for snat_handler (TCP and UDP).
It is needed to support SNAT from local address for the case
when csum is fully recalculated.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
IPv6 encapsulation uses a bad source address for the tunnel.
i.e. VIP will be used as local-addr and encap. dst addr.
Decapsulation will not accept this.
Example
LVS (eth1 2003::2:0:1/96, VIP 2003::2:0:100)
(eth0 2003::1:0:1/96)
RS (ethX 2003::1:0:5/96)
tcpdump
2003::2:0:100 > 2003::1:0:5: IP6 (hlim 63, next-header TCP (6) payload length: 40) 2003::3:0:10.50991 > 2003::2:0:100.http: Flags [S], cksum 0x7312 (correct), seq 3006460279, win 5760, options [mss 1440,sackOK,TS val 1904932 ecr 0,nop,wscale 3], length 0
In Linux IPv6 impl. you can't have a tunnel with an any cast address
receiving packets (I have not tried to interpret RFC 2473)
To have receive capabilities the tunnel must have:
- Local address set as multicast addr or an unicast addr
- Remote address set as an unicast addr.
- Loop back addres or Link local address are not allowed.
This causes us to setup a tunnel in the Real Server with the
LVS as the remote address, here you can't use the VIP address since it's
used inside the tunnel.
Solution
Use outgoing interface IPv6 address (match against the destination).
i.e. use ip6_route_output() to look up the route cache and
then use ipv6_dev_get_saddr(...) to set the source address of the
encapsulated packet.
Additionally, cache the results in new destination
fields: dst_cookie and dst_saddr and properly check the
returned dst from ip6_route_output. We now add xfrm_lookup
call only for the tunneling method where the source address
is a local one.
Signed-off-by:Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch allows to listen to events that inform about
expectations destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In a network bench, I noticed an unfortunate false sharing between
'loopback_dev' and 'count' fields in "struct net".
'count' is written each time a socket is created or destroyed, while
loopback_dev might be often read in routing code.
Move loopback_dev in a read mostly section of "struct net"
Note: struct netns_xfrm is cache line aligned on SMP.
(It contains a "struct dst_ops")
Move it at the end to avoid holes, and reduce sizeof(struct net) by 128
bytes on ia32.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do some cleanups of TIPC based on make namespacecheck
1. Don't export unused symbols
2. Eliminate dead code
3. Make functions and variables local
4. Rename buf_acquire to tipc_buf_acquire since it is used in several files
Compile tested only.
This make break out of tree kernel modules that depend on TIPC routines.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on suggestion by Rémi Denis-Courmont to implement 'connect'
for Pipe controller logic, this patch implements 'connect' socket
call for the Pipe controller logic.
The patch does following:-
- Removes setsockopts for PNPIPE_CREATE and PNPIPE_DESTROY
- Adds setsockopt for setting the Pipe handle value
- Implements connect socket call
- Updates the Pipe controller logic
User-space should now follow below sequence with Pipe controller:-
-socket
-bind
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_PIPE_HANDLE
-connect
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENCAP_IP
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENABLE
GPRS/3G data has been tested working fine with this.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using the frame registration notification, we
can see when probe requests are requested and
notify the low-level driver via filtering. The
flag is also set in AP and IBSS modes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers may need to adjust their filters according
to frame registrations, so notify them about them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This commit adds a bt_sock_stream_recvmsg() function for use by any
Bluetooth code that uses SOCK_STREAM sockets. This code is copied
from rfcomm_sock_recvmsg() with minimal modifications to remove
RFCOMM-specific functionality and improve readability.
L2CAP (with the SOCK_STREAM socket type) and RFCOMM have common needs
when it comes to reading data. Proper stream read semantics require
that applications can read from a stream one byte at a time and not
lose any data. The RFCOMM code already operated on and pulled data
from the underlying L2CAP socket, so very few changes were required to
make the code more generic for use with non-RFCOMM data over L2CAP.
Applications that need more awareness of L2CAP frame boundaries are
still free to use SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets, and may verify that they
connection did not fall back to basic mode by calling getsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
HCI transport drivers may not know what type of radio an AMP device has
so only say whether they're BR/EDR or AMP devices.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Le mardi 12 octobre 2010 à 00:02 +0200, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
> Here is the followup patch.
>
> Thanks !
>
Oops, this was an old version, the up2date ones also took care of "used"
field.
I guess its time for a sleep, sorry again.
[PATCH net-next V2] neigh: reorder struct neighbour fields
(refcnt) and (ha_lock, ha, used, dev, output, ops, primary_key) should
be placed on a separate cache lines.
refcnt can be often written, while other fields are mostly read.
This gave me good result on stress test :
before:
real 0m45.570s
user 0m15.525s
sys 9m56.669s
After:
real 0m41.841s
user 0m15.261s
sys 8m45.949s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct dst_ops tracks number of allocated dst in an atomic_t field,
subject to high cache line contention in stress workload.
Switch to a percpu_counter, to reduce number of time we need to dirty a
central location. Place it on a separate cache line to avoid dirtying
read only fields.
Stress test :
(Sending 160.000.000 UDP frames,
IP route cache disabled, dual E5540 @2.53GHz,
32bit kernel, FIB_TRIE, SLUB/NUMA)
Before:
real 0m51.179s
user 0m15.329s
sys 10m15.942s
After:
real 0m45.570s
user 0m15.525s
sys 9m56.669s
With a small reordering of struct neighbour fields, subject of a
following patch, (to separate refcnt from other read mostly fields)
real 0m41.841s
user 0m15.261s
sys 8m45.949s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a seqlock in struct neighbour to protect neigh->ha[], and avoid
dirtying neighbour in stress situation (many different flows / dsts)
Dirtying takes place because of read_lock(&n->lock) and n->used writes.
Switching to a seqlock, and writing n->used only on jiffies changes
permits less dirtying.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using these, user space can calculate a relative channel utilization
with arbitrary intervals by regularly taking snapshots of the survey
results.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some stats for /proc/net/wireless (and wext in general) are not
being set. This patch addresses a few of those with values easily
obtained from mac80211 core.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need for the WDS peer address
to not be const, so make it const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is the second step for neighbour RCU conversion.
(first was commit d6bf7817 : RCU conversion of neigh hash table)
neigh_lookup() becomes lockless, but still take a reference on found
neighbour. (no more read_lock()/read_unlock() on tbl->lock)
struct neighbour gets an additional rcu_head field and is freed after an
RCU grace period.
Future work would need to eventually not take a reference on neighbour
for temporary dst (DST_NOCACHE), but this would need dst->_neighbour to
use a noref bit like we did for skb->_dst.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This information is already available in mac80211, we just need to export it
via cfg80211 and nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs,
updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows
drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when
this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
David
This is the first step for RCU conversion of neigh code.
Next patches will convert hash_buckets[] and "struct neighbour" to RCU
protected objects.
Thanks
[PATCH net-next] net neigh: RCU conversion of neigh hash table
Instead of storing hash_buckets, hash_mask and hash_rnd in "struct
neigh_table", a new structure is defined :
struct neigh_hash_table {
struct neighbour **hash_buckets;
unsigned int hash_mask;
__u32 hash_rnd;
struct rcu_head rcu;
};
And "struct neigh_table" has an RCU protected pointer to such a
neigh_hash_table.
This means the signature of (*hash)() function changed: We need to add a
third parameter with the actual hash_rnd value, since this is not
anymore a neigh_table field.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each family may have some amount of boilerplate
locking code that applies to most, or even all,
commands.
This allows a family to handle such things in
a more generic way, by allowing it to
a) include private flags in each operation
b) specify a pre_doit hook that is called,
before an operation's doit() callback and
may return an error directly,
c) specify a post_doit hook that can undo
locking or similar things done by pre_doit,
and finally
d) include two private pointers in each info
struct passed between all these operations
including doit(). (It's two because I'll
need two in nl80211 -- can be extended.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some drivers cannot handle multiple retry rates specified by the rc
algorithm but instead use their own retry table (for example rt2800).
However, if such a device registers itself with a max_rates value of 1
the rc algorithm cannot make use of the extended information the device
can provide about retried rates. On the other hand, if a device
registers itself with a max_rates value > 1 the rc algorithm assumes
that the device can handle multi rate retries.
Fix this issue by introducing another hw parameter max_report_rates that
can be set to a different value then max_rates to indicate if a device
is capable of reporting more rates then specified in max_rates.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The net/cfg80211.h header file isn't exported to
userspace, so there's no need for any kind of
__KERNEL__ protection in it. If it was exported,
everything else in it would need protection as
well, not just the logging stuff ...
Cc:Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some user space applications only want to display survey data for
the operating channel, however there is no API to get that yet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Another exported symbol only used in one file
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_rules_cleanup_ups is only defined and used in one place.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forgot to add xt_log.h in commit a8defca0 (netfilter: ipt_LOG:
add bufferisation to call printk() once)
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The functions nf_nat_proto_find_get and nf_nat_proto_put are
only used internally in nf_nat_core. This might break some out
of tree NAT module.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Allow the persistence engine of a virtual service to be set, edited
and unset.
This feature only works with the netlink user-space interface.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
This shouldn't break compatibility with userspace as the new data
is at the end of the line.
I have confirmed that this doesn't break ipvsadm, the main (only?)
user-space user of this data.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
While doing stress tests with IP route cache disabled, and multi queue
devices, I noticed a very high contention on one rwlock used in
neighbour code.
When many cpus are trying to send frames (possibly using a high
performance multiqueue device) to the same neighbour, they fight for the
neigh->lock rwlock in order to call neigh_hh_init(), and fight on
hh->hh_refcnt (a pair of atomic_inc/atomic_dec_and_test())
But we dont need to call neigh_hh_init() for dst that are used only
once. It costs four atomic operations at least, on two contended cache
lines, plus the high contention on neigh->lock rwlock.
Introduce a new dst flag, DST_NOCACHE, that is set when dst was not
inserted in route cache.
With the stress test bench, sending 160000000 frames on one neighbour,
results are :
Before patch:
real 2m28.406s
user 0m11.781s
sys 36m17.964s
After patch:
real 1m26.532s
user 0m12.185s
sys 20m3.903s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 64bit arches, there are two 32bit holes that we can remove.
sizeof(struct neighbour) shrinks from 0xf8 to 0xf0 bytes
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Enhanced Retransmission Mode(ERTM) is a realiable mode of operation
of the Bluetooth L2CAP layer. Think on it like a simplified version of
TCP.
The problem we were facing here was a deadlock. ERTM uses a backlog
queue to queue incomimg packets while the user is helding the lock. At
some moment the sk_sndbuf can be exceeded and we can't alloc new skbs
then the code sleep with the lock to wait for memory, that stalls the
ERTM connection once we can't read the acknowledgements packets in the
backlog queue to free memory and make the allocation of outcoming skb
successful.
This patch actually affect all users of bt_skb_send_alloc(), i.e., all
L2CAP modes and SCO.
We are safe against socket states changes or channels deletion while the
we are sleeping wait memory. Checking for the sk->sk_err and
sk->sk_shutdown make the code safe, since any action that can leave the
socket or the channel in a not usable state set one of the struct
members at least. Then we can check both of them when getting the lock
again and return with the proper error if something unexpected happens.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
This patch allows a host to be configured to respond to any address in
a specified range as if it were local, without actually needing to
configure the address on an interface. This is done through routing
table configuration. For instance, to configure a host to respond
to any address in 10.1/16 received on eth0 as a local address we can do:
ip rule add from all iif eth0 lookup 200
ip route add local 10.1/16 dev lo proto kernel scope host src 127.0.0.1 table 200
This host is now reachable by any 10.1/16 address (route lookup on
input for packets received on eth0 can find the route). On output, the
rule will not be matched so that this host can still send packets to
10.1/16 (not sent on loopback). Presumably, external routing can be
configured to make sense out of this.
To make this work, we needed to modify the logic in finding the
interface which is assigned a given source address for output
(dev_ip_find). We perform a normal fib_lookup instead of just a
lookup on the local table, and in the lookup we ignore the input
interface for matching.
This patch is useful to implement IP-anycast for subnets of virtual
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the basic infrastructure to support user-space
expectation helpers via ctnetlink and the netfilter queuing
infrastructure NFQUEUE. Basically, this patch:
* adds NF_CT_EXPECT_USERSPACE flag to identify user-space
created expectations. I have also added a sanity check in
__nf_ct_expect_check() to avoid that kernel-space helpers
may create an expectation if the master conntrack has no
helper assigned.
* adds some branches to check if the master conntrack helper
exists, otherwise we skip the code that refers to kernel-space
helper such as the local expectation list and the expectation
policy.
* allows to set the timeout for user-space expectations with
no helper assigned.
* a list of expectations created from user-space that depends
on ctnetlink (if this module is removed, they are deleted).
* includes USERSPACE in the /proc output for expectations
that have been created by a user-space helper.
This patch also modifies ctnetlink to skip including the helper
name in the Netlink messages if no kernel-space helper is set
(since no user-space expectation has not kernel-space kernel
assigned).
You can access an example user-space FTP conntrack helper at:
http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/userspace-conntrack-helpers/nf-ftp-helper-userspace-POC.tar.bz
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Tunnels are going to use percpu for their accounting.
They are going to use a new tstats field in net_device.
skb_tunnel_rx() is changed to be a wrapper around __skb_tunnel_rx()
IPTUNNEL_XMIT() is changed to be a wrapper around __IPTUNNEL_XMIT()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Phonet stack assumes the presence of Pipe Controller, either in Modem or
on Application Processing Engine user-space for the Pipe data.
Nokia Slim Modems like WG2.5 used in ST-Ericsson U8500 platform do not
implement Pipe controller in them.
This patch adds Pipe Controller implemenation to Phonet stack to support
Pipe data over Phonet stack for Nokia Slim Modems.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 8c0c709eea
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags
moved the CMNTR flag into the skb RX flags for
some aggregation cleanups, but this was wrong
since the optimisation this flag tried to make
requires that it is kept across the processing
of multiple interfaces -- which isn't true for
flags in the skb. The patch not only broke the
optimisation, it also introduced a bug: under
some (common!) circumstances the flag will be
set on an already freed skb!
However, investigating this in more detail, I
found that most of the flags that we set should
be per packet, _except_ for this one, due to
a-MPDU processing. Additionally, the flags used
for processing (currently just this one) need
to be reset before processing a new packet.
Since we haven't actually seen bugs reported as
a result of the wrong flags handling (which is
not too surprising -- the only real bug case I
can come up with is an a-MSDU contained in an
a-MPDU), I'll make a different fix for rc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The old ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw method didn't properly
find VIFS when there was more than one per AP. This caused
AMPDU logic in ath9k to get the wrong VIF when trying to
account for transmitted SKBs.
This patch changes ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw to take a
localaddr argument to distinguish between VIFs with the
same AP but different local addresses. The method name
is changed to ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Clean up a missing exit path in the ipv6 module init routines. In
addrconf_init we call ipv6_addr_label_init which calls register_pernet_subsys
for the ipv6_addr_label_ops structure. But if module loading fails, or if the
ipv6 module is removed, there is no corresponding unregister_pernet_subsys call,
which leaves a now-bogus address on the pernet_list, leading to oopses in
subsequent registrations. This patch cleans up both the failed load path and
the unload path. Tested by myself with good results.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
include/net/addrconf.h | 1 +
net/ipv6/addrconf.c | 11 ++++++++---
net/ipv6/addrlabel.c | 5 +++++
3 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF current value is 256 bytes
It doesnt permit to receive the smallest possible frame, considering
socket sk_rmem_alloc/sk_rcvbuf account skb truesizes. On 64bit arches,
sizeof(struct sk_buff) is 240 bytes. Add the typical 64 bytes of
headroom, and we go over the limit.
With old kernels and 32bit arches, we were under the limit, if netdriver
was doing copybreak.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reset queue mapping when an skb is reentering the stack via a tunnel.
On second pass, the queue mapping from the original device is no
longer valid.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes stale mac80211_tx_control_flags for
filtered / retried frames.
Because ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame feeds skbs back
into the tx path, they have to be stripped of some tx
flags so they won't confuse the stack, driver or device.
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change "return (EXPR);" to "return EXPR;"
return is not a function, parentheses are not required.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, you can specify the expectation flags for user-space
created expectations.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
- Use rcu_dereference_rtnl() in __in6_dev_get
- kerneldoc for __in6_dev_get() and in6_dev_get()
- Use inline functions instead of macros
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new sysctl flag "snat_reroute". Recent kernels use
ip_route_me_harder() to route LVS-NAT responses properly by
VIP when there are multiple paths to client. But setups
that do not have alternative default routes can skip this
routing lookup by using snat_reroute=0.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add more code to IPVS to work with Netfilter connection
tracking and fix some problems.
- Allow IPVS to be compiled without connection tracking as in
2.6.35 and before. This can avoid keeping conntracks for all
IPVS connections because this costs memory. ip_vs_ftp still
depends on connection tracking and NAT as implemented for 2.6.36.
- Add sysctl var "conntrack" to enable connection tracking for
all IPVS connections. For loaded IPVS directors it needs
tuning of nf_conntrack_max limit.
- Add IP_VS_CONN_F_NFCT connection flag to request the connection
to use connection tracking. This allows user space to provide this
flag, for example, in dest->conn_flags. This can be useful to
request connection tracking per real server instead of forcing it
for all connections with the "conntrack" sysctl. This flag is
set currently only by ip_vs_ftp and of course by "conntrack" sysctl.
- Add ip_vs_nfct.c file to hold all connection tracking code,
by this way main code should not depend of netfilter conntrack
support.
- Return back the ip_vs_post_routing handler as in 2.6.35 and use
skb->ipvs_property=1 to allow IPVS to work without connection
tracking
Connection tracking:
- most of the code is already in 2.6.36-rc
- alter conntrack reply tuple for LVS-NAT connections when first packet
from client is forwarded and conntrack state is NEW or RELATED.
Additionally, alter reply for RELATED connections from real server,
again for packet in original direction.
- add IP_VS_XMIT_TUNNEL to confirm conntrack (without altering
reply) for LVS-TUN early because we want to call nf_reset. It is
needed because we add IPIP header and the original conntrack
should be preserved, not destroyed. The transmitted IPIP packets
can reuse same conntrack, so we do not set skb->ipvs_property.
- try to destroy conntrack when the IPVS connection is destroyed.
It is not fatal if conntrack disappears before that, it depends
on the used timers.
Fix problems from long time:
- add skb->ip_summed = CHECKSUM_NONE for the LVS-TUN transmitters
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The family parameter xfrm_state_find is used to find a state matching a
certain policy. This value is set to the template's family
(encap_family) right before xfrm_state_find is called.
The family parameter is however also used to construct a temporary state
in xfrm_state_find itself which is wrong for inter-family scenarios
because it produces a selector for the wrong family. Since this selector
is included in the xfrm_user_acquire structure, user space programs
misinterpret IPv6 addresses as IPv4 and vice versa.
This patch splits up the original init_tempsel function into a part that
initializes the selector respectively the props and id of the temporary
state, to allow for differing ip address families whithin the state.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Egerer <thomas.egerer@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- the sync protocol supports 16 bits only, so bits 0..15 should be
used only for flags that should go to backup server, bits 16 and
above should be allocated for flags not sent to backup.
- use IP_VS_CONN_F_DEST_MASK as mask of connection flags in
destination that can be changed by user space
- allow IP_VS_CONN_F_ONE_PACKET to be set in destination
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When a driver advertises p2p device support,
mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will
rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than
P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need
to be touched that are otherwise identical. A
p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given
interface will be used for p2p or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The output becomes:
[ 41.261941] ieee80211 phy0: Selected rate control algorithm 'minstrel_ht'
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When both destination device and object are nul, Phonet routes the
packet according to the resource field. In fact, this is the most
common pattern when sending Phonet "request" packets. In this case,
the packet is delivered to whichever endpoint (socket) has
registered the resource.
This adds a new table so that Linux processes can register their
Phonet sockets to Phonet resources, if they have adequate privileges.
(Namespace support is not implemented at the moment.)
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Closing a pipe endpoint is not normally allowed by the Phonet pipe,
other than as a side after-effect of removing the pipe between two
endpoints. But there is no way to prevent Linux userspace processes
from being killed or suffering from bugs, so this can still happen.
We might as well forcefully close Phonet pipe endpoints then.
The cellular modem supports only a few existing pipes at a time. So we
really should not leak them. This change instructs the modem to destroy
the pipe if either of the pipe's endpoint (Linux socket) is closed too
early.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If peer uses tiny MSS (say, 75 bytes) and similarly tiny advertised
window, the SWS logic will packetize to half the MSS unnecessarily.
This causes problems with some embedded devices.
However for large MSS devices we do want to half-MSS packetize
otherwise we never get enough packets into the pipe for things
like fast retransmit and recovery to work.
Be careful also to handle the case where MSS > window, otherwise
we'll never send until the probe timer.
Reported-by: ツ Leandro Melo de Sales <leandroal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 30fff923 introduced in linux-2.6.33 (udp: bind() optimisation)
added a secondary hash on UDP, hashed on (local addr, local port).
Problem is that following sequence :
fd = socket(...)
connect(fd, &remote, ...)
not only selects remote end point (address and port), but also sets
local address, while UDP stack stored in secondary hash table the socket
while its local address was INADDR_ANY (or ipv6 equivalent)
Sequence is :
- autobind() : choose a random local port, insert socket in hash tables
[while local address is INADDR_ANY]
- connect() : set remote address and port, change local address to IP
given by a route lookup.
When an incoming UDP frame comes, if more than 10 sockets are found in
primary hash table, we switch to secondary table, and fail to find
socket because its local address changed.
One solution to this problem is to rehash datagram socket if needed.
We add a new rehash(struct socket *) method in "struct proto", and
implement this method for UDP v4 & v6, using a common helper.
This rehashing only takes care of secondary hash table, since primary
hash (based on local port only) is not changed.
Reported-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Do not create expectation when forwarding the PORT
command to avoid blocking the connection. The problem is that
nf_conntrack_ftp.c:help() tries to create the same expectation later in
POST_ROUTING and drops the packet with "dropping packet" message after
failure in nf_ct_expect_related.
- Change ip_vs_update_conntrack to alter the conntrack
for related connections from real server. If we do not alter the reply in
this direction the next packet from client sent to vport 20 comes as NEW
connection. We alter it but may be some collision happens for both
conntracks and the second conntrack gets destroyed immediately. The
connection stucks too.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dave reported an rcu lockdep warning on 2.6.35.4 kernel
task->cgroups and task->cgroups->subsys[i] are protected by RCU.
So we avoid accessing invalid pointers here. This might happen,
for example, when you are deref-ing those pointers while someone
move @task from one cgroup to another.
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This updates the use of larger initial windows, as originally specified in
RFC 3390, to use the newer IW values specified in RFC 5681, section 3.1.
The changes made in RFC 5681 are:
a) the setting now is more clearly specified in units of segments (as the
comments by John Heffner emphasized, this was not very clear in RFC 3390);
b) for connections with 1095 < SMSS <= 2190 there is now a change:
- RFC 3390 says that IW <= 4380,
- RFC 5681 says that IW = 3 * SMSS <= 6570.
Since RFC 3390 is older and "only" proposed standard, whereas the newer RFC 5681
is already draft standard, it seems preferable to use the newer IW variant.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch consolidates initial-window code common to TCP and CCID-2:
* TCP uses RFC 3390 in a packet-oriented manner (tcp_input.c) and
* CCID-2 uses RFC 3390 in packet-oriented manner (RFC 4341).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides a "user timeout" support as described in RFC793. The
socket option is also needed for the the local half of RFC5482 "TCP User
Timeout Option".
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT is a TCP level socket option that takes an unsigned int,
when > 0, to specify the maximum amount of time in ms that transmitted
data may remain unacknowledged before TCP will forcefully close the
corresponding connection and return ETIMEDOUT to the application. If
0 is given, TCP will continue to use the system default.
Increasing the user timeouts allows a TCP connection to survive extended
periods without end-to-end connectivity. Decreasing the user timeouts
allows applications to "fail fast" if so desired. Otherwise it may take
upto 20 minutes with the current system defaults in a normal WAN
environment.
The socket option can be made during any state of a TCP connection, but
is only effective during the synchronized states of a connection
(ESTABLISHED, FIN-WAIT-1, FIN-WAIT-2, CLOSE-WAIT, CLOSING, or LAST-ACK).
Moreover, when used with the TCP keepalive (SO_KEEPALIVE) option,
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT will overtake keepalive to determine when to close a
connection due to keepalive failure.
The option does not change in anyway when TCP retransmits a packet, nor
when a keepalive probe will be sent.
This option, like many others, will be inherited by an acceptor from its
listener.
Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface
type even when the interface is UP, if the driver
supports it.
To achieve this
* add a new driver callback for switching,
* split some of the interface up/down code out
into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and
* maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will
not be set during interface type, so that any
other code doesn't use the interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style
functionality use a different protocol than EAP
(even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Allow setting
the ethertype for the protocol when a driver has
support for this. The default if unspecified is
EAP, of course.
Note: This is suitable only for station mode, not
for AP implementation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ieee80211_scan_completed() function was a frequent
source of potential deadlocks, since it is called by
drivers but may call back into drivers, so drivers had
to make sure to call it without any locks held, which
frequently lead to more complex code in drivers. Avoid
that problem by allowing the function to be called in
any context, and queueing the actual work it does.
Also update the documentation for it to indicate this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK and SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK_IPADDR to
use do { print } while (0) guards.
Add SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK_CONT to fix errors in log when
lines were continued.
Add #define pr_fmt(fmt) KBUILD_MODNAME ": " fmt
Add a missing newline in "Failed bind hash alloc"
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix spelling and readability of a few lines of kernel doc:
s/issueing/issuing/g
s/approriate/appropriate/g
s/supported by simply/supported simply by/
s/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER/g
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As reported by Anton Blanchard when we use
percpu_counter_read_positive() to make our orphan socket limit checks,
the check can be off by up to num_cpus_online() * batch (which is 32
by default) which on a 128 cpu machine can be as large as the default
orphan limit itself.
Fix this by doing the full expensive sum check if the optimized check
triggers.
Reported-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Add some documentation for cfg80211. I'm hoping some of
the regulatory documentation will be filled by somebody
more familiar with it, hint hint! :)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix a small problem in the documentation for
ieee80211_request_smps, and a now erroneous
inclusion of enum ieee80211_key_alg, which no
longer exists after the change to ciphers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to register for more than just
action frames by giving the frame subtype, and
make it possible to use this in various modes
as well.
With some tweaks and some added functionality
this will, in the future, also be usable in AP
mode and be able to replace the cooked monitor
interface currently used in that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function analyses only its single, value-passed
argument, and has no side effects. Thus it can be
const, which makes mac80211 smaller, for example:
text data bss dec hex filename
362518 16720 884 380122 5ccda mac80211.ko (before)
362358 16720 884 379962 5cc3a mac80211.ko (after)
a 160 byte saving in text size, and an optimisation
because the function won't be called as often.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
struct net_device has its own struct net_device_stats member, so use
this one instead of a private copy in the irlan_cb struct.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPP: introduce "pptp" module which implements point-to-point tunneling protocol using pppox framework
NET: introduce the "gre" module for demultiplexing GRE packets on version criteria
(required to pptp and ip_gre may coexists)
NET: ip_gre: update to use the "gre" module
This patch introduces then pptp support to the linux kernel which
dramatically speeds up pptp vpn connections and decreases cpu usage in
comparison of existing user-space implementation
(poptop/pptpclient). There is accel-pptp project
(https://sourceforge.net/projects/accel-pptp/) to utilize this module,
it contains plugin for pppd to use pptp in client-mode and modified
pptpd (poptop) to build high-performance pptp NAS.
There was many changes from initial submitted patch, most important are:
1. using rcu instead of read-write locks
2. using static bitmap instead of dynamically allocated
3. using vmalloc for memory allocation instead of BITS_PER_LONG + __get_free_pages
4. fixed many coding style issues
Thanks to Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kozlov <xeb@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sched: add ACT_CSUM action to update packets checksums
ACT_CSUM can be called just after ACT_PEDIT in order to re-compute some
altered checksums in IPv4 and IPv6 packets. The following checksums are
supported by this patch:
- IPv4: IPv4 header, ICMP, IGMP, TCP, UDP & UDPLite
- IPv6: ICMPv6, TCP, UDP & UDPLite
It's possible to request in the same action to update different kind of
checksums, if the packets flow mix TCP, UDP and UDPLite, ...
An example of usage is done in the associated iproute2 patch.
Version 3 changes:
- remove useless goto instructions
- improve IPv6 hop options decoding
Version 2 changes:
- coding style correction
- remove useless arguments of some functions
- use stack in tcf_csum_dump()
- add tcf_csum_skb_nextlayer() to factor code
Signed-off-by: Gregoire Baron <baronchon@n7mm.org>
Acked-by: jamal <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The task_cls_classid() function applies rcu_dereference() to integers,
which does not work with the shiny new sparse-based checking in
rcu_dereference(). This commit therefore moves to the new RCU API
rcu_dereference_index_check().
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
This patch removes the abstraction introduced by the union skb_shared_tx in
the shared skb data.
The access of the different union elements at several places led to some
confusion about accessing the shared tx_flags e.g. in skb_orphan_try().
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=128084897415886&w=2
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, mac80211 translates the cfg80211
cipher suite selectors into ALG_* values.
That isn't all too useful, and some drivers
benefit from the distinction between WEP40
and WEP104 as well. Therefore, convert it
all to use the cipher suite selectors.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes drivers have more information than the
stack about how their antennas/chains are used,
and may require that the SM PS mode be changed.
This could happen, for example, when detecting
that the user disconnected an antenna. Thus this
patch introduces API to allow drivers to request
SM PS mode changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or
not the device is idle, but also per interface.
This adds that reporting capability to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by
mac80211-based hardware drivers.
Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev
is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network
stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the
actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the
poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers
can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The previous value of 672 for L2CAP_DEFAULT_MAX_PDU_SIZE is based on
the default L2CAP MTU. That default MTU is calculated from the size
of two DH5 packets, minus ACL and L2CAP b-frame header overhead.
ERTM is used with newer basebands that typically support larger 3-DH5
packets, and i-frames and s-frames have more header overhead. With
clean RF conditions, basebands will typically attempt to use 1021-byte
3-DH5 packets for maximum throughput. Adjusting for 2 bytes of ACL
headers plus 10 bytes of worst-case L2CAP headers yields 1009 bytes
of payload.
This PDU size imposes less overhead for header bytes and gives the
baseband the option to choose 3-DH5 packets, but is small enough for
ERTM traffic to interleave well with other L2CAP or SCO data.
672-byte payloads do not allow the most efficient over-the-air
packet choice, and cannot achieve maximum throughput over BR/EDR.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The L2CAP specification requires that the ERTM retransmit timeout be at
least 2 seconds for BR/EDR connections.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add missing kernel-doc notation to struct sock:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_peer_pid'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_peer_cred'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_classid'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'sk_peercred' description in 'sock'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1443 commits)
phy/marvell: add 88ec048 support
igb: Program MDICNFG register prior to PHY init
e1000e: correct MAC-PHY interconnect register offset for 82579
hso: Add new product ID
can: Add driver for esd CAN-USB/2 device
l2tp: fix export of header file for userspace
can-raw: Fix skb_orphan_try handling
Revert "net: remove zap_completion_queue"
net: cleanup inclusion
phy/marvell: add 88e1121 interface mode support
u32: negative offset fix
net: Fix a typo from "dev" to "ndev"
igb: Use irq_synchronize per vector when using MSI-X
ixgbevf: fix null pointer dereference due to filter being set for VLAN 0
e1000e: Fix irq_synchronize in MSI-X case
e1000e: register pm_qos request on hardware activation
ip_fragment: fix subtracting PPPOE_SES_HLEN from mtu twice
net: Add getsockopt support for TCP thin-streams
cxgb4: update driver version
cxgb4: add new PCI IDs
...
Manually fix up conflicts in:
- drivers/net/e1000e/netdev.c: due to pm_qos registration
infrastructure changes
- drivers/net/phy/marvell.c: conflict between adding 88ec048 support
and cleaning up the IDs
- drivers/net/wireless/ipw2x00/ipw2100.c: trivial ipw2100_pm_qos_req
conflict (registration change vs marking it static)
TXATTRCREATE: Prepare a fid for setting xattr value on a file system object.
size[4] TXATTRCREATE tag[2] fid[4] name[s] attr_size[8] flags[4]
size[4] RXATTRCREATE tag[2]
txattrcreate gets a fid pointing to xattr. This fid can later be
used to set the xattr value.
flag value is derived from set Linux setxattr. The manpage says
"The flags parameter can be used to refine the semantics of the operation.
XATTR_CREATE specifies a pure create, which fails if the named attribute
exists already. XATTR_REPLACE specifies a pure replace operation, which
fails if the named attribute does not already exist. By default (no flags),
the extended attribute will be created if need be, or will simply replace
the value if the attribute exists."
The actual setxattr operation happens when the fid is clunked. At that point
the written byte count and the attr_size specified in TXATTRCREATE should be
same otherwise an error will be returned.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
TXATTRWALK: Descend a ATTR namespace
size[4] TXATTRWALK tag[2] fid[4] newfid[4] name[s]
size[4] RXATTRWALK tag[2] size[8]
txattrwalk gets a fid pointing to xattr. This fid can later be
used to read the xattr value. If name is NULL the fid returned
can be used to get the list of extended attribute associated to
the file system object.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Implement 9p2000.L version of open(LOPEN) interface in 9p client.
For LOPEN, no need to convert the flags to and from 9p mode to VFS mode.
Synopsis:
size[4] Tlopen tag[2] fid[4] mode[4]
size[4] Rlopen tag[2] qid[13] iounit[4]
[Fix mode bit format - jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com]
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbegren <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tlcreate tag[2] fid[4] name[s] flags[4] mode[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rlcreate tag[2] qid[13] iounit[4]
DESCRIPTION
The Tlreate request asks the file server to create a new regular file with the
name supplied, in the directory (dir) represented by fid.
The mode argument specifies the permissions to use. New file is created with
the uid if the fid and with supplied gid.
The flags argument represent Linux access mode flags with which the caller
is requesting to open the file with. Protocol allows all the Linux access
modes but it is upto the server to allow/disallow any of these acess modes.
If the server doesn't support any of the access mode, it is expected to
return error.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Implement TMKDIR as part of 2000.L Work
Synopsis
size[4] Tmkdir tag[2] fid[4] name[s] mode[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rmkdir tag[2] qid[13]
Description
mkdir asks the file server to create a directory with given name,
mode and gid. The qid for the new directory is returned with
the mkdir reply message.
Note: 72 is selected as the opcode for TMKDIR from the reserved list.
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] Tmknod tag[2] fid[4] name[s] mode[4] major[4] minor[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rmknod tag[2] qid[13]
Description
mknod asks the file server to create a device node with given major and
minor number, mode and gid. The qid for the new device node is returned
with the mknod reply message.
[sripathik@in.ibm.com: Fix error handling code]
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Create a symbolic link
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tsymlink tag[2] fid[4] name[s] symtgt[s] gid[4]
size[4] Rsymlink tag[2] qid[13]
DESCRIPTION
Create a symbolic link named 'name' pointing to 'symtgt'.
gid represents the effective group id of the caller.
The permissions of a symbolic link are irrelevant hence it is omitted
from the protocol.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch adds a helper function to get the dentry from inode and
uses it in creating a Hardlink
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tlink tag[2] dfid[4] oldfid[4] newpath[s]
size[4] Rlink tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
Create a link 'newpath' in directory pointed by dfid linking to oldfid path.
[sripathik@in.ibm.com : p9_client_link should not free req structure
if p9_client_rpc has returned an error.]
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tsetattr tag[2] attr[n]
size[4] Rsetattr tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The setattr command changes some of the file status information.
attr resembles the iattr structure used in Linux kernel. It
specifies which status parameter is to be changed and to what
value. It is laid out as follows:
valid[4]
specifies which status information is to be changed. Possible
values are:
ATTR_MODE (1 << 0)
ATTR_UID (1 << 1)
ATTR_GID (1 << 2)
ATTR_SIZE (1 << 3)
ATTR_ATIME (1 << 4)
ATTR_MTIME (1 << 5)
ATTR_ATIME_SET (1 << 7)
ATTR_MTIME_SET (1 << 8)
The last two bits represent whether the time information
is being sent by the client's user space. In the absense
of these bits the server always uses server's time.
mode[4]
File permission bits
uid[4]
Owner id of file
gid[4]
Group id of the file
size[8]
File size
atime_sec[8]
Time of last file access, seconds
atime_nsec[8]
Time of last file access, nanoseconds
mtime_sec[8]
Time of last file modification, seconds
mtime_nsec[8]
Time of last file modification, nanoseconds
Explanation of the patches:
--------------------------
*) The kernel just copies relevent contents of iattr structure to
p9_iattr_dotl structure and passes it down to the client. The
only check it has is calling inode_change_ok()
*) The p9_iattr_dotl structure does not have ctime and ia_file
parameters because I don't think these are needed in our case.
The client user space can request updating just ctime by calling
chown(fd, -1, -1). This is handled on server side without a need
for putting ctime on the wire.
*) The server currently supports changing mode, time, ownership and
size of the file.
*) 9P RFC says "Either all the changes in wstat request happen, or
none of them does: if the request succeeds, all changes were made;
if it fails, none were."
I have not done anything to implement this specifically because I
don't see a reason.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tgetattr tag[2] fid[4] request_mask[8]
size[4] Rgetattr tag[2] lstat[n]
DESCRIPTION
The getattr transaction inquires about the file identified by fid.
request_mask is a bit mask that specifies which fields of the
stat structure is the client interested in.
The reply will contain a machine-independent directory entry,
laid out as follows:
st_result_mask[8]
Bit mask that indicates which fields in the stat structure
have been populated by the server
qid.type[1]
the type of the file (directory, etc.), represented as a bit
vector corresponding to the high 8 bits of the file's mode
word.
qid.vers[4]
version number for given path
qid.path[8]
the file server's unique identification for the file
st_mode[4]
Permission and flags
st_uid[4]
User id of owner
st_gid[4]
Group ID of owner
st_nlink[8]
Number of hard links
st_rdev[8]
Device ID (if special file)
st_size[8]
Size, in bytes
st_blksize[8]
Block size for file system IO
st_blocks[8]
Number of file system blocks allocated
st_atime_sec[8]
Time of last access, seconds
st_atime_nsec[8]
Time of last access, nanoseconds
st_mtime_sec[8]
Time of last modification, seconds
st_mtime_nsec[8]
Time of last modification, nanoseconds
st_ctime_sec[8]
Time of last status change, seconds
st_ctime_nsec[8]
Time of last status change, nanoseconds
st_btime_sec[8]
Time of creation (birth) of file, seconds
st_btime_nsec[8]
Time of creation (birth) of file, nanoseconds
st_gen[8]
Inode generation
st_data_version[8]
Data version number
request_mask and result_mask bit masks contain the following bits
#define P9_STATS_MODE 0x00000001ULL
#define P9_STATS_NLINK 0x00000002ULL
#define P9_STATS_UID 0x00000004ULL
#define P9_STATS_GID 0x00000008ULL
#define P9_STATS_RDEV 0x00000010ULL
#define P9_STATS_ATIME 0x00000020ULL
#define P9_STATS_MTIME 0x00000040ULL
#define P9_STATS_CTIME 0x00000080ULL
#define P9_STATS_INO 0x00000100ULL
#define P9_STATS_SIZE 0x00000200ULL
#define P9_STATS_BLOCKS 0x00000400ULL
#define P9_STATS_BTIME 0x00000800ULL
#define P9_STATS_GEN 0x00001000ULL
#define P9_STATS_DATA_VERSION 0x00002000ULL
#define P9_STATS_BASIC 0x000007ffULL
#define P9_STATS_ALL 0x00003fffULL
This patch implements the client side of getattr implementation for
9P2000.L. It introduces a new structure p9_stat_dotl for getting
Linux stat information along with QID. The data layout is similar to
stat structure in Linux user space with the following major
differences:
inode (st_ino) is not part of data. Instead qid is.
device (st_dev) is not part of data because this doesn't make sense
on the client.
All time variables are 64 bit wide on the wire. The kernel seems to use
32 bit variables for these variables. However, some of the architectures
have used 64 bit variables and glibc exposes 64 bit variables to user
space on some architectures. Hence to be on the safer side we have made
these 64 bit in the protocol. Refer to the comments in
include/asm-generic/stat.h
There are some additional fields: st_btime_sec, st_btime_nsec, st_gen,
st_data_version apart from the bitmask, st_result_mask. The bit mask
is filled by the server to indicate which stat fields have been
populated by the server. Currently there is no clean way for the
server to obtain these additional fields, so it sends back just the
basic fields.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbegren <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch implements the kernel part of readdir() implementation for 9p2000.L
Change from V3: Instead of inode, server now sends qids for each dirent
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Treaddir tag[2] fid[4] offset[8] count[4]
size[4] Rreaddir tag[2] count[4] data[count]
DESCRIPTION
The readdir request asks the server to read the directory specified by 'fid'
at an offset specified by 'offset' and return as many dirent structures as
possible that fit into count bytes. Each dirent structure is laid out as
follows.
qid.type[1]
the type of the file (directory, etc.), represented as a bit
vector corresponding to the high 8 bits of the file's mode
word.
qid.vers[4]
version number for given path
qid.path[8]
the file server's unique identification for the file
offset[8]
offset into the next dirent.
type[1]
type of this directory entry.
name[256]
name of this directory entry.
This patch adds v9fs_dir_readdir_dotl() as the readdir() call for 9p2000.L.
This function sends P9_TREADDIR command to the server. In response the server
sends a buffer filled with dirent structures. This is different from the
existing v9fs_dir_readdir() call which receives stat structures from the server.
This results in significant speedup of readdir() on large directories.
For example, doing 'ls >/dev/null' on a directory with 10000 files on my
laptop takes 1.088 seconds with the existing code, but only takes 0.339 seconds
with the new readdir.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The only user of unique_tuple() get_unique_tuple() doesn't care about the
return value of unique_tuple(), so make unique_tuple() return void (nothing).
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This removes duplicate code by providing a default implementation
which is used by 3 of the 4 modules that provide these call.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
some users of nf_ct_ext_exist() know ct->ext isn't NULL. For these users, the
check for ct->ext isn't necessary, the function __nf_ct_ext_exist() can be
used instead.
the type of the return value of nf_ct_ext_exist() is changed to bool.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The bdaddr in the list root is completely unused and just
taking up space.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some features require knowing the DTIM period
before associating. This implements the ability
to wait for a beacon in mac80211 before assoc
to provide this value. It is optional since
most likely not all drivers will need this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For some drivers it can be useful to know whether the channel they're
supposed to switch to is going to be used for short off-channel work or
scanning, or whether the hardware is expected to stay on it for a while
longer. This is important for various kinds of calibration work, which
takes longer to complete and should keep some persistent state, even if
the channel temporarily changes.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Save a few bytes of text
(allyesconfig)
$ size drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
3924568 100548 871056 4896172 4ab5ac drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.new
3926520 100548 871464 4898532 4abee4 drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.old
$ size net/wireless/core.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
12843 216 3768 16827 41bb net/wireless/core.o.new
12328 216 3656 16200 3f48 net/wireless/core.o
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes hang when target device of mirred packet classifier
action is removed.
If a mirror or redirection action is configured to cause packets
to go to another device, the classifier holds a ref count, but was assuming
the adminstrator cleaned up all redirections before removing. The fix
is to add a notifier and cleanup during unregister.
The new list is implicitly protected by RTNL mutex because
it is held during filter add/delete as well as notifier.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use nf_conntrack/nf_nat code to do the packet mangling and the TCP
sequence adjusting. The function 'ip_vs_skb_replace' is now dead
code, so it is removed.
To SNAT FTP, use something like:
% iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m ipvs --vaddr 192.168.100.30/32 \
--vport 21 -j SNAT --to-source 192.168.10.10
and for the data connections in passive mode:
% iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m ipvs --vaddr 192.168.100.30/32 \
--vportctl 21 -j SNAT --to-source 192.168.10.10
using '-m state --state RELATED' would also works.
Make sure the kernel modules ip_vs_ftp, nf_conntrack_ftp, and
nf_nat_ftp are loaded.
[ up-port and minor fixes by Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au> ]
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <heder@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Network code uses the __packed macro instead of __attribute__((packed)).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove IRDA_PACKED macro, which maps to __attribute__((packed)). IRDA is
one of the last users of __attribute__((packet)). Networking code uses
__packed now.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make net/ and include/net/ code consistent use __packed instead of
__attribute__ ((packed)). Bluetooth subsystem was one of the last net
subsys still using __attribute__ ((packed)).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Implements feature to reassemble received HCI frames from any input stream
Signed-off-by: Suraj Sumangala <suraj@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Copyright for the time I worked on L2CAP during the Google Summer of Code
program.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Using a lock to deal with the ERTM race condition - interruption with
new data from the hci layer - is wrong. We should use the native skb
backlog queue.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When mode is mandatory we shall not send connect request and report this
to the userspace as well.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Qualcomm, Inc. has reassigned rights to Code Aurora Forum. Accordingly,
as files are modified by Code Aurora Forum members, the copyright
statement will be updated.
Signed-off-by: Ron Shaffer <rshaffer@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Deleted extraneous white space from the end of several lines
Signed-off-by: Ron Shaffer <rshaffer@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In some circumstances it could be desirable to reject incoming
connections on the baseband level. This patch adds this feature through
two new ioctl's: HCIBLOCKADDR and HCIUNBLOCKADDR. Both take a simple
Bluetooth address as a parameter. BDADDR_ANY can be used with
HCIUNBLOCKADDR to remove all devices from the blacklist.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/vhost/net.c
net/bridge/br_device.c
Fix merge conflict in drivers/vhost/net.c with guidance from
Stephen Rothwell.
Revert the effects of net-2.6 commit 573201f36f
since net-next-2.6 has fixes that make bridge netpoll work properly thus
we don't need it disabled.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CHECK net/wireless/wext-compat.c
net/wireless/wext-compat.c:1434:5: warning: symbol 'cfg80211_wext_siwpmksa' was not declared. Should it be static?
Add declaration in cfg80211.h. Also add an EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL, since all
the peer functions have it.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The meaning and/or usage of the country IE is somewhat poorly defined.
In practice, this means that regulatory rulesets in a country IE are
often incomplete and might be untrustworthy. This removes the code
associated with interpreting those rulesets while preserving respect
for country "alpha2" codes also contained in the country IE.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ever since
commit e1b3ec1a2a
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Mar 29 12:18:34 2010 +0200
mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS
mac80211 is telling drivers, in particular
iwlwifi, whether QoS is enabled or not.
However, this is only relevant for station mode,
since only then will any device send nullfunc
frames and need to know whether they should be
QoS frames or not. In other modes, there are
(currently) no frames the device is supposed to
send.
When you now consider virtual interfaces, it
becomes apparent that the current mechanism is
inadequate since it enables/disables QoS on a
global scale, where for nullfunc frames it has
to be on a per-interface scale.
Due to the above considerations, we can change
the way mac80211 advertises the QoS state to
drivers to only ever advertise it as "off" in
station mode, and make it a per-BSS setting.
Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Correct comment stating sizeof(struct tcp_skb_cb) is 36 or 40, since its
44 bytes, since commit 951dbc8ac7 ([IPV6]: Move nextheader offset
to the IP6CB).
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves NFULNL_COPY_PACKET definition from
linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.h to net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.h
since this copy mode is only for internal use.
I have also changed the value from 0x03 to 0xff. Thus, we avoid
a gap from user-space that may confuse users if we add new
copy modes in the future.
This change was introduced in:
http://www.spinics.net/lists/netfilter-devel/msg13535.html
Since this change is not included in any stable Linux kernel,
I think it's safe to make this change now. Anyway, this copy
mode does not make any sense from user-space, so this patch
should not break any existing setup.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix problem in reading the tx_queue recorded in a socket. In
dev_pick_tx, the TX queue is read by doing a check with
sk_tx_queue_recorded on the socket, followed by a sk_tx_queue_get.
The problem is that there is not mutual exclusion across these
calls in the socket so it it is possible that the queue in the
sock can be invalidated after sk_tx_queue_recorded is called so
that sk_tx_queue get returns -1, which sets 65535 in queue_index
and thus dev_pick_tx returns 65536 which is a bogus queue and
can cause crash in dev_queue_xmit.
We fix this by only calling sk_tx_queue_get which does the proper
checks. The interface is that sk_tx_queue_get returns the TX queue
if the sock argument is non-NULL and TX queue is recorded, else it
returns -1. sk_tx_queue_recorded is no longer used so it can be
completely removed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a new boolean flag no_autobind is added to structure proto to avoid the autobind
calls when the protocol is TCP. Then sock_rps_record_flow() is called int the
TCP's sendmsg() and sendpage() pathes.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/inet_common.h | 4 ++++
include/net/sock.h | 1 +
include/net/tcp.h | 8 ++++----
net/ipv4/af_inet.c | 15 +++++++++------
net/ipv4/tcp.c | 11 +++++------
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c | 3 +++
net/ipv6/af_inet6.c | 8 ++++----
net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c | 3 +++
8 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reducing real_num_queues needs to flush the qdisc otherwise
skbs with queue_mappings greater then real_num_tx_queues can
be sent to the underlying driver.
The flow for this is,
dev_queue_xmit()
dev_pick_tx()
skb_tx_hash() => hash using real_num_tx_queues
skb_set_queue_mapping()
...
qdisc_enqueue_root() => enqueue skb on txq from hash
...
dev->real_num_tx_queues -= n
...
sch_direct_xmit()
dev_hard_start_xmit()
ndo_start_xmit(skb,dev) => skb queue set with old hash
skbs are enqueued on the qdisc with skb->queue_mapping set
0 < queue_mappings < real_num_tx_queues. When the driver
decreases real_num_tx_queues skb's may be dequeued from the
qdisc with a queue_mapping greater then real_num_tx_queues.
This fixes a case in ixgbe where this was occurring with DCB
and FCoE. Because the driver is using queue_mapping to map
skbs to tx descriptor rings we can potentially map skbs to
rings that no longer exist.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calling qdisc_reset() the qdisc lock needs to be held. In
this case there is at least one driver i4l which is using this
without holding the lock. Add the locking here.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add fast path for in-order fragments
As the fragments are sent in order in most of OSes, such as Windows, Darwin and
FreeBSD, it is likely the new fragments are at the end of the inet_frag_queue.
In the fast path, we check if the skb at the end of the inet_frag_queue is the
prev we expect.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/inet_frag.h | 1 +
net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c | 12 ++++++++++++
net/ipv6/reassembly.c | 11 +++++++++++
3 files changed, 24 insertions(+)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
/proc/net/snmp and /proc/net/netstat expose SNMP counters.
Width of these counters is either 32 or 64 bits, depending on the size
of "unsigned long" in kernel.
This means user program parsing these files must already be prepared to
deal with 64bit values, regardless of user program being 32 or 64 bit.
This patch introduces 64bit snmp values for IPSTAT mib, where some
counters can wrap pretty fast if they are 32bit wide.
# netstat -s|egrep "InOctets|OutOctets"
InOctets: 244068329096
OutOctets: 244069348848
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Determine the size of the xfrm_mark struct, not of its pointer.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Steffen <andreas.steffen@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the CAIF SPI Protocol Driver for
CAIF Link Layer.
This driver implements a platform driver to accommodate for a
platform specific SPI device. A general platform driver is not
possible as there are no SPI Slave side Kernel API defined.
A sample CAIF SPI Platform device can be found in
.../Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
don't clone skb when skb isn't shared
When the tcf_action is TC_ACT_STOLEN, and the skb isn't shared, we don't need
to clone a new skb. As the skb will be freed after this function returns, we
can use it freely once we get a reference to it.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/sch_generic.h | 11 +++++++++--
net/sched/act_mirred.c | 6 +++---
2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows use of ECN when syncookies are in effect by encoding ecn_ok
into the syn-ack tcp timestamp.
While at it, remove a uneeded #ifdef CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES.
With CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=nm want_cookie is ifdef'd to 0 and gcc
removes the "if (0)".
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for 64bit snmp counters for some mibs,
add an 'align' parameter to snmp_mib_init(), instead
of assuming mibs only contain 'unsigned long' fields.
Callers can use __alignof__(type) to provide correct
alignment.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
CC: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check at rule install time that CT accounting is enabled. Force it
to be enabled if not while also emitting a warning since this is not
the default state.
This is in preparation for deprecating CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT upon which
CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNBYTES depended being set.
Added 2 CT accounting support functions:
nf_ct_acct_enabled() - Get CT accounting state.
nf_ct_set_acct() - Enable/disable CT accountuing.
Signed-off-by: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In preparation for a TX power setting interface in the nl80211, change the
.set_tx_power function to use mBm units instead of dBm for greater accuracy and
smaller power levels.
Also, already in advance move the tx_power_setting enumeration to nl80211.
This change affects the .tx_set_power function prototype. As a result, the
corresponding changes are needed to modules using it. These are mac80211,
iwmc3200wifi and rndis_wlan.
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
this patch is implementing IP_NODEFRAG option for IPv4 socket.
The reason is, there's no other way to send out the packet with user
customized header of the reassembly part.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a typo in include/net/netlink.h
should be finalize instead of finanlize
Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit aa2ea0586d (tcp: fix outsegs stat for TSO segments) incorrectly
assumed SNMP_ADD_STATS() was used from BH context.
Fix this using mib[!in_softirq()] instead of mib[0]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This mechanism introduced in this patch applies (at least) for hardware
designs using a single shared antenna for both WLAN and BT. In these designs,
the antenna must be toggled between WLAN and BT.
In those hardware, managing WLAN co-existence with Bluetooth requires WLAN
full power save whenever there is Bluetooth activity in order for WLAN to be
able to periodically relinquish the antenna to be used for BT. This is because
BT can only access the shared antenna when WLAN is idle or asleep.
Some hardware, for instance the wl1271, are able to indicate to the host
whenever there is BT traffic. In essence, the hardware will send an indication
to the host whenever there is, for example, SCO traffic or A2DP traffic, and
will send another indication when the traffic is over.
The hardware gets information of Bluetooth traffic via hardware co-existence
control lines - these lines are used to negotiate the shared antenna
ownership. The hardware will give the antenna to BT whenever WLAN is sleeping.
This patch adds the interface to mac80211 to facilitate temporarily disabling
of dynamic power save as per request of the WLAN driver. This interface will
immediately force WLAN to full powersave, hence allowing BT coexistence as
described above.
In these kind of shared antenna desings, when WLAN powersave is fully disabled,
Bluetooth will not work simultaneously with WLAN at all. This patch does not
address that problem. This interface will not change PSM state, so if PSM is
disabled it will remain so. Solving this problem requires knowledge about BT
state, and is best done in user-space.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously CAIF supported maximum transfer size of ~4050.
The transfer size is now calculated dynamically based on the
link layers mtu size.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF Remote File Manager may send or receive more than 4050 bytes.
Due to this The CAIF RFM service have to support segmentation.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow control is not used by all CAIF services.
The usage of flow control is now part of the gerneal
initialization function for CAIF Services.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2.6.34 introduced 'conntrack zones' to deal with cases where packets
from multiple identical networks are handled by conntrack/NAT. Packets
are looped through veth devices, during which they are NATed to private
addresses, after which they can continue normally through the stack
and possibly have NAT rules applied a second time.
This works well, but is needlessly complicated for cases where only
a single SNAT/DNAT mapping needs to be applied to these packets. In that
case, all that needs to be done is to assign each network to a seperate
zone and perform NAT as usual. However this doesn't work for packets
destined for the machine performing NAT itself since its corrently not
possible to configure SNAT mappings for the LOCAL_IN chain.
This patch adds a new INPUT chain to the NAT table and changes the
targets performing SNAT to be usable in that chain.
Example usage with two identical networks (192.168.0.0/24) on eth0/eth1:
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth0 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth0 -j MARK --set-mark 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth1 -j CT --zone 2
iptabels -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth1 -j MARK --set-mark 2
iptables -t nat -A INPUT -m mark --mark 1 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m mark --mark 1 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A INPUT -m mark --mark 2 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.1.0/24
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m mark --mark 2 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.1.0/24
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j CT --zone 2
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j CT --zone 2
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In unix_skb_parms store pointers to struct pid and struct cred instead
of raw uid, gid, and pid values, then translate the credentials on
reception into values that are meaningful in the receiving processes
namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Start capturing not only the userspace pid, uid and gid values of the
sending process but also the struct pid and struct cred of the sending
process as well.
This is in preparation for properly supporting SCM_CREDENTIALS for
sockets that have different uid and/or pid namespaces at the different
ends.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use struct pid and struct cred to store the peer credentials on struct
sock. This gives enough information to convert the peer credential
information to a value relative to whatever namespace the socket is in
at the time.
This removes nasty surprises when using SO_PEERCRED on socket
connetions where the processes on either side are in different pid and
user namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reorder the fields in scm_cookie so they pack better on 64bit.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discard the ACK if we find options that do not match current sysctl
settings.
Previously it was possible to create a connection with sack, wscale,
etc. enabled even if the feature was disabled via sysctl.
Also remove an unneeded call to tcp_sack_reset() in
cookie_check_timestamp: Both call sites (cookie_v4_check,
cookie_v6_check) zero "struct tcp_options_received", hand it to
tcp_parse_options() (which does not change tcp_opt->num_sacks/dsack)
and then call cookie_check_timestamp().
Even if num_sacks/dsacks were changed, the structure is allocated on
the stack and after cookie_check_timestamp returns only a few selected
members are copied to the inet_request_sock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Addition of rcu_head to struct inet_peer added 16bytes on 64bit arches.
Thats a bit unfortunate, since old size was exactly 64 bytes.
This can be solved, using an union between this rcu_head an four fields,
that are normally used only when a refcount is taken on inet_peer.
rcu_head is used only when refcnt=-1, right before structure freeing.
Add a inet_peer_refcheck() function to check this assertion for a while.
We can bring back SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN qualifier in kmem cache creation.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inetpeer currently uses an AVL tree protected by an rwlock.
It's possible to make most lookups use RCU
1) Add a struct rcu_head to struct inet_peer
2) add a lookup_rcu_bh() helper to perform lockless and opportunistic
lookup. This is a normal function, not a macro like lookup().
3) Add a limit to number of links followed by lookup_rcu_bh(). This is
needed in case we fall in a loop.
4) add an smp_wmb() in link_to_pool() right before node insert.
5) make unlink_from_pool() use atomic_cmpxchg() to make sure it can take
last reference to an inet_peer, since lockless readers could increase
refcount, even while we hold peers.lock.
6) Delay struct inet_peer freeing after rcu grace period so that
lookup_rcu_bh() cannot crash.
7) inet_getpeer() first attempts lockless lookup.
Note this lookup can fail even if target is in AVL tree, but a
concurrent writer can let tree in a non correct form.
If this attemps fails, lock is taken a regular lookup is performed
again.
8) convert peers.lock from rwlock to a spinlock
9) Remove SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN when peer_cachep is created, because
rcu_head adds 16 bytes on 64bit arches, doubling effective size (64 ->
128 bytes)
In a future patch, this is probably possible to revert this part, if rcu
field is put in an union to share space with rid, ip_id_count, tcp_ts &
tcp_ts_stamp. These fields being manipulated only with refcnt > 0.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ps-qos latency handling is broken. It uses predetermined latency values
to select specific dynamic PS timeouts. With common AP configurations, these
values overlap with beacon interval and are therefore essentially useless
(for network latencies less than the beacon interval, PSM is disabled.)
This patch remedies the problem by replacing the predetermined network latency
values with one high value (1900ms) which is used to go trigger full psm. For
backwards compatibility, the value 2000ms is still mapped to a dynamic ps
timeout of 100ms.
Currently also the mac80211 internal value for storing user space configured
dynamic PSM values is incorrectly in the driver visible ieee80211_conf struct.
Move it to the ieee80211_local struct.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the
hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211
workqueue. This is what happens:
[ 92.026800] =======================================================
[ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
[ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85
[ 92.030507] -------------------------------------------------------
[ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq
ueue+0x0/0xb0
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock:
[ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock.
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211]
The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the
way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address
list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver
when needed.
The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need
to be changed in the future.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support to nl80211 and mac80211 to set basic rates when
joining/creating ibss network.
Original patch was posted by Johannes Berg on the linux-wireless posting list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow drivers to sleep, and indicate this in
the documentation. ath9k has some locking I
don't understand, so keep it safe and disable
BHs in it, all other drivers look fine with
the context change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The non-irqsafe aggregation start/stop done
callbacks are currently only used by ath9k_htc,
and can cause callbacks into the driver again.
This might lead to locking issues, which will
only get worse as we modify locking. To avoid
trouble, remove the non-irqsafe versions and
change ath9k_htc to use those instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
gen_kill_estimator() API is incomplete or not well documented, since
caller should make sure an RCU grace period is respected before
freeing stats_lock.
This was partially addressed in commit 5d944c640b
(gen_estimator: deadlock fix), but same problem exist for all
gen_kill_estimator() users, if lock they use is not already RCU
protected.
A code review shows xt_RATEEST.c, act_api.c, act_police.c have this
problem. Other are ok because they use qdisc lock, already RCU
protected.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove useless union keyword in rtable, rt6_info and dn_route.
Since there is only one member in a union, the union keyword isn't useful.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 66018506e1 (ip: Router Alert RCU conversion) introduced RCU
lookups to ip_call_ra_chain(). It missed proper deinit phase :
When ip_ra_control() deletes an ip_ra_chain, it should make sure
ip_call_ra_chain() users can not start to use socket during the rcu
grace period. It should also delay the sock_put() after the grace
period, or we risk a premature socket freeing and corruptions, as
raw sockets are not rcu protected yet.
This delay avoids using expensive atomic_inc_not_zero() in
ip_call_ra_chain().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use call_rcu rather than synchronize_rcu.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NOTRACK makes all cpus share a cache line on nf_conntrack_untracked
twice per packet, slowing down performance.
This patch converts it to a per_cpu variable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
NOTRACK makes all cpus share a cache line on nf_conntrack_untracked
twice per packet. This is bad for performance.
__read_mostly annotation is also a bad choice.
This patch introduces IPS_UNTRACKED bit so that we can use later a
per_cpu untrack structure more easily.
A new helper, nf_ct_untracked_get() returns a pointer to
nf_conntrack_untracked.
Another one, nf_ct_untracked_status_or() is used by nf_nat_init() to add
IPS_NAT_DONE_MASK bits to untracked status.
nf_ct_is_untracked() prototype is changed to work on a nf_conn pointer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix a whole bunch of kernel-doc warnings
and errors that crop up when running it on
mac80211 and cfg80211; the latter isn't
normally done so lots of bit-rot happened.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We currently dirty two cache lines in struct xt_rateest, this hurts SMP
performance.
This patch moves lock/bstats/rstats at beginning of structure so that
they share a single cache line.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Straightforward conversion to RCU.
One rwlock becomes a spinlock, and is static.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch address a serious performance issue in reading the
TCP sockets table (/proc/net/tcp).
Reading the full table is done by a number of sequential read
operations. At each read operation, a seek is done to find the
last socket that was previously read. This seek operation requires
that the sockets in the table need to be counted up to the current
file position, and to count each of these requires taking a lock for
each non-empty bucket. The whole algorithm is O(n^2).
The fix is to cache the last bucket value, offset within the bucket,
and the file position returned by the last read operation. On the
next sequential read, the bucket and offset are used to find the
last read socket immediately without needing ot scan the previous
buckets the table. This algorithm t read the whole table is O(n).
The improvement offered by this patch is easily show by performing
cat'ing /proc/net/tcp on a machine with a lot of connections. With
about 182K connections in the table, I see the following:
- Without patch
time cat /proc/net/tcp > /dev/null
real 1m56.729s
user 0m0.214s
sys 1m56.344s
- With patch
time cat /proc/net/tcp > /dev/null
real 0m0.894s
user 0m0.290s
sys 0m0.594s
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm triggers a warning if dst_pop() drops a refcount
on a noref dst. This patch changes dst_pop() to
skb_dst_pop(). skb_dst_pop() drops the refcnt only
on a refcounted dst. Also we don't clone the child
dst_entry, so it is not refcounted and we can use
skb_dst_set_noref() in xfrm_output_one().
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
STA_NOTIFY_ADD and STA_NOTIFY_REMOVE have no users anymore,
and station addition/removal are indicated to drivers
using sta_add() and sta_remove(), which can sleep.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no sense in letting anything but internal
mac80211 functions set the initiator to anything
but WLAN_BACK_INITIATOR, since WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT
is only valid when we have received a frame from
the peer, which we react to directly in mac80211.
The debugfs code I recently added got this wrong
as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware allow extended filtering of ARP frames not intended for
the host. To perform such filtering, the hardware needs to know the current
IP address(es) of the host, bound to its interface.
Add support for ARP filtering to mac80211 by adding a new op to the driver
interface, allowing to configure the current IP addresses. This op is called
upon association with the currently configured address(es), and when
associated whenever the IP address(es) change.
This patch adds configuration of IPv4 addresses only, as IPv6 addresses don't
need ARP filtering.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a single use of this struct member, but
as it is write-only it clearly not necessary.
Thus we can free up some space here, even if we
don't need it right now it seems pointless to
carry around the variable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cleanup patch.
Use new __packed annotation in net/ and include/
(except netfilter)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending action frames, we want to verify
that we do that on the correct channel. However,
checking the channel type in addition can get in
the way, since the channel type could change on
the fly during an association, and it's not
useful to have the channel type anyway since it
has no effect on the transmission. Therefore,
make it optional to specify so that if wanted,
it can still be checked, but is not required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are more than a dozen occurrences of following code in the
IPv6 stack:
if (opt && opt->srcrt) {
struct rt0_hdr *rt0 = (struct rt0_hdr *) opt->srcrt;
ipv6_addr_copy(&final, &fl.fl6_dst);
ipv6_addr_copy(&fl.fl6_dst, rt0->addr);
final_p = &final;
}
Replace those with a helper. Note that the helper overrides final_p
in all cases. This is ok as final_p was previously initialized to
NULL when declared.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use read_pnet() and write_pnet() to reduce number of ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When many cpus compete for sending frames on a given qdisc, the qdisc
spinlock suffers from very high contention.
The cpu owning __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING bit has same priority to acquire
the lock, and cannot dequeue packets fast enough, since it must wait for
this lock for each dequeued packet.
One solution to this problem is to force all cpus spinning on a second
lock before trying to get the main lock, when/if they see
__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING already set.
The owning cpu then compete with at most one other cpu for the main
lock, allowing for higher dequeueing rate.
Based on a previous patch from Alexander Duyck. I added the heuristic to
avoid the atomic in fast path, and put the new lock far away from the
cache line used by the dequeue worker. Also try to release the busylock
lock as late as possible.
Tests with following script gave a boost from ~50.000 pps to ~600.000
pps on a dual quad core machine (E5450 @3.00GHz), tg3 driver.
(A single netperf flow can reach ~800.000 pps on this platform)
for j in `seq 0 3`; do
for i in `seq 0 7`; do
netperf -H 192.168.0.1 -t UDP_STREAM -l 60 -N -T $i -- -m 6 &
done
done
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING is always changed while qdisc lock is held.
We can avoid two atomic operations in xmit path, if we move this bit in
a new __state container.
Location of this __state container is carefully chosen so that fast path
only dirties one qdisc cache line.
THROTTLED bit could later be moved into this __state location too, to
avoid dirtying first qdisc cache line.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define three helpers to manipulate QDISC_STATE_RUNNIG flag, that a
second patch will move on another location.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct sk_forward_alloc handling for error_queue would need to use a
backlog of frames that softirq handler could not deliver because socket
is owned by user thread. Or extend backlog processing to be able to
process normal and error packets.
Another possibility is to not use mem charge for error queue, this is
what I implemented in this patch.
Note: this reverts commit 29030374
(net: fix sk_forward_alloc corruptions), since we dont need to lock
socket anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (22 commits)
netlink: bug fix: wrong size was calculated for vfinfo list blob
netlink: bug fix: don't overrun skbs on vf_port dump
xt_tee: use skb_dst_drop()
netdev/fec: fix ifconfig eth0 down hang issue
cnic: Fix context memory init. on 5709.
drivers/net: Eliminate a NULL pointer dereference
drivers/net/hamradio: Eliminate a NULL pointer dereference
be2net: Patch removes redundant while statement in loop.
ipv6: Add GSO support on forwarding path
net: fix __neigh_event_send()
vhost: fix the memory leak which will happen when memory_access_ok fails
vhost-net: fix to check the return value of copy_to/from_user() correctly
vhost: fix to check the return value of copy_to/from_user() correctly
vhost: Fix host panic if ioctl called with wrong index
net: fix lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh
net/iucv: Add missing spin_unlock
net: ll_temac: fix checksum offload logic
net: ll_temac: fix interrupt bug when interrupt 0 is used
sctp: dubious bitfields in sctp_transport
ipmr: off by one in __ipmr_fill_mroute()
...
This new sock lock primitive was introduced to speedup some user context
socket manipulation. But it is unsafe to protect two threads, one using
regular lock_sock/release_sock, one using lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh
This patch changes lock_sock_bh to be careful against 'owned' state.
If owned is found to be set, we must take the slow path.
lock_sock_bh() now returns a boolean to say if the slow path was taken,
and this boolean is used at unlock_sock_bh time to call the appropriate
unlock function.
After this change, BH are either disabled or enabled during the
lock_sock_bh/unlock_sock_bh protected section. This might be misleading,
so we rename these functions to lock_sock_fast()/unlock_sock_fast().
Reported-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sparse complains because these one-bit bitfields are signed.
include/net/sctp/structs.h:879:24: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
include/net/sctp/structs.h:889:31: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
include/net/sctp/structs.h:895:26: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
include/net/sctp/structs.h:898:31: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
include/net/sctp/structs.h:901:27: error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
It doesn't cause a problem in the current code, but it would be better
to clean it up. This was introduced by c0058a35aa: "sctp: Save some
room in the sctp_transport by using bitfields".
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the cls_cgroup module is not loaded, task_cls_classid will
return an uninitialised classid instead of zero.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (63 commits)
drivers/net/usb/asix.c: Fix pointer cast.
be2net: Bug fix to avoid disabling bottom half during firmware upgrade.
proc_dointvec: write a single value
hso: add support for new products
Phonet: fix potential use-after-free in pep_sock_close()
ath9k: remove VEOL support for ad-hoc
ath9k: change beacon allocation to prefer the first beacon slot
sock.h: fix kernel-doc warning
cls_cgroup: Fix build error when built-in
macvlan: do proper cleanup in macvlan_common_newlink() V2
be2net: Bug fix in init code in probe
net/dccp: expansion of error code size
ath9k: Fix rx of mcast/bcast frames in PS mode with auto sleep
wireless: fix sta_info.h kernel-doc warnings
wireless: fix mac80211.h kernel-doc warnings
iwlwifi: testing the wrong variable in iwl_add_bssid_station()
ath9k_htc: rare leak in ath9k_hif_usb_alloc_tx_urbs()
ath9k_htc: dereferencing before check in hif_usb_tx_cb()
rt2x00: Fix rt2800usb TX descriptor writing.
rt2x00: Fix failed SLEEP->AWAKE and AWAKE->SLEEP transitions.
...
- C99 knows about USHRT_MAX/SHRT_MAX/SHRT_MIN, not
USHORT_MAX/SHORT_MAX/SHORT_MIN.
- Make SHRT_MIN of type s16, not int, for consistency.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix drivers/dma/timb_dma.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix security/keys/keyring.c]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix sock.h kernel-doc warning:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:1438): No description found for parameter 'wq'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a typo in cgroup_cls_state when cls_cgroup is built-in.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix kernel-doc warnings in mac80211.h:
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:838): No description found for parameter 'ap_addr'
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1726): No description found for parameter 'get_survey'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 03ceedea97.
This patch was reported to cause a regression in which connectivity is
lost and cannot be reestablished after a suspend/resume cycle.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 03ceedea97, since it
breaks resume from suspend-to-ram on Rafael's Acer Ferrari One.
NetworkManager thinks everything is ok, but it can't connect to the AP
to get an IP address after the resume.
In fact, it even breaks resume for non-ath9k chipsets: reverting it also
fixes Rafael's Toshiba Protege R500 with the iwlagn driver. As Johannes
says:
"Indeed, this patch needs to be reverted. That mac80211 change is wrong
and completely unnecessary."
Reported-and-requested-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Daniel Yingqiang Ma <yma.cool@gmail.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Up until now cls_cgroup has relied on fetching the classid out of
the current executing thread. This runs into trouble when a packet
processing is delayed in which case it may execute out of another
thread's context.
Furthermore, even when a packet is not delayed we may fail to
classify it if soft IRQs have been disabled, because this scenario
is indistinguishable from one where a packet unrelated to the
current thread is processed by a real soft IRQ.
In fact, the current semantics is inherently broken, as a single
skb may be constructed out of the writes of two different tasks.
A different manifestation of this problem is when the TCP stack
transmits in response of an incoming ACK. This is currently
unclassified.
As we already have a concept of packet ownership for accounting
purposes in the skb->sk pointer, this is a natural place to store
the classid in a persistent manner.
This patch adds the cls_cgroup classid in struct sock, filling up
an existing hole on 64-bit :)
The value is set at socket creation time. So all sockets created
via socket(2) automatically gains the ID of the thread creating it.
Whenever another process touches the socket by either reading or
writing to it, we will change the socket classid to that of the
process if it has a valid (non-zero) classid.
For sockets created on inbound connections through accept(2), we
inherit the classid of the original listening socket through
sk_clone, possibly preceding the actual accept(2) call.
In order to minimise risks, I have not made this the authoritative
classid. For now it is only used as a backup when we execute
with soft IRQs disabled. Once we're completely happy with its
semantics we can use it as the sole classid.
Footnote: I have rearranged the error path on cls_group module
creation. If we didn't do this, then there is a window where
someone could create a tc rule using cls_group before the cgroup
subsystem has been registered.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discovered bug when running high number of parallel connect requests.
Replace buggy home brewed list with linux/list.h.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I made a V2 of this patch on top of my patches for VFS switches.
All the changes were due to change in some offsets.
rename - change name of file or directory
size[4] Trename tag[2] fid[4] newdirfid[4] name[s]
size[4] Rrename tag[2]
The rename message is used to change the name of a file, possibly moving it
to a new directory. The 9P wstat message can only rename a file within the
same directory.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
I made a V2 of this patch on top of my patches for VFS switches. The
change was adding v9fs_statfs pointer to v9fs_super_ops_dotl
instead of v9fs_super_ops.
statfs - get file system statistics
size[4] Tstatfs tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] Rstatfs tag[2] type[4] bsize[4] blocks[8] bfree[8] bavail[8]
files[8] ffree[8] fsid[8] namelen[4]
The statfs message is used to request file system information returned
by the statfs(2) system call, which is used by df(1) to report file
system and disk space usage.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This race was triggered by a 'conntrack -F' command running in parallel
to the insertion of a hash for a new connection. Losing this race led to
a dead conntrack entry effectively blocking traffic for a particular
connection until timeout or flushing the conntrack hashes again.
Now the check for an already dying connection is done inside the lock.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Marx <joerg.marx@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch replaces the boolean dead flag on inet6_ifaddr with
a state enum. This allows us to roll back changes when deleting
an address according to whether DAD has completed or not.
This patch only adds the state field and does not change the logic.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb rxhash should be cleared when a skb is handled by a tunnel before
being delivered again, so that correct packet steering can take place.
There are other cleanups and accounting that we can factorize in a new
helper, skb_tunnel_rx()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves the x25 accept approve flag from char into bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves the x25 interrupt flag from char into bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves the X25 q bit flag from char into a bitfield to allow BKL cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip_route_input() is the version returning a refcounted dst, while
ip_route_input_noref() returns a non refcounted one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use low order bit of skb->_skb_dst to tell dst is not refcounted.
Change _skb_dst to _skb_refdst to make sure all uses are catched.
skb_dst() returns the dst, regardless of noref bit set or not, but
with a lockdep check to make sure a noref dst is not given if current
user is not rcu protected.
New skb_dst_set_noref() helper to set an notrefcounted dst on a skb.
(with lockdep check)
skb_dst_drop() drops a reference only if skb dst was refcounted.
skb_dst_force() helper is used to force a refcount on dst, when skb
is queued and not anymore RCU protected.
Use skb_dst_force() in __sk_add_backlog(), __dev_xmit_skb() if
!IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE or skb enqueued on qdisc queue, in
sock_queue_rcv_skb(), in __nf_queue().
Use skb_dst_force() in dev_requeue_skb().
Note: dst_use_noref() still dirties dst, we might transform it
later to do one dirtying per jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP-MD5 sessions have intermittent failures, when route cache is
invalidated. ip_queue_xmit() has to find a new route, calls
sk_setup_caps(sk, &rt->u.dst), destroying the
sk->sk_route_caps &= ~NETIF_F_GSO_MASK
that MD5 desperately try to make all over its way (from
tcp_transmit_skb() for example)
So we send few bad packets, and everything is fine when
tcp_transmit_skb() is called again for this socket.
Since ip_queue_xmit() is at a lower level than TCP-MD5, I chose to use a
socket field, sk_route_nocaps, containing bits to mask on sk_route_caps.
Reported-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP MD5 support uses percpu data for temporary storage. It currently
disables preemption so that same storage cannot be reclaimed by another
thread on same cpu.
We also have to make sure a softirq handler wont try to use also same
context. Various bug reports demonstrated corruptions.
Fix is to disable preemption and BH.
Reported-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskie@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(Dropped the infiniband part, because Tetsuo modified the related code,
I will send a separate patch for it once this is accepted.)
This patch introduces /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_reserved_ports which
allows users to reserve ports for third-party applications.
The reserved ports will not be used by automatic port assignments
(e.g. when calling connect() or bind() with port number 0). Explicit
port allocation behavior is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: WANG Cong <amwang@redhat.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate comments in TIPC's main API files that are either obsolete,
incorrect, misleading, or unhelpful. It also adds in one new comment.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for offloading the channel switch
operation to devices that support such, typically
by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons
for this could be that the firmware provides better
timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the
device requires special handling of CSAs.
In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to
the device, the new channel_switch callback will
pass through the received frame's mactime, where
available.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support for multiple independant multicast routing instances,
named "tables".
Userspace multicast routing daemons can bind to a specific table instance by
issuing a setsockopt call using a new option MRT6_TABLE. The table number is
stored in the raw socket data and affects all following ip6mr setsockopt(),
getsockopt() and ioctl() calls. By default, a single table (RT6_TABLE_DFLT)
is created with a default routing rule pointing to it. Newly created pim6reg
devices have the table number appended ("pim6regX"), with the exception of
devices created in the default table, which are named just "pim6reg" for
compatibility reasons.
Packets are directed to a specific table instance using routing rules,
similar to how regular routing rules work. Currently iif, oif and mark
are supported as keys, source and destination addresses could be supported
additionally.
Example usage:
- bind pimd/xorp/... to a specific table:
uint32_t table = 123;
setsockopt(fd, SOL_IPV6, MRT6_TABLE, &table, sizeof(table));
- create routing rules directing packets to the new table:
# ip -6 mrule add iif eth0 lookup 123
# ip -6 mrule add oif eth0 lookup 123
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The unres_queue is currently shared between all namespaces. Following patches
will additionally allow to create multiple multicast routing tables in each
namespace. Having a single shared queue for all these users seems to excessive,
move the queue and the cleanup timer to the per-namespace data to unshare it.
As a side-effect, this fixes a bug in the seq file iteration functions: the
first entry returned is always from the current namespace, entries returned
after that may belong to any namespace.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Instead of having a global workqueue for all controllers, it makes
more sense to have a workqueue per controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
l2cap_ertm_send() can be called both from user context and bottom half
context. The socket locks for that contexts are different, the user
context uses a mutex(which can sleep) and the second one uses a
spinlock_bh. That creates a race condition when we have interruptions on
both contexts at the same time.
The better way to solve this is to add a new spinlock to lock
l2cap_ertm_send() and the vars it access. The other solution was to defer
l2cap_ertm_send() with a workqueue, but we the sending process already
has one defer on the hci layer. It's not a good idea add another one.
The patch refactor the code to create l2cap_retransmit_frames(), then we
encapulate the lock of l2cap_ertm_send() for some call. It also changes
l2cap_retransmit_frame() to l2cap_retransmit_one_frame() to avoid
confusion
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Supports Local Busy condition handling through a waitqueue that wake ups
each 200ms and try to push the packets to the upper layer. If it can
push all the queue then it leaves the Local Busy state.
The patch modifies the behaviour of l2cap_ertm_reassembly_sdu() to
support retry of the push operation.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
hci_send_acl can't fail, so we can make it void. This patch changes
that and all the funcions that use hci_send_acl().
That change exposed a bug on sending connectionless data. We were not
reporting the lenght send back to the user space.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With the sockopt extension we can set a per-channel MaxTx value.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that we can set the txWindow we need to change the acknowledgement
procedure to ack after each (pi->txWindow/6 + 1). The plus 1 is to avoid
the zero value.
It also renames pi->num_to_ack to a better name: pi->num_acked.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now we can set/get Transmission Window size via sockopt.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We were accepting values bigger than we can accept. This was leading
ERTM to drop packets because of wrong FCS checks.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We ack I-frames on each txWindow/5 I-frames received, but if the sender
stop to send I-frames and it's not a txWindow multiple we can leave some
frames unacked.
So I added a timer to ack I-frames on this case. The timer expires in
200ms.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
After receive a RR with P bit set ERTM shall use this funcion to choose
what type of frame to reply with F bit = 1.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It also removes an unneeded check for the MTU. The check is done before
on sco_send_frame()
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reviewed-by: João Paulo Rechi Vita <jprvita@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A while back there was a discussion regarding the rt_secret_interval timer.
Given that we've had the ability to do emergency route cache rebuilds for awhile
now, based on a statistical analysis of the various hash chain lengths in the
cache, the use of the flush timer is somewhat redundant. This patch removes the
rt_secret_interval sysctl, allowing us to rely solely on the statistical
analysis mechanism to determine the need for route cache flushes.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when one interface switches HT mode,
all others will follow along. This is clearly
undesirable, since the new one might switch to
no-HT while another one is operating in HT.
Address this issue by keeping track of the HT
mode per interface, and allowing only changes
that are compatible, i.e. switching into HT40+
is not possible when another interface is in
HT40-, in that case the second one needs to
fall back to HT20.
Also, to allow drivers to know what's going on,
store the per-interface HT mode (channel type)
in the virtual interface's bss_conf.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid
things like setting up an AP on a certain channel,
then adding another virtual interface and making
that associate on another channel -- this will make
the beaconing to move channel but obviously without
the necessary IEs data update.
In order to improve this situation, first make the
configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of
multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need
that in the future anyway. There's one userland API
change and one API addition. The API change is that
now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface
index rather than only wiphy index in order to take
effect for that interface -- luckily all current
users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the
old setting is preserved, but monitors are always
slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees.
The second userland API change is the introduction
of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that
hostapd should use going forward to make it easier
to understand what's going on (it can automatically
detect a kernel with this command).
Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers
are affected by this change because they only allow
a single virtual interface.
mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the
channel settings are per interface now, and needs
to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation,
which is another important part of this patch.
One of the immediate benefits is that you can now
start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already
has a connection on another virtual interface, as
long as you specify the same channel.
Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an
improvement -- not a complete fix):
* different HT/no-HT modes
currently you could start an HT AP and then
connect to a non-HT network on the same channel
which would configure the hardware for no HT;
that can be fixed fairly easily
* CSA
An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface
might indicate switching channels, and in that
case we would follow it, regardless of how many
other interfaces are operating; this requires
more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When reconfiguring an interface due to a previous
hardware restart, mac80211 will currently include
the new IBSS flag on non-IBSS interfaces which may
confuse drivers.
Instead of doing the ~0 trick, simply spell out
which things are going to be reconfigured.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ICMP protocol unreachable handling completely disregarded
the fact that the user may have locked the socket. It proceeded
to destroy the association, even though the user may have
held the lock and had a ref on the association. This resulted
in the following:
Attempt to release alive inet socket f6afcc00
=========================
[ BUG: held lock freed! ]
-------------------------
somenu/2672 is freeing memory f6afcc00-f6afcfff, with a lock still held
there!
(sk_lock-AF_INET){+.+.+.}, at: [<c122098a>] sctp_connect+0x13/0x4c
1 lock held by somenu/2672:
#0: (sk_lock-AF_INET){+.+.+.}, at: [<c122098a>] sctp_connect+0x13/0x4c
stack backtrace:
Pid: 2672, comm: somenu Not tainted 2.6.32-telco #55
Call Trace:
[<c1232266>] ? printk+0xf/0x11
[<c1038553>] debug_check_no_locks_freed+0xce/0xff
[<c10620b4>] kmem_cache_free+0x21/0x66
[<c1185f25>] __sk_free+0x9d/0xab
[<c1185f9c>] sk_free+0x1c/0x1e
[<c1216e38>] sctp_association_put+0x32/0x89
[<c1220865>] __sctp_connect+0x36d/0x3f4
[<c122098a>] ? sctp_connect+0x13/0x4c
[<c102d073>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x33
[<c12209a8>] sctp_connect+0x31/0x4c
[<c11d1e80>] inet_dgram_connect+0x4b/0x55
[<c11834fa>] sys_connect+0x54/0x71
[<c103a3a2>] ? lock_release_non_nested+0x88/0x239
[<c1054026>] ? might_fault+0x42/0x7c
[<c1054026>] ? might_fault+0x42/0x7c
[<c11847ab>] sys_socketcall+0x6d/0x178
[<c10da994>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_thunk+0xc/0x10
[<c1002959>] syscall_call+0x7/0xb
This was because the sctp_wait_for_connect() would aqcure the socket
lock and then proceed to release the last reference count on the
association, thus cause the fully destruction path to finish freeing
the socket.
The simplest solution is to start a very short timer in case the socket
is owned by user. When the timer expires, we can do some verification
and be able to do the release properly.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix this one:
include/net/sock.h: error: two or more data types in declaration specifiers
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_callback_lock rwlock actually protects sk->sk_sleep pointer, so we
need two atomic operations (and associated dirtying) per incoming
packet.
RCU conversion is pretty much needed :
1) Add a new structure, called "struct socket_wq" to hold all fields
that will need rcu_read_lock() protection (currently: a
wait_queue_head_t and a struct fasync_struct pointer).
[Future patch will add a list anchor for wakeup coalescing]
2) Attach one of such structure to each "struct socket" created in
sock_alloc_inode().
3) Respect RCU grace period when freeing a "struct socket_wq"
4) Change sk_sleep pointer in "struct sock" by sk_wq, pointer to "struct
socket_wq"
5) Change sk_sleep() function to use new sk->sk_wq instead of
sk->sk_sleep
6) Change sk_has_sleeper() to wq_has_sleeper() that must be used inside
a rcu_read_lock() section.
7) Change all sk_has_sleeper() callers to :
- Use rcu_read_lock() instead of read_lock(&sk->sk_callback_lock)
- Use wq_has_sleeper() to eventually wakeup tasks.
- Use rcu_read_unlock() instead of read_unlock(&sk->sk_callback_lock)
8) sock_wake_async() is modified to use rcu protection as well.
9) Exceptions :
macvtap, drivers/net/tun.c, af_unix use integrated "struct socket_wq"
instead of dynamically allocated ones. They dont need rcu freeing.
Some cleanups or followups are probably needed, (possible
sk_callback_lock conversion to a spinlock for example...).
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we create the sctp_datamsg and fragment the user data,
we know exactly if we are sending full segments or not and
how they might be bundled. During this time, we can mark
messages a Nagle capable or not. This makes the check at
transmit time much simpler.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Right now, sctp transports are not fully initialized and when
adding any new fields, they have to be explicitely initialized.
This is prone to mistakes. So we switch to calling kzalloc()
which makes things much simpler.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The 'resent' bit is used to make sure that we don't update
rto estimate based on retransmitted chunks. However, we already
have the 'rto_pending' bit that we test when need to update rto,
so 'resent' bit is just extra. Additionally, we currently have
a bug in that we always set a 'resent' bit and thus rto estimate
is only updated by Heartbeats.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
In current implementation if ABORT chunk is received with T flag is set
and zero verification tag in COOKIE-WAIT state, the ABORT chunk will be
always accepted. This is because in COOKIE-WAIT state, the endpoint does
not know the peer's verification tag, and it's zero in the endpoint.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
sock_recv_ts_and_drops() is fat and slow (~ 4% of cpu time on some
profiles)
We can test all socket flags at once to make fast path fast again.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When queueing a skb to socket, we can immediately release its dst if
target socket do not use IP_CMSG_PKTINFO.
tcp_data_queue() can drop dst too.
This to benefit from a hot cache line and avoid the receiver, possibly
on another cpu, to dirty this cache line himself.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 95766fff ([UDP]: Add memory accounting.),
each received packet needs one extra sock_lock()/sock_release() pair.
This added latency because of possible backlog handling. Then later,
ticket spinlocks added yet another latency source in case of DDOS.
This patch introduces lock_sock_bh() and unlock_sock_bh()
synchronization primitives, avoiding one atomic operation and backlog
processing.
skb_free_datagram_locked() uses them instead of full blown
lock_sock()/release_sock(). skb is orphaned inside locked section for
proper socket memory reclaim, and finally freed outside of it.
UDP receive path now take the socket spinlock only once.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ok, version 4
Change Notes:
1) Minor cleanups, from Vlads notes
Summary:
Hey-
Recently, it was reported to me that the kernel could oops in the
following way:
<5> kernel BUG at net/core/skbuff.c:91!
<5> invalid operand: 0000 [#1]
<5> Modules linked in: sctp netconsole nls_utf8 autofs4 sunrpc iptable_filter
ip_tables cpufreq_powersave parport_pc lp parport vmblock(U) vsock(U) vmci(U)
vmxnet(U) vmmemctl(U) vmhgfs(U) acpiphp dm_mirror dm_mod button battery ac md5
ipv6 uhci_hcd ehci_hcd snd_ens1371 snd_rawmidi snd_seq_device snd_pcm_oss
snd_mixer_oss snd_pcm snd_timer snd_page_alloc snd_ac97_codec snd soundcore
pcnet32 mii floppy ext3 jbd ata_piix libata mptscsih mptsas mptspi mptscsi
mptbase sd_mod scsi_mod
<5> CPU: 0
<5> EIP: 0060:[<c02bff27>] Not tainted VLI
<5> EFLAGS: 00010216 (2.6.9-89.0.25.EL)
<5> EIP is at skb_over_panic+0x1f/0x2d
<5> eax: 0000002c ebx: c033f461 ecx: c0357d96 edx: c040fd44
<5> esi: c033f461 edi: df653280 ebp: 00000000 esp: c040fd40
<5> ds: 007b es: 007b ss: 0068
<5> Process swapper (pid: 0, threadinfo=c040f000 task=c0370be0)
<5> Stack: c0357d96 e0c29478 00000084 00000004 c033f461 df653280 d7883180
e0c2947d
<5> 00000000 00000080 df653490 00000004 de4f1ac0 de4f1ac0 00000004
df653490
<5> 00000001 e0c2877a 08000800 de4f1ac0 df653490 00000000 e0c29d2e
00000004
<5> Call Trace:
<5> [<e0c29478>] sctp_addto_chunk+0xb0/0x128 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c2947d>] sctp_addto_chunk+0xb5/0x128 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c2877a>] sctp_init_cause+0x3f/0x47 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c29d2e>] sctp_process_unk_param+0xac/0xb8 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c29e90>] sctp_verify_init+0xcc/0x134 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c20322>] sctp_sf_do_5_1B_init+0x83/0x28e [sctp]
<5> [<e0c25333>] sctp_do_sm+0x41/0x77 [sctp]
<5> [<c01555a4>] cache_grow+0x140/0x233
<5> [<e0c26ba1>] sctp_endpoint_bh_rcv+0xc5/0x108 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c2b863>] sctp_inq_push+0xe/0x10 [sctp]
<5> [<e0c34600>] sctp_rcv+0x454/0x509 [sctp]
<5> [<e084e017>] ipt_hook+0x17/0x1c [iptable_filter]
<5> [<c02d005e>] nf_iterate+0x40/0x81
<5> [<c02e0bb9>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x0/0x151
<5> [<c02e0c7f>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0xc6/0x151
<5> [<c02d0362>] nf_hook_slow+0x83/0xb5
<5> [<c02e0bb2>] ip_local_deliver+0x1a2/0x1a9
<5> [<c02e0bb9>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x0/0x151
<5> [<c02e103e>] ip_rcv+0x334/0x3b4
<5> [<c02c66fd>] netif_receive_skb+0x320/0x35b
<5> [<e0a0928b>] init_stall_timer+0x67/0x6a [uhci_hcd]
<5> [<c02c67a4>] process_backlog+0x6c/0xd9
<5> [<c02c690f>] net_rx_action+0xfe/0x1f8
<5> [<c012a7b1>] __do_softirq+0x35/0x79
<5> [<c0107efb>] handle_IRQ_event+0x0/0x4f
<5> [<c01094de>] do_softirq+0x46/0x4d
Its an skb_over_panic BUG halt that results from processing an init chunk in
which too many of its variable length parameters are in some way malformed.
The problem is in sctp_process_unk_param:
if (NULL == *errp)
*errp = sctp_make_op_error_space(asoc, chunk,
ntohs(chunk->chunk_hdr->length));
if (*errp) {
sctp_init_cause(*errp, SCTP_ERROR_UNKNOWN_PARAM,
WORD_ROUND(ntohs(param.p->length)));
sctp_addto_chunk(*errp,
WORD_ROUND(ntohs(param.p->length)),
param.v);
When we allocate an error chunk, we assume that the worst case scenario requires
that we have chunk_hdr->length data allocated, which would be correct nominally,
given that we call sctp_addto_chunk for the violating parameter. Unfortunately,
we also, in sctp_init_cause insert a sctp_errhdr_t structure into the error
chunk, so the worst case situation in which all parameters are in violation
requires chunk_hdr->length+(sizeof(sctp_errhdr_t)*param_count) bytes of data.
The result of this error is that a deliberately malformed packet sent to a
listening host can cause a remote DOS, described in CVE-2010-1173:
http://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=2010-1173
I've tested the below fix and confirmed that it fixes the issue. We move to a
strategy whereby we allocate a fixed size error chunk and ignore errors we don't
have space to report. Tested by me successfully
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers (e.g. iwlwifi) need to know and try
to figure it out based on other things, but making
it explicit is definitely better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Changes:
o Function cfcnfg_disconn_adapt_layer is changed to do asynchronous
disconnect, not waiting for any response from the modem. Due to this
the function cfcnfg_linkdestroy_rsp does nothing anymore.
o Because disconnect may take down a connection before a connect response
is received the function cfcnfg_linkup_rsp is checking if the client is
still waiting for the response, if not a disconnect request is sent to
the modem.
o cfctrl is no longer keeping track of pending disconnect requests.
o Added function cfctrl_cancel_req, which is used for deleting a pending
connect request if disconnect is done before connect response is received.
o Removed unused function cfctrl_insert_req2
o Added better handling of connect reject from modem.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes:
o Added functions cfsrvl_get and cfsrvl_put.
o Added support release_client to use by socket and net device.
o Increase reference counting for in-flight packets from cfmuxl
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes:
o Renamed cfcnfg_del_adapt_layer to cfcnfg_disconn_adapt_layer
o Fixed typo cfcfg to cfcnfg
o Renamed linkid to channel_id
o Updated documentation in caif_dev.h
o Minor formatting changes
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk->sk_data_ready() of sctp socket can be called from both BH and non-BH
contexts, but the default sk->sk_data_ready(), sock_def_readable(), can
not be used in this case. Therefore, we have to make a new function
sctp_data_ready() to grab sk->sk_data_ready() with BH disabling.
=========================================================
[ INFO: possible irq lock inversion dependency detected ]
2.6.33-rc6 #129
---------------------------------------------------------
sctp_darn/1517 just changed the state of lock:
(clock-AF_INET){++.?..}, at: [<c06aab60>] sock_def_readable+0x20/0x80
but this lock took another, SOFTIRQ-unsafe lock in the past:
(slock-AF_INET){+.-...}
and interrupts could create inverse lock ordering between them.
other info that might help us debug this:
1 lock held by sctp_darn/1517:
#0: (sk_lock-AF_INET){+.+.+.}, at: [<cdfe363d>] sctp_sendmsg+0x23d/0xc00 [sctp]
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now there's no need to use this fuction directly because it's handled by
register_pernet_device. So to make this simple and easy to understand,
make this static to do not tempt potentional users.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current socket backlog limit is not enough to really stop DDOS attacks,
because user thread spend many time to process a full backlog each
round, and user might crazy spin on socket lock.
We should add backlog size and receive_queue size (aka rmem_alloc) to
pace writers, and let user run without being slow down too much.
Introduce a sk_rcvqueues_full() helper, to avoid taking socket lock in
stress situations.
Under huge stress from a multiqueue/RPS enabled NIC, a single flow udp
receiver can now process ~200.000 pps (instead of ~100 pps before the
patch) on a 8 core machine.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Idea from Eric Dumazet.
As for placement inside of struct sock, I tried to choose a place
that otherwise has a 32-bit hole on 64-bit systems.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
When scanning, it is somewhat important to scan
on the correct virtual interface. All drivers
that currently implement hw_scan only support a
single virtual interface, but that may change
and then we'd want to be ready.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that the mac80211 is choosing dynamic ps timeouts based on the ps-qos
network latency configuration, configure a default value of -1 as the dynamic
ps timeout in cfg80211. This value allows the mac80211 to determine the value
to be used.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Determine the dynamic PS timeout based on the configured ps-qos network
latency. For backwards wext compatibility, allow the dynamic PS timeout
configured by the cfg80211 to overrule the automatically determined value.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is used to configure APs to not bridge traffic between connected stations.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
__sk_dst_set() might be called while no state can be integrated in a
rcu_dereference_check() condition.
So use rcu_dereference_raw() to shutup lockdep warnings (if
CONFIG_PROVE_RCU is set)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
const qualifier on sock argument is misleading, since we can modify rxhash.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 1122 says the following:
...
Keep-alive packets MUST only be sent when no data or
acknowledgement packets have been received for the
connection within an interval.
...
The acknowledgement packet is reseting the keepalive
timer but the data packet isn't. This patch fixes it by
checking the timestamp of the last received data packet
too when the keepalive timer expires.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calls to twsk_net() are in some cases protected by reference counting
as an alternative to RCU protection. Cases covered by reference counts
include __inet_twsk_kill(), inet_twsk_free(), inet_twdr_do_twkill_work(),
inet_twdr_twcal_tick(), and tcp_timewait_state_process(). RCU is used
by inet_twsk_purge(). Locking is used by established_get_first()
and established_get_next(). Finally, __inet_twsk_hashdance() is an
initialization case.
It appears to be non-trivial to locate the appropriate locks and
reference counts from within twsk_net(), so used rcu_dereference_raw().
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_rules_register() duplicates the template passed to it without modification,
mark the argument as const. Additionally the templates are only needed when
instantiating a new namespace, so mark them as __net_initdata, which means
they can be discarded when CONFIG_NET_NS=n.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Finally add support to detect a local IPV6_DONTFRAG event
and return the relevant data to the user if they've enabled
IPV6_RECVPATHMTU on the socket. The next recvmsg() will
return no data, but have an IPV6_PATHMTU as ancillary data.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dontfrag argument to relevant functions for
IPV6_DONTFRAG support, as well as allowing the value
to be passed-in via ancillary cmsg data.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
V2 Feedback from John Hughes.
- Add header for userspace implementations such as xot/xoe to use
- Use explicit values for interface stability
- No changes to driver patches
V1
- Use identifiers instead of magic numbers for X25 layer 3 to device interface.
- Also fixed checkpatch notes on updated code.
[ Add new user header to include/linux/Kbuild -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Account for TSO segments of an skb in TCP_MIB_OUTSEGS counter. Without
doing this, the counter can be off by orders of magnitude from the
actual number of segments sent.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I updated this from the corresponding
userspace library, an annotation error crept
in -- this variable needs to be annotated as
little endian. No effect on code generation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Define a new function to return the waitqueue of a "struct sock".
static inline wait_queue_head_t *sk_sleep(struct sock *sk)
{
return sk->sk_sleep;
}
Change all read occurrences of sk_sleep by a call to this function.
Needed for a future RCU conversion. sk_sleep wont be a field directly
available.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the survey function to both mac80211 itself and to mac80211_hwsim.
For the latter driver, we simply invent some noise level.A real driver which
cannot determine the real channel noise MUST NOT report any noise, especially
not a magically conjured one :-)
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When I set up multiple VAPs with ath9k, I encountered an issue that
the traffic may be lost after a while.
The detailed phenomenon is
1. After a while the clients connected to one of these VAPs will get
into a state that no broadcast/multicast packets can be transfered
successfully while the unicast packets can be transfered normally.
2. Minutes latter the unitcast packets transfer will fail as well,
because the ARP entry is expired and it can't be freshed due to the
broadcast trouble.
It's caused by the group key overwritten and someone discussed this
issue in ath9k-devel maillist before, but haven't work out a fix yet.
I referred the method in madwifi, and made a patch for ath9k.
The method is to set the high bit of the sender(AP)'s address, and
associated that mac and the group key. It requires the hardware
supports multicast frame key search. It seems true for AR9160.
Not sure whether it's the correct way to fix this issue. But it seems
to work in my test. The patch is attached, feel free to revise it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Yingqiang ma <yma.cool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The flag is called IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU rather than using the whole word
STATUS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers
received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where
the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an
extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS).
The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg
(or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash
table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in
the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on
the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet,
the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table,
if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using
the RPS mechanisms.
The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially
allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple
threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing
CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets--
we consider this a non-starter.
To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash
tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table.
rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU
number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above.
This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows.
rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry
contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current"
CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value
of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at
the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry.
Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented
on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head
count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue,
the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash
entry of the rps_dev_flow_table.
And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu)
the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue
are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the
rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the
rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU
if one of the following is true:
- The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU)
- Current CPU is offline
- The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the
rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced
beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry.
This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been
dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery.
Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages:
1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so
keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2)
this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue
tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion
from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from
device napi_poll which is non-reentrant.
This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets.
It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols.
There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The
"rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of
entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry
"rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow
table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two.
The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves
CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the
applications processing; this can result in increased performance
(higher pps, lower latency).
The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application
load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily
see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more
complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is
much higher this technique seems to perform very well.
Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of
this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR
test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response
test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on
each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf.
e1000e on 8 core Intel
No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU
No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU
RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU
RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev
No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35
RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66
RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LDPC will be enabled through the rate control algorithm
for each buffer the the tx_info flags.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As Herbert Xu said: we should be able to simply replace ipfragok
with skb->local_df. commit f88037(sctp: Drop ipfargok in sctp_xmit function)
has droped ipfragok and set local_df value properly.
The patch kills the ipfragok parameter of .queue_xmit().
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- fix IP DNAT on vlan- or pppoe-encapsulated traffic: The functions
neigh_hh_output() or dst->neighbour->output() overwrite the complete
Ethernet header, although we only need the destination MAC address.
For encapsulated packets, they ended up overwriting the encapsulating
header. The new code copies the Ethernet source MAC address and
protocol number before calling dst->neighbour->output(). The Ethernet
source MAC and protocol number are copied back in place in
br_nf_pre_routing_finish_bridge_slow(). This also makes the IP DNAT
more transparent because in the old scheme the source MAC of the
bridge was copied into the source address in the Ethernet header. We
also let skb->protocol equal ETH_P_IP resp. ETH_P_IPV6 during the
execution of the PF_INET resp. PF_INET6 hooks.
- Speed up IP DNAT by calling neigh_hh_bridge() instead of
neigh_hh_output(): if dst->hh is available, we already know the MAC
address so we can just copy it.
Signed-off-by: Bart De Schuymer <bdschuym@pandora.be>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch adds support for multiple independant multicast routing instances,
named "tables".
Userspace multicast routing daemons can bind to a specific table instance by
issuing a setsockopt call using a new option MRT_TABLE. The table number is
stored in the raw socket data and affects all following ipmr setsockopt(),
getsockopt() and ioctl() calls. By default, a single table (RT_TABLE_DEFAULT)
is created with a default routing rule pointing to it. Newly created pimreg
devices have the table number appended ("pimregX"), with the exception of
devices created in the default table, which are named just "pimreg" for
compatibility reasons.
Packets are directed to a specific table instance using routing rules,
similar to how regular routing rules work. Currently iif, oif and mark
are supported as keys, source and destination addresses could be supported
additionally.
Example usage:
- bind pimd/xorp/... to a specific table:
uint32_t table = 123;
setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_TABLE, &table, sizeof(table));
- create routing rules directing packets to the new table:
# ip mrule add iif eth0 lookup 123
# ip mrule add oif eth0 lookup 123
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unres_queue is currently shared between all namespaces. Following patches
will additionally allow to create multiple multicast routing tables in each
namespace. Having a single shared queue for all these users seems to excessive,
move the queue and the cleanup timer to the per-namespace data to unshare it.
As a side-effect, this fixes a bug in the seq file iteration functions: the
first entry returned is always from the current namespace, entries returned
after that may belong to any namespace.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A following patch will use struct raw_sock to store state for ipmr,
so having the definitions in icmp.h doesn't fit very well anymore.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both functions are equivalent, consolidate them since a following patch
needs a third implementation for multicast routing.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With latest CONFIG_PROVE_RCU stuff, I felt more comfortable to make this
work.
sk->sk_dst_cache is currently protected by a rwlock (sk_dst_lock)
This rwlock is readlocked for a very small amount of time, and dst
entries are already freed after RCU grace period. This calls for RCU
again :)
This patch converts sk_dst_lock to a spinlock, and use RCU for readers.
__sk_dst_get() is supposed to be called with rcu_read_lock() or if
socket locked by user, so use appropriate rcu_dereference_check()
condition (rcu_read_lock_held() || sock_owned_by_user(sk))
This patch avoids two atomic ops per tx packet on UDP connected sockets,
for example, and permits sk_dst_lock to be much less dirtied.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet: Remove unused send_check length argument
This patch removes the unused length argument from the send_check
function in struct inet_connection_sock_af_ops.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Yinghai <yinghai.lu@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Happens because CONFIG_XFRM_SUB_POLICY is not enabled, and one of
the helper functions I used did unexpected things in that case.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is a patch to stop X.25 examining fields beyond the end of the packet.
For example, when a simple CALL ACCEPTED was received:
10 10 0f
x25_parse_facilities was attempting to decode the FACILITIES field, but this
packet contains no facilities field.
Signed-off-by: John Hughes <john@calva.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cfg80211 is quite strict on allowing authentication and association
commands only in certain states. In order to meet these requirements,
user space applications may need to clear authentication or
association state in some cases. Currently, this can be done with
deauth/disassoc command, but that ends up sending out Deauthentication
or Disassociation frame unnecessarily. Add a new nl80211 attribute to
allow this sending of the frame be skipped, but with all other
deauth/disassoc operations being completed.
Similar state change is also needed for IEEE 802.11r FT protocol in
the FT-over-DS case which does not use Authentication frame exchange
in a transition to another BSS. For this to work with cfg80211, an
authentication entry needs to be created for the target BSS without
sending out an Authentication frame. The nl80211 authentication
command can be used for this purpose, too, with the new attribute to
indicate that the command is only for changing local state. This
enables wpa_supplicant to complete FT-over-DS transition successfully.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
__xfrm_lookup() is called for each packet transmitted out of
system. The xfrm_find_bundle() does a linear search which can
kill system performance depending on how many bundles are
required per policy.
This modifies __xfrm_lookup() to store bundles directly in
the flow cache. If we did not get a hit, we just create a new
bundle instead of doing slow search. This means that we can now
get multiple xfrm_dst's for same flow (on per-cpu basis).
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows to validate the cached object before returning it.
It also allows to destruct object properly, if the last reference
was held in flow cache. This is also a prepartion for caching
bundles in the flow cache.
In return for virtualizing the methods, we save on:
- not having to regenerate the whole flow cache on policy removal:
each flow matching a killed policy gets refreshed as the getter
function notices it smartly.
- we do not have to call flow_cache_flush from policy gc, since the
flow cache now properly deletes the object if it had any references
Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
9p: saving negative to unsigned char
9p: return on mutex_lock_interruptible()
9p: Creating files with names too long should fail with ENAMETOOLONG.
9p: Make sure we are able to clunk the cached fid on umount
9p: drop nlink remove
fs/9p: Clunk the fid resulting from partial walk of the name
9p: documentation update
9p: Fix setting of protocol flags in v9fs_session_info structure.
dcache prune happen on umount. So we cannot mark the client
satus disconnect. That will prevent a 9p call to the server
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Converts the list and the core manipulating with it to be the same as uc_list.
+uses two functions for adding/removing mc address (normal and "global"
variant) instead of a function parameter.
+removes dev_mcast.c completely.
+exposes netdev_hw_addr_list_* macros along with __hw_addr_* functions for
manipulation with lists on a sandbox (used in bonding and 80211 drivers)
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The head element of rt6_info{} is dst_entry{}, and
IPv6 specific elements follow.
Because elements at the end of dst_entry{} are frequently
updated, it is not good to put frequently-used static
elements, such as rt6i_idev, rt6i_dst or rt6i_flags in the
same cache line.
On the other hand, fib6_table, rt6i_node or rt6i_gateway are
rarely used, so it is okay to stay in the same cache line.
Let's rearrange rt6_info{}.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of my test machine got a deadlock during "tc" sessions,
adding/deleting classes & filters, using traffic estimators.
After some analysis, I believe we have a potential use after free case
in est_timer() :
spin_lock(e->stats_lock); << HERE >>
read_lock(&est_lock);
if (e->bstats == NULL) << TEST >>
goto skip;
Test is done a bit late, because after estimator is killed, and before
rcu grace period elapsed, we might already have freed/reuse memory where
e->stats_locks points to (some qdisc->q.lock)
A possible fix is to respect a rcu grace period at Qdisc dismantle time.
On 64bit, sizeof(struct Qdisc) is exactly 192 bytes. Adding 16 bytes to
it (for struct rcu_head) is a problem because it might change
performance, given QDISC_ALIGNTO is 32 bytes.
This is why I also change QDISC_ALIGNTO to 64 bytes, to satisfy most
current alignment requirements.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add interface to disable/enable QoS (aka WMM or WME). Currently drivers
enable it explicitly when ->conf_tx method is called, and newer disable.
Disabling is needed for some APs, which do not support QoS, such
we should send QoS frames to them.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via
ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use
skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame
handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU
process. We will optimize them one by one later.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Because we have ensured that the argument is non-zero,
it is better to use __fls() and generate better code.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Header files for CAIF Link layer net-device,
and link-layer registration.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add include files for the CAIF Core protocol stack.
caif_layer.h - Defines the structure of the CAIF protocol layers
cfcnfg.h - CAIF Configuration Module for services and link layers
cfctrl.h - CAIF Control Protocol Layer
cffrml.h - CAIF Framing Layer
cfmuxl.h - CAIF Muxing Layer
cfpkt.h - CAIF Packet layer (skb helper functions)
cfserl.h - CAIF Serial Layer
cfsrvl.h - CAIF Service Layer
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.
percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.
http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py
The script does the followings.
* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.
* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.
* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.
The conversion was done in the following steps.
1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.
2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.
3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.
4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.
5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.
6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.
7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).
* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig
8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.
Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the
requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis
values to the hardware if the hardware supports
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM.
For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211
is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be
added later, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for basic configuration of a connection quality monitoring to the
nl80211 interface, and basic support for notifying about triggered monitoring
events.
Via this interface a user-space connection manager may configure and receive
pre-warning events of deteriorating WLAN connection quality, and start
preparing for roaming in advance, before the connection is already lost.
An example usage of such a trigger is starting scanning for nearby AP's in
an attempt to find one with better connection quality, and associate to it
before the connection characteristics of the existing connection become too bad
or the association is even lost, leading in a prolonged delay in connectivity.
The interface currently supports only RSSI, but it could be later extended
to include other parameters, such as signal-to-noise ratio, if need for that
arises.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is based on a RFC patch by Kalle Valo.
The wl1271 has a feature which handles the connection monitor logic
in hardware, basically sending periodically nullfunc frames and reporting
to the host if AP is lost, after attempting to recover by sending
probe-requests to the AP.
Add support to mac80211 by adding a new flag IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR
which prevents conn_mon_timer from triggering during idle periods, and
prevents sending probe-requests to the AP if beacon-loss is indicated by the
hardware.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is no point to align or pad mibs to cache lines, they are per cpu
allocated with a 8 bytes alignment anyway.
This wastes space for no gain. This patch removes __SNMP_MIB_ALIGN__
Since SNMP mibs contain "unsigned long" fields only, we can relax the
allocation alignment from "unsigned long long" to "unsigned long"
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the debug files ended up wrongly in sysfs, because at that point
of time, debugfs didn't exist. Convert these files to use debugfs and
also seq_file. This patch converts all of these files at once and then
removes the exported symbol for the Bluetooth sysfs class.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Convert to list macro's for the list of addresses per interface
in IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert from reader/writer lock to RCU and spinlock for addrconf
hash list.
Adds an additional helper macro for hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu
to handle the continue case.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using hash list macros, simplifies code and helps later RCU.
This patch includes some initialization that is not strictly necessary,
since an empty hlist node/list is all zero; and list is in BSS
and node is allocated with kzalloc.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use list macros instead of open coded linked list.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a unaligned access in nla_get_be64() that was
introduced by myself in a17c859849.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ericvh/v9fs:
9p: Skip check for mandatory locks when unlocking
9p: Fixes a simple bug enabling writes beyond 2GB.
9p: Change the name of new protocol from 9p2010.L to 9p2000.L
fs/9p: re-init the wstat in readdir loop
net/9p: Add sysfs mount_tag file for virtio 9P device
net/9p: Use the tag name in the config space for identifying mount point
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (108 commits)
bridge: ensure to unlock in error path in br_multicast_query().
drivers/net/tulip/eeprom.c: fix bogus "(null)" in tulip init messages
sky2: Avoid rtnl_unlock without rtnl_lock
ipv6: Send netlink notification when DAD fails
drivers/net/tg3.c: change the field used with the TG3_FLAG_10_100_ONLY constant
ipconfig: Handle devices which take some time to come up.
mac80211: Fix memory leak in ieee80211_if_write()
mac80211: Fix (dynamic) power save entry
ipw2200: use kmalloc for large local variables
ath5k: read eeprom IQ calibration values correctly for G mode
ath5k: fix I/Q calibration (for real)
ath5k: fix TSF reset
ath5k: use fixed antenna for tx descriptors
libipw: split ieee->networks into small pieces
mac80211: Fix sta_mtx unlocking on insert STA failure path
rt2x00: remove KSEG1ADDR define from rt2x00soc.h
net: add ColdFire support to the smc91x driver
asix: fix setting mac address for AX88772
ipv6 ip6_tunnel: eliminate unused recursion field from ip6_tnl{}.
net: Fix dev_mc_add()
...
This patch changes the name of the new 9P protocol from 9p2010.L to
9p2000.u. This is because we learnt that the name 9p2010 is already
being used by others.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (56 commits)
doc: fix typo in comment explaining rb_tree usage
Remove fs/ntfs/ChangeLog
doc: fix console doc typo
doc: cpuset: Update the cpuset flag file
Fix of spelling in arch/sparc/kernel/leon_kernel.c no longer needed
Remove drivers/parport/ChangeLog
Remove drivers/char/ChangeLog
doc: typo - Table 1-2 should refer to "status", not "statm"
tree-wide: fix typos "ass?o[sc]iac?te" -> "associate" in comments
No need to patch AMD-provided drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/atombios.h
devres/irq: Fix devm_irq_match comment
Remove reference to kthread_create_on_cpu
tree-wide: Assorted spelling fixes
tree-wide: fix 'lenght' typo in comments and code
drm/kms: fix spelling in error message
doc: capitalization and other minor fixes in pnp doc
devres: typo fix s/dev/devm/
Remove redundant trailing semicolons from macros
fix typo "definetly" -> "definitely" in comment
tree-wide: s/widht/width/g typo in comments
...
Fix trivial conflict in Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX
Remove INIT_NSPROXY(), use C99 initializer.
Remove INIT_IPC_NS(), INIT_NET_NS() while I'm at it.
Note: headers trim will be done later, now it's quite pointless because
results will be invalidated by merge window.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Commit a43912ab19... ("tunnel: eliminate recursion field") eliminated
use of recursion field from tunnel structures, but its definition
still exists in ip6_tnl{}.
Let's remove that unused field.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The noise value as is won't be used, isn't
filled by most drivers and doesn't really
make a whole lot of sense on a per packet
basis -- proper cfg80211 survey support in
mac80211 will need to be different.
Mark the struct member as deprecated so it
will be removed from drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the "__must_check" tag to sk_add_backlog() so that any failure to
check and drop packets will be warned about.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPV6_PREFER_SRC_xxx definitions:
| #define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_TMP 0x0001
| #define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_PUBLIC 0x0002
| #define IPV6_PREFER_SRC_COA 0x0004
RT6_LOOKUP_F_xxx definitions:
| #define RT6_LOOKUP_F_SRCPREF_TMP 0x00000008
| #define RT6_LOOKUP_F_SRCPREF_PUBLIC 0x00000010
| #define RT6_LOOKUP_F_SRCPREF_COA 0x00000020
So, we can translate between these two groups by shift operation
instead of multiple 'if's.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_add_backlog -> __sk_add_backlog
sk_add_backlog_limited -> sk_add_backlog
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We got system OOM while running some UDP netperf testing on the loopback
device. The case is multiple senders sent stream UDP packets to a single
receiver via loopback on local host. Of course, the receiver is not able
to handle all the packets in time. But we surprisingly found that these
packets were not discarded due to the receiver's sk->sk_rcvbuf limit.
Instead, they are kept queuing to sk->sk_backlog and finally ate up all
the memory. We believe this is a secure hole that a none privileged user
can crash the system.
The root cause for this problem is, when the receiver is doing
__release_sock() (i.e. after userspace recv, kernel udp_recvmsg ->
skb_free_datagram_locked -> release_sock), it moves skbs from backlog to
sk_receive_queue with the softirq enabled. In the above case, multiple
busy senders will almost make it an endless loop. The skbs in the
backlog end up eat all the system memory.
The issue is not only for UDP. Any protocols using socket backlog is
potentially affected. The patch adds limit for socket backlog so that
the backlog size cannot be expanded endlessly.
Reported-by: Alex Shi <alex.shi@intel.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru
Cc: "Pekka Savola (ipv6)" <pekkas@netcore.fi>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Cc: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Cc: Allan Stephens <allan.stephens@windriver.com>
Cc: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removes 'dotu' variable and make everything dependent
on 'proto_version' field.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Add new mount V9FS mount option to specify protocol version
This patch adds a new mount option to specify protocol version.
With this option it is possible to use "-o version=" switch to
specify 9P protocol version to use. Valid options for version
are:
9p2000
9p2000.u
9p2010.L
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Decreases the odds wakee will suffer from frequent cache misses.
Signed-off-by: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handling HT configuration changes involved setting the channel
with the new HT parameters and then issuing a rate_update()
notification to the driver.
This behavior changed after the off-channel changes. Now, the channel
is not updated with the new HT params in enable_ht() - instead, it
is now done when the scan work terminates. This results in the driver
depending on stale information, defaulting to non-HT mode always.
Fix this by passing the new channel type to the driver.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When I merged the bundle creation code, I introduced a bogus
flowi value in the bundle. Instead of getting from the caller,
it was instead set to the flow in the route object, which is
totally different.
The end result is that the bundles we created never match, and
we instead end up with an ever growing bundle list.
Thanks to Jamal for find this problem.
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the Bluetooth 3.0 specification and the introduction of alternate
MAC/PHY (AMP) support, it is required to differentiate between primary
BR/EDR controllers and 802.11 AMP controllers. So introduce a special
type inside HCI device for differentiation.
For now all AMP controllers will be treated as raw devices until an
AMP manager has been implemented.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The output of the inquiry cache is only useful for debugging purposes
and so move it into debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
commit e8469ed959c373c2ff9e6f488aa5a14971aebe1f
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Tue Feb 23 20:41:30 2010 +0100
Support specifying the initial device flags when creating a device though
rtnl_link. Devices allocated by rtnl_create_link() are marked as INITIALIZING
in order to surpress netlink registration notifications. To complete setup,
rtnl_configure_link() must be called, which performs the device flag changes
and invokes the deferred notifiers if everything went well.
Two examples:
# add macvlan to eth0
#
$ ip link add link eth0 up allmulticast on type macvlan
[LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN
link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
[ROUTE]ff00::/8 dev macvlan0 table local metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[ROUTE]fe80::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[LINK]11: macvlan0@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,ALLMULTI,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500
link/ether 26:f8:84:02:f9:2a
[ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope link
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
[ROUTE]local fe80::24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a via :: dev lo table local proto none metric 0 mtu 16436 advmss 16376 hoplimit 0
[ROUTE]default via fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 1024 mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[NEIGH]fe80::215:e9ff:fef0:10f8 dev macvlan0 lladdr 00:15:e9:f0:10:f8 router STALE
[ROUTE]2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 proto kernel metric 256 expires 0sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
[PREFIX]prefix 2001:6f8:974::/64 dev macvlan0 onlink autoconf valid 14400 preferred 131084
[ADDR]11: macvlan0 inet6 2001:6f8:974:0:24f8:84ff:fe02:f92a/64 scope global dynamic
valid_lft 86399sec preferred_lft 14399sec
# add VLAN to eth1, eth1 is down
#
$ ip link add link eth1 up type vlan id 1000
RTNETLINK answers: Network is down
<no events>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 4291 section 2.4 states that all uncategorized addresses
should be considered as Global Unicast.
This will remove IPV6_ADDR_RESERVED completely
and return IPV6_ADDR_UNICAST in ipv6_addr_type() instead.
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Weber <uweber@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update rcu_dereference() primitives to use new lockdep-based
checking. The rcu_dereference() in __in6_dev_get() may be
protected either by rcu_read_lock() or RTNL, per Eric Dumazet.
The rcu_dereference() in __sk_free() is protected by the fact
that it is never reached if an update could change it. Check
for this by using rcu_dereference_check() to verify that the
struct sock's ->sk_wmem_alloc counter is zero.
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: laijs@cn.fujitsu.com
Cc: dipankar@in.ibm.com
Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca
Cc: josh@joshtriplett.org
Cc: dvhltc@us.ibm.com
Cc: niv@us.ibm.com
Cc: peterz@infradead.org
Cc: rostedt@goodmis.org
Cc: Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu
Cc: dhowells@redhat.com
LKML-Reference: <1266887105-1528-5-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
pass mark to all SP lookups to prepare them for when we add code
to have them search.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pass mark to all SA lookups to prepare them for when we add code
to have them search.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add basic structuring and accessors for xfrm mark
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert AF_PACKET to use RCU, eliminating one more reader/writer lock.
There is no need for a real sk_del_node_init_rcu(), because sk_del_node_init
is doing the equivalent thing to hlst_del_init_rcu already; but added
some comments to try and make that obvious.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The most needed command from nl80211, which Wireless Extensions had,
is support for power save mode. Add a simple command to make it possible
to enable and disable power save via nl80211.
I was also planning about extending the interface, for example adding the
timeout value, but after thinking more about this I decided not to do it.
Basically there were three reasons:
Firstly, the parameters for power save are very much hardware dependent.
Trying to find a unified interface which would work with all hardware, and
still make sense to users, will be very difficult.
Secondly, IEEE 802.11 power save implementation in Linux is still in state
of flux. We have a long way to still to go and there is no way to predict
what kind of implementation we will have after few years. And because we
need to support nl80211 interface a long time, practically forever, adding
now parameters to nl80211 might create maintenance problems later on.
Third issue are the users. Power save parameters are mostly used for
debugging, so debugfs is better, more flexible, interface for this.
For example, wpa_supplicant currently doesn't configure anything related
to power save mode. It's better to strive that kernel can automatically
optimise the power save parameters, like with help of pm qos network
and other traffic parameters.
Later on, when we have better understanding of power save, we can extend
this command with more features, if there's a need for that.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch enables fast retransmissions after one dupACK for
TCP if the stream is identified as thin. This will reduce
latencies for thin streams that are not able to trigger fast
retransmissions due to high packet interarrival time. This
mechanism is only active if enabled by iocontrol or syscontrol
and the stream is identified as thin.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch will make TCP use only linear timeouts if the
stream is thin. This will help to avoid the very high latencies
that thin stream suffer because of exponential backoff. This
mechanism is only active if enabled by iocontrol or syscontrol
and the stream is identified as thin. A maximum of 6 linear
timeouts is tried before exponential backoff is resumed.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inline function to dynamically detect thin streams based on
the number of packets in flight. Used to dynamically trigger
thin-stream mechanisms if enabled by ioctl or sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make remaining netlink policies as const.
Fixup coding style where needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As reported by Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>, compilation
of nf_defrag_ipv4 fails with:
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:94: error: field 'ct_general' has incomplete type
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:178: error: 'const struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:185: error: implicit declaration of function 'nf_conntrack_put'
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:294: error: 'const struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_defrag_ipv4.c:45: error: 'struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_defrag_ipv4.c:46: error: 'struct sk_buff' has no member named 'nfct'
net/nf_conntrack.h must not be included with NF_CONNTRACK=n, add a
few #ifdefs. Long term the header file should be fixed to be usable
even with NF_CONNTRACK=n.
Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Enhance IPVS to load balance SCTP transport protocol packets. This is done
based on the SCTP rfc 4960. All possible control chunks have been taken
care. The state machine used in this code looks some what lengthy. I tried
to make the state machine easy to understand.
Signed-off-by: Venkata Mohan Reddy Koppula <mohanreddykv@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Only used for writing, so convert to spinlock
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __percpu sparse annotations to net.
These annotations are to make sparse consider percpu variables to be
in a different address space and warn if accessed without going
through percpu accessors. This patch doesn't affect normal builds.
The macro and type tricks around snmp stats make things a bit
interesting. DEFINE/DECLARE_SNMP_STAT() macros mark the target field
as __percpu and SNMP_UPD_PO_STATS() macro is updated accordingly. All
snmp_mib_*() users which used to cast the argument to (void **) are
updated to cast it to (void __percpu **).
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stop computing the number of neighbour table settings we have by
counting the number of binary sysctls. This behaviour was silly
and meant that we could not add another neighbour table setting
without also adding another binary sysctl.
Don't pass the binary sysctl path for neighour table entries
into neigh_sysctl_register. These parameters are no longer
used and so are just dead code.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements a new command to register for action frames
that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel
rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that
it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but
the socket can be closed for that.
Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded
to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the
cfg80211 API helps implementing that.
Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows
doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be
used either to exchange action frames on the current
operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are
currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public
Action frames with the remain-on-channel command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Normally, each connection needs a unique identity. Conntrack zones allow
to specify a numerical zone using the CT target, connections in different
zones can use the same identity.
Example:
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i veth0 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -o veth1 -j CT --zone 1
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The error handlers might need the template to get the conntrack zone
introduced in the next patches to perform a conntrack lookup.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The function name must be followed by a space, hypen, space, and a
short description.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kernel side should use uxx instead of __uxx types
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the fib size exceeds what can be dumped in a single skb, the
dump is suspended and resumed once the last skb has been received
by userspace. When the fib is changed while the dump is suspended,
the walker might contain stale pointers, causing a crash when the
dump is resumed.
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000018
IP: [<ffffffffa01bce04>] fib6_walk_continue+0xbb/0x124 [ipv6]
PGD 5347a067 PUD 65c7067 PMD 0
Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
...
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa01bce04>]
[<ffffffffa01bce04>] fib6_walk_continue+0xbb/0x124 [ipv6]
...
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8104aca3>] ? mutex_spin_on_owner+0x59/0x71
[<ffffffffa01bd105>] inet6_dump_fib+0x11b/0x1b9 [ipv6]
[<ffffffff81371af4>] netlink_dump+0x5b/0x19e
[<ffffffff8134f288>] ? consume_skb+0x28/0x2a
[<ffffffff81373b69>] netlink_recvmsg+0x1ab/0x2c6
[<ffffffff81372781>] ? netlink_unicast+0xfa/0x151
[<ffffffff813483e0>] __sock_recvmsg+0x6d/0x79
[<ffffffff81348a53>] sock_recvmsg+0xca/0xe3
[<ffffffff81066d4b>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x38
[<ffffffff811ed1f8>] ? radix_tree_lookup_slot+0xe/0x10
[<ffffffff810b3ed7>] ? find_get_page+0x90/0xa5
[<ffffffff810b5dc5>] ? filemap_fault+0x201/0x34f
[<ffffffff810ef152>] ? fget_light+0x2f/0xac
[<ffffffff813519e7>] ? verify_iovec+0x4f/0x94
[<ffffffff81349a65>] sys_recvmsg+0x14d/0x223
Store the serial number when beginning to walk the fib and reload
pointers when continuing to walk after a change occured. Similar
to other dumping functions, this might cause unrelated entries to
be missed when entries are deleted.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove #ifdef at nf_ct_exp_net() by using nf_ct_net().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
nf_nat_mangle_tcp_packet() can currently only handle a single mangling
per window because it only maintains two sequence adjustment positions:
the one before the last adjustment and the one after.
This patch makes sequence number adjustment tracking in
nf_nat_mangle_tcp_packet() optional and allows a helper to manually
update the offsets after the packet has been fully handled.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make the output a bit more informative by showing the helper an expectation
belongs to and the expectation class.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Even if the null data frame is not acked by the AP, mac80211
goes into power save. This might lead to loss of frames
from the AP.
Prevent this by restarting dynamic_ps_timer when ack is not
received for null data frames.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
get_tx_stats() driver operation is not currently used anywhere in mac80211
and there are no plans to use it in the not-so-near future. So it can go
without anyone missing it.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Many drivers would like to sleep during station
addition and removal, and currently have a high
complexity there from not being able to.
This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and
sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead
of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and
the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to
fail.
The reason we didn't do this previously is that
the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the
RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep.
This patch will keep the station allocation in
that path, but moves adding the station to the
driver out of line. Since the addition can now
fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver
rejected -- in that case we still talk to the
station but never tell the driver about it in
the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be
a driver that has a low limit on the number of
stations and that cannot talk to any stations
that are not known to it, we need to do come up
with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs,
maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Upstream radiotap has adopted the namespace
proposal David Young made and I then took care
of, for which I had adapted the radiotap parser
as a library outside the kernel. This brings
the in-kernel parser up to speed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As noticed by Jon Masters <jonathan@jonmasters.org>, the conntrack hash
size is global and not per namespace, but modifiable at runtime through
/sys/module/nf_conntrack/hashsize. Changing the hash size will only
resize the hash in the current namespace however, so other namespaces
will use an invalid hash size. This can cause crashes when enlarging
the hashsize, or false negative lookups when shrinking it.
Move the hash size into the per-namespace data and only use the global
hash size to initialize the per-namespace value when instanciating a
new namespace. Additionally restrict hash resizing to init_net for
now as other namespaces are not handled currently.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_conntrack_cachep is currently shared by all netns instances, but
because of SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU special semantics, this is wrong.
If we use a shared slab cache, one object can instantly flight between
one hash table (netns ONE) to another one (netns TWO), and concurrent
reader (doing a lookup in netns ONE, 'finding' an object of netns TWO)
can be fooled without notice, because no RCU grace period has to be
observed between object freeing and its reuse.
We dont have this problem with UDP/TCP slab caches because TCP/UDP
hashtables are global to the machine (and each object has a pointer to
its netns).
If we use per netns conntrack hash tables, we also *must* use per netns
conntrack slab caches, to guarantee an object can not escape from one
namespace to another one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
[Patrick: added unique slab name allocation]
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add a new target for the raw table, which can be used to specify conntrack
parameters for specific connections, f.i. the conntrack helper.
The target attaches a "template" connection tracking entry to the skb, which
is used by the conntrack core when initializing a new conntrack.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Support initializing selected parameters of new conntrack entries from a
"conntrack template", which is a specially marked conntrack entry attached
to the skb.
Currently the helper and the event delivery masks can be initialized this
way.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add two masks for conntrack end expectation events to struct nf_conntrack_ecache
and use them to filter events. Their default value is "all events" when the
event sysctl is on and "no events" when it is off. A following patch will add
specific initializations. Expectation events depend on the ecache struct of
their master conntrack.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Split up the IPCT_STATUS event into an IPCT_REPLY event, which is generated
when the IPS_SEEN_REPLY bit is set, and an IPCT_ASSURED event, which is
generated when the IPS_ASSURED bit is set.
In combination with a following patch to support selective event delivery,
this can be used for "sparse" conntrack replication: start replicating the
conntrack entry after it reached the ASSURED state and that way it's SYN-flood
resistant.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make sure not to assign a helper for a different network or transport
layer protocol to a connection.
Additionally change expectation deletion by helper to compare the name
directly - there might be multiple helper registrations using the same
name, currently one of them is chosen in an unpredictable manner and
only those expectations are removed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When an injected frame gets buffered for a powersave STA or filtered
and retransmitted, mac80211 attempts to parse the radiotap header
again, which doesn't work because it's gone at that point.
This patch adds a new flag for checking the availability of a radiotap
header, so that it only attempts to parse it once, reusing the tx info
on the next call to ieee80211_tx().
This fixes severe issues with rekeying in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds a new regulatory hint to be used when we know all
devices have been disconnected and idle. This can happen
when we suspend, for instance. When we disconnect we can
no longer assume the same regulatory rules learned from
a country IE or beacon hints are applicable so restore
regulatory settings to an initial state.
Since driver hints are cached on the wiphy that called
the hint, those hints are not reproduced onto cfg80211
as the wiphy will respect its own wiphy->regd regardless.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds an additional queuing strategy, called pfifo_head_drop,
to remove the oldest skb in the case of an overflow within the queue -
the head element - instead of the last skb (tail). To remove the oldest
skb in congested situations is useful for sensor network environments
where newer packets reflect the superior information.
Reviewed-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I'm not sure about rcu stuff near kmem cache destruction:
* checks for non-empty hashes look bogus, they're done _before_
rcu_berrier()
* unregistering netns ops is done before kmem_cache destoy
(as it should), and unregistering involves rcu barriers by itself
So it looks nothing should be done.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because DTIM information is required for powersave
but is only conveyed in beacons, wait for a beacon
before enabling powersave, and change the way the
information is conveyed to the driver accordingly.
mwl8k doesn't currently seem to implement PS but
requires the DTIM period in a different way; after
talking to Lennert we agreed to just have mwl8k do
the parsing itself in the finalize_join work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This new function (previously a static function
called just "find_ie" can be used to find a
specific IE in a buffer of IEs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Johannes noticed that I had incorrectly documented the context of
update_tkip_key() driver operation. It must be atomic because all
RX code is run inside rcu critical section.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
GC is non-existent in netns, so after you hit GC threshold, no new
dst entries will be created until someone triggers cleanup in init_net.
Make xfrm4_dst_ops and xfrm6_dst_ops per-netns.
This is not done in a generic way, because it woule waste
(AF_MAX - 2) * sizeof(struct dst_ops) bytes per-netns.
Reorder GC threshold initialization so it'd be done before registering
XFRM policies.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"ip xfrm state|policy count" report SA/SP count from init_net,
not from netns of caller process.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a device has multiple MAC addresses, userspace will
need to know about that. Similarly, if it allows the
MAC addresses to vary by a bitmask.
If a driver exports multiple addresses, it is assumed
that it will be able to deal with that many different
addresses, which need not necessarily match the ones
programmed into the device; if a mask is set then the
device should deal addresses within that mask based
on an arbitrary "base address".
To test it all and show how it is used, add support
to hwsim even though it can't actually deal with
addresses different from the default.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station
pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can
use that to store their own data. We also need to pass
the virtual interface pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use macro to define high/low thresh value, refer to IPV6_FRAG_TIMEOUT.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In an earlier commit,
mac80211: disable software retry for now
Pavel Roskin reported a problem that seems to be due to
software retry of already transmitted frames. It turns
out that we've never done that correctly, but due to
some recent changes it now crashes in the TX code. I've
added a comment in the patch that explains the problem
better and also points to possible solutions -- which
I can't implement right now.
I disabled software retry of failed/filtered frames
because it was broken. With the work of the previous
patches, it now becomes fairly easy to re-enable it
by adding a flag indicating that the frame shouldn't
be modified, but still running it through the transmit
handlers to populate the control information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently we don't increment SYN-ACK timeouts & retransmissions
although we do increment the same stats for SYN. We seem to have lost
the SYN-ACK accounting with the introduction of tcp_syn_recv_timer
(commit 2248761e in the netdev-vger-cvs tree).
This patch fixes this issue. In the process we also rename the v4/v6
syn/ack retransmit functions for clarity. We also add a new
request_socket operations (syn_ack_timeout) so we can keep code in
inet_connection_sock.c protocol agnostic.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wrong ax25_cb refcounting in ax25_send_frame() and by its callers can
cause timer oopses (first reported with 2.6.29.6 kernel).
Fixes: http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=14905
Reported-by: Bernard Pidoux <bpidoux@free.fr>
Tested-by: Bernard Pidoux <bpidoux@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There has been some confusion how drivers should implement powersave
support. Improve the documentation a bit to make it more clear what
drivers need to do. Also mention about U-APSD.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There were some warnings about missing documentation and a missing reference.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
net: fix build erros with CONFIG_BUG=n, CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG=n
ipv6: skb_dst() can be NULL in ipv6_hop_jumbo().
tg3: Update copyright and driver version
tg3: Disable 5717 serdes and B0 support
tg3: Add reliable serdes detection for 5717 A0
tg3: Fix std rx prod ring handling
tg3: Fix std prod ring nicaddr for 5787 and 57765
sfc: Fix conditions for MDIO self-test
sfc: Fix polling for slow MCDI operations
e1000e: workaround link issues on busy hub in half duplex on 82577/82578
e1000e: MDIO slow mode should always be done for 82577
ixgbe: update copyright dates
ixgbe: Do not attempt to perform interrupts in netpoll when down
cfg80211: fix refcount imbalance when wext is disabled
mac80211: fix queue selection for data frames on monitor interfaces
iwlwifi: silence buffer overflow warning
iwlwifi: disable tx on beacon update notification
iwlwifi: fix iwl_queue_used bug when read_ptr == write_ptr
mac80211: fix endian error
mac80211: add missing sanity checks for action frames
...
Fixed build errors introduced by commit 7ad6848c (ip: fix mc_loop
checks for tunnels with multicast outer addresses)
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (56 commits)
sky2: Fix oops in sky2_xmit_frame() after TX timeout
Documentation/3c509: document ethtool support
af_packet: Don't use skb after dev_queue_xmit()
vxge: use pci_dma_mapping_error to test return value
netfilter: ebtables: enforce CAP_NET_ADMIN
e1000e: fix and commonize code for setting the receive address registers
e1000e: e1000e_enable_tx_pkt_filtering() returns wrong value
e1000e: perform 10/100 adaptive IFS only on parts that support it
e1000e: don't accumulate PHY statistics on PHY read failure
e1000e: call pci_save_state() after pci_restore_state()
netxen: update version to 4.0.72
netxen: fix set mac addr
netxen: fix smatch warning
netxen: fix tx ring memory leak
tcp: update the netstamp_needed counter when cloning sockets
TI DaVinci EMAC: Handle emac module clock correctly.
dmfe/tulip: Let dmfe handle DM910x except for SPARC on-board chips
ixgbe: Fix compiler warning about variable being used uninitialized
netfilter: nf_ct_ftp: fix out of bounds read in update_nl_seq()
mv643xx_eth: don't include cache padding in rx desc buffer size
...
Fix trivial conflict in drivers/scsi/cxgb3i/cxgb3i_offload.c
Add Unscheduled Automatic Power-Save Delivery (U-APSD) client support. The
idea is that the data frames from the client trigger AP to send the buffered
frames with ACs which have U-APSD enabled. This decreases latency and makes it
possible to save even more power.
Driver needs to use IEEE80211_HW_UAPSD to enable the feature. The current
implementation assumes that firmware takes care of the wakeup and
hardware needing IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK is not yet supported.
Tested with wl1251 on a Nokia N900 and Cisco Aironet 1231G AP and running
various test traffic with ping.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Store information elements from Beacon and Probe Response frames in
separate buffers to allow both sets to be made available through
nl80211. This allows user space applications to get access to IEs from
Beacon frames even if we have received Probe Response frames from the
BSS. Previously, the IEs from Probe Response frames would have
overridden the IEs from Beacon frames.
This feature is of somewhat limited use since most protocols include
the same (or extended) information in Probe Response frames. However,
there are couple of exceptions where the IEs from Beacon frames could
be of some use: TIM IE is only included in Beacon frames (and it would
be needed to figure out the DTIM period used in the BSS) and at least
some implementations of Wireless Provisioning Services seem to include
the full IE only in Beacon frames).
The new BSS attribute for scan results is added to allow both the IE
sets to be delivered. This is done in a way that maintains the
previously used behavior for applications that are not aware of the
new NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Certain type of hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, need a template
for the Probe Request. Create a function ieee80211_probereq_get() which
creates the template and drivers send it to hardware.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, handle the transmission
of power save related frames in hardware, but the driver is responsible
for creating the templates. It's better to create the templates in mac80211,
that way all drivers can benefit from this.
Add two new functions, ieee80211_pspoll_get() and ieee80211_nullfunc_get()
which drivers need to call to get the frame. Drivers are also responsible
for updating the templates after each association.
Also new struct ieee80211_hdr_3addr is added to ieee80211.h to make it
easy to calculate length of the Nullfunc frame.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK command and related
attributes to provide support for setting TX rate mask for rate
control. This uses the existing cfg80211 set_bitrate_mask operation
that was previously used only with WEXT compat code (SIOCSIWRATE). The
nl80211 command allows more generic configuration of allowed rates as
a mask instead of fixed/max rate.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask to actually use a bitfield mask
instead of just a single fixed or maximum rate index. This change
itself does not modify the behavior (except for debugfs files), but it
prepares cfg80211 and mac80211 for a new nl80211 command for setting
which rates can be used in TX rate control.
Since frames are now going through the rate control algorithm
unconditionally, the internal IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RCALGO flag can now
be removed. The RC implementations can use the rate_idx_mask value to
optimize their behavior if only a single rate is enabled.
The old max_rate_idx in struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control is maintained
(but commented as deprecated) for backwards compatibility with existing
RC implementations. Once these implementations have been updated to
use the more generic rate_idx_mask, the max_rate_idx value can be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the basic rate set is configured to not include the lowest rate
(e.g., basic rate set = 6, 12, 24 Mbps in IEEE 802.11g mode), the AP
should not send out broadcast frames at 1 Mbps. This type of
configuration can be used to optimize channel usage in cases where
there is no need for backwards compatibility with IEEE 802.11b-only
devices.
In AP mode, mac80211 was unconditionally using the lowest rate for
Beacon frames and similarly, with all rate control algorithms that use
rate_control_send_low(), the lowest rate ended up being used for all
broadcast frames (and all unicast frames that are sent before
association). Change this to take into account the basic rate
configuration in AP mode, i.e., use the lowest rate in the basic rate
set instead of the lowest supported rate when selecting the rate.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK
timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional,
but it's essential for long distance links.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new attribute NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS sets IEEE 802.11
Coverage Class, which depends on maximum distance of nodes in a
wireless network. It's required for long distance links (more than a few
hundred meters).
The attribute is now ignored by two non-mac80211 drivers, rndis and
iwmc3200wifi, together with WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT and
WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG. If it turns out to be a problem, we could split
set_wiphy_params callback or add new capability bits.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the kernel portions needed to implement
RFC 5082 Generalized TTL Security Mechanism (GTSM).
It is a lightweight security measure against forged
packets causing DoS attacks (for BGP).
This is already implemented the same way in BSD kernels.
For the necessary Quagga patch
http://www.gossamer-threads.com/lists/quagga/dev/17389
Description from Cisco
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/ios/12_3t/12_3t7/feature/guide/gt_btsh.html
It does add one byte to each socket structure, but I did
a little rearrangement to reuse a hole (on 64 bit), but it
does grow the structure on 32 bit
This should be documented on ip(4) man page and the Glibc in.h
file also needs update. IPV6_MINHOPLIMIT should also be added
(although BSD doesn't support that).
Only TCP is supported, but could also be added to UDP, DCCP, SCTP
if desired.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Send aligned pipe payload if requested to do so. Then, the socket buffer
needs not be fragmented anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Newer Nokia cellular modems can use aligned payload for their GPRS pipe.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we have L3 tunnels with different inner/outer families
(i.e. IPV4/IPV6) which use a multicast address as the outer tunnel
destination address, multicast packets will be loopbacked back to the
sending socket even if IP*_MULTICAST_LOOP is set to disabled.
The mc_loop flag is present in the family specific part of the socket
(e.g. the IPv4 or IPv4 specific part). setsockopt sets the inner
family mc_loop flag. When the packet is pushed through the L3 tunnel
it will eventually be processed by the outer family which if different
will check the flag in a different part of the socket then it was set.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I was very frustrated about the fact that I have to recompile the kernel
to change the hash size. So, I created this patch.
If IPVS is built-in you can append ip_vs.conn_tab_bits=?? to kernel
command line, or, if you built IPVS as modules, you can add
options ip_vs conn_tab_bits=??.
To keep everything backward compatible, you still can select the size at
compile time, and that will be used as default.
It has been about a year since this patch was originally posted
and subsequently dropped on the basis of insufficient test data.
Mark Bergsma has provided the following test results which seem
to strongly support the need for larger hash table sizes:
We do however run into the same problem with the default setting (212 =
4096 entries), as most of our LVS balancers handle around a million
connections/SLAB entries at any point in time (around 100-150 kpps
load). With only 4096 hash table entries this implies that each entry
consists of a linked list of 256 connections *on average*.
To provide some statistics, I did an oprofile run on an 2.6.31 kernel,
with both the default 4096 table size, and the same kernel recompiled
with IP_VS_CONN_TAB_BITS set to 18 (218 = 262144 entries). I built a
quick test setup with a part of Wikimedia/Wikipedia's live traffic
mirrored by the switch to the test host.
With the default setting, at ~ 120 kpps packet load we saw a typical %si
CPU usage of around 30-35%, and oprofile reported a hot spot in
ip_vs_conn_in_get:
samples % image name app name
symbol name
1719761 42.3741 ip_vs.ko ip_vs.ko ip_vs_conn_in_get
302577 7.4554 bnx2 bnx2 /bnx2
181984 4.4840 vmlinux vmlinux __ticket_spin_lock
128636 3.1695 vmlinux vmlinux ip_route_input
74345 1.8318 ip_vs.ko ip_vs.ko ip_vs_conn_out_get
68482 1.6874 vmlinux vmlinux mwait_idle
After loading the recompiled kernel with 218 entries, %si CPU usage
dropped in half to around 12-18%, and oprofile looks much healthier,
with only 7% spent in ip_vs_conn_in_get:
samples % image name app name
symbol name
265641 14.4616 bnx2 bnx2 /bnx2
143251 7.7986 vmlinux vmlinux __ticket_spin_lock
140661 7.6576 ip_vs.ko ip_vs.ko ip_vs_conn_in_get
94364 5.1372 vmlinux vmlinux mwait_idle
86267 4.6964 vmlinux vmlinux ip_route_input
[ horms@verge.net.au: trivial up-port and minor style fixes ]
Signed-off-by: Catalin(ux) M. BOIE <catab@embedromix.ro>
Cc: Mark Bergsma <mark@wikimedia.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (74 commits)
Revert "b43: Enforce DMA descriptor memory constraints"
iwmc3200wifi: fix array out-of-boundary access
wl1251: timeout one too soon in wl1251_boot_run_firmware()
mac80211: fix propagation of failed hardware reconfigurations
mac80211: fix race with suspend and dynamic_ps_disable_work
ath9k: fix missed error codes in the tx status check
ath9k: wake hardware during AMPDU TX actions
ath9k: wake hardware for interface IBSS/AP/Mesh removal
ath9k: fix suspend by waking device prior to stop
cfg80211: fix error path in cfg80211_wext_siwscan
wl1271_cmd.c: cleanup char => u8
iwlwifi: Storage class should be before const qualifier
ath9k: Storage class should be before const qualifier
cfg80211: fix race between deauth and assoc response
wireless: remove remaining qual code
rt2x00: Add USB ID for Linksys WUSB 600N rev 2.
ath5k: fix SWI calibration interrupt storm
mac80211: fix ibss join with fixed-bssid
libertas: Remove carrier signaling from the scan code
orinoco: fix GFP_KERNEL in orinoco_set_key with interrupts disabled
...
To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context,
annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time,
also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts.
mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on
the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be
removed in the future.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available
in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead
of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the
mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic
patch:
@@
identifier conf, fn, hw;
type tp;
@@
tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
-struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf)
+struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
{
<...
(
-conf->type
+vif->type
|
-conf->mac_addr
+vif->addr
|
-conf->vif
+vif
)
...>
}
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When, for instance, a new IBSS peer is found, userspace
wants to be notified. Add events for all new stations
that mac80211 learns about.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new commands for requesting the driver to remain awake
on a specified channel for the specified amount of time
(and another command to cancel such an operation). This
can be used to implement userspace-controlled off-channel
operations, like Public Action frame exchange on another
channel than the operation channel.
The off-channel operation should behave similarly to scan,
i.e. the local station (if associated) moves into power
save mode to request the AP to buffer frames for it and
then moves to the other channel to allow the off-channel
operation to be completed. The duration parameter can be
used to request enough time to receive a response from
the target station.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames
have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel
for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers
can implement to provide that confirmation, and use
it in a few places:
* before scanning sends the nullfunc frames
* after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any
* when going idle, to send any pending frames
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes the remaining users of the rx status
'qual' field and the field itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For the cases where a lot of interfaces are used in conjunction with a
lot of LLC sockets bound to the same SAP, the iteration of the socket
list becomes prohibitively expensive.
Replacing the list with a a local address based hash significantly
improves the bind and listener lookup operations as well as the
datagram delivery.
Connected sockets delivery is also improved, but this patch does not
address the case where we have lots of sockets with the same local
address connected to different remote addresses.
In order to keep the socket sanity checks alive and fast a socket
counter was added to the SAP structure.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a per SAP device based hash table to solve the
multicast delivery scalability issue when we have large number of
interfaces and a large number of sockets bound to the same SAP.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the reclamation phase we use the SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU mechanism,
which require some extra checks in the lookup code:
a) If the current socket was released, reallocated & inserted in
another list it will short circuit the iteration for the current list,
thus we need to restart the lookup.
b) If the current socket was released, reallocated & inserted in the
same list we just need to recheck it matches the look-up criteria and
if not we can skip to the next element.
In this case there is no need to restart the lookup, since sockets are
inserted at the start of the list and the worst that will happen is
that we will iterate throught some of the list elements more then
once.
Note that the /proc and multicast delivery was not yet converted to
RCU, it still uses spinlocks for protection.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add rtnetlink init_rcvwnd to set the TCP initial receive window size
advertised by passive and active TCP connections.
The current Linux TCP implementation limits the advertised TCP initial
receive window to the one prescribed by slow start. For short lived
TCP connections used for transaction type of traffic (i.e. http
requests), bounding the advertised TCP initial receive window results
in increased latency to complete the transaction.
Support for setting initial congestion window is already supported
using rtnetlink init_cwnd, but the feature is useless without the
ability to set a larger TCP initial receive window.
The rtnetlink init_rcvwnd allows increasing the TCP initial receive
window, allowing TCP connection to advertise larger TCP receive window
than the ones bounded by slow start.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Chavey <chavey@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_push checks tcp_send_head and calls __tcp_push_pending_frames,
which again checks tcp_send_head, and this unnecessary check is
done for every other caller of __tcp_push_pending_frames.
Remove tcp_send_head check in __tcp_push_pending_frames and add
the check to tcp_push_pending_frames. Other functions call
__tcp_push_pending_frames only when tcp_send_head would evaluate
to true.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the
driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action
frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode.
Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that
just logs the requested mode.
For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only,
and let you toggle the requested mode at any time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more
drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have
a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so
prepare for that by reducing the reliance on
having a netdev. This patch moves the name
and address fields into the sdata struct and
uses them from there all over. Some work is
needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not
a lot of work and in slow paths anyway.
In doing so, this also reduces the number of
pointer dereferences in many places, because
of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming
sdata->vif.addr.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (26 commits)
net: sh_eth alignment fix for sh7724 using NET_IP_ALIGN V2
ixgbe: allow tx of pre-formatted vlan tagged packets
ixgbe: Fix 82598 premature copper PHY link indicatation
ixgbe: Fix tx_restart_queue/non_eop_desc statistics counters
bcm63xx_enet: fix compilation failure after get_stats_count removal
packet: dont call sleeping functions while holding rcu_read_lock()
tcp: Revert per-route SACK/DSACK/TIMESTAMP changes.
ipvs: zero usvc and udest
netfilter: fix crashes in bridge netfilter caused by fragment jumps
ipv6: reassembly: use seperate reassembly queues for conntrack and local delivery
sky2: leave PCI config space writeable
sky2: print Optima chip name
x25: Update maintainer.
ipvs: fix synchronization on connection close
netfilter: xtables: document minimal required version
drivers/net/bonding/: : use pr_fmt
can: CAN_MCP251X should depend on HAS_DMA
drivers/net/usb: Correct code taking the size of a pointer
drivers/net/cpmac.c: Correct code taking the size of a pointer
drivers/net/sfc: Correct code taking the size of a pointer
...
It creates a regression, triggering badness for SYN_RECV
sockets, for example:
[19148.022102] Badness at net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c:293
[19148.022570] NIP: c02a0914 LR: c02a0904 CTR: 00000000
[19148.023035] REGS: eeecbd30 TRAP: 0700 Not tainted (2.6.32)
[19148.023496] MSR: 00029032 <EE,ME,CE,IR,DR> CR: 24002442 XER: 00000000
[19148.024012] TASK = eee9a820[1756] 'privoxy' THREAD: eeeca000
This is likely caused by the change in the 'estab' parameter
passed to tcp_parse_options() when invoked by the functions
in net/ipv4/tcp_minisocks.c
But even if that is fixed, the ->conn_request() changes made in
this patch series is fundamentally wrong. They try to use the
listening socket's 'dst' to probe the route settings. The
listening socket doesn't even have a route, and you can't
get the right route (the child request one) until much later
after we setup all of the state, and it must be done by hand.
This stuff really isn't ready, so the best thing to do is a
full revert. This reverts the following commits:
f55017a93f022c3f7d821aba721ebacda42ebd67345cda2fd6dc343475ed05eaade2786a2a2d6bf8
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When fragments from bridge netfilter are passed to IPv4 or IPv6 conntrack
and a reassembly queue with the same fragment key already exists from
reassembling a similar packet received on a different device (f.i. with
multicasted fragments), the reassembled packet might continue on a different
codepath than where the head fragment originated. This can cause crashes
in bridge netfilter when a fragment received on a non-bridge device (and
thus with skb->nf_bridge == NULL) continues through the bridge netfilter
code.
Add a new reassembly identifier for packets originating from bridge
netfilter and use it to put those packets in insolated queues.
Fixes http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=14805
Reported-and-Tested-by: Chong Qiao <qiaochong@loongson.cn>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Currently the same reassembly queue might be used for packets reassembled
by conntrack in different positions in the stack (PREROUTING/LOCAL_OUT),
as well as local delivery. This can cause "packet jumps" when the fragment
completing a reassembled packet is queued from a different position in the
stack than the previous ones.
Add a "user" identifier to the reassembly queue key to seperate the queues
of each caller, similar to what we do for IPv4.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add a definition of the amount of TX headroom reserved by mac80211 itself
for its own purposes. Also add BUILD_BUG_ON to validate the value.
This define can then be used by drivers to request additional TX headroom
in the most efficient manner.
Signed-off-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu: (34 commits)
m68k: rename global variable vmalloc_end to m68k_vmalloc_end
percpu: add missing per_cpu_ptr_to_phys() definition for UP
percpu: Fix kdump failure if booted with percpu_alloc=page
percpu: make misc percpu symbols unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in ia64 unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in powerpc unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in x86 unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in xen unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in cpufreq unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in oprofile unique
percpu: make percpu symbols in tracer unique
percpu: make percpu symbols under kernel/ and mm/ unique
percpu: remove some sparse warnings
percpu: make alloc_percpu() handle array types
vmalloc: fix use of non-existent percpu variable in put_cpu_var()
this_cpu: Use this_cpu_xx in trace_functions_graph.c
this_cpu: Use this_cpu_xx for ftrace
this_cpu: Use this_cpu_xx in nmi handling
this_cpu: Use this_cpu operations in RCU
this_cpu: Use this_cpu ops for VM statistics
...
Fix up trivial (famous last words) global per-cpu naming conflicts in
arch/x86/kvm/svm.c
mm/slab.c
compat_sys_recvmmsg has a compat_timespec parameter and not a
timespec parameter. This way we also get rid of an odd cast.
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves retransmits_timed_out() from include/net/tcp.h
to tcp_timer.c, where it is used.
Reported-by: Frederic Leroy <fredo@starox.org>
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a problem in the TCP connection timeout calculation.
Currently, timeout decisions are made on the basis of the current
tcp_time_stamp and retrans_stamp, which is usually set at the first
retransmission.
However, if the retransmission fails in tcp_retransmit_skb(),
retrans_stamp is not updated and remains zero. This leads to wrong
decisions in retransmits_timed_out() if tcp_time_stamp is larger than
the specified timeout, which is very likely.
In this case, the TCP connection dies after the first attempted
(and unsuccessful) retransmission.
With this patch, tcp_skb_cb->when is used instead, when retrans_stamp
is not available.
This bug has been introduced together with retransmits_timed_out() in
2.6.32, as the number of retransmissions has been used for timeout
decisions before. The corresponding commit was
6fa12c8503 (Revert Backoff [v3]:
Calculate TCP's connection close threshold as a time value.).
Thanks to Ilpo Järvinen for code suggestions and Frederic Leroy for
testing.
Reported-by: Frederic Leroy <fredo@starox.org>
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we find a timewait connection in __inet_hash_connect() and reuse
it for a new connection request, we have a race window, releasing bind
list lock and reacquiring it in __inet_twsk_kill() to remove timewait
socket from list.
Another thread might find the timewait socket we already chose, leading to
list corruption and crashes.
Fix is to remove timewait socket from bind list before releasing the bind lock.
Note: This problem happens if sysctl_tcp_tw_reuse is set.
Reported-by: kapil dakhane <kdakhane@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First patch changes __inet_hash_nolisten() and __inet6_hash()
to get a timewait parameter to be able to unhash it from ehash
at same time the new socket is inserted in hash.
This makes sure timewait socket wont be found by a concurrent
writer in __inet_check_established()
Reported-by: kapil dakhane <kdakhane@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1815 commits)
mac80211: fix reorder buffer release
iwmc3200wifi: Enable wimax core through module parameter
iwmc3200wifi: Add wifi-wimax coexistence mode as a module parameter
iwmc3200wifi: Coex table command does not expect a response
iwmc3200wifi: Update wiwi priority table
iwlwifi: driver version track kernel version
iwlwifi: indicate uCode type when fail dump error/event log
iwl3945: remove duplicated event logging code
b43: fix two warnings
ipw2100: fix rebooting hang with driver loaded
cfg80211: indent regulatory messages with spaces
iwmc3200wifi: fix NULL pointer dereference in pmkid update
mac80211: Fix TX status reporting for injected data frames
ath9k: enable 2GHz band only if the device supports it
airo: Fix integer overflow warning
rt2x00: Fix padding bug on L2PAD devices.
WE: Fix set events not propagated
b43legacy: avoid PPC fault during resume
b43: avoid PPC fault during resume
tcp: fix a timewait refcnt race
...
Fix up conflicts due to sysctl cleanups (dead sysctl_check code and
CTL_UNNUMBERED removed) in
kernel/sysctl_check.c
net/ipv4/sysctl_net_ipv4.c
net/ipv6/addrconf.c
net/sctp/sysctl.c
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/sysctl-2.6: (43 commits)
security/tomoyo: Remove now unnecessary handling of security_sysctl.
security/tomoyo: Add a special case to handle accesses through the internal proc mount.
sysctl: Drop & in front of every proc_handler.
sysctl: Remove CTL_NONE and CTL_UNNUMBERED
sysctl: kill dead ctl_handler definitions.
sysctl: Remove the last of the generic binary sysctl support
sysctl net: Remove unused binary sysctl code
sysctl security/tomoyo: Don't look at ctl_name
sysctl arm: Remove binary sysctl support
sysctl x86: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl sh: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl powerpc: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl ia64: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl s390: Remove dead sysctl binary support
sysctl frv: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl mips/lasat: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl drivers: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl crypto: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl security/keys: Remove dead binary sysctl support
sysctl kernel: Remove binary sysctl logic
...
Its currently possible that several threads issuing a connect() find
the same timewait socket and try to reuse it, leading to list
corruptions.
Condition for bug is that these threads bound their socket on same
address/port of to-be-find timewait socket, and connected to same
target. (SO_REUSEADDR needed)
To fix this problem, we could unhash timewait socket while holding
ehash lock, to make sure lookups/changes will be serialized. Only
first thread finds the timewait socket, other ones find the
established socket and return an EADDRNOTAVAIL error.
This second version takes into account Evgeniy's review and makes sure
inet_twsk_put() is called outside of locked sections.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function walks the whole hashtable so there is no point in
passing it a network namespace. Instead I purge all timewait
sockets from dead network namespaces that I find. If the namespace
is one of the once I am trying to purge I am guaranteed no new timewait
sockets can be formed so this will get them all. If the namespace
is one I am not acting for it might form a few more but I will
call inet_twsk_purge again and shortly to get rid of them. In
any even if the network namespace is dead timewait sockets are
useless.
Move the calls of inet_twsk_purge into batch_exit routines so
that if I am killing a bunch of namespaces at once I will just
call inet_twsk_purge once and save a lot of redundant unnecessary
work.
My simple 4k network namespace exit test the cleanup time dropped from
roughly 8.2s to 1.6s. While the time spent running inet_twsk_purge fell
to about 2ms. 1ms for ipv4 and 1ms for ipv6.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the code so fib_rules_register always takes a template instead
of the actual fib_rules_ops structure that will be used. This is
required for network namespace support so 2 out of the 3 callers already
do this, it allows the error handling to be made common, and it allows
fib_rules_unregister to free the template for hte caller.
Modify fib_rules_unregister to use call_rcu instead of syncrhonize_rcu
to allw multiple namespaces to be cleaned up in the same rcu grace
period.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm.nlsk is provided by the xfrm_user module and is access via rcu from
other parts of the xfrm code. Add xfrm.nlsk_stash a copy of xfrm.nlsk that
will never be set to NULL. This allows the synchronize_net and
netlink_kernel_release to be deferred until a whole batch of xfrm.nlsk sockets
have been set to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Add exit_list to struct net to support building lists of network
namespaces to cleanup.
- Add exit_batch to pernet_operations to allow running operations only
once during a network namespace exit. Instead of once per network
namespace.
- Factor opt ops_exit_list and ops_exit_free so the logic with cleanup
up a network namespace does not need to be duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 68144d350f4f6c348659c825cde6a82b34c27a91
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Thu Dec 3 12:05:25 2009 +0100
net: fib_rules: add oif classification
Support routing table lookup based on the flow's oif. This is useful to
classify packets originating from sockets bound to interfaces differently.
The route cache already includes the oif and needs no changes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 229e77eec406ad68662f18e49fda8b5d366768c5
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Thu Dec 3 12:05:23 2009 +0100
net: fib_rules: rename ifindex/ifname/FRA_IFNAME to iifindex/iifname/FRA_IIFNAME
The next patch will add oif classification, rename interface related members
and attributes to reflect that they're used for iif classification.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit b8952893d5d86f69c4e499d191b98c6658f64b0f
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Thu Dec 3 12:05:22 2009 +0100
net: fib_rules: rearrange struct fib_rule
The ifname member is only used to resolve interface names and is not needed
during rule lookups. The target and ctarget members however are used during
rule lookups and are currently located in a second cacheline.
Move ifname further to the end to make sure both target and ctarget are
located in the same cacheline as other members used during rule lookups.
The layout on 64 bit changes from:
struct fib_rule {
...
u32 table; /* 56 4 */
u8 action; /* 60 1 */
/* XXX 3 bytes hole, try to pack */
/* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */
u32 target; /* 64 4 */
/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */
struct fib_rule * ctarget; /* 72 8 */
struct rcu_head rcu; /* 80 16 */
struct net * fr_net; /* 96 8 */
};
to:
struct fib_rule {
...
u32 table; /* 40 4 */
u8 action; /* 44 1 */
/* XXX 3 bytes hole, try to pack */
u32 target; /* 48 4 */
/* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */
struct fib_rule * ctarget; /* 56 8 */
/* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */
char ifname[16]; /* 64 16 */
struct rcu_head rcu; /* 80 16 */
struct net * fr_net; /* 96 8 */
};
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RejActioned is used to prevent retransmission when a entity is on the
WAIT_F state, i.e., waiting for a frame with F-bit set due local busy
condition or a expired retransmission timer. (When these two events raise
they send a frame with the Poll bit set and enters in the WAIT_F state to
wait for a frame with the Final bit set.)
The local entity doesn't send I-frames(the data frames) until the receipt
of a frame with F-bit set. When that happens it also set RejActioned to false.
RejActioned is a mandatory feature of ERTM spec.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As specified by ERTM spec an ERTM channel can acknowledge received
I-frames(the data frames) by sending an I-frame with the proper ReqSeq
value (i.e. ReqSeq is set to BufferSeq). Until now we aren't setting the
ReqSeq value on I-frame control bits. That way we can save sending
S-frames(Supervise frames) only to acknowledge receipt of I-frames. It
is very helpful to the full-duplex channel.
ReqSeq is the packet sequence number sent in an acknowledgement frame to
acknowledge receipt of frames up to (ReqSeq - 1).
BufferSeq controls the receiver buffer, it is used to delay
acknowledgement of new frames to not cause buffer overflow. BufferSeq
value is not increased until frames are pulled by reassembly function.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The tasklet schedule function helpers are just an obfuscation. So remove
them and call the schedule functions directly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For future simplification it is important that the hci_recv_frame
function is no longer an inline function. So move it into the module
itself and export it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Eric Dumazet mentioned in a context of another problem:
"Well, it seems NFS reuses its socket, so maybe we miss some
cleaning as spotted in this old patch"
I've not check under which conditions that actually happens but
if true, we need to make sure we don't accidently leave stale
hints behind when the write queue had to be purged (whether reusing
with NFS can actually happen if purging took place is something I'm
not sure of).
...At least it compiles.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parse incoming TCP_COOKIE option(s).
Calculate <SYN,ACK> TCP_COOKIE option.
Send optional <SYN,ACK> data.
This is a significantly revised implementation of an earlier (year-old)
patch that no longer applies cleanly, with permission of the original
author (Adam Langley):
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/102586
Requires:
TCPCT part 1a: add request_values parameter for sending SYNACK
TCPCT part 1b: generate Responder Cookie secret
TCPCT part 1c: sysctl_tcp_cookie_size, socket option TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS
TCPCT part 1d: define TCP cookie option, extend existing struct's
TCPCT part 1e: implement socket option TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS
TCPCT part 1f: Initiator Cookie => Responder
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Data structures are carefully composed to require minimal additions.
For example, the struct tcp_options_received cookie_plus variable fits
between existing 16-bit and 8-bit variables, requiring no additional
space (taking alignment into consideration). There are no additions to
tcp_request_sock, and only 1 pointer in tcp_sock.
This is a significantly revised implementation of an earlier (year-old)
patch that no longer applies cleanly, with permission of the original
author (Adam Langley):
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/102586
The principle difference is using a TCP option to carry the cookie nonce,
instead of a user configured offset in the data. This is more flexible and
less subject to user configuration error. Such a cookie option has been
suggested for many years, and is also useful without SYN data, allowing
several related concepts to use the same extension option.
"Re: SYN floods (was: does history repeat itself?)", September 9, 1996.
http://www.merit.net/mail.archives/nanog/1996-09/msg00235.html
"Re: what a new TCP header might look like", May 12, 1998.
ftp://ftp.isi.edu/end2end/end2end-interest-1998.mail
These functions will also be used in subsequent patches that implement
additional features.
Requires:
TCPCT part 1a: add request_values parameter for sending SYNACK
TCPCT part 1b: generate Responder Cookie secret
TCPCT part 1c: sysctl_tcp_cookie_size, socket option TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define sysctl (tcp_cookie_size) to turn on and off the cookie option
default globally, instead of a compiled configuration option.
Define per socket option (TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS) for setting constant
data values, retrieving variable cookie values, and other facilities.
Move inline tcp_clear_options() unchanged from net/tcp.h to linux/tcp.h,
near its corresponding struct tcp_options_received (prior to changes).
This is a straightforward re-implementation of an earlier (year-old)
patch that no longer applies cleanly, with permission of the original
author (Adam Langley):
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/102586
These functions will also be used in subsequent patches that implement
additional features.
Requires:
net: TCP_MSS_DEFAULT, TCP_MSS_DESIRED
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define (missing) hash message size for SHA1.
Define hashing size constants specific to TCP cookies.
Add new function: tcp_cookie_generator().
Maintain global secret values for tcp_cookie_generator().
This is a significantly revised implementation of earlier (15-year-old)
Photuris [RFC-2522] code for the KA9Q cooperative multitasking platform.
Linux RCU technique appears to be well-suited to this application, though
neither of the circular queue items are freed.
These functions will also be used in subsequent patches that implement
additional features.
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add optional function parameters associated with sending SYNACK.
These parameters are not needed after sending SYNACK, and are not
used for retransmission. Avoids extending struct tcp_request_sock,
and avoids allocating kernel memory.
Also affects DCCP as it uses common struct request_sock_ops,
but this parameter is currently reserved for future use.
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No that all of the callers have been updated to set fields in
struct pernet_operations, and simplified to let the network
namespace core handle the allocation and freeing of the storage
for them, remove the surpurpflous methods and update the docs
to the new style.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To get the full benefit of batched network namespace cleanup netowrk
device deletion needs to be performed by the generic code. When
using register_pernet_gen_device and freeing the data in exit_net
it is impossible to delay allocation until after exit_net has called
as the device uninit methods are no longer safe.
To correct this, and to simplify working with per network namespace data
I have moved allocation and deletion of per network namespace data into
the network namespace core. The core now frees the data only after
all of the network namespace exit routines have run.
Now it is only required to set the new fields .id and .size
in the pernet_operations structure if you want network namespace
data to be managed for you automatically.
This makes the current register_pernet_gen_device and
register_pernet_gen_subsys routines unnecessary. For the moment
I have left them as compatibility wrappers in net_namespace.h
They will be removed once all of the users have been updated.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is fairly common to kill several network namespaces at once. Either
because they are nested one inside the other or because they are cooperating
in multiple machine networking experiments. As the network stack control logic
does not parallelize easily batch up multiple network namespaces existing
together.
To get the full benefit of batching the virtual network devices to be
removed must be all removed in one batch. For that purpose I have added
a loop after the last network device operations have run that batches
up all remaining network devices and deletes them.
An extra benefit is that the reorganization slightly shrinks the size
of the per network namespace data structures replaceing a work_struct
with a list_head.
In a trivial test with 4K namespaces this change reduced the cost of
a destroying 4K namespaces from 7+ minutes (at 12% cpu) to 44 seconds
(at 60% cpu). The bulk of that 44s was spent in inet_twsk_purge.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The motivation for an additional notifier in batched netdevice
notification (rt_do_flush) only needs to be called once per batch not
once per namespace.
For further batching improvements I need a guarantee that the
netdevices are unregistered in order allowing me to unregister an all
of the network devices in a network namespace at the same time with
the guarantee that the loopback device is really and truly
unregistered last.
Additionally it appears that we moved the route cache flush after
the final synchronize_net, which seems wrong and there was no
explanation. So I have restored the original location of the final
synchronize_net.
Cc: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lennert Buytenhek noticed that delBA handling in mac80211
was broken and has remotely triggerable problems, some of
which are due to some code shuffling I did that ended up
changing the order in which things were done -- this was
commit d75636ef9c
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Feb 10 21:25:53 2009 +0100
mac80211: RX aggregation: clean up stop session
and other parts were already present in the original
commit d92684e660
Author: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Date: Mon Jan 28 14:07:22 2008 +0200
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add delBA from recipient support
The first problem is that I moved a BUG_ON before various
checks -- thereby making it possible to hit. As the comment
indicates, the BUG_ON can be removed since the ampdu_action
callback must already exist when the state is != IDLE.
The second problem isn't easily exploitable but there's a
race condition due to unconditionally setting the state to
OPERATIONAL when a delBA frame is received, even when no
aggregation session was ever initiated. All the drivers
accept stopping the session even then, but that opens a
race window where crashes could happen before the driver
accepts it. Right now, a WARN_ON may happen with non-HT
drivers, while the race opens only for HT drivers.
For this case, there are two things necessary to fix it:
1) don't process spurious delBA frames, and be more careful
about the session state; don't drop the lock
2) HT drivers need to be prepared to handle a session stop
even before the session was really started -- this is
true for all drivers (that support aggregation) but
iwlwifi which can be fixed easily. The other HT drivers
(ath9k and ar9170) are behaving properly already.
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moves the CONFIG_SYSCTL ifdefs in x25_init into header.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When retransmitting due to T3 timeout, retransmit all the
in-flight chunks for the corresponding transport/path, including
chunks sent less then 1 rto ago.
This is the correct behaviour according to rfc4960 section 6.3.3
E3 and
"Note: Any DATA chunks that were sent to the address for which the
T3-rtx timer expired but did not fit in one MTU (rule E3 above)
should be marked for retransmission and sent as soon as cwnd
allows (normally, when a SACK arrives). ".
This fixes problems when more then one path is present and the T3
retransmission of the first chunk that timeouts stops the T3 timer
for the initial active path, leaving all the other in-flight
chunks waiting forever or until a new chunk is transmitted on the
same path and timeouts (and this will happen only if the cwnd
allows sending new chunks, but since cwnd was dropped to MTU by
the timeout => it will wait until the first heartbeat).
Example: 10 packets in flight, sent at 0.1 s intervals on the
primary path. The primary path is down and the first packet
timeouts. The first packet is retransmitted on another path, the
T3 timer for the primary path is stopped and cwnd is set to MTU.
All the other 9 in-flight packets will not be retransmitted
(unless more new packets are sent on the primary path which depend
on cwnd allowing it, and even in this case the 9 packets will be
retransmitted only after a new packet timeouts which even in the
best case would be more then RTO).
This commit reverts d0ce92910b and
also removes the now unused transport->last_rto, introduced in
b6157d8e03.
p.s The problem is not only when multiple paths are there. It
can happen in a single homed environment. If the application
stops sending data, it possible to have a hung association.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Pelinescu-Onciul <andrei@iptel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an interface to set, delete and flush PMKIDs through nl80211.
Main users would be fullmac devices which firmwares are capable of
generating the RSN IEs for the re-association requests, e.g. iwmc3200wifi.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The RX flags should soon be used only for flags
that cannot change within an a-MPDU, so move the
cooked monitor flag into the RX status flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adding a xfrm_state requires an authentication algorithm specified
either as xfrm_algo or as xfrm_algo_auth with a specific truncation
length. For compatibility, both attributes are dumped to userspace,
and we also accept both attributes, but prefer the new syntax.
If no truncation length is specified, or the authentication algorithm
is specified using xfrm_algo, the truncation length from the algorithm
description in the kernel is used.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current implementation of max.burst ends up limiting new
data during cwnd decay period. The decay is happening becuase
the connection is idle and we are allowed to fill the congestion
window. The point of max.burst is to limit micro-bursts in response
to large acks. This still happens, as max.burst is still applied
to each transmit opportunity. It will also apply if a very large
send is made (greater then allowed by burst).
Tested-by: Florian Niederbacher <florian.niederbacher@student.uibk.ac.at>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Recent attempt to remove deprecated socket options demonstrated
that removing options from the enum space will have severe
binary compatibility issues. The reason is that it changes
the subsequent enum space and causes option values to be redefined.
To solve this, and to get rid of the ugly double statements for
every option, we simply convert to the #define scheme.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The transport last_time_used variable is rather useless.
It was only used when determining if CWND needs to be updated
due to idle transport. However, idle transport detection was
based on a Heartbeat timer and last_time_used was not incremented
when sending Heartbeats. As a result the check for cwnd reduction
was always true. We can get rid of the variable and just base
our cwnd manipulation on the HB timer (like the code comment sais).
We also have to call into the cwnd manipulation function regardless
of whether HBs are enabled or not. That way we will detect idle
transports if the user has disabled Heartbeats.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP_GET_*_OLD stuffs are schedlued to be removed.
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: WANG Cong <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
We currently send window update SACKs every time we free up 1 PMTU
worth of data. That a lot more SACKs then necessary. Instead, we'll
now send back the actuall window every time we send a sack, and do
window-update SACKs when a fraction of the receive buffer has been
opened. The fraction is controlled with a sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The "Invalid Stream Identifier" error has a 16 bit reserved
field at the end, thus making the parameter length be 8 bytes.
We've never supplied that reserved field making wireshark
tag the packet as malformed.
Reported-by: Chris Dischino <cdischino@sonusnet.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch implement the sender side for SACK-IMMEDIATELY
extension.
Section 4.1. Sender Side Considerations
Whenever the sender of a DATA chunk can benefit from the
corresponding SACK chunk being sent back without delay, the sender
MAY set the I-bit in the DATA chunk header.
Reasons for setting the I-bit include
o The sender is in the SHUTDOWN-PENDING state.
o The application requests to set the I-bit of the last DATA chunk
of a user message when providing the user message to the SCTP
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
With WEXT, it happens frequently that the SME
requests an authentication but then deauthenticates
right away because some new parameters came along.
Every time this happens we print a deauth message
and send a deauth frame, but both of that is rather
confusing. Avoid it by aborting the authentication
process silently, and telling cfg80211 about that.
The patch looks larger than it really is:
__cfg80211_auth_remove() is split out from
cfg80211_send_auth_timeout(), there's no new code
except __cfg80211_auth_canceled() (a one-liner) and
the mac80211 bits (7 new lines of code).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Right now all frames mac80211 hands to the driver
have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set to
request TX status. This isn't really necessary, only
the injected frames need TX status (the latter for
hostapd) so move setting this flag.
The rate control algorithms also need TX status, but
they don't require it.
Also, rt2x00 uses that bit for its own purposes and
seems to require it being set for all frames, but
that can be fixed in rt2x00.
This doesn't really change anything for any drivers
but in the future drivers using hw-rate control may
opt to not report TX status for frames that don't
have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00 bits]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's very likely that not many devices will support
four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce
capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211
and check them when userspace tries to use the mode.
Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev)
and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be
improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the
4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for
it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for
station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've accumulated a number of options for wiphys
which make more sense as flags as we keep adding
more. Convert the existing ones.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (42 commits)
cxgb3: fix premature page unmap
ibm_newemac: Fix EMACx_TRTR[TRT] bit shifts
vlan: Fix register_vlan_dev() error path
gro: Fix illegal merging of trailer trash
sungem: Fix Serdes detection.
net: fix mdio section mismatch warning
ppp: fix BUG on non-linear SKB (multilink receive)
ixgbe: Fixing EEH handler to handle more than one error
net: Fix the rollback test in dev_change_name()
Revert "isdn: isdn_ppp: Use SKB list facilities instead of home-grown implementation."
TI Davinci EMAC : Fix Console Hang when bringing the interface down
smsc911x: Fix Console Hang when bringing the interface down.
mISDN: fix error return in HFCmulti_init()
forcedeth: mac address fix
r6040: fix version printing
Bluetooth: Fix regression with L2CAP configuration in Basic Mode
Bluetooth: Select Basic Mode as default for SOCK_SEQPACKET
Bluetooth: Set general bonding security for ACL by default
r8169: Fix receive buffer length when MTU is between 1515 and 1536
can: add the missing netlink get_xstats_size callback
...
Some devices implement the entire rate control in
firmware in some way, like wl1271 or like iwlwifi
which does some things in software but not a lot.
Therefore generic software rate control is rather
useless for them and just adds avoidable overhead
to the transmit path.
It's fairly simple to let drivers indicate that
they do not need rate control, but they need to
fulfil a number of conditions that we encode in
WARN_ONs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The entire aggregation code currently operates on the
hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to
change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step
preparing for that make the aggregation code callable
with the station, or by the combination of virtual
interface and station address.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Resolve the conflict between v2.6.32-rc7 where dn_def_dev_handler
gets a small bug fix and the sysctl tree where I am removing all
sysctl strategy routines.
While investigating for network latencies, I found inet_getid() was a
contention point for some workloads, as inet_peer_idlock is shared
by all inet_getid() users regardless of peers.
One way to fix this is to make ip_id_count an atomic_t instead
of __u16, and use atomic_add_return().
In order to keep sizeof(struct inet_peer) = 64 on 64bit arches
tcp_ts_stamp is also converted to __u32 instead of "unsigned long".
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first "node" is supposed to be the cursor used in the for_each.
The second "node" is ment literally and should not be macro expanded:
it's the name of the hlist_node field from the inet_bind_bucket.
This currently works because when inet_bind_bucket_for_each is called
it's argument is still "node".
Signed-off-by: Lucian Adrian Grijincu <lgrijincu@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define two symbols needed in both kernel and user space.
Remove old (somewhat incorrect) kernel variant that wasn't used in
most cases. Default should apply to both RMSS and SMSS (RFC2581).
Replace numeric constants with defined symbols.
Stand-alone patch, originally developed for TCPCT.
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent commit 8da645e101
sctp: Get rid of an extra routing lookup when adding a transport
introduced a regression in the connection setup. The behavior was
different between IPv4 and IPv6. IPv4 case ended up working because the
route lookup routing returned a NULL route, which triggered another
route lookup later in the output patch that succeeded. In the IPv6 case,
a valid route was returned for first call, but we could not find a valid
source address at the time since the source addresses were not set on the
association yet. Thus resulted in a hung connection.
The solution is to set the source addresses on the association prior to
adding peers.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY command and an get_survey()
ops that a driver can implement. The goal of this command is to allow a
drivers to report channel survey data (e.g. channel noise, channel
occupation).
For now, only the mechanism to report back channel noise has been
implemented.
In future, there will either be a survey-trigger command --- or the existing
scan-trigger command will be enhanced. This will allow user-space to
request survey for arbitrary channels.
Note: any driver that cannot report channel noise should not report
any value at all, e.g. made-up -92 dBm.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Resulting object files have the same MD5 as before.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that sys_sysctl is a compatiblity wrapper around /proc/sys
all sysctl strategy routines, and all ctl_name and strategy
entries in the sysctl tables are unused, and can be
revmoed.
In addition neigh_sysctl_register has been modified to no longer
take a strategy argument and it's callers have been modified not
to pass one.
Cc: "David Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
UDP bind() can be O(N^2) in some pathological cases.
Thanks to secondary hash tables, we can make it O(N)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
net/fsl_pq_mdio: add module license GPL
can: fix WARN_ON dump in net/core/rtnetlink.c:rtmsg_ifinfo()
can: should not use __dev_get_by_index() without locks
hisax: remove bad udelay call to fix build error on ARM
ipip: Fix handling of DF packets when pmtudisc is OFF
qlge: Set PCIe reset type for EEH to fundamental.
qlge: Fix early exit from mbox cmd complete wait.
ixgbe: fix traffic hangs on Tx with ioatdma loaded
ixgbe: Fix checking TFCS register for TXOFF status when DCB is enabled
ixgbe: Fix gso_max_size for 82599 when DCB is enabled
macsonic: fix crash on PowerBook 520
NET: cassini, fix lock imbalance
ems_usb: Fix byte order issues on big endian machines
be2net: Bug fix to send config commands to hardware after netdev_register
be2net: fix to set proper flow control on resume
netfilter: xt_connlimit: fix regression caused by zero family value
rt2x00: Don't queue ieee80211 work after USB removal
Revert "ipw2200: fix oops on missing firmware"
decnet: netdevice refcount leak
netfilter: nf_nat: fix NAT issue in 2.6.30.4+
...
This fixes the following bug in the current implementation of
net/xfrm: SAD entries timeouts do not count the time spent by the machine
in the suspended state. This leads to the connectivity problems because
after resuming local machine thinks that the SAD entry is still valid, while
it has already been expired on the remote server.
The cause of this is very simple: the timeouts in the net/xfrm are bound to
the old mod_timer() timers. This patch reassigns them to the
CLOCK_REALTIME hrtimer.
I have been using this version of the patch for a few months on my
machines without any problems. Also run a few stress tests w/o any
issues.
This version of the patch uses tasklet_hrtimer by Peter Zijlstra
(commit 9ba5f0).
This patch is against 2.6.31.4. Please CC me.
Signed-off-by: Yury Polyanskiy <polyanskiy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extends udp_table to contain a secondary hash table.
socket anchor for this second hash is free, because UDP
doesnt use skc_bind_node : We define an union to hold
both skc_bind_node & a new hlist_nulls_node udp_portaddr_node
udp_lib_get_port() inserts sockets into second hash chain
(additional cost of one atomic op)
udp_lib_unhash() deletes socket from second hash chain
(additional cost of one atomic op)
Note : No spinlock lockdep annotation is needed, because
lock for the secondary hash chain is always get after
lock for primary hash chain.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Union sk_hash with two u16 hashes for udp (no extra memory taken)
One 16 bits hash on (local port) value (the previous udp 'hash')
One 16 bits hash on (local address, local port) values, initialized
but not yet used. This second hash is using jenkin hash for better
distribution.
Because the 'port' is xored later, a partial hash is performed
on local address + net_hash_mix(net)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a counter in udp_hslot to keep an accurate count
of sockets present in chain.
This will permit to upcoming UDP lookup algo to chose
the shortest chain when secondary hash is added.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the
network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier
to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace
with a well known name.
We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace
for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep
that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing
logic into rtnl_link_get_net.
In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace
to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base
device source network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Some devices require that all frames to a station
are flushed when that station goes into powersave
mode before being able to send frames to that
station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in
order to avoid reordering and too many or too few
frames being sent to the station when it polls.
Normally, this is the case unless the station
goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again.
But in that case, frames for it may be pending
on the hardware queues, and thus races could
happen in the case of multiple hardware queues
used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem,
but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make
sure the race doesn't happen.
This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race
with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER
per-station flag that can be controlled by the
driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit
frames or not. This flag must be set according to
very specific rules outlined in the documentation
for the function that controls it.
When we buffer new frames for the station, we
normally set the TIM bit right away, but while
the driver has blocked transmission to that sta
we need to avoid that as well since we cannot
respond to the station if it wakes up due to the
TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set
the TIM bit.
Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we
need to wait until all other frames are flushed
before we can transmit frames to that station,
so the same applies here, we need to wait for
the driver to give the OK.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for two more NL802154 commands: ADD_IFACE and DEL_IFACE,
thus allowing creation and removal of logic WPAN interfaces on the top
of wpan-phy.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
ops->get_phy should increment reference to wpan-phy. As we return
the external structure, we should do refcounting correctly.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Follow the usual pattern of devices registration by adding new function
(wpan_phy_set_dev) that sets child->parent relationship and removing
parent argument from wpan_phy_register call.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 defines channel pages that hold channels (max 32 pages,
27 channels per page). Allow the driver to specify supported channels
on pages, other than the first one.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/cdc_ether.c
All CDC ethernet devices of type USB_CLASS_COMM need to use
'&mbm_info'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vitezslav Samel discovered that since 2.6.30.4+ active FTP can not work
over NAT. The "cause" of the problem was a fix of unacknowledged data
detection with NAT (commit a3a9f79e36).
However, actually, that fix uncovered a long standing bug in TCP conntrack:
when NAT was enabled, we simply updated the max of the right edge of
the segments we have seen (td_end), by the offset NAT produced with
changing IP/port in the data. However, we did not update the other parameter
(td_maxend) which is affected by the NAT offset. Thus that could drift
away from the correct value and thus resulted breaking active FTP.
The patch below fixes the issue by *not* updating the conntrack parameters
from NAT, but instead taking into account the NAT offsets in conntrack in a
consistent way. (Updating from NAT would be more harder and expensive because
it'd need to re-calculate parameters we already calculated in conntrack.)
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct can_proto had a capability field which wasn't ever used. It is
dropped entirely.
struct inet_protosw had a capability field which can be more clearly
expressed in the code by just checking if sock->type = SOCK_RAW.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trying to parse the option of a SYN packet that we have
no route entry for should just use global wide defaults
for route entry options.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Tested-by: Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we have a TODO item to make all station
management dependent on virtual interfaces, I
figured I'd start with pushing such a change
to drivers before more drivers start using the
ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and
cause us grief later on.
For now continue exporting the old API in form
of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage
its use strongly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This cleanup patch puts struct/union/enum opening braces,
in first line to ease grep games.
struct something
{
becomes :
struct something {
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch below also addresses a couple of other corner cases in readdir
seen with a large (e.g. 64k) msize. I'm not sure what people think of
my co-opting of fid->aux here. I'd be happy to rework if there's a better
way.
When the size of the user supplied buffer passed to readdir is smaller
than the data returned in one go by the 9P read request, v9fs_dir_readdir()
currently discards extra data so that, on the next call, a 9P read
request will be issued with offset < previous offset + bytes returned,
which voilates the constraint described in paragraph 3 of read(5) description.
This patch preseves the leftover data in fid->aux for use in the next call.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This value is unused by mac80211, because it was only
be used by wireless extensions, and turned out to not
be useful there because the quality value needs to be
comparable between scan results and the current value
which is impossible when the qual value is calculated
taking into account noise, for example.
Since it is unused anyway, this patch deprecates it
in the hope that drivers will remove their sometimes
quite expensive calculations of the value.
I'm open to actual uses of the value, but the best
way of using it seems to be what the Intel drivers do
which should probably be generalised if we have noise
values from the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Compared to ieee80211_beacon_get(), the new function
ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() returns information on the
location and length of the TIM IE, which some drivers
need in order to generate the TIM on the device. The
old function, ieee80211_beacon_get(), becomes a small
static inline wrapper around the new one to not break
all drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While there may be a case for a driver adding its
own bits of radiotap information, none currently
does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code
to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211
generates. If some driver in the future needs to
add some driver-specific information I'd expect
that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we
can add a different way of passing such data up
and having mac80211 include it.
Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to
IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by
b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps.
The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX
code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged
skb support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In
commit 601ae7f25a
Author: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Date: Thu May 8 19:22:43 2008 +0200
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible
code was added that tried to align the radiotap header
position in memory based on the radiotap header length.
Quite obviously, that is completely useless.
Instead of trying to do that, use unaligned accesses
to generate the radiotap header. To properly do that,
we also need to mark struct ieee80211_radiotap_header
packed, but that is fine since it's already packed
(and it should be marked packed anyway since its a
wire format).
Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Policy routing is not looked up by mark on reverse path filtering.
This fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding an accessor to existing dst_entry feautres field and
refactor the only supported feature (allfrag) to use it.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Sigend-off-by: Ori Finkelman <ori@comsleep.com>
Sigend-off-by: Yony Amit <yony@comsleep.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need tcp_parse_options to be aware of dst_entry to
take into account per dst_entry TCP options settings
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Sigend-off-by: Ori Finkelman <ori@comsleep.com>
Sigend-off-by: Yony Amit <yony@comsleep.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding a list_head parameter to rtnl_link_ops->dellink() methods
allow us to queue devices on a list, in order to dismantle
them all at once.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_rx() must be called with bottom halves disabled. To simplify
driver development implement ieee80211_rx_ni() which disables BH. This
function must be used when in process context.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Get rid of cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX() functions.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When handling large number of netdevice, rtnl_dump_ifinfo()
is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity.
Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists
of the dev_index hash table.
This considerably speedups "ip link" operations
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SIT tunnels use one rwlock to protect their prl entries.
This first patch adds RCU locking for prl management,
with standard call_rcu() calls.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst_negative_advice() should check for changed dst and reset
sk_tx_queue_mapping accordingly. Pass sock to the callers of
dst_negative_advice.
(sk_reset_txq is defined just for use by dst_negative_advice. The
only way I could find to get around this is to move dst_negative_()
from dst.h to dst.c, include sock.h in dst.c, etc)
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce sk_tx_queue_mapping; and functions that set, test and
get this value. Reset sk_tx_queue_mapping to -1 whenever the dst
cache is set/reset, and in socket alloc. Setting txq to -1 and
using valid txq=<0 to n-1> allows the tx path to use the value
of sk_tx_queue_mapping directly instead of subtracting 1 on every
tx.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 9e337b0f (net: annotate inet_timewait_sock bitfields)
added 4/8 bytes in struct inet_timewait_sock.
Fix this by declaring tw_ipv6_offset in the 'flags' bitfield
The 14 bits hole is named tw_pad to make it cleary apparent.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The i2400m driver uses two different bits to distinguish how much the
driver is up. i2400m->ready is used to denote that the infrastructure
to communicate with the device is up and running. i2400m->updown is
used to indicate if 'ready' and the device is up and running, ready to
take control and data traffic.
However, all this was pretty dirty and not clear, with many open spots
where race conditions were present.
This commit cleans up the situation by:
- documenting the usage of both bits
- setting them only in specific, well controlled places
(i2400m_dev_start, i2400m_dev_stop)
- ensuring the i2400m workqueue can't get in the middle of the
setting by flushing it when i2400m->ready is set to zero. This
allows the report hook not having to check again for the bit to be
set [rx.c:i2400m_report_hook_work()].
- using i2400m->updown to determine if the device is up and running
instead of the wimax state in i2400m_dev_reset_handle().
- not loosing missed messages sent by the hardware before
i2400m->ready is set. In rx.c, whatever the device sends can be
sent to user space over the message pipes as soon as the wimax
device is registered, so don't wait for i2400m->ready to be set.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
The last users of skb_icv_walk are converted to ahash now,
so skb_icv_walk is unused and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ah4 and ah6 are converted to ahash now, so we can remove the
code for the obsolete hash algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support for ahash algorithms, we add a pointer to a
crypto_ahash to ah_data.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to have better cache layouts of struct sock (separate zones
for rx/tx paths), we need this preliminary patch.
Goal is to transfert fields used at lookup time in the first
read-mostly cache line (inside struct sock_common) and move sk_refcnt
to a separate cache line (only written by rx path)
This patch adds inet_ prefix to daddr, rcv_saddr, dport, num, saddr,
sport and id fields. This allows a future patch to define these
fields as macros, like sk_refcnt, without name clashes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Phonet "universe" only has 64 addresses, so we keep a trivial flat
routing table.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Storing the mask (size - 1) instead of the size allows fast path to be
a bit faster.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Meaning receive multiple messages, reducing the number of syscalls and
net stack entry/exit operations.
Next patches will introduce mechanisms where protocols that want to
optimize this operation will provide an unlocked_recvmsg operation.
This takes into account comments made by:
. Paul Moore: sock_recvmsg is called only for the first datagram,
sock_recvmsg_nosec is used for the rest.
. Caitlin Bestler: recvmmsg now has a struct timespec timeout, that
works in the same fashion as the ppoll one.
If the underlying protocol returns a datagram with MSG_OOB set, this
will make recvmmsg return right away with as many datagrams (+ the OOB
one) it has received so far.
. Rémi Denis-Courmont & Steven Whitehouse: If we receive N < vlen
datagrams and then recvmsg returns an error, recvmmsg will return
the successfully received datagrams, store the error and return it
in the next call.
This paves the way for a subsequent optimization, sk_prot->unlocked_recvmsg,
where we will be able to acquire the lock only at batch start and end, not at
every underlying recvmsg call.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new socket level option to report number of queue overflows
Recently I augmented the AF_PACKET protocol to report the number of frames lost
on the socket receive queue between any two enqueued frames. This value was
exported via a SOL_PACKET level cmsg. AFter I completed that work it was
requested that this feature be generalized so that any datagram oriented socket
could make use of this option. As such I've created this patch, It creates a
new SOL_SOCKET level option called SO_RXQ_OVFL, which when enabled exports a
SOL_SOCKET level cmsg that reports the nubmer of times the sk_receive_queue
overflowed between any two given frames. It also augments the AF_PACKET
protocol to take advantage of this new feature (as it previously did not touch
sk->sk_drops, which this patch uses to record the overflow count). Tested
successfully by me.
Notes:
1) Unlike my previous patch, this patch simply records the sk_drops value, which
is not a number of drops between packets, but rather a total number of drops.
Deltas must be computed in user space.
2) While this patch currently works with datagram oriented protocols, it will
also be accepted by non-datagram oriented protocols. I'm not sure if thats
agreeable to everyone, but my argument in favor of doing so is that, for those
protocols which aren't applicable to this option, sk_drops will always be zero,
and reporting no drops on a receive queue that isn't used for those
non-participating protocols seems reasonable to me. This also saves us having
to code in a per-protocol opt in mechanism.
3) This applies cleanly to net-next assuming that commit
977750076d (my af packet cmsg patch) is reverted
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_rx() must be called with softirqs disabled
since the networking stack requires this for netif_rx()
and some code in mac80211 can assume that it can not
be processing its own tasklet and this call at the same
time.
It may be possible to remove this requirement after a
careful audit of mac80211 and doing any needed locking
improvements in it along with disabling softirqs around
netif_rx(). An alternative might be to push all packet
processing to process context in mac80211, instead of
to the tasklet, and add other synchronisation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since commit a98b65a3 (net: annotate struct sock bitfield), we lost
8 bytes in struct sock on 64bit arches because of
kmemcheck_bitfield_end(flags) misplacement.
Fix this by putting together sk_shutdown, sk_no_check, sk_userlocks,
sk_protocol and sk_type in the 'flags' 32bits bitfield
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP_HTABLE_SIZE was initialy defined to 128, which is a bit small for
several setups.
4000 active UDP sockets -> 32 sockets per chain in average. An
incoming frame has to lookup all sockets to find best match, so long
chains hurt latency.
Instead of a fixed size hash table that cant be perfect for every
needs, let UDP stack choose its table size at boot time like tcp/ip
route, using alloc_large_system_hash() helper
Add an optional boot parameter, uhash_entries=x so that an admin can
force a size between 256 and 65536 if needed, like thash_entries and
rhash_entries.
dmesg logs two new lines :
[ 0.647039] UDP hash table entries: 512 (order: 0, 4096 bytes)
[ 0.647099] UDP Lite hash table entries: 512 (order: 0, 4096 bytes)
Maximal size on 64bit arches would be 65536 slots, ie 1 MBytes for non
debugging spinlocks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's useful to provide firmware and hardware version to user space and have a
generic interface to retrieve them. Users can provide the version information
in bug reports etc.
Add fields for firmware and hardware version to struct wiphy.
(Dropped nl80211 bits for now and modified remaining bits in favor of
ethtool. -- JWL)
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Refactor wext to
* split out iwpriv handling
* split out iwspy handling
* split out procfs support
* allow cfg80211 to have wireless extensions compat code
w/o CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT
After this, drivers need to
- select WIRELESS_EXT - for wext support
- select WEXT_PRIV - for iwpriv support
- select WEXT_SPY - for iwspy support
except cfg80211 -- which gets new hooks in wext-core.c
and can then get wext handlers without CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT.
Wireless extensions procfs support is auto-selected
based on PROC_FS and anything that requires the wext core
(i.e. WIRELESS_EXT or CFG80211_WEXT).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All usages of structure net_proto_ops should be declared const.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jarek Poplawski a écrit :
>
>
> Hmm... So you made me to do some "real" work here, and guess what?:
> there is one serious checkpatch warning! ;-) Plus, this new parameter
> should be added to the function description. Otherwise:
> Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
>
> Thanks,
> Jarek P.
>
> PS: I guess full "Don't" would show we really mean it...
Okay :) Here is the last round, before the night !
Thanks again
[RFC] pkt_sched: gen_estimator: Don't report fake rate estimators
We currently send TCA_STATS_RATE_EST elements to netlink users, even if no estimator
is running.
# tc -s -d qdisc
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: dev eth0 root bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Sent 112833764978 bytes 1495081739 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 0bit 0pps backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
User has no way to tell if the "rate 0bit 0pps" is a real estimation, or a fake
one (because no estimator is active)
After this patch, tc command output is :
$ tc -s -d qdisc
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: dev eth0 root bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Sent 561075 bytes 1196 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
We add a parameter to gnet_stats_copy_rate_est() function so that
it can use gen_estimator_active(bstats, r), as suggested by Jarek.
This parameter can be NULL if check is not necessary, (htb for
example has a mandatory rate estimator)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 Rapid Deployment (6rd; draft-ietf-softwire-ipv6-6rd) builds upon
mechanisms of 6to4 (RFC3056) to enable a service provider to rapidly
deploy IPv6 unicast service to IPv4 sites to which it provides
customer premise equipment. Like 6to4, it utilizes stateless IPv6 in
IPv4 encapsulation in order to transit IPv4-only network
infrastructure. Unlike 6to4, a 6rd service provider uses an IPv6
prefix of its own in place of the fixed 6to4 prefix.
With this option enabled, the SIT driver offers 6rd functionality by
providing additional ioctl API to configure the IPv6 Prefix for in
stead of static 2002::/16 for 6to4.
Original patch was done by Alexandre Cassen <acassen@freebox.fr>
based on old Internet-Draft.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An incoming datagram must bring into cpu cache *lot* of cache lines,
in particular : (other parts omitted (hash chains, ip route cache...))
On 32bit arches :
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf) =0x30 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x34 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_sleep) =0x50 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc) =0x64 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0x74 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x98 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_callback_lock)=0xcc (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0xd8 (read if we add dropcount support, rw if frame dropped)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter) =0xf8 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_socket) =0x138 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_data_ready) =0x15c (read)
We can avoid sk->sk_socket and socket->fasync_list referencing on sockets
with no fasync() structures. (socket->fasync_list ptr is probably already in cache
because it shares a cache line with socket->wait, ie location pointed by sk->sk_sleep)
This avoids one cache line load per incoming packet for common cases (no fasync())
We can leave (or even move in a future patch) sk->sk_socket in a cold location
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently dirty a cache line to update tunnel device stats
(tx_packets/tx_bytes). We better use the txq->tx_bytes/tx_packets
counters that already are present in cpu cache, in the cache
line shared with txq->_xmit_lock
This patch extends IPTUNNEL_XMIT() macro to use txq pointer
provided by the caller.
Also &tunnel->dev->stats can be replaced by &dev->stats
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FIB algorithim for IPV4 is set at compile time, but kernel goes through
the overhead of function call indirection at runtime. Save some
cycles by turning the indirect calls to direct calls to either
hash or trie code.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SNMP statistic macros can be signficantly simplified.
This will also reduce code size if the arch supports these operations
in hardware.
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
This provides safety against negative optlen at the type
level instead of depending upon (sometimes non-trivial)
checks against this sprinkled all over the the place, in
each and every implementation.
Based upon work done by Arjan van de Ven and feedback
from Linus Torvalds.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The move away from having drivers assign wireless handlers,
in favour of making cfg80211 assign them, broke the sysfs
registration (the wireless/ dir went missing) because the
handlers are now assigned only after registration, which is
too late.
Fix this by special-casing cfg80211-based devices, all
of which are required to have an ieee80211_ptr, in the
sysfs code, and also using get_wireless_stats() to have
the same values reported as in procfs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh.dickins@tiscali.co.uk>
Tested-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh.dickins@tiscali.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 645069299a.
While the code does not actually break anything, it does not completely follow
RFC5214 yet. After talking back with Fred L. Templin, I agree that completing the
ISATAP specific RS/RA code, would pollute the kernel a lot with code that is better
implemented in userspace.
The kernel should not send RS packages for ISATAP at all.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Acked-by: Fred L. Templin <Fred.L.Templin@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems recursion field from "struct ip_tunnel" is not anymore needed.
recursion prevention is done at the upper level (in dev_queue_xmit()),
since we use HARD_TX_LOCK protection for tunnels.
This avoids a cache line ping pong on "struct ip_tunnel" : This structure
should be now mostly read on xmit and receive paths.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's unused.
It isn't needed -- read or write flag is already passed and sysctl
shouldn't care about the rest.
It _was_ used in two places at arch/frv for some reason.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch adds a persistent, read-only caching facility for
9p clients using the FS-Cache caching backend.
When the fscache facility is enabled, each inode is associated
with a corresponding vcookie which is an index into the FS-Cache
indexing tree. The FS-Cache indexing tree is indexed at 3 levels:
- session object associated with each mount.
- inode/vcookie
- actual data (pages)
A cache tag is chosen randomly for each session. These tags can
be read off /sys/fs/9p/caches and can be passed as a mount-time
parameter to re-attach to the specified caching session.
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Kulkarni <adkulkar@umail.iu.edu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
After the recent mq change there is the new select_queue qdisc class
method used in tc_modify_qdisc, but it works OK only for direct child
qdiscs of mq qdisc. Grandchildren always get the first tx queue, which
would give wrong qdisc_root etc. results (e.g. for sch_htb as child of
sch_prio). This patch fixes it by using parent's dev_queue for such
grandchildren qdiscs. The select_queue method's return type is changed
BTW.
With feedback from: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes commit e36b9d16c6. The approach
there is to call dev_close()/dev_open() whenever the device type is changed in
order to remap the device IP multicast addresses to HW multicast addresses.
This approach suffers from 2 drawbacks:
*. It assumes tha the device is UP when calling dev_close(), or otherwise
dev_close() has no affect. It is worth to mention that initscripts (Redhat)
and sysconfig (Suse) doesn't act the same in this matter.
*. dev_close() has other side affects, like deleting entries from the routing
table, which might be unnecessary.
The fix here is to directly remap the IP multicast addresses to HW multicast
addresses for a bonding device that changes its type, and nothing else.
Reported-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@voltaire.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was once upon time so that snd_sthresh was a 16-bit quantity.
...That has not been true for long period of time. I run across
some ancient compares which still seem to trust such legacy.
Put all that magic into a single place, I hopefully found all
of them.
Compile tested, though linking of allyesconfig is ridiculous
nowadays it seems.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove long removed "inet_protocol_base" declaration.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When new child qdiscs are attached to the mq qdisc, they are actually
attached as root qdiscs to the device queues. The lock selection for
new estimators incorrectly picks the root lock of the existing and
to be replaced qdisc, which results in a use-after-free once the old
qdisc has been destroyed.
Mark mq qdisc instances with a new flag and treat qdiscs attached to
mq as children similar to regular root qdiscs.
Additionally prevent estimators from being attached to the mq qdisc
itself since it only updates its byte and packet counters during dumps.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a classful dummy scheduler which can be used as root qdisc
for multiqueue devices and exposes each device queue as a child class.
This allows to address queues individually and graft them similar to regular
classes. Additionally it presents an accumulated view of the statistics of
all real root qdiscs in the dummy root.
Two new callbacks are added to the qdisc_ops and qdisc_class_ops:
- cl_ops->select_queue selects the tx queue number for new child classes.
- qdisc_ops->attach() overrides root qdisc device grafting to attach
non-shared qdiscs to the queues.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be used in a following patch by the multiqueue qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This shrinks the size of struct sctp_association a little.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch introduces a new sysctl option to make IPv4 Address Scoping
configurable <draft-stewart-tsvwg-sctp-ipv4-00.txt>.
In networking environments where DNAT rules in iptables prerouting
chains convert destination IP's to link-local/private IP addresses,
SCTP connections fail to establish as the INIT chunk is dropped by the
kernel due to address scope match failure.
For example to support overlapping IP addresses (same IP address with
different vlan id) a Layer-5 application listens on link local IP's,
and there is a DNAT rule that maps the destination IP to a link local
IP. Such applications never get the SCTP INIT if the address-scoping
draft is strictly followed.
This sysctl configuration allows SCTP to function in such
unconventional networking environments.
Sysctl options:
0 - Disable IPv4 address scoping draft altogether
1 - Enable IPv4 address scoping (default, current behavior)
2 - Enable address scoping but allow IPv4 private addresses in init/init-ack
3 - Enable address scoping but allow IPv4 link local address in init/init-ack
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskar.dutta@globallogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
We had a bug that we never stored the user-defined value for
MAXSEG when setting the value on an association. Thus future
PMTU events ended up re-writing the frag point and increasing
it past user limit. Additionally, when setting the option on
the socket/endpoint, we effect all current associations, which
is against spec.
Now, we store the user 'maxseg' value along with the computed
'frag_point'. We inherit 'maxseg' from the socket at association
creation and use it as an upper limit for 'frag_point' when its
set.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP will delay the last part of a large write due to NAGLE, if that
part is smaller then MTU. Since we are doing large writes, we might
as well send the last portion now instead of waiting untill the next
large write happens. The small portion will be sent as is regardless,
so it's better to not delay it.
This is a result of much discussions with Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
and Doug Graham <dgraham@nortel.com>. Many thanks go out to them.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP has a problem that when small chunks are used, it is possible
to exhaust the receiver buffer without fully closing receive window.
This happens due to all overhead that we have account for with small
messages. To fix this, when receive buffer is exceeded, we'll drop
the window to 0 and save the 'drop' portion. When application starts
reading data and freeing up recevie buffer space, we'll wait until
we've reached the 'drop' window and then add back this 'drop' one
mtu at a time. This worked well in testing and under stress produced
rather even recovery.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Currenlty, sctp breaks up user messages into fragments and
sends each fragment to the lower layer by itself. This means
that for each fragment we go all the way down the stack
and back up. This also discourages bundling of multiple
fragments when they can fit into a sigle packet (ex: due
to user setting a low fragmentation threashold).
We introduce a new command SCTP_CMD_SND_MSG and hand the
whole message down state machine. The state machine and
the side-effect parser will cork the queue, add all chunks
from the message to the queue, and then un-cork the queue
thus causing the chunks to get transmitted.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
If a socket has a lot of association that are in the process of
of being closed/aborted, it is possible for a remote to establish
new associations during the time period that the old ones are shutting
down. If this was a result of a close() call, there will be no socket
and will cause a memory leak. We'll prevent this by setting the
socket state to CLOSING and disallow new associations when in this state.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch removes an unused union definition (sctp_cmsg_data_t)
from include/net/sctp/user.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rosenrami@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This fixed a lockdep warning which appeared when doing stress
memory tests over NFS:
inconsistent {RECLAIM_FS-ON-W} -> {IN-RECLAIM_FS-W} usage.
page reclaim => nfs_writepage => tcp_sendmsg => lock sk_lock
mount_root => nfs_root_data => tcp_close => lock sk_lock =>
tcp_send_fin => alloc_skb_fclone => page reclaim
David raised a concern that if the allocation fails in tcp_send_fin(), and it's
GFP_ATOMIC, we are going to yield() (which sleeps) and loop endlessly waiting
for the allocation to succeed.
But fact is, the original GFP_KERNEL also sleeps. GFP_ATOMIC+yield() looks
weird, but it is no worse the implicit sleep inside GFP_KERNEL. Both could
loop endlessly under memory pressure.
CC: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vlan devices are currently not multi-queue capable.
We can do that with a new rtnl_link_ops method,
get_tx_queues(), called from rtnl_create_link()
This new method gets num_tx_queues/real_num_tx_queues
from real device.
register_vlan_device() is also handled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function block inet_connect_sock_af_ops contains no data
make it constant.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are full of unresolved problems, mainly that conversions don't
work 1-1 from hrtimers to tasklet_hrtimers because unlike hrtimers
tasklets can't be killed from softirq context.
And when a qdisc gets reset, that's exactly what we need to do here.
We'll work this out in the net-next-2.6 tree and if warranted we'll
backport that work to -stable.
This reverts the following 3 changesets:
a2cb6a4dd4
("pkt_sched: Fix bogon in tasklet_hrtimer changes.")
38acce2d79
("pkt_sched: Convert CBQ to tasklet_hrtimer.")
ee5f9757ea
("pkt_sched: Convert qdisc_watchdog to tasklet_hrtimer")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These tables are never modified at runtime. Move to read-only
section.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch affects the retransmits_timed_out() function.
Changes:
1) Variables have more meaningful names
2) retransmits_timed_out() has an introductionary comment.
3) Small coding style changes.
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct net::ipv6.ip6_dst_ops is separatedly dynamically allocated,
but there is no fundamental reason for it. Embed it directly into
struct netns_ipv6.
For that:
* move struct dst_ops into separate header to fix circular dependencies
I honestly tried not to, it's pretty impossible to do other way
* drop dynamical allocation, allocate together with netns
For a change, remove struct dst_ops::dst_net, it's deducible
by using container_of() given dst_ops pointer.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 1122 specifies two threshold values R1 and R2 for connection timeouts,
which may represent a number of allowed retransmissions or a timeout value.
Currently linux uses sysctl_tcp_retries{1,2} to specify the thresholds
in number of allowed retransmissions.
For any desired threshold R2 (by means of time) one can specify tcp_retries2
(by means of number of retransmissions) such that TCP will not time out
earlier than R2. This is the case, because the RTO schedule follows a fixed
pattern, namely exponential backoff.
However, the RTO behaviour is not predictable any more if RTO backoffs can be
reverted, as it is the case in the draft
"Make TCP more Robust to Long Connectivity Disruptions"
(http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-zimmermann-tcp-lcd).
In the worst case TCP would time out a connection after 3.2 seconds, if the
initial RTO equaled MIN_RTO and each backoff has been reverted.
This patch introduces a function retransmits_timed_out(N),
which calculates the timeout of a TCP connection, assuming an initial
RTO of MIN_RTO and N unsuccessful, exponentially backed-off retransmissions.
Whenever timeout decisions are made by comparing the retransmission counter
to some value N, this function can be used, instead.
The meaning of tcp_retries2 will be changed, as many more RTO retransmissions
can occur than the value indicates. However, it yields a timeout which is
similar to the one of an unpatched, exponentially backing off TCP in the same
scenario. As no application could rely on an RTO greater than MIN_RTO, there
should be no risk of a regression.
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here, an ICMP host/network unreachable message, whose payload fits to
TCP's SND.UNA, is taken as an indication that the RTO retransmission has
not been lost due to congestion, but because of a route failure
somewhere along the path.
With true congestion, a router won't trigger such a message and the
patched TCP will operate as standard TCP.
This patch reverts one RTO backoff, if an ICMP host/network unreachable
message, whose payload fits to TCP's SND.UNA, arrives.
Based on the new RTO, the retransmission timer is reset to reflect the
remaining time, or - if the revert clocked out the timer - a retransmission
is sent out immediately.
Backoffs are only reverted, if TCP is in RTO loss recovery, i.e. if
there have been retransmissions and reversible backoffs, already.
Changes from v2:
1) Renaming of skb in tcp_v4_err() moved to another patch.
2) Reintroduced tcp_bound_rto() and __tcp_set_rto().
3) Fixed code comments.
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support of dcbnl setapp/getapp to dcbnl_rtnl_ops in netdev to allow
LLDs to implement their corresponding dcbnl setapp/getapp ops to support
the IEEE 802.1Q DCBX setapp/getapp commands.
Signed-off-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Acked-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce keepalive_probes(tp) helper, and use it, like
keepalive_time_when(tp) and keepalive_intvl_when(tp)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the libipw naming scheme change, it is no longer necessary for
mac80211 to avoid the ieee80211_rx name clash.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This eliminates the dual definition of ieee80211_channel (and possibly
others), further clarifying who defines what and paving the way for
inclusion of cfg80211.h.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement all issues related to RemoteBusy in the RECV state table.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Consitfy nlmsghdr arguments to a couple of functions as preparation
for the next patch, which will constify the netlink message data in
all nfnetlink users.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
None of this stuff should execute in hw IRQ context, therefore
use a tasklet_hrtimer so that it runs in softirq context.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
When using DEFER_SETUP on a RFCOMM socket, a SABM frame triggers
authorization which when rejected send a DM response. This is fine
according to the RFCOMM spec:
the responding implementation may replace the "proper" response
on the Multiplexer Control channel with a DM frame, sent on the
referenced DLCI to indicate that the DLCI is not open, and that
the responder would not grant a request to open it later either.
But some stacks doesn't seems to cope with this leaving DLCI 0 open after
receiving DM frame.
To fix it properly a timer was introduced to rfcomm_session which is used
to set a timeout when the last active DLC of a session is unlinked, this
will give the remote stack some time to reply with a proper DISC frame on
DLCI 0 avoiding both sides sending DISC to each other on stacks that
follow the specification and taking care of those who don't by taking
down DLCI 0.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.dentz@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Support for receiving of SREJ frames as specified by the state table.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When L2CAP loses an I-frame we send a SREJ frame to the transmitter side
requesting the lost packet. This patch implement all Recv I-frame events
on SREJ_SENT state table except the ones that deal with SendRej (the REJ
exception at receiver side is yet not implemented).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Implement CRC16 check for L2CAP packets. FCS is used by Streaming Mode and
Enhanced Retransmission Mode and is a extra check for the packet content.
Using CRC16 is the default, L2CAP won't use FCS only when both side send
a "No FCS" request.
Initially based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
L2CAP uses retransmission and monitor timers to inquiry the other side
about unacked I-frames. After sending each I-frame we (re)start the
retransmission timer. If it expires, we start a monitor timer that send a
S-frame with P bit set and wait for S-frame with F bit set. If monitor
timer expires, try again, at a maximum of L2CAP_DEFAULT_MAX_TX.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When receiving an I-frame with unexpected txSeq, receiver side start the
recovery procedure by sending a REJ S-frame to the transmitter side. So
the transmitter can re-send the lost I-frame.
This patch just adds a basic support for retransmission, it doesn't
mean that ERTM now has full support for packet retransmission.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
ERTM should use Segmentation and Reassembly to break down a SDU in many
PDUs on sending data to the other side.
On sending packets we queue all 'segments' until end of segmentation and
just the add them to the queue for sending. On receiving we create a new
SKB with the SDU reassembled.
Initially based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for ERTM transfers, without retransmission, with
txWindow up to 63 and with acknowledgement of packets received. Now the
packets are queued before call l2cap_do_send(), so packets couldn't be
sent at the time we call l2cap_sock_sendmsg(). They will be sent in
an asynchronous way on later calls of l2cap_ertm_send(). Besides if an
error occurs on calling l2cap_do_send() we disconnect the channel.
Initially based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add support to config_req and config_rsp to configure ERTM and Streaming
mode. If the remote device specifies ERTM or Streaming mode, then the
same mode is proposed. Otherwise ERTM or Basic mode is used. And in case
of a state 2 device, the remote device should propose the same mode. If
not, then the channel gets disconnected.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To enable Enhanced Retransmission mode it needs to be set via a socket
option. A different mode can be set on a socket, but on listen() and
connect() the mode is checked and ERTM is only allowed if it is enabled
via the module parameter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
hdev->req_lock is used as mutex so make it a mutex.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The device model itself has no real usable reference counting at the
moment and this causes problems if parents are deleted before their
children. The device model itself handles the memory details of this
correctly, but the uevent order is not consistent. This causes various
problems for systems like HAL or even X.
So until device_put() does a proper cleanup, the device for Bluetooth
connection will be protected with an extra reference counting to ensure
the correct order of uevents when connections are terminated.
This is not an automatic feature. Higher Bluetooth layers like HIDP or
BNEP should grab this new reference to ensure that their uevents are
send before the ones from the parent device.
Based on a report by Brian Rogers <brian@xyzw.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
My patch "cfg80211: fix deadlock" broke the code it
was supposed to fix, the scan request checking. But
it's not trivial to put it back the way it was, since
the original patch had a deadlock.
Now do it in a completely new way: queue the check
off to a work struct, where we can freely lock. But
that has some more complications, like needing to
wait for it to be done before the wiphy/rdev can be
destroyed, so some code is required to handle that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All but two drivers have now stopped using the two
deprecated members radio_enabled and beacon_int,
so it's about time to remove them for good.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up
with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter
operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify
things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add
a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that
need the multicast address list implement. This new
callback must be atomic, but most drivers either
don't care or just calculate a hash which can be
done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware
non-atomically.
A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170,
mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00,
wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this
new capability.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 adds new concept: channel pages, which can contain several
channels. Add support for channel pages in the API and in the fakehard driver.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
In 5e140dfc1f "net: reorder struct Qdisc
for better SMP performance" the definition of struct gnet_stats_basic
changed incompatibly, as copies of this struct are shipped to
userland via netlink.
Restoring old behavior is not welcome, for performance reason.
Fix is to use a private structure for kernel, and
teach gnet_stats_copy_basic() to convert from kernel to user land,
using legacy structure (struct gnet_stats_basic)
Based on a report and initial patch from Michael Spang.
Reported-by: Michael Spang <mspang@csclub.uwaterloo.ca>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sometimes drivers might have a good reason to override
the PS default, like iwlwifi right now where it affects
RX performance significantly at this point. This will
allow them to override the default, if desired, in a
way that users can still change it according to their
trade-off choices, not the driver's, like would happen
if the driver just disabled PS completely then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes the max_bandwidth attribute. It is only ever
written to, and is duplicated by max_bandwidth_khz in the
regulatory code.
Signed-off-by: Pat Erley <pat-lkml@erley.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The memory layout for scan requests was rather wrong,
we put the scan SSIDs before the channels which could
lead to the channel pointers being unaligned in memory.
It turns out that using a pointer to the channel array
isn't necessary anyway since we can embed a zero-length
array into the struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If we have a lot of frames to transmit at once, for
instance with fragmentation, it can be an optimisation
to only tell the DMA engine about them on the last
fragment/frame to avoid banging the IO too much. This
patch allows implementation such an optimisation by
telling the driver when more frames can be expected.
Currently, this is used by mac80211 only on fragmented
frames, but could also be used in the future on other
frames when the queue was full and there are multiple
frames pending.
Note that drivers need to be careful when using this
flag, they need to kick their DMA engines not just
when this flag is clear, but also when the queue gets
full so that progress can be made.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This documents what's required to implement that TX powersave
filter properly wrt. handling hardware queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add some more documentation including an example so that
it's clearer what should be done for TX retries.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order for userspace to be able to figure out whether
it obtained a consistent snapshot of data or not when
using netlink dumps, we need to have a generation number
in each dump message that indicates whether the list has
changed or not -- its value is arbitrary.
This patch adds such a number to all dumps, this needs
some mac80211 involvement to keep track of a generation
number to start with when adding/removing mesh paths or
stations.
The wiphy and netdev lists can be fully handled within
cfg80211, of course, but generation numbers need to be
stored there as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the move of everything related to the SME from
mac80211 to cfg80211, we lost the ability to send
reassociation frames. This adds them back, but only
for wireless extensions. With the userspace SME, it
shall control assoc vs. reassoc (it already can do
so with the nl80211 interface).
I haven't touched the connect() implementation, so
it is not possible to reassociate with the nl80211
connect primitive. I think that should be done with
the NL80211_CMD_ROAM command, but we'll have to see
how that can be handled in the future, especially
with fullmac chips.
This patch addresses only the immediate regression
we had in mac80211, which previously sent reassoc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IEEE802154_SIOC_ADD_SLAVE was used to allocate 802.15.4 interfaces
on the top of radio. It's not used anymore, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which
dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that
is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the
queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue
and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we
can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the
skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving.
The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the
default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is
incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid
checks like the second line below:
+ } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) &&
>> !q->gso_skb &&
+ !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) {
Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1,
2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are
aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on
System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards:
----------------------------------
Size | ORG BW NEW BW |
----------------------------------
128K | 156964 159381 |
256K | 158650 162042 |
----------------------------------
Changes from ver1:
1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to
pkt_sched.h
2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path.
3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset.
4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
String literals are constant, and usually, we can also tag the array
of pointers const too, moving it to the .rodata section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an interface is configured in the AP mode, the mac80211
implementation doesn't inform the driver to receive PS Poll frames.
It leads to inability to communicate with power-saving stations
reliably.
The FIF_CONTROL flag isn't passed by mac80211 to
ieee80211_ops.configure_filter when an interface is in the AP mode.
And it's ok, because we don't want to receive ACK frames and other
control ones, but only PS Poll ones.
This patch introduces the FIF_PSPOLL filter flag in addition to
FIF_CONTROL, which means for the driver "pass PS Poll frames".
This flag is passed to the driver:
A) When an interface is configured in the AP mode.
B) In all cases, when the FIF_CONTROL flag was passed earlier (in
addition to it).
Signed-off-by: Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the bss is always set now once we are connected, if the
bss has its own information element we refer to it and pass that
instead of relying on mac80211's parsing.
Now all cfg80211 drivers get country IE support, automatically and
we reduce the call overhead that we had on mac80211 which called this
upon every beacon and instead now call this only upon a successfull
connection by a STA on cfg80211.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The mac80211 workqueue exists to enable mac80211 and drivers
to queue their own work on a single threaded workqueue. mac80211
takes care to flush the workqueue during suspend but we never
really had requirements on drivers for how they should use
the workqueue in consideration for suspend.
We extend mac80211 to document how the mac80211 workqueue should
be used, how it should not be used and finally move raw access to
the workqueue to mac80211 only. Drivers and mac80211 use helpers
to queue work onto the mac80211 workqueue:
* ieee80211_queue_work()
* ieee80211_queue_delayed_work()
These helpers will now warn if mac80211 already completed its
suspend cycle and someone is trying to queue work. mac80211
flushes the mac80211 workqueue prior to suspend a few times,
but we haven't taken the care to ensure drivers won't add more
work after suspend. To help with this we add a warning when
someone tries to add work and mac80211 already completed the
suspend cycle.
Drivers should ensure they cancel any work or delayed work
in the mac80211 stop() callback.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A regression was added through patch a4ed90d6:
"cfg80211: respect API on orig_flags on channel for beacon hint"
We did indeed respect _orig flags but the intention was not clearly
stated in the commit log. This patch fixes firmware issues picked
up by iwlwifi when we lift passive scan of beaconing restrictions
on channels its EEPROM has been configured to always enable.
By doing so though we also disallowed beacon hints on devices
registering their wiphy with custom world regulatory domains
enabled, this happens to be currently ath5k, ath9k and ar9170.
The passive scan and beacon restrictions on those devices would
never be lifted even if we did find a beacon and the hardware did
support such enhancements when world roaming.
Since Johannes indicates iwlwifi firmware cannot be changed to
allow beacon hinting we set up a flag now to specifically allow
drivers to disable beacon hints for devices which cannot use them.
We enable the flag on iwlwifi to disable beacon hints and by default
enable it for all other drivers. It should be noted beacon hints lift
passive scan flags and beacon restrictions when we receive a beacon from
an AP on any 5 GHz non-DFS channels, and channels 12-14 on the 2.4 GHz
band. We don't bother with channels 1-11 as those channels are allowed
world wide.
This should fix world roaming for ath5k, ath9k and ar9170, thereby
improving scan time when we receive the first beacon from any AP,
and also enabling beaconing operation (AP/IBSS/Mesh) on cards which
would otherwise not be allowed to do so. Drivers not using custom
regulatory stuff (wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()) were not affected
by this as the orig_flags for the channels would have been cleared
upon wiphy registration.
I tested this with a world roaming ath5k card.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rfcomm tty may be used before rfcomm_tty_driver initilized,
The problem is that now socket layer init before tty layer, if userspace
program do socket callback right here then oops will happen.
reporting in:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-bluetooth&m=124404919324542&w=2
make 3 changes:
1. remove #ifdef in rfcomm/core.c,
make it blank function when rfcomm tty not selected in rfcomm.h
2. tune the rfcomm_init error patch to ensure
tty driver initilized before rfcomm socket usage.
3. remove __exit for rfcomm_cleanup_sockets
because above change need call it in a __init function.
Reported-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Dave Young <hidave.darkstar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current neigh_periodic_timer() function is fired by timer IRQ, and
scans one hash bucket each round (very litle work in fact)
As we are supposed to scan whole hash table in 15 seconds, this means
neigh_periodic_timer() can be fired very often. (depending on the number
of concurrent hash entries we stored in this table)
Converting this to a workqueue permits scanning whole table, minimizing
icache pollution, and firing this work every 15 seconds, independantly
of hash table size.
This 15 seconds delay is not a hard number, as work is a deferrable one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since pr_err and friends are used instead of printk there is no point
in keeping IP_VS_ERR and friends. Furthermore make use of '__func__'
instead of hard coded function names.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <heder@google.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Choose saner defaults for xfrm[4|6] gc_thresh values on init
Currently, the xfrm[4|6] code has hard-coded initial gc_thresh values
(set to 1024). Given that the ipv4 and ipv6 routing caches are sized
dynamically at boot time, the static selections can be non-sensical.
This patch dynamically selects an appropriate gc threshold based on
the corresponding main routing table size, using the assumption that
we should in the worst case be able to handle as many connections as
the routing table can.
For ipv4, the maximum route cache size is 16 * the number of hash
buckets in the route cache. Given that xfrm4 starts garbage
collection at the gc_thresh and prevents new allocations at 2 *
gc_thresh, we set gc_thresh to half the maximum route cache size.
For ipv6, its a bit trickier. there is no maximum route cache size,
but the ipv6 dst_ops gc_thresh is statically set to 1024. It seems
sane to select a simmilar gc_thresh for the xfrm6 code that is half
the number of hash buckets in the v6 route cache times 16 (like the v4
code does).
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we now have handlers IWESSID for all modes, we can
combine them into one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we now have IWAP handlers for all modes, we can
combine them into one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Until now we implemented iwfreq for managed mode, we
needed to keep the implementations separate, but now
that we have all versions implemented we can combine
them and export just one handler.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a station queries us for a PS-poll response, we wrongly
queue the frame on the virtual interface's queue rather than
the pending queue.
Additionally, fix a race condition where we could potentially
send multiple frames to the sleeping station due to using a
station flag rather than a packet flag. When converting to a
packet flag, we can also convert p54 and remove the filter
clearing we added for it.
(Also remove a now dead function)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Tested-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to make cfg80211/nl80211 aware of network namespaces,
we have to do the following things:
* del_virtual_intf method takes an interface index rather
than a netdev pointer - simply change this
* nl80211 uses init_net a lot, it changes to use the sender's
network namespace
* scan requests use the interface index, hold a netdev pointer
and reference instead
* we want a wiphy and its associated virtual interfaces to be
in one netns together, so
- we need to be able to change ns for a given interface, so
export dev_change_net_namespace()
- for each virtual interface set the NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL
flag, and clear that flag only when the wiphy changes ns,
to disallow breaking this invariant
* when a network namespace goes away, we need to reparent the
wiphy to init_net
* cfg80211 users that support creating virtual interfaces must
create them in the wiphy's namespace, currently this affects
only mac80211
The end result is that you can now switch an entire wiphy into
a different network namespace with the new command
iw phy#<idx> set netns <pid>
and all virtual interfaces will follow (or the operation fails).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The use of a static buffer in rose2asc() to return its result is not
threadproof and can result in corruption if multiple threads are trying
to use one of the procfs files based on rose2asc().
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply
put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev,
getting rid of the master interface completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All current rate control algorithms agree to send management and no-ack
frames at the lowest rate. They also agree to do this when sta
and the private rate control data is NULL. We add a hlper to mac80211
for this and simplify the rate control algorithm code.
Developers wishing to make enhancements to rate control algorithms
are for broadcast/multicast can opt to not use this in their
gate_rate() mac80211 callback.
Cc: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Cc: ipw3945-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Derek Smithies <derek@indranet.co.nz>
Cc: Chittajit Mitra <Chittajit.Mitra@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we're associated we should be able to send data to
target sta. If we cannot we may be trying to use the incorrect
band to talk to the sta. Lets catch any such cases, warn, and
drop the frames to not invalidate assumptions being made on
rate control algorithms when they have a valid sta to
communicate with. Any such cases should be handled and fixed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In cfg80211_scan_request n_channels refers to the total number
of channels to scan. Update the misleading comment accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reworks the key operation in cfg80211, and now only
allows, from userspace, configuring keys (via nl80211)
after the connection has been established (in managed
mode), the IBSS been joined (in IBSS mode), at any time
(in AP[_VLAN] modes) or never for all the other modes.
In order to do shared key authentication correctly, it
is now possible to give a WEP key to the AUTH command.
To configure static WEP keys, these are given to the
CONNECT or IBSS_JOIN command directly, for a userspace
SME it is assumed it will configure it properly after
the connection has been established.
Since mac80211 used to check the default key in IBSS
mode to see whether or not the network is protected,
it needs an update in that area, as well as an update
to make use of the WEP key passed to auth() for shared
key authentication.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This provides a list of sockets with their Phonet bind addresses and
some socket debug informations through /proc/net/phonet.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
include/net/ieee802154/af_ieee802154.h (and others) naming seems to be too long
and redundant. Drop one level of subdirectories.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
This adds some perfunctory documentation comments to the IEEE 802.15.4
fakehard.c driver (Fake hard MAC) and the nl802154.h (outgoing netlink messages)
header.
These comments are not necessarily complete, but they do reference the
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 document where possible.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Silverstone <dsilvers@simtec.co.uk>
Eric explained this to me -- and afterwards the comment
made sense, but not before. Add the the critical point
about interfaces having to be gone from the netns before
subsys notifiers are called.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix MD5 signature checking so that an IPv4 active open
to an IPv6 socket can succeed. In particular, use the
correct address family's signature generation function
for the SYN/ACK.
Reported-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e912b1142b
(net: sk_prot_alloc() should not blindly overwrite memory)
took care of not zeroing whole new socket at allocation time.
sock_copy() is another spot where we should be very careful.
We should not set refcnt to a non null value, until
we are sure other fields are correctly setup, or
a lockless reader could catch this socket by mistake,
while not fully (re)initialized.
This patch puts sk_node & sk_refcnt to the very beginning
of struct sock to ease sock_copy() & sk_prot_alloc() job.
We add appropriate smp_wmb() before sk_refcnt initializations
to match our RCU requirements (changes to sock keys should
be committed to memory before sk_refcnt setting)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes wireless extensions netns aware. The
tasklet sending the events is converted to a work
struct so that we can rtnl_lock() in it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- move ipv6_select_ident() inline function to ipv6.h and remove the unused
skb argument
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- validate and forward GSO UDP/IPv4 packets from untrusted sources.
- do software UFO if the outgoing device doesn't support UFO.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function get_net_ns_by_pid(), to get a network
namespace from a pid_t, will be required in cfg80211
as well. Therefore, let's move it to net_namespace.c
and export it. We can't make it a static inline in
the !NETNS case because it needs to verify that the
given pid even exists (and return -ESRCH).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes generic netlink network namespace aware. No
generic netlink families except for the controller family
are made namespace aware, they need to be checked one by
one and then set the family->netnsok member to true.
A new function genlmsg_multicast_netns() is introduced to
allow sending a multicast message in a given namespace,
for example when it applies to an object that lives in
that namespace, a new function genlmsg_multicast_allns()
to send a message to all network namespaces (for objects
that do not have an associated netns).
The function genlmsg_multicast() is changed to multicast
the message in just init_net, which is currently correct
for all generic netlink families since they only work in
init_net right now. Some will later want to work in all
net namespaces because they do not care about the netns
at all -- those will have to be converted to use one of
the new functions genlmsg_multicast_allns() or
genlmsg_multicast_netns() whenever they are made netns
aware in some way.
After this patch families can easily decide whether or
not they should be available in all net namespaces. Many
genl families us it for objects not related to networking
and should therefore be available in all namespaces, but
that will have to be done on a per family basis.
Note that this doesn't touch on the checkpoint/restart
problem where network namespaces could be used, genl
families and multicast groups are numbered globally and
I see no easy way of changing that, especially since it
must be possible to multicast to all network namespaces
for those families that do not care about netns.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All we need to take care of is using proper RCU list
add/del primitives and inserting a synchronize_rcu()
at one place to make sure the exit notifiers are run
after everybody has stopped iterating the list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Over time, a lot of locking issues have crept into
the smarts of cfg80211, so e.g. scan completion can
race against a new scan, IBSS join can race against
leaving an IBSS, etc.
Introduce a new per-interface lock that protects
most of the per-interface data that we need to keep
track of, and sprinkle assertions about that lock
everywhere. Some things now need to be offloaded to
work structs so that we don't require being able to
sleep in functions the drivers call. The exception
to that are the MLME callbacks (rx_auth etc.) that
currently only mac80211 calls because it was easier
to do that there instead of in cfg80211, and future
drivers implementing those calls will, if they ever
exist, probably need to use a similar scheme like
mac80211 anyway...
In order to be able to handle _deauth and _disassoc
properly, introduce a cookie passed to it that will
determine locking requirements.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After the mac80211 mlme cleanup, we can require that
the MLME functions in cfg80211 can sleep. This will
simplify future work in cfg80211 a lot.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Otherwise it becomes very hard to reset the structs
correctly since wext can be configured while the
interface is down.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we don't really know that well in the kernel,
let's let the SME control whether it wants to use
reassociation or not, by allowing it to give the
previous BSSID in the associate() parameters.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to avoid problems with BSS structs going away
while they're in use, I've long wanted to make cfg80211
keep track of them. Without the SME, that wasn't doable
but now that we have the SME we can do this too. It can
keep track of up to four separate authentications and
one association, regardless of whether it's controlled
by the cfg80211 SME or the userspace SME.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function from mac80211 seems generally useful, and
I will need it in cfg80211 soon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
By dropping the noise reporting, we can implement
wireless stats in cfg80211. We also make the
handler return NULL if we have no information,
which is possible thanks to the recent wext change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For now, let's implement that using a very hackish way:
simply mirror the wext API in the cfg80211 API. This
will have to be changed later when we implement proper
bitrate API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This implements siocsiwap/giwap for WDS mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just on/off and timeout, and with a hacky cfg80211 method
until we figure out what we want, though this is probably
sufficient as we want to use pm_qos for wifi everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds code to make it possible to use the cfg80211
connect() API with wireless extensions, and because the
previous patch added emulation of that API with auth()
and assoc(), by extension also supports wext on that.
At the same time, removes code from mac80211 for wext,
but doesn't yet clean up mac80211's mlme code more.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds code to cfg80211 so that drivers (mac80211 right
now) that don't implement connect but rather auth/assoc can
still be used with the nl80211 connect command. This will
also be necessary for the wext compat code.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces the cfg80211 connect/disconnect API.
The goal here is to run the AUTH and ASSOC steps in one call.
This is needed for some fullmac cards that run both steps
directly from the target, after the host driver sends a
connect command.
Additionally, all the new crypto parameters for connect()
are now also valid for associate() -- although associate
requires the IEs to be used, the information can be useful
for drivers and should be given.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This introduces a new NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE for testing
and calibration use with nl80211. There's no multiplexing
like like iwpriv had, and the command is not available by
default, it needs to be explicitly enabled in Kconfig and
shouldn't be enabled in most kernels.
The command requires a wiphy index or interface index to
identify the device to operate on, and the new TESTDATA
attribute. There also is API for sending replies to the
command, and testmode multicast messages (on a testmode
multicast group).
I've also updated mac80211 to be able to pass through the
command to the driver, since it itself doesn't implement
the testmode command.
Additionally, to give people an idea of how to use the
command, I've added a little code to hwsim that makes use
of the new command to set the powersave mode, this is
currently done via debugfs and should remain there, and
the testmode command only serves as an example of how to
use this best -- with nested netlink attributes in the
TESTDATA attribute. A hwsim testmode tool can be found at
http://git.sipsolutions.net/hwsim.git/. This tool is BSD
licensed so people can easily use it as a basis for their
own internal fabrication and validation tools.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is never changed by the function, so can be marked const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This variable isn't necessary -- the wext code keeps
track of the BSSID itself, and otherwise we have
current_bss.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of hardcoding GFP_ATOMIC everywhere, add a
new function parameter that gets the flags from the
caller. Obviously then I need to update all callers
(all of them in mac80211), and it turns out that now
it's ok to use GFP_KERNEL in almost all places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into
skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it
in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that
drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now
accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all
drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making
them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive
function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be
optimised on its own schedule.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If there was a reason I'm passing the ifidx I cannot
remember it any more and don't see one now, so let's
just pass the pointer itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adding smp_mb__after_lock define to be used as a smp_mb call after
a lock.
Making it nop for x86, since {read|write|spin}_lock() on x86 are
full memory barriers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding memory barrier after the poll_wait function, paired with
receive callbacks. Adding fuctions sock_poll_wait and sk_has_sleeper
to wrap the memory barrier.
Without the memory barrier, following race can happen.
The race fires, when following code paths meet, and the tp->rcv_nxt
and __add_wait_queue updates stay in CPU caches.
CPU1 CPU2
sys_select receive packet
... ...
__add_wait_queue update tp->rcv_nxt
... ...
tp->rcv_nxt check sock_def_readable
... {
schedule ...
if (sk->sk_sleep && waitqueue_active(sk->sk_sleep))
wake_up_interruptible(sk->sk_sleep)
...
}
If there was no cache the code would work ok, since the wait_queue and
rcv_nxt are opposit to each other.
Meaning that once tp->rcv_nxt is updated by CPU2, the CPU1 either already
passed the tp->rcv_nxt check and sleeps, or will get the new value for
tp->rcv_nxt and will return with new data mask.
In both cases the process (CPU1) is being added to the wait queue, so the
waitqueue_active (CPU2) call cannot miss and will wake up CPU1.
The bad case is when the __add_wait_queue changes done by CPU1 stay in its
cache, and so does the tp->rcv_nxt update on CPU2 side. The CPU1 will then
endup calling schedule and sleep forever if there are no more data on the
socket.
Calls to poll_wait in following modules were ommited:
net/bluetooth/af_bluetooth.c
net/irda/af_irda.c
net/irda/irnet/irnet_ppp.c
net/mac80211/rc80211_pid_debugfs.c
net/phonet/socket.c
net/rds/af_rds.c
net/rfkill/core.c
net/sunrpc/cache.c
net/sunrpc/rpc_pipe.c
net/tipc/socket.c
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case if kernel was compiled without ebtables support
there is no need to keep ebt_table pointers in netns_xt
structure.
Make it config dependent.
Signed-off-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes an unused member (seq) scm_cookie; besides initialized
to 0 in the header file, it is not used.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When NAT helpers change the TCP packet size, the highest seen sequence
number needs to be corrected. This is currently only done upwards, when
the packet size is reduced the sequence number is unchanged. This causes
TCP conntrack to falsely detect unacknowledged data and decrease the
timeout.
Fix by updating the highest seen sequence number in both directions after
packet mangling.
Tested-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6:
bnx2: Fix the behavior of ethtool when ONBOOT=no
qla3xxx: Don't sleep while holding lock.
qla3xxx: Give the PHY time to come out of reset.
ipv4 routing: Ensure that route cache entries are usable and reclaimable with caching is off
net: Move rx skb_orphan call to where needed
ipv6: Use correct data types for ICMPv6 type and code
net: let KS8842 driver depend on HAS_IOMEM
can: let SJA1000 driver depend on HAS_IOMEM
netxen: fix firmware init handshake
netxen: fix build with without CONFIG_PM
netfilter: xt_rateest: fix comparison with self
netfilter: xt_quota: fix incomplete initialization
netfilter: nf_log: fix direct userspace memory access in proc handler
netfilter: fix some sparse endianess warnings
netfilter: nf_conntrack: fix conntrack lookup race
netfilter: nf_conntrack: fix confirmation race condition
netfilter: nf_conntrack: death_by_timeout() fix
In order to get the tun driver to account packets, we need to be
able to receive packets with destructors set. To be on the safe
side, I added an skb_orphan call for all protocols by default since
some of them (IP in particular) cannot handle receiving packets
destructors properly.
Now it seems that at least one protocol (CAN) expects to be able
to pass skb->sk through the rx path without getting clobbered.
So this patch attempts to fix this properly by moving the skb_orphan
call to where it's actually needed. In particular, I've added it
to skb_set_owner_[rw] which is what most users of skb->destructor
call.
This is actually an improvement for tun too since it means that
we only give back the amount charged to the socket when the skb
is passed to another socket that will also be charged accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <olver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change all the code that deals directly with ICMPv6 type and code
values to use u8 instead of a signed int as that's the actual data
type.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (43 commits)
via-velocity: Fix velocity driver unmapping incorrect size.
mlx4_en: Remove redundant refill code on RX
mlx4_en: Removed redundant check on lso header size
mlx4_en: Cancel port_up check in transmit function
mlx4_en: using stop/start_all_queues
mlx4_en: Removed redundant skb->len check
mlx4_en: Counting all the dropped packets on the TX side
usbnet cdc_subset: fix issues talking to PXA gadgets
Net: qla3xxx, remove sleeping in atomic
ipv4: fix NULL pointer + success return in route lookup path
isdn: clean up documentation index
cfg80211: validate station settings
cfg80211: allow setting station parameters in mesh
cfg80211: allow adding/deleting stations on mesh
ath5k: fix beacon_int handling
MAINTAINERS: Fix Atheros pattern paths
ath9k: restore PS mode, before we put the chip into FULL SLEEP state.
ath9k: wait for beacon frame along with CAB
acer-wmi: fix rfkill conversion
ath5k: avoid PCI FATAL interrupts by restoring RETRY_TIMEOUT disabling
...
If the iucv message limit for a communication path is exceeded,
sendmsg() returns -EAGAIN instead of -EPIPE.
The calling application can then handle this error situtation,
e.g. to try again after waiting some time.
For blocking sockets, sendmsg() waits up to the socket timeout
before returning -EAGAIN. For the new wait condition, a macro
has been introduced and the iucv_sock_wait_state() has been
refactored to this macro.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (55 commits)
netxen: fix tx ring accounting
netxen: fix detection of cut-thru firmware mode
forcedeth: fix dma api mismatches
atm: sk_wmem_alloc initial value is one
net: correct off-by-one write allocations reports
via-velocity : fix no link detection on boot
Net / e100: Fix suspend of devices that cannot be power managed
TI DaVinci EMAC : Fix rmmod error
net: group address list and its count
ipv4: Fix fib_trie rebalancing, part 2
pkt_sched: Update drops stats in act_police
sky2: version 1.23
sky2: add GRO support
sky2: skb recycling
sky2: reduce default transmit ring
sky2: receive counter update
sky2: fix shutdown synchronization
sky2: PCI irq issues
sky2: more receive shutdown
sky2: turn off pause during shutdown
...
Manually fix trivial conflict in net/core/skbuff.c due to kmemcheck
commit 2b85a34e91
(net: No more expensive sock_hold()/sock_put() on each tx)
changed initial sk_wmem_alloc value.
Some protocols check sk_wmem_alloc value to determine if a timer
must delay socket deallocation. We must take care of the sk_wmem_alloc
value being one instead of zero when no write allocations are pending.
Reported by Ingo Molnar, and full diagnostic from David Miller.
This patch introduces three helpers to get read/write allocations
and a followup patch will use these helpers to report correct
write allocations to user.
Reported-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If socket destuction gets delayed to a timer, we try to
lock_sock() from that timer which won't work.
Use bh_lock_sock() in that case.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The use of bitfields here would lead to false positive warnings with
kmemcheck. Silence them.
(Additionally, one erroneous comment related to the bitfield was also
fixed.)
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Let's use TICKS instead of US, so PSCHED_TICKS2NS and PSCHED_NS2TICKS
(like in PSCHED_TICKS_PER_SEC already) to avoid misleading.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch improves ctnetlink event reliability if one broadcast
listener has set the NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR socket option.
The logic is the following: if an event delivery fails, we keep
the undelivered events in the missed event cache. Once the next
packet arrives, we add the new events (if any) to the missed
events in the cache and we try a new delivery, and so on. Thus,
if ctnetlink fails to deliver an event, we try to deliver them
once we see a new packet. Therefore, we may lose state
transitions but the userspace process gets in sync at some point.
At worst case, if no events were delivered to userspace, we make
sure that destroy events are successfully delivered. Basically,
if ctnetlink fails to deliver the destroy event, we remove the
conntrack entry from the hashes and we insert them in the dying
list, which contains inactive entries. Then, the conntrack timer
is added with an extra grace timeout of random32() % 15 seconds
to trigger the event again (this grace timeout is tunable via
/proc). The use of a limited random timeout value allows
distributing the "destroy" resends, thus, avoiding accumulating
lots "destroy" events at the same time. Event delivery may
re-order but we can identify them by means of the tuple plus
the conntrack ID.
The maximum number of conntrack entries (active or inactive) is
still handled by nf_conntrack_max. Thus, we may start dropping
packets at some point if we accumulate a lot of inactive conntrack
entries that did not successfully report the destroy event to
userspace.
During my stress tests consisting of setting a very small buffer
of 2048 bytes for conntrackd and the NETLINK_BROADCAST_ERROR socket
flag, and generating lots of very small connections, I noticed
very few destroy entries on the fly waiting to be resend.
A simple way to test this patch consist of creating a lot of
entries, set a very small Netlink buffer in conntrackd (+ a patch
which is not in the git tree to set the BROADCAST_ERROR flag)
and invoke `conntrack -F'.
For expectations, no changes are introduced in this patch.
Currently, event delivery is only done for new expectations (no
events from expectation expiration, removal and confirmation).
In that case, they need a per-expectation event cache to implement
the same idea that is exposed in this patch.
This patch can be useful to provide reliable flow-accouting. We
still have to add a new conntrack extension to store the creation
and destroy time.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch moves the helper destruction to a function that lives
in nf_conntrack_helper.c. This new function is used in the patch
to add ctnetlink reliable event delivery.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch reworks the per-cpu event caching to use the conntrack
extension infrastructure.
The main drawback is that we consume more memory per conntrack
if event delivery is enabled. This patch is required by the
reliable event delivery that follows to this patch.
BTW, this patch allows you to enable/disable event delivery via
/proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_events in runtime, although
you can still disable event caching as compilation option.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
One of the problem with sock memory accounting is it uses
a pair of sock_hold()/sock_put() for each transmitted packet.
This slows down bidirectional flows because the receive path
also needs to take a refcount on socket and might use a different
cpu than transmit path or transmit completion path. So these
two atomic operations also trigger cache line bounces.
We can see this in tx or tx/rx workloads (media gateways for example),
where sock_wfree() can be in top five functions in profiles.
We use this sock_hold()/sock_put() so that sock freeing
is delayed until all tx packets are completed.
As we also update sk_wmem_alloc, we could offset sk_wmem_alloc
by one unit at init time, until sk_free() is called.
Once sk_free() is called, we atomic_dec_and_test(sk_wmem_alloc)
to decrement initial offset and atomicaly check if any packets
are in flight.
skb_set_owner_w() doesnt call sock_hold() anymore
sock_wfree() doesnt call sock_put() anymore, but check if sk_wmem_alloc
reached 0 to perform the final freeing.
Drawback is that a skb->truesize error could lead to unfreeable sockets, or
even worse, prematurely calling __sk_free() on a live socket.
Nice speedups on SMP. tbench for example, going from 2691 MB/s to 2711 MB/s
on my 8 cpu dev machine, even if tbench was not really hitting sk_refcnt
contention point. 5 % speedup on a UDP transmit workload (depends
on number of flows), lowering TX completion cpu usage.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to handle powersave frames properly we had needed
to pass these out to the device queues again, and introduce
the skb->requeue bit. This, however, also has unnecessary
overhead by needing to 'clean up' already tried frames, and
this clean-up code is also buggy when software encryption
is used.
Instead of sending the frames via the master netdev queue
again, simply put them into the pending queue. This also
fixes a problem where frames for that particular station
could be reordered when some were still on the software
queues and older ones are re-injected into the software
queue after them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce per-conntrack locks and use them instead of the global protocol
locks to avoid contention. Especially tcp_lock shows up very high in
profiles on larger machines.
This will also allow to simplify the upcoming reliable event delivery patches.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add a netlink interface for configuration of IEEE 802.15.4 device. Also this
interface specifies events notification sent by devices towards higher layers.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for communication over IEEE 802.15.4 networks. This implementation
is neither certified nor complete, but aims to that goal. This commit contains
only the socket interface for communication over IEEE 802.15.4 networks.
One can either send RAW datagrams or use SOCK_DGRAM to encapsulate data
inside normal IEEE 802.15.4 packets.
Configuration interface, drivers and software MAC 802.15.4 implementation will
follow.
Initial implementation was done by Maxim Gorbachyov, Maxim Osipov and Pavel
Smolensky as a research project at Siemens AG. Later the stack was heavily
reworked to better suit the linux networking model, and is now maitained
as an open project partially sponsored by Siemens.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change PSCHED_SHIFT from 10 to 6 to increase schedulers time
resolution. This will increase 16x a number of (internal) ticks per
nanosecond, and is needed to improve accuracy of schedulers based on
rate tables, like HTB, TBF or CBQ, with rates above 100Mbit. It is
assumed this change is safe for 32bit accounting of time diffs up
to 2 minutes, which should be enough for common use (extremely low
rate values may overflow, so get inaccurate instead). To make full
use of this change an updated iproute2 will be needed. (But using
older iproute2 should be safe too.)
This change breaks ticks - microseconds similarity, so some minor code
fixes might be needed. It is also planned to change naming adequately
eg. to PSCHED_TICKS2NS() etc. in the near future.
Reported-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use PSCHED_SHIFT constant instead of '10' in PSCHED_US2NS() and
PSCHED_NS2US() macros to enable changing this value later.
Additionally use PSCHED_SHIFT in sch_hfsc SM_SHIFT and ISM_SHIFT
definitions. This part of the patch is based on feedback from
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>.
Reported-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Antonio Almeida <vexwek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Furthermore, it twiddles with the details of SKB list handling
directly, which we're trying to eliminate.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current conntrack code kills the ICMP conntrack entry as soon as
the first reply is received. This is incorrect, as we then see only
the first ICMP echo reply out of several possible duplicates as
ESTABLISHED, while the rest will be INVALID. Also this unnecessarily
increases the conntrackd traffic on H-A firewalls.
Make all the ICMP conntrack entries (including the replied ones)
last for the default of nf_conntrack_icmp{,v6}_timeout seconds.
Signed-off-by: Jan "Yenya" Kasprzak <kas@fi.muni.cz>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
With the re-write of the RFKILL subsystem it is now possible to easily
integrate RFKILL soft-switch support into the Bluetooth subsystem. All
Bluetooth devices will now get automatically RFKILL support.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth source uses some endian conversion helpers, that in the end
translate to kernel standard routines. So remove this obfuscation since it
is fully pointless.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This adds the basic constants required to add support for L2CAP Enhanced
Retransmission feature.
Based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Using the L2CAP_CONF_HINT macro is easier to understand than using a
hardcoded 0x80 value.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use macros instead of hardcoded numbers to make the L2CAP source code
more readable.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an
rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed,
simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver
needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces
after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces new cfg80211 API to set the TX power
via cfg80211, puts the wext code into cfg80211 and updates
mac80211 to use all that. The -ENETDOWN bits are a hack but
will go away soon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch completely rewrites the rfkill core to address
the following deficiencies:
* all rfkill drivers need to implement polling where necessary
rather than having one central implementation
* updating the rfkill state cannot be done from arbitrary
contexts, forcing drivers to use schedule_work and requiring
lots of code
* rfkill drivers need to keep track of soft/hard blocked
internally -- the core should do this
* the rfkill API has many unexpected quirks, for example being
asymmetric wrt. alloc/free and register/unregister
* rfkill can call back into a driver from within a function the
driver called -- this is prone to deadlocks and generally
should be avoided
* rfkill-input pointlessly is a separate module
* drivers need to #ifdef rfkill functions (unless they want to
depend on or select RFKILL) -- rfkill should provide inlines
that do nothing if it isn't compiled in
* the rfkill structure is not opaque -- drivers need to initialise
it correctly (lots of sanity checking code required) -- instead
force drivers to pass the right variables to rfkill_alloc()
* the documentation is hard to read because it always assumes the
reader is completely clueless and contains way TOO MANY CAPS
* the rfkill code needlessly uses a lot of locks and atomic
operations in locked sections
* fix LED trigger to actually change the LED when the radio state
changes -- this wasn't done before
Tested-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br> [thinkpad]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ivo has updated the driver to no longer use the change flag,
so we can remove that, but rt2x00 and ath5k still use the
actual value so let's mark it as deprecated too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Prior implementation of the new sctp_connectx() call that returns
an association ID did not work correctly on non-blocking socket.
This is because we could not return both a EINPROGRESS error and
an association id. This is a new implementation that supports this.
Originally from Ivan Skytte Jørgensen <isj-sctp@i1.dk
Signed-off-by: Ivan Skytte Jørgensen <isj-sctp@i1.dk
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
RFC 5061 Section 5.1 ASCONF Chunk Procedures said:
B4) Re-transmit the ASCONF Chunk last sent and if possible choose an
alternate destination address (please refer to [RFC4960],
Section 6.4.1). An endpoint MUST NOT add new parameters to this
chunk; it MUST be the same (including its Sequence Number) as
the last ASCONF sent. An endpoint MAY, however, bundle an
additional ASCONF with new ASCONF parameters with the next
Sequence Number. For details, see Section 5.5.
This patch fix to choose an alternate destination address when
re-transmit the ASCONF chunk, with some dup codes cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Define three accessors to get/set dst attached to a skb
struct dst_entry *skb_dst(const struct sk_buff *skb)
void skb_dst_set(struct sk_buff *skb, struct dst_entry *dst)
void skb_dst_drop(struct sk_buff *skb)
This one should replace occurrences of :
dst_release(skb->dst)
skb->dst = NULL;
Delete skb->dst field
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define skb_rtable(const struct sk_buff *skb) accessor to get rtable from skb
Delete skb->rtable field
Setting rtable is not allowed, just set dst instead as rtable is an alias.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the notify chain infrastructure and replace it
by a simple function pointer. This issue has been mentioned in the
mailing list several times: the use of the notify chain adds
too much overhead for something that is only used by ctnetlink.
This patch also changes nfnetlink_send(). It seems that gfp_any()
returns GFP_KERNEL for user-context request, like those via
ctnetlink, inside the RCU read-side section which is not valid.
Using GFP_KERNEL is also evil since netlink may schedule(),
this leads to "scheduling while atomic" bug reports.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch simplifies the conntrack event caching system by removing
several events:
* IPCT_[*]_VOLATILE, IPCT_HELPINFO and IPCT_NATINFO has been deleted
since the have no clients.
* IPCT_COUNTER_FILLING which is a leftover of the 32-bits counter
days.
* IPCT_REFRESH which is not of any use since we always include the
timeout in the messages.
After this patch, the existing events are:
* IPCT_NEW, IPCT_RELATED and IPCT_DESTROY, that are used to identify
addition and deletion of entries.
* IPCT_STATUS, that notes that the status bits have changes,
eg. IPS_SEEN_REPLY and IPS_ASSURED.
* IPCT_PROTOINFO, that reports that internal protocol information has
changed, eg. the TCP, DCCP and SCTP protocol state.
* IPCT_HELPER, that a helper has been assigned or unassigned to this
entry.
* IPCT_MARK and IPCT_SECMARK, that reports that the mark has changed, this
covers the case when a mark is set to zero.
* IPCT_NATSEQADJ, to report that there's updates in the NAT sequence
adjustment.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch moves the event flags from linux/netfilter/nf_conntrack_common.h
to net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_ecache.h. This flags are not of any use
from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
During the module removal there are no possible event listeners
since ctnetlink must be removed before to allow removing
nf_conntrack. This patch removes the event reporting for the
module removal case which is not of any use in the existing code.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
After some discussion offline with Christoph Lameter and David Stevens
regarding multicast behaviour in Linux, I'm submitting a slightly
modified patch from the one Christoph submitted earlier.
This patch provides a new socket option IP_MULTICAST_ALL.
In this case, default behaviour is _unchanged_ from the current
Linux standard. The socket option is set by default to provide
original behaviour. Sockets wishing to receive data only from
multicast groups they join explicitly will need to clear this
socket option.
Signed-off-by: Nivedita Singhvi <niv@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter<cl@linux.com>
Acked-by: David Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds CTA_PROTOINFO_DCCP_HANDSHAKE_SEQ that exposes
the u64 handshake sequence number to user-space.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The patch moves some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211.
Because these functions are doing generic 802.11 operations so they
are not mac80211 specific. The moving allows some fullmac drivers
to be also benefit from these utility functions.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This introduces genl_register_family_with_ops() that registers a genetlink
family along with operations from a table. This is used to kill copy'n'paste
occurrences in following patches.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netlink message header (struct nlmsghdr) is an unused parameter in
fill method of fib_rules_ops struct. This patch removes this
parameter from this method and fixes the places where this method is
called.
(include/net/fib_rules.h)
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moving information from config_interface to bss_info_changed
removed struct ieee80211_if_conf which the documentation still
refers to, additionally there's one kernel-doc description too
much and one other missing, fix all this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some applications using wireless extensions expect to be able to
remove a key that doesn't exist. One example is wpa_supplicant
which doesn't actually change behaviour when running into an
error while trying to do that, but it prints an error message
which users interpret as wpa_supplicant having problems.
The safe thing to do is not change the behaviour of wireless
extensions any more, so when the driver reports -ENOENT let
the wext bridge code return success to userspace. To guarantee
this, also document that drivers should return -ENOENT when the
key doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to use a const pointer as the privid without a cast.
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to mark their cfg80211_ops tables const.
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is more consistent with our nl80211 naming convention
for HT40-/+.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We are not correctly listening to the regulatory max bandwidth
settings. To actually make use of it we need to redesign things
a bit. This patch does the work for that. We do this to so we
can obey to regulatory rules accordingly for use of HT40.
We end up dealing with HT40 by having two passes for each channel.
The first check will see if a 20 MHz channel fits into the channel's
center freq on a given frequency range. We check for a 20 MHz
banwidth channel as that is the maximum an individual channel
will use, at least for now. The first pass will go ahead and
check if the regulatory rule for that given center of frequency
allows 40 MHz bandwidths and we use this to determine whether
or not the channel supports HT40 or not. So to support HT40 you'll
need at a regulatory rule that allows you to use 40 MHz channels
but you're channel must also be enabled and support 20 MHz by itself.
The second pass is done after we do the regulatory checks over
an device's supported channel list. On each channel we'll check
if the control channel and the extension both:
o exist
o are enabled
o regulatory allows 40 MHz bandwidth on its frequency range
This work allows allows us to idependently check for HT40- and
HT40+.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
be sent periodically. The rs_delay can be speficied when adding the
PRL entry and defaults to 15 minutes.
The RS is sent from every link local adress that's assigned to the
tunnel interface. It's directed to the (guessed) linklocal address
of the router and is sent through the tunnel.
Better: send to ff02::2 encapsuled in unicast directed to router-v4.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT flag for NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE to
allow user space to indicate that it will control the IEEE 802.1X port
in station mode. Previously, mac80211 was always marking the port
authorized in station mode. This was enough when drop_unencrypted flag
was set. However, drop_unencrypted can currently be controlled only
with WEXT and the current nl80211 design does not allow fully secure
configuration. Fix this by providing a mechanism for user space to
control the IEEE 802.1X port in station mode (i.e., do the same that
we are already doing in AP mode).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is currently not possible to modify station flags, but that
capability would be very useful. This patch introduces a new
nl80211 attribute that contains a set/mask for station flags,
and updates the internal API (and mac80211) to mirror that.
The new attribute is parsed before falling back to the old so
that userspace can specify both (if it can) to work on all
kernels.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move key handling wireless extension ioctls from mac80211 to cfg80211
so that all drivers that implement the cfg80211 operations get wext
compatibility.
Note that this drops the SIOCGIWENCODE ioctl support for getting
IW_ENCODE_RESTRICTED/IW_ENCODE_OPEN. This means that iwconfig will
no longer report "Security mode:open" or "Security mode:restricted"
for mac80211. However, what we displayed there (the authentication
algo used) was actually wrong -- linux/wireless.h states that this
setting is meant to differentiate between "Refuse non-encoded packets"
and "Accept non-encoded packets".
(Combined with "cfg80211: fix a couple of bugs with key ioctls". -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To make it more apparent in the code what is for wext
only (and needs to be #ifdef'ed) put all the info for
wext into a substruct in each wireless_dev.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The address pointed to by mac_addr can be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This struct is no longer used (and hasn't been for a while).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There really is no need to have a separate struct for a
single variable. The fact that it exists is due to the
code legacy, but we can remove that now. Very simple.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE request must be able to indicate whether
management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is being used. mac80211 was
able to use MFP in client mode only with WEXT, but the new
NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute will allow this to be done with
nl80211, too.
Since we are currently using nl80211 for MFP only with drivers that
use user space SME, only MFP disabled and required values are
used. However, the NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute is an enum that can
be extended with MFP optional in the future, if that is needed with
some drivers (e.g., if the RSN IE is generated by the driver).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can avoid waking up tasks not interested in receive notifications,
using wake_up_interruptible_poll() instead of wake_up_interruptible()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Small cleanup patch to reduce line lengths, before a change in
tcp_prequeue().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we aren't doing anything in mac80211, we can turn off
much of the hardware, depending on the driver/hw. Not doing
anything, aka being idle, means:
* no monitor interfaces
* no AP/mesh/wds interfaces
* any station interfaces are in DISABLED state
* any IBSS interfaces aren't trying to be in a network
* we aren't trying to scan
By creating a new function that verifies these conditions and calling
it at strategic points where the states of those conditions change,
we can easily make mac80211 tell the driver when we are idle to save
power.
Additionally, this fixes a small quirk where a recalculated powersave
state is passed to the driver even if the hardware is about to stopped
completely.
This patch intentionally doesn't touch radio_enabled because that is
currently implemented to be a soft rfkill which is inappropriate here
when we need to be able to wake up with low latency.
One thing I'm not entirely sure about is this:
phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: direct probe to AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d try 1
wlan0 direct probe responded
wlan0: authenticate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: authenticated
> phy0: device now idle
> phy0: device no longer idle - in use
wlan0: associate with AP 00:11:24:91:07:4d
wlan0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:24:91:07:4d (capab=0x401 status=0 aid=1)
wlan0: associated
Is it appropriate to go into idle state for a short time when we have
just authenticated, but not associated yet? This happens only with the
userspace SME, because we cannot really know how long it will wait
before asking us to associate. Would going idle after a short timeout
be more appropriate? We may need to revisit this, depending on what
happens.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The config_interface method is a little strange, it contains the
BSSID and beacon updates, while bss_info_changed contains most
other BSS information for each interface. This patch removes
config_interface and rolls all the information it previously
passed to drivers into bss_info_changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We currently have two beacon interval configuration knobs:
hw.conf.beacon_int and vif.bss_info.beacon_int. This is
rather confusing, even though the former is used when we
beacon ourselves and the latter when we are associated to
an AP.
This just deprecates the hw.conf.beacon_int setting in favour
of always using vif.bss_info.beacon_int. Since it touches all
the beaconing IBSS code anyway, we can also add support for
the cfg80211 IBSS beacon interval configuration easily.
NOTE: The hw.conf.beacon_int setting is retained for now due
to drivers still using it -- I couldn't untangle all
drivers, some are updated in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Kalle points out that max_sleep_interval is somewhat confusing
because the value is measured in beacon intervals, and not in
TU. Rename it to max_sleep_period to be consistent with things
like DTIM period that are also measured in beacon intervals.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (30 commits)
e1000: fix virtualization bug
bonding: fix alb mode locking regression
Bluetooth: Fix issue with sysfs handling for connections
usbnet: CDC EEM support (v5)
tcp: Fix tcp_prequeue() to get correct rto_min value
ehea: fix invalid pointer access
ne2k-pci: Do not register device until initialized.
Subject: [PATCH] br2684: restore net_dev initialization
net: Only store high 16 bits of kernel generated filter priorities
virtio_net: Fix function name typo
virtio_net: Cleanup command queue scatterlist usage
bonding: correct the cleanup in bond_create()
virtio: add missing include to virtio_net.h
smsc95xx: add support for LAN9512 and LAN9514
smsc95xx: configure LED outputs
netconsole: take care of NETDEV_UNREGISTER event
xt_socket: checks for the state of nf_conntrack
bonding: bond_slave_info_query() fix
cxgb3: fixing gcc 4.4 compiler warning: suggest parentheses around operand of ‘!’
netfilter: use likely() in xt_info_rdlock_bh()
...
Due to a semantic changes in flush_workqueue() the current approach of
synchronizing the sysfs handling for connections doesn't work anymore. The
whole approach is actually fully broken and based on assumptions that are
no longer valid.
With the introduction of Simple Pairing support, the creation of low-level
ACL links got changed. This change invalidates the reason why in the past
two independent work queues have been used for adding/removing sysfs
devices. The adding of the actual sysfs device is now postponed until the
host controller successfully assigns an unique handle to that link. So
the real synchronization happens inside the controller and not the host.
The only left-over problem is that some internals of the sysfs device
handling are not initialized ahead of time. This leaves potential access
to invalid data and can cause various NULL pointer dereferences. To fix
this a new function makes sure that all sysfs details are initialized
when an connection attempt is made. The actual sysfs device is only
registered when the connection has been successfully established. To
avoid a race condition with the registration, the check if a device is
registered has been moved into the removal work.
As an extra protection two flush_work() calls are left in place to
make sure a previous add/del work has been completed first.
Based on a report by Marc Pignat <marc.pignat@hevs.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Roger Quadros <ext-roger.quadros@nokia.com>
Tested-by: Marc Pignat <marc.pignat@hevs.ch>
tcp_prequeue() refers to the constant value (TCP_RTO_MIN) regardless of
the actual value might be tuned. The following patches fix this and make
tcp_prequeue get the actual value returns from tcp_rto_min().
Signed-off-by: Satoru SATOH <satoru.satoh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Bluetooth stack uses a reference counting for all established ACL
links and if no user (L2CAP connection) is present, the link will be
terminated to save power. The problem part is the dedicated pairing
when using Legacy Pairing (Bluetooth 2.0 and before). At that point
no user is present and pairing attempts will be disconnected within
10 seconds or less. In previous kernel version this was not a problem
since the disconnect timeout wasn't triggered on incoming connections
for the first time. However this caused issues with broken host stacks
that kept the connections around after dedicated pairing. When the
support for Simple Pairing got added, the link establishment procedure
needed to be changed and now causes issues when using Legacy Pairing
When using Simple Pairing it is possible to do a proper reference
counting of ACL link users. With Legacy Pairing this is not possible
since the specification is unclear in some areas and too many broken
Bluetooth devices have already been deployed. So instead of trying to
deal with all the broken devices, a special pairing timeout will be
introduced that increases the timeout to 60 seconds when pairing is
triggered.
If a broken devices now puts the stack into an unforeseen state, the
worst that happens is the disconnect timeout triggers after 120 seconds
instead of 4 seconds. This allows successful pairings with legacy and
broken devices now.
Based on a report by Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The IP MIB (RFC 4293) defines stats for InOctets, OutOctets, InMcastOctets and
OutMcastOctets:
http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4293
But it seems we don't track those in any way that easy to separate from other
protocols. This patch adds those missing counters to the stats file. Tested
successfully by me
With help from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes an unused parameter (tb_stamp) from fib_table
structure in include/net/ip_fib.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SO_MSGLIMIT socket option modifies the message limit for new
IUCV communication paths.
The message limit specifies the maximum number of outstanding messages
that are allowed for connections. This setting can be lowered by z/VM
when an IUCV connection is established.
Expects an integer value in the range of 1 to 65535.
The default value is 65535.
The message limit must be set before calling connect() or listen()
for sockets.
If sockets are already connected or in state listen, changing the message
limit is not supported.
For reading the message limit value, unconnected sockets return the limit
that has been set or the default limit. For connected sockets, the actual
message limit is returned. The actual message limit is assigned by z/VM
for each connection and it depends on IUCV MSGLIMIT authorizations
specified for the z/VM guest virtual machine.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow 'classification' of socket data that is sent or received over
an af_iucv socket. For classification of data, the target class of an
(native) iucv message is used.
This patch provides the cmsg interface for iucv_sock_recvmsg() and
iucv_sock_sendmsg(). Applications can use the msg_control field of
struct msghdr to set or get the target class as a
"socket control message" (SCM/CMSG).
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide the socket operations getsocktopt() and setsockopt() to enable/disable
sending of data in the parameter list of IUCV messages.
The patch sets respective flag only.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SME needs to be notified when the authentication or association
attempt times out and MLME has stopped processing in order to allow
the SME to decide what to do next.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The maximum sleep interval, for powersave purposes, is
determined by the DTIM period (it may not be larger)
and the required networking latency (it must be small
enough to fulfil those constraints).
This makes mac80211 calculate the maximum sleep interval
based on those constraints, and pass it to the driver.
Then the driver should instruct the device to sleep at
most that long.
Note that the device is responsible for aligning the
maximum sleep interval between DTIMs, we make sure it's
not longer but it needs to make sure it's between them.
Also, group some powersave documentation together and
make it more explicit that we support managed mode only,
and no IBSS powersaving (yet).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make the JOIN_IBSS command look at the beacon interval
attribute to see if the user requested a specific beacon
interval, if not default to 100 TU (wext too).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just setting IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS should be sufficient
for changes in the power saving things. The driver already
tells us whether it wants notification of dynps via the
"have dynps support" hw flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new nl80211 attributes that can be used with NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY
and NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to manage fragmentation/RTS threshold and
retry limits.
Since these values are stored in struct wiphy, remove the local copy
from mac80211 where feasible (frag & rts threshold). The retry limits
are currently needed in struct ieee80211_conf, but these could be
eventually removed since the driver should have access to the values
in struct wiphy.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Trying to separate header files into net/wireless.h and
net/cfg80211.h has been a source of confusion. Remove
net/wireless.h (because there also is the linux/wireless.h)
and subsume everything into net/cfg80211.h -- except the
definitions for regulatory structures which get moved to
a new header net/regulatory.h.
The "new" net/cfg80211.h is now divided into sections.
There are no real changes in this patch but code shuffling
and some very minor documentation fixes.
I have also, to make things reflect reality, put in a
copyright line for Luis to net/regulatory.h since that
is probably exclusively written by him but was formerly
in a file that only had my copyright line.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds IBSS API along with (preliminary) wext handlers.
The wext handlers can only do IBSS so you need to call them
from your own wext handlers if the mode is IBSS.
The nl80211 API requires
* an SSID
* a channel (frequency) for the case that a new IBSS
has to be created
It optionally supports
* a flag to fix the channel
* a fixed BSSID
The cfg80211 code also takes care to leave the IBSS before
the netdev is set down. If wireless extensions are used, it
also caches values when the interface is down and instructs
the driver to join when the interface is set up.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we have ->deauth and ->disassoc we can support the
wext SIWMLME call directly without driver wext handlers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Document what mac80211 will do in the future to help save power.
We're not quite there yet, but a plan helps. Also, while at it,
fix the docs wrt. multicast traffic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware defects may require the hardware to be re-initialised
completely from scratch. Drivers would need much information (for
instance the current MAC address, crypto keys, beaconing information,
etc.) stored duplicated from mac80211 to be able to do this, so let
mac80211 help them.
The new ieee80211_restart_hw() function requires the same code as
resuming, so move that code into a new ieee80211_reconfig() function
in util.c and leave only the suspend code in pm.c.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds the necessary code and fields to let drivers specify
their cipher capabilities and exports them to userspace. Also
update mac80211 to export the ciphers it has.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of just passing the cfg80211-requested IEs, pass
the locally generated ones as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces a new attribute for a wiphy that tells
userspace how long the information elements added to a probe
request frame can be at most. It also updates the at76 to
advertise that it cannot support that, and, for now until I
can fix that, iwlwifi too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added cfg80211_inform_bss() for full-mac devices to use.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Define a new nl80211 event, NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, to be
used to notify user space about locally detected Michael MIC failures.
This matches with the MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive.
Since we do not actually have TSC in the skb anymore when
mac80211_ev_michael_mic_failure() is called, that function is changed
to take in the TSC as an optional parameter instead of as a
requirement to include the TSC after the hdr field (which we did not
really follow). For now, TSC is not included in the events from
mac80211, but it could be added at some point.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously, nl80211 mlme events were generated only for received
deauthentication and disassociation frames. We need to do the same for
locally generated ones in order to let applications know that we
disconnected (e.g., when AP does not reply to a probe). Rename the
nl80211 and cfg80211 functions (s/rx_//) to make it clearer that they
are used for both received and locally generated frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove duplicated #include in include/net/cfg80211.h.
Signed-off-by: Huang Weiyi <weiyi.huang@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
last_synq_overflow eats 4 or 8 bytes in struct tcp_sock, even
though it is only used when a listening sockets syn queue
is full.
We can (ab)use rx_opt.ts_recent_stamp to store the same information;
it is not used otherwise as long as a socket is in listen state.
Move linger2 around to avoid splitting struct mtu_probe
across cacheline boundary on 32 bit arches.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The removal of the SAME target accidentally removed one feature that is
not available from the normal NAT targets so far, having multi-range
mappings that use the same mapping for each connection from a single
client. The current behaviour is to choose the address from the range
based on source and destination IP, which breaks when communicating
with sites having multiple addresses that require all connections to
originate from the same IP address.
Introduce a IP_NAT_RANGE_PERSISTENT option that controls whether the
destination address is taken into account for selecting addresses.
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12954
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch fixes a regression (introduced by myself in commit 19abb7b:
netfilter: ctnetlink: deliver events for conntracks changed from
userspace) that results in an expectation re-insertion since
__nf_ct_expect_check() may return 0 for expectation timer refreshing.
This patch also removes a unnecessary refcount bump that
pretended to avoid a possible race condition with event delivery
and expectation timers (as said, not needed since we hold a
reference to the object since until we finish the expectation
setup). This also merges nf_ct_expect_related_report() and
nf_ct_expect_related() which look basically the same.
Reported-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Currently the 9p code crashes when a operation is interrupted, i.e. for
example when the user presses ^C while reading from a file.
This patch fixes the code that is responsible for interruption and flushing
of 9P operations.
Signed-off-by: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (54 commits)
glge: remove unused #include <version.h>
dnet: remove unused #include <version.h>
tcp: miscounts due to tcp_fragment pcount reset
tcp: add helper for counter tweaking due mid-wq change
hso: fix for the 'invalid frame length' messages
hso: fix for crash when unplugging the device
fsl_pq_mdio: Fix compile failure
fsl_pq_mdio: Revive UCC MDIO support
ucc_geth: Pass proper device to DMA routines, otherwise oops happens
i.MX31: Fixing cs89x0 network building to i.MX31ADS
tc35815: Fix build error if NAPI enabled
hso: add Vendor/Product ID's for new devices
ucc_geth: Remove unused header
gianfar: Remove unused header
kaweth: Fix locking to be SMP-safe
net: allow multiple dev per napi with GRO
r8169: reset IntrStatus after chip reset
ixgbe: Fix potential memory leak/driver panic issue while setting up Tx & Rx ring parameters
ixgbe: fix ethtool -A|a behavior
ixgbe: Patch to fix driver panic while freeing up tx & rx resources
...
We need full-scale adjustment to fix a TCP miscount in the next
patch, so just move it into a helper and call for that from the
other places.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch cleans up a lot of the Smack network access control code. The
largest changes are to fix the labeling of incoming TCP connections in a
manner similar to the recent SELinux changes which use the
security_inet_conn_request() hook to label the request_sock and let the label
move to the child socket via the normal network stack mechanisms. In addition
to the incoming TCP connection fixes this patch also removes the smk_labled
field from the socket_smack struct as the minor optimization advantage was
outweighed by the difficulty in maintaining it's proper state.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The current NetLabel/SELinux behavior for incoming TCP connections works but
only through a series of happy coincidences that rely on the limited nature of
standard CIPSO (only able to convey MLS attributes) and the write equality
imposed by the SELinux MLS constraints. The problem is that network sockets
created as the result of an incoming TCP connection were not on-the-wire
labeled based on the security attributes of the parent socket but rather based
on the wire label of the remote peer. The issue had to do with how IP options
were managed as part of the network stack and where the LSM hooks were in
relation to the code which set the IP options on these newly created child
sockets. While NetLabel/SELinux did correctly set the socket's on-the-wire
label it was promptly cleared by the network stack and reset based on the IP
options of the remote peer.
This patch, in conjunction with a prior patch that adjusted the LSM hook
locations, works to set the correct on-the-wire label format for new incoming
connections through the security_inet_conn_request() hook. Besides the
correct behavior there are many advantages to this change, the most significant
is that all of the NetLabel socket labeling code in SELinux now lives in hooks
which can return error codes to the core stack which allows us to finally get
ride of the selinux_netlbl_inode_permission() logic which greatly simplfies
the NetLabel/SELinux glue code. In the process of developing this patch I
also ran into a small handful of AF_INET6 cleanliness issues that have been
fixed which should make the code safer and easier to extend in the future.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch removes all the virtual A-MPDU-queue bookkeeping from
mac80211. Curiously, iwlwifi already does its own bookkeeping, so
it doesn't require much changes except where it needs to handle
starting and stopping the queues in mac80211.
To handle the queue stop/wake properly, we rewrite the software
queue number for aggregation frames and internally to iwlwifi keep
track of the queues that map into the same AC queue, and only talk
to mac80211 about the AC queue. The implementation requires calling
two new functions, iwl_stop_queue and iwl_wake_queue instead of the
mac80211 counterparts.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Reinette Chattre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of stopping the entire AC queue when enabling aggregation
(which was only done for hardware with aggregation queues) buffer
the packets for each station, and release them to the pending skb
queue once aggregation is turned on successfully.
We get a little more code, but it becomes conceptually simpler and
we can remove the entire virtual queue mechanism from mac80211 in
a follow-up patch.
This changes how mac80211 behaves towards drivers that support
aggregation but have no hardware queues -- those drivers will now
not be handed packets while the aggregation session is being
established, but only after it has been fully established.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When TX aggregation becomes operational, we do a number of steps:
1) print a debug message
2) wake the virtual queue
3) notify the driver
Unfortunately, 1) and 3) are only done if the driver is first to
reply to the aggregation request, it is, however, possible that the
remote station replies before the driver! Thus, unify the code for
this and call the new function ieee80211_agg_tx_operational in both
places where TX aggregation can become operational.
Additionally, rename the driver notification from
IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_RESUME to IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes mac80211 to not notify the rate control algorithm's
tx_status() method when reporting status for a packet that didn't go
through the rate control algorithm's get_rate() method.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING flag so that driver inform that it supports
beacon filtering. Drivers need to call the new function
ieee80211_beacon_loss() to notify about beacon loss.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In beacon filtering there needs to be a way to not expire the BSS even
when no beacons are received. Add an interface to cfg80211 to hold
BSS and make sure that it's not expired.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When software scanning we need to disable power save so that all possible
probe responses and beacons are received. For hardware scanning assume that
hardware will take care of that and document that assumption.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The functionality that NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE provided can now
be achieved with cleaner design by adding IE(s) into
NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and
NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
Since this is a very recently added command and there are no known (or
known planned) applications using NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE and
taken into account how much extra complexity it adds to the IE
processing we have now (and need to add in the future to fix IE order
in couple of frames), it looks like the best option is to just remove
the implementation of this command for now. The enum values themselves
are left to avoid changing the nl80211 command or attribute numbers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request
authentication and association (and also deauthentication and
disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate
authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between
kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE
802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the
SME.
The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request,
MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and
association commands request the actual operations in two steps
(assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication
step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect"
command).
The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current
net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management
frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state
machine from moving automatically from authentication to association.
Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211.
The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and
association process to user space without having to move the full MLME
implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol
and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will
also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association
requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME
using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant.
This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with
over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME
primitives for handling the FT Action frames).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new nl80211 event notifications (and a new multicast group, "mlme")
for informing user space about received and processed Authentication,
(Re)Association Response, Deauthentication, and Disassociation frames in
station and IBSS modes (i.e., MLME SAP interface primitives
MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm, MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm,
MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indicate, and
MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication). The event data is encapsulated as the 802.11
management frame since we already have the frame in that format and it
includes all the needed information.
This is the initial step in providing MLME SAP interface for
authentication and association with nl80211. In other words, kernel code
will act as the MLME and a user space application can control it as the
SME.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No drivers use it any more, so it can now be removed safely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Radiotap was updated to include a "bad PLCP" flag and standardise
the "bad FCS" flag in the "flags" rather than "RX flags" field,
this patch updates Linux to that standard.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No hw/driver actually supports more than four queues right now,
and we allocate a number of things per queue which means we
waste a bit of memory. Reduce the maximum number to four to
accurately reflect what we do (and need for QoS). Even if we
had hardware supporting more queues we couldn't take advantage
of that right now anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This inline is useless and actually makes the code _longer_
rather than shorter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a platform device driver that supports the OpenCores 10/100
Mbps Ethernet MAC.
The driver expects three resources: one IORESOURCE_MEM resource defines the
memory region for the core's memory-mapped registers while a second
IORESOURCE_MEM resource defines the network packet buffer space. The third
resource, of type IORESOURCE_IRQ, associates an interrupt with the driver.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <thierry.reding@avionic-design.de>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <florian@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Usefull for all protocols which do not add additional data, such
as GRE or UDPlite.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Use "hlist_nulls" infrastructure we added in 2.6.29 for RCUification of UDP & TCP.
This permits an easy conversion from call_rcu() based hash lists to a
SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU one.
Avoiding call_rcu() delay at nf_conn freeing time has numerous gains.
First, it doesnt fill RCU queues (up to 10000 elements per cpu).
This reduces OOM possibility, if queued elements are not taken into account
This reduces latency problems when RCU queue size hits hilimit and triggers
emergency mode.
- It allows fast reuse of just freed elements, permitting better use of
CPU cache.
- We delete rcu_head from "struct nf_conn", shrinking size of this structure
by 8 or 16 bytes.
This patch only takes care of "struct nf_conn".
call_rcu() is still used for less critical conntrack parts, that may
be converted later if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This is necessary in order to have an upper bound for Netlink
message calculation, which is not a problem at all, as there
are no helpers with a longer name.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
It calculates the max. length of a Netlink policy, which is usefull
for allocating Netlink buffers roughly the size of the actual
message.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
There is added a single callback for the l3 proto helper. The two
callbacks for the l4 protos are necessary because of the general
structure of a ctnetlink event, which is in short:
CTA_TUPLE_ORIG
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_TUPLE_REPLY
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_ID
...
CTA_PROTOINFO
<l4-proto-attributes>
CTA_TUPLE_MASTER
<l3/l4-proto-attributes>
Therefore the formular is
size := sizeof(generic-nlas) + 3 * sizeof(tuple_nlas) + sizeof(protoinfo_nlas)
Some of the NLAs are optional, e. g. CTA_TUPLE_MASTER, which is only
set if it's an expected connection. But the number of optional NLAs is
small enough to prevent netlink_trim() from reallocating if calculated
properly.
Signed-off-by: Holger Eitzenberger <holger@eitzenberger.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Implement a way to provide the MAC address for ax88796 devices from
their platform data. Boards might decide to set the address
programmatically, taken from boot tags or other sources.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv6 version of bind_conflict code calls ipv6_rcv_saddr_equal()
which at times wrongly identified intersections between addresses.
It particularly broke down under a few instances and caused erroneous
bind conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch
chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be
interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support
for multiple switch chips on a network interface.
An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as
follows:
+-----+ +--------+ +--------+
| |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch |
| CPU +----------+ +-------+ |
| | | chip 0 | | chip 1 |
+-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+
|| ||
|| ||
||1000baseT ||1000baseT
||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16
This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer:
- The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still
only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example
above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own
mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name
array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need
some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm)
- The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to
use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet
accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit
according to which switch chip the packet is heading to.
(net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c)
- The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the
CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs
to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the
port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU
(port 10 for both switch chips in the example above).
- The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch
chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA
tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use
non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU
link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch
chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given
port in the port array.
- The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via
which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip.
This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[]
array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches
in the tree.
For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look
something like this:
static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = {
{
.mii_bus = &foo,
.sw_addr = 1,
.port_names[0] = "p1",
.port_names[1] = "p2",
.port_names[2] = "p3",
.port_names[3] = "p4",
.port_names[4] = "p5",
.port_names[5] = "p6",
.port_names[6] = "p7",
.port_names[7] = "p8",
.port_names[9] = "dsa",
.port_names[10] = "cpu",
.rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, },
}, {
.mii_bus = &foo,
.sw_addr = 2,
.port_names[0] = "p9",
.port_names[1] = "p10",
.port_names[2] = "p11",
.port_names[3] = "p12",
.port_names[4] = "p13",
.port_names[5] = "p14",
.port_names[6] = "p15",
.port_names[7] = "p16",
.port_names[10] = "dsa",
.rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, },
},
},
static struct dsa_platform_data pd = {
.netdev = &foo,
.nr_switches = 2,
.sw = sw,
};
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Protocols should be able to use constant value for the descriptor.
Minor whitespace cleanup as well
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove 2 TEST_FRAME hacks that are no longer needed. These allowed
sctp regression tests to compile before, but are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
reorder struct inet6_ifaddr to remove padding on 64 bit builds
remove 8 bytes of padding so inet6_ifaddr becomes 192 bytes & fits into
a smaller slab.
Signed-off-by: Richard Kennedy <richard@rsk.demon.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_queue_xmit() needs to dirty fields "state", "q", "bstats" and "qstats"
On x86_64 arch, they currently span three cache lines, involving more
cache line ping pongs than necessary, making longer holding of queue spinlock.
We can reduce this to one cache line, by grouping all read-mostly fields
at the beginning of structure. (Or should I say, all highly modified fields
at the end :) )
Before patch :
offsetof(struct Qdisc, state)=0x38
offsetof(struct Qdisc, q)=0x48
offsetof(struct Qdisc, bstats)=0x80
offsetof(struct Qdisc, qstats)=0x90
sizeof(struct Qdisc)=0xc8
After patch :
offsetof(struct Qdisc, state)=0x80
offsetof(struct Qdisc, q)=0x88
offsetof(struct Qdisc, bstats)=0xa0
offsetof(struct Qdisc, qstats)=0xac
sizeof(struct Qdisc)=0xc0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do this so we can later inform userspace who set the
regulatory domain and provide details of the request.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is not used as we can always just assume the first
regulatory domain set will _always_ be a static regulatory
domain. REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE will be the first request from
cfg80211 for a regdomain and that then populates the first
regulatory request.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch skips the delivery of conntrack events if the packet
was drop due to a race condition in the conntrack insertion.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch modifies nf_log to use a linked list of loggers for each
protocol. This list of loggers is read and write protected with a
mutex.
This patch separates registration and binding. To be used as
logging module, a module has to register calling nf_log_register()
and to bind to a protocol it has to call nf_log_bind_pf().
This patch also converts the logging modules to the new API. For nfnetlink_log,
it simply switchs call to register functions to call to bind function and
adds a call to nf_log_register() during init. For other modules, it just
remove a const flag from the logger structure and replace it with a
__read_mostly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Leblond <eric@inl.fr>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
There's very little need for most of the callsites to get
tp->xmit_goal_size updated. That will cost us divide as is,
so slice the function in two. Also, the only users of the
tp->xmit_goal_size are directly behind tcp_current_mss(),
so there's no need to store that variable into tcp_sock
at all! The drop of xmit_goal_size currently leaves 16-bit
hole and some reorganization would again be necessary to
change that (but I'm aiming to fill that hole with u16
xmit_goal_size_segs to cache the results of the remaining
divide to get that tso on regression).
Bring xmit_goal_size parts into tcp.c
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Cc: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Wow, it was quite tricky to merge that stream of negations
but I think I finally got it right:
check & replace_ts_recent:
(s32)(rcv_tsval - ts_recent) >= 0 => 0
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) <= 0 => 0
discard:
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) > TCP_PAWS_WINDOW => 1
(s32)(ts_recent - rcv_tsval) <= TCP_PAWS_WINDOW => 0
I toggled the return values of tcp_paws_check around since
the old encoding added yet-another negation making tracking
of truth-values really complicated.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It turns out that net_alive is unnecessary, and the original problem
that led to it being added was simply that the icmp code thought
it was a network device and wound up being unable to handle packets
while there were still packets in the network namespace.
Now that icmp and tcp have been fixed to properly register themselves
this problem is no longer present and we have a stronger guarantee
that packets will not arrive in a network namespace then that provided
by net_alive in netif_receive_skb. So remove net_alive allowing
packet reception run a little faster.
Additionally document the strong reason why network namespace cleanup
is safe so that if something happens again someone else will have
a chance of figuring it out.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit faee47cdbf
(sctp: Fix the RTO-doubling on idle-link heartbeats)
broke the RTO doubling for data retransmits. If the
heartbeat was sent before the data T3-rtx time, the
the RTO will not double upon the T3-rtx expiration.
Distingish between the operations by passing an argument
to the function.
Additionally, Wei Youngjun pointed out that our treatment
of requested HEARTBEATS and timer HEARTBEATS is the same
wrt resetting congestion window. That needs to be separated,
since user requested HEARTBEATS should not treat the link
as idle.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The above functions from include/net/tcp.h have been defined with an
argument that they never use. The argument is 'u32 ack' which is never
used inside the function body, and thus it can be removed. The rest of
the patch involves the necessary changes to the function callers of the
above two functions.
Signed-off-by: Hantzis Fotis <xantzis@ceid.upatras.gr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also fixes insignificant bug that would cause sending of stale
SACK block (would occur in some corner cases).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems that implementation in yeah was inconsistent to what
other did as it would increase cwnd one ack earlier than the
others do.
Size benefits:
bictcp_cong_avoid | -36
tcp_cong_avoid_ai | +52
bictcp_cong_avoid | -34
tcp_scalable_cong_avoid | -36
tcp_veno_cong_avoid | -12
tcp_yeah_cong_avoid | -38
= -104 bytes total
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When devices are world roaming they cannot beacon or do active scan
on 5 GHz or on channels 12, 13 and 14 on the 2 GHz band. Although
we have a good regulatory API some cards may _always_ world roam, this
is also true when a system does not have CRDA present. Devices doing world
roaming can still passive scan, if they find a beacon from an AP on
one of the world roaming frequencies we make the assumption we can do
the same and we also remove the passive scan requirement.
This adds support for providing beacon regulatory hints based on scans.
This works for devices that do either hardware or software scanning.
If a channel has not yet been marked as having had a beacon present
on it we queue the beacon hint processing into the workqueue.
All wireless devices will benefit from beacon regulatory hints from
any wireless device on a system including new devices connected to
the system at a later time.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All regulatory hints (core, driver, userspace and 11d) are now processed in
a workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We do this so later on we can move the pending requests onto a
workqueue. By using the wiphy_idx instead of the wiphy we can
later easily check if the wiphy has disappeared or not.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds optional notifier functions for software scan.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The previous patch made cfg80211 generally aware of the signal
type a given hardware will give, so now it can implement
SIOCGIWRANGE itself, removing more wext stuff from mac80211.
Might need to be a little more parametrized once we have
more hardware using cfg80211 and new hardware capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It wasn't a good idea to make the signal type a per-BSS option,
although then it is closer to the actual value. Move it to be
a per-wiphy setting, update mac80211 to match.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TX/RX packet counters are needed to fill in RADIUS Accounting
attributes Acct-Output-Packets and Acct-Input-Packets. We already
collect the needed information, but only the TX/RX bytes were
previously exposed through nl80211. Allow applications to fetch the
packet counters, too, to provide more complete support for accounting.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This extends the NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN command to allow applications
to specify a set of information element(s) to be added into Probe
Request frames with NL80211_ATTR_IE. This provides support for the
MLME-SCAN.request primitive parameter VendorSpecificInfo and can be
used, e.g., to implement WPS scanning.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The AP can switch dynamically between 20/40 Mhz channel width,
in which case we switch the local operating channel, but the
rate control algorithm is not notified. This patch adds a new callback
to indicate such changes to the RC algorithm.
Currently, HT channel width change is notified, but this callback
can be used to indicate any new requirements that might come up later on.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Hardware with AMPDU queues currently has broken aggregation.
This patch fixes it by making all A-MPDUs go over the regular AC queues,
but keeping track of the hardware queues in mac80211. As a first rough
version, it actually stops the AC queue for extended periods of time,
which can be removed by adding buffering internal to mac80211, but is
currently not a huge problem because people rarely use multiple TIDs
that are in the same AC (and iwlwifi currently doesn't operate as AP).
This is a short-term fix, my current medium-term plan, which I hope to
execute soon as well, but am not sure can finish before .30, looks like
this:
1) rework the internal queuing layer in mac80211 that we use for
fragments if the driver stopped queue in the middle of a fragmented
frame to be able to queue more frames at once (rather than just a
single frame with its fragments)
2) instead of stopping the entire AC queue, queue up the frames in a
per-station/per-TID queue during aggregation session initiation,
when the session has come up take all those frames and put them
onto the queue from 1)
3) push the ampdu queue layer abstraction this patch introduces in
mac80211 into the driver, and remove the virtual queue stuff from
mac80211 again
This plan will probably also affect ath9k in that mac80211 queues the
frames instead of passing them down, even when there are no ampdu queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Only ipw2x00 now uses it. Reduce confusion. Profit!
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Impact: Attribute function with __releases(...)
Fix this sparse warning:
net/ipv4/inet_fragment.c:276:35: warning: context imbalance in 'inet_frag_find' - unexpected unlock
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <hannes@hanneseder.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the qualification tests demand that in case of failures in L2CAP
the HCI disconnect should indicate a reason why L2CAP fails. This is a
bluntly layer violation since multiple L2CAP connections could be using
the same ACL and thus forcing a disconnect reason is not a good idea.
To comply with the Bluetooth test specification, the disconnect reason
is now stored in the L2CAP connection structure and every time a new
L2CAP channel is added it will set back to its default. So only in the
case where the L2CAP channel with the disconnect reason is really the
last one, it will propagated to the HCI layer.
The HCI layer has been extended with a disconnect indication that allows
it to ask upper layers for a disconnect reason. The upper layer must not
support this callback and in that case it will nicely default to the
existing behavior. If an upper layer like L2CAP can provide a disconnect
reason that one will be used to disconnect the ACL or SCO link.
No modification to the ACL disconnect timeout have been made. So in case
of Linux to Linux connection the initiator will disconnect the ACL link
before the acceptor side can signal the specific disconnect reason. That
is perfectly fine since Linux doesn't make use of this value anyway. The
L2CAP layer has a perfect valid error code for rejecting connection due
to a security violation. It is unclear why the Bluetooth specification
insists on having specific HCI disconnect reason.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In preparation for L2CAP fixed channel support, the CID value of a
L2CAP connection needs to be accessible via the socket interface. The
CID is the connection identifier and exists as source and destination
value. So extend the L2CAP socket address structure with this field and
change getsockname() and getpeername() to fill it in.
The bind() and connect() functions have been modified to handle L2CAP
socket address structures of variable sizes. This makes them future
proof if additional fields need to be added.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the extended features mask indicates support for fixed channels,
request the list of available fixed channels. This also enables the
fixed channel features bit so remote implementations can request
information about it. Currently only the signal channel will be
listed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The recommendation for the L2CAP PSM 1 (SDP) is to not use any kind
of authentication or encryption. So don't trigger authentication
for incoming and outgoing SDP connections.
For L2CAP PSM 3 (RFCOMM) there is no clear requirement, but with
Bluetooth 2.1 the initiator is required to enable authentication
and encryption first and this gets enforced. So there is no need
to trigger an additional authentication step. The RFCOMM service
security will make sure that a secure enough link key is present.
When the encryption gets enabled after the SDP connection setup,
then switch the security level from SDP to low security.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the remote L2CAP server uses authentication pending stage and
encryption is enabled it can happen that a L2CAP connection request is
sent twice due to a race condition in the connection state machine.
When the remote side indicates any kind of connection pending, then
track this state and skip sending of L2CAP commands for this period.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When two L2CAP connections are requested quickly after the ACL link has
been established there exists a window for a race condition where a
connection request is sent before the information response has been
received. Any connection request should only be sent after an exchange
of the extended features mask has been finished.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When receiving incoming connection to specific services, always use
general bonding. This ensures that the link key gets stored and can be
used for further authentications.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When attempting to setup eSCO connections it can happen that some link
manager implementations fail to properly negotiate the eSCO parameters
and thus fail the eSCO setup. Normally the link manager is responsible
for the negotiation of the parameters and actually fallback to SCO if
no agreement can be reached. In cases where the link manager is just too
stupid, then at least try to establish a SCO link if eSCO fails.
For the Bluetooth devices with EDR support this includes handling packet
types of EDR basebands. This is particular tricky since for the EDR the
logic of enabling/disabling one specific packet type is turned around.
This fix contains an extra bitmask to disable eSCO EDR packet when
trying to fallback to a SCO connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A role switch with devices following the Bluetooth pre-2.1 standards
or without Encryption Pause and Resume support is not possible if
encryption is enabled. Most newer headsets require the role switch,
but also require that the connection is encrypted.
For connections with a high security mode setting, the link will be
immediately dropped. When the connection uses medium security mode
setting, then a grace period is introduced where the TX is halted and
the remote device gets a change to re-enable encryption after the
role switch. If not re-enabled the link will be dropped.
Based on initial work by Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current security model is based around the flags AUTH, ENCRYPT and
SECURE. Starting with support for the Bluetooth 2.1 specification this is
no longer sufficient. The different security levels are now defined as
SDP, LOW, MEDIUM and SECURE.
Previously it was possible to set each security independently, but this
actually doesn't make a lot of sense. For Bluetooth the encryption depends
on a previous successful authentication. Also you can only update your
existing link key if you successfully created at least one before. And of
course the update of link keys without having proper encryption in place
is a security issue.
The new security levels from the Bluetooth 2.1 specification are now
used internally. All old settings are mapped to the new values and this
way it ensures that old applications still work. The only limitation
is that it is no longer possible to set authentication without also
enabling encryption. No application should have done this anyway since
this is actually a security issue. Without encryption the integrity of
the authentication can't be guaranteed.
As default for a new L2CAP or RFCOMM connection, the LOW security level
is used. The only exception here are the service discovery sessions on
PSM 1 where SDP level is used. To have similar security strength as with
a Bluetooth 2.0 and before combination key, the MEDIUM level should be
used. This is according to the Bluetooth specification. The MEDIUM level
will not require any kind of man-in-the-middle (MITM) protection. Only
the HIGH security level will require this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to decide if listening RFCOMM sockets should be accept()ed
the BD_ADDR of the remote device needs to be known. This patch adds
a socket option which defines a timeout for deferring the actual
connection setup.
The connection setup is done after reading from the socket for the
first time. Until then writing to the socket returns ENOTCONN.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The L2CAP and RFCOMM applications require support for authorization
and the ability of rejecting incoming connection requests. The socket
interface is not really able to support this.
This patch does the ground work for a socket option to defer connection
setup. Setting this option allows calling of accept() and then the
first read() will trigger the final connection setup. Calling close()
would reject the connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It turns out that net_alive is unnecessary, and the original problem
that led to it being added was simply that the icmp code thought
it was a network device and wound up being unable to handle packets
while there were still packets in the network namespace.
Now that icmp and tcp have been fixed to properly register themselves
this problem is no longer present and we have a stronger guarantee
that packets will not arrive in a network namespace then that provided
by net_alive in netif_receive_skb. So remove net_alive allowing
packet reception run a little faster.
Additionally document the strong reason why network namespace cleanup
is safe so that if something happens again someone else will have
a chance of figuring it out.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Table size is defined as unsigned, wheres the table maximum size is
defined as a signed integer. The calculation of max is 8 or 4,
multiplied the table size. Therefore the max value is aligned to
unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The untracked conntrack actually does usually have events marked for
delivery as its not special-cased in that part of the code. Skip the
actual delivery since it impacts performance noticeably.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
A long time ago we had bugs, primarily in TCP, where we would modify
skb->truesize (for TSO queue collapsing) in ways which would corrupt
the socket memory accounting.
skb_truesize_check() was added in order to try and catch this error
more systematically.
However this debugging check has morphed into a Frankenstein of sorts
and these days it does nothing other than catch false-positives.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During peeloff/accept() sctp needs to save the parent socket state
into the new socket so that any options set on the parent are
inherited by the child socket. This was found when the
parent/listener socket issues SO_BINDTODEVICE, but the
data was misrouted after a route cache flush.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP incorrectly doubles rto ever time a Hearbeat chunk
is generated. However RFC 4960 states:
On an idle destination address that is allowed to heartbeat, it is
recommended that a HEARTBEAT chunk is sent once per RTO of that
destination address plus the protocol parameter 'HB.interval', with
jittering of +/- 50% of the RTO value, and exponential backoff of the
RTO if the previous HEARTBEAT is unanswered.
Essentially, of if the heartbean is unacknowledged, do we double the RTO.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sctp crc32c checksum is always generated in little endian.
So, we clean up the code to treat it as little endian and remove
all the __force casts.
Suggested by Herbert Xu.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a new version of my patch, now using a module parameter instead
of a sysctl, so that the option is harder to find. Please note that,
once the module is loaded, it is still possible to change the value of
the parameter in /sys/module/sctp/parameters/, which is useful if you
want to do performance comparisons without rebooting.
Computation of SCTP checksums significantly affects the performance of
SCTP. For example, using two dual-Opteron 246 connected using a Gbe
network, it was not possible to achieve more than ~730 Mbps, compared to
941 Mbps after disabling SCTP checksums.
Unfortunately, SCTP checksum offloading in NICs is not commonly
available (yet).
By default, checksums are still enabled, of course.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Nussbaum <lucas.nussbaum@ens-lyon.fr>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instructions for time stamping outgoing packets are take from the
socket layer and later copied into the new skb.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The overlap with the old SO_TIMESTAMP[NS] options is handled so
that time stamping in software (net_enable_timestamp()) is
enabled when SO_TIMESTAMP[NS] and/or SO_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE
is set. It's disabled if all of these are off.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Base versions handle constant folding now. For headers exposed to
userspace, we must only expose the __ prefixed versions.
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a more flexible BSS lookup function so that mac80211 or
other drivers can actually use this for getting the BSS to
connect to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces cfg80211_unlink_bss, a function to
allow a driver to remove a BSS from the internal list and
make it not show up in scan results any more -- this is
to be used when the driver detects that the BSS is no
longer available.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When cfg80211 users have their own allocated data in the per-BSS
private data, they will need to free this when the BSS struct is
destroyed. Add a free_priv method and fix one place where the BSS
was kfree'd rather than released properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds basic scan capability to cfg80211/nl80211 and
changes mac80211 to use it. The BSS list that cfg80211 maintains
is made driver-accessible with a private area in each BSS struct,
but mac80211 doesn't yet use it. That's another large project.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The atomic requirement for the TSF callbacks
is outdated. get_tsf() is only called by
ieee80211_rx_bss_info() which is indirectly
called by the work queue ieee80211_sta_work().
In the same context are called several other
non-atomic functions, too.
And the atomic requirement causes problems
for drivers of USB wifi cards.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The problem is that in_atomic() will return false inside spinlocks if
CONFIG_PREEMPT=n. This will lead to deadlockable GFP_KERNEL allocations
from spinlocked regions.
Secondly, if CONFIG_PREEMPT=y, this bug solves itself because networking
will instead use GFP_ATOMIC from this callsite. Hence we won't get the
might_sleep() debugging warnings which would have informed us of the buggy
callsites.
Solve both these problems by switching to in_interrupt(). Now, if someone
runs a gfp_any() allocation from inside spinlock we will get the warning
if CONFIG_PREEMPT=y.
I reviewed all callsites and most of them were too complex for my little
brain and none of them documented their interface requirements. I have no
idea what this patch will do.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Giving the signal in dB isn't much more useful to userspace
than giving the signal in unspecified units. This removes
some radiotap information for zd1211 (the only driver using
this flag), but it helps a lot for getting cfg80211-based
scanning which won't support dB, and zd1211 being dB is a
little fishy anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function sock_alloc_send_pskb is completely useless if not
exported since most of the code in it won't be used as is. In
fact, this code has already been duplicated in the tun driver.
Now that we need accounting in the tun driver, we can in fact
use this function as is. So this patch marks it for export again.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And switch bsockets to atomic_t since it might be changed in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> suggested:
> How about making this flag and the warning message (in a out-of-line
> function) globally available? Other qdiscs (f.i. HFSC) can't deal with
> inner non-work-conserving qdiscs as well.
This patch uses qdisc->flags field of "suspected" child qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables low-level driver independent debugging of the TSF and remove the driver specific things of ath5k and ath9k from the debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using only the RTNL has a number of problems, most notably that
ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces() and other interface list
traversals cannot be done from the internal workqueue because it
needs to be flushed under the RTNL.
This patch introduces a new mutex that protects the interface list
against modifications. A more detailed explanation is part of the
code change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a driver is given a wiphy and it wants to get to its private
mac80211 driver area it can use wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw() to get first
to its ieee80211_hw and then access the private structure via hw->priv. The
wiphy_priv() is already being used internally by mac80211 and drivers
should not use this. This can be helpful in a drivers reg_notifier().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to request strict regulatory settings to
be applied to its devices. This is desirable for devices where
proper calibration and compliance can only be gauranteed for
for the device's programmed regulatory domain. Regulatory
domain settings will be ignored until the device's own
regulatory domain is properly configured. If no regulatory
domain is received only the world regulatory domain will be
applied -- if OLD_REG (default to "US") is not enabled. If
OLD_REG behaviour is not acceptable to drivers they must
update their wiphy with a custom reuglatory prior to wiphy
registration.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers may need more information than just who set the last regulatory domain,
as such lets just pass the last regulatory_request receipt. To do this we need
to move out to headers struct regulatory_request, and enum environment_cap. While
at it lets add documentation for enum environment_cap.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers without firmware can also have custom regulatory maps
which do not map to a specific ISO / IEC alpha2 country code.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This can be used by drivers on the reg_notifier()
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() to be used by drivers
prior to wiphy registration to apply a custom regulatory domain.
This can be used by drivers that do not have a direct 1-1 mapping
between a regulatory domain and a country.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a flag to notify drivers to start and stop
beaconing when needed, for example, during a scan run. Based
on Sujith's first patch to do the same, but now disables
beaconing for all virtual interfaces while scanning, has a
separate change flag and tracks user-space requests.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the standards only define 12 legacy rates, 32 is certainly
a sane upper limit and we don't need to use u64 everywhere. Add
sanity checking that no more than 32 rates are registered and
change the variables to u32 throughout.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Then one place can be a static const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This should help implement suspend/resume in mac80211, these
hooks will be run before the device is suspended and after it
resumes. Therefore, they can touch the hardware as much as
they want to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A new nl80211 command, NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE, can be used to
add arbitrary IE data into the end of management frames. The interface
allows extra IEs to be configured for each management frame subtype, but
only some of them (ProbeReq, ProbeResp, Auth, (Re)AssocReq, Deauth,
Disassoc) are currently accepted in mac80211 implementation.
This makes it easier to implement IEEE 802.11 extensions like WPS and
FT that add IE(s) into some management frames. In addition, this can
be useful for testing and experimentation purposes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For any callbacks in ieee80211_ops, specify what values the return
codes represent. While at it, fix a couple of capitalization and
punctuation differences.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows user space to determine whether a driver supports MFP and
behave properly without having to ask user to configure this in
MFP-optional mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If driver/firmware/hardware does not support CCMP for management
frames, it can now request mac80211 to take care of encrypting and
decrypting management frames (when MFP is enabled) in software. The
will need to add this new IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag when a CCMP
key is being configured for TX side and return the undecrypted frames
on RX side without RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag to use software CCMP for
management frames (but hardware for data frames).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the
TX/RX paths.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add flags for setting STA entries and struct ieee80211_if_sta to
indicate whether management frame protection (MFP) is used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We add support for multiple drivers to provide a regulatory_hint()
on a system by adding a wiphy specific regulatory domain cache.
This allows drivers to keep around cache their own regulatory domain
structure queried from CRDA.
We handle conflicts by intersecting multiple regulatory domains,
each driver will stick to its own regulatory domain though unless
a country IE has been received and processed.
If the user already requested a regulatory domain and a driver
requests the same regulatory domain then simply copy to the
driver's regd the same regulatory domain and do not call
CRDA, do not collect $200.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This modifies hardware flags for powersave to support three different
flags:
* IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS - indicates general PS support
* IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK - indicates nullfunc sending in software
* IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS - indicates dynamic PS on the device
It also adds documentation for all this which explains how to set the
various flags.
Additionally, it fixes a few things:
* a spot where && was used to test flags
* enable CONF_PS only when associated again
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will be needed for drivers that set the
IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS flag and still
want to handle dynamic PS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel_type really doesn't need to be the only member in
a new structure, so remove the struct. Additionally, remove
the _CONF_CHANGE_HT flag and use _CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL when the
channel type changes, since that's enough of a change to require
reprogramming the hardware anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I missed this during review of "mac80211: Fix tx power setting",
the user_power_level shouldn't be available to the driver but
rather be an internal value used to calculate the value for the
driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The set_key callback now seems rather odd, passing a MAC address
instead of a station struct, and a local address instead of a
vif struct. Change that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> [ath5k]
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <ivdoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00]
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> [p54]
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> [iwl3945]
Tested-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org> [iwl3945]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
power_level in ieee80211_conf is being used for more than one
purpose. It being used as user configured power limit and the
final power limit given to the driver. By doing so, except very
first time, the tx power limit is taken from min(chan->max_power,
local->hw.conf.power_level) which is not what we want. This patch
defines a new memeber in ieee80211_conf which is meant only for
user configured power limit.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can simply use conf_is_ht() check where needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In HT capable drivers you often need to check if you
are currently using HT20 or HT40. This adds a few small
helpers to let drivers figure that out.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In commit 9db66bdcc8 (net: convert
TCP/DCCP ehash rwlocks to spinlocks), I forgot to change one
occurrence of rwlock_t to spinlock_t
I believe sizeof(raw_spinlock_t) might be > 0 on !CONFIG_SMP if
CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK while sizeof(raw_rwlock_t) should be 0 in this
case.
Fortunatly, CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK adds fields to both spinlock_t and
rwlock_t, but at this might change in the future (being able to debug
spinlocks but not rwlocks for example), better to be safe.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
crc32c algorithm provides a byteswaped result. On little-endian
arches, the result ends up in big-endian/network byte order.
On big-endinan arches, the result ends up in little-endian
order and needs to be byte swapped again. Thus calling cpu_to_le32
gives the right output.
Tested-by: Jukka Taimisto <jukka.taimisto@mail.suomi.net>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare variable 'reg_vif_num' per-namespace, move into struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, this variable is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare IPv multicast routing variables 'mroute_do_assert' and
'mroute_do_pim' per-namespace in struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, these variables are only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Declare variable cache_resolve_queue_len per-namespace: move it into
struct netns_ipv4.
This variable counts the number of unresolved cache entries queued in the
list mfc_unres_queue. This list is kept global to all netns as the number
of entries per namespace is limited to 10 (hardcoded in routine
ipmr_cache_unresolved).
Entries belonging to different namespaces in mfc_unres_queue will be
identified by matching the mfc_net member introduced previously in
struct mfc_cache.
Keeping this list global to all netns, also allows us to keep a single
timer (ipmr_expire_timer) to handle their expiration.
In some places cache_resolve_queue_len value was tested for arming
or deleting the timer. These tests were equivalent to testing
mfc_unres_queue value instead and are replaced in this patch.
At the moment, cache_resolve_queue_len is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Dynamically allocate IPv4 multicast forwarding cache, mfc_cache_array,
and move it to struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, mfc_cache_array is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast routing netns-aware.
Dynamically allocate interface table vif_table and move it to
struct netns_ipv4, and update MIF_EXISTS() macro.
At the moment, vif_table is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv4 multicast routing netns-aware.
Make IPv4 multicast routing mroute_socket per-namespace,
moves it into struct netns_ipv4.
At the moment, mroute_socket is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With simple extension to the binding mechanism, which allows to bind more
than 64k sockets (or smaller amount, depending on sysctl parameters),
we have to traverse the whole bind hash table to find out empty bucket.
And while it is not a problem for example for 32k connections, bind()
completion time grows exponentially (since after each successful binding
we have to traverse one bucket more to find empty one) even if we start
each time from random offset inside the hash table.
So, when hash table is full, and we want to add another socket, we have
to traverse the whole table no matter what, so effectivelly this will be
the worst case performance and it will be constant.
Attached picture shows bind() time depending on number of already bound
sockets.
Green area corresponds to the usual binding to zero port process, which
turns on kernel port selection as described above. Red area is the bind
process, when number of reuse-bound sockets is not limited by 64k (or
sysctl parameters). The same exponential growth (hidden by the green
area) before number of ports reaches sysctl limit.
At this time bind hash table has exactly one reuse-enbaled socket in a
bucket, but it is possible that they have different addresses. Actually
kernel selects the first port to try randomly, so at the beginning bind
will take roughly constant time, but with time number of port to check
after random start will increase. And that will have exponential growth,
but because of above random selection, not every next port selection
will necessary take longer time than previous. So we have to consider
the area below in the graph (if you could zoom it, you could find, that
there are many different times placed there), so area can hide another.
Blue area corresponds to the port selection optimization.
This is rather simple design approach: hashtable now maintains (unprecise
and racely updated) number of currently bound sockets, and when number
of such sockets becomes greater than predefined value (I use maximum
port range defined by sysctls), we stop traversing the whole bind hash
table and just stop at first matching bucket after random start. Above
limit roughly corresponds to the case, when bind hash table is full and
we turned on mechanism of allowing to bind more reuse-enabled sockets,
so it does not change behaviour of other sockets.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Tested-by: Denys Fedoryschenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix (delete) more mac80211 kernel-doc:
Warning(linux-2.6.28-git13//include/net/mac80211.h:375): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'retry_count' description in 'ieee80211_tx_info'
Warning(linux-2.6.28-git13//net/mac80211/sta_info.h:308): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'last_txrate' description in 'sta_info'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The kernel-doc was referring to member @debufs_dentry instead of
@debugfs_dentry.
Reported by Randy Dunlap http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=123147942302885&w=2
As well, escape the colon in the field's text description, as it is
causing the generated text to be erraticly broken up (with paragraphs
moved down). Could not find a reason why it is happening so, even when
other field descriptions use colons and work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/djbw/async_tx: (22 commits)
ioat: fix self test for multi-channel case
dmaengine: bump initcall level to arch_initcall
dmaengine: advertise all channels on a device to dma_filter_fn
dmaengine: use idr for registering dma device numbers
dmaengine: add a release for dma class devices and dependent infrastructure
ioat: do not perform removal actions at shutdown
iop-adma: enable module removal
iop-adma: kill debug BUG_ON
iop-adma: let devm do its job, don't duplicate free
dmaengine: kill enum dma_state_client
dmaengine: remove 'bigref' infrastructure
dmaengine: kill struct dma_client and supporting infrastructure
dmaengine: replace dma_async_client_register with dmaengine_get
atmel-mci: convert to dma_request_channel and down-level dma_slave
dmatest: convert to dma_request_channel
dmaengine: introduce dma_request_channel and private channels
net_dma: convert to dma_find_channel
dmaengine: provide a common 'issue_pending_all' implementation
dmaengine: centralize channel allocation, introduce dma_find_channel
dmaengine: up-level reference counting to the module level
...
Reported by Randy Dunlap from a warning in the v2.6.29 merge window
tree as of 2009/1/8.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO support for IPv6. IPv6 GRO supports extension
headers in the same way as GSO (by using the same infrastructure).
It's also simpler compared to IPv4 since we no longer have to worry
about fragmentation attributes or header checksums.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Definitions for the user/kernel API protocol through generic
netlink. User space can copy it verbatim and use it.
Kernel API definition declares the main data types and calls for the
drivers to integrate into the WiMAX stack. Provides usage
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Use the general-purpose channel allocation provided by dmaengine.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Simply, if a client wants any dmaengine channel then prevent all dmaengine
modules from being removed. Once the clients are done re-enable module
removal.
Why?, beyond reducing complication:
1/ Tracking reference counts per-transaction in an efficient manner, as
is currently done, requires a complicated scheme to avoid cache-line
bouncing effects.
2/ Per-transaction ref-counting gives the false impression that a
dma-driver can be gracefully removed ahead of its user (net, md, or
dma-slave)
3/ None of the in-tree dma-drivers talk to hot pluggable hardware, but
if such an engine were built one day we still would not need to notify
clients of remove events. The driver can simply return NULL to a
->prep() request, something that is much easier for a client to handle.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Maciej Sosnowski <maciej.sosnowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Thanks to excellent diagnosis by Eduard Guzovsky.
The core problem is that on a network with lots of active
multicast traffic, the neighbour cache can fill up. If
we try to allocate a new route and thus neighbour cache
entry, the bog-standard GC attempt the neighbour layer does
in ineffective because route entries hold a reference
to the existing neighbour entries and GC can only liberate
entries with no references.
IPV4 already has a way to handle this, by doing a route cache
GC in such situations (when neigh attach returns -ENOBUFS).
So simply mimick this on the ipv6 side.
Tested-by: Eduard Guzovsky <eguzovsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the NetLabel kernel API to expose the new features added in kernel
releases 2.6.25 and 2.6.28: the static/fallback label functionality and network
address based selectors.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1429 commits)
net: Allow dependancies of FDDI & Tokenring to be modular.
igb: Fix build warning when DCA is disabled.
net: Fix warning fallout from recent NAPI interface changes.
gro: Fix potential use after free
sfc: If AN is enabled, always read speed/duplex from the AN advertising bits
sfc: When disabling the NIC, close the device rather than unregistering it
sfc: SFT9001: Add cable diagnostics
sfc: Add support for multiple PHY self-tests
sfc: Merge top-level functions for self-tests
sfc: Clean up PHY mode management in loopback self-test
sfc: Fix unreliable link detection in some loopback modes
sfc: Generate unique names for per-NIC workqueues
802.3ad: use standard ethhdr instead of ad_header
802.3ad: generalize out mac address initializer
802.3ad: initialize ports LACPDU from const initializer
802.3ad: remove typedef around ad_system
802.3ad: turn ports is_individual into a bool
802.3ad: turn ports is_enabled into a bool
802.3ad: make ntt bool
ixgbe: Fix set_ringparam in ixgbe to use the same memory pools.
...
Fixed trivial IPv4/6 address printing conflicts in fs/cifs/connect.c due
to the conversion to %pI (in this networking merge) and the addition of
doing IPv6 addresses (from the earlier merge of CIFS).
See commit 1045b03e07 ("netlink: fix
overrun in attribute iteration") for a detailed explanation of why
this patch is necessary.
In short, nlmsg_next() can make "remaining" go negative, and the
remaining >= sizeof(...) comparison will promote "remaining" to an
unsigned type, which means that the expression will evaluate to
true for negative numbers, even though it was not intended.
I put "theoretical" in the title because I have no evidence that
this can actually happen, but I suspect that a crafted netlink
packet can trigger some badness.
Note that the last test, which seemingly has the exact same
problem (also true for nla_ok()), is perfectly OK, since we
already know that remaining is positive.
Signed-off-by: Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement socket option SCTP_GET_ASSOC_NUMBER of the latest ietf socket
extensions API draft.
8.2.5. Get the Current Number of Associations (SCTP_GET_ASSOC_NUMBER)
This option gets the current number of associations that are attached
to a one-to-many style socket. The option value is an uint32_t.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide a locking free version of iucv_message_receive and iucv_message_send
that do not call local_bh_enable in a spin_lock_(bh|irqsave)() context.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Data Center Bridging (DCB) had no way to know if setstate had failed in the
driver. This patch enables dcb netlink code to handle the status for the DCB
setstate interface. Likewise it allows the driver to return a failed status
if MSI-X isn't enabled.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W Multanen <eric.w.multanen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements dynamic power save for mac80211. Basically it
means enabling power save mode after an idle period. Implementing it
dynamically gives a good compromise of low power consumption and low
latency. Some hardware have support for this in firmware, but some
require the host to do it.
The dynamic power save is implemented by adding an timeout to
ieee80211_subif_start_xmit(). The timeout can be enabled from userspace
with Wireless Extensions. For example, the command below enables the
dynamic power save and sets the time timeout to 500 ms:
iwconfig wlan0 power timeout 500m
Power save now only works with devices which handle power save in firmware.
It's also disabled by default and the heuristics when and how to enable is
considered as a policy decision and will be left for the userspace to handle.
In case the firmware has support for this, drivers can disable this feature
with IEEE80211_HW_NO_STACK_DYNAMIC_PS.
Big thanks to Johannes Berg for the help with the design and code.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates
(HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are
currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate
MCS index.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
HT management is done differently for AP and STA modes, unify
to just the ->config() callback since HT is fundamentally a
PHY property and cannot be per-BSS.
Rename enum nl80211_sec_chan_offset as nl80211_channel_type to denote
the channel type ( NO_HT, HT20, HT40+, HT40- ).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds signal strength and transmission bitrate
to the station_info of nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <rogge@fgan.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
GPRS TX flow control won't need to lock the underlying socket anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to pad irda_skb_cb in order to keep it safe accross dev_queue_xmit()
calls. This is some ugly and temporary hack triggered by recent qisc code
changes.
Even though it fixes bugzilla.kernel.org bug #11795, it will be replaced by a
proper fix before 2.6.29 is released.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the TCP-specific portion of GRO. The criterion for
merging is extremely strict (the TCP header must match exactly apart
from the checksum) so as to allow refragmentation. Otherwise this
is pretty much identical to LRO, except that we support the merging
of ECN packets.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds GRO support for IPv4.
The criteria for merging is more stringent than LRO, in particular,
we require all fields in the IP header to be identical except for
the length, ID and checksum. In addition, the ID must form an
arithmetic sequence with a difference of one.
The ID requirement might seem overly strict, however, most hardware
TSO solutions already obey this rule. Linux itself also obeys this
whether GSO is in use or not.
In future we could relax this rule by storing the IDs (or rather
making sure that we don't drop them when pulling the aggregate
skb's tail).
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces the newly introduced sta_notify_ps function,
which can be used to notify the driver about every power state
transition for all associated stations, by integrating its functionality
back into the original sta_notify callback.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no driver that actually does fragmentation on the
device, and the callback is buggy (when it returns an error,
mac80211's fragmentation status is changed so reading the
frag threshold from userspace reads the new value despite
the error). Let's just remove it, if we really find some
hardware supporting it we can add it back later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mention more possible STA entries and document the atomic requirement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare variable 'reg_vif_num' per-namespace, moves into struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, this variable is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare IPv6 multicast forwarding variables 'mroute_do_assert' and
'mroute_do_pim' per-namespace in struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, these variables are only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Declare variable cache_resolve_queue_len per-namespace: moves it into
struct netns_ipv6.
This variable counts the number of unresolved cache entries queued in the
list mfc_unres_queue. This list is kept global to all netns as the number
of entries per namespace is limited to 10 (hardcoded in routine
ip6mr_cache_unresolved).
Entries belonging to different namespaces in mfc_unres_queue will be
identified by matching the mfc_net member introduced previously in
struct mfc6_cache.
Keeping this list global to all netns, also allows us to keep a single
timer (ipmr_expire_timer) to handle their expiration.
In some places cache_resolve_queue_len value was tested for arming
or deleting the timer. These tests were equivalent to testing
mfc_unres_queue value instead and are replaced in this patch.
At the moment, cache_resolve_queue_len is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Dynamically allocates IPv6 multicast forwarding cache, mfc6_cache_array,
and moves it to struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, mfc6_cache_array is only referenced in init_net.
Replace 'ARRAY_SIZE(mfc6_cache_array)' with mfc6_cache_array size: MFC6_LINES.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Dynamically allocates interface table vif6_table and moves it to
struct netns_ipv6, and updates MIF_EXISTS() macro.
At the moment, vif6_table is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preliminary work to make IPv6 multicast forwarding netns-aware.
Make IPv6 multicast forwarding mroute6_socket per-namespace,
moves it into struct netns_ipv6.
At the moment, mroute6_socket is only referenced in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Thery <benjamin.thery@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes htmldocs warning:
Warning(mac80211.h:379): No description found for parameter 'pad[2]'
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is necessary in order to provide a proper Access point support for p54.
Unfortunately for us, there is no documented way to disable the interfering
power save buffering mechanism in firmware completely.
Therefore we give in and notify the driver through our new sta_notify_ps callback,
so that we can update the filter state.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No need to pad the header so no constant needed for that,
no need to carry any version number from netbsd nor CVS
IDs from them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
further reducing wext code in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves the SIOCGIWNAME handling from mac80211 to cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds new NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY attributes
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SEC_CHAN_OFFSET to allow
userspace to set the operating channel (e.g., hostapd for AP mode).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
fs/nfsd/nfs4recover.c
Manually fixed above to use new creds API functions, e.g.
nfs4_save_creds().
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
With the introduction of CONFIG_DYNAMIC_PRINTK_DEBUG it is possible to
allow debugging without having to recompile the kernel. This patch turns
all BT_DBG() calls into pr_debug() to support dynamic debug messages.
As a side effect all CONFIG_BT_*_DEBUG statements are now removed and
some broken debug entries have been fixed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth subsystem was not using the HCI Reset command when doing
device initialization. The Bluetooth 1.0b specification was ambiguous
on how the device firmware was suppose to handle it. Almost every device
was triggering a transport reset at the same time. In case of USB this
ended up in disconnects from the bus.
All modern Bluetooth dongles handle this perfectly fine and a lot of
them actually require that HCI Reset is sent. If not then they are
either stuck in their HID Proxy mode or their internal structures for
inquiry and paging are not correctly setup.
To handle old and new devices smoothly the Bluetooth subsystem contains
a quirk to force the HCI Reset on initialization. However maintaining
such a quirk becomes more and more complicated. This patch turns the
logic around and lets the old devices disable the HCI Reset command.
The only device where the HCI_QUIRK_NO_RESET is still needed are the
original Digianswer devices and dongles with an early CSR firmware.
CSR reported that they fixed this for version 12 firmware. The last
official release of version 11 firmware is build ID 115. The first
version 12 candidate was build ID 117.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an implementation of David Miller's suggested fix in:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=470201
It has been updated to use wait_event() instead of
wait_event_interruptible().
Paraphrasing the description from the above report, it makes sendmsg()
block while UNIX garbage collection is in progress. This avoids a
situation where child processes continue to queue new FDs over a
AF_UNIX socket to a parent which is in the exit path and running
garbage collection on these FDs. This contention can result in soft
lockups and oom-killing of unrelated processes.
Signed-off-by: dann frazier <dannf@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since all other gen_estimator functions use bstats and rate_est params
together, and searching for them is optimized now, let's use this also
in gen_estimator_active(). The return type of gen_estimator_active()
is changed to bool, and gen_find_node() parameters to const, btw.
In tcf_act_police_locate() a check for ACT_P_CREATED is added before
calling gen_estimator_active().
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using one atomic_t per protocol, use a percpu_counter
for "orphan_count", to reduce cache line contention on
heavy duty network servers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using one atomic_t per protocol, use a percpu_counter
for "sockets_allocated", to reduce cache line contention on
heavy duty network servers.
Note : We revert commit (248969ae31
net: af_unix can make unix_nr_socks visbile in /proc),
since it is not anymore used after sock_prot_inuse_add() addition
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Found that while trying average rate policing, it was possible to
request average rate policing without a rate estimator. This results
in no policing which is harmless but incorrect.
Since policing could be setup in two steps, need to check
in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make
net.core.xfrm_aevent_etime
net.core.xfrm_acq_expires
net.core.xfrm_aevent_rseqth
net.core.xfrm_larval_drop
sysctls per-netns.
For that make net_core_path[] global, register it to prevent two
/proc/net/core antries and change initcall position -- xfrm_init() is called
from fs_initcall, so this one should be fs_initcall at least.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SA and SPD flush are executed with NULL SA and SPD respectively, for
these cases pass netns explicitly from userspace socket.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass netns pointer to struct xfrm_policy_afinfo::garbage_collect()
[This needs more thoughts on what to do with dst_ops]
[Currently stub to init_net]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass netns to xfrm_lookup()/__xfrm_lookup(). For that pass netns
to flow_cache_lookup() and resolver callback.
Take it from socket or netdevice. Stub DECnet to init_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add netns parameter to xfrm_policy_bysel_ctx(), xfrm_policy_byidx().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per-netns hashes are independently resizeable.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Again, to avoid complications with passing netns when not necessary.
Again, ->xp_net is set-once field, once set it never changes.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Disallow spurious wakeups in __xfrm_lookup().
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
State GC is per-netns, and this is part of it.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
km_waitq is going to be made per-netns to disallow spurious wakeups
in __xfrm_lookup().
To not wakeup after every garbage-collected xfrm_state (which potentially
can be from different netns) make state GC list per-netns.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of this is implicit passing which netns's hashes should be resized.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since hashtables are per-netns, they can be independently resized.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is done to get
a) simple "something leaked" check
b) cover possible DoSes when other netns puts many, many xfrm_states
onto a list.
c) not miss "alien xfrm_state" check in some of list iterators in future.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid unnecessary complications with passing netns around.
* set once, very early after allocating
* once set, never changes
For a while create every xfrm_state in init_net.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds API to cfg80211 to allow wireless drivers to inform
us if their firmware can handle regulatory considerations *and*
they cannot map these regulatory domains to an ISO / IEC 3166
alpha2. In these cases we skip the first regulatory hint instead
of expecting the driver to build their own regulatory structure,
providing us with an alpha2, or using the reg_notifier().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds country IE parsing to mac80211 and enables its usage
within the new regulatory infrastructure in cfg80211. We parse
the country IEs only on management beacons for the BSSID you are
associated to and disregard the IEs when the country and environment
(indoor, outdoor, any) matches the already processed country IE.
To avoid following misinformed or outdated APs we build and use
a regulatory domain out of the intersection between what the AP
provides us on the country IE and what CRDA is aware is allowed
on the same country.
A secondary device is allowed to follow only the same country IE
as it make no sense for two devices on a system to be in two
different countries.
In the case the AP is using country IEs for an incorrect country
the user may help compliance further by setting the regulatory
domain before or after the IE is parsed and in that case another
intersection will be performed.
CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY is supported but requires CRDA
present.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
fix this warning:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c: In function \u2018tcp_in_window\u2019:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c:491: warning: unused variable \u2018net\u2019
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c: In function \u2018tcp_packet\u2019:
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c:812: warning: unused variable \u2018net\u2019
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
During SACK processing, most of the benefits of TSO are eaten by
the SACK blocks that one-by-one fragment SKBs to MSS sized chunks.
Then we're in problems when cleanup work for them has to be done
when a large cumulative ACK comes. Try to return back to pre-split
state already while more and more SACK info gets discovered by
combining newly discovered SACK areas with the previous skb if
that's SACKed as well.
This approach has a number of benefits:
1) The processing overhead is spread more equally over the RTT
2) Write queue has less skbs to process (affect everything
which has to walk in the queue past the sacked areas)
3) Write queue is consistent whole the time, so no other parts
of TCP has to be aware of this (this was not the case with
some other approach that was, well, quite intrusive all
around).
4) Clean_rtx_queue can release most of the pages using single
put_page instead of previous PAGE_SIZE/mss+1 calls
In case a hole is fully filled by the new SACK block, we attempt
to combine the next skb too which allows construction of skbs
that are even larger than what tso split them to and it handles
hole per on every nth patterns that often occur during slow start
overshoot pretty nicely. Though this to be really useful also
a retransmission would have to get lost since cumulative ACKs
advance one hole at a time in the most typical case.
TODO: handle upwards only merging. That should be rather easy
when segment is fully sacked but I'm leaving that as future
work item (it won't make very large difference anyway since
this current approach already covers quite a lot of normal
cases).
I was earlier thinking of some sophisticated way of tracking
timestamps of the first and the last segment but later on
realized that it won't be that necessary at all to store the
timestamp of the last segment. The cases that can occur are
basically either:
1) ambiguous => no sensible measurement can be taken anyway
2) non-ambiguous is due to reordering => having the timestamp
of the last segment there is just skewing things more off
than does some good since the ack got triggered by one of
the holes (besides some substle issues that would make
determining right hole/skb even harder problem). Anyway,
it has nothing to do with this change then.
I choose to route some abnormal looking cases with goto noop,
some could be handled differently (eg., by stopping the
walking at that skb but again). In general, they either
shouldn't happen at all or are rare enough to make no difference
in practice.
In theory this change (as whole) could cause some macroscale
regression (global) because of cache misses that are taken over
the round-trip time but it gets very likely better because of much
less (local) cache misses per other write queue walkers and the
big recovery clearing cumulative ack.
Worth to note that these benefits would be very easy to get also
without TSO/GSO being on as long as the data is in pages so that
we can merge them. Currently I won't let that happen because
DSACK splitting at fragment that would mess up pcounts due to
sk_can_gso in tcp_set_skb_tso_segs. Once DSACKs fragments gets
avoided, we have some conditions that can be made less strict.
TODO: I will probably have to convert the excessive pointer
passing to struct sacktag_state... :-)
My testing revealed that considerable amount of skbs couldn't
be shifted because they were cloned (most likely still awaiting
tx reclaim)...
[The rest is considering future work instead since I got
repeatably EFAULT to tcpdump's recvfrom when I added
pskb_expand_head to deal with clones, so I separated that
into another, later patch]
...To counter that, I gave up on the fifth advantage:
5) When growing previous SACK block, less allocs for new skbs
are done, basically a new alloc is needed only when new hole
is detected and when the previous skb runs out of frags space
...which now only happens of if reclaim is fast enough to dispose
the clone before the SACK block comes in (the window is RTT long),
otherwise we'll have to alloc some.
With clones being handled I got these numbers (will be somewhat
worse without that), taken with fine-grained mibs:
TCPSackShifted 398
TCPSackMerged 877
TCPSackShiftFallback 320
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKGSO 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSKBBITS 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSKBDATA 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKBELOW 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKFIRST 1
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKPREVBITS 318
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKMSS 1
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKNOHEAD 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEFALLBACKSHIFT 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSEQ 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSMALLPCOUNT 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSENOOPSMALLLEN 0
TCPSACKCOLLAPSEHOLE 12
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can reduce pressure on dst entry refcount that slowdown UDP transmit
path on SMP machines. This pressure is visible on RTP servers when
delivering content to mediagateways, especially big ones, handling
thousand of streams. Several cpus send UDP frames to the same
destination, hence use the same dst entry.
This patch makes ip_append_data() eventually steal the refcount its
callers had to take on the dst entry.
This doesnt avoid all refcounting, but still gives speedups on SMP,
on UDP/RAW transmit path
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the last step to be able to perform full RCU lookups
in __inet_lookup() : After established/timewait tables, we
add RCU lookups to listening hash table.
The only trick here is that a socket of a given type (TCP ipv4,
TCP ipv6, ...) can now flight between two different tables
(established and listening) during a RCU grace period, so we
must use different 'nulls' end-of-chain values for two tables.
We define a large value :
#define LISTENING_NULLS_BASE (1U << 29)
So that slots in listening table are guaranteed to have different
end-of-chain values than slots in established table. A reader can
still detect it finished its lookup in the right chain.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the slub allocator is used, kmem_cache_create() may merge two or more
kmem_cache's into one but the cache name pointer is not updated and
kmem_cache_name() is no longer guaranteed to return the pointer passed
to the former function. This patch stores the kmalloc'ed pointers in the
corresponding request_sock_ops and timewait_sock_ops structures.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can avoid some useless instructions if !CONFIG_NET_NS
Because of RCU, we use INET_MATCH or INET_TW_MATCH twice for the found
socket, so thats six instructions less per incoming TCP packet.
Yet another tbench speedup :)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds #include <linux/timer.h> in lib80211.h to avoid
these compilation erros.
> In file included from /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:24:
> /work/src/wireless-testing/include/net/lib80211.h:113: error: field
> 'crypt_deinit_timer' has incomplete type
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_info_init':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:83: error: implicit
> declaration of function 'setup_timer'
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_info_free':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:95: error: implicit
> declaration of function 'del_timer_sync'
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_deinit_handler':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:157: error:
> implicit declaration of function 'add_timer'
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c: In function
> 'lib80211_crypt_delayed_deinit':
> /work/src/wireless-testing/net/wireless/lib80211.c:182: error:
> implicit declaration of function 'timer_pending'
> make[3]: *** [net/wireless/lib80211.o] Error 1
> make[2]: *** [net/wireless] Error 2
> make[1]: *** [net] Error 2
> make: *** [sub-make] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Otherwise, the BUILD_BUG_ON calls in ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status can
fail on some architectures.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These bits are shared already between ipw2x00 and hostap, and could
probably be shared both more cleanly and with other drivers. This
commit simply relocates the code to lib80211 and adjusts the drivers
appropriately.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Delete kernel-doc struct descriptions for fields that don't exist:
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1263): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'conf_ht' description in 'ieee80211_ops'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:309): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'addr' description in 'sta_info'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:309): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'aid' description in 'sta_info'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On ARM alignment is done slightly different from other architectures.
struct ieee80211_tx_rate is aligned to word size, even though it only has 3
single-byte members, which triggers the BUILD_BUG_ON in
ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status
This patch marks the struct ieee80211_tx_rate as packed, so that ARM
behaves like the other architectures.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adds an interface to configure the Backward Congestion Notification
(BCN) feature. In a BCN capabale network, congestion notifications
from congested points out in the network can cause the end station
limit the rate of a given traffic flow.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a netlink interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB) to get and set
the enable state of the Priority Flow Control (PFC) feature.
Primarily, this is a way to turn off PFC in the driver while DCB
remains enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB) to query (and set if
supported) the number of traffic classes currently supported by the
device for the two (DCB) features: priority groups (PG) and priority
flow control (PFC).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds to the netlink interface for Data Center Bridging (DCB), allowing
the DCB capabilities supported by a device to be queried.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for Data Center Bridging (DCB) features in the ixgbe
driver and adds an rtnetlink interface for configuring DCB to the
kernel. The DCB feature support included are Priority Grouping (PG) -
which allows bandwidth guarantees to be allocated to groups to traffic
based on the 802.1q priority, and Priority Based Flow Control (PFC) -
which introduces a new MAC control PAUSE frame which works at
granularity of the 802.1p priority instead of the link (IEEE 802.3x).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now TCP & DCCP use RCU lookups, we can convert ehash rwlocks to spinlocks.
/proc/net/tcp and other seq_file 'readers' can safely be converted to 'writers'.
This should speedup writers, since spin_lock()/spin_unlock()
only use one atomic operation instead of two for write_lock()/write_unlock()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch prepares RCU migration of listening_hash table for
TCP/DCCP protocols.
listening_hash table being small (32 slots per protocol), we add
a spinlock for each slot, instead of a single rwlock for whole table.
This should reduce hold time of readers, and writers concurrency.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first argument to csum_partial is const void *
casts to char/u8 * are not necessary
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
